Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 11, 2008.
Registration No. 333-      
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
NORTEK, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
         
Delaware   3634   05-0314991
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
 
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, Rhode Island 02903-2360
Telephone: (401) 751-1600
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
 
 
 
See Table of Additional Registrant Guarantors Continued on the Next Page
 
 
 
 
Kevin W. Donnelly, Esq.
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, Rhode Island 02903-2360
Telephone: (401) 751-1600
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent of service)
 
 
 
 
with a copy to:
 
John B. Ayer, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110-2624
(617) 951-7000
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.  o
 
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer o
  Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer þ
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                         
      Amount to
    Proposed Maximum
    Proposed Maximum
    Amount of
Title of Each Class of
    be
    Offering Price
    Aggregate
    Registration
Securities to be Registered     Registered(1)     per Unit(1)     Offering Price(1)     Fee
10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013
    $750,000,000     100%     $750,000,000     $29,475
Guarantees of 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013
    N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A (2)
                         
 
(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f)(1) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
 
(2) The guarantee by each of the additional registrants listed below of the principal and interest on the notes is also being registered hereby. No separate consideration will be received for the guarantees. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act, no registration fee is required with respect to the guarantees.
 
The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

 
ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
 
                     
        Primary
        Address, Including Zip
    State or Other
  Standard
        Code, and Telephone
    Jurisdiction of
  Industry
        Number, Including
Exact Name of Registrant as
  Incorporation or
  Classification
    I.R.S. Employer
  Area Code of Principal
Specified in its Charter
  Organization   Number     Identification No.   Executive Office
 
Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc. 
  CA     3651     20-1410034   5817 Dryden Place
Carlsbad, CA 92008
866-966-9473
Aigis Mechtronics, Inc. 
  DE     3699     26-0376764   1124 Louise Road
Winston-Salem, NC
27107-5450
336-785-7740
AllStar PRO, LLC
  DE     3699     20-8156571   c/o Linear LLC
1950 Camino Vida
Roble; Suite 150
Carlsbad, CA 92008
760-438-7000
Aubrey Manufacturing, Inc. 
  DE     3634     05-0432841   c/o Rangaire LP
501 S. Wilhite
Cleburne, TX 76031
817-556-6500
Broan-NuTone LLC
  DE     3634     05-0504397   926 West State Street
Hartford, WI 53027
262-673-4340
Broan-NuTone Storage Solutions LP
  DE     3634     05-0494328   501 S. Wilhite Cleburne, TX 76031
817-556-6500
CES Group, Inc. 
  DE     6719     73-1015781   c/o Mammoth, Inc.
101 West 82nd Street
Chaska, MN 55318-9963
952-361-2711
Cleanpak International, Inc. 
  DE     3585     20-4552925   11241 Highway 212
Clackamas, OR 97015
503-557-4500
Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. 
  KY     3651     61-1287629   1300 New Circle Road;
Suite 150
Lexington, KY
40505-4259
859-269-7760
Gefen, Inc. 
  CA     3663     91-1941217   20600 Nordhoff Street
Chatsworth, CA 91311
818-884-6294
Governair Corporation
  OK     3585     73-0261240   4841 North Sewell
Avenue
Oklahoma City, OK
73118
405-525-6546
GTO, Inc. 
  FL     3699     59-3596645   3121 Hartsfield Road
Tallahassee, FL 32303
850-575-0176
HC Installations, Inc. 
  DE     1711     20-4960110   c/o Huntair, Inc.
11555 SW Myslony
Street
Tualatin, OR 97062
503-639-0113


Table of Contents

                     
        Primary
        Address, Including Zip
    State or Other
  Standard
        Code, and Telephone
    Jurisdiction of
  Industry
        Number, Including
Exact Name of Registrant as
  Incorporation or
  Classification
    I.R.S. Employer
  Area Code of Principal
Specified in its Charter
  Organization   Number     Identification No.   Executive Office
 
HomeLogic LLC
  DE     3699     75-3015331   100 Hoods Lane
Marblehead, MA 01945
781-639-5155
Huntair, Inc. 
  DE     3585     20-4552838   11555 SW Myslony Street
Tualatin, OR 97062
503-639-0113
International Electronics, Inc. 
  MA     3699     04-2654231   427 Turnpike Street
Canton, MA 02021
781-821-5566
J.A.R. Industries, Inc. 
  MO     3585     43-1736091   c/o Webco, Inc.
3300 E. Pythian
Springfield, MO
65802-6305
417-866-7231
Jensen Industries, Inc. 
  DE     2514     05-0411438   c/o Rangaire LP
501 S. Wilhite
Cleburne, TX 76031
817-556-6500
Linear H.K. LLC
  DE     6719     05-0516222   c/o Linear LLC
1950 Camino Vida Roble; Suite 150
Carlsbad, CA 92008
760-438-7000
Linear LLC
  CA     3699     95-2159070   1950 Camino Vida Roble; Suite 150
Carlsbad, CA 92008
760-438-7000
Lite Touch, Inc. 
  UT     3648     87-0430152   3400 S. West Temple
Salt Lake City, UT
84115
801-486-8500
Magenta Research Ltd. 
  CT     3663     06-1505160   128 Litchfield Road
New Milford, CT 06776
860-210-0546
Mammoth China Ltd. 
  DE     3585     05-0516119   c/o Mammoth, Inc. 101 West 82nd Street
Chaska, MN 55318-9963
952-361-2711
Mammoth, Inc. 
  DE     3585     43-1413077   101 West 82nd Street
Chaska, MN 55318-9963
952-361-2711
Niles Audio Corporation
  DE     3651     20-2742001   12331 S.W. 130 Street
Miami, FL 33186
305-238-4373
Nordyne China, LLC
  DE     3585     20-5488154   c/o Nordyne Inc.
8000 Phoenix Parkway
O’Fallon, MO 63366
636-561-7300
Nordyne Inc. 
  DE     3585     05-0414381   8000 Phoenix Parkway
O’Fallon, MO 63366
636-561-7300


Table of Contents

                     
        Primary
        Address, Including Zip
    State or Other
  Standard
        Code, and Telephone
    Jurisdiction of
  Industry
        Number, Including
Exact Name of Registrant as
  Incorporation or
  Classification
    I.R.S. Employer
  Area Code of Principal
Specified in its Charter
  Organization   Number     Identification No.   Executive Office
 
NORDYNE International, Inc. 
  DE     3585     20-2787842   11500 N.W. 34th Street
Miami, FL 33178
305-593-9061
Nortek International, Inc. 
  DE     6719     20-3690717   c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
401-751-1600
NuTone Inc. 
  DE     3634     95-3959551   926 West State Street
Hartford, WI 53027
262-673-4340
OmniMount Systems, Inc. 
  AZ     2599     95-3727936   8201 South 48th Street
Phoenix, AZ 85044
480-829-8000
Operator Specialty Company, Inc. 
  MI     3699     38-2086248   19 Railroad Avenue
Casnovia, MI 49318
616-675-5050
Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc. 
  CA     3634     95-4458936   370 Townsend Street
San Francisco, CA
94107
415-282-9499
Panamax Inc. 
  CA     3612     94-2350890   1690 Corporate Circle
Drive
Petaluma, CA 94954
707-283-5900
Rangaire GP, Inc. 
  DE     6719     05-0494327   c/o Rangaire LP
501 S. Wilhite
Cleburne, TX 76031
817-556-6500
Rangaire LP, Inc. 
  DE     6719     74-2759900   c/o Rangaire LP
501 S. Wilhite
Cleburne, TX 76031
817-556-6500
Secure Wireless, Inc. 
  CA     3699     68-0502485   5817 Dryden Place
Carlsbad, CA 92008
760-438-2047
SpeakerCraft, Inc. 
  DE     3651     06-1576374   940 Columbia Avenue
Riverside, CA 92507
951-787-0543
Temtrol, Inc. 
  OK     3585     73-0603996   15 East Oklahoma
Avenue
Okarche, OK 73762
405-263-7286
WDS LLC
  DE     6719     20-0473997   c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
401-751-1600
Webco, Inc. 
  MO     3585     43-1098679   3300 E. Pythian
Springfield, MO
65802-6305
417-866-7231


Table of Contents

                     
        Primary
        Address, Including Zip
    State or Other
  Standard
        Code, and Telephone
    Jurisdiction of
  Industry
        Number, Including
Exact Name of Registrant as
  Incorporation or
  Classification
    I.R.S. Employer
  Area Code of Principal
Specified in its Charter
  Organization   Number     Identification No.   Executive Office
 
Xantech Corporation
  CA     3651     95-2631552   13100 Telfair Avenue
Sylmar, CA 91342
818-362-0353
Zephyr Corporation
  CA     3634     94-3251650   395 Mendell Street
San Francisco, CA
94124
415-282-1211
 
The name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service for each of the Additional Registrants is:
 
Kevin W. Donnelly, Esq.
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Telephone: (401) 751-1600
 
with a copy to:
John B. Ayer, Esq.
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110-2624
(617) 951-7000


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with The Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 11, 2008.
 
Preliminary Prospectus
 
(NORTEK LOGO)
 
Nortek, Inc.
 
Offer to Exchange
 
$750,000,000 principal amount of our 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all of our outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013.
 
We are offering to exchange, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, all of our 10% senior secured notes due 2013, or the “outstanding notes”, for our registered 10% senior secured notes due 2013, or the “exchange notes”. The exchange notes and the outstanding notes are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “notes”. We are also offering the subsidiary guarantees of the exchange notes, which are described in this prospectus. The terms of the exchange notes and the subsidiary guarantees of the exchange notes are identical to the terms of the outstanding notes and their subsidiary guarantees except that the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, and therefore are freely transferable. The exchange notes will represent the same debt as the outstanding notes and will be issued under the same indenture as governs the outstanding notes. Interest on the notes will be payable on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The notes will mature on December 1, 2013.
 
The principal features of the exchange offer are as follows:
 
  •  We will exchange all outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer for an equal principal amount of exchange notes that are freely tradable.
 
  •  You may withdraw tendered outstanding notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
  •  The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2008, unless extended.
 
  •  The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
  •  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. We will pay all expenses incurred by us in connection with the exchange offer and the issuance of the exchange notes.
 
  •  We do not intend to apply for listing of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or automated quotation system.
 
Broker-dealers receiving exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes acquired for their own account through market-making or other trading activities must deliver a prospectus in any resale of the exchange notes.
 
All untendered outstanding notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding notes and in the applicable indenture. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
 
 
 
 
You should consider carefully the risk factors beginning on page 12 of this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.
 
 
 
 
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other federal or state agency has approved or disapproved of these securities to be distributed in the exchange offer, nor have any of these organizations determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The date of this prospectus is          , 2008.


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
    1  
    10  
    12  
    27  
    27  
    28  
    37  
    38  
    40  
    42  
    49  
    104  
    114  
    116  
    128  
    130  
    132  
    135  
    195  
    200  
    201  
    202  
    202  
    202  
    F-1  
 Ex-3.5 Articles of Incorporation of Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc.
 Ex-3.6 By-laws of Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc., as amended
 Ex-3.7 Certificate of Incorporation of Aigis Mechtronics, Inc., as amended
 Ex-3.8 By-laws of Aigis Mechtronics, Inc.
 Ex-3.9 Certificate of formation of AllStar PRO, LLC, as amended
 Ex-3.10 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of AllStar PRO, LLC
 Ex-3.14 Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Broan-NuTone LLC
 Ex-3.15 Certificate of Limited Partnership of Broan-NuTone Storage Solutions LP, as amended
 Ex-3.19 Certificate of Incorporation of Cleanpak International, Inc., as amended
 Ex-3.20 By-laws of Cleanpak International, Inc.
 Ex-3.23 Articles of Incorporation of Gefen, Inc.
 Ex-3.24 By-laws of Gefen, Inc.
 Ex-3.27 Articles of Incorporation of GTO, Inc.
 Ex-3.28 By-laws of GTO, Inc.
 Ex-3.29 Certificate of Incorporation of HC Installations, Inc.
 Ex-3.30 By-laws of HC Installations, Inc.
 Ex-3.31 Certificate of Formation of HomeLogic LLC, as amended
 Ex-3.32 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of HomeLogic LLC
 Ex-3.33 Certificate of Incorporation of Huntair, Inc., as amended
 Ex-3.34 By-laws of Huntair, Inc.
 Ex-3.35 Certificate of Incorporation of International Electronics, Inc., as amended
 Ex-3.36 Amended and Restated By-laws of International Electronics, Inc.
 Ex-3.42 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Linear H.K., LLC
 Ex-3.45 Articles of Incorporation of Lite Touch, Inc., as amended
 Ex-3.46 By-laws of Lite Touch, Inc.
 Ex-3.47 Certificate of Incorporation of Magenta Research Ltd.
 Ex-3.48 By-laws of Magenta Research Ltd.
 Ex-3.53 Certificate of Incorporation of Niles Audio Corporation
 Ex-3.54 By-laws of Niles Audio Corporation
 Ex-3.55 Certificate of Formation of Nordyne China, LLC
 Ex-3.56 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Nordyne China, LLC
 Ex-3.59 Certificate of Incorporation of NORDYNE International, Inc., as amended
 Ex-3.60 By-laws of NORDYNE International, Inc.
 Ex-3.61 Certificate of Incorporation of Nortek International, Inc.
 Ex-3.62 By-laws of Nortek International, Inc.
 Ex-3.69 Articles of Incorporation of Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc.
 Ex-3.70 By-laws of Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc.
 Ex-3.71 Certificate of Incorporation of Panamax Inc. as amended
 Ex-3.72 By-laws of Panamax Inc.
 Ex-3.77 Articles of Incorporation of Secure Wireless, Inc.
 Ex-3.78 By-laws of Secure Wireless, Inc.
 Ex-3.84 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of WDS LLC
 Ex-3.89 Articles of Incorporation of Zephyr Corporation
 Ex-3.90 By-laws of Zephyr Corporation
 Ex-4.9 Indenture dated as of May 20, 2008
 Ex-4.10 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 20, 2008
 Ex-5.1 Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
 Ex-5.2 Opinion of Bryan Cave LLP
 Ex-5.3 Opinion of Cohn Birnbaum & Shea
 Ex-5.4 Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, P.A.
 Ex-5.5 Opinion of Holland & Hart LLP
 Ex-5.6 Opinion of McAfee & Taft, P.C.
 Ex-5.7 Opinion of Rhoades McKee PC
 Ex-5.8 Opinion of Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs, LLP
 Ex-10.15 Credit Agreement
 Ex-12.1 Statement of Computation of Ratio of earnings to Fixed Charges
 Ex-21.1 List of Subsidiaries
 Ex-23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP
 Ex-25.1 Form t-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Undenture Act of 1939 of U.S. Bank National Association
 Ex-99.1 Form of Letter of Transmittal
 Ex-99.2 Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
 Ex-99.3 Exchange Agency Agreement
 
This prospectus contains summaries of the terms of several material documents. These summaries include the terms that we believe to be material, but we urge you to review these documents in their entirety. We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request of that person, a copy of any and all of this information. Requests for copies should be directed to Todd R. DiNezza, U.S. Bank Corporate Trust Services, One Federal Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, MA 02110. You should request this information at least five business days in advance of the date on which you expect to make your decision with respect to the exchange offer. In any event, you must request this information prior to          , 2008, in order to receive the information prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY
 
The following summary contains basic information about our company and the exchange offer. It likely does not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before you make an investment decision, you should review this prospectus in its entirety, including the risk factors, our financial statements and the related notes and the pro forma financial data appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Except as otherwise required by the context, in prospectus, “our company”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Nortek, Inc. and its subsidiaries, the “issuer” or “Nortek” refers to Nortek, Inc., exclusive of its subsidiaries.
 
The Exchange Offer
 
On May 20, 2008, we completed a private offering of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% senior secured notes due 2013, or the “outstanding notes”. This offering of the outstanding notes closed concurrently with our borrowings under a new senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, or the “new ABL Facility”, and we used the net proceeds from these transactions to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness under our formerly existing senior secured credit facility. Collectively, we refer to these transactions herein as the “May 2008 Transactions”. Substantially all of our wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries became guarantors of the outstanding notes, or the “guarantors.” In connection with the offering of the outstanding notes, we and the guarantors entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes in which we and the guarantors agreed, among other things, to use our reasonable best efforts to file the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part within 180 days of the issuance of the outstanding notes. You are entitled to exchange in this exchange offer your outstanding notes for 10% senior secured notes due 2013, or “exchange notes”, which have been registered under the Securities Act and have substantially identical terms as the outstanding notes, except for the elimination of certain transfer restrictions and registration rights, including the payment of additional interest upon our failure to meet certain registration obligations. You should read the discussion under the headings “Summary — The Exchange Notes” and “Description of the Exchange Notes” for further information regarding the exchange notes.
 
Our Business
 
We are a leading diversified manufacturer of innovative, branded residential and commercial products, operating within three reporting segments:
 
  •  the Residential Ventilation Products, or RVP, segment,
 
  •  the Home Technology Products, or HTP, segment, and
 
  •  the Air Conditioning and Heating Products, or HVAC, segment.
 
Through these segments, we manufacture and sell, primarily in the United States, Canada and Europe, a wide variety of products for the professional remodeling and replacement markets, the residential and commercial construction markets, the manufactured housing market and the do-it-yourself (“DIY”) market.
 
The Residential Ventilation Products segment manufactures and sells room and whole house ventilation products and other products primarily for the professional remodeling and replacement markets, the residential new construction market and the DIY market. The principal products sold by this segment include:
 
  •  kitchen range hoods,
 
  •  exhaust fans (such as bath fans and fan, heater and light combination units), and
 
  •  indoor air quality products.


1


Table of Contents

 
The Home Technology Products segment manufactures and sells a broad array of products designed to provide convenience and security for residential and certain commercial applications. The principal products sold by this segment include:
 
  •  audio / video distribution and control equipment,
 
  •  speakers and subwoofers,
 
  •  security and access control products,
 
  •  power conditioners and surge protectors,
 
  •  audio / video wall mounts and fixtures,
 
  •  lighting and home automation controls, and
 
  •  structured wiring.
 
The Air Conditioning and Heating Products segment manufactures and sells heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems for site-built residential and manufactured housing structures, custom-designed commercial applications and standard light commercial products. The principal products sold by this segment include:
 
  •  split system air conditioners and heat pumps,
 
  •  furnaces and related equipment,
 
  •  air handlers, and
 
  •  large custom roof top cooling and heating products.
 
The Transactions
 
2003 Recapitalization
 
On November 20, 2002, Nortek engaged in a reorganization transaction pursuant to which each outstanding share of capital stock of Nortek was converted into an identical share of capital stock of the former Nortek Holdings with Nortek becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of the former Nortek Holdings. On January 9, 2003, the former Nortek Holdings completed a recapitalization transaction, which resulted in the acquisition of the former Nortek Holdings by certain affiliates and designees of Kelso and certain members of Holdings and Nortek management. We refer to these transactions in this prospectus as the “2003 Recapitalization”.
 
The THL Transaction
 
On August 27, 2004, the former Nortek Holdings and Nortek completed a series of transactions which resulted in the acquisition of all of the capital stock of the former Nortek Holdings by entities controlled by affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and certain members of our management. We refer to these transactions in this prospectus as the “THL Transaction.” As a result of the THL Transaction, all of the capital stock of Nortek is owned by a Delaware corporation named “Nortek Holdings, Inc.” which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of THL-Nortek Investors, LLC.


2


Table of Contents

The Exchange Offer
 
On May 20, 2008, we completed an offering of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% senior secured notes due 2013 in a private offering which was exempt from registration under the Securities Act.
 
We sold the outstanding notes to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and UBS Securities LLC, which are collectively referred to in this prospectus as the “initial purchasers”. The initial purchasers subsequently resold the outstanding notes to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
 
If we and the guarantors are not able to effect the exchange offer contemplated by this prospectus, we and the subsidiary guarantors will use reasonable best efforts to file and cause to become effective a shelf registration statement relating to the resale of the outstanding notes. We may be required to pay additional interest on the notes in certain circumstances.
 
The following is a brief summary of the terms of the exchange offer. For a more complete description of the exchange offer, see “The Exchange Offer.”
 
Securities Offered $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10% senior secured notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act. We are also hereby offering to exchange the guarantees of the outstanding notes for the guarantees of the exchange notes described herein.
 
Registration Rights Agreement Under the registration rights agreement, we and the guarantors are obligated to exchange the outstanding notes for registered notes with terms identical in all material respects to the outstanding notes. The exchange offer contemplated by this prospectus is intended to satisfy that obligation. After the exchange offer is complete, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights with respect to your outstanding notes.
 
Exchange Offer The exchange notes are being offered in exchange for a like principal amount of outstanding notes. We will accept any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on          , 2008. Holders may tender some or all of their outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, outstanding notes may be tendered only in integral multiples of $1,000 in principal amount. The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes except that:
 
• the exchange notes have been registered under the Securities Act and will not bear any legend restricting their transfer;
 
• the exchange notes are not entitled to any registration rights which are applicable to the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreements; and
 
• the exchange notes bear a different CUSIP number than the outstanding notes.
 
Resale Based upon interpretations by the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, set forth in no-action letters issued to unrelated third-parties, we believe that the exchange notes may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you


3


Table of Contents

without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, unless you:
 
• are an “affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
• are a broker-dealer who purchased the notes directly from us for resale under Rule 144A, Regulation S or any other available exemption under the Securities Act;
 
• acquired the exchange notes other than in the ordinary course of your business;
 
• have an arrangement with any person to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; or
 
• are prohibited by law or policy of the SEC from participating in the exchange offer.
 
However, we have not submitted a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the SEC will make a similar determination with respect to the exchange offer. Furthermore, in order to participate in the exchange offer, you must make the representations set forth in the letter of transmittal that we are sending you with this prospectus.
 
Expiration Date The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on          , 2008, which we refer to as the expiration date, unless we decide to extend the exchange offer. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration date.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer The exchange offer is subject to certain customary conditions, some of which may be waived by us. See “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes If you wish to tender your outstanding notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit to U.S. Bank National Association, as exchange agent, on or prior to the expiration date, either:
 
• a properly completed and duly executed copy of the letter of transmittal accompanying this prospectus, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, together with your outstanding notes and any other documentation required by the letter of transmittal, at the address set forth on the cover page of the letter of transmittal; or
 
• if you are effecting delivery by book-entry transfer, a computer generated message transmitted by means of the Automated Tender Offer Program System of The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal and which, when received by the exchange agent, forms a part of a confirmation of book-entry transfer.
 
In addition, you must deliver to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date, if you are effecting delivery by book-entry transfer, a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of your outstanding notes into the account of the exchange agent at DTC


4


Table of Contents

pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfers described in this prospectus under the heading “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes.”
 
By executing and delivering the accompanying letter of transmittal or effecting delivery by book-entry transfer, you are representing to us that, among other things:
 
• neither the holder nor any other person receiving the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer is an ”affiliate” of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
• if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes;
 
• the person receiving the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, whether or not this person is the holder, is receiving them in the ordinary course of business; and
 
• neither the holder nor any other person receiving the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such exchange notes and that such holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes.
 
See “The Exchange Offer — Acceptance of Exchange Notes” and “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners If you are the beneficial owner of outstanding notes and your name does not appear on a security listing of DTC as the holder of those notes or if you are a beneficial owner of notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender those notes in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact the person in whose name your notes are registered and instruct that person to tender on your behalf. If you, as a beneficial holder, wish to tender on your own behalf you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures If you wish to tender your outstanding notes and your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the applicable letter of transmittal or any other documents required by the applicable letter of transmittal or comply with the applicable procedures under DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program prior to the expiration date, you must tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in this prospectus under “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”


5


Table of Contents

 
Withdrawal Rights The tender of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
Acceptance of Outstanding Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes Subject to customary conditions, we will accept outstanding notes that are properly tendered in the exchange offer and not withdrawn prior to the expiration date. The exchange notes will be delivered as promptly as practicable following the expiration date.
 
Effect of Not Tendering in the Exchange Offer Any outstanding notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but not accepted will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer. Since the outstanding notes have not been registered under the federal securities laws, they bear a legend restricting their transfer absent registration or the availability of a specific exemption from registration. Upon the completion of the exchange offer, we will have no further obligations to register, and we do not currently anticipate that we will register, the outstanding notes under the Securities Act. See “The Exchange Offer — Consequence of Failure to Exchange.”
 
Interest on the Exchange Notes and the Outstanding Notes The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid on the outstanding notes. Holders whose outstanding notes are accepted for exchange will be deemed to have waived the right to receive interest accrued on the outstanding notes.
 
Broker-Dealers Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences The exchange of outstanding notes for exchange notes by tendering holders will not be a taxable exchange for United States federal income tax purposes, and such holders will not recognize any taxable gain or loss or any interest income for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such exchange. See “Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences.”
 
Exchange Agent U.S. Bank National Association, the trustee under the indenture, is serving as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer.
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in to the exchange offer.


6


Table of Contents

The Exchange Notes
 
The summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of the Exchange Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the notes.
 
Issuer Nortek, Inc.
 
Securities Offered $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% senior secured notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act. We are also hereby offering to exchange the guarantees of the outstanding notes for the guarantees of the exchange notes described herein.
 
Issue Price $989.57 per $1,000 principal amount.
 
Maturity Date December 1, 2013
 
Interest Payment Dates The exchange notes bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 10%, payable semi-annually, on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2008. Interest on the exchange notes will accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the outstanding notes, or if no such interest has been paid, from the date of issuance of the outstanding notes.
 
Guarantees The exchange notes will be jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis, subject to certain limitations described herein, by all of Nortek’s subsidiaries located in the United States (other than a Receivables Subsidiary or any Immaterial Subsidiary), the “guarantors”. Under certain circumstances, guarantors may be released from these guarantees without the consent of the holders of the exchange notes. See “Description of the Exchange Notes — Note Guarantees.”
 
Collateral The exchange notes and the exchange guarantees will be secured by a first-priority lien (subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens) on substantially all the tangible and intangible assets of Nortek and the guarantors (other than accounts receivable, inventory, cash and proceeds and products of the foregoing and certain assets related thereto in each case held by us and the guarantors, which will secure the new ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis and the notes and the guarantees on a second-priority lien basis), including all of the capital stock of any material subsidiary held by Nortek and any subsidiary guarantor (which, in the case of any first-tier foreign subsidiary, will be limited to 100% of the non-voting stock (if any) and 66% of the voting stock of such first-tier foreign subsidiary).
 
The collateral securing the exchange notes on a first-priority lien basis will not include (i) the collateral securing the new ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis, (ii) certain excluded assets, (iii) those assets as to which the collateral agent representing the holders of the notes reasonably determines that the costs of obtaining such a security interest are excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby and (iv) the property securing


7


Table of Contents

certain capital leases existing on the issue date or incurred thereafter and certain purchase money obligations existing on the issue date or incurred thereafter.
 
The exchange notes and the exchange guarantees will also be secured by a second-priority lien (subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens) on all accounts receivable, inventory, cash and proceeds and products of the foregoing and certain assets related thereto, in each case held by Nortek and the guarantors.
 
See “Description of the Exchange Notes — Security for the Notes.”
 
Ranking The exchange notes and exchange guarantees will be our senior secured obligations. The indebtedness evidenced by the exchange notes and the exchange guarantees will rank:
 
• equally with all of Nortek’s and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness;
 
• junior in priority as to collateral that secures the new ABL Facility on a first-priority lien basis with respect to our and the guarantors’ obligations under the new ABL Facility, any other debt incurred after the issue date that has a priority security interest relative to the notes in the collateral that secures the new ABL Facility, any hedging obligations related to the foregoing debt and all cash management obligations incurred with any lender under the new ABL Facility;
 
• equal in priority as to collateral that secures the notes and the guarantees on a first-priority lien basis with respect to Nortek’s and the guarantors’ obligations under any other pari passu lien obligations incurred after the issue date; and
 
• senior to all of Nortek’s and the guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness.
 
The exchange notes will also be effectively junior to the liabilities of the non-guarantor subsidiaries.
 
As of March 29, 2008 on an as adjusted basis:
 
• we would have had $151.8 million in aggregate principal amount of senior indebtedness (excluding the notes and the guarantees) outstanding (excluding unused commitments); and
 
• our non-guarantor subsidiaries would have had $54.2 million in aggregate principal amount of indebtedness.
 
See “Description of the Exchange Notes — Ranking.”
 
Optional Redemption Prior to June 1, 2011, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the exchange notes with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 110% of the aggregate principal amount of the exchange notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, provided that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the exchange notes remains outstanding after the redemption.
 
In addition, not more than once during any twelve-month period we may redeem exchange notes at a redemption price equal to


8


Table of Contents

103% of the aggregate amount of the exchange notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, provided that the aggregate amount of these redemptions may not exceed $75.0 million.
 
At any time on or after June 1, 2011, we may redeem the exchange notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices listed in “Description of the Exchange Notes — Optional Redemption.”
 
Change of Control Offer If we experience a change in control, each holder of the notes will have the right to require us to purchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof. In addition, a change of control may constitute an event of default under our new ABL Facility and would also require us to offer to purchase our 81/2% senior subordinated notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest.
 
Certain Covenants The indenture governing the exchange notes will contain covenants that will limit our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:
 
• incur additional indebtedness;
 
• pay dividends or make other distributions or repurchase or redeem our stock;
 
• make loans and investments;
 
• sell assets;
 
• incur certain liens;
 
• enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends;
 
• enter into transactions with affiliates; and
 
• consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.
 
Absence of a Public Market The exchange notes will be freely transferable but will be new securities for which there will not initially be a market. Accordingly, we cannot assure you whether a market for the exchange notes will develop or as to the liquidity of any market. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the outstanding notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes. The initial purchasers are not obligated, however, to make a market in the exchange notes, and any such market-making may be discontinued by the initial purchasers in their discretion at any time without notice.
 
Risk Factors
 
Participating in the exchange offer, and therefore investing in the exchange notes, involves substantial risk. See the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a description of material risks you should consider before investing in the exchange notes.
 
Corporate Information
 
Nortek, Inc. is a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 50 Kennedy Plaza, Providence, Rhode Island 02903, and our telephone number is (401) 751-1600. Our worldwide web address is www.nortek-inc.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.


9


Table of Contents

 
SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
 
The following table sets forth summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data of our business at the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial and other data for, and as of, the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated summary of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 give effect to the May 2008 Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2007 and have been derived from the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” included elsewhere herein. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial position data as of March 29, 2008 give effect to the May 2008 Transactions as if they had occurred on March 29, 2008 and have also been derived from the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” included elsewhere herein. Amounts derived from the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to be indicative of the operating results that would have actually occurred if the above May 2008 Transactions had occurred on the date indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of our future operating results.
 
The summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data in the following tables should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical audited and unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                                         
                                        Pro Forma
 
                                  Pro Forma
    First Quarter
 
    For the Year Ended
                Year Ended
    ended
 
    December 31,     First Quarter Ended     December 31,
    March 29,
 
    2007     2006     2005     March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007     2007     2008  
                      (unaudited)  
    (In millions except ratios)  
Consolidated Summary of Operations(1)(2):
                                                       
Net sales
  $ 2,368.2     $ 2,218.4     $ 1,959.2     $ 540.2     $ 552.5     $ 2,368.2     $ 540.2  
Operating earnings
    185.5       267.0       237.2       23.4       44.9       185.5       23.4  
Net (loss) earnings
    32.4       89.7       80.5       (4.1 )     9.2       14.3       (10.6 )
Financial Position(1)(2):
                                                       
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
  $ 53.4     $ 57.4     $ 77.2     $ 53.0     $ 43.2             $ 89.3 (6)
Working capital
    207.2       211.1       273.8       206.9       227.0               248.6  
Total assets
    2,706.8       2,627.3       2,416.6       2,744.6       2,661.2               2,802.4  
Total debt — Current
    96.4       43.3       19.7       110.5       68.5               108.5  
Long-term
    1,349.0       1,362.3       1,354.1       1,346.5       1,361.6               1,420.2  
Current ratio
    1.4:1       1.4:1       1.7:1       1.4:1       1.4:1               1.4:1  
Debt to equity ratio
    2.3:1       2.5:1       2.7:1       2.4:1       2.5:1               2.5:1  
Depreciation and amortization expense, including non-cash interest
    70.8       66.5       51.2       18.8       16.0               19.8  
Capital expenditures(3)
    36.4       42.3       33.7       7.3       6.8               7.3  
Stockholder’s investment(4)
    618.7       563.1       500.3       615.0       570.6               608.3  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    1.5 x     2.2 x     2.2 x     (5)     1.5 x     1.2 x     (5)
 
 
(1) See Notes 2, 9 and 12 to the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and Notes C, D and E to the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information with respect to business acquisitions and other income and expense items.
 
(2) See Note 5 to the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and Note B to the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the information contained in “Capitalization” included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information related to certain debt offerings and


10


Table of Contents

redemptions completed in 2006 and 2007, including outstanding notes and exchange notes described in this prospectus.
 
(3) Includes capital expenditures financed under capital leases of approximately $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
(4) See Note 6 to the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of NTK Holdings, Inc.’s contribution of capital of approximately $25.9 million to Nortek Holdings, Inc., which was used by Nortek Holdings, Inc., together with a dividend of approximately $28.1 million from Nortek to make a distribution of approximately $54.0 million to participants in the 2004 Nortek Holdings, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (including certain of our executive officers).
 
(5) For purposes of calculating this ratio, “earnings” consist of earnings from continuing operations before provision for income taxes and fixed charges. “Fixed Charges” consist of interest expense and the estimated interest portion of rental payments on operating leases. Such earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the historical and pro forma results for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 by approximately $3.8 million and $14.1 million, respectively.
 
(6) Net cash and cash equivalents available for general corporate purposes on May 20, 2008 would have increased by approximately $1.3 million on a pro forma basis, as approximately $35.0 million of cash was used for the payment of revolver borrowings incurred subsequent to March 29, 2008. (See Note C to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet.)


11


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding to tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such a case, you may lose all or part of your original investment.
 
Risks Related to the Exchange Offer
 
There may be adverse consequences if you do not exchange your outstanding notes.
 
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer of your outstanding notes as set forth in the prospectus distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes. In general, the outstanding notes may not be offered or sold unless they are registered or exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreements, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act. You should refer to “Summary — The Exchange Offer” and “The Exchange Offer” for information about how to tender your outstanding notes.
 
The tender of outstanding notes under the exchange offer will reduce the outstanding amount of the outstanding notes, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the volatility of, the market prices of the outstanding notes due to a reduction in liquidity.
 
Risks Related to the Exchange Notes and Our Other Indebtedness
 
Our substantial debt could negatively impact our business, prevent us from fulfilling our outstanding debt obligations and adversely affect our financial condition.
 
We have a substantial amount of debt. As of March 29, 2008, on an actual basis, we had approximately $1,457.0 million of total debt outstanding and a debt to equity ratio of approximately 2.4 to 1.0 and on an as adjusted basis to reflect the May 2008 Transactions, we had approximately $1,528.7 million of total debt outstanding and a debt to equity ratio of approximately 2.5 to 1.0. The terms of our outstanding debt, including the notes, our 81/2% senior subordinated notes and our new ABL Facility limit, but do not prohibit, us from incurring additional debt. If additional debt is added to current debt levels, the related risks described below could intensify. See also the discussion in “Description of Other Indebtedness” concerning the terms and conditions of our debt covenants.
 
The substantial amount of our debt could have important consequences, including the following:
 
  •  our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, refinancing indebtedness, or other purposes could be impaired;
 
  •  a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations will be dedicated to paying principal and interest on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for expansion or other purposes;
 
  •  we may be more leveraged than some of our competitors, which may result in a competitive disadvantage;
 
  •  we may be vulnerable to interest rate increases, as certain of our borrowings, including those under our new ABL Facility, are at variable rates;
 
  •  our failure to comply with the restrictions in our financing agreements would have a material adverse effect on us;
 
  •  our significant amount of debt could make us more vulnerable to changes in general economic conditions;
 
  •  we may be restricted from making strategic acquisitions, investing in new products or capital assets or taking advantage of business opportunities; and
 
  •  we may be limited in our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate.


12


Table of Contents

 
We believe that we will need to access the capital markets in the future to raise the funds to repay our substantial debts. We have no assurance that we will be able to complete a refinancing or that we will be able to raise any additional financing, particularly in view of our anticipated high levels of debt and the restrictions under our debt agreements. If we are unable to satisfy or refinance our indebtedness as it comes due, we may default on our debt obligations. If we default on our debt obligations and any of our indebtedness is accelerated, such acceleration will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and cash flows.
 
The terms of our debt covenants could limit how we conduct our business and our ability to raise additional funds.
 
The agreements that govern the terms of our debt, including the indenture that governs the notes, the indenture that governs our 81/2% senior subordinated notes and the credit agreement that governs our new ABL Facility, contain covenants that restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  pay dividends or make other distributions;
 
  •  make loans or investments;
 
  •  incur certain liens;
 
  •  enter into transactions with affiliates; and
 
  •  consolidate, merge or sell assets.
 
There are limitations on our ability to incur the full $350.0 million of commitments under the new ABL Facility. Availability is limited to the lesser of the borrowing base and $350.0 million, and the covenants under the 81/2% senior subordinated notes do not currently allow us to incur up to the full $350.0 million.
 
In addition, under the new ABL Facility, if our borrowing availability falls below the greater of (i) $40 million and (ii) 12.5% of the borrowing base, we will be required to satisfy and maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio not less than 1.1 to 1.0. Our ability to meet the required fixed charge coverage ratio can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet this ratio. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the new ABL Facility.
 
Moreover, the new ABL Facility provides the lenders considerable discretion to impose reserves or availability blocks, which could materially impair the amount of borrowings that would otherwise be available to us. There can be no assurance that the lenders under the new ABL Facility will not impose such actions during the term of the new ABL Facility and further, were they to do so, the resulting impact of this action could materially and adversely impair our ability to make interest payments on the notes.
 
A breach of the covenants under the indenture that governs the notes, the indenture that governs our 81/2% senior subordinated notes or under the credit agreement that governs our new ABL Facility could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under our new ABL Facility would permit the lenders under our new ABL Facility to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under our new ABL Facility, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event our lenders or noteholders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we cannot assure that we and our subsidiaries would have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:
 
  •  limited in how we conduct our business;
 
  •  unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or
 
  •  unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.
 
These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our plans.


13


Table of Contents

Under the indenture that governs the notes, we would have had the capacity to make certain payments, including dividends, of up to approximately $237.5 million as of March 29, 2008.
 
The indenture that governs the notes limits our ability to make certain payments, including dividends to service parent company debt obligations, loans or investments or the redemption or retirement of any equity interests and indebtedness subordinated to the notes. However, these limitations are based on a calculation of our net income, equity issuances, receipt of capital contributions and return on certain investments since August 27, 2004 (as defined under the indenture that governs the notes), rather than since the date of this offering. Accordingly, as of March 29, 2008, we would have had the capacity to make certain payments, including dividends to service parent company debt obligations, of up to approximately $237.5 million (a portion of which is available only upon achievement of a minimum fixed charge coverage test) under the indenture that governs the notes. See “Description of the Exchange Notes — Certain Covenants.”
 
We may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.
 
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our subsidiaries’ financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our subsidiaries will maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes, our 81/2% senior subordinated notes or our indebtedness under our new ABL Facility. If our subsidiaries’ cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we and our subsidiaries could face substantial liquidity problems and may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.
 
We may not be able to satisfy our obligations to holders of the notes upon a change of control.
 
Upon the occurrence of a “change of control,” as defined in the indenture that governs the notes, each holder of the notes will have the right to require us to purchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof. Nortek’s failure to purchase, or give notice of purchase of, the notes would be a default under the indenture. In addition, a change of control may constitute an event of default under our new ABL Facility and would also require us to offer to purchase our 81/2% senior subordinated notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest. A default under our new ABL Facility would result in an event of default under the indenture that governs the notes and under the indenture governing our 81/2% senior subordinated notes if the lenders accelerate the debt under our new ABL Facility.
 
If a change of control occurs, we may not have enough assets to satisfy all obligations under our new ABL Facility, the indenture that governs our 81/2% senior subordinated notes and the indenture that governs the notes. Upon the occurrence of a change of control, we could seek to refinance the indebtedness under our new ABL Facility, our 81/2% senior subordinated notes and the notes or obtain a waiver from the lenders under our new ABL Facility, the holders of our 81/2% senior subordinated notes and you as a holder of the notes. We cannot assure you, however, that we would be able to obtain a waiver or refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
 
Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes, guarantees and security interests and may require holders of the notes to return payments received from us.
 
Under the federal bankruptcy laws and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the notes could be voided, or claims in respect of the notes could be subordinated to all of our other debt if the issuance of the notes was found to have been made for less than their reasonable equivalent value and we, at the time we incurred the indebtedness evidenced by the notes:
 
  •  were insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such indebtedness;


14


Table of Contents

 
  •  were engaged in, or about to engage in, a business or transaction for which our remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or
 
  •  intended to incur, or believed that we would incur, debts beyond our ability to pay such debts as they mature.
 
A court might also void an issuance of notes, a guaranty or grant of security, without regard to the above factors, if the court found that we issued the notes or the guarantors entered into their respective guaranty or security agreements with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud our or their respective creditors.
 
A court would likely find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the notes or the guarantees and security agreements, respectively, if we or a guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the notes. If a court were to void an issuance of the notes, the guarantees or the related security agreements, you would no longer have a claim against us or the guarantors or, in the case of the security agreements, a claim with respect to the related collateral. Sufficient funds to repay the notes (or the related exchange notes) may not be available from other sources, including the remaining guarantors, if any. In addition, the court might direct you to repay any amounts that you already received from us or the guarantors or, with respect to the notes, any guarantee or the collateral.
 
In addition, any payment by us pursuant to the notes made at a time we were found to be insolvent could be voided and required to be returned to us or to a fund for the benefit of our creditors if such payment is made to an insider within a one-year period prior to a bankruptcy filing or within 90 days for any outside party and such payment would give the creditors more than such creditors would have received in a distribution under the bankruptcy code.
 
The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, we would be considered insolvent if:
 
  •  the sum of our debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair saleable value of all our assets;
 
  •  the present fair saleable value of our assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay our probable liability on existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
 
  •  we could not pay our debts as they become due.
 
On the basis of historical financial information, recent operating history and other factors, we believe that, after consummation of the exchange offer, we will not be insolvent, will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which we are engaged and will not have incurred debts beyond our ability to pay such debts as they mature. There can be no assurance, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making such determinations or that a court would agree with our conclusions in this regard.
 
Your ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the exchange notes.
 
We are offering the exchange notes to the holders of the outstanding notes. The outstanding notes were offered and sold in May 2008 to institutional investors and are eligible for trading in the PORTAL market.
 
We do not intend to apply for a listing of the exchange notes on a securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system. There is currently no established market for the exchange notes and we cannot assure you as to the liquidity of markets that may develop for the exchange notes, your ability to sell the exchange notes or the price at which you would be able to sell the exchange notes. If such markets were to exist, the exchange notes could trade at prices that may be lower than their principal amount or purchase price depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes, our financial and operating performance and other factors. The initial purchasers in the private offering of the outstanding


15


Table of Contents

notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a market with respect to the exchange notes. However, these initial purchasers are not obligated to do so, and any market making with respect to the exchange notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. In addition, such market making activity may be limited during the pendency of the exchange offers or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement in lieu thereof. Therefore, we cannot assure you that an active market for the exchange notes will develop or, if developed, that it will continue.
 
Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility in the prices of securities similar to the notes. The market, if any, for the exchange notes may experience similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely affect the prices at which you may sell your notes.
 
Claims of noteholders will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of certain of our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the notes.
 
The notes will not be guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries, including all of our significant non-U.S. subsidiaries. Accordingly, claims of holders of the notes will be structurally subordinated to the claims of creditors of these non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade creditors. All obligations of our non-guarantor subsidiaries will have to be satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a liquidation or otherwise, to us or a guarantor of the notes. The indenture governing the notes will permit these subsidiaries to incur certain additional debt and will not limit their ability to incur other liabilities that are not considered indebtedness under the indenture.
 
Holders of the notes may not be able to fully realize the value of their liens.
 
The security interest and liens for the benefit of holders of the notes may be released without such holders’ consent. The security documents governing the notes and the new ABL Facility generally provide for an automatic release of all liens on any asset securing the new ABL Facility on a first-priority basis and that is disposed of in compliance with the provisions of our new ABL Facility. As a result, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the notes will continue to be secured by a substantial portion of our assets. In addition, the capital stock of our subsidiaries will be excluded from the collateral to the extent liens thereon would trigger reporting obligations under Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, which requires financial statements from any company whose securities are collateral if its book value or market value would exceed 20% of the principal amount of the notes secured thereby. However, the liens on such securities will continue to secure obligations under our new ABL Facility.
 
The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by such collateral.
 
We will secure our obligations under the notes by the pledge of certain of our assets. This pledge is also for the benefit of the lenders under our new ABL Facility.
 
The notes will be secured on a first-priority lien basis (subject to certain exceptions) by substantially all of our and the guarantors’ assets (other than accounts receivable, inventory and cash and proceeds and products of the foregoing and certain assets related thereto), or the Notes Collateral, and such collateral may be shared with our future creditors. The actual value of the Notes Collateral at any time will depend upon market and other economic conditions.
 
The notes will also be secured on a second-priority lien basis (subject to certain exceptions) by our and each guarantor’s accounts receivable, inventory and cash (other than certain cash proceeds of the Notes Collateral) and proceeds and products of the foregoing and certain assets related thereto, or the ABL Collateral. The ABL Collateral will be subject to a first-priority security interest for the benefit of the lenders under the new ABL Facility, and may be shared with our future creditors. Although the holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral and the holders of obligations secured by second-priority liens on the ABL Collateral, including the notes, will share in the proceeds of the ABL Collateral, the holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral will be entitled to receive proceeds from any realization of the ABL Collateral to repay the obligations held by them in full before the holders of the


16


Table of Contents

notes and the holders of other obligations secured by second-priority liens in the ABL Collateral receive any such proceeds.
 
In addition, the asset sale covenant and the definition of asset sale, each in the indenture governing the notes, have a number of significant exceptions pursuant to which we will be able to sell Notes Collateral without being required to reinvest the proceeds of such sale into assets that will comprise Notes Collateral or to make an offer to the holders of the notes to repurchase the notes.
 
Immediately after the completion of the May 2008 Transactions, we had $50.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under the new ABL Facility, with approximately $92.0 million of additional availability under the new ABL Facility (subject to a borrowing base and after giving effect to the issuance of $33.0 million of letters of credit). All indebtedness under the new ABL Facility is secured by first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral (subject to certain exceptions). In addition, under the terms of the indenture governing the notes, we may grant an additional lien on any property or asset that constitutes ABL Collateral in order to secure any obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the indenture. Any such additional lien may be a lien that is senior to the lien securing the notes or may be a second-priority lien that ranks pari passu with the lien securing the notes. In either case, any grant of additional liens on the ABL Collateral would further dilute the value of the second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the notes. Further, as discussed above, we are permitted under the terms of the indenture governing the notes to sell all assets that constitute ABL Collateral and not apply the proceeds to invest in additional assets that will secure the notes or repay outstanding indebtedness.
 
The value of the pledged assets in the event of a liquidation will depend upon market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and similar factors. No independent appraisals of any of the pledged property have been prepared by or on behalf of us in connection with this offering of the notes. Accordingly, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the proceeds of any sale of the pledged assets following an acceleration to maturity with respect to the notes would be sufficient to satisfy, or would not be substantially less than, amounts due on the notes and the other debt secured thereby.
 
If the proceeds of any sale of the pledged assets were not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the notes, the holder of the notes (to the extent their notes were not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the pledged assets) would have only an unsecured claim against our remaining assets. By their nature, some or all of the pledged assets may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value. Likewise, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the pledged assets will be saleable or, if saleable, that there will not be substantial delays in their liquidation. To the extent that liens, rights and easements granted to third parties encumber assets located on property owned by us or constitute subordinate liens on the pledged assets, those third parties may have or may exercise rights and remedies with respect to the property subject to such encumbrances (including rights to require marshalling of assets) that could adversely affect the value of the pledged assets located at that site and the ability of the collateral agent to realize or foreclose on the pledged assets at that site.
 
In addition, the indenture governing the notes permits us, subject to compliance with certain financial tests, to issue additional secured debt, including debt secured equally and ratably by the same assets pledged for the benefit of the holders of the notes. This would reduce amounts payable to holders of the notes from the proceeds of any sale of the collateral.
 
The rights of holders of the notes with respect to the ABL Collateral will be substantially limited by the terms of the intercreditor agreement.
 
Under the terms of the intercreditor agreement which was entered into in connection with the new ABL Facility, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are outstanding, any actions that may be taken in respect of the ABL Collateral, including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the ABL Collateral and to control the conduct of such proceedings, and the approval of amendments to, releases of ABL Collateral from the lien of, and waivers of past defaults under, the security documents, will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first-priority liens and neither the trustee nor the collateral agent, on behalf of the holders of the notes,


17


Table of Contents

will have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if the rights of the holders of the notes are adversely affected, subject to certain exceptions. See “Description of the Exchange Notes — Security for the Notes” and “Description of the Exchange Notes — Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.” Under the terms of the intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are outstanding, if the holders of such indebtedness release the ABL Collateral for any reason whatsoever, including, without limitation, in connection with any sale of assets, the second-priority security interest in such ABL Collateral securing the notes will be automatically and simultaneously released without any consent or action by the holders of the notes, subject to certain exceptions. The ABL Collateral so released will no longer secure our and the guarantors’ obligations under the notes. In addition, because the holders of the indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral control the disposition of the ABL Collateral, such holders could decide not to proceed against the ABL Collateral, regardless of whether there is a default under the documents governing such indebtedness or under the indenture governing the notes. In such event, the only remedy available to the holders of the notes would be to sue for payment on the notes and the related guarantees. In addition, the intercreditor agreement will give the holders of first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral the right to access and use the collateral that secures the notes to allow those holders to protect the ABL Collateral and to process, store and dispose of the ABL Collateral.
 
The value of the collateral securing the notes may not be sufficient to secure post-petition interest.
 
In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding against us, holders of the notes will only be entitled to post-petition interest under the bankruptcy code to the extent that the value of their security interest in the collateral is greater than their pre-bankruptcy claim. Holders of the notes that have a security interest in collateral with a value equal or less than their pre-bankruptcy claim will not be entitled to post-petition interest under the bankruptcy code. No appraisal of the fair market value of the collateral has been prepared in connection with this offering and we therefore cannot assure you that the value of the noteholders’ interest in the collateral equals or exceeds the principal amount of the notes. See “— The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all obligations secured by the collateral.”
 
The waiver in the intercreditor agreement of rights of marshaling may adversely affect the recovery rates of holders of the notes in a bankruptcy or foreclosure scenario.
 
The notes and the guarantees are secured on a second-priority lien basis by the ABL Collateral. The intercreditor agreement provides that, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are outstanding, the holders of the notes, the trustee under the indenture governing the notes and the collateral agent may not assert or enforce any right of marshaling accorded to a junior lienholder, as against the holders of such indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral. Without this waiver of the right of marshaling, holders of such indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral would likely be required to liquidate collateral on which the notes did not have a lien, if any, prior to liquidating the ABL Collateral, thereby maximizing the proceeds of the ABL Collateral that would be available to repay our obligations under the notes. As a result of this waiver, the proceeds of sales of the ABL Collateral could be applied to repay any indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral before applying proceeds of other collateral securing indebtedness, and the holders of notes may recover less than they would have if such proceeds were applied in the order most favorable to the holders of the notes.
 
In the event of a bankruptcy of us or any of the guarantors, holders of the notes may be deemed to have an unsecured claim to the extent that our obligations in respect of the notes exceed the fair market value of the collateral securing the notes.
 
In any bankruptcy proceeding with respect to us or any of the guarantors, it is possible that the bankruptcy trustee, the debtor-in-possession or competing creditors will assert that the fair market value of the collateral with respect to the notes on the date of the bankruptcy filing was less than the then-current principal amount of the notes. Upon a finding by the bankruptcy court that the notes are under-collateralized, the claims in the bankruptcy proceeding with respect to the notes would be bifurcated between a secured claim and an


18


Table of Contents

unsecured claim, and the unsecured claim would not be entitled to the benefits of security in the collateral. Other consequences of a finding of under-collateralization would be, among other things, a lack of entitlement on the part of the notes to receive post-petition interest and a lack of entitlement on the part of the unsecured portion of the notes to receive other “adequate protection” under federal bankruptcy laws. In addition, if any payments of post-petition interest had been made at the time of such a finding of under-collateralization, those payments could be recharacterized by the bankruptcy court as a reduction of the principal amount of the secured claim with respect to the notes.
 
Because each guarantor’s liability under its guarantees may be reduced to zero, avoided or released under certain circumstances, you may not receive any payments from some or all of the guarantors.
 
You have the benefit of the guarantees of the guarantors. However, the guarantees by the guarantors are limited to the maximum amount that the guarantors are permitted to guarantee under applicable law. As a result, a guarantor’s liability under its guarantee could be reduced to zero, depending upon the amount of other obligations of such guarantor. Further, under the circumstances discussed more fully above, a court under federal and state fraudulent conveyance and transfer statutes could void the obligations under a guarantee or further subordinate it to all other obligations of the guarantor. See “— Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void notes, guarantees and security interests and may require holders of the notes to return payments received from us.” In addition, you will lose the benefit of a particular guarantee if it is released under certain circumstances described under “Description of the Exchange Notes — Note Guarantees.”
 
Bankruptcy laws may limit the ability of holders of the notes to realize value from the collateral.
 
The right of the collateral agent to repossess and dispose of the pledged assets upon the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture governing the notes is likely to be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law if a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or against us before the collateral agent repossessed and disposed of the pledged assets. For example, under Title 11 of the United States Code (the “United States Bankruptcy Code”), pursuant to the automatic stay imposed upon the bankruptcy filing, a secured creditor is prohibited from repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from such debtor, or taking other actions to levy against a debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the United States Bankruptcy Code permits the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given “adequate protection.” The meaning of the term “adequate protection” may vary according to circumstances (and is within the discretion of the bankruptcy court), but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral and may include cash payments or the granting of additional security, if and at such times as the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral as a result of the automatic stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. Generally, adequate protection payments, in the form of interest or otherwise, are not required to be paid by a debtor to a secured creditor unless the bankruptcy court determines that the value of the secured creditor’s interest in the collateral is declining during the pendency of the bankruptcy case. Due to the imposition of the automatic stay, the lack of a precise definition of the term “adequate protection” and the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict (1) how long payments under the notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case, (2) whether or when the collateral agent could repossess or dispose of the pledged assets or (3) whether or to what extent holders of the notes would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the pledged assets through the requirement of “adequate protection.”
 
The collateral is subject to casualty risks.
 
We are obligated under our new ABL Facility to at all times cause all the pledged assets to be properly insured and kept insured against loss or damage by fire or other hazards to the extent that such properties are usually insured by corporations operating properties of a similar nature in the same or similar localities. There are, however, some losses, including losses resulting from terrorist acts, that may be either uninsurable or not


19


Table of Contents

economically insurable, in whole or in part. As a result, we cannot assure holders of notes that the insurance proceeds will compensate us fully for our losses. If there is a total or partial loss of any of the pledged assets, we cannot assure holders of the notes that the proceeds received by us in respect thereof will be sufficient to satisfy all the secured obligations, including the notes.
 
In the event of a total or partial loss to any of the mortgaged facilities, certain items of equipment and inventory may not be easily replaced. Accordingly, even though there may be insurance coverage, the extended period needed to manufacture replacement units or inventory could cause significant delays.
 
Rights of holders of the notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to perfect security interests in collateral.
 
Applicable law requires that a security interest in certain tangible and intangible assets can only be properly perfected and its priority retained through certain actions undertaken by the secured party. The liens in the collateral securing the notes may not be perfected with respect to the claims of the notes if the collateral agent is not able to take the actions necessary to perfect any of these liens on or prior to the date of the indenture governing the notes. There can be no assurance that the lenders under our new ABL Facility will have taken all actions necessary to create properly perfected security interests, which may result in the loss of the priority of the security interest in favor of the holders of the notes to which they would otherwise have been entitled. Specifically, we do not expect the collateral agent or the lenders under our new ABL Facility to have completed all the actions necessary to perfect the liens in any real property by the time of completion of this offering. In addition, applicable law requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest, such as real property, equipment subject to a certificate of title and certain proceeds, can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. We and the guarantors have limited obligations to perfect the security interest of the holders of the notes in specified collateral. There can be no assurance that the trustee or the collateral agent for the notes will monitor, or that we will inform such trustee or collateral agent of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the security interest in such after-acquired collateral. Neither the trustee nor the collateral agent for the notes has an obligation to monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the perfection of any security interest. Such failure may result in the loss of the security interest in the collateral or the priority of the security interest in favor of the notes against third parties.
 
Any future pledge of collateral in favor of the holders of the notes might be voidable in bankruptcy.
 
Any future pledge of collateral in favor of the holders of the notes, including pursuant to security documents delivered after the date of the indenture governing the notes, might be voidable by the pledgor (as debtor in possession) or by its trustee in bankruptcy if certain events or circumstances exist or occur, including, under the United States Bankruptcy Code, if the pledgor is insolvent at the time of the pledge, the pledge permits the holders of the notes to receive a greater recovery than if the pledge had not been given and a bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the pledgor is commenced with 90 days following the pledge, or, in certain circumstances, a longer period.
 
The collateral securing the exchange notes will be substantially different from the collateral securing the new ABL Facility.
 
The collateral securing the notes will be substantially different from the collateral securing the new ABL Facility. The collateral securing the notes will not include: (i) real property located in Canada and (ii) the capital stock of our subsidiaries if the book value (or market value, if greater) of such subsidiary’s capital stock exceeds 20% of the principal amount of the notes, all of which will continue to secure the new ABL Facility on a first-priority basis. See “— Holders of the notes may not be able to fully realize the value of their liens”, “Description of the Exchange Notes — Security for the Notes”, and “Description of Other Indebtedness.”


20


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our business is dependent upon the levels of remodeling and replacement activity and new construction activity which have been negatively impacted by the economic downturn and the instability of the credit markets.
 
Critical factors in the level of our sales, profitability and cash flows are the levels of residential remodeling and replacement activity and new residential and non-residential construction activity. The level of new residential and non-residential construction activity and, to a lesser extent, the level of residential remodeling and replacement activity are affected by seasonality and cyclical factors such as interest rates, inflation, consumer spending habits, employment levels and other macroeconomic factors, over which we have no control. Any decline in economic activity as a result of these or other factors typically results in a decline in new construction and, to a lesser extent, residential remodeling and replacement purchases, which would result in a decrease in our sales, profitability and cash flows. For example, reduced levels of home sales and housing starts and other softening in the housing markets in 2007 negatively affected our results of operations in 2007 and these factors are expected to continue to negatively affect our results of operations in 2008.
 
In addition, uncertainties due to the significant instability in the mortgage markets and the resultant impact on the overall credit market could continue to adversely impact our business. The tightening of credit standards is expected to result in a decline in consumer spending for home remodeling and replacement projects which could adversely impact our operating results. Additionally, increases in the cost of home mortgages and the difficulty in obtaining financing for new homes could continue to materially impact the sales of our products in the residential construction market.
 
Fluctuations in the cost or availability of raw materials and components and increases in freight and other costs could have an adverse effect on our business.
 
We are dependent upon raw materials and purchased components, including, among others, steel, motors, compressors, copper, packaging material, aluminum, plastics, glass and various chemicals and paints that we purchase from third parties. As a result, our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition may be adversely affected by increases in costs of raw materials or components, or in limited availability of raw materials or components. We do not typically enter into long-term supply contracts for raw materials and components. In addition, we generally do not hedge against our supply requirements. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain raw materials and components from our current or alternative suppliers at reasonable prices in the future, or may not be able to obtain raw materials and components on the scale and within the time frames we require. Further, if our suppliers are unable to meet our supply requirements, we could experience supply interruptions and/or cost increases which (to the extent we were unable to find alternate suppliers or pass along these additional costs to our customers) could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
 
For example, during 2005 through 2007, we experienced significant increases in the prices we paid for steel, copper, aluminum and steel fabricated parts. In addition, we have experienced and may continue to experience an increase in freight and other costs due to rising oil and other energy prices. While we were able to offset a portion of these cost increases in these periods by raising prices to our customers for some products, as well as through strategic sourcing initiatives and improvements in manufacturing efficiency, there can be no assurance that we will be able to offset all material cost increases in 2008 or in any future periods.
 
The availability of certain raw materials and component parts from sole or limited sources of supply may have an adverse effect on our business.
 
Sources of raw materials or component parts for certain of our operations may be dependent upon limited or sole sources of supply which may impact our ability to manufacture finished product. While we continually review alternative sources of supply, there can be no assurance that we will not face disruptions in sources of supply which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.


21


Table of Contents

Weather fluctuations may negatively impact our business.
 
Weather fluctuations may adversely affect our operating results and our ability to maintain sales volume. In our HVAC segment, operations may be adversely affected by unseasonably warm weather in the months of November to February and unseasonably cool weather in the months of May to August, which has the effect of diminishing customer demand for heating and air conditioning products. In all of our segments, adverse weather conditions at any time of the year may negatively affect overall levels of new construction and remodeling and replacement activity, which in turn may lead to a decrease in sales. Many of our operating expenses are fixed and cannot be reduced during periods of decreased demand for our products. Accordingly, our results of operations and cash flows will be negatively impacted in quarters with lower sales due to weather fluctuations.
 
If we fail to identify suitable acquisition candidates, or to integrate the businesses we have acquired or will acquire in the future, it could negatively impact our business.
 
Historically, we have engaged in a significant number of acquisitions, and those acquisitions have contributed significantly to our growth in sales and profitability, particularly in the HTP segment. We believe that acquisitions will continue to be a key component of our growth strategy. However, we cannot assure that we will continue to locate and secure acquisition candidates on terms and conditions that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to identify attractive acquisition candidates, our growth, particularly in the HTP segment, could be impaired.
 
There are several risks in acquisitions, including:
 
  •  the difficulty and expense that we incur in connection with the acquisition;
 
  •  the difficulty and expense that we incur in the subsequent assimilation of the operations of the acquired company into our operations;
 
  •  adverse accounting consequences of conforming the acquired company’s accounting policies to ours;
 
  •  the difficulties and expense of developing, implementing and monitoring systems of internal controls at acquired companies, including disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting;
 
  •  the difficulty in operating acquired businesses;
 
  •  the diversion of management’s attention from our other business concerns;
 
  •  the potential loss of customers or key employees of acquired companies;
 
  •  the impact on our financial condition due to the timing of the acquisition or the failure to meet operating expectations for the acquired business; and
 
  •  the assumption of unknown liabilities of the acquired company.
 
We cannot assure that any acquisition we have made or may make will be successfully integrated into our on-going operations or that we will achieve any expected cost savings from any acquisition. If the operations of an acquired business do not meet expectations, our profitability and cash flows may be impaired and we may be required to restructure the acquired business or write-off the value of some or all of the assets of the acquired business.
 
Because we compete against competitors with substantially greater resources, we face external competitive risks that may negatively impact our business.
 
Our RVP and HTP segments compete with many domestic and international suppliers in various markets. We compete with suppliers of competitive products primarily on the basis of quality, distribution, delivery and price. Some of our competitors in these markets have greater financial and marketing resources than we do.


22


Table of Contents

In our HVAC segment, our residential HVAC products compete in both the site-built and manufactured housing markets on the basis of breadth and quality of product line, distribution, product availability and price. Most of our residential HVAC competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than we do and the products of certain of our competitors may enjoy greater brand awareness than our residential HVAC products. Our commercial HVAC products compete primarily on the basis of engineering support, quality, design and construction flexibility and total installed system cost. Most of our competitors in the commercial HVAC market have greater financial and marketing resources and enjoy greater brand awareness than we do.
 
Competitive factors could require us to reduce prices or increase spending on product development, marketing and sales, either of which could adversely affect our operating results.
 
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could adversely affect our revenues, profitability and cash flows.
 
Our foreign operations expose us to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and currency devaluations. We report our financial results in U.S. dollars, but a portion of our sales and expenses are denominated in Euros, Canadian Dollars and other currencies. As a result, changes in the relative values of U.S. dollars, Euros, Canadian Dollars and other currencies will affect our levels of revenues and profitability. If the value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to the value of the Euro, Canadian Dollars and other currencies, our levels of revenue and profitability will decline since the translation of a certain number of Euros or units of such other currencies into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes will represent fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, if the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to the value of the Euro, Canadian Dollars and other currencies, our levels of revenue and profitability will increase since the translation of a certain number of Euros or units of such other currencies into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes will represent additional U.S. dollars. In addition, in the case of sales to customers in certain locations, our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, Euros or Canadian Dollars but all or a substantial portion of our associated costs are denominated in a different currency. As a result, changes in the relative values of U.S. dollars, Euros and Canadian Dollars and any such different currency will affect our profitability and cash flows.
 
Because we have substantial operations outside the United States, we are subject to the economic and political conditions of foreign nations.
 
We have manufacturing facilities in several countries outside of the United States. In 2007, we sold products in approximately 100 countries other than the United States. Foreign net sales, which are attributed based upon the location of our subsidiary responsible for the sale, were approximately 19.5% and 21.5% of consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. Our foreign operations are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including risks that:
 
  •  foreign governments may impose limitations on our ability to repatriate funds;
 
  •  foreign governments may impose withholding or other taxes on remittances and other payments to us, or the amount of any such taxes may increase;
 
  •  an outbreak or escalation of any insurrection, armed conflict or act of terrorism, or another form of political instability, may occur;
 
  •  natural disasters may occur, and local governments may have difficulties in responding to these events;
 
  •  foreign governments may nationalize foreign assets or engage in other forms of government protectionism;
 
  •  foreign governments may impose or increase investment barriers, customs or tariffs or other restrictions affecting our business; and
 
  •  development, implementation and monitoring of systems of internal controls of our international operations, including disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, may be difficult and expensive.


23


Table of Contents

 
The occurrence of any of these conditions could disrupt our business in particular countries or regions of the world, or prevent us from conducting business in particular countries or regions, which could reduce sales and adversely affect profitability. In addition, we rely on dividends and other payments or distributions from our subsidiaries to meet our debt obligations. If foreign governments impose limitations on our ability to repatriate funds or impose or increase taxes on remittances or other payments to us, the amount of dividends and other distributions we receive from our subsidiaries could be reduced, which could reduce the amount of cash available to us to meet our debt obligations.
 
Varying international business practices.
 
We currently purchase raw materials, components and finished products from various foreign suppliers. To the extent that any such foreign supplier utilizes labor or other practices that vary from those commonly accepted in the United States, our business and reputation could be adversely affected by any resulting litigation, negative publicity, political pressure or otherwise.
 
A decline in our relations with our key distributors and dealers or loss of major customers may negatively impact our business.
 
Our operations depend upon our ability to maintain relations with our independent distributors and dealers and we do not typically enter into long-term contracts with them. If our key distributors or dealers are unwilling to continue to sell our products or if any of them merge with or are purchased by a competitor, we could experience a decline in sales. If we are unable to replace such distributors or dealers or otherwise replace the resulting loss of sales, our business, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected. For the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately 54% of our consolidated net sales were made through our independent distributors and dealers, and our largest distributor or dealer accounted for approximately 4.9% of consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
In addition, the loss of one or more of our other major customers, or a substantial decrease in such customers’ purchases from us, could have a material adverse effect on results of operations and cash flows. Because we do not generally have binding long-term purchasing agreements with our customers, there can be no assurance that our existing customers will continue to purchase products from us. Our largest customer (other than a distributor or dealer) accounted for approximately 4.9% of consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Labor disruptions or cost increases could adversely affect our business.
 
A work stoppage at one of our facilities that lasts for a significant period of time could cause us to lose sales, incur increased costs and adversely affect our ability to meet our customers’ needs. A plant shutdown or a substantial modification to employment terms (including the collective bargaining agreements affecting our unionized employees) could result in material gains or losses or the recognition of an asset impairment. As collective bargaining agreements expire and until negotiations are completed, it is not known whether we will be able to negotiate collective bargaining agreements on the same or more favorable terms as the current agreements or at all without production interruptions, including labor stoppages. At March 29, 2008, approximately 6.6% of our employees are unionized, and from time to time we experience union organizing efforts directed at our non-union employees. We may also experience labor cost increases or disruptions in our non-union facilities in circumstances where we must compete for employees with necessary skills and experience or in tight labor markets.
 
We must continue to innovate and improve our products to maintain our competitive advantage.
 
Our ability to maintain and grow our market shares depends on the ability to continue to develop high quality, innovative products. An important part of our competitive strategy includes leveraging our distributor and dealer relationships and our existing brands to introduce new products. In addition, some of our HVAC products are subject to federal minimum efficiency standards and/or protocols concerning the use of ozone-depleting substances that have and are expected to continue to become more stringent over time. We cannot


24


Table of Contents

assure that our investments in product innovation and technological development will be sufficient or that we will be able to create and market new products to enable us to successfully compete with new products or technologies developed by our competitors or meet heightened regulatory requirements in the future.
 
We could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws.
 
Our operations are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to protection of the environment, including those that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, establish standards for the use, treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes and govern the cleanup of contaminated sites. We have used and continue to use various substances in our products and manufacturing operations, and have generated and continue to generate wastes, which have been or may be deemed to be hazardous or dangerous. As such, our business is subject to and may be materially and adversely affected by compliance obligations and other liabilities under environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These laws and regulations affect ongoing operations and require capital costs and operating expenditures in order to achieve and maintain compliance. For example, the United States and other countries have established programs for limiting the production, importation and use of certain ozone depleting chemicals, including hydrochlorofluorocarbons, or HCFCs, a refrigerant used in our conditioning and heat pump products. Some of these chemicals have been banned completely, and others are currently scheduled to be phased out in the United States by the year 2010. Modifications to the design of our products may be necessary in order to utilize alternative refrigerants.
 
In addition, we could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, and third party property damage or personal injury claims, as a result of violations of or liabilities under environmental laws or non-compliance with environmental permits required at our facilities. Certain environmental laws and regulations also impose liability, without regard to knowledge or fault, relating to the existence of contamination at or associated with properties used in our current and former operations or those of our predecessors, or at locations to which current or former operations or those of our predecessors have shipped waste for disposal. Contaminants have been detected at certain of our former sites, and we have been named as a potentially responsible party at several third-party waste disposal sites. While we are not currently aware of any such sites as to which material outstanding claims or obligations exist, the discovery of additional contaminants or the imposition of additional cleanup obligations at these or other sites could result in significant liability. In addition, we cannot be certain that identification of presently unidentified environmental conditions, more vigorous enforcement by regulatory agencies, enactment of more stringent laws and regulations, or other unanticipated events will not arise in the future and give rise to material environmental liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
We face risks of litigation and liability claims on product liability, workers’ compensation and other matters, the extent of which exposure can be difficult or impossible to estimate and which can negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
We are subject to legal proceedings and claims arising out of our businesses that cover a wide range of matters, including contract and employment claims, product liability claims, warranty claims and claims for modification, adjustment or replacement of component parts of units sold. Product liability and other legal proceedings include those related to businesses we have acquired or properties we have previously owned or operated.
 
The development, manufacture, sale and use of our products involve risks of product liability and warranty claims, including personal injury and property damage arising from fire, soot, mold and carbon monoxide. We currently carry insurance and maintain reserves for potential product liability claims. However, our insurance coverage may be inadequate if such claims do arise and any liability not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business. The accounting for self-insured plans requires that significant judgments and estimates be made both with respect to the future liabilities to be paid for known claims and incurred but not reported claims as of the reporting date. To date, we have been able to obtain


25


Table of Contents

insurance in amounts we believe to be appropriate to cover such liability. However, our insurance premiums may increase in the future as a consequence of conditions in the insurance business generally or our situation in particular. Any such increase could result in lower profits or cause the need to reduce our insurance coverage. In addition, a future claim may be brought against us which would have a material adverse effect on us. Any product liability claim may also include the imposition of punitive damages, the award of which, pursuant to certain state laws, may not be covered by insurance. Our product liability insurance policies have limits that if exceeded, may result in material costs that would have an adverse effect on future profitability. In addition, warranty claims are generally not covered by our product liability insurance. Further, any product liability or warranty issues may adversely affect our reputation as a manufacturer of high-quality, safe products and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Product recalls or reworks may adversely affect our business.
 
In the event we produce a product that is alleged to contain a design or manufacturing defect, we could be required to incur costs involved to recall or rework that product. While we have undertaken several voluntary product recalls and reworks over the past several years, additional product recalls and reworks could result in material costs. Many of our products, especially certain models of bath fans, range hoods and residential furnaces and air conditioners, have a large installed base, and any recalls and reworks related to products with a large installed base could be particularly costly. The costs of product recalls and reworks are not generally covered by insurance. In addition, our reputation for safety and quality is essential to maintaining our market share and protecting our brands. Any recalls or reworks may adversely affect our reputation as a manufacturer of high-quality, safe products and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Our business operations could be significantly disrupted if we lost members of our management team.
 
Our success depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our executive officers and key employees and consultants, both individually and as a group. Our future performance will be substantially dependent on our ability to retain and motivate them. The loss of the services of any of these executive officers or key employees and consultants, particularly our chairman and chief executive officer, Richard L. Bready, and our other executive officers, could prevent us from executing our business strategy.
 
Our business operations could be negatively impacted if we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, if we fail to comply with the terms of our licenses or if third parties claim that we are in violation of their intellectual property rights.
 
We are highly dependent on certain of the brand names under which we sell our products, including Broan® and NuTone®. Failure to protect these brand names and other intellectual property rights or to prevent their unauthorized use by third parties could adversely affect our business. We seek to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality agreements. These protections may not be adequate to prevent competitors from using our brand names and trademarks without authorization or from copying our products or developing products equivalent to or superior to ours. We license several brand names from third parties. In the event we fail to comply with the terms of these licenses, we could lose the right to use these brand names. In addition, we face the risk of claims that we are infringing third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any such claim, even if it is without merit, could be expensive and time-consuming; could cause us to cease making, using or selling certain products that incorporate the disputed intellectual property; could require us to redesign our products, if feasible; could divert management time and attention; and could require us to enter into costly royalty or licensing arrangements.
 
If we are unable to access funds generated by our subsidiaries we may not be able to meet our financial obligations.
 
Because we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries, we depend on those entities for dividends, distributions and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations. Legal


26


Table of Contents

restrictions in the United States and foreign jurisdictions applicable to our subsidiaries and contractual restrictions in certain agreements governing current and future indebtedness of our subsidiaries, as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. All of our subsidiaries are separate and independent legal entities and have no obligation whatsoever to pay any dividends, distributions or other payments to us.
 
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
 
Market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Some data are also based on good faith estimates by our management, which are derived from their review of internal surveys, as well as the independent sources listed above. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information and cannot guarantee its accuracy and completeness.
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When used in this prospectus, words such as “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “believes,” “anticipates” and “expects” or similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on our plans and expectations as of the date of this prospectus and involve risks and uncertainties, over which we have no control, that could cause actual future activities and results of operations to be materially different from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual future activities and operating results to differ include the availability and cost of certain raw materials (including, among others, steel, copper, packaging materials, plastics and aluminum) and purchased components, the level of domestic and foreign construction and remodeling activity affecting residential and commercial markets, interest rates, employment, inflation, foreign currency fluctuations, consumer spending levels, exposure to foreign economies, the rate of sales growth, price, and product and warranty liability claims.
 
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. Readers are also urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures in the periodic reports filed with the SEC by Nortek, Inc. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”


27


Table of Contents

 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer
 
Concurrently with the consummation of the May 2008 Transactions, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes, which requires us to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes and, upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, offer to the holders of the outstanding notes the opportunity to exchange their outstanding notes for a like principal amount of exchange notes. The exchange notes will be issued without a restrictive legend and generally may be reoffered and resold without registration under the Securities Act.
 
Except as described below, upon the completion of the exchange offer, our obligations with respect to the registration of the outstanding notes and the exchange notes will terminate. A copy of the registration rights agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and this summary of the material provisions of the registration rights agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete registration rights agreement. Under the registration rights agreement, we are obligated to use our reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange offer to be completed within 280 days after the issue date of the notes or, if required, to have one or more shelf registration statements declared effective on the time frames specified in the registration rights agreement. If we fail to meet this target, which we refer to as a registration default, the annual interest rate on the notes will increase by 0.25%. The annual interest rate on the notes will increase by an additional 0.25% for each subsequent 90-day period during which the registration default continues, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per year over the interest rate shown on the cover of this offering memorandum. If the registration default is corrected, the interest rate on such notes will revert to the original level. If we must pay additional interest, we will pay it to holders of the outstanding notes in cash on the same dates that we make other interest payments on the outstanding notes, until the registration default is corrected.
 
Following the completion of the exchange offer, holders of outstanding notes not tendered will not have any further registration rights other than as set forth in the paragraphs below, and the outstanding notes will continue to be subject to certain restrictions on transfer. Additionally, the liquidity of the market for the outstanding notes could be adversely affected upon consummation of the exchange offer.
 
In order to participate in the exchange offer, a holder must represent to us, among other things, that:
 
  •  the exchange notes acquired pursuant to the exchange offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of business;
 
  •  the holder does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;
 
  •  the holder is not an “affiliate,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of us or any subsidiary guarantor; and
 
  •  if the holder is a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired a result of market-making or other trading activities, then the holder will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes.
 
Under certain circumstances specified in the registration rights agreement, we may be required to file a “shelf” registration statement for a continuous offer in connection with the outstanding notes pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.
 
Based on an interpretation by the Staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third-parties unrelated to us, we believe that, with the exceptions set forth below, exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by the holder of exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, unless the holder:
 
  •  is an “affiliate,” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of us or any subsidiary guarantor;


28


Table of Contents

 
  •  is a broker-dealer who purchased outstanding notes directly from us for resale under Rule 144A or Regulation S or any other available exemption under the Securities Act;
 
  •  acquired the exchange notes other than in the ordinary course of the holder’s business;
 
  •  has an arrangement with any person to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; or
 
  •  is prohibited by any law or policy of the SEC from participating in the exchange offer.
 
Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes cannot rely on this interpretation by the Staff of the SEC and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such outstanding notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange note. See “Plan of Distribution.” Broker-dealers who acquired outstanding notes directly from us and not as a result of market making activities or other trading activities may not rely on the Staff’s interpretations discussed above or participate in the exchange offer, and must comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in order to sell the outstanding notes.
 
Terms of the Exchange Offer
 
On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the accompanying letters of transmittal, we will accept for exchange in the exchange offer any outstanding notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to the expiration date. Outstanding notes may only be tendered in multiples of $1,000. We will issue $1,000 principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding notes surrendered in the exchange offer.
 
The form and terms of the exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the outstanding notes except the exchange notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations under the registration rights agreement to complete the exchange offer, or file, and cause to be effective, a shelf registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified time period. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding notes. For a description of the indenture, see “Description of the Exchange Notes.”
 
As of the date of this prospectus, $750 million aggregate principal amount of the 10% senior secured notes due 2013 are outstanding. This prospectus and the letters of transmittal are being sent to all registered holders of outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the provisions of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations of the SEC. Outstanding notes that are not tendered for exchange in the exchange offer will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest and will be entitled to the rights and benefits such holders have under the indenture and the registration rights agreement except we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the registration of the outstanding notes under the registration rights agreement.
 
We will be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered outstanding notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent. The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders for the purposes of receiving the exchange notes from us and delivering exchange notes to holders. Subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to refuse to accept the occurrence of any of the conditions specified below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
If you tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the


29


Table of Contents

exchange of outstanding notes. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes described below in connection with the exchange offer. It is important that you read “— Fees and Expenses” below for more details regarding fees and expenses incurred in the exchange offer.
 
Expiration Date; Extensions, Amendments
 
As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” means 5 p.m., New York City time, on     , 2008. However, if we, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time for which the exchange offer is open, the term “expiration date” will mean the latest time and date to which the exchange offer is extended.
 
To extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, we will notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral or written notice, followed by notification by press release or other public announcement to the registered holders of the outstanding notes no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
 
We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:
 
  •  to delay accepting for exchange any outstanding notes (if we amend or extend the exchange offer);
 
  •  to extend or terminate the exchange offer if any of the conditions set forth below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied, by giving oral or written notice of such delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; and
 
  •  subject to the terms of the registration rights agreement, to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.
 
Any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice to the registered holders of the outstanding notes. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine to constitute a material change, we will promptly disclose the amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of the outstanding notes of that amendment.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
 
Despite any other term of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding notes and we may terminate or amend the exchange offer as provided in this prospectus prior to the expiration date if in our reasonable judgment:
 
  •  the exchange offer or the making of any exchange by a holder violates any applicable law or interpretation of the SEC; or
 
  •  any action or proceeding has been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the exchange offer that, in our judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with the exchange offer.
 
In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the outstanding notes of any holder that has not made to us:
 
  •  the representations described under “— Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer,” “— Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” and “Plan of Distribution;” or
 
  •  any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations, or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.
 
We expressly reserve the right at any time or at various times to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. Consequently, we may delay acceptance of any outstanding notes by giving oral or written notice of such extension to the holders of outstanding notes. We will return any outstanding notes that we do not accept for exchange for any reason without expense to their tendering holder promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.


30


Table of Contents

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer and to reject for exchange any outstanding notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified above. We will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the outstanding notes as promptly as practicable. In the case of any extension, such notice will be issued no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.
 
These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert them regardless of the circumstances that may give rise to them or waive them in whole or in part at any or at various times prior to the expiration date in our sole discretion. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of such right. Each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that it may assert at any time or at various times prior to the expiration date.
 
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any such outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indentures under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “TIA”).
 
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes
 
To tender your outstanding notes in the exchange offer, you must comply with either of the following:
 
  •  complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature(s) on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or deliver such letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “— Exchange Agent” prior to the expiration date; or
 
  •  comply with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures described below.
 
In addition, either:
 
  •  the exchange agent must receive certificates for outstanding notes along with the letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date;
 
  •  the exchange agent must receive a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC according to the procedures for book-entry transfer described below or a properly transmitted agent’s message prior to the expiration date; or
 
  •  you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
 
Your tender, if not withdrawn prior to the expiration date, constitutes an agreement between us and you upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal.
 
The method of delivery of outstanding notes, letters of transmittal, and all other required documents to the exchange agent is at your election and risk. We recommend that instead of delivery by mail, you use an overnight or hand delivery service, properly insured. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery to the exchange agent before the expiration date. You should not send letters of transmittal or certificates representing outstanding notes to us. You may request that your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee effect the above transactions for you.
 
If you are a beneficial owner whose outstanding notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee and you wish to tender your outstanding notes, you should promptly contact the registered holder and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender the outstanding notes yourself, you must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your outstanding notes, either:
 
  •  make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the outstanding notes in your name; or
 
  •  obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of outstanding notes.


31


Table of Contents

 
The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be able to be completed prior to the expiration date.
 
Signatures on the applicable letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17A(d)-15 under the Exchange Act unless the outstanding notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:
 
  •  by a registered holder of the outstanding notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Registration Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal; or
 
  •  for the account of an eligible guarantor institution.
 
If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any outstanding notes listed on the outstanding notes, such outstanding notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the outstanding notes and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.
 
If the letter of transmittal or any certificates representing outstanding notes, or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations, or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should also indicate when signing and, unless waived by us, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act.
 
The exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s system may use DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program to tender. Participants in the program may, instead of physically completing and signing the applicable letter of transmittal and delivering it to the exchange agent, electronically transmit their acceptance of the exchange by causing DTC to transfer the outstanding notes to the exchange agent in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. DTC will then send an agent’s message to the exchange agent. The term “agent’s message” means a message transmitted by DTC, received by the exchange agent and forming part of the book-entry confirmation, which states that:
 
  •  DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant in its Automated Tender Offer Program that is tendering outstanding notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation;
 
  •  the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, or in the case of an agent’s message relating to guaranteed delivery, that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the notice of guaranteed delivery; and
 
  •  we may enforce that agreement against such participant.
 
DTC is referred to herein as a “book-entry transfer facility.”
 
Acceptance of Exchange Notes
 
In all cases, we will promptly issue exchange notes for outstanding notes that we have accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:
 
  •  outstanding notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility; and
 
  •  a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.


32


Table of Contents

 
By tendering outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer, you will represent to us that, among other things:
 
  •  you are not our affiliate or an affiliate of any guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
  •  you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
  •  you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business.
 
In addition, each broker-dealer that is to receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes must represent that such outstanding notes were acquired by that broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
We will interpret the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the letters of transmittal and the instructions to the letters of transmittal, and will resolve all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance of outstanding notes tendered for exchange. Our determinations in this regard will be final and binding on all parties. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular outstanding notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular outstanding notes if the acceptance might, in our or our counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities as to any particular outstanding notes prior to the expiration date.
 
Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as we determine. Neither we, the exchange agent, nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of outstanding notes for exchange, nor will any of us or them incur any liability for any failure to give notification. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly after the expiration date.
 
Book-Entry Delivery Procedures
 
Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the exchange agent will establish an account with respect to the outstanding notes at DTC and, as the book-entry transfer facility, for purposes of the exchange offer. Any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility’s system may make book-entry delivery of the outstanding notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer those outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the facility in accordance with the facility’s procedures for such transfer. To be timely, book-entry delivery of outstanding notes requires receipt of a confirmation of a book-entry transfer, a “book-entry confirmation,” prior to the expiration date. In addition, although delivery of outstanding notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility, the applicable letter of transmittal or a manually signed facsimile thereof, together with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, or an “agent’s message,” as defined below, in connection with a book-entry transfer, must, in any case, be delivered or transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at its address set forth on the cover page of the applicable letter of transmittal prior to the expiration date to receive exchange notes for tendered outstanding notes, or the guaranteed delivery procedure described below must be complied with. Tender will not be deemed made until such documents are received by the exchange agent. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.
 
Holders of outstanding notes who are unable to deliver confirmation of the book-entry tender of their outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility or all other documents required by the applicable letter of transmittal to the exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date must tender their outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.


33


Table of Contents

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
 
If you wish to tender your outstanding notes but your outstanding notes are not immediately available or you cannot deliver your outstanding notes, the applicable letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or comply with the procedures under DTC’s Automatic Tender Offer Program in the case of outstanding notes, prior to the expiration date, you may still tender if:
 
  •  the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution;
 
  •  prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent receives from such eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail, or hand delivery or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery, that (1) sets forth your name and address, the certificate number(s) of such outstanding notes and the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered; (2) states that the tender is being made thereby; and (3) guarantees that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the outstanding notes or a book-entry confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal, will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent; and
 
  •  the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal or facsimile thereof, as well as certificate(s) representing all tendered outstanding notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation of transfer of the outstanding notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC all other documents required by the letter of transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.
 
Upon request, the exchange agent will send to you a notice of guaranteed delivery if you wish to tender your outstanding notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures.
 
Withdrawal Rights
 
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender of outstanding notes at any time prior to 12:00 a.m. midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
For a withdrawal to be effective:
 
  •  the exchange agent must receive a written notice, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile or letter, of withdrawal at its address set forth below under “— Exchange Agent”; or
 
  •  you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program system.
 
  •  Any notice of withdrawal must:
 
  •  specify the name of the person who tendered the outstanding notes to be withdrawn;
 
  •  identify the outstanding notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate numbers and principal amount of the outstanding notes; and
 
  •  where certificates for outstanding notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which such outstanding notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.
 
If certificates for outstanding notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, you must also submit:
 
  •  the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn; and
 
  •  a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless your are an eligible guarantor institution.
 
If outstanding notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedures for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the


34


Table of Contents

facility. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form, and eligibility, including time of receipt of notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any outstanding notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to their holder, without cost to the holder, or, in the case of book-entry transfer, the outstanding notes will be credited to an account at the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn outstanding notes may be retendered by following the procedures described under “— Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.
 
Exchange Agent
 
U.S. Bank National Association has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. U.S. Bank National Association also acts as trustee under the indenture governing the notes. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal and all questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letters of transmittal, and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:
 
             
By Registered &

Certified Mail:
 
By Regular Mail or

Overnight
Courier:
  In Person by Hand Only:  
By Facsimile

(for Eligible
Institutions
only):
U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
  N/A
Corporate Trust Services
P.O. Box 64452
St. Paul, MN 55164-0111
  Corporate Trust Services
P.O. Box 64452
St. Paul, MN 55164-0111
  Corporate Trust Services
60 Livingston Avenue
1st Floor — Bond Drop Window
St. Paul, MN 55107
  For
Confirmation by Telephone:
(800)
934-6802
 
If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than the one set forth above or transmit instructions via facsimile other than the one set forth above, that delivery or those instructions will not be effective.
 
Fees and Expenses
 
The registration rights agreement provides that we will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of our obligations relating to the registration of the exchange notes and the conduct of the exchange offer. These expenses include registration and filing fees, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others. We will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will also reimburse brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by them in forwarding this prospectus and related documents to their clients that are holders of outstanding notes and for handling or tendering for such clients.
 
We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not pay any fee or commission to any broker, dealer, nominee or other person, other than the exchange agent, for soliciting tenders of outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer.
 
Accounting Treatment
 
We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes, which is the aggregate principal amount as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer. We have accrued for estimated exchange offer costs as part of deferred financing costs at the closing of the original 10% senior secured notes.


35


Table of Contents

Transfer Taxes
 
We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:
 
  •  certificates representing outstanding notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of outstanding notes tendered;
 
  •  tendered outstanding notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal; or
 
  •  a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of outstanding notes under the exchange offer.
 
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed to that tendering holder.
 
Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange will not be required to pay any transfer taxes. However, holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be required to pay any applicable transfer tax.
 
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
 
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes under the exchange offer, your outstanding notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer of such outstanding notes:
 
  •  as set forth in the legend printed on the outstanding notes as a consequence of the issuance of the outstanding notes pursuant to the exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; and
 
  •  as otherwise set forth in the offering memorandum distributed in connection with the private offering of the outstanding notes.
 
In general, you may not offer or sell your outstanding notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or if the offer or sale is exempt from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Except as required by the registration rights agreement, we do not intend to register resales of the outstanding notes under the Securities Act.
 
Other
 
Participating in the exchange offer is voluntary, and you should carefully consider whether to accept. You are urged to consult your financial and tax advisors in making your own decision on what action to take.
 
We may in the future seek to acquire untendered outstanding notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plans to acquire any outstanding notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer or to file a registration statement to permit resales of any untendered outstanding notes.


36


Table of Contents

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The outstanding notes were issued and sold on May 20, 2008. The proceeds from the offering of the outstanding notes and borrowings under our new ABL Facility were used to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness under our formerly existing senior secured credit facility and related fees and expenses.
 
The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement, dated May 20, 2008, by and among Nortek, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive a like principal amount of outstanding notes, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the exchange notes, except as otherwise noted in this prospectus. We will retire or cancel all of the outstanding notes tendered in the exchange offer. Accordingly, issuing the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization.


37


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table shows the capitalization of Nortek as of March 29, 2008 on an actual basis and the capitalization of Nortek as of March 29, 2008 on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance of the outstanding notes and the exchange notes, borrowings of $50.0 million under our new ABL Facility, the application of the net proceeds of the offering of the outstanding notes and such new ABL Facility borrowings as described in “Use of Proceeds” and certain other adjustments described in the footnotes below.
 
Accordingly, you should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
 
                 
    March 29, 2008  
    Actual     As Adjusted  
    (Dollars in millions)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents(1):
  $ 54.0     $ 90.3  
                 
Short-term debt:
               
Nortek’s senior secured credit facility — revolving loan(2)(3)
  $ 45.0     $  
Nortek’s ABL Facility(4)
          50.0  
Other short-term obligations
    32.8     $ 32.8  
Current maturities of long-term debt(5)
    32.7       25.7  
                 
Total short-term debt
  $ 110.5     $ 108.5  
                 
Long-term debt:
               
Nortek’s senior secured credit facility — term loan
  $ 668.5     $  
Nortek’s 81/2% senior subordinated notes due 2014
    625.0       625.0  
Notes, mortgage notes and obligations(6)
    43.0       43.0  
Nortek’s 97/8% senior subordinated notes due 2011
    10.0       10.0  
10% senior secured notes exchanged herein(7)
          742.2  
                 
Total long-term debt
    1,346.5       1,420.2  
                 
Total debt:
  $ 1,457.0     $ 1,528.7  
                 
Stockholder’s investment:
               
Common Stock
           
Additional paid-in capital
    412.4       412.4  
Retained earnings(8)
    164.5       157.8  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    38.1       38.1  
                 
Total stockholder’s investment
    615.0       608.3  
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 1,961.5     $ 2,028.5  
                 
 
 
(1) Includes $1.0 million of restricted cash. Net cash and cash equivalents available for general corporate purposes on May 20, 2008 would have increased by approximately $1.3 million on a pro forma basis, as approximately $35.0 million of cash was used for the payment of revolver borrowings incurred subsequent to March 29, 2008. (See Note C to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet).
 
(2) As of March 29, 2008, we had approximately $112.0 million of available borrowing capacity under the U.S. revolving portion of our existing senior secured credit facility, after giving effect to approximately $33.0 million of outstanding letters of credit. As of March 29, 2008, we had no outstanding borrowings and approximately $10.0 million of available borrowing capacity under the Canadian revolving portion of our existing senior secured credit facility.
 
(3) Immediately prior to the May 2008 Transactions, we had approximately $80.0 million outstanding under the revolving loan portion of our existing senior secured credit facility, reflecting $35.0 million in


38


Table of Contents

revolving loan borrowings subsequent to March 29, 2008. Actual revolving loan indebtedness as of March 29, 2008 does not reflect this additional $35.0 million in 2008 revolving loan borrowings. As a result, upon the closing of the May 2008 Transactions we used the proceeds of $792.2 million to repay the outstanding balance of our Senior Secured Credit facility of $755.5 million and pay fees, expenses and accrued interest totaling $34.3 million.
 
(4) Borrowings under our ABL Facility are subject to limits on debt incurrence imposed by the 81/2% senior subordinated notes due 2014 and are limited to the lesser of the borrowing base and $350.0 million. As part of the May 2008 Transactions, we made an initial borrowing of $50.0 million, which was used, together with the proceeds of the issuance of the outstanding 10% senior secured notes, to refinance our existing senior secured credit facility and pay related fees and expenses. In addition, we used $33.0 million of availability to replace existing letters of credit. Thereafter, borrowings will be used for general corporate purposes. A portion of the interest rate is variable. A change of 0.125% in the interest rate would result in approximately a $0.1 million change in interest expense.
 
(5) As adjusted reflects a reduction of $7.0 million relating to a principal payment of $7.0 million of existing credit facility debt with proceeds of this offering.
 
(6) Notes, mortgage notes and obligations payable primarily consist of mortgage, capital lease and other debt of various continuing operations of subsidiaries of Nortek, which in certain cases are secured by the applicable property and equipment financed by the subsidiary.
 
(7) Reflects the full aggregate principal amount of the notes issued totaling $750.0 million, less discount of approximately $7.8 million.
 
(8) As adjusted retained earnings includes an approximate $6.7 million, net of tax, loss on the redemption of the existing senior secured credit facility as part of the May 2008 Transactions.


39


Table of Contents

 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
On May 20, 2008, Nortek completed an offering of $750.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10% senior secured notes due 2013 in a private offering which was exempt from registration under the Securities Act. The outstanding notes were issued and sold on May 20, 2008. The proceeds from this offering of the outstanding notes and borrowings under Nortek’s new ABL Facility were used to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness under Nortek’s formerly existing senior secured credit facility and will be used in the future for general corporate purposes. As previously stated in this prospectus, these transactions combined represent the “May 2008 Transactions”.
 
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements include the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 29, 2008. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements give pro forma effect, where applicable, to the May 2008 Transactions.
 
The pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 29, 2008 has been prepared by adjusting the historical unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of Nortek as of March 29, 2008 to give effect to the May 2008 Transactions, as if those transactions had occurred as of that date.
 
The pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 have been prepared by adjusting the actual results for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 to give effect to the May 2008 Transactions as if those transactions had occurred as of January 1, 2007. The pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 exclude non-recurring items directly attributable to the May 2008 Transactions, including the losses from debt retirement, net of tax, of approximately $6.7 million on a pro forma basis incurred in connection with the May 2008 Transactions.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the financial condition and results of operations that would have occurred had the transactions described above taken place on the dates indicated above, nor are they necessarily indicative of Nortek’s future financial position or results of operations.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
 


40


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK INC.
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
                         
    Nortek
             
    Historical
             
    for the
    May 2008
       
    Year Ended
    Transactions
    Nortek
 
    December 31, 2007     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (In millions, except ratios)
 
    (Unaudited)  
 
Net Sales
  $ 2,368.2     $     $ 2,368.2  
Cost and Expenses:
                       
Cost of products sold
    1,679.9             1,679.9  
Selling, general and administrative expense, net
    475.3             475.3  
Amortization of intangible assets
    27.5             27.5  
                         
      2,182.7             2,182.7  
                         
Operating earnings
    185.5             185.5  
Interest expense
    (122.0 )     (28.4 )(a)     (150.4 )
Investment income
    2.0             2.0  
                         
Earnings from continuing operations before provision for income taxes
    65.5       (28.4 )     37.1  
Provision for income taxes
    33.1       (10.3 )(b)     22.8  
                         
Earnings from continuing operations
  $ 32.4     $ (18.1 )   $ 14.3  
                         
                         
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(c)
    1.5x               1.2x  
 
See Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations


41


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK INC.
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the First Quarter Ended March 29, 2008
 
                         
    Nortek
             
    Historical
             
    for the
             
    First Quarter
    May 2008
       
    Ended
    Transactions
    Nortek
 
    March 29, 2008     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (In millions, except ratios)
 
    (Unaudited)  
 
Net Sales
  $ 540.2     $     $ 540.2  
Cost and Expenses:
                       
Cost of products sold
    391.6             391.6  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    118.5             118.5  
Amortization of intangible assets
    6.7             6.7  
                         
      516.8             516.8  
                         
Operating earnings
    23.4             23.4  
Interest expense
    (27.4 )     (10.3 )(a)     (37.7 )
Investment income
    0.2             0.2  
                         
Loss from continuing operations before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (3.8 )     (10.3 )     (14.1 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    0.3       (3.8 )(b)     (3.5 )
                         
Loss from continuing operations
  $ (4.1 )   $ (6.5 )   $ (10.6 )
                         
                         
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(c)
                   
 
See Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations


42


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK INC.
 
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                 
          First Quarter
 
    Year Ended
    Ended
 
    December 31, 2007
    March 29, 2008
 
    Pro Forma
    Pro Forma
 
    Adjustments     Adjustments  
    (In millions)
 
ADJUSTMENTS RELATED TO THE MAY 2008 TRANSACTIONS        
(a) Interest Expense
               
Cash interest expense for 10% senior secured notes
  $ 75.2     $ 18.8  
Amortization of deferred financing costs on 10% senior secured notes
    3.6       0.9  
Amortization of debt discount on 10% senior secured notes
    1.2       0.3  
Cash interest expense for Nortek’s ABL Facility
    2.5       0.6  
Amortization of deferred financing costs on Nortek’s ABL Facility
    2.3       0.6  
Letters of credit fees under Nortek’s ABL Facility
    1.7       0.4  
Unused revolver commitment fees
    1.7       0.4  
Reduction in cash interest expense for the senior secured loan facility notes redemption
    (56.6 )     (10.9 )
Elimination of amortization of deferred financing costs, net for the senior secured loan facility notes redemption
    (3.2 )     (0.8 )
                 
    $ 28.4     $ 10.3  
                 
(b) Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
               
Tax impact of above pro forma adjustments at the statutory rate
  $ (10.3 )   $ (3.8 )
                 
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES:        
(c) Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
               
For purposes of calculating this ratio, “earnings” consist of earnings from continuing operations before provision for income taxes and fixed charges. “Fixed charges” consist of interest expense and the estimated interest portion of rental payments on operating leases. Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $3.8 million and $14.1 million for the historical and pro forma results for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008, respectively.


43


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK INC.
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
March 29, 2008
 
                         
          May 2008
       
          Transactions
       
    Nortek
    Pro Forma
    Nortek
 
    Historical     Adjustments     Pro Forma  
    (In millions)  
    (Unaudited)  
 
ASSETS
Current Assets:
                       
Unrestricted:
                       
Cash and Cash Equivalents
  $ 53.0     $ 36.3  (a)   $ 89.3  
Restricted:
                       
Cash
    1.0             1.0  
Accounts Receivable, net
    327.7             327.7  
Inventories, net
    338.4             338.4  
Prepaid Expenses
    13.9             13.9  
Other Current Assets
    21.9             21.9  
Prepaid Income Taxes
    30.8             30.8  
                         
Total Current Assets
    786.7       36.3       823.0  
Property and Equipment, net
    238.1             238.1  
Goodwill
    1,522.8             1,522.8  
Intangible Assets, net
    157.0             157.0  
Deferred Debt Expense
    26.0       21.5  (b)     47.5  
Restricted Investments and Marketable Securities
    2.3             2.3  
Other Assets
    11.7             11.7  
                         
Total Assets
  $ 2,744.6     $ 57.8     $ 2,802.4  
                         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
Current Liabilities:
                       
Notes Payable and Other Short Term Obligations
  $ 77.8     $ 5.0  (c)   $ 82.8  
Current Maturities of Long-Term Debt
    32.7       (7.0 )(d)     25.7  
Accounts Payable
    239.1             239.1  
Accrued Expenses and Taxes, net
    230.2       (3.4 )(e)     226.8  
                         
Total Current Liabilities
    579.8       (5.4 )     574.4  
Deferred Income Taxes
    34.6             34.6  
Long-term Payable to Affiliate
    43.2       (3.8 )(f)     39.4  
Other Long-Term Liabilities
    125.5             125.5  
Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable, Less Current Maturities
    1,346.5       73.7  (g)     1,420.2  
Stockholders’ Investment:
                       
Common Stock
                 
Additional Paid-In Capital
    412.4             412.4  
Retained Earnings
    164.5       (6.7 )(h)     157.8  
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
    38.1             38.1  
                         
Total Stockholders’ Investment
    615.0       (6.7 )     608.3  
                         
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Investment
  $ 2,744.6     $ 57.8     $ 2,802.4  
                         
 
See Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet


44


Table of Contents

 
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
         
    As of
 
    March 29, 2008
 
    Pro Forma
 
    Adjustments  
    (Unaudited)
 
    (In millions)
 
ADJUSTMENTS RELATED TO THE MAY 2008 TRANSACTIONS:
       
(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents
       
Total Sources:
       
Net proceeds from issuance of the 10% senior secured notes
  $ 742.2  
Initial borrowings under Nortek’s ABL Facility
    50.0  
Total Uses:
       
Financing costs related to the issuance of 10% senior secured notes and ABL Facility
    (31.7 )
Payment of principal related to the senior secured term loan redemption
    (675.5 )
Payment of revolver borrowings
    (45.0 )
Payment of termination fees related to the senior secured credit facility
    (0.3 )
Payment of accrued interest expense related to the senior secured term loan redemption
    (3.4 )
         
    $ 36.3 (1)
         
(b) Deferred Debt Expense
       
Financing costs related to the issuance of the 10% senior secured notes and ABL Facility
  $ 31.7  
Write-off of deferred debt expense related to the senior secured credit facility
    (10.2 )
         
    $ 21.5  
         
(c) Notes Payable and Other Short Term Obligations
       
Payment of revolver borrowings
  $ (45.0 )
Initial borrowing under Nortek’s ABL Facility
    50.0  
Revolver borrowings incurred subsequent to March 29, 2008
    35.0  
Payment of revolver borrowings incurred subsequent to March 29, 2008
    (35.0 )
         
    $ 5.0  
         
(d) Current Maturities of Long-Term Debt
       
Payment of current portion of principal related to senior secured term loan redemption
  $ (7.0 )
         
(e) Accrued Expenses and Taxes, net
       
Payment of accrued interest expense related to the senior secured term loan redemption
  $ (3.4 )
         
(f) Long-term Payable to Affiliate
       
Tax benefit on the write-off of deferred debt expense related to repayment of the senior secured credit facility transferred to parent company
  $ (3.7 )
Tax benefit on termination fees related to the senior secured credit facility transferred to parent company
    (0.1 )
         
    $ (3.8 )
         
(g) Notes, Mortgage Notes and Other Obligations Payable, less Current Maturities
       
Net proceeds from the issuance of the 10% senior secured notes
  $ 742.2  
Payment of principal related to the senior secured term loan redemption
    (668.5 )
         
    $ 73.7  
         


45


Table of Contents

         
    As of
 
    March 29, 2008
 
    Pro Forma
 
    Adjustments  
    (Unaudited)
 
    (In millions)
 
(h) Retained Earnings
       
Loss on debt retirement related to the senior secured term loan redemption, net of federal tax benefit
  $ (6.5 )
Payment of termination fees related to the senior secured credit facility, net of federal tax benefit
    (0.2 )
         
    $ (6.7 )
         
 
 
(1) Net cash and cash equivalents available for general corporate purposes on May 20, 2008 would have increased by approximately $1.3 million on a pro forma basis, as approximately $35.0 million of cash was used for the payment of revolver borrowings incurred subsequent to March 29, 2008. (See Note C to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet.)


46


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
 
The following table presents the selected historical consolidated financial data of our business at the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data for fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, and for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 presented in this table, have been derived from the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods August 28, 2004 to December 31, 2004, January 1, 2004 to August 27, 2004, January 10, 2003 to December 31, 2003 and January 1, 2003 to January 9, 2003 have been derived from our company’s audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessrily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                                                                         
                Pre-2003
       
    Post-THL Transaction     Post-2003 Recapitalization     Recapitalization              
                      For the periods from     Post-THL Transaction  
    For the Year Ended December 31,     Aug. 28, 2004-
    Jan. 1, 2004-
    Jan. 10, 2003-
    Jan. 1, 2003-
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    2007     2006     2005     Dec. 31, 2004     Aug. 27, 2004     Dec. 31, 2003     Jan. 9, 2003     Mar. 29, 2008     Mar. 31, 2007  
                                              (Unaudited)  
    (In millions except ratios)  
 
Consolidated Summary of Operations(1)(2):
                                                                       
Net sales
  $ 2,368.2     $ 2,218.4     $ 1,959.2     $ 561.0     $ 1,117.9     $ 1,480.6     $ 24.8     $ 540.2     $ 552.5  
Operating earnings (loss)
    185.5       267.0       237.2       42.1       32.6       159.4       (81.8 )     23.4       44.9  
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations
    32.4       89.7       80.5       (2.2 )     (111.3 )     62.1       (60.9 )     (4.1 )     9.2  
(Loss) earnings from discontinued operations
                      (0.5 )     67.4       12.1       (1.0 )            
Net (loss) earnings
    32.4       89.7       80.5       (2.7 )     (43.9 )     74.2       (61.9 )     (4.1 )     9.2  
Financial Position(1)(2):
                                                                       
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
  $ 53.4     $ 57.4     $ 77.2     $ 95.0     $ 202.0     $ 194.1     $ 283.6     $ 53.0     $ 43.2  
Working capital
    207.2       211.1       273.8       284.1       (645.2 )     689.8       830.0       206.9       227.0  
Total assets
    2,706.8       2,627.3       2,416.6       2,297.4       1,730.3       2,100.0       1,781.2       2,744.6       2,661.2  
Total debt — Current
    96.4       43.3       19.7       19.8       13.4       15.3       4.4       110.5       68.5  
Long-term
    1,349.0       1,362.3       1,354.1       1,350.2       30.4       1,324.6       953.7       1,346.5       1,361.6  
Current ratio
    1.4:1       1.4:1       1.7:1       1.9:1       0.5:1       2.7:1       2.9:1       1.4:1       1.4:1  
Debt to equity ratio
    2.3:1       2.5:1       2.7:1       3.3:1       0.4:1       6.7:1       3.5:1       2.4:1       2.5:1  
Depreciation and amortization expense including non-cash interest
    70.8       66.5       51.2       24.4       50.5       38.2       0.7       18.8       16.0  
Capital expenditures(3)
    36.4       42.3       33.7       15.1       12.7       24.7       0.2       7.3       6.8  
Stockholder’s investment(4)
    618.7       563.1       500.3       417.0       114.6       200.1       272.1       615.0       570.6  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    1.5 x     2.2 x     2.2 x     1.0 x     (5)     2.6 x     (5)     (5)     1.5 x
 
 
(1) See Notes 2, 9 and 12 to the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and Notes C, D and E to the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information with respect to business acquisitions and other income and expense items.
 
(2) See Note 5 to the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and Note B to the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the information contained in “Capitalization” included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information related to certain debt offerings and redemptions completed in 2006 and 2007, including outstanding notes and exchange notes described in this prospectus.


47


Table of Contents

 
(3) Includes capital expenditures financed under capital leases of approximately $4.8 million, $1.6 million, $0.9 million and $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the periods from August 28, 2004 to December 31, 2004, from January 1, 2004 to August 27, 2004 and from January 10, 2003 to December 31, 2003, respectively.
 
(4) See Note 6 to the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of NTK Holdings, Inc.’s contribution of capital of approximately $25.9 million to Nortek Holdings, Inc., which was used by Nortek Holdings, Inc., together with a dividend of approximately $28.1 million from Nortek to make a distribution of approximately $54.0 million to participants in the 2004 Nortek Holdings, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (including certain of our executive officers).
 
(5) For purposes of calculating this ratio, “earnings” consist of earnings from continuing operations before provision for income taxes and fixed charges. “Fixed Charges” consist of interest expense and the estimated interest portion of rental payments on operating leases. Such earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges for the historical results for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008, and for the periods from January 1, 2004 to August 27, 2004 and from January 1, 2003 to January 9, 2003 by approximately $3.8 million, $152.7 million and $82.7 million, respectively.


48


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 and our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 29, 2008 and for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results for prior years and interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results for any future annual or interim period. The following discussion, as well as other portions of this prospectus, contains forward looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. We based these statements on assumptions that we consider reasonable. Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by our forward-looking statements for various reasons including those discussed in the “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” sections of this prospectus. Those sections expressly qualify all subsequent oral and written forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf. We do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements included in this prospectus.
 
In this section, references to“our company” and “we” are used for convenience only and are not intended as a precise description of any of the separate corporations, each of which manages its own affairs.
 
Introduction
 
We are leading diversified global manufacturers of innovative, branded residential and commercial products, operating within three reporting segments:
 
  •  the Residential Ventilation Products, or RVP, segment,
 
  •  the Home Technology Products, or HTP, segment, and
 
  •  the Air Conditioning and Heating Products, or HVAC, segment.
 
Through these segments, our company manufactures and sells, primarily in the United States, Canada and Europe, a wide variety of products for the professional remodeling and replacement markets, the residential and commercial construction markets, the manufactured housing market and the do-it-yourself (“DIY”) market.
 
The Residential Ventilation Products segment manufactures and sells room and whole house ventilation products and other products primarily for the professional remodeling and replacement markets, the residential new construction market and the DIY market. The principal products sold by this segment include:
 
  •  kitchen range hoods,
 
  •  exhaust fans (such as bath fans and fan, heater and light combination units), and
 
  •  indoor air quality products.
 
The Home Technology Products segment manufactures and sells a broad array of products designed to provide convenience and security for residential and certain commercial applications. The principal products sold by this segment include:
 
  •  audio/video distribution and control equipment,
 
  •  speakers and subwoofers,
 
  •  security and access control products,
 
  •  power conditioners and surge protectors,
 
  •  audio/video wall mounts and fixtures,
 
  •  lighting and home automation controls, and
 
  •  structured wiring.


49


Table of Contents

 
The Air Conditioning and Heating Products segment manufactures and sells heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems for site-built residential and manufactured housing structures, custom-designed commercial applications and standard light commercial products. The principal products sold by this segment include:
 
  •  split system air conditioners and heat pumps,
 
  •  furnaces and related equipment,
 
  •  air handlers, and
 
  •  large custom roof top cooling and heating products.
 
In the results of operations presented below, Unallocated includes corporate related items, intersegment eliminations and certain income and expense not allocated to its segments.
 
Changes in Structure and Ownership
 
Over the past several years, our company has undergone changes in its structure and ownership that are useful to an understanding of our company’s financial results over this time period.
 
  •  Nortek had been a public company for over thirty-five years until November 2002 when the former Nortek Holdings was formed to become its holding company and successor public company.
 
  •  The former Nortek Holdings was then taken private in an acquisition by affiliates and designees of Kelso & Company L.P., together with members of our company’s management, in January 2003.
 
  •  Affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P., or THL, together with members of our company’s management, purchased the former Nortek Holdings from affiliates and designees of Kelso & Company L.P. in August 2004. The former Nortek Holdings was merged out of existence and a newly formed acquisition subsidiary became the parent company of Nortek and was renamed Nortek Holdings. These transactions are collectively referred to herein as the “THL Transaction”.
 
  •  NTK Holdings, then a newly formed company, became the parent company of Nortek Holdings in February 2005 in order to facilitate a financing and related dividend.
 
In connection with these transactions, our company has incurred a significant amount of indebtedness. For further discussion, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
 
Financial Statement Presentation
 
The audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements presented herein reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Nortek, Inc. and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries.
 
Acquisitions
 
Our company accounts for acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting and accordingly, the results of these acquisitions are included in our company’s consolidated results since the date of their acquisition. Our company has made the following acquisitions since January 1, 2005:
 
             
        Primary Business of
  Reporting
Acquired Company
 
Date of Acquisition
 
Acquired Company
  Segment
 
Stilpol SP. Zo.O.
  September 18, 2007   Supply various fabricated material components and sub-assemblies used by our company’s Best subsidiaries in the manufacture of kitchen range hoods.   RVP
Metaltecnica S.r.l.
  September 18, 2007   Supply various fabricated material components and sub-assemblies used by our company’s Best subsidiaries in the manufacture of kitchen range hoods.   RVP


50


Table of Contents

             
        Primary Business of
  Reporting
Acquired Company
 
Date of Acquisition
 
Acquired Company
  Segment
 
Triangle
  August 1, 2007   Manufacture, marketing and distribution of bath cabinets and related products.   RVP
HomeLogic, LLC
  July 27, 2007   Design and sale of software and hardware that facilitates the control of third party residential subsystems such as home theatre, whole-house audio, climate control, lighting, security and irrigation.   HTP
Aigis Mechtronics, Inc. 
  July 23, 2007   Manufacture and sale of equipment, such as camera housings, into the close-circuit television portion of the global security market.   HTP
International Electronics, Inc. 
  June 25, 2007   Design and sale of security and access control components and systems for use in residential and light commercial applications.   HTP
c.p. All Star Corporation
  April 10, 2007   Manufacture and distribution of residential, commercial and industrial gate operators, garage door openers, radio controls and accessory products for the garage door and fence industry.   HTP
Par Safe / Litewatch
  March 26, 2007   Design and sale of home safes and solar LED security lawn signs   HTP
LiteTouch, Inc. 
  March 2, 2007   Design, manufacture and sale of automated lighting control for a variety of applications including residential, commercial, new construction and retro-fit.   HTP
Gefen, Inc. 
  December 12, 2006   Design and sale of audio and video products which extend, switch, distribute and convert signals in a variety of formats, including high definition, for both the residential and commercial markets.   HTP
Zephyr Corporation
  November 17, 2006   Design and sale of upscale range hoods.   RVP
Pacific Zephyr Range Hood, Inc. 
  November 17, 2006   Design, sale and installation of range hoods and other kitchen products for Asian cooking markets in the United States.   RVP
Magenta Research Ltd. 
  July 18, 2006   Design and sale of products that distribute audio and video signals over Category 5 and fiber optic cable to multiple display screens.   HTP
Secure Wireless, Inc. 
  June 26, 2006   Design and sale of wireless security products for the residential and commercial markets.   HTP
Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc. 
  June 26, 2006   Design and sale of innovative radio frequency control products and accessories.   HTP
Huntair, Inc. 
  April 14, 2006   Design, manufacture and sale of custom air handlers and related products for commercial and clean room applications.   HVAC
Cleanpak International, LLC
  April 14, 2006   Design, manufacture and sale of custom air handlers and related products for commercial and clean room applications.   HVAC
Furman Sound, Inc. 
  February 22, 2006   Design and sale of audio and video signal processors and innovative power conditioning and surge protection products.   HTP

51


Table of Contents

             
        Primary Business of
  Reporting
Acquired Company
 
Date of Acquisition
 
Acquired Company
  Segment
 
Mammoth (Zhejiang) EG Air Conditioning Ltd.(1)
  January 25, 2006   Design, manufacture and sale of commercial HVAC products, including water source heat pumps.   HVAC
Shanghai Mammoth Air Conditioning Co., Ltd.(1)
  January 25, 2006   Design, manufacture and sale of commercial HVAC products, including water source heat pumps.   HVAC
GTO, Inc. 
  December 9, 2005   Design, manufacture and sale of automatic electric gate openers and access control devices to enhance the security and convenience of both residential and commercial property fences.   HTP
Sunfire Corporation
  August 26, 2005   Design, manufacture and sale of home audio and home cinema amplifiers, receivers and subwoofers.   HTP
Imerge Limited
  August 8, 2005   Design and sale of hard disk media players and multi-room audio servers.   HTP
Niles Audio Corporation
  July 15, 2005   Design, manufacture and sale of whole-house audio/video distribution equipment, including speakers, receivers, amplifiers, automation devices, controls and accessories.   HTP
International Marketing Supply, Inc. 
  June 13, 2005   Sale of heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment to customers in Latin America and the Caribbean.   HVAC
Panamax
  April 26, 2005   Design and sale of innovative power conditioning and surge protection products that prevent loss or damage of home and small business equipment due to power disturbances.   HTP
 
 
(1) On January 25, 2006, our company increased its ownership to 60%. On June 15, 2007, our company increased this ownership from 60% to 75%. Prior to January 25, 2006, our company did not have a controlling interest and accounted for these investments under the equity method of accounting.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Our company’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon our company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (see the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements and the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein). Certain of our company’s accounting policies require the application of judgment in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. Our company periodically evaluates the judgments and estimates used for its critical accounting policies to ensure that such judgments and estimates are reasonable for its interim and year-end reporting requirements. These judgments and estimates are based on our company’s historical experience, current trends and other information available, as appropriate. If different conditions result from those assumptions used in our company’s judgments, the results could be materially different from our company’s estimates. Our company’s critical accounting policies include:
 
Revenue Recognition, Accounts Receivable and Related Expenses
 
Our company recognizes sales based upon shipment of products to its customers and has procedures in place at each of its subsidiaries to ensure that an accurate cut-off is obtained for each reporting period.

52


Table of Contents

Allowances for cash discounts, volume rebates, and other customer incentive programs, as well as gross customer returns, among others, are recorded as a reduction of sales at the time of sale based upon the estimated future outcome. Cash discounts, volume rebates and other customer incentive programs are based upon certain percentages agreed to with our company’s various customers, which are typically earned by the customer over an annual period. Our company records periodic estimates for these amounts based upon the historical results to date, estimated future results through the end of the contract period and the contractual provisions of the customer agreements. For calendar year customer agreements, our company is able to adjust its periodic estimates to actual amounts as of December 31 each year based upon the contractual provisions of the customer agreements. For those customers who have agreements that are not on a calendar year cycle, our company records estimates at December 31 consistent with the above described methodology. As a result, at the end of any given reporting period, the amounts recorded for these allowances are based upon estimates of the likely outcome of future sales with the applicable customers and may require adjustment in the future if the actual outcome differs. Our company believes that its procedures for estimating such amounts are reasonable.
 
Customer returns are recorded on an actual basis throughout the year and also include an estimate at the end of each reporting period for future customer returns related to sales recorded prior to the end of the period. Our company generally estimates customer returns based upon the time lag that historically occurs between the date of the sale and the date of the return while also factoring in any new business conditions that might impact the historical analysis such as new product introduction. Our company believes that its procedures for estimating such amounts are reasonable.
 
Provisions for the estimated costs for future product warranty claims are recorded in cost of sales at the time a sale is recorded. The amounts recorded are generally based upon historically derived percentages while also factoring in any new business conditions that might impact the historical analysis such as new product introduction. Our company also periodically evaluates the adequacy of its reserves for warranty recorded in its consolidated balance sheet as a further test to ensure the adequacy of the recorded provisions. Warranty claims can extend far into the future. As a result, significant judgment is required by our company in determining the appropriate amounts to record and such judgments may prove to be incorrect in the future. Our company believes that its procedures for estimating such amounts are reasonable.
 
Provisions for the estimated allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net at the time a sale is recorded. The amounts recorded are generally based upon historically derived percentages while also factoring in any new business conditions that might impact the historical analysis such as changes in economic conditions, past due and nonperforming accounts, bankruptcies or other events affecting particular customers. Our company also periodically evaluates the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts recorded in its consolidated balance sheet as a further test to ensure the adequacy of the recorded provisions. The analysis for allowance for doubtful accounts often involves subjective analysis of a particular customer’s ability to pay. As a result, significant judgment is required by our company in determining the appropriate amounts to record and such judgments may prove to be incorrect in the future. Our company believes that its procedures for estimating such amounts are reasonable.
 
Inventory Valuation
 
Our company values inventories at the lower of the cost or market with approximately 35.5% of our company’s inventory as of December 31, 2007 valued using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method and the remainder valued using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. In connection with both LIFO and FIFO inventories, our company will record provisions, as appropriate, to write-down obsolete and excess inventory to estimated net realizable value. The process for evaluating obsolete and excess inventory often requires our company to make subjective judgments and estimates concerning future sales levels, quantities and prices at which such inventory will be able to be sold in the normal course of business. Accelerating the disposal process or incorrect estimates of future sales potential may cause the actual results to differ from the estimates at the time such inventory is disposed or sold. Our company believes that its procedures for estimating such amounts are reasonable.


53


Table of Contents

Income Taxes
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109)”, (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the criteria that an individual tax position must satisfy for some or all of the benefits of that position to be recognized in a company’s financial statements. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold of “more-likely-than-not” and a measurement attribute for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements. Our company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption of this standard, our company recorded a charge to retained earnings of approximately $3.2 million and also increased goodwill related to pre-acquisition tax uncertainties by approximately $3.8 million.
 
As of January 1, 2007, after the adoption of FIN 48, our company has provided a liability of approximately $36.7 million for unrecognized tax benefits related to various federal, foreign and state tax income tax matters. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007 was approximately $34.2 million, of which approximately $9.1 million would impact the effective tax rate. The difference between the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the amount that would impact the effective rate consists of items that would adjust deferred tax assets and liabilities of approximately $5.2 million, items that, if recognized prior to January 1, 2009, would result in adjustments to goodwill of approximately $13.2 million and the federal benefit of state tax items of approximately $6.4 million.
 
Our company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with SFAS No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109”), which requires that the deferred tax consequences of temporary differences between the amounts recorded in our company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and the amounts included in our company’s federal, state and foreign income tax returns to be recognized in the balance sheet. As our company generally does not file their income tax returns until well after the closing process for the December 31 financial statements is complete, the amounts recorded at December 31 reflect estimates of what the final amounts will be when the actual tax returns are filed for that fiscal year. In addition, estimates are often required with respect to, among other things, the appropriate state income tax rates to use in the various states that our company and its subsidiaries are required to file, the potential utilization of operating and capital loss carry-forwards and valuation allowances required, if any, for tax assets that may not be realizable in the future. Our company requires each of its subsidiaries to submit year-end tax information packages as part of the year-end financial statement closing process so that the information used to estimate the deferred tax accounts at December 31 is reasonably consistent with the amounts expected to be included in the filed tax returns. SFAS No. 109 requires balance sheet classification of current and long-term deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the classification of the underlying asset or liability that gives rise to a temporary difference. As such, our company has historically had prepaid income tax assets due principally to the unfavorable tax consequences of recording expenses for required book reserves for such things as, among others, bad debts, inventory valuation, insurance, product liability and warranty that cannot be deducted for income tax purposes until such expenses are actually paid. Our company believes that the amounts recorded as prepaid income tax assets will be recoverable through future taxable income generated by our company, although there can be no assurance that all recognized prepaid income tax assets will be fully recovered. Our company believes the procedures and estimates used in its accounting for income taxes are reasonable and in accordance with established tax law. The income tax estimates used have historically not resulted in material adjustments to income tax expense in subsequent periods when the estimates are adjusted to the actual filed tax return amounts, although there may be reclassifications between the current and long-term portion of the deferred tax accounts.
 
Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets
 
Our company accounts for acquired goodwill and intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141”) which involves judgment with respect to the determination of the purchase price and the valuation of the acquired assets and liabilities in order to determine the final amount of goodwill. Our company believes that the estimates that it has used to record its acquisitions are reasonable and in accordance with SFAS No. 141.


54


Table of Contents

Our company accounts for acquired goodwill and goodwill impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”) (see Note 1 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements and Note A of the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein) which requires considerable judgment in the valuation of acquired goodwill and the ongoing evaluation of goodwill impairment. Our company primarily utilizes a discounted cash flow approach in order to value our company’s reporting units required to be tested for impairment by SFAS No. 142, which requires that our company forecast future cash flows of the reporting units and discount the cash flow stream based upon a weighted average cost of capital that is derived from comparable companies within similar industries. The discounted cash flow calculations also include a terminal value calculation that is based upon an expected long-term growth rate for the applicable reporting unit. Our company believes that its procedures for applying the discounted cash flow methodology, including the estimates of future cash flows, the weighted average cost of capital and the long-term growth rate, are reasonable and consistent with market conditions at the time of the valuation. Our company has evaluated the carrying value of reporting unit goodwill and determined that no impairment existed at the date of its annual evaluation date of October 1, 2007, December 31, 2007 or March 29, 2008 in accordance with SFAS No. 142. Accordingly, no adjustments were required to be recorded in our company’s audited consolidated financial statements or its unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
Goodwill is considered to be potentially impaired when the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value as determined in accordance with our company’s valuation procedures. Our company believes that its assumptions used to determine the fair value for the respective reporting units are reasonable. If different assumptions were to be used, particularly with respect to estimating future cash flows, there could be the potential that an impairment charge could result. Actual operating results and the related cash flows of the reporting units could differ from the estimated operating results and related cash flows.
 
Our company performs an annual evaluation, and more frequently if impairment indicators are identified, for the impairment of long-lived assets, other than goodwill, based on expectations of non-discounted future cash flows compared to the carrying value of the subsidiary in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS No. 144”). Our company’s cash flow estimates are based upon historical cash flows, as well as future projected cash flows received from subsidiary management in connection with the annual Company wide planning process, and include a terminal valuation for the applicable subsidiary based upon a multiple of earnings before interest expense, net, depreciation and amortization expense and income taxes (“EBITDA”). Our company estimates the EBITDA multiple by reviewing comparable company information and other industry data. Our company believes that its procedures for estimating gross futures cash flows, including the terminal valuation, are reasonable and consistent with current market conditions. Our company historically has not had any material impairment adjustments.
 
Pensions and Post Retirement Health Benefits
 
Our company’s accounting for pensions, including supplemental executive retirement plans, and post retirement health benefit liabilities requires the estimating of such items as the long-term average return on plan assets, the discount rate, the rate of compensation increase and the assumed medical cost inflation rate. Our company utilizes long-term investment-grade bond yields as the basis for selecting a discount rate by which plan obligations are measured. An analysis of projected cash flows for each plan is performed in order to determine plan-specific duration. Discount rates are selected based on high quality corporate bond yields of similar durations. These estimates require a significant amount of judgment as items such as stock market fluctuations, changes in interest rates, plan amendments and curtailments can have a significant impact on the assumptions used and therefore on the ultimate final actuarial determinations for a particular year. Our company believes the procedures and estimates used in its accounting for pensions and post retirement health benefits are reasonable and consistent with acceptable actuarial practices in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
On December 31, 2006, our company adopted SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). SFAS No. 158 requires our company to: (a) recognize the over-funded or under-


55


Table of Contents

funded status of its defined benefit post-retirement plans as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position; (b) recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income and (c) measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end. Our company was required to initially recognize the funded status of its defined benefit plans and to provide the required disclosures for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. The requirement to measure benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position is effective for our company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008. See Notes 1 and 7 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.
 
Warranty, Product Recalls and Safety Upgrades
 
Our company sells a number of products and offers a number of warranties including in some instances, extended warranties for which our company receives proceeds. The specific terms and conditions of these warranties vary depending on the product sold and the country in which the product is sold. Our company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its warranties, with the exception of extended warranties, and records a liability for such costs at the time of sale. Deferred revenue from extended warranties is recorded at the estimated fair value and is amortized over the life of the warranty and reviewed to ensure that the amount recorded is equal to or greater than estimated future costs. Factors that affect our company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, cost per claim and new product introduction. Our company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty claims and adjusts the amounts as necessary.
 
Insurance Liabilities, including Product Liability
 
Our company records insurance liabilities and related expenses for health, workers compensation, product and general liability losses and other insurance reserves and expenses in accordance with either the contractual terms of its policies or, if self-insured, the total liabilities that are estimable and probable as of the reporting date. Insurance liabilities are recorded as current liabilities to the extent payments are expected to be made in the succeeding year by our company with the remaining requirements classified as long-term liabilities. The accounting for self-insured plans requires that significant judgments and estimates be made both with respect to the future liabilities to be paid for known claims and incurred but not reported claims as of the reporting date. Our company considers historical trends when determining the appropriate insurance reserves to record in the consolidated balance sheet. In certain cases where partial insurance coverage exists, our company must estimate the portion of the liability that will be covered by existing insurance policies to arrive at the net expected liability to our company. Our company believes that its procedures for estimating such amounts are reasonable.
 
Contingencies
 
Our company is subject to contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of its business that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, environmental matters, contract and employment claims, worker compensations claims, product liability, warranty and modification, adjustment or replacement of component parts of units sold, which may include product recalls. Product liability, environmental and other legal proceedings also include matters with respect to businesses previously owned.
 
Our company provides accruals for direct costs associated with the estimated resolution of contingencies at the earliest date at which it is deemed probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. Costs accrued have been estimated based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies and outcomes.
 
While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to contingent liabilities, including lawsuits, our company believes that the aggregate amount of such liabilities, if any, in excess of amounts provided or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of our company. It is possible, however, that future


56


Table of Contents

results of operations for any particular future period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or strategies related to these contingencies or changes out of our company’s control.
 
Overview
 
Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash flow from subsidiaries, our ability to borrow under the terms of our credit facility and our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.
 
Our ability to pay interest on or to refinance indebtedness depends on our future performance, working capital levels and capital structure, which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors which may be beyond our control. Critical factors in the level of our sales, profitability and cash flows are the levels of residential remodeling and replacement activity and new residential and non-residential construction activity. The level of new residential and non-residential construction activity and, to a lesser extent, the level of residential remodeling and replacement activity are affected by seasonality and cyclical factors such as interest rates, inflation, consumer spending habits, employment levels and other macroeconomic factors, over which we have no control. Any decline in economic activity as a result of these or other factors typically results in a decline in new construction and, to a lesser extent, residential remodeling and replacement purchases, which would result in a decrease in our sales, profitability and cash flows. Continuing declines in the level of home sales and housing starts and other softening in the housing markets in 2007 and the first quarter of 2008 negatively affected our results of operations in 2007 and the first quarter of 2008 and our cash flow and these factors are expected to continue to negatively affect our results of operations and its cash flow throughout the remainder of 2008.
 
In addition, uncertainties due to the significant instability in the mortgage markets and the resultant impact on the overall credit market could continue to adversely impact our business. The tightening of credit standards is expected to result in a decline in consumer spending for home remodeling and replacement projects which will have an adverse effect on our operating results and the cash flow from subsidiaries. Additionally, increases in the cost of home mortgages and the difficulty in obtaining financing for new homes could continue to materially impact the sales of our products in the residential construction market.
 
There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient cash flow from the operation of our subsidiaries or that future financings will be available on acceptable terms or in amounts sufficient to enable us to service or refinance indebtedness, or to make necessary capital expenditures. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” included elsewhere herein.
 
We are a leading diversified manufacturer of innovative, branded residential and commercial products, operating within three reporting segments: the Residential Ventilation Products, or RVP, segment, the Home Technology Products, or HTP, segment, and the Air Conditioning and Heating Products, or HVAC, segment. Through these segments, we manufacture and sell, primarily in the United States, Canada and Europe, a wide variety of products for the professional remodeling and replacement markets, the residential and commercial construction markets, the manufactured housing market and the do-it-yourself, or DIY, market. We manufacture a broad array of residential and commercial products for a wide range of end markets and many of our products have leading market positions. We are one of the world’s largest suppliers of residential range hoods and exhaust fans, and are the largest supplier of these products in North America. We are also one of the leading suppliers in Europe of luxury “Eurostyle” range hoods and one of the largest suppliers in North America of residential indoor air quality products. Within the residential market, we are one of the largest suppliers of HVAC products for manufactured homes in the United States and Canada and are among the largest suppliers of custom designed commercial HVAC products in the United States.
 
In 2007, approximately 54% of consolidated net sales were made through distributors, wholesalers and similar channels, approximately 18% were to commercial HVAC markets, approximately 14% were through retail distributors (of which 9% of consolidated net sales were sold through the four largest home center retailers), approximately 9% were private label sales and approximately 5% were to manufactured housing original equipment manufacturers and aftermarket dealers.


57


Table of Contents

Principal RVP products include kitchen range hoods, exhaust fans (such as bath fans and fan, heater and light combination units) and indoor air quality products where we have large market shares in North America. Principal HTP products include audio/video distribution and control equipment, speakers and subwoofers and security and access control products. The markets for HTP products are highly fragmented and, in part as a result of such fragmentation, we do not have a large share of these markets. Principal HVAC products include split system air conditioners and heat pumps, furnaces, air handlers and large custom roof top cooling and heating products.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the first quarter ended March 29, 2008, the RVP segment accounted for approximately 35.0% and 34.8%, respectively, of consolidated net sales and 48.9% and 51.5%, respectively, of operating earnings before unallocated expense, the HTP segment accounted for approximately 24.1% and 23.0%, respectively, of consolidated net sales and 36.3% and 33.3%, respectively, of operating earnings before unallocated expense and the HVAC segment accounted for approximately 40.9% and 42.2%, respectively, of consolidated net sales and 14.8% and 15.2%, respectively, of operating earnings before unallocated expense.
 
From 2003 through 2007, our net sales grew at a Compound Annual Growth Rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 12.0%, and our operating earnings grew at a CAGR of approximately 24.3%. Our net sales increased by approximately 6.8% and our operating earnings decreased by approximately 30.5% for 2007 as compared to 2006. For 2007, operating earnings include a gain of approximately $6.7 million related to our company’s revised estimate of reserves provided in 2006 for certain suppliers in Italy and Poland, offset by approximately $18.2 million of net other expense items included in cost of products sold and selling, general and administrative expense, net (see Note 12 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein). For 2006, operating earnings include an approximate $35.9 million gain from curtailment of post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits, partially offset by approximately $17.7 million of net other expense items included in cost of products sold and selling, general and administrative expense, net (see Note 12 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein). For the first quarter ended March 29, 2008, our net sales and operating earnings decreased by approximately 12.3% and 21.5%, respectively, as compared to the same period of 2007.
 
Our EBITDA margins were approximately 10.6%, 14.8%, 14.4%, 7.6% and 10.8% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and the first quarters ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively, while capital expenditures have averaged approximately 2% of net sales during each of these periods. The resulting net cash flow has given us the ability to reinvest in our business, through both acquisitions and new product development.
 
We achieved sales growth in the past several years through a focus on our operating strategy and through acquisitions. Our operations are managed by an experienced management team at both the corporate and divisional levels. Our management team has grown our business organically, while reducing overhead, rationalizing costs and integrating acquisitions through market cycles and under a highly leveraged capital structure. Also, we have identified, acquired and integrated 25 companies since December 31, 2004, across all of our business segments. In addition to integrating these acquisitions, we have reduced certain costs, in many cases by relocating production or sourcing of materials and component parts to manufacturing operations in lower cost countries including China and Poland.
 
In particular, we have created a Home Technology Products segment which has generated net sales and operating earnings CAGR’s of approximately 40.1% and 28.7%, respectively, from 2004 through 2007. Growth in this segment has been driven by both organic growth and acquisitions of companies with similar or complementary products and distribution channels which allows us to leverage our dealer and distributor relationships to generate additional organic growth. We continually evaluate a wide variety of acquisition opportunities, which can provide scale, enhance product offerings, expand our geographic presence, obtain cost savings and generate other synergies.
 
We have a history of developing and branding new products and marketing them to customers. Across our segments we have employed a strategy of using well-recognized brand names (most of which are owned, such as Broan® and NuTone®, and several of which are licensed, such as Frigidaire®, Westinghouse® and


58


Table of Contents

Maytag®) and have introduced new products and made selected acquisitions to improve growth and profitability. Approximately 26% of net sales in 2007 for the RVP segment were derived from products that were introduced or enhanced in the last three years. We have been able to recognize market needs and create products that address these opportunities.
 
Our products are marketed through our portfolio of brand names that facilitate the introduction of new products and extend existing product lines. Additionally, we continue to capitalize on our dealers’ and distributors’ desire to carry many of our leading branded products, and are able to drive additional product lines through our distribution channels and sell a wider portfolio of products to our customers.
 
Our manufacturing strategy focuses on providing quality products at low costs. We source an increasing amount of our raw materials and components from lower cost regions. Our company is in the process of moving production of certain of its product lines from its facilities in the U.S., Canada and Italy to facilities in regions with lower labor costs. Our company has moved and is continuing to move the production of certain bath fan and other products to its facility in China, which it acquired in late 2005. In addition, our company is in the process of moving certain range hood and motor production from its facilities in Italy to its facilities in Poland and in 2007 built a new facility for the production of range hoods in Mexico, which commenced operations in the first quarter of 2008. Additionally, in 2008 our company consolidated its production of medicine cabinets from its facilities in Los Angeles, California and Union, Illinois to its facility in Cleburne, Texas (previously used to manufacture range hoods). As a result of these production moves, our company has closed its operations in Los Angeles, CA and Cincinnati, Ohio, as well as certain operations in Italy. In order to reduce overhead and labor costs in the commercial portion of the HVAC segment, our company ceased manufacturing operations at its 200,000 sq. foot facility in Chaska, MN in 2007 and absorbed the production into other existing facilities, primarily its Springfield, MO facility, which it moved into in 2006.
 
Additionally, we continue to implement Demand Flow Technology practices at a number of our manufacturing facilities. This program allows us to manufacture products according to actual demand, rather than manufacturing to forecast, providing us with improved product quality, increased manufacturing efficiency and flexibility, improved response time to our customers and lower working capital needs.
 
Sales of our products are affected by the level of residential improvement and repair activity, the level of new residential construction and to a lesser extent the level of private non-residential construction spending and manufactured housing shipments. A little more than half of the products we sell are believed to be used in the remodeling and replacement markets and the balance serves the new construction market. The operating results of our company were impacted in 2007 and the first quarter of 2008 by a decline in sales volume in residential ventilation and residential air conditioning products as the housing market continued to weaken. Higher material costs, which were partially offset by continued strategic sourcing initiatives as well as sales price increases, also adversely impacted results for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. Our company expects these trends to continue throughout the remainder of 2008. Additionally, we believe that declines in existing home sales will have a negative impact on remodeling spending in 2008, which will have an adverse effect on our company’s operating results. The level of business activity in the manufactured housing industry has been weak in recent years and in 2007 became weaker and is expected to continue throughout 2008. Although the level of business activity in the private non-residential construction industry has improved over the past several years, our HVAC business has grown mostly through acquisitions. Despite the current volatile operating environment, our company has certain new business prospects for the balance of 2008 and expects such prospects will contribute positively to earnings. Backlog for commercial HVAC products was approximately $175.4 million at March 31, 2007, approximately $172.7 million at December 31, 2007 and approximately $259.8 million at March 29, 2008. This increase in backlog serving commercial HVAC customers reflects a new order received in the first quarter of 2008 for approximately $74.8 million, which our company expects will be shipped and recorded over the balance of 2008.


59


Table of Contents

Key industry activity affecting our businesses in the United States for the past three years was as follows:
 
                                 
    % Increase (Decrease)  
    Source
                   
    of Data     2007     2006     2005  
 
Private residential construction spending
    1       (18 )%     %     14 %
Total housing starts
    1       (25 )%     (13 )%     6 %
New home sales
    1       (26 )%     (18 )%     7 %
Existing home sales
    3       (13 )%     (8 )%     4 %
Residential improvement spending
    1       %     7 %     9 %
Central air conditioning and heat pump shipments
    2       (9 )%     (18 )%     16 %
Private non-residential construction spending
    1       18 %     15 %     8 %
Manufactured housing shipments
    1       (18 )%     (20 )%     12 %
 
 
Source of data:
 
(1) U.S. Census Bureau
 
(2) Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
 
(3) National Association of Realtors
 
Our manufactured housing business for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately 4.5% and 4.7%, respectively, of consolidated net sales versus approximately 13% in the year 2000. Our HVAC business serving the commercial construction market was approximately 20%, 19% and 18% of consolidated net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, versus approximately 14% of consolidated net sales in 2005. The increase in the commercial HVAC business in 2007 as compared to 2006 is primarily as a result of acquisitions in 2006.
 
Although a significant majority of our manufacturing activity and customers are located in the United States, we do have manufacturing activity and sell products to customers in Canada, Latin America, Europe and China. Our foreign net sales, which are attributed based on the location of our company’s subsidiary responsible for the sale, were approximately 21.5%, 19.5% and 18.5% of consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and were approximately 22.3% and 22.0% of consolidated net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively, and principally relate to our Canadian and European operations. Our Chinese operations primarily manufacture products for sale by our other subsidiaries. Our Canadian operations include RVP and HVAC facilities and our European operations include RVP facilities in Italy and Poland and HVAC and HTP facilities in the United Kingdom. A significant majority of our current Chinese operations relate to our HTP segment although we also have both RVP and HVAC facilities in China and, as discussed below, we are continuing to make additional investments to expand these operations. Both our foreign operations and our U.S. operations sell to customers located in all parts of the world, particularly Canada, Europe and the Far East. Foreign operations generate proportionately lower operating earnings from their sales volume due primarily to the mix of products sold by the foreign operations and, in part, the impact of foreign currency exchange. We expect the overall percentage of our net sales and operating earnings from foreign operations to remain relatively consistent for the foreseeable future, although our foreign operations are subject to the risks of currency fluctuations, which could negatively impact such net sales and operating earnings.
 
In 2008, we expect to continue our brand strategy for residential site-built HVAC products with a view to gaining market share. In HTP in 2008, we will continue the integration of our recent acquisitions in this segment, which we expect will contribute to the profitability of this segment. In 2008 we plan to achieve further cost reductions in raw material and purchased components in all our businesses through our strategic sourcing initiatives and engineering cost reductions. During 2005 through 2007 we experienced significant increases in the prices we pay for steel, copper, aluminum and fabricated parts. We also buy some component parts from suppliers that use steel, copper and aluminum in their manufacturing process. Our operating


60


Table of Contents

margins continue to be challenged by higher commodity costs which have only been partially offset by our strategic cost reduction initiatives. While we have had some success in raising prices to our customers for some products as a result of higher material costs, there is no assurance that we will be able to offset all material cost increases in 2008. We also rely on our strategic sourcing initiatives to mitigate the effect of higher material costs. Material cost as a percentage of net sales has been fairly stable reflecting higher material costs, partially offset by sales price increases and benefits realized from our strategic sourcing initiatives, and were approximately 45% in 2005, 2006 and the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 and 47% in 2007 and the first quarter ended March 29, 2008.
 
During the past three years, the following have been our major purchases (on a consolidated basis), expressed as a percentage of consolidated net sales, of raw materials and purchased components:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Steel
    6 %     6 %     6 %
Motors
    5 %     5 %     6 %
Compressors
    3 %     3 %     3 %
Copper
    2 %     2 %     2 %
Electrical
    2 %     2 %     2 %
Plastics
    1 %     1 %     2 %
Aluminum
    1 %     1 %     1 %
Packaging
    1 %     1 %     1 %
Fans & Blowers
    1 %     1 %     1 %
 
The results of operations for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the first quarter ended March 31, 2007, the year 2007 as compared to the year 2006 and the year 2006 as compared to the year 2005 include a significant number of factors that affected our operations including, among others, the following:
 
  •  the effect of a troubled housing market together with a difficult mortgage industry that resulted in the significant industry wide decline in new housing activity and consumer spending on home remodeling and repair,
 
  •  the effect of acquisitions in all three reporting segments,
 
  •  the effect of higher material costs
 
  •  the effect of the closures of certain facilities in the RVP and HVAC segments,
 
  •  the effect of product safety upgrades in the RVP and HTP segments,
 
  •  the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates,
 
  •  the effect of the curtailment gain related to the NuTone, Inc. post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits in 2006, and
 
  •  gains and losses as a result that certain suppliers to our kitchen range hood subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland were unable to repay advances and amounts due under other arrangements,
 
In 2007, we spent approximately $36.4 million on capital expenditures. In 2008, we expect to spend between approximately $30 million and $35 million on capital expenditures. A portion of these capital expenditures together with cash investments in foreign subsidiaries in 2007 and 2008 will allow our businesses to expand their manufacturing capacity, manufacture products at lower costs and broaden our markets served. In 2008, our company signed an agreement with a Mexican entity located in Tecate, Mexico, establishing manufacturing services to certain of our company’s subsidiaries in the RVP segment. This agreement adds an additional approximate 204,000 square feet of manufacturing capabilities to our company’s RVP segment. Among other expenditures, our RVP Segment acquired an approximate 198,000 square foot manufacturing


61


Table of Contents

facility in Chenjian, Huizhou, The Peoples Republic of China (“PRC”) in late 2005 and began the construction of a 150,000 square foot manufacturing facility in Gliwice, Poland which was completed in mid 2006. In 2007, our company acquired an additional 12,000 square foot manufacturing facility, adjacent to its Polish plant, in connection with the acquisition of Stilpol. Our company also expanded manufacturing capability in Italy in 2007 with its acquisition of Metaltecnica. From 2005 to 2007, our company’s HTP Segment expanded its Shenzhen PRC manufacturing facilities from 72,000 square feet to 251,000 square feet of leased space to support future growth. In 2007 and 2006, our company’s HVAC business (for commercial products) made further investments in its Anji, PRC operations and relocated its operations into a 202,000 square foot manufacturing facility in 2006.
 
Our outlook for 2008 is for the challenging market conditions to continue. Additionally, the instability in the mortgage market is expected to impact consumer confidence and their spending on home remodeling and repair expenditures. We are looking at our business with the long-term view and a continued focus on our low-cost country sourcing strategy and cost reduction initiatives. Balance sheet management is an extremely important priority for all our businesses so we can maximize our cash flow from operating activities. During this challenging environment, we will only fund necessary capital investments that will improve our business operations.


62


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The following table presents the financial information for our company’s reporting segments for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 and the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
 
                                                                                         
    For the First
                                           
    Quarter Ended                       Net Change  
    March 29,
    March 31,
    For the Years Ended December 31,     March 29, 2008 to March 31, 2007     2007 to 2006     2006 to 2005  
    2008     2007     2007     2006     2005     $     %     $     %     $     %  
    (unaudited)     (audited)                                      
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Net sales:
                                                                                       
Residential ventilation products
  $ 188.2     $ 208.7     $ 828.8     $ 821.0     $ 794.7     $ (20.5 )     (9.8 )%   $ 7.8       1.0 %   $ 26.3       3.3 %
Home technology products
    124.1       123.2       570.2       484.5       354.8       0.9       0.7       85.7       17.7       129.7       36.6  
Air conditioning and heating products
    227.9       220.6       969.2       912.9       809.7       7.3       3.3       56.3       6.2       103.2       12.7  
                                                                                         
Consolidated net sales
  $ 540.2     $ 552.5     $ 2,368.2     $ 2,218.4     $ 1,959.2     $ (12.3 )     (2.2 )%   $ 149.8       6.8 %   $ 259.2       13.2 %
                                                                                         
Operating earnings (loss):
                                                                                       
Residential ventilation products(1)
  $ 15.9     $ 25.2     $ 102.9     $ 139.5     $ 123.9     $ (9.3 )     (36.9 )%   $ (36.6 )     (26.2 )%   $ 15.6       12.6 %
Home technology products(2)
    10.3       16.5       76.3       83.9       71.0       (6.2 )     (37.6 )     (7.6 )     (9.1 )     12.9       18.2  
Air conditioning and heating products(3)
    4.7       9.8       31.1       64.9       66.3       (5.1 )     (52.0 )     (33.8 )     (52.1 )     (1.4 )     (2.1 )
                                                                                         
Subtotal
    30.9       51.5       210.3       288.3       261.2       (20.6 )     (40.0 )     (78.0 )     (27.1 )     27.1       10.4  
Unallocated:
                                                                                       
Stock-based compensation charges
          (0.1 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )     0.1       (100.0 )                        
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on transactions, including intercompany debt
    0.1       0.1       0.4       1.2       (0.9 )                 (0.8 )     (66.7 )     2.1       *  
Compensation reserve adjustment
                      3.5                         (3.5 )     (100.0 )     3.5       *  
Gain on legal settlement
                            1.4                               (1.4 )     (100.0 )
Unallocated, net
    (7.6 )     (6.6 )     (24.9 )     (25.7 )     (24.2 )     (1.0 )     (15.2 )     0.8       3.1       (1.5 )     (6.2 )
                                                                                         
Consolidated operating earnings
  $ 23.4     $ 44.9     $ 185.5     $ 267.0     $ 237.2     $ (21.5 )     (47.9 )%   $ (81.5 )     (30.5 )%   $ 29.8       12.6 %
                                                                                         
Depreciation and amortization expense:
                                                                                       
Residential ventilation products(4)
  $ 6.1     $ 4.3     $ 20.6     $ 19.3     $ 19.5     $ 1.8       41.9 %   $ 1.3       6.7 %   $ (0.2 )     (1.0 )%
Home technology products(5)
    4.9       4.0       19.1       15.8       9.9       0.9       22.5       3.3       20.9       5.9       59.6  
Air conditioning and heating products(6)
    6.1       6.0       24.2       24.9       15.3       0.1       1.7       (0.7 )     (2.8 )     9.6       62.7  
Unallocated
    0.3       0.3       1.2       1.2       1.2                                      
                                                                                         
    $ 17.4     $ 14.6     $ 65.1     $ 61.2     $ 45.9     $ 2.8       19.2 %   $ 3.9       6.4 %   $ 15.3       33.3 %
                                                                                         
Operating earnings margin:
                                                                                       
Residential ventilation products(1)
    8.4 %     12.1 %     12.4 %     17.0 %     15.6 %                                                
Home technology products(2)
    8.3       13.4       13.4       17.3       20.0                                                  
Air conditioning and heating products(3)
    2.1       4.4       3.2       7.1       8.2                                                  
Consolidated
    4.3 %     8.1       7.8 %     12.0 %     12.1 %                                                
Depreciation and amortization expense as a % of net sales:
                                                                                       
Residential ventilation products(4)
    3.2 %     2.1 %     2.5 %     2.4 %     2.5 %                                                
Home technology products(5)
    3.9       3.2       3.3       3.3       2.8                                                  
Air conditioning and heating products(6)
    2.7       2.7       2.5       2.7       1.9                                                  
Consolidated
    3.2 %     2.6 %     2.7 %     2.8 %     2.3 %                                                
 
 
not meaningful
 
(1) The operating results of the RVP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 include net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.5 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
The operating results of the RVP segment for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 include an approximate $0.6 million charge related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility, legal and


63


Table of Contents

other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland of approximately $1.0 million and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.2 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
The operating results of the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 include a favorable adjustment to selling, general and administrative expense, net based upon our company’s revised estimate of reserves provided in 2006 for certain suppliers in Italy and Poland of approximately $6.7 million, a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $1.8 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, a charge to warranty expense of approximately $0.5 million related to a product safety upgrade, an approximate $1.8 million charge related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility, an approximate $1.1 million charge related to the closure of our company’s Jensen Industries, Inc. Vernon, California facility, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland of approximately $2.1 million, an approximate $1.9 million loss related to the settlement of litigation, a charge of approximately $0.4 million related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $1.0 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
The operating results of the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an approximate $35.9 million curtailment gain related to post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits, reserves of approximately $16.0 million related to estimated losses as a result of the unlikelihood that certain suppliers to our kitchen range hood subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland will be able to repay advances and amounts due under other arrangements, an approximate $3.5 million charge related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility and an increase in warranty expense in the first quarter of 2006 of approximately $1.5 million related to a product safety upgrade.
 
The operating results of the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2005 include a non-cash foreign exchange loss of approximately $1.2 million related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
(2) The operating results of the HTP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 include approximately $0.2 million of fees and expenses incurred in connection with a dispute with a supplier.
 
The operating results of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 include a charge of approximately $0.5 million related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer, a reduction in warranty expense of approximately $0.7 million related to a product safety upgrade and approximately $2.0 million of fees and expenses incurred in connection with a dispute with a supplier.
 
The operating results of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an increase in warranty expense of approximately $2.3 million related to a product safety upgrade.
 
The operating results of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2005 include a gain of approximately $1.6 million related to the sale of a corporate office building of one of our company’s subsidiaries.
 
(3) The operating results of the HVAC segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 include net foreign exchange gains of approximately $0.3 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
The operating results of the HVAC segment for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 include a charge of approximately $1.8 million related to reserves for amounts due from customers and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.2 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
The operating results of the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 include a charge of approximately $3.7 million related to the planned closure of our company’s Mammoth, Inc. Chaska, Minnesota manufacturing facility, a charge of approximately $1.8 million related to reserves for amounts due from customers and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $2.5 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
The operating results of the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an approximate $1.6 million gain related to the favorable settlement of litigation, a charge of approximately $1.2 million, net of minority interest of approximately $0.8 million, related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer in


64


Table of Contents

China related to a Chinese construction project and net foreign exchange gains of approximately $0.4 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
(4) Includes amortization of approximately $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold.
 
(5) Includes amortization of approximately $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold.
 
(6) Includes amortization of approximately $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold.
 
The following table presents the financial information for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007. The results of operations for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for any other interim period or the full year.
 
                                 
    For the First Quarter Ended     Change in Earnings in
 
    March 29,
    March 31,
    the First Quarter of 2008 as Compared to the First Quarter of 2007  
    2008     2007     $     %  
    (Unaudited)  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Net sales
  $ 540.2     $ 552.5     $ (12.3 )     (2.2 )%
Cost of products sold
    391.6       384.6       (7.0 )     (1.8 )
Selling, general and administrative expense, net(1)
    118.5       117.0       (1.5 )     (1.3 )
Amortization of intangible assets
    6.7       6.0       (0.7 )     (11.7 )
                                 
Operating earnings
    23.4       44.9       (21.5 )     (47.9 )
Interest expense
    (27.4 )     (29.2 )     1.8       6.2  
Investment income
    0.2       0.4       (0.2 )     (50.0 )
                                 
(Loss) earnings before provision for income taxes
    (3.8 )     16.1       (19.9 )     *  
Provision for income taxes
    0.3       6.9       6.6       95.7  
                                 
Net (loss) earnings
  $ (4.1 )   $ 9.2     $ (13.3 )     * %
                                 
 
                         
                Change in Percentage for
 
    Percentage of Net Sales for the First Quarter Ended     the First Quarter of 2008
 
    March 29,
    March 31,
    as Compared to the
 
    2008     2007     First Quarter of 2007  
 
Net sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     %
Cost of products sold
    72.5       69.6       (2.9 )
Selling, general and administrative expense, net(1)
    21.9       21.2       (0.7 )
Amortization of intangible assets
    1.3       1.1       (0.2 )
                         
Operating earnings
    4.3       8.1       (3.8 )
Interest expense
    (5.1 )     (5.3 )     0.2  
Investment income
    0.1       0.1        
                         
(Loss) earnings before provision for income taxes
    (0.7 )     2.9       (3.6 )
Provision for income taxes
    0.1       1.2       1.1  
                         
Net (loss) earnings
    (0.8 )%     1.7 %     (2.5 )%
                         
 
 
(1) See Note D of the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.
 
not meaningful


65


Table of Contents

 
Our company’s reporting segments have a significant number of different products across a wide range of price points and numerous distribution channels that do not always allow meaningful quantitative analysis to be performed with respect to the effect on net sales of changes in units sold or the price per unit sold. However, whenever the underlying causes of material increases or decreases in consolidated net sales can be adequately analyzed and quantified, our company attempts to make appropriate disclosure of such reasons, including changes in price, volume and the mix of products sold.
 
Quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2007
 
Excluding the effect of acquisitions and foreign exchange, the operating results of our company were adversely impacted in the first quarter of 2008 by a decline in sales volume in residential ventilation products as the housing market continued to weaken. The results of operations for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for any other interim period or the full year. The demand for certain of our company’s products is seasonal, particularly in the Northeast and Midwest regions of the United States where inclement weather during winter months usually reduces the level of building and remodeling activity in both home improvement and new construction markets, thereby reducing our company’s sales levels during the first and fourth quarters. Despite the current volatile operating environment, our company has certain new business prospects for the balance of 2008 and expects such prospects will contribute positively to earnings, as discussed further below. An overall decline in sales volume without a proportionate decline in overhead costs and slightly higher material and transportation costs, which were partially offset by continued strategic sourcing initiatives as well as sales price increases, also adversely impacted the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. Our company believes that declines in existing home sales and the instability in the troubled mortgage market will have a negative impact on consumer spending on home remodeling and repair expenditures throughout 2008, which will have an adverse effect on our company’s operating results throughout the remainder of 2008.
 
Net Sales.  Consolidated net sales decreased approximately $12.3 million or 2.2% for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 as discussed further in the following paragraphs. The effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and acquisitions contributed approximately $12.0 million and $11.2 million, respectively, to net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008.
 
In the RVP segment, net sales decreased approximately $20.5 million or 9.8% for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. Net sales in the RVP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 reflects an increase of approximately $8.8 million attributable to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and approximately $1.0 million attributable to acquisitions.
 
Excluding the effect of foreign exchange and acquisitions, net sales in the RVP segment decreased approximately $30.3 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. The decrease in net sales in the RVP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 reflects lower sales volume of bathroom exhaust fans and kitchen range hoods, primarily in the RVP segment’s domestic subsidiaries, partially offset by higher average unit sales price of bathroom exhaust fans. The average unit sales price of kitchen range hoods for the first quarter of 2008 was down slightly as compared to 2007. Higher average unit sales price of bathroom exhaust fans reflect, in part, the impact of the sale of new products with higher price points and an increase in the relative percentage of products sold with higher sales price points as compared to 2007. Kitchen range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans are the largest product category sold in the RVP segment, accounting for approximately 80.5% of the total RVP segment’s gross sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. Excluding the effect of foreign currency exchange rates and acquisitions, sales of range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans decreased approximately 17.2% and 11.0% in the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 for the RVP segment’s domestic and foreign subsidiaries, respectively.
 
In the HTP segment, net sales increased approximately $0.9 million or 0.7% for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. Net sales in the HTP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes approximately $10.2 million attributable to acquisitions. Excluding


66


Table of Contents

the effect of acquisitions, net sales in the HVP segment decreased by approximately $9.3 million. This decrease is due to decreased sales of audio and video distribution equipment and speakers, partially offset by an increase in sales of certain security and access control products.
 
In the HVAC segment, net sales increased approximately $7.3 million or 3.3% for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. Net sales in the HVAC segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 reflects an increase of approximately $3.2 million attributable to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The remaining increase in net sales in the HVAC segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the same period of 2007 includes higher sales volume of HVAC products sold to residential site-built and manufactured housing customers, in part, as a result of a sizeable new customer. Increased sales volume of HVAC products sold to residential site-built and manufacturing housing customers was partially offset by a decrease in sales volume for commercial air conditioning products, principally as a result of the completion and shipment of a major job, which contributed approximately $14 million of net sales in the first quarter of 2007, which did not occur in 2008. Backlog for commercial HVAC products was approximately $175.4 million at March 31, 2007, approximately $172.7 million at December 31, 2007 and approximately $259.8 million at March 29, 2008. This increase in backlog serving commercial HVAC customers reflects a new order received in the first quarter of 2008 for approximately $74.8 million, which our company expects will be shipped and recorded over the balance of 2008. Our company’s net sales to customers serving the manufactured housing markets, principally consisting of air conditioners and furnaces, constituted approximately 4.5% and 4.0% of our company’s consolidated net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Foreign net sales, which are attributed based on the location of our company’s subsidiary responsible for the sale, were approximately 22.3% and 22.0% of consolidated net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively. Net sales from our company’s Canadian subsidiaries were approximately 9.2% and 8.6% of consolidated net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively. Net sales from our company’s Canadian subsidiaries include net sales from our company’s RVP and HVAC segments. Net sales from our company’s European subsidiaries were approximately 10.7% and 11.4% of consolidated net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively. Net sales from our company’s European subsidiaries include net sales primarily from our company’s RVP and HVAC segments and to a lesser extent our company’s HTP segment.
 
Cost of Products Sold.  Consolidated cost of products sold was approximately $391.6 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to approximately $384.6 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. Cost of products sold, as a percentage of net sales, increased from approximately 69.6% for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 to approximately 72.5% for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 primarily as a result of the factors described below.
 
Our company consistently reviews the costs of its product lines and seeks opportunities to increase prices to help offset the rising costs of raw materials and transportation. Our company did implement certain limited price increases in each of its three segments in the first quarter of 2008 to help offset higher costs. In addition, our company has several increases planned across all three of its segments for the remainder of the year should its costs for raw material and transportation continue to rise. These price increases may not be totally realized and may not totally offset the impact of higher costs.
 
Overall, consolidated material costs were approximately 46.9% and 45.0% of net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively. As compared to the first quarter ended March 31, 2007, our company experienced higher material costs related primarily to purchases of steel. Cost increases during the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the same period of 2007 were partially offset by continued strategic sourcing initiatives and improvements in manufacturing efficiency.
 
During the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 our company experienced increased freight costs primarily due to increased fuel surcharges as compared to the first quarter of 2007. These increases were partially offset by our company’s strategic sourcing initiatives and through other cost reduction measures. These cost reduction measures reduce the overall effect of freight costs on cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales.


67


Table of Contents

Overall, changes in the cost of products sold as a percentage of net sales for one period as compared to another period may reflect a number of factors including changes in the relative mix of products sold, the effect of changes in sales prices, material costs and changes in productivity levels.
 
In the RVP segment, cost of products sold for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 was approximately $139.5 million, or 74.1% as a percentage of the RVP segment’s net sales, as compared to approximately $145.5 million, or 69.7% as a percentage of the RVP segment’s net sales for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. Cost of products sold in the RVP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes (1) an increase of approximately $7.1 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and (2) an increase of approximately $0.7 million contributed by acquisitions. The increase in the percentage of cost of products sold to net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 over the same period of 2007 in the RVP segment reflects the impact of the above items and a decline in sales volume of kitchen range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans without a proportionate decrease in overhead costs.
 
In the HTP segment, cost of products sold for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 was approximately $67.7 million, or 54.6% as a percentage of the HTP segment’s net sales, as compared to approximately $65.8 million, or 53.4% as a percentage of the HTP segment’s net sales for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. Cost of products sold in the HTP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 reflects approximately $6.4 million of cost of products sold contributed by acquisitions. The increase in the percentage of cost of products sold to net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the same period of 2007 is primarily as a result of increased material costs.
 
In the HVAC segment, cost of products sold for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 was approximately $184.4 million, or 80.9% as a percentage of the HVAC segment’s net sales, as compared to approximately $173.3 million, or 78.6% as a percentage of the HVAC segment’s net sales for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. Cost of products sold in the HVAC segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes an increase of approximately $2.5 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The increase in cost of products sold as a percentage of net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the same period of 2007 reflects the effect of a decline in sales volume for commercial air conditioning products without a proportionate decrease in overhead costs, partially offset by a decrease in material costs as a percentage of net sales for products sold to both residential site-built and manufactured housing customers.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expense, Net.  Consolidated selling, general and administrative expense, net (“SG&A”) was approximately $118.5 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to approximately $117.0 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. SG&A as a percentage of net sales increased from approximately 21.2% for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 to approximately 21.9% for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008.


68


Table of Contents

SG&A for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 includes the following (income) and expense items (see Note D of the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein):
 
                         
          For the First
 
          Quarter Ended  
          March 29,
    March 31,
 
          2008     2007  
          (Amounts in millions)  
 
  (1 )   SG&A related to acquisitions   $ 4.9     $  
  (2 )   Effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates     1.8        
  (3 )   Charges related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc.
  Cincinnati, OH facility
          0.6  
  (4 )   Legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection
  with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and
  Poland
          1.0  
  (5 )   Charges related to reserves for amounts due from customers in the
  HVAC segment
          1.8  
  (6 )   Decrease in displays expense in the RVP segment     (3.2 )      
  (7 )   Net foreign exchange losses related to transactions, including
  intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s
  subsidiaries
    0.1       0.3  
  (8 )   Stock-based compensation expense           0.1  
  (9 )   Legal fees and expenses incurred in the HTP segment in connection
  with a dispute with a supplier
    0.2        
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets.  Amortization of intangible assets increased approximately $0.7 million from approximately $6.0 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 to approximately $6.7 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. The increase in amortization of intangible assets is principally due to the impact of acquisitions, which contributed approximately $0.4 million to the increase for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008.
 
Depreciation Expense.  Depreciation expense increased approximately $2.1 million from approximately $8.6 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 to approximately $10.7 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. This increase is primarily attributable to capital expenditures, and to a lesser extent the impact of acquisitions, which represented approximately $0.2 million of the increase.
 
Operating Earnings.  Consolidated operating earnings decreased by approximately $21.5 million from approximately $44.9 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 to approximately $23.4 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. The effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates contributed approximately $0.6 million to operating earnings for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008, while the impact of acquisitions decreased operating earnings by approximately $1.2 million. The decrease in consolidated operating earnings is primarily due to the factors discussed above and that follow. Operating earnings, as a percentage of net sales, decreased from approximately 8.1% for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 to approximately 4.3% for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008.
 
Operating earnings of the RVP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 were approximately $15.9 million as compared to approximately $25.2 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007.


69


Table of Contents

Operating earnings in the RVP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 includes the following increases (decreases) in operating earnings:
 
                         
          For the First
 
          Quarter Ended  
          March 29,
    March 31,
 
          2008     2007  
          (Amounts in millions)  
 
  (1 )   Decrease in displays expense in the RVP segment   $ 3.2     $  
  (2 )   Legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection
  with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and
  Poland
          (1.0 )
  (3 )   Charges related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc.
  Cincinnati, OH facility
          (0.6 )
  (4 )   Increased depreciation expense of property and equipment     (1.2 )      
  (5 )   Net foreign exchange losses related to transactions, including
  intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s
  subsidiaries
    (0.5 )     (0.2 )
  (6 )   Increase in operating earnings related to effect of changes in foreign
  currency exchange rates
    0.5        
  (7 )   Decrease in operating earnings related to acquisitions     (0.3 )      
  (8 )   Increased amortization of intangible assets     (0.6 )      
 
The remaining decrease in operating earnings in the RVP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the same period in 2007 is a result of lower sales volume of kitchen range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans without a proportionate decline in overhead costs primarily in the United States market.
 
Operating earnings of the HTP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 were approximately $10.3 million as compared to approximately $16.5 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. Operating earnings of the HTP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 reflects (1) a decrease of approximately $0.9 million contributed by acquisitions, (2) approximately $0.3 million of increased depreciation expense of property and equipment and approximately $0.6 million of increased amortization of intangible assets, primarily attributable to acquisitions, both of which are included in the impact of acquisitions noted above and (3) approximately $0.2 million of fees and expenses incurred in connection with a dispute with a supplier.
 
The remaining decrease in operating earnings in the HTP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 over the same period in 2007 is primarily a result of decreased sales volume of audio and video distribution equipment and speakers and increased material costs, partially offset by higher sales volume of certain security and access control devices.
 
Operating earnings of the HVAC segment were approximately $4.7 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to approximately $9.8 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. Operating earnings of the HVAC segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 reflect (1) approximately $0.6 million of increased depreciation expense of property and equipment and approximately $0.5 million of decreased amortization of intangible assets, (2) an increase in earnings of approximately $0.1 million from the effect of foreign currency exchange rates and (3) net foreign exchange gains of approximately $0.3 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
Operating earnings of the HVAC segment for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 reflects (1) a charge of approximately $1.8 million related to reserves for amounts due from customers and (2) net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.2 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
The remaining decrease in operating earnings in the HVAC segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the same period in 2007 is primarily the result of lower sales volume for products sold to commercial customers without a proportionate decline in overhead costs, partially offset by higher sales volume of products sold to both residential site-built and manufactured housing customers.


70


Table of Contents

Operating earnings of foreign operations, consisting primarily of the results of operations of our company’s Canadian subsidiaries, were approximately 6.1% and 17.6% of operating earnings (before unallocated and corporate expenses) for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively. Net sales and earnings derived from international markets are subject to, among others, the risks of currency fluctuations.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense decreased approximately $1.8 million or approximately 6.2% during the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. This decrease is primarily as a result of decreased interest rates in the first quarter of 2007 as compared to the same period of 2006 of approximately $2.5 million, partially offset by approximately $0.7 million of additional interest expense from increased average principle balances on our company’s debt obligations.
 
Investment Income.  Investment income was approximately $0.2 million and $0.4 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.  The provision for income taxes was approximately $0.3 million and $6.9 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively. The effective income tax rates of (7.9)% and 42.9% for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively, differ from the expected United States federal statutory rate of 35% principally as a result of state income tax provisions, non-deductible expenses, the effect of foreign operations and interest on uncertain tax positions. The decrease in the effective income tax rates between 2008 and 2007 is principally due to interest on uncertain tax positions (see Note F of the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein).
 
Net (Loss) Earnings.  Consolidated net (loss) earnings decreased by approximately $13.3 million from net earnings of approximately $9.2 million, or 1.7% as a percentage of net sales, for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 to a net loss of approximately $4.1 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. This decrease was primarily due to the factors discussed above, which included a decrease of approximately $21.5 million in consolidated operating earnings and a decrease in investment income of approximately $0.2 million, partially offset by a decrease of approximately $1.8 million in interest expense and a decrease of approximately $6.6 million in the provision for income taxes.
 
EBITDA.  Our company uses EBITDA as both an operating performance and liquidity measure. Operating performance measure disclosures with respect to EBITDA are provided below. Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section for liquidity measure disclosures with respect to EBITDA and a reconciliation from net cash flows from operating activities to EBITDA.
 
EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense. EBITDA is not a measure of operating performance under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as an alternative or substitute for GAAP profitability measures such as operating earnings (loss) from continuing operations, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and net earnings (loss). EBITDA as an operating performance measure has material limitations since it excludes, among other things, the statement of operations impact of depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense and the provision (benefit) for income taxes and therefore does not necessarily represent an accurate measure of profitability, particularly in situations where a company is highly leveraged or has a disadvantageous tax structure. Our company uses a significant amount of capital assets and therefore, depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our company’s costs and ability to generate revenue and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. Our company has a significant amount of debt and therefore, interest expense is a necessary element of our company’s costs and ability to generate revenue and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. Our company generally incurs significant U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes each year and the provision (benefit) for income taxes is a necessary element of our company’s costs and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. As a result, EBITDA should be evaluated in conjunction with net earnings (loss) for a more complete analysis of our company’s profitability, as net earnings (loss) includes the financial statement impact of these items and is the most directly comparable GAAP operating performance measure to EBITDA. As EBITDA is not defined by GAAP, our company’s definition of EBITDA may differ from and therefore may not be comparable to


71


Table of Contents

similarly titled measures used by other companies, thereby limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of the limitations that EBITDA has as an analytical tool, investors should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our company’s operating results as reported under GAAP.
 
Company management uses EBITDA as a supplementary non-GAAP operating performance measure to assist with its overall evaluation of Company and subsidiary operating performance (including the performance of subsidiary management) relative to outside peer group companies. In addition, our company uses EBITDA as an operating performance measure in financial presentations to our company’s Board of Directors, shareholders, various banks participating in Nortek’s Credit Facility, note holders and Bond Rating agencies, among others, as a supplemental non-GAAP operating measure to assist them in their evaluation of our company’s performance. Our company is also active in mergers, acquisitions and divestitures and uses EBITDA as an additional operating performance measure to assess Company, subsidiary and potential acquisition target enterprise value and to assist in the overall evaluation of Company, subsidiary and potential acquisition target performance on an internal basis and relative to peer group companies. Our company uses EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of its overall assessment of potential valuation and relative performance and therefore does not place undue reliance on EBITDA as its only measure of operating performance.
 
Our company believes EBITDA is useful for both our company and investors as it is a commonly used analytical measurement for comparing company profitability, which eliminates the effects of financing, differing valuations of fixed and intangible assets and tax structure decisions. Our company believes that EBITDA is specifically relevant to our company, due to the different degrees of leverage among its competitors, the impact of purchase accounting associated with acquisitions, which impacts comparability with its competitors who may or may not have recently revalued their fixed and intangible assets, and the differing tax structures and tax jurisdictions of certain of our company’s competitors. Our company has included EBITDA as a supplemental operating performance measure, which should be evaluated by investors in conjunction with the traditional GAAP performance measures discussed earlier in this Results of Operations section for a complete evaluation of our company’s operating performance.
 
The following table presents a reconciliation from net (loss) earnings, which is the most directly comparable GAAP operating performance measure, to EBITDA for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007:
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29,
    March 31,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Net (loss) earnings(1),(2)
  $ (4.1 )   $ 9.2  
Provision for income taxes
    0.3       6.9  
Interest expense(3)
    27.4       29.2  
Investment income
    (0.2 )     (0.4 )
Depreciation expense
    10.7       8.6  
Amortization expense
    6.7       6.0  
                 
EBITDA
  $ 40.8     $ 59.5  
                 
 
 
(1) In the RVP segment, net loss for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.5 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
In the HTP segment, net loss for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes approximately $0.2 million of fees and expenses incurred in connection with a dispute with a supplier.
 
In the HVAC segment, net loss for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes net foreign exchange gains of approximately $0.3 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.


72


Table of Contents

 
(2) In the RVP segment, net earnings for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 include an approximate $0.6 million charge related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland of approximately $1.0 million and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.2 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
In the HVAC segment, net earnings for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 include a charge of approximately $1.8 million related to reserves for amounts due from customers and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.2 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
(3) Interest expense for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes cash interest of approximately $26.0 million and non-cash interest of approximately $1.4 million. Interest expense for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 includes cash interest of approximately $27.8 million and non-cash interest of approximately $1.4 million.
 
The following table presents the financial information for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
                                         
                      Percentage Change  
    For the Years Ended December 31,     2007 to
    2006 to
 
    2007     2006     2005     2006     2005  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)              
 
Net Sales
  $ 2,368.2     $ 2,218.4     $ 1,959.2       6.8 %     13.2 %
Cost of products sold(1)
    1,679.9       1,547.3       1,361.4       (8.6 )     (13.7 )
Selling, general and administrative expense, net(1)
    475.3       379.2       342.3       (25.3 )     (10.8 )
Amortization of intangible assets
    27.5       24.9       18.3       (10.4 )     (36.1 )
                                         
Operating earnings
    185.5       267.0       237.2       (30.5 )     12.6  
Interest expense
    (122.0 )     (115.6 )     (102.4 )     (5.5 )     (12.9 )
Investment income
    2.0       2.2       1.8       (9.1 )     22.2  
                                         
Earnings before provision for income taxes
    65.5       153.6       136.6       (57.4 )     12.4  
Provision for income taxes
    33.1       63.9       56.1       48.2       (13.9 )
                                         
Net earnings
  $ 32.4     $ 89.7     $ 80.5       (63.9 )%     11.4 %
                                         
 
                                         
    Percentage of Net Sales
    Change in Percentage  
    For the Years Ended December 31,     2007 to
    2006 to
 
    2007     2006     2005     2006     2005  
 
Net Sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     %     %
Cost of products sold(1)
    70.9       69.8       69.5       (1.1 )     (0.3 )
Selling, general and administrative expense, net(1)
    20.1       17.1       17.5       (3.0 )     0.4  
Amortization of intangible assets
    1.2       1.1       0.9       (0.1 )     (0.2 )
                                         
Operating earnings
    7.8       12.0       12.1       (4.2 )     (0.1 )
Interest expense
    (5.1 )     (5.2 )     (5.2 )     0.1        
Investment income
    0.1       0.1       0.1              
                                         
Earnings before provision for income taxes
    2.8       6.9       7.0       (4.1 )     (0.1 )
Provision for income taxes
    1.4       2.9       2.9       1.5        
                                         
Net earnings
    1.4 %     4.0 %     4.1 %     (2.6 )%     (0.1 )%
                                         
 
 
(1) See Note 12 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.


73


Table of Contents

 
Year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006
 
Excluding the effect of acquisitions and foreign exchange, the operating results of our company were adversely impacted in 2007 by a decline in sales volume in residential ventilation and residential air conditioning products as the housing market continues to weaken. Higher material costs, which were partially offset by continued strategic sourcing initiatives as well as sales price increases, also adversely impacted the year ended December 31, 2007. Our company expects these trends to continue in 2008. Additionally, our company believes that declines in existing home sales and the instability in the mortgage market will have a negative impact on consumer confidence and spending on home remodeling and repair expenditures in 2008, which will have an adverse effect on our company’s operating results.
 
Net Sales.  Consolidated net sales increased approximately $149.8 million or 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006 as discussed further in the following paragraphs. Acquisitions and the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates contributed approximately $145.4 million and $32.2 million, respectively, to net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
In the RVP segment, net sales increased approximately $7.8 million or 1.0% for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Net sales in the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 reflects an increase of approximately $20.2 million attributable to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and includes approximately $26.6 million attributable to acquisitions.
 
Excluding the effect of acquisitions and foreign exchange, net sales in the RVP segment decreased approximately $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease in net sales in the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to 2006 reflects lower sales volume of bathroom exhaust fans and kitchen range hoods, primarily in the RVP segment’s domestic subsidiaries, partially offset by higher average unit sales prices of kitchen range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans. Higher average unit sales prices of kitchen range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans reflect, in part, the impact of the sale of new products with higher price points and an increase in the relative percentage of products sold with higher sales price points as compared to 2006. Kitchen range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans are the largest product category sold in the RVP segment, accounting for approximately 80.4% of the total RVP segment’s gross sales for the year ended December 31, 2007. Excluding the effect of acquisitions and foreign currency exchange rates, sales of range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans decreased approximately 4.8% in the year ended December 31, 2007 for the RVP segment’s domestic subsidiaries and increased approximately 0.1% in the year ended December 31, 2007 for the RVP segment’s foreign subsidiaries.
 
In the HTP segment, net sales increased approximately $85.7 million or 17.7% for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Net sales in the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes approximately $84.7 million attributable to acquisitions and reflects an increase of approximately $0.4 million attributable to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The remaining increase in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 in the HTP segment is due to increased sales of audio and video distribution equipment and speakers, partially offset by a decline in sales of certain security and access control products.
 
In the HVAC segment, net sales increased approximately $56.3 million or 6.2% for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. Net sales in the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes approximately $34.1 million attributable to acquisitions and reflects an increase of approximately $11.6 million attributable to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The remaining increase in net sales in the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the same period of 2006 includes higher sales volume of HVAC products sold to commercial customers of approximately 3.5%, partially offset by lower sales volume for products sold to both residential site-built and manufactured housing customers of approximately 0.6%. Overall, sales of products sold to residential site-built and manufactured housing customers decreased in the first quarter of 2007 by approximately 33% and increased in the subsequent three quarters as compared to the same periods of 2006 primarily as a result of higher average unit sales prices. Our company’s net sales to customers serving the manufactured housing markets, principally consisting of air conditioners and furnaces, constituted


74


Table of Contents

approximately 4.5% and 5.1% of our company’s consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Foreign net sales, which are attributed based on the location of our company’s subsidiary responsible for the sale, were approximately 21.5% and 19.5% of consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net sales from our company’s Canadian subsidiaries were approximately 8.7% and 8.2% of consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net sales from our company’s Canadian subsidiaries include net sales from our company’s RVP and HVAC segments. Net sales from our company’s European subsidiaries were approximately 10.2% and 9.7% of consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Net sales from our company’s European subsidiaries include net sales primarily from our company’s RVP and HVAC segments and to a lesser extent our company’s HTP segment.
 
Cost of Products Sold.  Consolidated cost of products sold was approximately $1,679.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to approximately $1,547.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Cost of products sold, as a percentage of net sales, increased from approximately 69.8% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to approximately 70.9% for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily as a result of the factors described below.
 
Overall, consolidated material costs were approximately 46.7% and 44.8% of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, our company experienced higher material costs related to purchases of steel, copper, aluminum and related purchased components, such as motors. Cost increases during the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the same period of 2006 were partially offset by continued strategic sourcing initiatives and improvements in manufacturing efficiency.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007 our company experienced increased freight costs primarily due to higher sales relating to acquisitions and increased energy costs in the fourth quarter. These increases were partially offset by our company’s strategic sourcing initiatives including obtaining favorable shipping rates for lower cost “full truckload” shipments, as well as through other cost reduction measures. These cost reduction measures reduce the overall effect of freight costs on cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales.
 
Overall, changes in the cost of products sold as a percentage of net sales for one period as compared to another period may reflect a number of factors including changes in the relative mix of products sold, the effect of changes in sales prices, material costs and changes in productivity levels.
 
In the RVP segment, cost of products sold for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately $588.2 million, or 71.0% as a percentage of the RVP segment’s net sales, as compared to approximately $573.8 million, or 69.9% as a percentage of the RVP segment’s net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006. Cost of products sold in the RVP segment for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2007 includes the following:
 
                         
          December 31, 2007  
          Fourth Quarter
    Year
 
          Ended     Ended  
          (Amounts in millions)  
 
  (1 )   Decrease in product liability expense as compared to the same period
  of 2006
  $ (9.1 )   $ (1.8 )
  (2 )   Charge to warranty expense related to a product safety upgrade           0.5  
  (3 )   Increase related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange
  rates
    6.8       16.0  
  (4 )   Cost of products sold contributed by acquisitions     3.2       16.3  
  (5 )   Severance charges related to the closure of our company’s Jensen Industries, Inc. Vernon, CA facility     0.2       0.3  


75


Table of Contents

Cost of products sold in the RVP segment for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2006 includes the following:
 
                         
          December 31, 2006  
          Fourth Quarter
    Year
 
          Ended     Ended  
          (Amounts in millions)  
 
  (1 )   Severance charges related to the closure of our company’s NuTone
  facility
  $ 0.1     $ 1.8  
  (2 )   Charge to warranty expense related to a product safety upgrade           1.5  
  (3 )   Non-cash charge recorded related to the amortization of purchase
  price allocated to inventory
          0.3  
 
The increase in the percentage of cost of products sold to net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 over the same period of 2006 in the RVP segment reflects the impact of the above items, increased material costs and a decline in sales volume of kitchen range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans without a proportionate decrease in costs.
 
In the HTP segment, cost of products sold for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately $306.6 million, or 53.8% as a percentage of the HTP segment’s net sales, as compared to approximately $254.5 million, or 52.5% as a percentage of the HTP segment’s net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006. Cost of products sold in the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 reflects (1) approximately $48.7 million of cost of products sold contributed by acquisitions and (2) a reduction in warranty expense of approximately $0.7 million related to a product safety upgrade. Cost of products sold in the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes (1) a charge to warranty costs of approximately $2.3 million related to a product safety upgrade and (2) a non-cash charge of approximately $0.2 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory. The increase in the percentage of cost of products sold to net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the same period of 2006 is primarily as a result of acquisitions which have a higher cost of products sold as a percentage of net sales as compared to the segment’s operations prior to the acquisitions.
 
In the HVAC segment, cost of products sold for the year ended December 31, 2007 was approximately $785.1 million, or 81.0% as a percentage of the HVAC segment’s net sales, as compared to approximately $719.0 million, or 78.8% as a percentage of the HVAC segment’s net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006. Cost of products sold in the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes (1) approximately $21.0 million of cost of products sold contributed by acquisitions and (2) an increase of approximately $9.2 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Cost of products sold in the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes a non-cash charge of approximately $2.8 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory. The increase in cost of products sold as a percentage of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the same period of 2006 reflects the effect of higher material costs related primarily to purchases of copper, steel, aluminum and purchased components such as motors.
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expense, Net.  SG&A was approximately $475.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to approximately $379.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. SG&A as a percentage of net sales increased from approximately 17.1% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to approximately 20.1% for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase in SG&A as a percentage of net sales is principally due to the effect of a curtailment gain, related to post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits recorded in the second quarter of 2006 of approximately $35.9 million in the RVP segment.


76


Table of Contents

SG&A for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2007 includes the following (income) and expense items (see Note 12 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein):
 
                         
          December 31, 2007  
          Fourth Quarter
    Year
 
          Ended     Ended  
          (Amounts in millions)  
 
  (1 )   SG&A related to acquisitions   $ 8.2     $ 36.3  
  (2 )   Effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates     3.2       6.6  
  (3 )   Charges related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, OH
  facility
          1.8  
  (4 )   Charges related to the closure of our company’s Mammoth, Inc. Chaska, MN
  facility
    1.1       3.7  
  (5 )   Charges related to the closure of our company’s Jensen Industries, Inc. Vernon, CA
  facility
    0.7       0.8  
  (6 )   Legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with
  matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland
    (0.1 )     2.1  
  (7 )   Charges related to reserves for amounts due from customers in the RVP, HTP
  and HVAC segments
          2.7  
  (8 )   Loss on settlement of litigation in the RVP segment           1.9  
  (9 )   (Decrease) increase in displays expense in the RVP segment     (2.3 )     2.2  
  (10 )   Net foreign exchange (gains) losses related to transactions, including
  intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries
    (0.3 )     3.1  
  (11 )   Stock-based compensation expense           0.3  
  (12 )   Favorable adjustment based upon our company’s revised estimate of reserves
  provided in 2006 related to certain suppliers in Italy and Poland
    (6.7 )     (6.7 )
  (13 )   Legal fees and expenses incurred in the HTP segment in connection with a
  dispute with a supplier
    1.2       2.0  
 
SG&A for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2006 includes the following (income) and expense items (see Note 12 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein):
 
                         
          December 31, 2006  
          Fourth Quarter
    Year
 
          Ended     Ended  
          (Amounts in millions)  
 
  (1 )   Gain from curtailment of post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits   $     $ (35.9 )
  (2 )   Losses related to certain suppliers in Italy and Poland     16.0       16.0  
  (3 )   Compensation reserve adjustment     (3.5 )     (3.5 )
  (4 )   Charges related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, OH
  facility
    (0.7 )     1.7  
  (5 )   Gain on settlement of litigation in the HVAC segment           (1.6 )
  (6 )   Reserve for amounts due from a customer in China related to a Chinese
  construction project, net of minority interest of $0.8 million
    1.2       1.2  
  (7 )   Net foreign exchange losses related to transactions, including intercompany
  debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries
    (1.7 )     (1.7 )
  (8 )   Stock-based compensation expense           0.3  
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets.  Amortization of intangible assets increased approximately $2.6 million from approximately $24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to approximately $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in amortization of intangible assets is principally due to the impact of acquisitions, which contributed approximately $6.4 million to the increase for the year ended


77


Table of Contents

December 31, 2007, partially offset by higher amortization expense in the prior periods as a result of accelerated amortization methods.
 
Depreciation Expense.  Depreciation expense increased approximately $4.6 million from approximately $33.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to approximately $37.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase is primarily attributable to capital expenditures, and to a lesser extent the impact of acquisitions, which represented approximately $1.3 million of the increase.
 
Operating Earnings.  Consolidated operating earnings decreased by approximately $81.5 million from approximately $267.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to approximately $185.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Acquisitions contributed approximately $16.7 million to operating earnings for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in consolidated operating earnings is primarily due to the factors discussed above and that follow. Operating earnings, as a percentage of net sales, decreased from approximately 12.0% for the year ended December 31, 2006 to approximately 7.8% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Operating earnings of the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 were approximately $102.9 million as compared to approximately $139.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Operating earnings in the RVP segment for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2007 include the following increases (decreases) in operating earnings:
 
                         
          December 31, 2007  
          Fourth Quarter
    Year
 
          Ended     Ended  
          (Amounts in millions)  
 
  (1 )   Favorable adjustment based upon our company’s revised estimate of reserves
  provided in 2006 related to certain suppliers in Italy and Poland
  $ 6.7     $ 6.7  
  (2 )   Decrease in product liability expense as compared to the same period of
  2006
    9.1       1.8  
  (3 )   Decrease (increase) in displays expense in the RVP segment     2.3       (2.2 )
  (4 )   Legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with
  matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland
    0.1       (2.1 )
  (5 )   Loss on settlement of litigation in the RVP segment           (1.9 )
  (6 )   Charges related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, OH
  facility
          (1.8 )
  (7 )   Increased depreciation expense of property and equipment     (0.5 )     (1.4 )
  (8 )   Charges related to the closure of our company’s Jensen Industries, Inc. Vernon, CA
  facility
    (0.9 )     (1.1 )
  (9 )   Net foreign exchange gains (losses) related to transactions, including
  intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries
    0.5       (1.0 )
  (10 )   Increase in operating earnings related to effect of changes in foreign currency
  exchange rates
    0.1       0.6  
  (11 )   Charge to warranty expense related to a product safety upgrade           (0.5 )
  (12 )   Charges related to reserves for amounts due from customers           (0.4 )
  (13 )   Increase in operating earnings related to acquisitions           0.3  
  (14 )   (Increased) decreased amortization of intangible assets     (0.3 )     0.1  


78


Table of Contents

Operating earnings in the RVP segment for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2006 include the following increases (decreases) in operating earnings:
 
                         
          December 31, 2006  
          Fourth Quarter
    Year
 
          Ended     Ended  
          (Amounts in millions)  
 
  (1 )   Gain from curtailment of post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits   $     $ 35.9  
  (2 )   Reserves related to estimated losses as a result of the unlikelihood that certain
  suppliers to our company’s kitchen range hood subsidiaries based in Italy
  and Poland will be able to repay advances and amounts due under other
  arrangements
    (16.0 )     (16.0 )
  (3 )   Charges related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, OH
  facility
    0.6       (3.5 )
  (4 )   Charge to warranty expense related to a product safety upgrade           (1.5 )
  (5 )   Net foreign exchange gains related to transactions, including intercompany
  debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries
    0.2        
  (6 )   Non-cash charge related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to
  inventory
          (0.3 )
 
The remaining decrease in operating earnings in the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the same period in 2006 is a result of lower sales volume of kitchen range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans primarily in the United States market, partially offset by price increases in 2007.
 
Operating earnings of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 were approximately $76.3 million as compared to approximately $83.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Operating earnings of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 reflects (1) approximately $8.7 million of operating earnings contributed by acquisitions, (2) approximately $1.4 million of increased depreciation expense of property and equipment and approximately $1.9 million of increased amortization of intangible assets, primarily attributable to acquisitions, both of which are included in the impact of acquisitions noted above, (3) a charge of approximately $0.5 million related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer, (4) a reduction in warranty expense of approximately $0.7 million related to a product safety upgrade, (5) approximately $2.0 million of fees and expenses incurred in connection with a dispute with a supplier and (6) a decrease in earnings of approximately $0.3 million from the effect of foreign currency exchange rates.
 
Operating earnings of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflects (1) a charge to warranty costs of approximately $2.3 million related to a product safety upgrade and (2) a non-cash charge of approximately $0.2 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory.
 
The remaining decrease in operating earnings in the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 over the same period in 2006 is primarily a result of lower sales volume of certain security and access control devices and increased material costs in cost of products sold, partially offset by increased sales volume of audio and video distribution equipment and speakers.
 
Operating earnings of the HVAC segment were approximately $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to approximately $64.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Operating earnings of the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 reflect (1) approximately $7.7 million of operating earnings contributed by acquisitions, (2) a charge of approximately $1.8 million related to reserves for amounts due from customers, (3) approximately $3.7 million of expense related to the closure of our company’s Mammoth facility (see Note 11 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein), (4) approximately $1.8 million of increased depreciation expense of property and equipment and approximately $2.5 million of decreased amortization of intangible assets primarily attributable to acquisitions, both of which are included in the impact of acquisitions noted above, (5) an increase in earnings of approximately $0.1 million from the effect of foreign currency exchange rates and (6) net foreign exchange losses of approximately $2.5 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.


79


Table of Contents

 
Operating earnings of the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflects (1) a non-cash charge of approximately $2.8 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory, (2) an approximate $1.6 million gain related to the settlement of litigation, (3) a charge of approximately $1.2 million, net of minority interest of approximately $0.8 million, related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer in China related to a Chinese construction project and (4) net foreign exchange gains of approximately $0.4 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
The remaining decrease in operating earnings in the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the same period in 2006 is primarily the result of decreased sales volume for products sold to both residential site-built and manufactured housing customers and increased material costs related to purchases of copper, steel and purchased components such as motors, offset by higher sales levels of HVAC products sold to commercial customers.
 
Operating earnings of foreign operations, consisting primarily of the results of operations of our company’s Canadian and European subsidiaries, were approximately 14.1% and 7.0% of operating earnings (before unallocated and corporate expenses) for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Sales and earnings derived from international markets are subject to, among others, the risks of currency fluctuations.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased approximately $6.4 million or approximately 5.5% during the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006. During the year ended December 31, 2007, our company experienced increases in interest expense primarily as a result of approximately $4.9 million from increased borrowings and higher interest rates related to our company’s senior secured credit facility and an increase of approximately $1.5 million related to increased borrowings at our company’s subsidiaries, primarily as a result of acquisitions and the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
Investment Income.  Investment income was approximately $2.0 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.  The provision for income taxes was approximately $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to approximately $63.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The effective income tax rates of 50.5% and 41.6% for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, differ from the expected United States federal statutory rate of 35% principally as a result of state income tax provisions, non-deductible expenses, the effect of foreign operations and interest on uncertain tax positions. The increase in the effective income tax rates between 2007 and 2006 is principally due to the provision of foreign withholding taxes related to dividends paid from our company’s foreign subsidiaries and the provision of U.S. tax on certain unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries (see Note 4 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein).
 
Net Earnings.  Consolidated net earnings decreased by approximately $57.3 million from approximately $89.7 million, or 4.0% as a percentage of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2006 to approximately $32.4 million, or 1.4% as a percentage of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was primarily due to the factors discussed above, which included a decrease of approximately $81.5 million in consolidated operating earnings, an increase of approximately $6.4 million in interest expense and a decrease in investment income of approximately $0.2 million, offset by a decrease of approximately $30.8 million in the provision for income taxes.
 
EBITDA.  Our company uses EBITDA as both an operating performance and liquidity measure. Operating performance measure disclosures with respect to EBITDA are provided below. Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section for liquidity measure disclosures with respect to EBITDA and a reconciliation from net cash flows from operating activities to EBITDA.
 
EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense. EBITDA is not a measure of operating performance under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as an alternative or substitute for GAAP profitability measures such as operating earnings (loss) from continuing operations, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and net earnings (loss). EBITDA as an operating performance measure has material limitations since it excludes, among other things, the statement of operations impact of depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense and the provision (benefit) for income taxes and therefore does not necessarily represent an accurate measure of


80


Table of Contents

profitability, particularly in situations where a company is highly leveraged or has a disadvantageous tax structure. Our company uses a significant amount of capital assets and therefore, depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our company’s costs and ability to generate revenue and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. Our company has a significant amount of debt and therefore, interest expense is a necessary element of our company’s costs and ability to generate revenue and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. Our company generally incurs significant U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes each year and the provision (benefit) for income taxes is a necessary element of our company’s costs and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. As a result, EBITDA should be evaluated in conjunction with net earnings (loss) for a more complete analysis of our company’s profitability, as net earnings (loss) includes the financial statement impact of these items and is the most directly comparable GAAP operating performance measure to EBITDA. As EBITDA is not defined by GAAP, our company’s definition of EBITDA may differ from and therefore may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies, thereby limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of the limitations that EBITDA has as an analytical tool, investors should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our company’s operating results as reported under GAAP.
 
Company management uses EBITDA as a supplementary non-GAAP operating performance measure to assist with its overall evaluation of Company and subsidiary operating performance (including the performance of subsidiary management) relative to outside peer group companies. In addition, our company uses EBITDA as an operating performance measure in financial presentations to our company’s Board of Directors, shareholders, various banks participating in Nortek’s Credit Facility, note holders and Bond Rating agencies, among others, as a supplemental non-GAAP operating measure to assist them in their evaluation of our company’s performance. Our company is also active in mergers, acquisitions and divestitures and uses EBITDA as an additional operating performance measure to assess Company, subsidiary and potential acquisition target enterprise value and to assist in the overall evaluation of Company, subsidiary and potential acquisition target performance on an internal basis and relative to peer group companies. Our company uses EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of its overall assessment of potential valuation and relative performance and therefore does not place undue reliance on EBITDA as its only measure of operating performance.
 
Our company believes EBITDA is useful for both our company and investors as it is a commonly used analytical measurement for comparing company profitability, which eliminates the effects of financing, differing valuations of fixed and intangible assets and tax structure decisions. Our company believes that EBITDA is specifically relevant to our company, due to the different degrees of leverage among its competitors, the impact of purchase accounting associated with acquisitions, which impacts comparability with its competitors who may or may not have recently revalued their fixed and intangible assets, and the differing tax structures and tax jurisdictions of certain of our company’s competitors. Our company has included EBITDA as a supplemental operating performance measure, which should be evaluated by investors in conjunction with the traditional GAAP performance measures discussed earlier in this Results of Operations section for a complete evaluation of our company’s operating performance.
 
The following table presents a reconciliation from net earnings, which is the most directly comparable GAAP operating performance measure, to EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    For the Years Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Net earnings(1), (2)
  $ 32.4     $ 89.7  
Provision for income taxes
    33.1       63.9  
Interest expense(3)
    122.0       115.6  
Investment income
    (2.0 )     (2.2 )
Depreciation expense
    37.6       33.0  
Amortization expense
    27.5       28.2  
                 
EBITDA
  $ 250.6     $ 328.2  
                 


81


Table of Contents

 
(1) In the RVP segment, the net loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes a favorable adjustment to selling, general and administrative expense, net based upon our company’s revised estimate of reserves provided in 2006 for certain suppliers in Italy and Poland of approximately $6.7 million, a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $1.8 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, a charge to warranty expense of approximately $0.5 million related to a product safety upgrade, an approximate $1.8 million charge related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility, an approximate $1.1 million charge related to the closure of our company’s Jensen Industries, Inc. Vernon, California facility, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland of approximately $2.1 million, an approximate $1.9 million loss related to the settlement of litigation, a charge of approximately $0.4 million related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $1.0 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
In the HTP segment, the net loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes a charge of approximately $0.5 million related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer, a reduction in warranty expense of approximately $0.7 million related to a product safety upgrade and approximately $2.0 million of fees and expenses incurred in connection with a dispute with a supplier.
 
In the HVAC segment, the net loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes a charge of approximately $3.7 million related to the planned closure of our company’s Mammoth, Inc. Chaska, Minnesota manufacturing facility, a charge of approximately $1.8 million related to reserves for amounts due from customers and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $2.5 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
(2) In the RVP segment, net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an approximate $35.9 million curtailment gain related to post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits, reserves of approximately $16.0 million related to estimated losses as a result of the unlikelihood that certain suppliers to our kitchen range hood subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland will be able to repay advances and amounts due under other arrangements, an approximate $3.5 million charge related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility and an increase in warranty expense in the first quarter of 2006 of approximately $1.5 million related to a product safety upgrade.
 
In the HTP segment, net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an increase in warranty expense of approximately $2.3 million related to a product safety upgrade.
 
In the HVAC segment, net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an approximate $1.6 million gain related to the favorable settlement of litigation, a charge of approximately $1.2 million, net of minority interest of approximately $0.8 million, related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer in China related to a Chinese construction project and net foreign exchange gains of approximately $0.4 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
(3) Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes cash interest of approximately $116.4 million and non-cash interest of approximately $5.6 million. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes cash interest of approximately $110.3 million and non-cash interest of approximately $5.3 million.
 
Year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005
 
Net Sales.  Consolidated net sales increased approximately $259.2 million or 13.2% for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 as discussed further in the following paragraphs.
 
In the RVP segment, net sales increased approximately $26.3 million or 3.3% for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. Net sales in the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflects an increase of approximately $8.8 million attributable to the effect of


82


Table of Contents

changes in foreign currency exchange rates and includes approximately $4.2 million attributable to acquisitions.
 
The change in net sales in the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 reflects higher average unit sales prices of kitchen range hoods and bath fans, partially offset by lower sales volume of bath fans, which principally occurred in the second half of 2006. Higher average unit sales prices of kitchen range hoods and bath fans reflect, in part, the impact of the sale of new products with higher price points. Range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans are the largest product category sold in the RVP segment, accounting for approximately 84.8% of the total RVP segment’s net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006. Overall, sales of range hoods and bathroom exhaust fans increased approximately 4.0% in the year ended December 31, 2006 over the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
In the HTP segment, net sales increased approximately $129.7 million or 36.6% for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in net sales in the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes approximately $93.5 million attributable to acquisitions and the balance of the increase is predominately due to increased sales volume of audio and video distribution equipment, speakers and access control devices, partially offset by the decline in sales of certain security and garage door operators.
 
In the HVAC segment, net sales increased approximately $103.2 million or 12.7% for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. Net sales in the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an increase of approximately $114.8 million attributable to acquisitions and an increase of approximately $4.4 million attributable to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The change in net sales in the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005 includes lower sales volume, partially offset by the effect of higher average sales prices of products with a rating of 13 SEER or higher sold to residential site-built and manufactured housing customers. Sales of our company’s commercial HVAC products, excluding the effect of foreign exchange and acquisitions, increased slightly in 2006 as compared to 2005. Net sales in the HVAC segment for HVAC products sold to residential site-built customers constituted the largest category of product sold to a particular group of customers within the HVAC segment. Sales of products to residential site-built customers increased approximately 1.3% over the year ended December 31, 2005. Our company’s net sales to customers serving the manufactured housing markets, principally consisting of air conditioners and furnaces, constituted approximately 5.3% and 6.9% of our company’s consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The decrease in net sales to customers serving the manufactured housing markets is due, in part, to the effect of higher 2005 sales for FEMA related business caused by Hurricane Katrina.
 
Foreign net sales, which are attributed based on the location of our company’s subsidiary responsible for the sale, were approximately 19.5% and 18.5% of consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Net sales from our company’s Canadian subsidiaries were approximately 8.2% and 8.1% of consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Net sales from our company’s Canadian subsidiaries include net sales from our company’s RVP and HVAC segments. Net sales from our company’s European subsidiaries were approximately 9.7% and 9.9% of consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Net sales from our company’s European subsidiaries include net sales primarily from our company’s RVP and HVAC segments and to a lesser extent our company’s HTP segment.
 
Cost of Products Sold.  Consolidated cost of products sold was approximately $1,547.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to approximately $1,361.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Cost of products sold, as a percentage of net sales, increased from approximately 69.5% for the year ended December 31, 2005 to approximately 69.8% for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily as a result of the factors that follow.
 
Overall, consolidated material costs were approximately 44.8% and 44.5% of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Although our company continued to experience higher material costs related primarily to purchases of copper, aluminum and related purchased components, as well


83


Table of Contents

as increased transportation and energy costs, these cost increases were partially offset by continued strategic sourcing initiatives and improvements in manufacturing efficiency, as well as sales price increases.
 
As noted in the previous paragraph, during the year ended December 31, 2006, our company experienced an increase in freight costs due primarily to increased sales volume and rising energy prices. This increase was partially offset by favorable shipping rates for lower cost “full truckload” shipments and higher dollars per shipment based on the increased volumes, as well as cost reduction measures, thereby reducing the overall effect of increased freight costs on cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales.
 
Overall, changes in the cost of products sold as a percentage of net sales for one period as compared to another period may reflect a number of factors including changes in the relative mix of products sold, the effect of changes in sales prices, material costs and changes in productivity levels.
 
In the RVP segment, cost of products sold for the year ended December 31, 2006 was approximately $573.8 million, or 69.9% as a percentage of the RVP segment’s net sales, as compared to approximately $544.9 million, or 68.6% as a percentage of the RVP segment’s net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2005. Cost of products sold in the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes (1) an increase of approximately $5.9 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, (2) approximately $2.7 million of cost of products sold from acquisitions, (3) approximately $1.8 million of severance charges related to the closure of our company’s NuTone facility, (4) increased warranty expense in the first quarter of 2006 of approximately $1.5 million related to a product safety upgrade and (5) a non-cash charge of approximately $0.3 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory. Cost of products sold in the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes a non-cash charge of approximately $0.4 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory. The increase in the percentage of cost of products sold to net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 over the same period of 2005 reflects increased material costs and a slight decline in sales volume of kitchen range hoods and bath fans without a proportionate decrease in costs, partially offset by higher average unit sales prices of kitchen range hoods and bath fans.
 
In the HTP segment, cost of products sold for the year ended December 31, 2006 was approximately $254.5 million, or 52.5% as a percentage of the HTP segment’s net sales, as compared to approximately $184.2 million, or 51.9% as a percentage of the HTP segment’s net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2005. Cost of products sold in the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflects (1) approximately $46.3 million of cost of products sold contributed from acquisitions, including a non-cash charge of approximately $0.2 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory and (2) increased warranty expense of approximately $2.3 million related to a product safety upgrade. Cost of products sold in the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes a non-cash charge of approximately $0.5 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory. The increase in the percentage of cost of products sold to net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 over the same period of 2005 also reflects increased material costs, including purchased components and sourced products.
 
In the HVAC segment, cost of products sold for the year ended December 31, 2006 was approximately $719.0 million, or 78.8% as a percentage of the HVAC segment’s net sales, as compared to approximately $632.3 million, or 78.1% as a percentage of the HVAC segment’s net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2005. Cost of products sold in the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes (1) an increase of approximately $82.5 million attributable to acquisitions, including non-cash charges of approximately $2.8 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory and (2) an increase of approximately $3.5 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The change in cost of products sold as a percentage of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 over the same period of 2005 reflects the effect of lower sales volume, in part due to 2005 sales for FEMA related business caused by Hurricane Katrina, and higher material costs related primarily to purchases of copper and aluminum, which experienced cost increases during 2006, partially offset by continued strategic sourcing initiatives, improvements in manufacturing efficiency and the effect of acquisitions, which had a lower level of material costs as compared to the businesses in the HVAC segment prior to the acquisitions. Increased average unit sales prices of products sold to residential site-built customers as noted above was also a factor.


84


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative Expense.  Consolidated SG&A was approximately $379.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to approximately $342.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. SG&A as a percentage of net sales decreased from approximately 17.5% for the year ended December 31, 2005 to approximately 17.1% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease in SG&A as a percentage of net sales is principally due to a curtailment gain of approximately $35.9 million recorded in the RVP segment related to post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits from the final implementation of a union contract that no longer provides such benefits, a decrease of approximately $3.5 million related to the reduction of a compensation accrual originally provided in 2004 that was determined to be no longer required, the impact of acquisitions in the HVAC segment which have a lower percentage of SG&A to net sales and sales growth. This decrease in SG&A as a percentage of sales was offset by reserves of approximately $16.0 million related to estimated losses as a result of the unlikelihood that certain suppliers to our kitchen range hood subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland will be able to repay advances and amounts due under other arrangements, as well as, acquisitions and increased SG&A of existing businesses in the HTP segment which have a higher percentage of SG&A to net sales than our company’s other segments.
 
SG&A for the year ended December 31, 2006 also includes (1) approximately $50.2 million from acquisitions in the all three of our company’s segments, (2) a decrease of approximately $1.7 million of displays expense in the RVP segment, (3) an increase of approximately $2.2 million (of which approximately $1.5 million is included in the RVP segment and approximately $0.7 million is included in the HVAC segment) related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates, (4) approximately $1.7 million of severance, equipment write-offs and other charges recorded in the second quarter of 2006 related to the closure of our company’s NuTone facility within the RVP segment, (5) an approximate $1.6 million gain related to the favorable settlement of litigation within the HVAC segment, (6) a non-cash foreign exchange gain of approximately $1.3 million, of which approximately $0.1 million is included in the HVAC segment, related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries, (7) a charge of approximately $1.2 million, net of minority interest of approximately $0.8 million, related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer in China related to a Chinese construction project within the HVAC segment and (8) approximately $0.3 million of stock-based compensation expense, which is recorded in Unallocated.
 
SG&A for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes (1) approximately $0.3 million of stock-based compensation expense, which is recorded in Unallocated, (2) a non-cash foreign exchange loss of approximately $2.1 million (of which approximately $1.2 million is included in the RVP segment) related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries, (3) a gain of approximately $1.6 million related to the sale of a corporate office building of one of our company’s subsidiaries in the HTP segment and (4) a gain of approximately $1.4 million, which is recorded in Unallocated, from the settlement of certain obligations of former subsidiaries.
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets.  Amortization of intangible assets, as a percentage of net sales, increased from approximately 0.9% for the year ended December 31, 2005 to approximately 1.1% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase is principally due to the impact of acquisitions, which contributed approximately $8.1 million to the increase, partially offset by higher amortization expense in prior years as a result of accelerated amortization methods.
 
Depreciation Expense.  Depreciation expense increased approximately $6.3 million from approximately $26.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 to approximately $33.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase is primarily attributable to the impact of capital expenditures, as well as acquisitions (which represented approximately $2.6 million of the increase).
 
Operating Earnings.  Consolidated operating earnings increased by approximately $29.8 million from approximately $237.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 to approximately $267.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in consolidated operating earnings is primarily due to the factors discussed above and that follow. Operating earnings, as a percentage of net sales, decreased from approximately 12.1% for the year ended December 31, 2005 to approximately 12.0% for the year ended December 31, 2006.


85


Table of Contents

Operating earnings of the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 were approximately $139.5 million as compared to approximately $123.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Operating earnings of the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the same period of 2005 reflects (1) a curtailment gain of post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits of approximately $35.9 million recorded in the second quarter of 2006, (2) reserves of approximately $16.0 million related to estimated losses as a result of the unlikelihood that certain suppliers to our kitchen range hood subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland will be able to repay advances and amounts due under other arrangements, (3) approximately $3.5 million of severance, equipment write-offs and other charges related to the closure of our company’s NuTone facility, (4) a decrease of approximately $1.7 million of displays expense, (5) an increase in earnings of approximately $1.4 million from the effect of foreign currency exchange rates, (6) approximately $1.6 million of increased depreciation expense of property and equipment and approximately $1.7 million of decreased amortization of intangible assets, (7) increased warranty expense in the first quarter of 2006 of approximately $1.5 million related to a product safety upgrade, (8) an increase of approximately $0.2 million attributable to acquisitions and (9) a non-cash charge of approximately $0.3 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory. Operating earnings of the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2005 reflects (1) a non-cash foreign exchange loss of approximately $1.2 million related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries and (2) a non-cash charge of approximately $0.4 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory. Operating earnings in the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 also improved over the same period in 2005 as a result of the factors noted previously including higher average unit sales prices, partially offset by lower sales volume of kitchen range hoods and bath fans.
 
Operating earnings of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 were approximately $83.9 million as compared to approximately $71.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Operating earnings of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflects (1) approximately $10.6 million of operating earnings contributed by acquisitions, (2) approximately $2.0 million of increased depreciation expense of property and equipment and approximately $4.2 million of increased amortization of intangible assets, primarily attributable to acquisitions, which is included in the impact of acquisitions noted above, (3) an increase in warranty expense of approximately $2.3 million related to a product safety upgrade and (4) a non-cash charge of approximately $0.2 million, all of which is included in the impact of acquisitions noted above, related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory. Operating earnings of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2005 reflects (1) a non-cash charge of approximately $0.5 million related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory and (2) a gain of approximately $1.6 million related to the sale of a corporate office building of one of our company’s subsidiaries. The increase in operating earnings in the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 over the same period in 2005 is primarily a result of acquisitions, increased net sales volume of audio and video distribution equipment, speakers and access control devices, partially offset by higher cost of products sold as noted previously and, in part, to increased warranty expense as noted above.
 
Operating earnings of the HVAC segment were approximately $64.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to approximately $66.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Operating earnings of the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflect (1) approximately $11.9 million of operating earnings contributed by acquisitions, (2) a non-cash charge of approximately $2.8 million, all of which is included in the impact of acquisitions noted above, related to the amortization of purchase price allocated to inventory, (3) an approximate $1.6 million gain related to the favorable settlement of litigation, (4) a charge of approximately $1.2 million, net of minority interest of approximately $0.8 million, related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer in China related to a Chinese construction project, (5) approximately $2.9 million of increased depreciation expense of property and equipment attributable primarily to capital expenditures and approximately $3.9 million of increased amortization of intangible assets primarily related to acquisitions, (6) a non-cash foreign exchange gain of approximately $0.1 million related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries and (7) an increase of approximately $0.2 million from the effect of foreign currency exchange rates. Operating earnings in the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 decreased over the year ended December 31, 2005 as a result of decreased sales volume, offset by acquisitions and higher average sales prices of products with a rating of 13 SEER or


86


Table of Contents

higher sold to residential site-built and manufactured housing customers. The effect on earnings of continued strategic sourcing initiatives and improvements in manufacturing efficiencies and increased average sales prices, which were partially driven by the change in the minimum SEER rating to 13 SEER on January 23, 2006, was partially offset by higher material costs within the entire HVAC segment.
 
The operating expense in Unallocated was approximately $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to approximately $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The change in operating expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the same period of 2005 in Unallocated is primarily due to the items noted below. Operating expense in Unallocated for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflects (1) a non-cash foreign exchange gain of approximately $1.2 million related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries, (2) an approximate $3.5 million reduction of a compensation accrual originally provided in 2004 that was determined to be no longer required related to a compensation reserve adjustment, (3) approximately $0.3 million of stock-based compensation charges and (4) approximately $0.2 million of decreased depreciation expense of property and equipment, as well as $0.2 million of increased amortization of intangible assets. Operating expense in Unallocated for the year ended December 31, 2005 reflects (1) approximately $0.3 million of stock-based compensation charges, (2) a non-cash foreign exchange loss of approximately $0.9 million related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries and (3) a gain of approximately $1.4 million from the settlement of certain obligations.
 
Operating earnings of foreign operations, consisting primarily of the results of operations of our company’s Canadian and European subsidiaries, were approximately 6.9% and 10.2% of operating earnings (before unallocated and corporate expenses) for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Sales and earnings derived from international markets are subject to, among others, the risks of currency fluctuations.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased approximately $13.2 million or approximately 12.9% during the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. During the year ended December 31, 2006, our company experienced increases in interest expense primarily as a result of (1) approximately $10.6 million from increased interest rates related primarily to Nortek’s senior secured credit facility and (2) approximately $2.6 million from increased borrowings.
 
Investment Income.  Investment income was approximately $2.2 million and $1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Provision for Income Taxes.  The provision for income taxes was approximately $63.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to approximately $56.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The effective income tax rates of 41.6% and 41.1% for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, differed from the United States federal statutory rate of 35% principally as a result of the effect of non-deductible expenses, the impact of foreign tax rates on foreign earnings and state income tax provisions.
 
Net Earnings.  Consolidated net earnings improved by approximately $9.2 million from approximately $80.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 to approximately $89.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was primarily due to the factors discussed above which included an increase of approximately $29.8 million in consolidated operating earnings and an increase of approximately $0.4 million in investment income, which was offset by an increase of approximately $7.8 million in the provision for income taxes and an increase of approximately $13.2 million in interest expense.
 
EBITDA.  Our company uses EBITDA as both an operating performance and liquidity measure. Operating performance measure disclosures with respect to EBITDA are provided below. Refer to the Liquidity and Capital Resources section for liquidity measure disclosures with respect to EBITDA and a reconciliation from net cash flows from operating activities to EBITDA.
 
EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense. EBITDA is not a measure of operating performance under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as an alternative or substitute for GAAP profitability measures such


87


Table of Contents

as operating earnings (loss) from continuing operations, discontinued operations, extraordinary items and net earnings (loss). EBITDA as an operating performance measure has material limitations since it excludes, among other things, the statement of operations impact of depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense and the provision (benefit) for income taxes and therefore does not necessarily represent an accurate measure of profitability, particularly in situations where a company is highly leveraged or has a disadvantageous tax structure. Our company uses a significant amount of capital assets and depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our company’s costs and ability to generate revenue and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. Our company has a significant amount of debt and interest expense is a necessary element of our company’s costs and ability to generate revenue and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. Our company generally incurs significant U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes each year and the provision (benefit) for income taxes is a necessary element of our company’s costs and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. As a result, EBITDA should be evaluated in conjunction with net earnings (loss) for a more complete analysis of our company’s profitability, as net earnings (loss) includes the financial statement impact of these items and is the most directly comparable GAAP operating performance measure to EBITDA. As EBITDA is not defined by GAAP, our company’s definition of EBITDA may differ from and therefore may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies, thereby limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of the limitations that EBITDA has as an analytical tool, investors should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our company’s operating results as reported under GAAP.
 
Company management uses EBITDA as a supplementary non-GAAP operating performance measure to assist with its overall evaluation of Company and subsidiary operating performance (including the performance of subsidiary management) relative to outside peer group companies. In addition, our company uses EBITDA as an operating performance measure in financial presentations to our company’s Board of Directors, shareholders, various banks participating in Nortek’s Credit Facility, note holders and Bond Rating agencies, among others, as a supplemental non-GAAP operating measure to assist them in their evaluation of our company’s performance. Our company is also active in mergers, acquisitions and divestitures and uses EBITDA as an additional operating performance measure to assess Company, subsidiary and potential acquisition target enterprise value and to assist in the overall evaluation of Company, subsidiary and potential acquisition target performance on an internal basis and relative to peer group companies. Our company uses EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of its overall assessment of potential valuation and relative performance and therefore does not place undue reliance on EBITDA as its only measure of operating performance.
 
Our company believes EBITDA is useful for both our company and investors as it is a commonly used analytical measurement for comparing company profitability, which eliminates the effects of financing, differing valuations of fixed and intangible assets and tax structure decisions. Our company believes that EBITDA is specifically relevant to our company, due to the different degrees of leverage among its competitors, the impact of purchase accounting associated with acquisitions, which impacts comparability with its competitors who may or may not have recently revalued their fixed and intangible assets, and the differing tax structures and tax jurisdictions of certain of our company’s competitors. Our company has included EBITDA as a supplemental operating performance measure, which should be evaluated by investors in conjunction with the traditional GAAP performance measures discussed earlier in this Results of Operations section for a complete evaluation of our company’s operating performance.


88


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation from net earnings, which is the most directly comparable GAAP operating performance measure, to EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
 
                 
    For the Years Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Net earnings(1), (2)
  $ 89.7     $ 80.5  
Provision for income taxes
    63.9       56.1  
Interest expense(3)
    115.6       102.4  
Investment income
    (2.2 )     (1.8 )
Depreciation expense
    33.0       26.7  
Amortization expense
    28.2       19.2  
                 
EBITDA
  $ 328.2     $ 283.1  
                 
 
 
(1) Net earnings include an approximate $35.9 million curtailment gain related to post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits, reserves of approximately $16.0 million related to estimated losses as a result of the unlikelihood that certain suppliers to our kitchen range hood subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland will be able to repay advances and amounts due under other arrangements, an approximate $3.5 million charge related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility and an increase in warranty expense in the first quarter of 2006 of approximately $1.5 million related to a product safety upgrade in the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006. Net earnings include an increase in warranty expense of approximately $2.3 million related to a product safety upgrade in the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006. Net earnings include an approximate $1.6 million gain related to the favorable settlement of litigation and a charge of approximately $1.2 million, net of minority interest of approximately $0.8 million, related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer in China related to a Chinese construction project in the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2006. Net earnings include an approximate $3.5 million reduction of a compensation accrual originally provided in 2004 that was determined to be no longer required, a charge of approximately $2.5 million related to expenses incurred related to our company’s initial public offering not yet completed, a non-cash foreign exchange gain of approximately $1.2 million related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries and approximately $0.3 million of stock-based compensation charges, which is included in Unallocated, for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
(2) Net earnings include a non-cash foreign exchange loss of approximately $1.2 million related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries in the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2005. Net earnings include a gain of approximately $1.6 million related to the sale of a corporate office building of one of our company’s subsidiaries in the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2005. Net earnings include approximately $0.3 million of stock-based compensation charges, which is included in Unallocated, for the year ended December 31, 2005.
 
(3) Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes cash interest of approximately $110.3 million and non-cash interest of approximately $5.3 million. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes cash interest of approximately $97.1 million and non-cash interest of approximately $5.3 million.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Subsequent Refinancing Event
 
On May 20, 2008, our company sold $750.0 million of its 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013, or the “outstanding notes,” at a discount of approximately $7.8 million, which is being amortized over the life of the issue. Net proceeds from the sale of the outstanding notes, after deducting underwriting commissions and expenses, amounted to approximately $721.7 million. The outstanding notes, which are


89


Table of Contents

guaranteed on a senior secured basis by substantially all of our subsidiaries located in the United States, were issued and sold in a private Rule 144A offering to institutional investors.
 
Interest on the outstanding notes will accrue at the rate of 10% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 2008, until maturity. Interest on the outstanding notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
Prior to June 1, 2011, we may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes with the net cash proceeds from certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 110.0% plus accrued and unpaid interest, provided that at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes remains outstanding after the redemption. After June 1, 2011 the outstanding notes are redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, on or after June 1, 2011 at 105.0%, declining to 102.5% on June 1, 2012 and further declining to 100.0% on June 1, 2013. In addition, the outstanding notes contain a special call provision whereby not more than once during any twelve-month period we may redeem the outstanding notes at a redemption price equal to 103.0% plus accrued and unpaid interest, provided that the aggregate amount of these redemptions does not exceed $75.0 million.
 
The outstanding notes are secured by a first-priority lien on substantially all of our company’s and its domestic subsidiaries’ tangible and intangible assets, except those assets securing our new five-year $350.0 million senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, or the new ABL Facility, on a first-priority basis. The outstanding notes will have a second-priority lien on the new ABL Facility’s first-priority collateral. The outstanding notes will rank equally with all of our existing and future senior secured indebtedness. If we experience a change in control, each holder of the notes will have the right to require us to purchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof. In addition, a change of control may constitute an event of default under our new ABL Facility and would also require us to offer to purchase our 81/2% senior subordinated notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest.
 
The indenture governing the outstanding notes contains certain restrictive financial and operating covenants including covenants that restrict, among other things, the payment of cash dividends, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, the making of certain investments, mergers, consolidations and sale of assets (all as defined in the indenture and other agreements).
 
In connection with the offering of the outstanding notes, we also entered into the new ABL Facility, of which $50.0 million was drawn at closing. The new ABL Facility replaced our existing $200.0 million revolving credit facility that was to mature on August 27, 2010 and consists of a $330.0 million U.S. Facility (with a $60.0 million sublimit for the issuance of U.S. standby letters of credit and a $20.0 million sublimit for U.S. swingline loans) and a $20.0 million Canadian Facility.
 
Borrowings under the new ABL Facility are limited to the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of (1) 85% of the net amount of eligible accounts receivable plus (2) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory plus (3) available cash subject to certain limitations as specified in the new ABL Facility.
 
The interest rates applicable to loans under our new ABL Facility are, at our option, equal to either an adjusted LIBOR rate for a one, two, three or six month interest period (or a nine or twelve month period, if available) or an alternate base rate chosen by us, plus an applicable margin percentage. The alternate base rate will be the greater of (1) the prime rate or (2) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50% plus the applicable margin, which is determined based upon the average excess borrowing availability for the previous fiscal quarter. Interest shall be payable at the end of the selected interest period, but no less frequently than quarterly.
 
The net proceeds from the outstanding notes and the new ABL Facility were used to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness under our existing senior secured credit facility on May 20, 2008, which included approximately $675.5 million of outstanding principal under our senior secured term loan and approximately $80.0 million outstanding under the revolving portion of the senior secured credit facility plus accrued interest


90


Table of Contents

and related fees and expenses. The redemption of our senior secured term loan resulted in a pre-tax loss of approximately $9.9 million in the second quarter ended June 28, 2008.
 
In May 2008, Moody’s affirmed its rating of B3 for Nortek and NTK Holdings. The rating agency also assigned a B1 rating to our outstanding notes.
 
In May 2008, Standard & Poor’s affirmed its corporate credit rating of B- for Nortek and NTK Holdings, however, it removed the ratings from negative watch.
 
As adjusted for the issuance of our outstanding notes and our new ABL Facility and the use of proceeds to repay the outstanding borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, our debt to equity ratio was approximately 2.5:1 at March 29, 2008.
 
The agreements that govern the terms of our debt, including the indenture that governs the outstanding notes, the indenture that governs our 81/2% senior subordinated notes and the credit agreement that governs our new ABL Facility, contain covenants that restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions, make loans or investments, incur certain liens, enter into transactions with affiliates and consolidate, merge or sell assets.
 
The indenture that governs the outstanding notes limits our ability to make certain payments, including dividends to service parent company debt obligations, loans or investments or the redemption or retirement of any equity interests and indebtedness subordinated to the notes. However, these limitations are based on a calculation of our net income, equity issuances, receipt of capital contributions and return on certain investments since August 27, 2004 (as defined under the indenture that governs the outstanding notes), rather than since the date of the offering, May 20, 2008. Accordingly, as of March 29, 2008, we would have had the capacity to make certain payments, including dividends to service parent company debt obligations, of up to approximately $237.5 million (a portion of which is available only upon achievement of a minimum fixed charge coverage test) under the indenture that governs the outstanding notes.
 
The following is a summary of our estimated future cash obligations under long-term debt obligations and interest payments on an as adjusted basis at March 29, 2008. Long-term debt and interest payments in the table below reflect the May 2008 Transactions as described previously as if they had occurred at March 29, 2008:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
    Less Than
    Between
    Between
    5 Years
       
    1 Year     1 & 2 Years     3 & 4 Years     or Greater     Total  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Notes, mortgage notes and obligations payable(1)(2)
  $ 23.2     $ 16.4     $ 17.5     $ 1,377.0     $ 1,434.1  
Interest payments(3)(4)(5)
    140.9       281.1       279.3       105.3       806.6  
Capital lease obligations
    2.5       4.6       4.1       8.4       19.6  
                                         
Total
  $ 166.6     $ 302.1     $ 300.9     $ 1,490.7     $ 2,260.3  
                                         
 
 
(1) Excludes notes payable and other short-term obligations of approximately $82.8 million, including initial borrowings under our new ABL Facility of approximately $50.0 million.
 
(2) Excludes unamortized debt discount of approximately $7.8 million related to the issuance of the outstanding notes.
 
(3) Based upon interest rates in effect at March 29, 2008.
 
(4) Subsidiary debt used for working capital purposes such as lines of credit are estimated to continue through December 31, 2017 in the above table.
 
(5) Includes interest payments on our new ABL Facility which are estimated to continue through May 20, 2013 in the above table.


91


Table of Contents

 
The following is a discussion of our historical liquidity as of March 29, 2008 and excludes the effect of the May 2008 Transactions.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources as of March 29, 2008
 
Our company’s principal sources of liquidity are its cash flow from subsidiaries, its ability to borrow under the terms of its credit facility and its unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.
 
Our company’s ability to pay interest on or to refinance its indebtedness depends on its future performance, working capital levels and capital structure, which are subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors which may be beyond its control. Critical factors in the level of our sales, profitability and cash flows are the levels of residential remodeling and replacement activity and new residential and non-residential construction activity. The level of new residential and non-residential construction activity and, to a lesser extent, the level of residential remodeling and replacement activity are affected by seasonality and cyclical factors such as interest rates, inflation, consumer spending habits, employment levels and other macroeconomic factors, over which we have no control. Any decline in economic activity as a result of these or other factors typically results in a decline in new construction and, to a lesser extent, residential remodeling and replacement purchases, which would result in a decrease in our sales, profitability and cash flows. Reduced levels of home sales and housing starts and other softening in the housing markets negatively affected our results of operations and our cash flow in the first quarter of 2008 and these factors are expected to continue to negatively affect our results of operations and our cash flow through 2009.
 
In addition, uncertainties due to the significant instability in the mortgage markets and the resultant impact on the overall credit market could continue to adversely impact our business. The tightening of credit standards is expected to result in a decline in consumer spending for home remodeling and replacement projects which could adversely impact our operating results and the cash flow from our subsidiaries. Additionally, increases in the cost of home mortgages and the difficulty in obtaining financing for new homes could continue to materially impact the sales of our products in the residential construction market.
 
There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient cash flow from the operation of our subsidiaries or that future financings will be available on acceptable terms or in amounts sufficient to enable our company to service or refinance its indebtedness, or to make necessary capital expenditures.
 
In March 2008, Moody’s downgraded the debt ratings for Nortek and its parent company, NTK Holdings, from “B2” to “B3” and issued a negative outlook. Moody’s rating downgrade reflected our high leverage, reduced financial flexibility and the anticipated pressure of the difficult new home construction market and home values on our 2008 financial performance. The negative ratings outlook reflected Moody’s concern that the market for our products would remain under significant pressure so long as new housing starts do not rebound and that the repair and remodeling market could contract meaningfully in 2008 and possibly in 2009. Additionally, Moody’s was concerned whether our cost cutting initiatives would be successful enough so as to offset pressure on our sales.
 
In April 2008, Standard & Poor’s lowered its ratings for Nortek and its parent company, NTK Holdings, from “B” to “B−” and issued a negative outlook. Standard & Poor’s rating downgrade reflected our weaker overall financial profile resulting from the challenging operating conditions in our new residential construction and remodeling markets. The negative outlook reflected Standard & Poor’s concerns about the US economy, difficult credit markets and cost inflation, and the anticipation that our credit metrics would remain challenged for at least the next several quarters.
 
Our senior secured credit facility contains two financial maintenance covenants, which become more restrictive over time, and we cannot assure that these covenants will always be met particularly given the further deterioration of the new residential construction and repair and remodeling industries, plus the instability in the overall credit markets. These two covenants require that we maintain at the end of each quarter, calculated based on the last twelve months, a Leverage Ratio and an Interest Coverage Ratio, each as defined. The Leverage Ratio must not exceed a defined ratio amount and the Interest Coverage Ratio must not be less than a defined ratio amount. The Leverage Ratio is calculated by dividing our total indebtedness, net


92


Table of Contents

of cash, (as defined) by EBITDA (as defined) and the Interest Coverage Ratio is calculated by dividing EBITDA (as defined) by interest expense, net (as defined).
 
At March 29, 2008, we were required to maintain a Leverage Ratio not greater than 5.85:1 and an Interest Coverage Ratio of not less than 2.20:1. The Leverage Ratio requirement of 5.85:1 at March 29, 2008 tightens to 5.60:1 at the end of the second quarter of 2008 and further tightens to 5.25:1 at December 31, 2008, while the Interest Coverage Ratio requirement of 2.20:1 at March 29, 2008 remains the same through December 31, 2008, further tightening to 2.30:1 at March 28, 2009. Should we not satisfy either of these covenants, our senior secured credit facility allows a cure, whereby a subsequent cash equity investment equal to the EBITDA shortfall, will be treated as EBITDA for purposes of the compliance calculations in the current and future periods. The senior secured credit facility allows for such a cure to occur twice within a consecutive twelve-month period.
 
In the first quarter of 2008, our EBITDA for such quarter (as calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facility) was below the level necessary to be in compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio covenants as of the end of such quarter by approximately $4.2 million. We utilized the equity cure right under its senior secured credit facility to avoid any default otherwise arising out of such shortfall by receiving additional equity investments by certain investors of approximately $4.2 million in the second quarter of 2008. Our Leverage Ratio and Interest Coverage Ratio, after using the equity cure right as noted above, was 5.80:1 and 2.20:1, respectively, at March 29, 2008.
 
We expect that we may also encounter events of non-compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio covenants as of the end of the second quarter of 2008 and anticipate that we may seek to use the equity cure right again to remedy any such non-compliance. Subsequent to the second quarter of 2008, based upon our current forecast regarding our operating results for the balance of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, we do not anticipate further events of non-compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio and Leverage Ratio covenants as of the end of the third and fourth quarters of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009. To the extent we experience events of non-compliance with such covenants, which are not resolved through the use of the equity cure feature or other alternatives, we would need to seek waivers or amendments from the lenders under our senior secured credit facility or refinance such facility. Should an event of non-compliance occur, we will not be permitted to borrow under our credit facility until such time that a cure happens. If these events of non-compliance were to occur, and were not cured, an event of default would exist under our senior secured credit facility and would allow the lenders to accelerate the payment of indebtedness outstanding. In addition, an event of default under the credit facility would result in a cross default under substantially all of our other senior and senior subordinated indebtedness. In light of the instability and uncertainty that currently exists within the financial and credit markets and the tightening of credit standards, we may not be able to obtain any such waivers or amendments or any such refinancing on acceptable terms. In addition, any such waivers, amendments or refinancing may involve terms which would have a further adverse effect on our future cash flows. Based upon the application of equity cures, other potential equity investments and our forecast of our financial results for 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, we have determined that it is probable that we will be in compliance with the terms of our senior secured credit facility through March 28, 2009 and as a result, we have classified our long-term indebtedness as a long-term liability in our consolidated balance sheet at March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
A breach of the covenants under the indenture that governs our 81/2% senior subordinated notes or under the agreement that governs our senior secured credit facility could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under our senior secured credit facility would permit the lenders to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under our senior secured credit facility, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event our lenders or noteholders accelerate the repayment of their borrowings, we cannot assure that we and our subsidiaries would have sufficient assets to repay such


93


Table of Contents

indebtedness. Our future financing arrangements will likely contain similar or more restrictive covenants. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:
 
  •  limited in how we conduct our business,
 
  •  unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns, or
 
  •  unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.
 
Such restrictions if imposed, would affect our ability to grow in accordance with its plans.
 
At December 31, 2007, our company’s Best subsidiary was not in compliance with a maintenance covenant with respect to two loan agreements with two banks with aggregate borrowings outstanding of approximately $9.4 million. Our Best subsidiary obtained waivers from the two banks, which indicated that our Best subsidiary was not required to comply with the maintenance covenant as of December 31, 2007. The next measurement date for the maintenance covenant is for the year ended December 31, 2008 and we believe that it is probable that our Best subsidiary will be in compliance with the maintenance covenant when their assessment of the required calculation is completed in the first quarter of 2009. As a result, we have classified the outstanding borrowings under such agreements as a long-term liability in our consolidated balance sheet at March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
We had consolidated debt at March 29, 2008 of approximately $1,457.0 million consisting of (i) $110.5 million (including borrowings of approximately $45.0 million under the U.S. revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility and $7.0 million of current maturities under our senior secured credit facility) of short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt, (ii) $43.0 million of long-term notes, mortgage notes and other indebtedness, (iii) $10.0 million of our 97/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011, (iv) $625.0 million of our 81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 and (v) $668.5 million of long-term debt outstanding under our senior secured credit facility.
 
During the first quarter ended March 29, 2008, our company had a net increase in its consolidated debt of approximately $11.6 million resulting from:
 
         
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Borrowings under the revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility, including its swing line loan sub-facility
  $ 30.0  
Payments made related to the revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility
    (20.0 )
Additional borrowings related primarily to our foreign subsidiaries
    3.2  
Foreign currency translation and other
    4.2  
Principal payments
    (5.8 )
Net change in consolidated debt
  $ 11.6  
 
Our debt to equity ratio was approximately 2.4:1 at March 29, 2008 as compared to approximately 2.3:1 at December 31, 2007. The increase in the ratio was as a result of an increase in indebtedness as noted above, as well as a decrease in stockholder’s investment, primarily due to a net loss of approximately $4.1 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008.
 
As part of our senior secured credit facility, we have a $200.0 million revolving credit facility that matures in August 2010 and includes both a letter of credit sub-facility and swing line loan sub-facility. At May 9, 2008, we had approximately $80.0 million outstanding and approximately $76.8 million of available borrowing capacity under the U.S. revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility, with approximately $33.2 million in outstanding letters of credit. Borrowings under the revolving portion of the senior secured credit facility are used for general corporate purposes, including borrowings to fund working capital requirements. Under the Canadian revolving portion of its senior secured credit facility, we had no outstanding borrowings and approximately $10.0 million of available borrowing capacity. Letters of credit have been issued under our revolving credit facility as additional security for (1) approximately $17.2 million relating to


94


Table of Contents

certain of our insurance programs, (2) approximately $3.4 million relating to leases outstanding for certain of our manufacturing facilities and (3) approximately $12.6 million relating to certain of the subsidiaries’ purchases and other requirements. Letters of credit reduce borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility on a dollar for dollar basis.
 
The indentures and other agreements governing our company and our subsidiaries’ indebtedness (including the credit agreement for the senior secured credit facility) contain certain restrictive financial and operating covenants including covenants that restrict the ability of our company and our subsidiaries to complete acquisitions, pay dividends, incur indebtedness, make investments, sell assets and take certain other corporate actions.
 
At March 29, 2008, approximately $170.6 million was available for the payment of cash dividends, stock purchases or other restricted payments by our company as defined under the terms of our most restrictive loan agreement, our senior secured credit facility.
 
Our company and its subsidiaries, affiliates or significant shareholders may from time to time, in their sole discretion, purchase, repay, refinance, redeem or retire any of our company’s outstanding debt (including publicly issued debt), in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise, which may be subject to restricted payment limitations.
 
We have evaluated and expect to continue to evaluate possible acquisition transactions and possible dispositions of certain of our businesses on an ongoing basis and at any given time may be engaged in discussions or negotiations with respect to possible acquisitions or dispositions. Contingent consideration of approximately $32.7 million related to the acquisitions of Par Safe, ABT and Magenta Research, Ltd., which was accrued for at December 31, 2007, was paid in April 2008. The remaining estimated total maximum potential amount of contingent consideration that may be paid in the future for all completed acquisitions is approximately $62.0 million.
 
We expect to meet our cash flow requirements for fiscal 2008, including debt repayments and acquisitions, from cash from operations, existing cash and cash equivalents and the use of our senior secured credit facility.
 
Our company and its subsidiaries have entered into a number of operating lease obligations, purchase obligations and have guaranteed certain obligations of various third parties. No significant changes in these obligations have occurred since December 31, 2007.
 
Our combined short-term and long-term product liability accruals increased from approximately $35.0 million at December 31, 2007 to approximately $35.8 million at March 29, 2008. Product liability expense decreased from approximately $3.3 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 to approximately $2.9 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. The decrease in product liability expense for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 is primarily as a result of a reduction of approximately $0.5 million in product liability accruals being recorded in the first quarter of 2008 in the RVP segment. We record insurance liabilities and related expenses for product and general liability losses in accordance with either the contractual terms of our policies or, if self-insured, the total liabilities that are estimable and probable as of the reporting date (see Note G of the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein).
 
Our combined short-term and long-term warranty accruals increased from approximately $47.3 million at December 31, 2007 to approximately $48.7 million at March 29, 2008. Warranty expense increased from approximately $5.5 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 to approximately $7.3 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. The increase in warranty expense for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the same period of 2007 is primarily as a result of increased expense levels for residential HVAC products due to higher sales volume in the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the first quarter of 2007. We provide for estimated warranty liabilities at the time of sale and periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary (see Note G of the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein).


95


Table of Contents

Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents decreased from approximately $53.4 million at December 31, 2007 to approximately $53.0 million at March 29, 2008. We have classified as restricted, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, certain cash and cash equivalents that are not fully available for use in its operations. At March 29, 2008, approximately $3.3 million (of which approximately $2.3 million is included in long-term assets) of cash and cash equivalents are held primarily as collateral to fund certain benefit obligations relating to supplemental executive retirement plans.
 
Capital expenditures were approximately $7.3 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to approximately $6.8 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007. Capital expenditures were approximately $36.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and are expected to be between approximately $30.0 million and $35.0 million in 2008. Under our amended senior secured credit facility, capital expenditures are limited to approximately $67.5 million in 2008.
 
Our working capital decreased from approximately $207.2 million at December 31, 2007 to approximately $206.9 million at March 29, 2008, while the current ratio remained unchanged from December 31, 2007 to March 29, 2008 at 1.4:1. This decrease in working capital for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 was primarily a result of increases in current debt obligations and accounts payable, as described further below and previously, offset by increases in inventories and accounts receivable and a decrease in accrued expenses and taxes, net. The decrease in cash from December 31, 2007 to March 29, 2008 was also a contributing factor to the decrease in working capital.
 
Accounts receivable increased approximately $7.7 million, or approximately 2.4%, between December 31, 2007 and March 29, 2008, while net sales decreased approximately $29.0 million, or approximately 5.1%, in the first quarter of 2008 as compared to the fourth quarter of 2007. This increase in accounts receivable is primarily as a result of increased sales volume in our residential HVAC products. The effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates contributed approximately $2.7 million to the increase in accounts receivable at March 29, 2008. The rate of change in accounts receivable in certain periods may be different than the rate of change in sales in such periods principally due to the timing of net sales. Increases or decreases in net sales near the end of any period generally result in significant changes in the amount of accounts receivable on the date of the balance sheet at the end of such period, as was the situation on March 29, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007. Accounts receivable from customers related to foreign operations increased approximately $1.0 million, or approximately 0.9%, between December 31, 2007 and March 29, 2008. We did not experience any significant overall changes in credit terms, collection efforts, credit utilization or delinquency in accounts receivable in the first quarter of 2008.
 
Inventories increased approximately $29.8 million, or approximately 9.7%, between December 31, 2007 and March 29, 2008 as a result of increased purchases in the HVAC segment to support future sales levels. The effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates contributed approximately $0.9 million to the increase in inventories at March 29, 2008.
 
Accounts payable increased approximately $46.4 million, or 24.1%, between December 31, 2007 and March 29, 2008 due primarily to increased inventory levels and the timing of payments. The effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates contributed approximately $2.9 million to the increase in accounts payable at March 29, 2008.
 
Accrued expenses and taxes, net decreased approximately $16.9 million, or approximately 6.8%, between December 31, 2007 and March 29, 2008 primarily as a result of lower accrued interest relating to the difference in the timing of interest payments during the first quarter of 2008 as compared to amounts accrued.
 
Changes in certain working capital accounts, as noted above, between December 31, 2007 and March 29, 2008, differ from the changes reflected in our company’s unaudited condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for such period as a result of the specific items mentioned in the four preceding paragraphs and from other non-cash items, including among others, the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 increased by approximately $13.8 million to approximately $0.5 million of net cash provided by operating activities from approximately $13.3 million of net cash used in operating activities for the first quarter ended March 31,


96


Table of Contents

2007. This increase is primarily due to a reduction in the level of cash used for working capital needs, partially offset by a decrease in net (loss) earnings of approximately $13.3 million. Net cash flows used in investing activities for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 decreased by approximately $14.2 million to net cash used in investing activities of approximately $8.4 million from approximately $22.6 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007, primarily due to a decrease of approximately $16.8 million in payments for acquisitions, partially offset by an increase in the level of capital expenditures of approximately $0.5 million. Net cash flows provided by financing activities for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 decreased by approximately $14.2 million to net cash provided by financing activities of approximately $7.5 million from approximately $21.7 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 resulting primarily from a decline in net borrowings of approximately $14.3 million. As discussed earlier, our company generally uses cash flows from operations, and where necessary borrowings, to finance our capital expenditures and strategic acquisitions, to meet the service requirements of our existing indebtedness and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased by approximately $41.0 million to approximately $107.0 million of net cash provided by operating activities from approximately $148.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily due to a decrease in net earnings, as well as, a reduction in the level of cash used for working capital needs. Net cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 decreased by approximately $11.2 million to net cash used in investing activities of approximately $135.1 million from approximately $146.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, primarily due to a decrease of approximately $12.7 million in payments for acquisitions and a decrease in the level of capital expenditures of approximately $5.9 million, partially offset by a decrease in the proceeds from the sale of property and equipment of approximately $4.6 million and the $4.5 million payment made in 2007 in connection with NTK Holdings’ senior unsecured loan facility rollover. Net cash flows provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased by approximately $45.6 million to net cash provided by financing activities of approximately $24.1 million from net cash used in financing activities of approximately $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 resulting from an increase in net borrowing of approximately $15.9 million and a reduction in dividends paid in 2006 of approximately $28.1 million. As discussed earlier, we generally use cash flows from operations, and where necessary borrowings, to finance our capital expenditures and strategic acquisitions, to meet the service requirements of our existing indebtedness and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.


97


Table of Contents

Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents decreased approximately $0.4 million, $14.2 million $4.0 million, $19.8 million and $17.8 million from December 31, 2007 to March 29, 2008, from December 31, 2006 to March 31, 2007 and for the three years ended December 31, 2007, respectively, principally as a result of the following:
 
                                         
    Condensed Consolidated Cash Flows(1)  
                For the Years Ended
 
    For the First Quarter Ended     December 31,  
    Mar. 29, 2008     Mar. 31, 2007     2007     2006     2005  
    (unaudited)                    
 
Operating Activities:
                                       
Cash flows from operations, net
  $ 11.3     $ 26.6     $ 99.8     $ 145.8       139.9  
Change in accounts receivable, net
    (4.6 )     (7.0 )     23.7       (19.6 )     (37.3 )
Change in inventories
    (28.8 )     (30.1 )     (16.6 )     (14.0 )     (24.3 )
Change in prepaids and other current assets
    (3.2 )     (1.1 )     (2.0 )     11.1       (5.2 )
Change in accounts payable
    43.4       34.1       (8.4 )     (0.7 )     20.7  
Change in accrued expenses and taxes
    (19.5 )     (36.5 )     6.5       35.2       19.9  
Change in taxes receivable from Nortek Holdings, Inc. 
                            20.2  
Investing Activities:
                                       
Capital expenditures
    (7.3 )     (6.8 )     (36.4 )     (42.3 )     (28.9 )
Net cash paid for businesses acquired
          (16.8 )     (93.5 )     (106.2 )     (117.2 )
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
    0.1             0.5       5.1       10.8  
Payment in connection with the senior unsecured loan facility rollover
                (4.5 )            
Change in restricted cash and investments
          1.3       1.2       0.4       (0.2 )
Financing Activities:
                                       
Change in borrowings, net
    7.4       21.7       24.1       8.2       (8.3 )
Dividends
                      (28.1 )      
Other, net
    0.8       0.4       1.6       (14.7 )     (7.9 )
                                         
    $ (0.4 )   $ (14.2 )   $ (4.0 )   $ (19.8 )   $ (17.8 )
                                         
 
 
(1) Summarized from our company’s consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 (see the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein) and our company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 (see the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein). Additionally, see Notes 3 and 4 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements and Note F to the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.
 
The impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on cash was not material and has been included in Other, net.
 
At December 31, 2007, our company had approximately $45.0 million of foreign net operating loss carry-forwards that if utilized would offset future foreign tax payments. In addition, our company had a federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $4.0 million, and had an alternative minimum tax credit carryforward of approximately $2.3 million at December 31, 2007.


98


Table of Contents

Our company uses EBITDA as both a liquidity and an operating performance measure. Liquidity measure disclosures with respect to EBITDA are provided below. Refer to the Results of Operations section for operating performance measure disclosures with respect to EBITDA and a reconciliation from net earnings (loss) to EBITDA.
 
EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense. EBITDA is not a measure of cash flow under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and should not be considered as an alternative or substitute for GAAP cash flow measures such as cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities. EBITDA does not necessarily represent an accurate measure of cash flow performance because it excludes, among other things, capital expenditures, working capital requirements, significant debt service for principal and interest payments, income tax payments and other contractual obligations, which may have a significant adverse impact on a company’s cash flow performance thereby limiting its usefulness when evaluating our company’s cash flow performance. Our company uses a significant amount of capital assets and capital expenditures are a significant component of our company’s annual cash expenditures and therefore their exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. Our company has significant working capital requirements during the year due to the seasonality of its business, which require significant cash expenditures and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. Our company has a significant amount of debt and our company has significant cash expenditures during the year related to principal and interest payments and therefore their exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. Our company generally pays significant U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes each year and therefore its exclusion from EBITDA is a material limitation. As a result, EBITDA should be evaluated in conjunction with net cash from operating, investing and financing activities for a more complete analysis of our company’s cash flow performance, as they include the financial statement impact of these items. Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for replacements. As EBITDA is not defined by GAAP, our company’s definition of EBITDA may differ from and therefore may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies thereby limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of the limitations that EBITDA has as an analytical tool, investors should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our company’s cash flows as reported under GAAP.
 
Company management uses EBITDA as a supplementary non-GAAP liquidity measure to allow our company to evaluate its operating units’ cash-generating ability to fund income tax payments, corporate overhead, debt service, capital expenditures and increases in working capital. EBITDA is also used by management to allocate resources for growth among its businesses, to identify possible impairment charges, to evaluate our company’s ability to service its debt and to raise capital for growth opportunities, including acquisitions. In addition, our company uses EBITDA as a liquidity measure in financial presentations to our company’s Board of Directors, shareholders, various banks participating in Nortek’s Credit Facility, note holders and Bond Rating agencies, among others, as a supplemental non-GAAP liquidity measure to assist them in their evaluation of our company’s cash flow performance. Our company uses EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP liquidity measures as part of its overall assessment of cash flow ability and therefore does not place undue reliance on EBITDA as its only measure of cash flow performance.
 
Our company believes EBITDA is useful for both our company and investors as it is a commonly used analytical measurement for assessing a company’s cash flow ability to service and/or incur additional indebtedness, which eliminates the impact of certain non-cash items such as depreciation and amortization. Our company believes that EBITDA is specifically relevant to our company due to our company’s leveraged position as well as the common use of EBITDA as a liquidity measure within our company’s industries by lenders, investors, others in the financial community and peer group companies. Our company has included EBITDA as a supplemental liquidity measure, which should be evaluated by investors in conjunction with the traditional GAAP liquidity measures discussed earlier in this Liquidity and Capital Resources section for a complete evaluation of our company’s cash flow performance.


99


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation from net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, which is the most directly comparable GAAP liquidity measure, to EBITDA for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 and for the three years ended December 31, 2007.
 
                                         
          For the Years Ended
 
    For the First Quarter Ended     December 31,  
    Mar. 29, 2008     Mar. 31, 2007     2007     2006     2005  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
    (unaudited)                    
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 0.5     $ (13.3 )   $ 107.0     $ 148.0     $ 128.5  
Cash used by working capital and other long-term asset and liability changes
    10.8       39.9       (7.2 )     (2.2 )     11.4  
Non-cash interest expense, net
    (1.4 )     (1.4 )     (5.6 )     (5.3 )     (5.3 )
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
          (0.1 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )
Gain from curtailment of post-retirement medical benefits
                      35.9        
Compensation reserve adjustment
                      3.5        
(Loss) gain on sale of property and equipment
                (2.4 )     (1.3 )     1.6  
Deferred federal income tax benefit (provision)
    3.4       (1.3 )     6.0       (27.4 )     (9.5 )
Provision for income taxes
    0.3       6.9       33.1       63.9       56.1  
Interest expense(1)
    27.4       29.2       122.0       115.6       102.4  
Investment income
    (0.2 )     (0.4 )     (2.0 )     (2.2 )     (1.8 )
                                         
EBITDA(2), (3), (4), (5), (6)
  $ 40.8     $ 59.5     $ 250.6     $ 328.2     $ 283.1  
                                         
 
 
(1) Interest expense for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes cash interest of approximately $26.0 million and non-cash interest of approximately $1.4 million.
 
Interest expense for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 includes cash interest of approximately $27.8 million and non-cash interest of approximately $1.4 million.
 
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes cash interest of approximately $116.4 million and non-cash interest of approximately $5.6 million.
 
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes cash interest of approximately $110.3 million and non-cash interest of approximately $5.3 million.
 
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes cash interest of approximately $97.1 million and non-cash interest of approximately $5.3 million.
 
(2) In the RVP segment, EBITDA for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.5 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
In the HTP segment, EBITDA for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes approximately $0.2 million of fees and expenses incurred in connection with a dispute with a supplier.
 
In the HVAC segment, EBITDA for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 includes net foreign exchange gains of approximately $0.3 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
(3) In the RVP segment, EBITDA for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 includes an approximate $0.6 million charge related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with matters related to certain subsidiaries


100


Table of Contents

based in Italy and Poland of approximately $1.0 million and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.2 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
In the HVAC segment, EBITDA for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 includes a charge of approximately $1.8 million related to reserves for amounts due from customers and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.2 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
(4) In the RVP segment, EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes a favorable adjustment to selling, general and administrative expense, net based upon our company’s revised estimate of reserves provided in 2006 for certain suppliers in Italy and Poland of approximately $6.7 million, a decrease in product liability expense of approximately $1.8 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2006, a charge to warranty expense of approximately $0.5 million related to a product safety upgrade, an approximate $1.8 million charge related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility, an approximate $1.1 million charge related to the closure of our company’s Jensen Industries, Inc. Vernon, California facility, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland of approximately $2.1 million, an approximate $1.9 million loss related to the settlement of litigation, a charge of approximately $0.4 million related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $1.0 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
In the HTP segment, EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes a charge of approximately $0.5 million related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer, a reduction in warranty expense of approximately $0.7 million related to a product safety upgrade and approximately $2.0 million of fees and expenses incurred in connection with a dispute with a supplier.
 
In the HVAC segment, EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2007 includes a charge of approximately $3.7 million related to the planned closure of our company’s Mammoth, Inc. Chaska, Minnesota manufacturing facility, a charge of approximately $1.8 million related to reserves for amounts due from customers and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $2.5 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our company’s subsidiaries.
 
(5) In the RVP segment, EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes an approximate $35.9 million curtailment gain related to post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits, reserves of approximately $16.0 million related to estimated losses as a result of the unlikelihood that certain suppliers to our kitchen range hood subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland will be able to repay advances and amounts due under other arrangements, an approximate $3.5 million charge related to the closure of our company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility and an increase in warranty expense in the first quarter of 2006 of approximately $1.5 million related to a product safety upgrade.
 
In the HTP segment, EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes an increase in warranty expense of approximately $2.3 million related to a product safety upgrade.
 
In the HVAC segment, EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes an approximate $1.6 million gain related to the favorable settlement of litigation, a charge of approximately $1.2 million, net of minority interest of approximately $0.8 million, related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer in China related to a Chinese construction project and net foreign exchange gains of approximately $0.4 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our subsidiaries.
 
(6) In the RVP segment, EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes a non-cash foreign exchange loss of approximately $1.2 million related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in our subsidiaries.
 
In the HTP segment, EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes a gain of approximately $1.6 million related to the sale of a corporate office building of one of our subsidiaries.
 
In Unallocated, EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes an approximate $1.4 million gain related to the favorable settlement of litigation.


101


Table of Contents

Inflation, Trends and General Considerations
 
Our company has evaluated and expects to continue to evaluate possible acquisition transactions and the possible dispositions of certain of its businesses on an ongoing basis and at any given time may be engaged in discussions or negotiations with respect to possible acquisitions or dispositions.
 
Our company’s performance is dependent to a significant extent upon the levels of new residential construction, residential replacement and remodeling and non-residential construction, all of which are affected by such factors as interest rates, credit availability, inflation, consumer confidence and unemployment, among others. Our company’s performance in the first quarter of 2008 was adversely impacted as a result of the troubled housing market together with a difficult mortgage industry that resulted in the significant industry wide decline in new housing activity, as well as a negative impact on consumer spending on home remodeling and repair. In the first quarter of 2008 our company’s earnings continued to be challenged by higher commodity costs which have only been partially offset by our company’s strategic cost reduction initiatives. Our company expects these industry and market trends to continue throughout 2008.
 
Our company has recently experienced an increase in the level of product liability expense in 2008 and 2007, particularly in the RVP segment. Our company is unable to ascertain at this time whether this level of expense will continue at this level, increase or decrease.
 
The demand for our company’s products is seasonal, particularly in the Northeast and Midwest regions of the United States where inclement weather during the winter months usually reduces the level of building and remodeling activity in both the home improvement and new construction markets. Our company’s lower sales levels usually occur during the first and fourth quarters. Since a high percentage of our company’s manufacturing overhead and operating expenses are relatively fixed throughout the year, operating income and net earnings tend to be lower in quarters with lower sales levels. In addition, the demand for cash to fund the working capital of our company’s subsidiaries is greater from late in the first quarter until early in the fourth quarter.
 
Our company is subject to the effects of changing prices and for the past several years, the impact of inflation has had a significant adverse effect on its results of operations for the periods presented. In some circumstances, market conditions or customer expectations may prevent our company from increasing the prices of its products to offset the inflationary pressures that may increase costs in the future. Our company continued to experience higher material costs primarily related to purchases of steel in the first quarter of 2008. Additionally, during the first quarter of 2008, our company experienced increased freight costs primarily due to increased fuel surcharges as compared to the first quarter of 2007. These cost increases were partially offset by continued strategic sourcing initiatives and improvements in manufacturing efficiency, as well as sales price increases.
 
As of March 29, 2008, approximately 6.6% of our company’s workforce was subject to various collective bargaining agreements.
 
A work stoppage at one of our company’s facilities that lasts for a significant period of time could cause our company to lose sales, incur increased costs and adversely affect its ability to meet customers’ needs. A plant shutdown or a substantial modification to a collective bargaining agreement could result in material gains or losses or the recognition of an asset impairment. As agreements expire and until negotiations are completed, our company does not know whether it will be able to negotiate collective bargaining agreements on the same or more favorable terms as the current agreements or at all and without production interruptions, including labor stoppages. See Note H of the notes to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for further information surrounding work stoppages at our company’s facilities.
 
Market Risk
 
As discussed more specifically below, our company is exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates, foreign currencies and commodity pricing. Our company does not use derivative financial instruments, except, on a limited basis to periodically mitigate certain economic exposures. Our company does not enter into derivative financial instruments or other financial instruments for trading purposes.


102


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk
 
Our company is exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates primarily through its investing and borrowing activities. In addition, our company’s ability to finance future acquisition transactions may be impacted if our company is unable to obtain appropriate financing at acceptable interest rates.
 
Our company’s investing strategy, to manage interest rate exposure, is to invest in short-term, highly liquid investments and marketable securities. Short-term investments primarily consist of federal agency discount notes, treasury bills and bank issued money market instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less. At March 29, 2008, the fair value of our company’s unrestricted and restricted investments and marketable securities was not materially different from their cost basis.
 
Our company manages its borrowing exposure to changes in interest rates by optimizing the use of fixed rate debt with extended maturities. Excluding the effect of the May 2008 transactions, at March 29, 2008, approximately 48.8% of the carrying values of our company’s long-term debt was at fixed interest rates. The remaining portion of our company’s long-term debt is at variable interest rates. Based upon interest rates in effect at March 29, 2008 and excluding the effect of the May 2008 transactions, an overall unfavorable change in interest rates of 100 basis points would result in an additional charge to interest expense for the remaining nine months of 2008 of approximately $5.8 million.
 
As adjusted for the issuance of our outstanding notes and our new ABL Facility and the use of proceeds to repay the outstanding borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, approximately 95.1% of the carrying values of our company’s long-term debt would have been at fixed interest rates at March 29, 2008.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
Our company’s results of operations are affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar as compared to the value of currencies in foreign markets primarily related to changes in the Euro, the Canadian Dollar and the British Pound. In the first quarter of 2008, the net impact of foreign currency changes was not material to our company’s financial condition or results of operations. The impact of foreign currency changes related to translation resulted in an increase in stockholder’s investment of approximately $0.4 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. Additionally, the impact of foreign currency changes related to transactions resulted in a decrease in foreign exchange losses recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net of approximately $0.2 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 as compared to the same period of 2007. Our company manages its exposure to foreign currency exchange risk principally by trying to minimize our company’s net investment in foreign assets, including, the use of strategic short and long-term borrowings at the foreign subsidiary level. Consistent with this strategy, notes payable and other short- term obligations at March 29, 2008 consist primarily of short-term borrowings by certain of our company’s foreign subsidiaries. Our company generally does not enter into derivative financial instruments to manage foreign currency exposure. At March 29, 2008, our company did not have any significant outstanding foreign currency hedging contracts.
 
Commodity Pricing Risk
 
Our company is subject to significant market risk with respect to the pricing of its principal raw materials, which include, among others, steel, copper, packaging material, plastics, glass and aluminum. If prices of these raw materials were to increase dramatically, our company may not be able to pass such increases on to its customers and, as a result, gross margins could decline significantly. Our company manages its exposure to commodity pricing risk by continuing to diversify its product mix, strategic buying programs and vendor partnering.
 
Our company generally does not enter into derivative financial instruments to manage commodity-pricing exposure. At March 29, 2008, our company did not have any material outstanding commodity forward contracts.


103


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
General
 
We are a leading diversified manufacturer of innovative, branded residential and commercial products, operating within three reporting segments:
 
  •  the Residential Ventilation Products, or RVP, segment,
 
  •  the Home Technology Products, or HTP, segment, and
 
  •  the Air Conditioning and Heating Products, or HVAC, segment.
 
Through these segments, our company manufactures and sells, primarily in the United States, Canada and Europe, a wide variety of products for the professional remodeling and replacement markets, the residential and commercial construction markets, the manufactured housing market and the do-it-yourself, or DIY, market.
 
The levels of residential replacement and remodeling, new residential construction and non-residential construction significantly impact our company’s performance. Interest rates, seasonality, inflation, consumer spending habits and unemployment are factors that affect these levels.
 
Our Business Segments
 
Residential Ventilation Products Segment
 
Our Residential Ventilation Products segment primarily manufactures and distributes room and whole house ventilation products and other products primarily for the professional remodeling and replacement markets, residential new construction market and DIY market. The principal products of the segment, which are sold under the Broan®, NuTone®, Venmar®, Best® and Zephyr® brand names, among others, are:
 
  •  kitchen range hoods,
 
  •  exhaust fans (such as bath fans and fan, heater and light combination units), and
 
  •  indoor air quality products.
 
We are one of the world’s largest suppliers of residential range hoods and exhaust fans, and we are the largest supplier of these products in North America. We are also one of the leading suppliers in Europe of luxury “Eurostyle” range hoods. Our company’s kitchen range hoods expel grease, smoke, moisture and odors from the cooking area and are offered under an array of price points and styles from economy to upscale models. The exhaust fans our company offers are primarily used in bathrooms to remove odors and humidity and include combination units, which may have lights, heaters or both. Our company’s range hood and exhaust fan products are differentiated on the basis of air movement as measured in cubic feet per minute and sound output as measured in sones. The Home Ventilating Institute in the United States certifies our company’s range hood and exhaust fan products, as well as its indoor air quality products.
 
Our company’s sales of kitchen range hoods and exhaust fans accounted for approximately 19.0% and 12.2%, respectively, of our company’s consolidated net sales for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008, approximately 18.3% and 12.9%, respectively, of our company’s consolidated net sales in 2007, approximately 17.9% and 14.6%, respectively, of our company’s consolidated net sales in 2006 and approximately 18.3% and 15.8%, respectively, of our company’s consolidated net sales in 2005.
 
We are one of the largest suppliers in North America of indoor air quality products, which include air exchangers, as well as heat or energy recovery ventilators (HRVs or ERVs, respectively) that provide whole house ventilation. These systems bring in fresh air from the outdoors while exhausting stale air from the home. Both HRVs and ERVs moderate the temperature of the fresh air by transferring heat from one air stream to the other. In addition, ERVs also modify the humidity content of the fresh air. We also sell powered attic ventilators, which alleviate heat built up in attic areas and reduce deterioration of roof structures.


104


Table of Contents

Since the late 1970s, homes have been built more airtight and insulated in order to increase energy efficiency. According to published studies, this trend correlates with an increased incidence of respiratory problems such as asthma and allergies in individuals. In addition, excess moisture, which may be trapped in a home, has the potential to cause significant deterioration to the structure and interiors of the home. Proper intermittent ventilation in high concentration areas such as kitchens and baths as well as whole house ventilation will mitigate these problems.
 
We sell other products in this segment, including among others, door chimes, medicine cabinets, trash compactors, ceiling fans and central vacuum systems, by leveraging our strong brand names and distribution network.
 
We sell the products in our RVP segment to distributors and dealers of electrical and lighting products, kitchen and bath dealers, retail home centers and original equipment manufacturers under the Broan®, NuTone®, Venmar®, Best® and Zephyr® brand names, among others. Private label customers accounted for approximately 24.5% of the net sales of this segment in 2007.
 
A key component of our company’s operating strategy for this segment is the introduction of new products and innovations, which capitalize on the strong brand names and the extensive distribution system of the segment’s businesses. These include the new QT series of ultra-quiet exhaust fans with new grille styles, decorative and recessed fan/light combination units, as well as high performance range hoods used in today’s “gourmet” kitchen environments. Our company believes that its variety of product offerings and new product introductions help it to maintain and improve its market position for its principal products. At the same time, our company believes that its status as a low-cost producer provides the segment with a competitive advantage.
 
Our primary residential ventilation products compete with many domestic and international suppliers in various markets. We compete with suppliers of competitive products primarily on the basis of quality, distribution, delivery and price. Although our company believes it competes favorably with other suppliers of residential ventilation products, some of our company’s competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than this segment of our company’s business.
 
Product manufacturing in the RVP segment generally consists of fabrication from coil and sheet steel and formed metal utilizing stamping, pressing and welding methods, assembly with components and subassemblies purchased from outside sources (principally motors, fan blades, heating elements, wiring harnesses, controlling devices, glass, mirrors, lighting fixtures and polyethylene components and electronic components) and painting, finishing and packaging.
 
We are in the process of moving production of certain of our product lines from our facilities in the U.S., Canada and Italy to facilities in regions with lower labor costs. Our company has moved and is continuing to move the production of certain bath fan and other products to its facility in China, which it acquired in late 2005. In addition, our company is in the process of moving certain range hood and motor production from its facilities in Italy to its facilities in Poland, and in 2007 built a new facility for the production of range hoods in Mexico, which commenced operations in the first quarter of 2008. We are also in the process of consolidating our production of medicine cabinets from our facilities in Los Angeles, California and Union, Illinois to our facility in Cleburne, Texas (previously used to manufacture range hoods). As a result of these production moves, our company has closed its operations in Los Angeles, CA and Cincinnati, Ohio, as well as certain operations in Italy.
 
Our company’s RVP segment had 15 manufacturing plants and employed approximately 3,000 full-time people as of December 31, 2007, of which approximately 363 are covered by collective bargaining agreements which expired in 2007 and approximately 12 are covered by collective bargaining agreements which expire in 2008. See “Employees” for more information regarding our company’s collective bargaining agreements which expired in 2007.


105


Table of Contents

Home Technology Products Segment
 
Our company’s Home Technology Products segment manufactures and distributes a broad array of products designed to provide convenience and security for residential and certain commercial applications. The principal products our company sells in this segment are:
 
     
  audio/video distribution and control equipment,
  speakers and subwoofers,
  security and access control products,
  power conditioners and surge protectors,
  audio/video wall mounts and fixtures,
  lighting and home automation controls, and
  structured wiring.
 
The segment’s audio/video distribution and control equipment products include multi-room/multi-source amplifiers, home theatre receivers, intercom systems, hard disk media servers and control devices such as keypads, remote controls and volume controls. The segment’s speakers are primarily built-in (in-wall or in-ceiling) and are primarily used in multi-room or home theatre applications. These products are sold under the Niles®, IntelliControl® ICS, Elan®, Via®, HomeLogic®, ATONtm, SpeakerCraft®, JobSite®, Proficient Audio Systems®, Sunfire®, Imerge®, Xantech®, M&S Systems® and Channel Plus® brand names.
 
Through its 2007 acquisition of Home Logic, LLC, the segment has expanded its offering of control equipment to include software and hardware that facilitates the control of third party residential subsystems such as home theatre, whole-house audio, climate control, lighting, security and irrigation. These products are being sold under the Home Logic® brand name and are now being offered in conjunction with Elan’s product offerings.
 
The segment’s security and access control products include residential and certain commercial intrusion protection systems, components for closed circuit television systems (cameras and housings), garage and gate operators and devices to gain entry to buildings and gated properties such as radio transmitters and contacts, keypads and telephone entry systems. These products are sold under the Linear®, GTO/PRO®, Mighty Mule®, OSCO®, Aigis®, AllStar®, IEI® and other private label brand names, as well as Westinghouse®, which is licensed.
 
Other products in this segment include power conditioners and surge protectors sold under the Panamax® and Furman® brand names, audio/video wall mounts and fixtures sold under the OmniMount® brand name, structured wiring products sold under the OpenHouse® and Channel Plus® brand names, audio/video products distributing, extending and converting signals to multiple display screens under the Magentatm and Gefen® brand names, radio frequency control products and accessories sold under the iJet® brand name for use with Apple’s iPod® brand products and lighting control products sold under the Litetouch® brand name.
 
We sell the products in our HTP segment to distributors, professional installers, electronics retailers and original equipment manufacturers. Our company believes approximately 40% of the products sold by this segment are sold to customers in the new construction market. The remaining sales of this segment are driven by replacement applications, new installations in existing properties and the purchases of high-priced audio/video equipment such as flat panel televisions and displays. In addition, a portion of the sales of this segment is sold to customers in the non-residential market. The penetration of audio/video distribution and control systems in the United States housing stock is relatively low and is believed to be growing in the long-term. In addition, the demand for security and access control products in the United States is also believed to be growing due to homeowners’ security concerns.
 
A key component to our company’s growth of this segment has been strategic acquisitions of companies with similar or complementary products and distribution channel strengths. There have been 18 acquisitions within the segment since December 31, 2003. Post-acquisition savings and synergies have been realized in the areas of manufacturing, sourcing and distribution as well as in the administrative, engineering and sales and marketing areas.


106


Table of Contents

The segment offers a broad array of products under widely-recognized brand names with various features and price points, which our company believes allows it to expand its distribution in the professional installation and retail markets. Another key component of our company’s operating strategy is the introduction of new products and innovations, which capitalize on our company’s well-known brand names and strong customer relationships.
 
The segment’s primary products compete with many domestic and international suppliers in various markets. In the access control market, the segment’s primary competitor is Chamberlain Corporation (a subsidiary of Duchossois Industries, Inc.). The segment competes with suppliers of competitive products primarily on the basis of quality, distribution, delivery and price. Although our company believes it competes favorably with other suppliers of home technology products, some of our company’s competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than this segment of our company’s business.
 
We have several administrative and distribution facilities in the United States in this segment and a significant amount of its products are manufactured in our facility located in China. In addition, certain products are sourced from low cost Asian suppliers based on our specifications. We believe that our Asian operations provide our company with a competitive cost advantage.
 
Our HTP segment had 9 manufacturing plants and employed approximately 2,600 full-time people as of December 31, 2007. We believe that our relationships with our employees in this segment are satisfactory.
 
Air Conditioning and Heating Products Segment
 
Our Air Conditioning and Heating Products segment manufactures and sells heating, ventilating and air conditioning, or HVAC, systems and products for site-built residential and manufactured housing structures, custom-designed commercial applications and standard light commercial applications.
 
Residential HVAC Products
 
The segment principally manufactures and sells split-system air conditioners, heat pumps, air handlers, furnaces and related equipment, accessories and parts for the residential and certain commercial markets. For site-built homes and certain commercial structures, the segment markets its products under the licensed brand names Frigidaire®, Tappan®, Philco®, Kelvinator®, Gibson®, Westinghouse® and Maytag®. The segment also supplies products to certain of its customers under the Broan®, NuTone®, Mammoth® and several private label brand names. Within the residential market, our company is one of the largest suppliers of HVAC products for manufactured homes in the United States and Canada. In the manufactured housing market, the segment markets its products under the Intertherm® and Miller® brand names.
 
Demand for replacing and modernizing existing equipment, the level of housing starts and manufactured housing shipments are the principal factors that affect the market for the segment’s residential HVAC products. We anticipate that the demand by the replacement market will continue to exceed the demand for products by the new installation market as a large number of previously installed heating and cooling products become outdated or reach the end of their useful lives. The market for residential cooling products, including those the segment sells into, which excludes window air conditioners, is affected by spring and summer temperatures. The window air conditioner market is highly seasonal and significantly impacted by spring and summer temperatures. We believe that our ability to offer both heating and cooling products helps offset the effects of seasonality on this segment’s sales.
 
The segment sells its manufactured housing products to builders of manufactured housing and, through distributors, to manufactured housing retailers and owners. The majority of sales to builders of manufactured housing consist of furnaces designed and engineered to meet or exceed certain standards mandated by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, or HUD, and other federal agencies. These standards differ in several important respects from the standards for furnaces used in site-built residential homes. The aftermarket channel of distribution includes sales of both new and replacement air conditioning units and heat pumps and replacement furnaces. We believe that we have one major competitor in the manufactured housing furnace market, York International Corporation (a subsidiary of Johnson Controls, Inc.) which markets its


107


Table of Contents

products primarily under the “Coleman” name. The segment competes with most major industry manufacturers in the manufactured housing air conditioning market.
 
The segment sells residential HVAC products for use in site-built homes through independently owned distributors who sell to HVAC contractors. The site-built residential HVAC market is very competitive. In this market, the segment competes with, among others, Carrier Corporation (a subsidiary of United Technologies Corporation), Rheem Manufacturing Company, Lennox Industries, Inc., Trane, Inc. (formerly American Standard Companies Inc.), York International Corporation (a subsidiary of Johnson Controls, Inc.) and Goodman Global, Inc. In 2007, our company estimates that between approximately 55% and 60% of this segment’s sales of residential HVAC products were attributable to the replacement market, which tends to be less cyclical than the new construction market.
 
The segment competes in both the site-built and manufactured housing markets on the basis of breadth and quality of its product line, distribution, product availability and price. Although our company believes that it competes favorably with respect to certain of these factors, most of the segment’s competitors have greater financial and marketing resources and the products of certain competitors may enjoy greater brand awareness than our company’s residential HVAC products.
 
Commercial HVAC Products
 
The segment also manufactures and sells HVAC systems that are custom-designed to meet customer specifications for commercial offices, manufacturing and educational facilities, hospitals, retail stores, clean rooms and governmental buildings. These systems are designed primarily to operate on building rooftops (including large self-contained walk-in-units), or on individual floors within a building, and to have cooling capacities ranging from 40 tons to 600 tons. The segment markets its commercial HVAC products under the Governair®, Mammoth®, Temtrol®, Venmar CEStm, Ventrol®, Webcotm, Huntair® and Cleanpaktm brand names. Our company’s subsidiary, Eaton-Williams Group Limited, manufactures and markets custom and standard air conditioning and humidification equipment throughout Western Europe under the Vapac®, Cubit®, Qualitair®, Edenaire®, Colmantm and Moduceltm brand names.
 
The market for commercial HVAC equipment is divided into standard and custom-designed equipment. Standard equipment can be manufactured at a lower cost and therefore offered at substantially lower initial prices than custom-designed equipment. As a result, standard equipment suppliers generally have a larger share of the overall commercial HVAC market than custom-designed equipment suppliers, such as our company. However, because of certain building designs, shapes or other characteristics, our company believes there are many applications for which custom-designed equipment is required or is more cost effective over the life of the building. Unlike standard equipment, the segment’s commercial HVAC equipment can be designed to match a customer’s exact space, capacity and performance requirements. The segment’s packaged rooftop and self-contained walk-in equipment rooms maximize a building’s rentable floor space because this equipment is located outside the building. In addition, the manner of construction and timing of installation of commercial HVAC equipment can often favor custom-designed over standard systems. As compared with site-built and factory built HVAC systems, the segment’s systems are factory assembled according to customer specifications and then installed by the customer or third parties, rather than assembled on site, permitting extensive testing prior to shipment. As a result, the segment’s commercial systems can be installed later in the construction process than site-built systems, thereby saving the owner or developer construction and labor costs. The segment sells its commercial HVAC products primarily to contractors, owners and developers of commercial office buildings, manufacturing and educational facilities, hospitals, retail stores, clean rooms and governmental buildings. The segment seeks to maintain strong relationships nationwide with design engineers, owners and developers, and the persons who are most likely to value the benefits and long-term cost efficiencies of its custom-designed equipment.
 
In 2007, we estimate that between approximately 25% and 30% of our air conditioning and heating product commercial sales came from replacement and retrofit activity, which typically is less cyclical than new construction activity and generally commands higher margins. The segment continues to develop product and marketing programs to increase penetration in the growing replacement and retrofit market.


108


Table of Contents

The segment’s commercial HVAC products are marketed through independently owned manufacturers’ representatives and approximately 320 sales, marketing and engineering professionals as of December 31, 2007. The independent representatives are typically HVAC engineers, a factor which is significant in marketing the segment’s commercial products because of the design intensive nature of the market segment in which it competes.
 
We believe that we are among the largest suppliers of custom-designed commercial HVAC products in the United States. The segment’s four largest competitors in the commercial HVAC market are Carrier Corporation, York International, McQuay International (a subsidiary of OYL Corporation) and Trane, Inc. The segment competes primarily on the basis of engineering support, quality, design and construction flexibility and total installed system cost. Although our company believes that it competes favorably with respect to some of these factors, most of its competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than this segment of our company’s business and enjoy greater brand awareness. However, our company believes that its ability to produce equipment that meets the performance characteristics required by the particular product application provides it with advantages that some of its competitors do not enjoy.
 
Our HVAC segment had 17 manufacturing plants and employed approximately 4,200 full-time people as of December 31, 2007, of which approximately 105 are covered by collective bargaining agreements which expire in 2008 and approximately 125 are covered by collective bargaining agreements which expire in 2009. See “Employees” for more information regarding our company’s collective bargaining agreements which expired in 2007.
 
Backlog
 
Backlog expected to be filled within the next twelve months was approximately $352.7 million as of March 29, 2008, was approximately $263.1 million as of December 31, 2007 and was approximately $275.8 million as of December 31, 2006. The increase in backlog from December 31, 2007 to March 29, 2008, primarily relates to an increase in backlog serving commercial HVAC customers, reflecting a new order received in the first quarter of 2008 for approximately $74.8 million, which our company expects will be shipped and recorded over the balance of 2008. The decrease in backlog from December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2007 primarily reflects a reduction in the backlog for residential ventilation and commercial HVAC products.
 
Backlog is not regarded as a significant factor for operations where orders are generally for prompt delivery. While backlog stated for all periods is believed to be firm, as all orders are supported by either a purchase order or a letter of intent, the possibility of cancellations makes it difficult to assess the firmness of backlog with certainty, and therefore there can be no assurance that our company’s backlog will result in actual revenues.
 
Raw Materials
 
We purchase raw materials and most components used in its various manufacturing processes. The principal raw materials our company purchases are rolled sheet steel, formed and galvanized steel, copper, aluminum, plate mirror glass, various chemicals, paints and plastics.
 
The materials, molds and dies, subassemblies and components purchased from other manufacturers, and other materials and supplies used in manufacturing processes have generally been available from a variety of sources. From time to time increases in raw material costs can affect future supply availability due in part to raw material demands by other industries. Whenever practical, our company establishes multiple sources for the purchase of raw materials and components to achieve competitive pricing, ensure flexibility and protect against supply disruption. We employ a company-wide procurement strategy designed to reduce the purchase price of raw materials and purchased components. We believe that the use of these strategic sourcing procurement practices will continue to enhance our competitive position by reducing costs from our vendors and limiting cost increases for goods and services in sectors experiencing rising prices.
 
We are subject to significant market risk with respect to the pricing of its principal raw materials. If prices of these raw materials were to increase dramatically, our company may not be able to pass such increases on to its customers and, as a result, gross margins could decline significantly.
 
Research and Development
 
Our research and development activities are principally new product development and represent approximately 2.4%, 2.0% and 1.9% of our company’s consolidated net sales in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


109


Table of Contents

Trademarks and Patents
 
We own or license numerous trademarks that we use in the marketing of our products. Certain of the trademarks our company owns, including Broan® and NuTone®, are particularly important in the marketing of our products. We also hold numerous design and process patents, but no single patent is material to the overall conduct of our company’s business. It is our company’s policy to obtain and protect patents whenever such action would be beneficial to it.
 
Environmental and Regulatory Matters
 
We are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations, relating to protection of the environment, including those that impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, establish standards for the use, treatment, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes and govern the cleanup of contaminated sites. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with the material laws and regulations applicable to it. Our company is involved in current, and may become involved in future, remedial actions under federal and state environmental laws and regulations which impose liability on companies to clean up, or contribute to the cost of cleaning up, sites currently or formerly owned or operated by such companies or sites at which their hazardous wastes or materials were disposed of or released. Such claims may relate to properties or business lines acquired by our company after a release has occurred. In other instances, our company may be partially liable under law or contract to other parties that have acquired businesses or assets from our company for past practices relating to hazardous materials or wastes. Expenditures in 2007, 2006 and 2005 to evaluate and remediate such sites were not material. While our company is able to reasonably estimate its losses, our company is unable to estimate with certainty its ultimate financial exposure in connection with identified or yet to be identified remedial actions due, among other reasons, to: (i) uncertainties surrounding the nature and application of current or future environmental regulations, (ii) our company’s lack of information about additional sites to which it may be listed as a potentially responsible party, or PRP, (iii) the level of clean-up that may be required at specific sites and choices concerning the technologies to be applied in corrective actions and (iv) the time periods over which remediation may occur. Furthermore, since liability for site remediation may be joint and several, each PRP is potentially wholly liable for other PRPs that become insolvent or bankrupt. Thus, the solvency of other PRPs could directly affect our company’s ultimate aggregate clean-up costs. In certain circumstances, our company’s liability for clean-up costs may be covered in whole or in part by insurance or indemnification obligations of third parties.
 
Our company’s HVAC products must be designed and manufactured to meet various regulatory standards. The United States and other countries have implemented a protocol on ozone-depleting substances that limits its ability to use HCFCs, a refrigerant used in air conditioning and heat pump products. In addition, our company’s residential HVAC products are subject to federal minimum efficiency standards, which increased to 13 SEER in 2006. Our company’s residential HVAC products for manufactured housing include furnaces which must be designed and engineered to meet certain standards required by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and other federal agencies. We must continue to improve our products to meet these and other applicable standards as they develop and become more stringent over time.
 
Employees
 
Our company employed approximately 9,800 full time persons as of December 31, 2007.
 
A work stoppage at one of our company’s facilities that lasts for a significant period of time could cause our company to lose sales, incur increased costs and adversely affect its ability to meet customers’ needs. A plant shutdown or a substantial modification to a collective bargaining agreement could result in material gains or losses or the recognition of an asset impairment. As agreements expire and until negotiations are completed, our company does not know whether it will be able to negotiate collective bargaining agreements on the same or more favorable terms as the current agreements or at all and without production interruptions, including labor stoppages.
 
In late June 2006, our company informed the union located at the Cincinnati, OH location of its subsidiary NuTone, that our company would close the manufacturing operations at the facility on or about


110


Table of Contents

August 30, 2006. As a result of this closure, our company, through its RVP segment, recorded an approximate $3.5 million charge to operations in 2006 (of which approximately $1.8 million was recorded in cost of goods sold and approximately $1.7 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net) consisting of severance of approximately $2.2 million and write-offs related to equipment sales and disposals of approximately $1.3 million.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, our company recorded liabilities and expensed into selling, general and administrative expense, net approximately $1.8 million in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations related to the closure of its NuTone Cincinnati, OH facility and the relocation of such operations to certain other subsidiaries of our company within the RVP segment. The NuTone facility was shutdown in the third quarter of 2007 and approximately 59 employees were terminated. Prior to August 2006, this facility supported manufacturing, warehousing and distribution activities for NuTone.
 
During the second quarter of 2007, after meeting and negotiating with the bargaining committee of the Teamsters Local 970, representing approximately 127 union employees of our company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Mammoth, Inc. (“Mammoth”) located in Chaska, Minnesota, it was decided to shut down manufacturing operations at the Chaska plant and relocate such operations to other manufacturing facilities within the Commercial HVAC Group. During the second quarter of 2007, Mammoth finalized its negotiations with the union over the severance benefits associated with the shutdown and approximately $0.3 million was paid related to severance to the union employees. In addition to the severance paid in the second quarter of 2007 related to the union employees, our company recorded approximately $3.4 million in selling, general and administrative, net during the year ended December 31, 2007 related to shutdown costs and asset write-offs associated with the anticipated cessation of manufacturing operations at Chaska during the fourth quarter of 2007. It is estimated that an additional approximate $0.8 million will be expensed in 2008 related to this shutdown.
 
On August 8, 2007, after negotiating with the bargaining committee of the Steel, Paper House, Chemical Drivers and Helpers, Local No. 578, which represented approximately 64 union employees located at the Vernon, CA manufacturing facility of our company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Jensen Industries, Inc. (“Jensen”), the decision was made to shut down manufacturing operations and relocate such operations to other manufacturing facilities within the RVP segment. Additionally, on such date, Jensen finalized its negotiations with the union over the severance benefits associated with this shutdown. During the year ended December 31, 2007, our company recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net approximately $0.8 million related to the shutdown, including severance, relocation expenses, facility lease costs and asset write-offs and expensed an additional $0.3 million to cost of products sold related to severance associated with the shutdown. Our company does not anticipate recording any further expenses associated with this shutdown in 2008.
 
Working Capital
 
The carrying of inventories to support customers and to permit prompt delivery of finished goods requires substantial working capital. Substantial working capital is also required to carry receivables. The demand for our company’s products is seasonal, particularly in the Northeast and Midwest regions of the United States and in Canada where inclement weather during the winter months usually reduces the level of building and remodeling activity in both the home improvement and new construction markets. Certain of the residential product businesses in the Air Conditioning and Heating Products Segment have in the past been more seasonal in nature than our company’s other businesses’ product categories. As a result, the demand for working capital of our company’s subsidiaries is greater from late in the first quarter until early in the fourth quarter. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
 
Website
 
Our periodic and current reports are available on our website, www.nortek-inc.com, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials are filed with, or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).


111


Table of Contents

Properties
 
Set forth below is a brief description of the location and general character of the principal administrative and manufacturing facilities and other material real properties of our continuing operations, all of which we consider to be in satisfactory repair. All properties are owned, except for those indicated by an asterisk (*), which are leased under operating leases and those with a double asterisk (**), which are leased under capital leases.
 
             
        Approximate
 
Location(1)
 
Description
  Square Feet  
 
Residential Ventilation Products Segment:
Hartford, WI
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     538,000 (3)
Hartford, WI
  Warehouse     130,000 *
Mississauga, ONT, Canada
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     110,000  
Fabriano, Italy
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     178,000  
Cerreto D’Esi, Italy
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     174,000  
Montefano, Italy
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     93,000 (2)
Cleburne, TX
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     215,000 (3)
Drummondville, QUE, Canada
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     126,000  
Chenjian, Huizhou, PRC
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative/Other     198,000  
San Francisco, CA
  Warehouse/Administrative     48,000 *
Gliwice, Poland
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     162,000  
Tecate, Mexico
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     204,000 *
Home Technology Products Segment:
Sylmar, CA
  Administrative     18,000 *
Xiang, Bao An County, Shenzhen, PRC
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative/Other     251,000 *
Chaiwan, Hong Kong
  Administrative     15,000 *
Lexington, KY
  Warehouse/Administrative     73,000 *
Carlsbad, CA
  Warehouse/Administrative     64,000 *
Vista, CA
  Warehouse     69,000 *
Riverside, CA
  Administrative     82,000 *
Casnovia, MI
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     28,000 *
Phoenix, AZ
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     51,000 *
Petaluma, CA
  Warehouse/Administrative     26,000 *
Miami, FL
  Warehouse/Administrative     62,000 *
Cambridge, U.K. 
  Warehouse/Administrative     11,000 *
Snohomish, WA
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     25,000 *
Tallahassee, FL
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     71,000 (3)
Summerville, SC
  Warehouse/Administrative     162,000 *
New Milford, CT
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     17,000 **
Los Angeles, CA
  Warehouse/Administrative     28,000 *
Salt Lake City, UT
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     25,000 *
Winston-Salem, NC
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     62,000 *
Marblehead, MA
  Warehouse/Administrative     4,000 *
Canton, MA
  Warehouse/Administrative     21,000 *


112


Table of Contents

             
        Approximate
 
Location(1)
 
Description
  Square Feet  
 
Air Conditioning and Heating Products Segment:
St. Leonard d’Aston, QUE, Canada
  Manufacturing/Administrative     95,000 *
Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Canada
  Manufacturing/Administrative     49,000 *
O’Fallon, MO
  Warehouse/Administrative     70,000 *
St. Louis, MO
  Warehouse     103,000 *
Boonville, MO
  Manufacturing     250,000 (3)
Boonville, MO
  Warehouse/Administrative     150,000 (2)
Tipton, MO
  Manufacturing     50,000 (3)
Poplar Bluff, MO
  Manufacturing/Warehouse     725,000 **
Dyersburg, TN
  Manufacturing/Warehouse     368,000 **
Holland, MI
  Manufacturing/Administrative     45,000 *
Oklahoma City, OK
  Manufacturing/Administrative     127,000 (3)
Okarche, OK
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     228,000 (3)
Springfield, MO
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     113,000 *
Anjou, QUE, Canada
  Manufacturing/Administrative     122,000 *
Edenbridge, Kent, U.K. 
  Manufacturing/Administrative     92,000 *
Fenton, Stoke-on-Trent, U.K. 
  Manufacturing/Administrative     104,000 *
Miami, FL
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     88,000 *
Anji County, Zhejiang, PRC
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     202,000 (2)
Clackamas, OR
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     165,000 *
Tualatin, OR
  Manufacturing/Warehouse/Administrative     176,000 *
Catano, Puerto Rico
  Warehouse     17,000 *
Other:
Providence, RI
  Administrative     23,000 *
 
 
(1) Certain locations may represent more than one property and the square footage includes all properties within that location.
 
(2) These facilities are pledged as security under various subsidiary debt agreements.
 
(3) These facilities are pledged as first priority security under our outstanding notes and as second priority security under our ABL facility.

113


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Directors of the Registrant
 
NTK Holdings, Inc. is the sole stockholder of Nortek Holdings, Inc., which is the sole stockholder of Nortek, Inc. NTK Holdings, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Investors LLC, whose members include affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”) and members of our company’s senior management. Each member of the management committee of Investors LLC is also a director of NTK Holdings and Nortek. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Party Related Transactions — Securityholders Agreement”.
 
The following table sets forth the names of our company’s directors, their positions, ages and the year each of them became a director of NTK Holdings and Nortek:
 
                 
                Nortek
            NTK Holdings
  Director
Name
 
Principal Occupation
 
Age
 
Director Since
 
Since
 
Richard L. Bready
  Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer of our company
  64   2004   1976
Jeffrey C. Bloomberg
  Director   61   2005   2005
Joseph M. Cianciolo
  Director   69   2005   2003
Anthony J. DiNovi
  Director   45   2005   2004
David V. Harkins
  Director   67   2005   2004
David B. Hiley
  Director   70   2005   2003
Kent R. Weldon
  Director   41   2005   2004
 
Richard L. Bready has served as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of NTK Holdings since November 2004 and of Nortek since December 1990. Mr. Bready joined Nortek as Treasurer in 1975 and was elected Director in 1976. Prior to joining Nortek, Mr. Bready was an independent financial consultant and an audit manager at a major public accounting firm. Mr. Bready is a director of Gamco Investors, Inc. and Bancorp RI.
 
Jeffrey C. Bloomberg has been a member of the Board of Directors of both NTK Holdings and Nortek since April 19, 2005. Mr. Bloomberg was previously a member of Nortek’s Board of Directors from January 9, 2003 to August 27, 2004. Mr. Bloomberg has served since 2001 in the Office of the Chairman of Gordon Brothers Group LLC, a company which assists retail and consumer goods companies in asset redeployment and providing capital solutions to middle market companies in the retail and consumer product industries. From 1994 to 2001, Mr. Bloomberg served as the President of Bloomberg Associates, an investment banking company.
 
Joseph M. Cianciolo has been a member of the Board of Directors of NTK Holdings since February 2005 and of Nortek since 2003. Mr. Cianciolo retired in June 1999 as the managing partner of the Providence, Rhode Island office of KPMG LLP. At the time of his retirement, Mr. Cianciolo had been a partner of KPMG LLP since 1970. Mr. Cianciolo currently serves as a director of United Natural Foods, Inc. and Eagle Bulk Shipping, Inc.
 
Anthony J. DiNovi has been a member of the Board of Directors of NTK Holdings since February 2005 and of Nortek since August 27, 2004. Mr. DiNovi is a Co-President and Managing Director of THL. Prior to joining THL in 1988, Mr. DiNovi was in the corporate finance departments of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Wertheim Schroder & Co., Inc. Mr. DiNovi currently serves as a director of American Operations Media, Inc., Dunkin Brands, Inc., Michael Foods, Inc., Vertis, Inc. and West Corp.
 
David V. Harkins has been a member of the Board of Directors of NTK Holdings since February 2005 and of Nortek since August 27, 2004. Mr. Harkins currently serves as Vice Chairman of THL. Mr. Harkins is currently a director of National Dentex Corporation and Dunkin Brands, Inc. Mr. Harkins served as interim Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Conseco, Inc. from April 28, 2000 until June 28, 2000 without compensation for such service. On December 17, 2002, Conseco, Inc. voluntarily commenced a case


114


Table of Contents

under Chapter 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court, Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division.
 
David B. Hiley has been a member of the Board of Directors of NTK Holdings since February 2005 and of Nortek since 2003 and had been a financial consultant for our company from 1991 to 2005. From April 1, 1998 through March 1, 2000, Mr. Hiley served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Koger Equity, Inc., a real estate investment trust. Prior to that, he was head of investment banking at Thomson McKinnon Securities. Mr. Hiley currently serves as a director of Eagle Bulk Shipping, Inc.
 
Kent R. Weldon has been a member of the Board of Directors of NTK Holdings since February 2005 and of Nortek since August 27, 2004. Mr. Weldon is a Managing Director of THL. Mr. Weldon was employed by THL from 1991 until 1993 and has been employed by THL since 1995, when he rejoined the firm. Prior to joining THL, Mr. Weldon worked in the corporate finance department of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. Mr. Weldon currently serves as a director of Cumulus Media Partners, Michael Foods, Inc., Progressive Moulded Products, Ltd., CMP Susquehanna Holdings Corporation and CMP Susquehanna Corporation.
 
Executive Officers of the Company
 
The following table sets forth the names of our executive officers, their positions, and ages:
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Richard L. Bready
    64     Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Almon C. Hall
    61     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Kevin W. Donnelly
    53     Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Edward J. Cooney
    61     Vice President and Treasurer
Bryan L. Kelln
    42     Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
 
Messrs. Bready, Hall, Cooney and Donnelly have served in the same or substantially similar executive positions with Nortek for at least the past five years and with NTK Holdings since February 10, 2005.
 
On June 13, 2005, we appointed Bryan L. Kelln to the newly created position of Vice President-Operations and subsequently on December 22, 2006, Mr. Kelln was promoted to the newly created position of Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Kelln served as President of Jacuzzi, Inc. from July 2004 to May 2005; as Operating Executive of The Jordan Company from 2002 to 2004; as President and CEO of RockShox, Inc. from 2000 to 2002; and as Senior Vice President of General Cable Corporation. Mr. Kelln currently serves as a director of Sensus Metering Systems, Inc. See “Executive Compensation — Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change in Control Arrangements — Employment Agreement of Bryan L. Kelln”. Effective as of July 21, 2008, Mr. Kelln resigned from all of his positions with NTK Holdings and its subsidiaries, including Nortek, Inc.


115


Table of Contents

 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
Introduction
 
The Compensation Committee of our company’s Board of Directors has responsibility for developing, overseeing and implementing the overall compensation philosophy for our company’s named executive officers, except for the Chief Executive Officer whose compensation is determined by the full board of directors. Generally, (i) the Chief Executive Officer recommends for the approval of the Compensation Committee, the specific elements of compensation, the incentive compensation awards and salary adjustments that apply to the named executive officers (other than the Chief Executive Officer), and (ii) the full board of directors approves the specific elements of compensation, incentive compensation awards and salary adjustments for the Chief Executive Officer. However, in connection with the THL Transaction, certain of the named executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, negotiated and executed employment contracts which govern certain elements of their compensation. In this analysis, the term “named executive officer” refers to our company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the other executive officers included in the Summary Compensation Table further below.
 
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
 
In general, our company’s executive compensation program is designed to attract, motivate, reward and retain high caliber executives to assist our company in achieving its strategic and operating objectives, and to compensate them at a level that is commensurate with both corporate and individual performance achievements with the ultimate goal of increasing equityholder value. The Compensation Committee attempts to design a compensation package that is (i) fair to both the executives and equityholders in relation to corporate performance and contributions to equityholder value, (ii) competitive in relation to companies of similar size and operations, and (iii) balanced appropriately between cash and equity-based compensation. As part of this compensation package, the Compensation Committee includes incentive-based compensation designed to reward the executive for both short and long-term company success. Short term performance is measured each fiscal year, and is typically rewarded through discretionary cash bonuses. Long-term performance is targeted through equity awards which have been granted to the named executive officers in the form of Class C units in Investors LLC, which are discussed in detail below, to ensure that the named executive officer’s interests are aligned with the interests of the equityholders of our company.
 
Overview of Compensation and Process
 
The Compensation Committee oversees the executive compensation program and makes the final approval of compensation elements and amounts based upon the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer makes recommendations relating to compensation elements and levels of the named executive officers (excluding the Chief Executive Officer), in each case subject to the final approval of the Compensation Committee. In making these recommendations, which are based in part on independent compensation consultants and third party data as described below, the Chief Executive Officer consults with our company’s Treasurer working together with the Human Resources Department. The Compensation Committee can exercise its discretion to increase or decrease any recommended payments, adjustments or awards to the named executive officers not otherwise earned under the terms of contractual arrangements described below.
 
Our company engaged a compensation consultant to review base salary and discretionary bonus levels in comparison with companies of similar size and industry. Our company’s has participated in surveys; periodically sought the advice of consultants; received industry data generally available from companies of comparable size and industry; and with respect to long-term equity performance programs, our company sought the advice of legal and accounting specialists in order to establish the Class C unit vesting program entered into in connection with the THL Transaction. Such third party information is available to the Compensation Committee.


116


Table of Contents

Our company does not have a formal policy relating to the allocation of compensation between cash and non-cash elements, such as equity awards. In the recent past, our company has utilized both cash and non-cash awards for variable compensation programs. When making incentive compensation awards, our company determines the appropriate form of award depending on the circumstances. Our company maintains a long-term equity compensation plan pursuant to which the named executive officers received grants of Class C units in Investors LLC in connection with the THL Transaction (except for Mr. Kelln who was granted his Class C units upon his date of hire which was subsequent to the THL Transaction). The vesting criteria for the Class C units are described in detail below.
 
While our company similarly has no written policy relating to the allocation of compensation between short term and long-term performance standards, it attempts to achieve a mix between the two. Short term exceptional performance is rewarded in cash through the annual discretionary cash bonuses. Long-term incentive objectives are met through the equity grants made in the form of Class C units in Investors LLC to the named executive officers in connection with the THL Transaction (except for Mr. Kelln who was granted his Class C-units upon his date of hire which was subsequent to the THL Transaction). Such equity grants in the recent past have not been made as part of a regular or annual program. Rather, the Compensation Committee takes a longer term approach to its equity grants and accordingly made equity based awards in the form of Class C units of Investors LLC one time in connection with the THL Transaction (or at the date of hire for named executive officers who are hired subsequent to the THL Transaction). In connection with the THL Transaction certain of the named executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, negotiated and executed employment contracts which govern the number of Class C units that they were entitled to receive.
 
Elements of Compensation
 
There were four primary components of the compensation package of the named executive officers for 2007. Those components are base salary; discretionary cash bonuses; equity based awards; and retirement benefits. In addition, each named executive officer receives health and life insurance benefits. Also, our company provides perquisites, some of which are discretionary and others are provided pursuant to the terms of employment agreements between our company and certain named executive officers entered into in connection with the THL Transaction. The purpose of such perquisites is to motivate employees; to create goodwill; and to reward employees for achievements that may not be measurable financial objectives. These perquisites are reflected in the “All Other Compensation” column in the Summary Compensation table below and the related footnotes.
 
Base Salary
 
Our company provides named executive officers, like its other employees, a base salary in order to compensate them for the services which they provide to our company over the course of the year. Our company attempts to meet competitive salary norms for a company of its size and to reward performance and increased levels of responsibility through annual salary increases. Salaries of executives upon the executive’s hiring or promotion are determined by reference to the market data provided by the compensation surveys, search consultants and industry data generally available from companies of comparable size and industry discussed above. Salaries are typically evaluated annually and adjusted from their base level from year to year based upon the executive’s performance, level of responsibilities and other factors relating to individual performance. Additionally, competitive benchmark data is consulted periodically. Like the other elements of compensation, these adjustments are recommended to the Compensation Committee by the Chief Executive Officer after consultation with our company’s Treasurer. Adjustments to the salary of the Chief Executive Officer, if any, are determined by our company’s full board of directors.
 
Mr. Bready
 
Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement entered into with our company in connection with the THL Transaction, Mr. Bready’s base salary shall not be less than $3,500,000 or such greater amount as


117


Table of Contents

determined from time to time at the discretion of our company’s full board of directors. Mr. Bready’s base salary for 2007 was $3,500,000.
 
Mr. Hall and Mr. Donnelly
 
Pursuant to the terms of their respective employment agreements entered into with our company in connection with the THL Transaction, Mr. Hall’s and Mr. Donnelly’s base salary shall not be less than $430,000 and $280,000, respectively, subject to adjustments as determined by the Chief Executive Officer each year. In 2007 the base salaries for Mr. Hall and Mr. Donnelly were: $472,500 and $315,000, respectively. For 2008, Mr. Hall’s and Mr. Donnelly’s annual base salaries have been increased to $500,000 and $375,000, respectively.
 
Mr. Cooney
 
Mr. Cooney’s base salary for 2007 was $283,500. For 2008, Mr. Cooney’s base salary has been increased to $300,000.
 
Mr. Kelln
 
Mr. Kelln’s base salary for 2007 was $420,000. For 2008, Mr. Kelln’s base salary has been increased to $520,000. Effective as of July 21, 2008, Mr. Kelln resigned from all of his positions with NTK Holdings and its subsidiaries, including Nortek, Inc.
 
Discretionary Cash Bonuses
 
At year end, the Chief Executive Officer assesses the individual performance of each named executive officer together with our company’s operating and financial performance achievements as compared to an established financial plan for our company. Then, if the Chief Executive Officer so determines, he makes a recommendation to the Compensation Committee for a discretionary cash bonus award for each named executive officer other than himself. The Chief Executive Officer’s recommendation and the Compensation Committee’s ultimate awards of discretionary cash bonuses are designed to reward corporate success and individual achievement with the emphasis on overall Company performance. The Chief Executive Officer and the Compensation Committee consider EBITDA as a principal measure of our company’s achievements, among others, and therefore, it is utilized as an important performance metric in establishing the discretionary cash bonuses.
 
Mr. Bready
 
Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement entered into with our company in connection with the THL Transaction, Mr. Bready is not entitled to earn any incentive or bonus compensation during the employment term which expires on December 31, 2009. The board of directors of our company, however, may elect to award incentive compensation or cash bonuses to Mr. Bready, from time to time. Mr. Bready did not receive any incentive compensation or discretionary cash bonuses in 2006 or 2007.
 
Messrs. Hall, Donnelly, Cooney and Kelln
 
Messrs. Hall, Donnelly, Cooney and Kelln’s discretionary cash bonus for 2007, as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Compensation Committee, was $500,000 for Mr. Hall; $300,000 for Mr. Donnelly; $250,000 for Mr. Cooney and $350,000 for Mr. Kelln.
 
Messrs. Hall, Donnelly, Cooney and Kelln’s discretionary cash bonus for 2006, as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer and approved by the Compensation Committee, was $725,000 for Mr. Hall; $400,000 for Mr. Donnelly; $300,000 for Mr. Cooney and $450,000 for Mr. Kelln.


118


Table of Contents

Equity-based Award Plans
 
The Compensation Committee considers the Class C units, which represent ownership interests of Investors LLC, to be similar to traditional equity-based awards and, consequently an important tool in rewarding and incentivising executive performance which will have a long-term impact on equityholder value. The majority of the Class C unit grants were made to the named executive officers in connection with the THL Transaction. However, the Compensation Committee, from time to time, considers the discretionary award of additional Class C units. For example, Mr. Kelln, who joined our company subsequent to the THL Transaction, was granted Class C units upon his date of hire. Our company does not make equity awards every year. Besides the award of Class C units of Investors LLC under the LLC Agreement discussed in detail below, our company has no other long-term or equity incentive plans. For more information on the ownership structure of Investors LLC and the vesting of the Class C units see “Principal Stockholders and Management Ownership” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Limited Liability Company Agreement of Investors LLC”.
 
The named executive officers own the following number of Class C units (includes C-1 and C-2 units):
 
         
Mr. Bready
    23,586.66  
Mr. Hall
    4,246.02  
Mr. Donnelly
    2,830.68  
Mr. Cooney
    2,123.01  
Mr. Kelln
    4,500.00  
 
The value of the Class C units is discussed in more detail below.
 
Retirement-related Benefits
 
401(k) plan:  The 401(k) plan is a tax-qualified retirement savings plan pursuant to which all of our company’s employees, including the named executive officers, are able to contribute the lesser of 16% of their annual salary or the limit prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service to the plan on a before-tax basis. Our company matches 50% of the participants’ contributions up to 6% (for a maximum possible match of 3%) In addition to the match contribution, all participants are eligible for a discretionary profit sharing employer contribution.
 
For 2007, Messrs. Bready, Hall, Donnelly, Cooney and Kelln each received an employer matching contribution of $6,750. In addition, for 2007, Messrs. Bready, Hall, Donnelly, Cooney and Kelln each received a profit sharing employer contribution equal to $11,250.
 
Pension plan:  Nortek’s qualified pension plan was frozen as of December 31, 1995, and no further increases in benefits may occur as a result of increases in service or compensation. The benefit payable to a participant at normal retirement equals the accrued benefit as of December 31, 1995 and will be payable as a joint and 50% survivor annuity in the case of a married employee and as a single-line annuity in the case of an unmarried employee. The annual pension benefits entitled to be paid to the executive officers beginning at age 65 under this pension plan, as a 50% joint and survivor annuity, are as follows: Mr. Bready $160,922, Mr. Hall $52,163, and Mr. Donnelly $15,574.
 
Termination Compensation
 
In order to attract, motivate, and retain executives, our company believes that certain severance arrangements for the named executive officers are appropriate and necessary. For Messrs. Bready, Hall and Donnelly their termination compensation has been determined pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements and in the case of Mr. Cooney, the Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan, entered into with our company in connection with the THL Transaction. Our company believes that termination benefits and change of control payments are helpful to provide certainty to the named executive officers with respect to their positions with our company and to ensure that the named executive officers consider corporate transactions which are in the best interest of the equity-holders of our company without concern over whether the transactions may jeopardize the executive’s own employment. Also, these


119


Table of Contents

benefits help to ensure that Company will have the continued dedication and full attention of those key employees.
 
For more information on termination compensation payments for the named executive officers, see the disclosure under “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control”.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table sets forth, on an accrual basis, information concerning the compensation for services to our company and its subsidiaries for 2007 of those persons who were, at December 31, 2007, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the other three most highly compensated executive officers of our company (who together constitute all of our company’s executive officers at December 31, 2007), which our company refers elsewhere in this Form 10-K as its named executive officers.
 
                                                                         
                                        Change in
             
                                        Pension
             
                                        Value and
             
                                        Nonqualified
             
                                  Non-Equity
    Deferred
    (2) (3)
       
                      Stock
    Option
    Incentive Plan
    Compensation
    All Other
    Total
 
Name and Principal Position
  Year     Salary     Bonus     Awards(1)     Awards     Compensation     Earnings (6)     Compensation     Compensation  
(a)   (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  
 
Richard L. Bready(4)
    2007     $ 3,500,000     $     $ 75,843     $     $     $ 66,000     $ 363,890     $ 4,005,733  
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
    2006       3,500,000             115,994                   18,000       458,233       4,092,227  
Almon C. Hall(4) 
    2007     $ 472,500     $ 500,000     $ 13,652                 $ 50,000     $ 64,462     $ 1,100,614  
Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
    2006       450,000       725,000       20,881                   (1,000 )     67,487       1,262,368  
Kevin W. Donnelly(4) 
    2007     $ 315,000     $ 300,000     $ 9,102                 $ 8,000     $ 129,749     $ 761,851  
Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary
    2006       300,000       400,000       13,921                   (3,000 )     50,612       761,533  
Edward J. Cooney
    2007     $ 283,500     $ 250,000     $ 6,826                       $ 40,471     $ 580,797  
Vice President and Treasurer
    2006       270,000       300,000       10,440                         39,560       620,000  
Bryan L. Kelln(5)
    2007     $ 420,000     $ 350,000     $ 22,132                       $ 42,308     $ 834,440  
Senior Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
    2006       400,000       450,000       22,130                         63,409       935,539  
 
 
(1) There were no stock or equity awards made to any of the named executive officers in 2006 or 2007. This amount represents the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the 2006 and 2007 fiscal years for the fair value of the Class C units granted in prior fiscal years in accordance with SFAS No. 123R. For additional information, see Note 1 of the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere herein.
 
(2) For Mr. Bready, includes: $274,485 for 2007 and $249,531 for 2006 related to personal use of our company’s fractional ownership of aircrafts; an amount for 2007 and 2006 related to excess group term life insurance, personal use of automobiles provided by our company, tax preparation services, reimbursement by our company for health related costs paid by the executive, and country club dues for personal use; and for 2006, $133,501 related to an executive service award (which includes a gross-up for federal and state income tax purposes) based upon thirty (30) years of service with our company.
 
For Mr. Hall, includes an amount for 2007 and 2006 related to excess group term life insurance, personal use of an automobile provided by our company, tax preparation services, reimbursement by our company for health related costs paid by the executive, and country club dues for personal use.
 
For Mr. Donnelly, includes an amount for 2007 and 2006 related to excess group term life insurance, personal use of an automobile provided by our company, reimbursement by our company for health related costs paid by the executive ($27,393 for 2007), and country club dues and assessments for personal use ($65,153 for 2007).
 
For Mr. Cooney, includes an amount for 2007 and 2006 related to excess group term life insurance, personal use of an automobile provided by our company, and tax preparation services.


120


Table of Contents

 
For Mr. Kelln, includes: an amount for 2007 and 2006 related to excess group term life insurance, personal use of an automobile provided by our company, and tax preparation services; an amount for 2007 related to receipt of our company’s products for personal use; and an amount for 2006 related to reimbursement for certain relocation expenses.
 
(3) For 2007, includes $6,750 in matching contributions and $11,250 in profit sharing contributions by our company for Messrs. Bready, Hall, Donnelly, Cooney and Kelln under our company’s 401(k) Savings Plan, which is a defined contribution retirement plan.
 
For 2006, includes $6,600 in matching contributions and $11,000 in profit sharing contributions by our company for Messrs. Bready, Hall, Donnelly and Cooney under our company’s 401(k) Savings Plan, which is a defined contribution retirement plan and includes $6,000 in matching contributions and $11,000 in profit sharing contributions by our company for Mr. Kelln under our company’s 401(k) Savings Plan, which is a defined contribution retirement plan.
 
(4) On August 27, 2004, each of Messrs. Bready, Hall and Donnelly entered into amended and restated employment agreements with Nortek and Nortek Holdings. For more information, see “Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Agreements — Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Richard L. Bready” and “Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Agreements — Amended and Restated Employment Agreements of Almon C. Hall and Kevin W. Donnelly”.
 
(5) On December 22, 2006, our company appointed Mr. Kelln to the newly created position of Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Kelln was previously Vice President — Operations for the Company. Effective as of July 21, 2008, Mr. Kelln resigned from all of his positions with NTK Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Nortek, Inc.
 
(6) For 2007, the gross change in the estimated lump sum value of Mr. Bready’s benefit of $66,000 is the net result of an increase of $108,000 due to passage of time and a decrease of $42,000 due to change in assumptions (mortality, discount rate, and form of benefit payment resulting from a change in the prescribed IRS benefit limits). The gross change in the estimated lump sum value of Mr. Hall’s benefit of $50,000 is the net result of an increase of $30,000 due to passage of time and an increase of $20,000 due to change in assumptions (mortality and discount rate). The gross change in the estimated lump sum value of Mr. Donnelly’s benefit of $8,000 is the net result of an increase of $5,000 due to passage of time and an increase of $3,000 due to change in assumptions (mortality and discount rate).
 
For 2006, the gross change in Mr. Bready’s benefit of $18,000 is the net result of an increase of $99,000 due to passage of time and a decrease of $81,000 due to change in discount rate. The gross change in Mr. Hall’s benefit of ($1,000) is the net result of an increase of $27,000 due to passage of time and a decrease of $28,000 due to change in discount rate. The gross change in Mr. Donnelly’s benefit of ($3,000) is the net result of an increase of $4,000 due to passage of time and a decrease of $7,000 due to change in discount rate.
 
Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table
 
There were no grants of plan-based awards in 2007.
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2007 Table
 
Nortek is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Nortek Holdings and Nortek Holdings is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of NTK Holdings. NTK Holdings is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Investors LLC. The outstanding Class B units and Class C units of Investors LLC which are entitled to further distributions under the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Investors LLC consist of 473,595.10 voting Class B units and 67,102.53 non-voting Class C units. The Class C units are divided into two series: Class C-1 time-vesting units and Class C-2 performance-vesting units. The relative rights and preferences of the Class B units and Class C units are described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Limited Liability Company Agreement of Investors LLC”.


121


Table of Contents

The following table provides further information regarding our company’s named executive officers’ unvested Class C units as of December 31, 2007. The estimated value as of December 31, 2007 of the Class C-1 and C-2 units below is equal to $767.66 per unit and $520.34 per unit, respectively.
 
                                 
    Stock Awards  
                      Equity
 
                Equity
    Incentive Plan
 
                Incentive Plan
    Awards:
 
    Number of
    Market
    Awards:
    Market or
 
    C-1 Units
    Value of
    Number of
    Payout Value of
 
    (Time-Vesting)
    C-1 Units
    C-2 Units
    C-2 Units
 
    That
    (Time-Vesting)
    (Performance-
    (Performance-
 
    Have Not
    That Have
    Vesting) That
    Vesting) That
 
    Vested
    Not Vested
    Have Not Vested
    Have Not Vested
 
Name
  (#)     ($)(1)     (#)     ($)(1)  
 
Richard L. Bready
        $       15,724.44     $ 8,182,055  
Almon C. Hall
                2,830.68       1,472,916  
Kevin W. Donnelly
                1,887.12       981,944  
Edward J. Cooney
                1,415.34       736,458  
Bryan L. Kelln
    250.00       191,915       3,000.00       1,561,020  
 
 
(1) Since the Class C-1 and C-2 units are not publicly traded, their closing market price as of December 31, 2007 is not available. As a result, our company engaged a third party advisor to assist it in determining the value of the Class C-1 and C-2 units as of December 31, 2007. This advisor prepared the estimated valuation using the probability weighted expected return method included in certain guidelines published by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants as the AICPA Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Incentive Units Issued as Compensation, which was then adjusted to reflect the discount period, the minority interest factor and the lack of marketability factor to arrive at the final estimated valuations.
 
Units Vested in the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
The following table provides further information regarding Class C units held by our company’s named executive officers that vested during 2007:
 
                 
    Class C Unit Awards  
    Number of
    Estimated Value
 
    Vested C-1
    Realized on
 
    Units
    Vesting
 
Name
  (#)     ($)(2)  
 
Richard L. Bready
    1,965.55     $ 1,508,874  
Almon C. Hall
    353.83       271,621  
Kevin W. Donnelly
    235.89       181,083  
Edward J. Cooney
    176.92       135,814  
Bryan L. Kelln
    500.00       383,830  
 
 
(2) See sub-note (1) above for a description of the valuation surrounding the Class C-1 unit awards.
 
Pension Benefits for the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
The following table illustrates the benefit information for our company’s only pension plan, the Nortek, Inc. Retirement Plan:
 
                                 
    Years of
    Annual
    Estimated
    Payments
 
    Credited
    Accrued
    Present Value of
    During Last
 
Name
  Service     Benefit     Accrued Benefit     Fiscal Year  
 
Richard L. Bready
    21     $ 182,141.28     $ 1,607,000.00        
Almon C. Hall
    19       60,303.96       487,000.00        
Kevin W. Donnelly
    8       17,342.99       85,000.00        


122


Table of Contents

Annual benefit accruals under the Nortek, Inc. Retirement Plan ceased effective December 31, 1995. All plan participants, including those identified above, became 100% vested on that date. Retirement benefits were calculated using final average earnings and credited service according to the plan’s benefit formula as of the benefit freeze date.
 
The estimated present value of each participant’s accrued benefit was determined as of December 31, 2007 based on a discount rate of 6.25% and mortality according to the RP-2000 Mortality Table (sex distinct). These assumptions are consistent with those used for fiscal 2007 disclosure results. The Nortek, Inc. Retirement Plan does not offer a lump sum payment option for any of the participants identified above.
 
Reduced early retirement benefits are available to the aforementioned named executive officers upon the attainment of age 55 with at least five (5) years of vesting service. Accrued benefits are reduced by 1/180th for the first sixty (60) months early retirement age precedes age 65 and 1/360th for each month thereafter in excess of sixty (60) months.
 
The normal form of payment for single participants is a life annuity. The normal form of payment for married payments is an actuarially reduced 50% joint & survivor annuity. Optional forms of payment include actuarially adjusted joint & survivor benefits (50%, 662/3%, and 100%) and a ten-year certain and continuous annuity.
 
The estimated annual 50% joint & survivor annuity payable to each participant identified above at age 65 is detailed below:
 
         
    Annual Accrued Benefit
 
    Payable at Age 65
 
Name
  50% Joint & Survivor  
 
Richard L. Bready
  $ 160,922  
Almon C. Hall
    52,163  
Kevin W. Donnelly
    15,574  
 
These estimated benefits are based on spouse dates of birth.
 
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control
 
The information below sets forth the potential termination or change in control payments required to be paid to certain of our named executive officers pursuant to existing contracts.
 
Mr. Bready
 
Based upon a hypothetical termination date of December 31, 2007, the severance benefits payable to Mr. Bready based upon the terms of his employment contract entered into in connection with the THL Transaction, would be, for a period of two (2) years, as follows: annual base salary of $1,750,000; approximately $3,062 (based upon actual 2007 costs) equal to the annual cost of continued coverage under the same disability, accident and life insurance plans of our company, approximately $100,000 annually for the cost of office space and administrative support similar to what is currently provided by our company, approximately $14,429 (based upon actual 2007 costs) equal to the annual cost for continued medical coverage, and approximately $345,890 (based upon actual 2007 costs) equal to the annual cost to continue other specified benefits and perquisites, including personal use of an aircraft and automobiles. Anytime after the hypothetical termination on December 31, 2007, Mr. Bready may request, and our company shall pay to Mr. Bready, a lump sum cash payment (up to $1,000,000 prior to any gross-up described below) in lieu of lifetime medical coverage in an amount established by our company’s board of directors, which amount shall be grossed-up for Section 4999 taxes and federal and state income taxes.
 
Messrs. Hall and Donnelly
 
Based upon a hypothetical termination date of December 31, 2007, the severance benefits for Messrs. Hall and Donnelly pursuant to their respective employment contracts entered into in connection with the THL transaction would be, for a period of two (2) years, as follows: annual base salary of $472,500 for Mr. Hall and $315,000 for Mr. Donnelly; annual incentive bonus of $725,000 for Mr. Hall and $450,000 for Mr. Donnelly; approximately $3,062 (based upon actual 2007 costs) for Mr. Hall and $2,776 (based upon actual 2007 costs) for


123


Table of Contents

Mr. Donnelly equal to the annual cost of continued coverage under the same or equivalent disability, accident and life insurance plans of our company. In addition, Mr. Hall and Mr. Donnelly are entitled to lifetime medical coverage for themselves and their respective spouses and dependants, and reimbursement for their medical related expenses. Based upon the actual 2007 costs, the medical coverage and related reimbursement have an approximate annual cost of $14,429, each plus approximately $8,778 for Mr. Hall and $27,393 for Mr. Donnelly for reimbursement of health related expenses. At anytime after the hypothetical termination on December 31, 2007, or in the event of a hypothetical change of control on December 31, 2007 (regardless of a subsequent termination), Messrs. Hall and Donnelly may request, and our company shall pay to Messrs. Hall and Donnelly, a lump sum cash payment (up to $1,000,000 prior to any gross-up described below) in lieu of lifetime medical coverage in an amount established by our company’s board of directors, but in any event not less than $650,000 each, which amount shall be grossed-up for Section 4999 taxes and federal and state income taxes.
 
Mr. Cooney
 
Based upon a hypothetical change in control occurring on December 31, 2007 and a subsequent termination within twenty-four (24) months of the change of control, the severance benefits for Mr. Cooney pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan would be, for a period of two (2) years: annual base salary of $283,500; annual incentive bonus of $300,000; and approximately $16,990 (based upon the actual 2007 costs) equal to the annual cost of continued medical, disability, accident and life insurance plans of our company.
 
Employment Contracts and Termination of Employment and Change-in-Control Arrangements
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Richard L. Bready
 
Upon the consummation of the THL Transaction, Mr. Bready’s existing employment agreement was amended and restated. As amended and restated, his agreement has an initial term commencing on August 27, 2004 and concluding on December 31, 2009, renewable thereafter for successive one-year terms unless Nortek and Nortek Holdings provide Mr. Bready with written notice of their intent not to renew the agreement at least 90 days prior to the end of the initial term or any successive term. The amended and restated employment agreement provides that during the employment term Mr. Bready will serve as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Nortek and Nortek Holdings.
 
The amended and restated employment agreement provides that the basic annual salary for Mr. Bready during the employment term will be not less than $3,500,000, subject to increase at the board of directors’ discretion. Mr. Bready will not be eligible for any cash performance bonus awards for any period subsequent to the closing date of the THL Transaction, unless the board in its sole discretion determines otherwise. In addition, Mr. Bready is entitled to receive all other benefits, including medical and dental plan participation, generally available to executive personnel. Mr. Bready also is entitled to two automobiles and reimbursement of associated costs and the use, or reimbursement of the cost, of private aircraft transportation for business travel and up to 50 hours per year of personal travel. Under the amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Bready received one-third of the 70,767.07 Class C-1 units and Class C-2 units initially authorized by the Investors LLC. For more information on the allocation of units initially authorized by Investors LLC, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Limited Liability Company Agreement of Investors LLC”.
 
Under the amended and restated employment agreement, if the employment of Mr. Bready is terminated:
 
  •  by Nortek and Nortek Holdings without “cause”, as defined in the amended and restated employment agreement,
 
  •  by Mr. Bready for “good reason”, as defined in the amended and restated employment agreement,
 
  •  as a result of any notice from Nortek and Nortek Holdings not to renew his employment as described above, or
 
  •  as a result of his disability or death,
 
then Nortek and Nortek Holdings are obligated to provide Mr. Bready or, in the event of death, his designated beneficiary or estate, severance pay at the rate of $1,750,000 per year and other specified benefits and


124


Table of Contents

perquisites, including long-term disability insurance, for the remaining period of the initial employment term of the employment contract, which ends December 31, 2009.
 
Under the amended and restated employment agreement, (i) if Mr. Bready’s employment is terminated by Nortek and Nortek Holdings without cause, or as a result of non-renewal by Mr. Bready for good reason or as a result of disability, he will be prohibited from competing with Nortek and Nortek Holdings for the longer of one year or the period from the date of termination through December 31, 2009 and (ii) if Mr. Bready’s employment is terminated by Nortek and Nortek Holdings with cause or as a result of resignation without good reason, he will be prohibited from competing with Nortek and Nortek Holdings for one year.
 
Under the amended and restated employment agreement, following the termination of employment of Mr. Bready for any reason, Nortek and Nortek Holdings are required to provide, at no additional cost to Mr. Bready, up to $1,000,000 (not including any additional tax gross-up payment as described below) in lifetime medical coverage to Mr. Bready, his spouse and dependents. In lieu of lifetime medical coverage, Mr. Bready or his spouse may request a lump-sum payment in an amount to be established by the board of directors as reasonably sufficient to provide such coverage. Nortek and Nortek Holdings are also required to make a “gross-up” payment to Mr. Bready to cover any and all state and federal income taxes that may be due as a result of the provision of such lifetime medical coverage or lump-sum payment.
 
If it is determined that any payment or benefit provided by Nortek, Nortek Holdings or any of their predecessors to Mr. Bready under his amended and restated employment agreement or any other agreement or plan, whether paid before or after the date of his amended and restated employment agreement, is subject to the 20% excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, Nortek and Nortek Holdings are required to make an additional lump-sum “gross-up” payment to Mr. Bready sufficient, after giving effect to all federal, state and other taxes and charges with respect to that payment, to restore him to the same after-tax position that he would have been in if the excise tax had not been imposed.
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreements of Almon C. Hall and Kevin W. Donnelly
 
Upon the consummation of the THL Transaction, the existing employment agreements of Messrs. Hall and Donnelly were amended and restated. Each such amended and restated employment agreement is on terms substantially similar to the prior employment agreements of Messrs. Hall and Donnelly and substantially similar to each other, except as otherwise noted below. Each such amended and restated employment agreement became effective upon the consummation of the THL Transaction and remains effective until the termination of the employee’s employment. The amended and restated employment agreements provide that Mr. Hall will serve as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Nortek and Nortek Holdings and that Mr. Donnelly will serve as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Nortek and Nortek Holdings.
 
The amended and restated employment agreement for Mr. Hall provides that the basic annual salary for Mr. Hall is not less than $430,000. The amended and restated employment agreement for Mr. Donnelly provides that the basic annual salary for Mr. Donnelly is not less than $280,000. Messrs. Hall and Donnelly are also eligible for incentive compensation in each year of the employment period as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer of Nortek and approved by the compensation committee of the board of directors of Nortek Holdings. In addition, Messrs. Hall and Donnelly are entitled to receive all other benefits, including medical and dental plan participation, generally available to Nortek executive personnel. Messrs. Hall and Donnelly are also entitled to reimbursement of the costs of automobile transportation for personal and business use consistent with their employment agreements prior to the THL Transaction. Messrs. Hall and Donnelly were also issued approximately 4,246 and 2,830 Class C units of Investors LLC, respectively.
 
Under each amended and restated employment agreement, if employment is terminated:
 
  •  by Nortek and Nortek Holdings without “cause”, as defined in the amended and restated employment agreement,
 
  •  by the employee for “good reason”, as defined in the amended and restated employment agreement, or
 
  •  as a result of the employee’s death or disability


125


Table of Contents

 
then Nortek and Nortek Holdings are obligated to provide the employee or, in the event of death, his designated beneficiary or estate, severance pay and other specified benefits and perquisites, including long-term disability insurance, for the period equal to two years from the date of termination.
 
Under each amended and restated employment agreement annual severance pay for the employee is equal to his annual salary as of the date of termination plus the highest amount of bonus or incentive compensation, exclusive of the Nortek 1999 equity performance plan, paid or payable in cash to the employee in any one of the three calendar years immediately prior to the completion of the THL Transaction or, if higher, the three calendar years immediately prior to such termination.
 
Under each amended and restated employment agreement, (i) if the employment of the employee is terminated by Nortek and Nortek Holdings without cause, by the employee for good reason or as a result of disability, the employee will be prohibited from competing with Nortek and Nortek Holdings for the longer of the period of two years from the date of termination or three years from the closing of the THL Transaction and (ii) if the employment of the employee is terminated by Nortek and Nortek Holdings with cause or by the employee as a result of resignation without good reason, the employee will be prohibited from competing with Nortek and Nortek Holdings for one year.
 
Under each such amended and restated employment agreement, following the termination of employment of the employee for any reason, Nortek and Nortek Holdings are required to provide, at no additional cost to the employee, up to $1,000,000 (not including any additional tax gross-up payments as described below) in lifetime medical coverage to the employee, his spouse and dependents. In lieu of lifetime medical coverage, at or following the date of termination or a “change in control,” as defined in the amended and restated employment agreement, the employee or his spouse may request a lump-sum payment in an amount established by the board of directors as reasonably sufficient to provide such coverage, but not less than $650,000 (not including any additional tax gross-up payment as described in the following sentence). Nortek and Nortek Holdings are also required to make “gross-up” payments to these employees to cover any and all state and federal income taxes that may be due as a result of the provision of such lifetime medical coverage or lump-sum payment. If it is determined that any payment or benefit provided by Nortek, Nortek Holdings or any of their predecessors to either of Messrs. Hall or Donnelly, under his respective amended and restated employment agreement or any other agreement or plan, whether paid before or after the date of their respective amended and restated employment agreements, is subject to the 20% excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, Nortek and Nortek Holdings are required to make an additional lump-sum “gross-up” payment to the employee sufficient, after giving effect to all federal, state and other taxes and charges with respect to such payment, to restore him to the same after-tax position that he would have been in if the excise tax had not been imposed.
 
Employment Agreement of Bryan L. Kelln
 
On May 23, 2005, Nortek entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Bryan L. Kelln. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Kelln served as Vice President-Operations of Nortek prior to his promotion to Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. The agreement provides that the initial basic annual salary for Mr. Kelln would be $400,000 per year, which is currently $520,000 per year and subject to annual review for increases. He is also eligible for an incentive bonus with a target level of one hundred percent of his base salary. In addition, Mr. Kelln is entitled to receive other benefits generally available to executive personnel, including reimbursement of relocation costs, medical and dental plan participation, disability insurance, and a company car. Mr. Kelln also received 1,500 Class C-1 units and 3,000 Class C-2 units representing membership interests in Investors LLC. For more information on the allocation of units by Investors LLC, please see “Relationships and Transactions with Related Parties-Limited Liability Company Agreement of Investors LLC”. Effective as of July 21, 2008, Mr. Kelln resigned from all of his positions with NTK Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries including Nortek, Inc.


126


Table of Contents

Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan
 
Nortek has a retention plan for certain of its key employees which provides that, in consideration of each covered individual agreeing not to voluntarily terminate his employment, if there is an attempted change of control, as that term is defined in the plan of Nortek, and, if, within the 24 month period following the change of control, the employment of the individual is terminated by Nortek for any reason or by the individual by reason of a material adverse change in the terms of employment as provided in the plan, the individual will be entitled at the time of termination to severance pay for a period of 24 months following termination at an annual rate equal to his base annual salary plus the highest amount of bonus or incentive compensation paid or payable to him for any one of the three preceding calendar years, and to continued medical, life insurance and other benefits for the 24 month period (or a payment of an amount equal to the cost of providing these benefits). Edward J. Cooney, Nortek’s Vice President and Treasurer is currently the only named executive officer among the participants under the plan.
 
Compensation of Directors
 
For their services as directors, our company’s directors who are not officers, employees or consultants of our company or its subsidiaries, or of THL, receive directors’ fees from our company. The fees payable to those directors are a $50,000 annual retainer, payable quarterly in advance, a $1,500 per meeting ($1,000 if director participates by telephone) fee and a $1,000 per committee meeting ($750 if director participates by telephone) fee.
 
The following table provides a summary of compensation paid for the year ended December 31, 2007 to our company’s Board of Directors. The table shows amounts earned by such persons for services rendered to our company in all capacities in which they served:
 
Non-Employee Director Compensation Table
 
                                                         
                            Change in
             
                            Pension Value
             
                            and
             
                      Non-Equity
    Nonqualified
             
    Fees Earned
    Stock
    Option
    Incentive Plan
    Deferred
    All Other
       
    or Paid in
    Awards
    Awards
    Compensation
    Compensation
    Compensation
    Total
 
Name
  Cash ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     Earnings ($)     ($)     ($)  
 
Jeffrey C. Bloomberg
  $ 63,750                             $     $ 63,750  
Joseph M. Cianciolo
    63,750                                     63,750  
Anthony J. DiNovi
                                         
David V. Harkins
                                         
David B. Hiley(1)
    64,750                               11,289       76,039  
Kent R. Weldon
                                         
 
 
(1) In 2007 for Mr. Hiley, includes amounts related to personal use of company car.


127


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AND MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP
 
Nortek is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Nortek Holdings. Nortek Holdings is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of NTK Holdings, Inc. NTK Holdings, Inc. is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Investors LLC. The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership, as of June 30, 2008, of outstanding membership interests or units, of Investors LLC by: (i) each person or group known to our company to own more than five percent of the Class B units of Investors LLC, (ii) each member of the management committee of Investors LLC (the composition of which is identical to the board of directors of our company and the board of directors of Nortek Holdings) and each of our company’s named executive officers and (iii) all members of the Investors LLC management committee and our executive officers as a group.
 
The outstanding membership interests of Investors LLC which are entitled to further distribution under the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Investors LLC consist of 473,595.10 voting Class B units, 67,102.53 non-voting Class C units and 4,228.00 Class D units. The Class C units are divided into two series: Class C-1 time-vesting units and Class C-2 performance-vesting units. The relative rights and preferences of the Class A units, Class B units and Class C units are described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Limited Liability Company Agreement of Investors LLC”. A Securityholders Agreement governs the exercise of voting rights with respect to the Class B units of Investors LLC as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Securityholders Agreement”. Unless otherwise noted, to our company’s knowledge, each of the persons listed below has sole voting and investment power as to the units shown. Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.
 
                                                 
    Number of
    Percentage of
    Number of
    Percentage of
    Number of
    Percentage of
 
    Class B
    Class B
    Class C
    Class C
    Class D
    Class D
 
Name and Address
  Units     Units     Units(1)     Units(2)     Units     Units  
 
Principal Security Holders:
                                               
Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. and affiliates(3)
    360,800.02       76.18 %                 3,282.98       76.42  
Management Committee Members and Named Executive Officers
                                               
Jeffrey C. Bloomberg ^
    538.58       *                   4.9       *  
Richard L. Bready ^ +
    78,150.21       16.50 %     23,586.66       35.15 %     711.10       16.82  
Joseph M. Cianciolo ^
    359.05       *       530.75       *       3.27       *  
Edward J. Cooney +
    1,527.84       *       2,123.01       3.16 %     13.90       *  
Anthony J. DiNovi(3) ^
                                   
Kevin W. Donnelly +
    3,697.42       *       2,830.68       4.22 %     33.64       *  
Almon C. Hall +
    6,031.21       1.27 %     4,246.02       6.33 %     54.88       1.30  
David V. Harkins(3) ^
                                   
David B. Hiley ^
    988.01       *       1,061.51       1.58 %     8.99       *  
Bryan L. Kelln(4) +
                4,500.00       6.71 %            
Kent R. Weldon(3) ^
                                   
All management committee members and executive officers as a group (11 persons)
    91,292.32       19.28 %     38,878.63       57.94 %     830.68       19.66 %
 
 
Less than 1%
 
Director
 
Named executive officer


128


Table of Contents

 
(1) Includes the total amount of Class C-1 units that will be vested within sixty (60) days after June 30, 2008 for each of the named individuals for the following amounts: Mr. Bready, 7,862.22; Mr. Cianciolo, 176.92; Mr. Cooney, 707.67; Mr. Donnelly, 943.56; Mr. Hall, 1,415.34; Mr. Hiley, 353.84; and Mr. Kelln 1,500.00. Includes Class C-2 units that have not vested for each of the named individuals for the following amounts: Mr. Bready, 15,724.44; Mr. Cianciolo, 353.83; Mr. Cooney, 1,415.34; Mr. Donnelly, 1,887.12; Mr. Hall, 2,830.68; Mr. Hiley, 707.67; and Mr. Kelln 3,000.00. There are currently no outstanding vested Class C-2 units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Investors LLC”.
 
(2) Includes both vested and unvested Class C-1 units and Class C-2 units.
 
(3) Includes interests owned by each of Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Equity (Cayman) Fund V, L.P., Great-West Investors L.P., Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I, LLC, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II, LLC, 1997 Thomas H. Lee Nominee Trust, and Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership. Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P. and Thomas H. Lee Equity (Cayman) Fund V, L.P. are Delaware limited partnerships, whose general partner is THL Equity Advisors V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the general partner of THL, a Delaware limited partnership, which is the sole member of THL Equity Advisors V, LLC. Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership is a Massachusetts limited partnership, whose general partner is THL Investment Management Corp., a Massachusetts corporation. The 1997 Thomas H. Lee Nominee Trust is a trust with US Bank, N.A. serving as Trustee. Thomas H. Lee, a managing director of THL has voting and investment control over common shares owned of record by the 1997 Thomas H. Lee Nominee Trust. David V. Harkins, Anthony J. DiNovi and Kent R. Weldon are managing directors of THL. Each of Messrs. Harkins, DiNovi and Weldon may be deemed to beneficially own member units of Investors LLC held of record by Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Equity (Cayman) Fund V, L.P. and Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of these units except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Equity (Cayman) Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership, the 1997 Thomas H. Lee Nominee Trust, Anthony J. DiNovi, David V. Harkins and Kent R. Weldon is 100 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110. Great-West Investors L.P., Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I, LLC and Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II, LLC each disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities other than the securities held directly by such entity. The address for the Putnam entities is One Post Office Square, Boston, MA 02109.
 
(4) Effective as of July 21, 2008, Mr. Kelln resigned from all of his positions with NTK Holdings and its subsidiaries, including Nortek, Inc.
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
Our company currently does not have any equity compensation plans other than the Class C units which have been or may be granted under the LLC Agreement described below.


129


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Investors LLC
 
Upon the consummation of the THL Transaction, the holders of units in Investors LLC entered into a limited liability company agreement. In February 2005 the limited liability company agreement was amended to reflect the formation of NTK Holdings. The limited liability company agreement of Investors LLC authorizes Investors LLC to issue four classes of limited liability company interests designated as Class A units, Class B units, Class C units and Class D units.
 
A management committee elected by holders of the Class B units of Investors LLC has the exclusive authority to manage and control the business and affairs of Investors LLC. The management committee’s size and composition is determined in accordance with the provisions of a Securityholders Agreement, which states that the management committee initially will consist of six managers. See “Securityholders Agreement.”
 
All remaining distributions of property by Investors LLC are made first to the holders of Class D units proportionately based on the capital contribution with respect to such Class D units until such capital contribution has been returned, thereafter to the holders of Class D units until each such holder has received a return of 10% on such holder’s capital contribution with respect to such Class D units, thereafter to the holders of Class C units until such holders receive any amounts from any prior distribution that they would have received in such prior distribution with respect to Class C units that have vested since the time of such prior distribution had such Class C units been vested at the time of such prior distribution; and thereafter to the holders of Class B units and Class C units (to the extent the Class C units are vested at the time of such distribution, as discussed below) proportionately based on the number of Class B units and vested Class C units held by such holders.
 
The Class C units are divided into two series: Class C-1 time-vesting units and Class C-2 performance-vesting units. One-third of the total number of Class C units is designated as time-vesting units and two-thirds of the total number of Class C units is designated as performance-vesting units. The Class C units are issued to officers, directors, employees and consultants of Nortek Holdings and its subsidiaries as determined by the management committee of Investors LLC.
 
The Class C-1 time-vesting units vest over a three-year period on a quarterly basis in equal amounts. The vesting of the Class C-1 time-vesting units will be accelerated and such units will become fully vested if:
 
  •  Investors LLC has sold 90% of the capital stock of NTK Holdings held by it in exchange for cash or marketable securities, or
 
  •  following an initial public offering of equity securities of Investors LLC or its subsidiaries, Investors LLC has distributed 90% of the capital stock of NTK Holdings to the unit holders of Investors LLC and the unit holders of Investors LLC that are affiliated with Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P. have distributed such shares of capital stock to their limited partners or members.
 
In addition, the Class C-1 time-vesting units will become fully vested upon a liquidity event that results in the Class C-2 performance-vesting units becoming fully vested. The Class C-2 performance-vesting units will vest only in connection with certain liquidity events and only upon and to the extent of satisfaction in connection with such liquidity events of a minimum internal rate of return (at least 17%) and multiple of investment hurdles (ranging between 2 and 4 times the original investment) relating to the investment in Investors LLC held by Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P. and its affiliates. Unvested Class C units will be subject to forfeiture in the event of termination of the employment or engagement of the holder of such Class C units.
 
Securityholders Agreement
 
Upon the consummation of the THL Transaction, Investors LLC and the holders of its Class A, Class B and Class C units entered into a securityholders agreement. In February 2005 our company became a party to the securityholders agreement.
 
  •  Governance.  Under the securityholders agreement, the management committee of Investors LLC consists of not less than five and not more than eleven managers, as from time to time determined by


130


Table of Contents

  Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P. and its affiliates. The management committee initially consists of six managers. Under the terms of the securityholders agreement, for so long as Richard L. Bready is the holder of 5% or more of the outstanding Class B units and Class C units of Investors LLC or the fully diluted equity of any successor entity, Mr. Bready is entitled to designate two managers to serve on the management committee. This securityholders agreement also governs the election of directors to the boards of directors of NTK Holdings, Nortek Holdings and Nortek and requires that such boards be identical to the management committee of Investors LLC.
 
  •  Transfers.  Under the securityholders agreement, transfers of equity securities of Investors LLC by securityholders are permitted only to specified types of related parties who agree to sign the securityholders agreement. The securityholders agreement provides for customary tag-along rights and drag-along rights.
 
  •  Preemptive Rights.  Under the securityholders agreement, Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P. and its affiliates and any members of Nortek’s management that hold at least 5% of the fully diluted equity of Investors LLC will be granted the right to participate in any future equity financings by Investors LLC, subject to customary exceptions, in an amount necessary to maintain the investor’s fully diluted ownership interest in Investors LLC or any successor company.
 
  •  Affiliate Transactions.  Certain transactions between Investors LLC, NTK Holdings, Nortek Holdings, Nortek or its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Thomas H. Lee Fund V, L.P. and its affiliates, on the other hand, require the approval of Mr. Bready or a majority of the independent managers of the management committee, if any, of Investors LLC.
 
  •  Registration Rights.  Registration rights apply to shares of capital stock of NTK Holdings that are distributed to the holders of Investors LLC membership units.
 
Transaction Fee; Management Agreement with Affiliate of THL
 
Upon the closing of the THL Transaction, Nortek Holdings and Nortek entered into a management agreement with THL Managers V, LLC, an affiliate of THL, pursuant to which THL Managers V, LLC has provided certain financial and strategic advisory and consultancy services. In February 2005, the management agreement was amended to reflect the formation of NTK Holdings. The agreement provides for the payment by us to THL Managers V, LLC or a designee thereof an annual management fee equal to the greater of:
 
  •  $2,000,000 per annum, or
 
  •  an amount equal to 0.75% of our company’s consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, before deduction for such fee,
 
as well as the costs and expenses incurred by THL Managers V, LLC and its affiliates in connection with the provision of future services under the management agreement. Our company expensed approximately $1,844,629 for the year ended December 31, 2007 related to this management agreement in the consolidated statement of operations included elsewhere herein.
 
Under the management agreement, Nortek has also agreed to indemnify THL Managers V, LLC and its affiliates from and against all losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of or related to the performance by THL Managers V, LLC of the services pursuant to the management agreement.
 
The management agreement became effective upon the closing of the THL Transaction and will continue in effect until terminated by THL Managers V, LLC.
 
Director Independence
 
As a result of the 2003 Recapitalization which was completed on January 9, 2003, neither NTK Holdings’, Nortek Holdings’, nor Nortek’s securities are listed with a national exchange, and thus our company is not required to have any independent directors on its board. While our company is not subject to the New York Stock Exchange listing standards, our company’s board of directors has determined that Mr. Cianciolo and Mr. Bloomberg are considered “independent” directors within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange for listed companies.


131


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
 
New Senior Secured Asset-Based Revolving Credit Facility
 
We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern our new senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility. This summary is not a complete description of all the terms of such agreements.
 
General
 
In connection with the initial offering of the outstanding notes, we entered into a new senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility, or new ABL Facility, with Bank of America, N.A., and Bank of America Securities LLC Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC as joint lead arrangers and Bank of America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners, L.P., as joint bookrunners, and a syndicate of financial institutions and institutional lenders. Set forth below are the terms of our new ABL Facility.
 
Our new ABL Facility will provide for revolving credit financing of up to $350.0 million, with a maturity of five years. There are limitations on our ability to incur the full $350.0 million of commitments under the new ABL Facility. Availability is limited to the lesser of the borrowing base and $350.0 million, and the covenants under the 81/2% senior subordinated notes do not currently allow us to incur up to the full $350.0 million.
 
The borrowing base at any time will equal the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:
 
  •  85% of the net amount of eligible accounts receivable;
 
  •  85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory; and
 
  •  available cash subject to certain limitations as specified in the new ABL Facility.
 
Our new ABL Facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. A portion of the revolving credit facility consists of a facility available to one or more Canadian subsidiaries of Nortek in United States or Canadian dollars.
 
All borrowings under our new ABL Facility will be subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions, including absence of a default and accuracy of representations and warranties.
 
Interest rate and fees
 
Borrowings under our new ABL Facility will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, in each case plus an applicable margin. The initial applicable margin for borrowings under our new ABL Facility from the closing date through the first nine months following the closing date is 1.75% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.75% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. The applicable margin for borrowings under our new ABL Facility is subject to step ups and step downs based on excess availability under that facility. Swingline loans will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin. In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under our new ABL Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee, in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder which fee will be determined based on utilization of the new ABL Facility (increasing when utilization is low and decreasing when utilization is high). We must also pay customary letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR loans and agency fees.
 
Mandatory repayments
 
If at any time the aggregate amount of outstanding loans, unreimbursed letter of credit drawings and undrawn letters of credit under our new ABL Facility exceeds the lesser of (i) the commitment amount and (ii) the borrowing base, we will be required to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit


132


Table of Contents

in an aggregate amount equal to such excess, with no reduction of the commitment amount. If the amount available under our new ABL Facility is less than 15% of the lesser of the commitment amount or the borrowing base or an event of default have occurred, we will be required to deposit cash from our material deposit accounts (including all concentration accounts) daily in a collection account maintained with the administrative agent under our new ABL Facility, which will be used to repay outstanding loans and cash collateralize letters of credit.
 
Voluntary repayment
 
We may voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans at any time without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.
 
Amortization and final maturity
 
There is no scheduled amortization under our new ABL Facility. All outstanding loans under the facility are due and payable in full on the fifth anniversary of the closing date.
 
Guarantees and security
 
All obligations under our new ABL Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by substantially all existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and in any event by all subsidiaries that guarantee the notes. All obligations under our new ABL Facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of our assets and the assets of the guarantors, including:
 
  •  a first-priority security interest in personal property consisting of accounts receivable, inventory, cash (other than certain cash proceeds of the Notes Collateral) and proceeds and products of the foregoing and certain assets related thereto; and
 
  •  a second-priority security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all of our material owned real property and equipment and all assets that secure the notes on a first-priority basis.
 
The obligations of our Canadian subsidiaries that are borrowers of the Canadian sub-facility under the new ABL Facility will be secured by a first-priority security interest in personal property consisting of accounts receivable and inventory of certain Canadian subsidiaries.
 
Restrictive covenants and other matters
 
Our new ABL Facility requires that if excess availability is less than the greater of $40,000,000 and 12.5% of the borrowing base, we comply with a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test. In addition, our new ABL Facility includes negative covenants that will, subject to significant exceptions, limit our ability and the ability of subsidiaries to, among other things:
 
  •  incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness or guarantees;
 
  •  incur liens and engage in sale leaseback transactions;
 
  •  make investments and loans;
 
  •  pay dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock;
 
  •  engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales;
 
  •  prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness including the notes;
 
  •  amend or otherwise alter terms of certain indebtedness, including the notes, and certain material agreements;
 
  •  enter into agreements limiting subsidiary distributions;
 
  •  engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and


133


Table of Contents

 
  •  alter the business that we conduct.
 
Our new ABL Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including among other things payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain indebtedness, certain events of bankruptcy, certain events under ERISA, material judgments, actual or asserted failure of any guaranty or security document supporting our new ABL Facility to be in full force and effect, and change of control. If such an event of default occurs, the lenders under our new ABL Facility would be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under our new ABL Facility and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.
 
Existing Senior Subordinated Notes
 
As of May 20, 2008, Nortek had outstanding $625.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 81/2% senior subordinated notes due 2014 and $10.0 million of aggregate principal amount of its 97/8% senior subordinated notes due 2011.
 
The indenture governing the 81/2% senior subordinated notes due 2014 provides that if a change in control of Nortek occurs, Nortek must give holders of such notes the opportunity to sell to Nortek their notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, such indenture provides that if Nortek or any of its subsidiaries engages in asset sales, or sales of the stock of subsidiaries, outside the ordinary course of business, the net cash proceeds from such sales must generally be invested in Nortek’s business within a period of time, used to pay down certain indebtedness or used to make an offer to purchase a principal amount of such notes equal to the excess net cash proceeds of such sale at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest.


134


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
 
Nortek, Inc. issued the outstanding notes, and will issue the exchange notes, pursuant to an indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of May 20, 2008 among Nortek, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Any outstanding notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the exchange offer, together with the exchange notes issued in connection with the exchange offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. We refer to the outstanding notes and exchange notes collectively in this section as the “Notes.”
 
The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”).
 
The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture. It does not restate the Indenture in its entirety. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as holders of the Notes. You may request a copy of the Indenture by following the procedures outlined under the caption “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
You can find the definitions of certain terms used in this description under the subheading “— Certain Definitions.” Certain defined terms used in this description but not defined below under “— Certain Definitions” have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. In this description, the word “issuer” refers only to Nortek, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.
 
Brief Description of the Notes and the Note Guarantees
 
The Notes are:
 
  •  senior obligations of the issuer;
 
  •  pari passu in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness of the issuer;
 
  •  secured on a first-priority lien basis by the Notes Collateral and on a second-priority lien basis by the ABL Collateral, in each case subject to certain liens permitted under the Indenture;
 
  •  effectively subordinated to the Credit Agreement to the extent of the value of the ABL Collateral;
 
  •  guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Guarantors; and
 
  •  subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
The Note Guarantees:
 
The Notes are, guaranteed by all of the current and certain future Domestic Subsidiaries of the issuer, other than a Receivables Subsidiary or any Immaterial Subsidiary. See “— Additional Note Guarantees and Security for the Notes”. None of the issuer’s Subsidiaries organized outside of the United States will guarantee the Notes.
 
Each Note Guarantee:
 
  •  is a senior obligation of the Guarantor;
 
  •  is pari passu in right of payment with any existing and future senior Indebtedness of the Guarantor;
 
  •  is secured on a first-priority basis by the Notes Collateral owned by such Guarantor and on a second-priority basis by the ABL Collateral owned by such Guarantor (in each case subject to certain liens permitted under the Indenture);
 
  •  is effectively subordinated to the Guarantee of such Guarantor under the Credit Agreement to the extent of the value of the ABL Collateral owned by such Guarantor; and
 
  •  is subject to registration with the SEC pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
As of the date of the Indenture, all of the issuer’s subsidiaries will be “Restricted Subsidiaries”. However, none of the issuer’s Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries will guarantee the Notes. See “Risk Factors — Risks


135


Table of Contents

Related to the Exchange Offer — Claims of noteholder will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of certain of our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the Notes”. In addition, under the circumstances described below under the subheading “— Certain covenants — Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries”, the issuer will be permitted to designate certain of its subsidiaries as “Unrestricted Subsidiaries”. The issuer’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants in the Indenture. The issuer’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not guarantee the Notes.
 
Principal, Maturity and Interest
 
The Indenture provides for the issuance by the issuer of Notes initially in an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million. The issuer may issue additional notes (the “Additional Notes”) from time to time after this offering. Any offering of Additional Notes is subject to the covenant described below under the caption “— Certain covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”. The Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under the Indenture would be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Holders of Additional Notes will share equally and ratably in the Collateral. The issuer will issue Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Notes will mature on December 1, 2013.
 
Interest on the Notes accrues at the rate of 10% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 2008. The issuer will make each interest payment to the Holders of record on the immediately preceding May 15 and November 15.
 
Interest on the Notes accrues from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
 
The Trustee is currently acting as Paying Agent and Registrar. The issuer may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders, and the issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
 
Transfer and Exchange
 
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption.
 
Also, the issuer is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
 
The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
 
Ranking
 
The Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be senior Indebtedness of the issuer or the applicable Guarantor, as the case may be, will rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of the issuer and the Guarantors, as the case may be, and will be secured by the Collateral, which Collateral will be shared on an equal and ratable basis with any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations incurred thereafter. Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement also will be secured by the Collateral. The Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and any other Lenders Debt incurred in the future will have first priority with respect to the ABL Collateral but will be junior in ranking with respect to the Notes Collateral. Such security interests are described under “— Security for the Notes.” The Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and the Note Guarantees will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the issuer and the Guarantors, as the case may be.


136


Table of Contents

As of March 29, 2008 on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to the Transactions, the issuer and its Subsidiaries would have had $151.8 million aggregate principal amount of senior Indebtedness (excluding the Notes and the Note Guarantees) outstanding (excluding unused commitments).
 
A significant portion of the operations of the issuer are conducted through its Subsidiaries. Unless the Subsidiary is a Guarantor, claims of creditors on such Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of such Subsidiaries generally will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the issuer, including the Holders of the Notes. The Notes, therefore, will be effectively subordinated to holders of Indebtedness and other creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred stockholders (if any) of Subsidiaries of the issuer that are not Guarantors. Although the Indenture will limit the incurrence of Indebtedness by and the issuance of Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of certain of the issuer’s Subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications. See “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.”
 
Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Pari Passu Indebtedness and additional Secured Indebtedness that the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Pari Passu Indebtedness and Secured Indebtedness could be substantial. See “Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” and “Certain Covenants — Liens”.
 
Note Guarantees
 
The Guarantors jointly and severally guarantee on a senior secured basis the issuer’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes. The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee is limited as necessary to prevent that Note Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. See “Risk factors — Risks Related to the Exchange Offer — Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the notes, guarantees and security interests and may require holders of the notes to return payments received from us”.
 
The Indenture provides that a Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person, other than the issuer or another Guarantor, unless:
 
(1) immediately after giving effect to that transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
(2) either:
 
(a) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, organized or existing under (i) the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) the laws of the same jurisdiction as that Guarantor and, in each case, assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under the Indenture, its Note Guarantee, the Security Documents, Intercreditor Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or
 
(b) such sale or other disposition complies with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom.
 
The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released:
 
(1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer, if the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor complies with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom; provided, however, that such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer;


137


Table of Contents

(2) in connection with any sale of all of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer, if the sale of all such Capital Stock of that Guarantor complies with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom; provided, however, that such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer;
 
(3) if the issuer properly designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
(4) in connection with any sale of Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that results in the Guarantor no longer being a Subsidiary of the issuer, if the sale of such Capital Stock of that Guarantor complies with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the Indenture, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom;
 
(5) if the issuer exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option as described under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or if its obligations under the Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; or
 
(6) upon the release or discharge of all Guarantees by such Guarantor which would have required such Guarantor to guarantee the Notes pursuant to the covenant described under “— Certain covenants — Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness” (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement).
 
Security for the Notes
 
The Notes and the Note Guarantees have the benefit of the Collateral, which consists of (i) the Notes Collateral as to which the Holders of the Notes and holders of certain Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations have a first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Collateral Liens) and the Bank Lenders and certain other holders of Lenders Debt have a second-priority security interest and (ii) the ABL Collateral as to which the Bank Lenders and certain other holders of Lenders Debt have a first-priority security interest and the holders of the Notes and holders of certain Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations have a second-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens).
 
The issuer and the Guarantors will be able to Incur additional Indebtedness in the future which could share in the Collateral. The amount of all such additional Indebtedness will be limited by the covenants disclosed under “— Certain Covenants — Liens” and “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuances of Preferred Stock.” Under certain circumstances the amount of such additional Secured Indebtedness could be significant.
 
Notes Collateral
 
The Notes Collateral is pledged as collateral to the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes. The Notes and Note Guarantees is secured by first-priority security interests in the Notes Collateral, subject to Permitted Collateral Liens. The Notes Collateral consists of: (i) all of the Capital Stock held by the issuer or any Guarantor of any Domestic Subsidiary or any Material Foreign Subsidiary (which, in the case of any first-tier Material Foreign Subsidiary, will be limited to 100% of the non-voting stock (if any) and 66% of the voting stock of such first-tier Material Foreign Subsidiary) and (ii) substantially all of the other tangible and intangible assets of the issuer and the Guarantors, other than the ABL Collateral, Excluded Assets and subject to the limitations and exclusions described in the next paragraph and “— Limitations on Stock Collateral”.
 
In addition to the limitations described below under “— Limitations on Stock Collateral”, the Notes Collateral do not include (i) the ABL Collateral, (ii) the Excluded Assets and (iii) those assets as to which the Notes Collateral Agent reasonably determines that the costs of obtaining such a security interest are excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby.


138


Table of Contents

Initially, subject to Permitted Liens, only the Notes have the benefit of the first-priority security interest in the Notes Collateral. No other Indebtedness incurred by the issuer may share in the first-priority security interest in the Notes Collateral other than any Additional Notes and certain Indebtedness constituting Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations.
 
The issuer initially granted a second-priority lien on and security interest in the Notes Collateral for the benefit of the Lenders Debt, which initially consists of the loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement made by the Bank Lenders, obligations with respect to letters of credit issued under the Credit Agreement, certain hedging and cash management obligations incurred with the Bank Lenders or their affiliates and any other obligations under the Credit Agreement. Any additional Indebtedness that is incurred by the issuer in compliance with the terms of the Indenture may also be given a lien on and security interest in the Notes Collateral that ranks junior to the lien of the Notes in the Notes Collateral. Except as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, holders of such junior liens will not be able to take any enforcement action with respect to the Notes Collateral so long as any Notes are outstanding.
 
ABL Collateral
 
The Notes are also secured by a second-priority lien on and security interest in the ABL Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens). The ABL Collateral consists of all accounts receivable, inventory, cash (other than certain cash proceeds of the Notes Collateral) and proceeds and products of the foregoing and certain assets related thereto, in each case held by the issuer and the Guarantors. Generally, the Notes second-priority lien on and security interest in the ABL Collateral will be terminated and automatically released if the lien on such ABL Collateral in favor of the Lenders Debt is released.
 
From and after the Issue Date, the issuer or any Guarantor may grant an additional lien on any property or asset that constitutes ABL Collateral in order to secure any obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture. Any such additional lien may be a first-priority lien that is senior to the lien securing the Notes or may be a second-priority lien that will rank pari passu with the second priority lien securing the Notes or a lien that will rank junior to the second-priority lien securing the Notes.
 
Limitations on Stock Collateral
 
The Capital Stock and other securities of a Subsidiary of the issuer that are owned by the issuer or any Guarantor will constitute Notes Collateral only to the extent that such Capital Stock and other securities can secure the Notes without Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (or any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be filed with the Commission (or any other governmental agency). In the event that Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the Commission to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the Commission (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary (other than the issuer) due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities secure the Notes, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement). In such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, to the extent necessary to release the first-priority security interests in the shares of Capital Stock and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Notes Collateral.
 
In the event that Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or interpreted by the Commission to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities to secure the Notes in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the Commission (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirement). In such event, the Security


139


Table of Contents

Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any holder of Notes, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the Security Documents such additional Capital Stock and other securities.
 
In accordance with the limitations set forth in the two immediately preceding paragraphs, the Notes Collateral will include shares of Capital Stock of Subsidiaries of the issuer only to the extent that the applicable value of such Capital Stock (on a Subsidiary-by-Subsidiary basis) is less than 20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding. Following the Issue Date, however, the portion of the Capital Stock of Subsidiaries constituting Notes Collateral may decrease or increase as described above.
 
Security Documents and Certain Related Intercreditor Provisions
 
The issuer, the Guarantors, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee entered into one or more Security Documents creating and establishing the terms of the security interests that secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees. These security interests secure the payment and performance when due of all of the obligations of the issuer and the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents, as provided in the Security Documents. The issuer and the Guarantors will use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete all filings and other similar actions required in connection with the perfection of such security interests as soon as reasonably practicable after the Issue Date. U.S. Bank National Association will be appointed, pursuant to the Indenture, as the Notes Collateral Agent. The Trustee, Notes Collateral Agent and each Holder and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any Obligations in respect of the Notes outstanding at such time are referred to collectively as the “Noteholder Secured Parties”.
 
Intercreditor Agreement
 
On the Issue Date, the issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Bank Collateral Agent entered into the Intercreditor Agreement. Although the Holders of the Notes are not party to the Intercreditor Agreement, by their acceptance of the Notes they will agree to be bound thereby. Pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes Collateral Agent will determine the time and method by which the security interests in the Notes Collateral will be enforced and the Bank Collateral Agent will determine the time and method by which the security interests in the ABL Collateral will be enforced.
 
The aggregate amount of the obligations secured by the ABL Collateral may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased. A portion of the obligations secured by the ABL Collateral consists or may consist of Indebtedness that is revolving in nature, and the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed and such obligations may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased, extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the subordination of the liens held by the Holders or the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement defining the relative rights of the parties thereto. The lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, modification, supplement, extension, increase, replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of either the obligations secured by the ABL Collateral or the obligations secured by the Notes Collateral, by the release of any Collateral or of any guarantees securing any secured obligations or by any action that any representative or secured party may take or fail to take in respect of any Collateral.
 
No Action With Respect to the ABL Collateral
 
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that none of the Noteholder Secured Parties may commence any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of, exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce its interest in or realize upon, or take any other action available to it in respect of, the ABL Collateral under any Security Document, applicable law or otherwise, at any time when the ABL Collateral is subject to any first-priority security interest and any Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral remains outstanding or any commitment to extend credit that would constitute such Lenders Debt remains in effect. Only the Bank Collateral Agent shall be entitled to take


140


Table of Contents

any such actions or exercise any such remedies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Notes Collateral Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, take all such actions it deems necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of the Holders’ second-priority security interest in the ABL Collateral. The Bank Collateral Agent will be subject to similar restrictions with respect to its ability to enforce the second-priority security interest in the Notes Collateral held by holders of Lenders Debt.
 
No Duties of Bank Collateral Agent
 
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that neither the Bank Collateral Agent nor any holder of any Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral will have any duties or other obligations to any Noteholder Secured Party with respect to the ABL Collateral, other than to transfer to the Trustee any proceeds of any such ABL Collateral in which the Notes Collateral Agent continues to hold a security interest remaining following any sale, transfer or other disposition of such ABL Collateral (in each case, unless the Holders’ lien on all such ABL Collateral is terminated and released prior to or concurrently with such sale, transfer, disposition, payment or satisfaction), the payment and satisfaction in full of such Lenders Debt and the termination of any commitment to extend credit that would constitute such Lenders Debt, or, if the Bank Collateral Agent is in possession of all or any part of such ABL Collateral after such payment and satisfaction in full and termination, such ABL Collateral or any part thereof remaining, in each case without representation or warranty on the part of the Bank Collateral Agent or any such holder of Lenders Debt. In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement provides that, until the Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral shall have been paid and satisfied in full and any commitment to extend credit that would constitute Lenders Debt secured thereby shall have been terminated, the Bank Collateral Agent will be entitled, for the benefit of the holders of such Lenders Debt, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with such ABL Collateral without regard to any second-priority security interest therein or any rights to which any Noteholder Secured Party would otherwise be entitled as a result of such second-priority security interest. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent have agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder of the Notes will agree by its acceptance of the Notes that neither the Bank Collateral Agent nor any holder of any Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral will have any duty or obligation first to marshal or realize upon the ABL Collateral, or to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate all or any portion of the ABL Collateral, in any manner that would maximize the return to the Noteholder Secured Parties, notwithstanding that the order and timing of any such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation may affect the amount of proceeds actually received by the Noteholder Secured Parties from such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation. The Intercreditor Agreement will have similar provisions regarding the duties owed to the Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of any Lenders Debt by the Noteholder Secured Parties with respect to the Notes Collateral.
 
The Intercreditor Agreement additionally provides that the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee will waive, and each Holder of the Notes will waive by its acceptance of the Notes, any claim that may be had against the Bank Collateral Agent or any holder of any Lenders Debt arising out of (i) any actions which the Bank Collateral Agent or such holder of Lenders Debt take or omit to take (including, actions with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of Liens on any Collateral, actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release or depreciation of, or failure to realize upon, any of the Collateral and actions with respect to the collection of any claim for all or any part of the Lenders Debt from any account debtor, guarantor or any other party) or the valuation, use, protection or release of any security for such Lenders Debt, (ii) any election by the Bank Collateral Agent or such holder of Lenders Debt, in any proceeding instituted under Title 11 of the United States Code of the application of Section 1111(b) of Title 11 of the United States Code or (iii) any borrowing of, or grant of a security interest or administrative expense priority under Section 364 of Title 11 of the United States Code to, the issuer or any of its subsidiaries as debtor-in-possession. The Bank Collateral Agent and holders of Lenders Debt will agree to waive similar claims with respect to the actions of any of the Noteholder Secured Parties.


141


Table of Contents

No Interference; Payment Over; Reinstatement
 
The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent have agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder of the Notes will agree by its acceptance of the Notes that:
 
  •  it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or effect of which is, or could be, to make any Lien that the Holders of the Notes have on the ABL Collateral pari passu with, or to give the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes any preference or priority relative to, any Lien that the holders of any Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral have with respect to such ABL Collateral;
 
  •  it will not challenge or question in any proceeding the validity or enforceability of any first-priority security interest in the ABL Collateral, the validity, attachment, perfection or priority of any lien held by the holders of any Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral, or the validity or enforceability of the priorities, rights or duties established by or other provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement;
 
  •  it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or intent of which is, or could be, to interfere, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, any sale, transfer or other disposition of the ABL Collateral by the Bank Collateral Agent or the holders of any Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral;
 
  •  it will have no right to (A) direct the Bank Collateral Agent or any holder of any Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral to exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to such ABL Collateral or (B) consent to the exercise by the Bank Collateral Agent or any holder of any Lenders Debt secured by the ABL Collateral of any right, remedy or power with respect to such ABL Collateral;
 
  •  it will not institute any suit or assert in any suit, bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding any claim against the Bank Collateral Agent or any holder of any Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise with respect to, and neither the Bank Collateral Agent nor any holders of under any Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral will be liable for, any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Bank Collateral Agent or such lenders with respect to such ABL Collateral;
 
  •  it will not seek, and will waive any right, to have any ABL Collateral or any part thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of such ABL Collateral; and
 
  •  it will not attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to challenge the enforceability of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement.
 
The Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of Lenders Debt have agreed to similar limitations with respect to their rights in the Notes Collateral and their ability to bring a suit against the Notes Collateral Agent or the Holders of the Notes.
 
The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent have agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder of the Notes will agree by its acceptance of the Notes that if it obtains possession of the ABL Collateral or realizes any proceeds or payment in respect of the ABL Collateral, pursuant to any Security Document or by the exercise of any rights available to it under applicable law or in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding or through any other exercise of remedies, at any time when any Lenders Debt secured or intended to be secured by such ABL Collateral remains outstanding or any commitment to extend credit that would constitute Lenders Debt secured or intended to be secured by such ABL Collateral remains in effect, then it will hold such ABL Collateral, proceeds or payment in trust for the Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of any Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral and transfer such ABL Collateral, proceeds or payment, as the case may be, to the Bank Collateral Agent. The Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and each Holder of the Notes further agree that if, at any time, all or part of any payment with respect to any Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral previously made shall be rescinded for any reason whatsoever, it will promptly pay over to the Bank Collateral Agent any payment received by it in respect of any such ABL Collateral and shall promptly turn any such ABL Collateral then held by it over to the Bank Collateral Agent, and the provisions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement will be reinstated as if such payment had not been made, until the payment and satisfaction in full of such Lenders Debt. The Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of


142


Table of Contents

Lenders Debt will be subject to similar limitations with respect to the Notes Collateral and any proceeds or payments in respect of any Notes Collateral.
 
Entry Upon Premises by Bank Collateral Agent and Holders of Lenders Debt
 
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that if the Bank Collateral Agent takes any enforcement action with respect to the ABL Collateral, the Noteholder Secured Parties (i) will cooperate with the Bank Collateral Agent in its efforts to enforce its security interest in the ABL Collateral and to finish any work-in-process and assemble the ABL Collateral, (ii) will not hinder or restrict in any respect the Bank Collateral Agent from enforcing its security interest in the ABL Collateral or from finishing any work-in-process or assembling the ABL Collateral, and (iii) will, subject to the rights of any landlords under real estate leases, permit the Bank Collateral Agent, its employees, agents, advisers and representatives, at the sole cost and expense of the Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of Lenders Debt, to enter upon and use the Notes Collateral (including (x) equipment, processors, computers and other machinery related to the storage or processing of records, documents or files and (y) intellectual property), for a period not to exceed 180 days after the taking of such enforcement action, for purposes of (A) assembling and storing the ABL Collateral and completing the processing of and turning into finished goods of any ABL Collateral consisting of work-in-process, (B) selling any or all of the ABL Collateral located on such Notes Collateral, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, (C) removing any or all of the ABL Collateral located on such Notes Collateral, or (D) taking reasonable actions to protect, secure, and otherwise enforce the rights of the Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of Lenders Debt in and to the ABL Collateral; provided, however, that nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement will restrict the rights of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent from selling, assigning or otherwise transferring any Notes Collateral prior to the expiration of such 180-day period if the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. If any stay or other order prohibiting the exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Collateral has been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction, such 180-day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other order. If the Bank Collateral Agent conducts a public auction or private sale of the ABL Collateral at any of the real property included within the Notes Collateral, the Bank Collateral Agent shall provide the Notes Collateral Agent with reasonable notice and use reasonable efforts to hold such auction or sale in a manner which would not unduly disrupt the Notes Collateral Agent’s use of such real property.
 
During the period of actual occupation, use or control by the Bank Collateral Agent or the holders of Lenders Debt or their agents or representatives of any Notes Collateral, the Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of Lenders Debt will (i) be responsible for the ordinary course third-party expenses related thereto, including costs with respect to heat, light, electricity, water and real property taxes with respect to that portion of any premises so used or occupied, and (ii) be obligated to repair at their expense any physical damage to such Notes Collateral or other assets or property resulting from such occupancy, use or control, and to leave such Notes Collateral or other assets or property in substantially the same condition as it was at the commencement of such occupancy, use or control, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of Lenders Debt agree to pay, indemnify and hold the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent harmless from and against any third-party liability resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank Collateral Agent or any of its agents, representatives or invitees in its or their operation of such facilities. In the event, and only in the event, that in connection with its use of some or all of the premises constituting Notes Collateral, the Bank Collateral Agent requires the services of any employees of the issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, the Bank Collateral Agent shall pay directly to any such employees the appropriate, allocated wages of such employees, if any, during the time periods that the Bank Collateral Agent requires their services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Bank Collateral Agent or the holders of Lenders Debt have any liability to the Noteholder Secured Parties pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement as a result of any condition (including any environmental condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Notes Collateral existing prior to the date of the exercise by the Bank Collateral Agent or the holders of Lenders Debt of their rights under the Intercreditor Agreement and the Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of Lenders Debt will not have any duty or liability to maintain the Notes Collateral in a condition or manner better than that in which it was maintained prior to the use thereof by them, or for any diminution


143


Table of Contents

in the value of the Notes Collateral that results solely from ordinary wear and tear resulting from the use of the Notes Collateral by such persons in the manner and for the time periods specified under the Intercreditor Agreement. Without limiting the rights granted in under the Intercreditor Agreement, the Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of Lenders Debt will cooperate with the Noteholder Secured Parties in connection with any efforts made by the Noteholder Secured Parties to sell the Notes Collateral.
 
Agreements With Respect to Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings
 
If the issuer or any of its subsidiaries becomes subject to a case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and, as debtor(s)-in-possession, moves for approval of financing (“DIP Financing”) to be provided by one or more lenders (the “DIP Lenders”) under Section 364 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or the use of cash collateral with the consent of the DIP Lenders under Section 363 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent have agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder will agree by its acceptance of the Notes that it will raise no objection to any such financing or to the Liens on the ABL Collateral securing the same (“DIP Financing Liens”) or to any use of cash collateral that constitutes ABL Collateral, unless the Bank Collateral Agent or the holders of any Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral oppose or object to such DIP Financing or such DIP Financing Liens or use of such cash collateral (and, to the extent that such DIP Financing Liens are senior to, or rank pari passu with, the Liens of such Lenders Debt in such ABL Collateral, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent will, for themselves and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, subordinate the liens of the Noteholder Secured Parties in such ABL Collateral to the liens of the Lenders Debt in such ABL Collateral and the DIP Financing Liens), so long as the Noteholder Secured Parties retain liens on all the Notes Collateral, including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of such proceeding, with the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of Lenders Debt will agree to similar provisions with respect to any DIP Financing.
 
The Trustee and the Noteholder Collateral Agent have agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder of the Notes will agree by its acceptance of the Notes that it will not object to or oppose a sale or other disposition of any ABL Collateral (or any portion thereof) under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code if the Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of Lenders Debt shall have consented to such sale or disposition of such ABL Collateral. The Bank Collateral Agent and the holders of Lenders Debt will agree to similar limitations with respect to their right to object to a sale of Notes Collateral.
 
Insurance
 
Unless and until written notice by the Bank Collateral Agent to the Trustee that the obligations under the Credit Agreement have been paid in full and all commitments to extend credit under the Credit Agreement shall have been terminated, as between the Bank Collateral Agent, on the one hand, and the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, on the other hand, only the Bank Collateral Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the security documents related to the Credit Agreement and the Indenture and the Security Documents) to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering or constituting ABL Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the ABL Collateral. Unless and until written notice by the Trustee to the Bank Collateral Agent that the obligations under the Indenture and the Notes have been paid in full, as between the Bank Collateral Agent, on the one hand, and the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, on the other hand, only the Notes Collateral Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the security documents related to the Credit Agreement and the Indenture and the Security Documents) to adjust or settle any insurance policy covering or constituting Notes Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding solely affecting the Notes Collateral. To the extent that an insured loss covers or constitutes both ABL Collateral and Notes Collateral, then the Bank Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent will work jointly and in good faith to collect, adjust or settle (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the security


144


Table of Contents

documents related to the Credit Agreement and the Indenture and the Security Documents) under the relevant insurance policy.
 
Refinancings of the Credit Agreement and the Notes
 
The obligations under the Credit Agreement and the obligations under the Indenture and the Notes may be refinanced or replaced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the refinancing transaction under the Credit Agreement or any security document related thereto and the Indenture and the Security Documents) of the Bank Collateral Agent or any holder of Lenders Debt or any Noteholder Secured Party, all without affecting the Lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement; provided, however, that the holders of any such refinancing or replacement indebtedness (or an authorized agent or trustee on their behalf) bind themselves in writing to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to such documents or agreements (including amendments or supplements to the Intercreditor Agreement) as the Bank Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reasonably request and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Bank Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be.
 
In connection with any refinancing or replacement contemplated by the foregoing paragraph, the Intercreditor Agreement may be amended at the request and sole expense of the issuer, and without the consent of either the Bank Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, (a) to add parties (or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) providing any such refinancing or replacement indebtedness, (b) to establish that Liens on any Notes Collateral securing such refinancing or replacement Indebtedness shall have the same priority as the Liens on any Notes Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced and (c) to establish that the Liens on any ABL Collateral securing such refinancing or replacement indebtedness shall have the same priority as the Liens on any ABL Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced, all on the terms provided for herein immediately prior to such refinancing or replacement.
 
Use of Proceeds of ABL Collateral
 
After the satisfaction of all obligations under any Lenders Debt secured by ABL Collateral and the termination of all commitments to extend credit that would constitute Lenders Debt secured or intended to be secured by any ABL Collateral, the Trustee, in accordance with the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Indenture and the Security Documents, will distribute all cash proceeds (after payment of the costs of enforcement and collateral administration, including any amounts owed to the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent) of the ABL Collateral received by it under the Security Documents for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes and any remaining Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations.
 
Subject to the terms of the Security Documents, the issuer and the Guarantors will have the right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Collateral securing the Notes (other than any cash, securities, obligations and Cash Equivalents constituting part of the Collateral and deposited with the Notes Collateral Agent or the Bank Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents and other than as set forth in the Security Documents), to freely operate the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income therefrom.
 
See “Risk Factors — Risk Factors Related to the Exchange Notes — Bankruptcy laws may limit the ability of holder of the notes to realize value from the collateral”.
 
Release of Collateral
 
The issuer and the Guarantors will be entitled to the releases of property and other assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes under any one or more of the following circumstances:
 
  •  to enable the disposition of such property or assets to the extent not prohibited under the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Asset Sales”;
 
  •  in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Note Guarantee, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor; or
 
  •  as described under “— Amendment, Supplement and Waiver” below.


145


Table of Contents

 
The second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes will terminate and be released automatically if the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are released by the Bank Collateral Agent (unless, at the time of such release of such first-priority liens, an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Indenture). Notwithstanding the existence of an Event of Default, the second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes shall also terminate and be released automatically to the extent the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are released by the Bank Collateral Agent in connection with a sale, transfer or disposition of ABL Collateral that is either not prohibited under the Indenture or occurs in connection with the foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, such ABL Collateral by the Bank Collateral Agent (except with respect to any proceeds of such sale, transfer or disposition that remain after satisfaction in full of the Lenders Debt). The liens on the Collateral securing the Notes, that otherwise would have been released pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph but for the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, will be released when such Event of Default and all other Events of Default under the Indenture cease to exist.
 
The security interests in all Collateral securing the Notes also will be released upon (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) on, the Notes and all other obligations under the Indenture, the Note Guarantees under the Indenture and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any), are paid or (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance under the Indenture as described below under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” or a discharge of the Indenture as described under “— Satisfaction and Discharge”.
 
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
 
The Indenture provides that the issuer will comply with the provisions of TIA § 314 to the extent applicable. To the extent applicable, the issuer will cause TIA § 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA § 314(d), relating to the release of property or securities subject to the Lien of the Security Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA § 314(d) may be made by an officer or legal counsel, as applicable, of the issuer except in cases where TIA § 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the issuer will not be required to comply with all or any portion of TIA § 314(d) if it determines, in good faith based on the written advice of counsel, a copy of which written advice shall be provided to the Trustee, that under the terms of TIA § 314(d) or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA § 314(d) is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral.
 
Optional Redemption
 
Not more than once in any twelve-month period, the issuer may redeem Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a redemption price of 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Notes redeemed in aggregate pursuant to this paragraph does not exceed $75.0 million.
 
At any time prior to June 1, 2011, the issuer may on any one or more occasions redeem, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) at a redemption price of 110% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one


146


Table of Contents

or more Designated Offerings of the issuer (or of any Parent to the extent such proceeds are contributed to the equity capital of the issuer, other than in the form of Disqualified Stock); provided that:
 
(1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the issuer and its Subsidiaries); and
 
(2) the redemption must occur within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Designated Offering.
 
Except pursuant to the preceding two paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the issuer’s option prior to June 1, 2011. The issuer is not prohibited, however, from acquiring the Notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to an issuer tender offer, open market transactions or otherwise, assuming such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.
 
On or after June 1, 2011, the issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 1 of the years indicated below:
 
         
Year
  Percentage  
 
2011
    105.0 %
2012
    102.5 %
2013
    100.0 %
 
The issuer may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of the Indenture.
 
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:
 
(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or
 
(2) if the Notes are not so listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.
 
No Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.
 
If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption.
 
On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
 
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
 
The issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the issuer may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under the captions “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and “— Certain Covenants-Asset Sales”.


147


Table of Contents

Change of Control
 
If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the issuer will offer a Change of Control Payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the issuer will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture, the issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.
 
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the issuer will, to the extent lawful:
 
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
 
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
 
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the issuer.
 
The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
 
The Credit Agreement will, and other Indebtedness agreements may, provide that certain change of control events with respect to the issuer would constitute a default under such agreements. Such defaults could result in amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement and such other Indebtedness being declared due and payable. The issuer’s ability to pay cash to the Holders following the occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by its then existing financial resources. Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.
 
The provisions described above that require the issuer to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control will be applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.
 
The issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a


148


Table of Contents

definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. Notes repurchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be retired and cancelled.
 
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of the issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all”, there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a Holder of Notes to require the issuer to repurchase such Notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.
 
The provisions under the Indenture relating to the issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes.
 
Certain Covenants
 
The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:
 
Asset Sales
 
(a) The issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral unless:
 
(1) the issuer (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;
 
(2) in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $10 million, such fair market value is determined by the issuer’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
 
(3) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or a combination thereof.
 
(4) to the extent that any assets received by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale constitute securities or may be used or useful in a Permitted Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition added to the Notes Collateral securing the Notes, other than Excluded Assets and subject to the limitations and exclusions described under “— Limitations on Stock Collateral”; and
 
(5) Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale is paid directly by the purchaser thereof to the Notes Collateral Agent to be held in trust in an Asset Sale Proceeds Account for application in accordance with this covenant.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of the above paragraph, the issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to cause any Excess (as defined below) to be held in an Asset Sale Proceeds Account in accordance with clause (5) of the above paragraph except to the extent the aggregate Excess from all Asset Sales of Notes Collateral which are not held in an Asset Sale Proceeds Account, or have not been previously applied in accordance with the provisions of the following paragraphs relating to the application of Excess from Asset Sales of Notes Collateral, exceeds $20.0 million.
 
Within 365 days after the Note Collateral Agent’s receipt of the Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral, the excess (the “Excess”) of (x) any such Net Proceeds over (y) the amount of cash applied by the issuer and any Guarantor during the 6 months prior to the date of any such Asset Sale to make Asset Sale Investments (provided that such amounts shall not include (a) amounts previously used to so offset other


149


Table of Contents

Net Proceeds or (b) Asset Sale Investments made with cash from the Asset Sale of Notes Collateral) shall be used by the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at its option to do any one or more of the following:
 
(1) acquire assets or make capital expenditures, that, in either case, are used or useful in a Permitted Business (provided, however, that if such acquisition is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer or, if such Person is a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary), in an increase in the percentage ownership of such Person by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer) (an “Asset Sale Investment”); provided, however, that to the extent that the assets acquired by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale Investment may be used or useful in a Permitted Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition added to the Notes Collateral securing the Notes; or
 
(2) make one or more offers to the Holders of the Notes (and, at the option of the issuer, the holders of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) to purchase Notes (and such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained in the Indenture (each, a “Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer”); provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (2), the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of the above paragraph, the issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to apply any Excess in accordance with the above paragraph until the aggregate Excess from all Asset Sales of Notes Collateral which are not applied in accordance with the above paragraph exceeds $20.0 million.
 
The issuer will commence a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer with respect to the Excess from any Asset Sale of Notes Collateral not later than 10 business days after the later of (x) the 365th day after such Asset Sale of Notes Collateral to the extent such Excess has not been used in accordance with paragraph (1) or (2) above and (y) the date that the Excess from Asset Sales of Notes Collateral not applied in accordance with this covenant exceeds $20.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. After the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has applied the Excess from any Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral as provided in, and within the time periods required by, this paragraph (a), the balance of such Excess, if any, from such Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral shall be released by the Notes Collateral Agent to the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary for use by the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of the Indenture and shall cease to constitute Excess of Asset Sales of Notes Collateral subject to the provisions of this covenant.
 
(b) The issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral) unless:
 
(1) the issuer (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;
 
(2) in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $10 million, such fair market value is determined by the issuer’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
 
(3) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination thereof.
 
Within 365 days after the issuer’s or Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer’s receipt of the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may at its option do any one or more of the following:
 
(1) permanently reduce any Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien (including the Credit Facilities) or any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (and, in the case of


150


Table of Contents

revolving obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) or any Pari Passu Indebtedness, in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the issuer or an Affiliate of the issuer; provided, however, that if the issuer or any Guarantor shall so reduce any Pari Passu Indebtedness, the issuer will equally and ratably reduce Indebtedness under the Notes by making an offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of the Notes, such offer to be conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer but without any further limitation in amount; or
 
(2) make an Asset Sale Investment.
 
Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents. The Indenture will provide that any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral) that are not applied as provided and within the 365-day time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of Notes (and, at the option of the issuer, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), that is an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds not later than ten business days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $20.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased in the manner described below. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds which served as the basis for such Asset Sale Offer shall be reduced to zero.
 
The issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of the Indenture, the issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflict.
 
If more Notes (and any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) are tendered pursuant to a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer than the issuer is required to purchase, the principal amount of the Notes (and such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) to be purchased will be determined pro rata based on the principal amounts so tendered and the selection of the actual Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided, however, that no Notes (or any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) of $1,000 or less shall be purchased in part. If more Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the issuer is required to purchase, the principal amount of the Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased will be determined pro rata based on the principal amounts so tendered and the selection of the actual Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided, however, that no Notes (or Pari Passu Indebtedness) of $1,000 or less shall be purchased in part.
 
Notices of a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer or an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder of Notes at


151


Table of Contents

such holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased.
 
A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any Note purchased in part will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the purchase date, unless the issuer defaults in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof purchased.
 
For purposes of this provision, each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:
 
(1) any liabilities (as shown on the issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and, in the case of liabilities other than Non-Recourse Debt, where the issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries are released from any further liability in connection therewith;
 
(2) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days thereafter (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion); and
 
(3) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million or (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, any liabilities of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that are not assumed by the transferee of such assets in respect of which the issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries are not released from any future liabilities in connection therewith shall not be considered consideration.
 
This covenant contains a number of substantial qualifications and exceptions. See the definition of “Asset Sale” under “— Certain Definitions” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to the Exchange Notes and our other Indebtedness — The collateral may not be valuable enough to satisfy all the obligations secured by such collateral”.
 
Restricted Payments
 
The issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
 
(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the issuer or to the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer;
 
(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the issuer) any Equity Interests of the issuer or any Parent;
 
(3) make any payment of principal or premium on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment (other than (A) from the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of such subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one


152


Table of Contents

year of the date of such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement); or
 
(4) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),
 
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
 
(1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and
 
(2) the issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described below under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; and
 
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (13), (14) and (15) of the next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:
 
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture and ending on the date of the issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (provided, that, if the amount of Consolidated Net Income as so calculated divided by the number of full fiscal quarters in such period exceeds $5.25 million, then such amount shall equal (i) 50% of the product of $5.25 million multiplied by the number of full fiscal quarters in such period plus (ii) 75% of the amount in excess of the product of $5.25 million multiplied by the number of full fiscal quarters in such period) (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus
 
(b) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of property) received by the issuer subsequent to the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the issuer (other than Excluded Contributions or net proceeds from the issue and sale of Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer); plus
 
(c) an amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, subsequent to the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture, resulting from payments of interest on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets, in each case to the issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from any such Investment, or from the net cash proceeds from the sale of any such Investment, or from a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary, but only if and to the extent such amounts are not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and not to exceed in the case of any Investment the amount of the Restricted Investment previously made by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that 50% (or, if subclause (a)(ii) of this clause (3) is applicable to the period in which such amounts are received, 75%) of amounts in excess of the amount of the Investment previously made may be added to the amounts otherwise available under this clause (c) to make Restricted Investments pursuant to this clause (3).
 
The preceding provisions will not prohibit:
 
(1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture;


153


Table of Contents

(2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or of any Equity Interests of the issuer or any Parent in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer) of, Equity Interests of the issuer other than Disqualified Stock (and any distribution, loan or advance of such net cash proceeds to any Parent for such purpose) or out of contributions to the equity capital of the issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;
 
(3) the repayment, defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
 
(4) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer to the holders of any series or class of its common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;
 
(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the issuer and any distribution, loan or advance to any Parent for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of any Parent, in each case held by any former or current employees, officers, directors or consultants of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses, former spouses or family members under any management equity plan or stock option or other management or employee benefit plan upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such Persons, in an amount not to exceed $7.5 million in any calendar year; provided, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (i) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the issuer (or any Parent to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to the common equity of the issuer) to employees, officers, directors or consultants of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture (to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (2) above or previously applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5)) plus (ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture less any amounts previously applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5); provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the issuer from employees, officers, directors and consultants of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the issuer from such Persons will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provisions of the Indenture to the extent that the proceeds received from the sale of such Equity Interests were excluded from clause 3(b) of the preceding paragraph; provided further that the net cash proceeds from such sales of Equity Interests described in clause (i) of this clause (5) shall be excluded from clause 3(b) of the preceding paragraph to the extent such proceeds have been or are applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5);
 
(6) the payment of dividends or other distributions or the making of loans or advances to any Parent in amounts required for any Parent to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain its existence and provide for all other operating costs of any Parent to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, in respect of director fees and expenses, administrative, legal and accounting services provided by third parties and other costs and expenses including all costs and expenses with respect to filings with the SEC plus any indemnification claims made by directors or officers of any Parent attributable to the ownership or operation of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(7) the payment of dividends or other distributions by the issuer to any Parent in amounts required to pay the tax obligations of any Parent attributable to the issuer and its Subsidiaries determined as if the issuer and its Subsidiaries had filed a separate consolidated, combined or unitary return for the relevant taxing jurisdiction; provided that any refunds received by any Parent attributable to the issuer or any of


154


Table of Contents

its Subsidiaries shall promptly be returned by any Parent to the issuer through a contribution to the common equity of, or the purchase of common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the issuer from, the issuer; and provided further that the amount of any such contribution or purchase shall be excluded from clause (3)(b) of the preceding paragraph;
 
(8) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the cashless exercise of stock options and warrants;
 
(9) other Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted pursuant to this covenant in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million;
 
(10) the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”;
 
(11) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
 
(12) following the first Public Equity Offering of the issuer or any Parent after the date of the Indenture, the payment of dividends on the issuer’s common stock (and, in the case of a Public Equity Offering of any Parent, solely for the purpose of paying dividends on such Parent’s common stock) in an amount not to exceed 6% per annum of the gross proceeds of such Public Equity Offering received by or contributed to the common equity capital of, the issuer (other than any such gross proceeds constituting Excluded Contributions);
 
(13) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or Asset Sale and within 60 days after completion of the offer to repurchase Notes pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and “— Asset sales” (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Indebtedness of the issuer subordinated to the Notes that is required to be repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control or Asset Sale, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest);
 
(14) the payment of dividends or other distributions by the issuer to any Parent in amounts required for any Parent to pay any expenses incurred in connection with unconsummated offerings of debt securities or Equity Interests of any Parent; and
 
(15) the payment of dividends or other distributions by the issuer to any Parent in an aggregate amount equal to any reduction in taxes realized by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of refunds or deductions realized in connection with or otherwise resulting from the 2004 Transactions;
 
provided, however, that in the case of clauses (2), (3), (5), (9), (10), (12), (13), (14) and (15) above, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
 
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant shall, if the fair market value thereof exceeds $10.0 million, be determined by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if the fair market value exceeds $25.0 million. If any fairness opinion or appraisal is required by the Indenture in connection with any Restricted Payments, the issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this “Restricted Payments” covenant were computed, together with a copy of such fairness opinion or appraisal.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this covenant, neither the issuer nor its Restricted Subsidiaries may make a Restricted Payment (including the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement


155


Table of Contents

for value of any Equity Interests of the issuer or any distribution, loan or advance to any Parent) for the purposes, directly or indirectly, of funding the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of, or payment of dividends or distribution on, any Equity Interests of, or making any Investment in the holder of any Equity Interests in, any Parent, in each case by means of utilization of the cumulative Restricted Payment credit provided by the first paragraph of this covenant, or the exceptions provided by clauses (1), (9) or (15) of the second paragraph of this covenant.
 
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock
 
The issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the issuer will not issue any Disqualified Stock and the issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however, that the issuer and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock and the Guarantors may issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
 
The first paragraph of this covenant will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):
 
(1) (a) the incurrence by the issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (and the incurrence by the Guarantors of Guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the issuer and the Guarantors thereunder) not to exceed the sum of (x) $300.0 million plus (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes purchased, redeemed, or otherwise acquired or retired for value by the issuer after the Issue Date through the date of such incurrence and (b) the incurrence by the issuer or any Guarantor of additional Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (and the incurrence by the Guarantors of Guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the issuer and the Guarantors thereunder) not to exceed the amount, if any, by which (x) the amount of the Borrowing Base as of the date of such incurrence exceeds (y) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (a) as of the date of such incurrence, less, in the case of clause (a), the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the issuer or any Guarantor to repay any Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Asset Sales” and, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), less amounts outstanding under any Qualified Receivables Transactions;
 
(2) the incurrence by the issuer or any Guarantor of the Existing Indebtedness;
 
(3) the incurrence by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by the Notes to be issued on the date of the Indenture and the related Note Guarantees, the Exchange Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; and any exchange notes issued by the issuer in exchange for Additional Notes, if any, issued in compliance with the Indenture and pursuant to a registered exchange offer and the related Note Guarantees.
 
(4) the incurrence by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price, or cost of construction or improvement, of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used in the business of the issuer or any of its Restricted


156


Table of Contents

Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed, at any time outstanding, the greater of (x) $30.0 million or (y) 3% of Consolidated Tangible Assets of the issuer;
 
(5) the incurrence by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that is permitted by the Indenture to be incurred under the first paragraph of this covenant or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (15), or (16) of this paragraph;
 
(6) the incurrence by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:
 
(a) if the issuer or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, and such Indebtedness is owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the issuer, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and
 
(b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);
 
(7) the incurrence by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;
 
(8) the guarantee by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer that was permitted to be incurred by another provision of this covenant; provided that, in the case of a guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary complies with the covenant described below under the caption “Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness”;
 
(9) the accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this covenant; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the issuer as accrued;
 
(10) the incurrence by the issuer’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse Debt, provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer that was not permitted by this clause (10);
 
(11) the incurrence by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance; provided, however, that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;


157


Table of Contents

(12) the incurrence by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that:
 
(a) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote or footnotes to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on that balance sheet for purposes of this clause (a)); and
 
(b) the maximum assumable liability in respect of that Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair market value of those noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the issuer and/or that Restricted Subsidiary in connection with that disposition;
 
(13) the issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock by any of the issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries issued to the issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Securities that results in such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being held by a Person other than the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock to a Person that is not either the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock that was not permitted by this clause (13);
 
(14) the incurrence by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
 
(15) the incurrence by the issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (15), not to exceed $75.0 million;
 
(16) the incurrence by the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of the issuer of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16), not to exceed $50.0 million;
 
(17) the incurrence of any Indebtedness by a Receivables Subsidiary that is not recourse to the issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings) incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, that, the aggregate amount of Indebtedness under this clause (17), when aggregated with all Indebtedness outstanding under clause (1), shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted under clause (1);
 
(18) contingent liabilities arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business;
 
(19) the incurrence by the issuer of Indebtedness to effect the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the issuer or any Parent, in each case held by any former or current employees, officers, directors or consultants of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses, former spouses or family members under any management equity plan or stock option or other management or employee benefit plan upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such Persons, in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the maximum amount of such acquisitions pursuant to clause (5) of the covenant described under the caption “— Restricted Payments”;


158


Table of Contents

(20) the incurrence of Indebtedness of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; and
 
(21) contingent liabilities arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.
 
For purposes of determining compliance with this “Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covenant, in the event that any proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (21) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the issuer will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, and from time to time may reclassify, in any manner that complies with this covenant at such time. Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement on the date of the Indenture shall be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt.
 
Liens
 
The issuer will not, and will not permit any of the issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) of any kind upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
 
(1) in the case of the Notes Collateral, any Initial Lien if (i) such Initial Lien expressly ranks junior to the first-priority security interest intended to be created in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the Security Documents; provided, however, that the terms of such junior interest will be no more favorable to the beneficiaries thereof than the terms contained in the Intercreditor Agreement; or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Collateral Lien;
 
(2) in the case of the ABL Collateral, any Initial Lien if (i) the Notes are equally and ratably secured on a second priority basis by such ABL Collateral until such time as such Initial Lien is released or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien; and
 
(3) in the case of any other asset or property, any Initial Lien if (i) the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligations secured by such Initial Lien or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien.
 
Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to clause (2) or (3) of the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien which release and discharge in the case of any sale of any such asset or property shall not affect any Lien that the Notes Collateral Agent may have on the proceeds from such sale.
 
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
 
The issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
 
(1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any indebtedness owed to the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2) make loans or advances to the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
 
(3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
 
(1) Existing Indebtedness and the Credit Agreement;


159


Table of Contents

(2) the Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees or by other Indebtedness of the issuer or of a Guarantor which is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or Note Guarantees, as applicable, incurred under an indenture pursuant to the covenant described above under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the Indenture;
 
(3) applicable law or regulation;
 
(4) any agreements or instruments governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred or issued, as the case may be, in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred;
 
(5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in clause (3) of the preceding paragraph;
 
(7) an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of Capital Stock or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary or an agreement entered into for the sale of specified assets or the granting of an option to purchase specified assets (in either case, so long as such encumbrance or restriction, by its terms, terminates on the earlier of the termination of such agreement or the consummation of such agreement and so long as such restriction applies only to the Capital Stock or assets to be sold);
 
(8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
 
(9) Permitted Liens securing Indebtedness that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Lien;
 
(10) customary limitations on the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(11) any Purchase Money Note, or other Indebtedness or contractual requirements of a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that such restrictions only apply to such Receivables Subsidiary;
 
(12) cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
 
(13) customary provisions in joint venture agreements;
 
(14) Indebtedness of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; and
 
(15) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the agreements, contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (14) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the issuer’s board of directors, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than the dividend or other payment restrictions contained in the contracts, agreements, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (14) above prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; provided further, however, that with respect to contracts,


160


Table of Contents

agreements, instruments or obligations existing on the Issue Date, any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings contain, in the good faith judgment of the issuer’s board of directors, dividend and other payment restrictions that are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than such restrictions contained in such contracts, instruments or obligations as in effect on the Issue Date.
 
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
 
The issuer will not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the issuer is the surviving corporation), and the issuer will not sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person (including by way of consolidation or merger), unless:
 
(1) either: (a) the issuer is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that, in the case such Person is a limited liability company or a partnership, such Person will form a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a corporation and cause such Subsidiary to become a co-issuer of the Notes;
 
(2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the issuer, as the case may be, under the Notes, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
 
(3) immediately after such transaction and any related financing transactions, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
 
(4) the issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, will, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”, or if not, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on such basis is higher than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transactions.
 
Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of the preceding paragraph, the issuer may merge or consolidate with a Restricted Subsidiary incorporated solely for the purposes of organizing the issuer in another jurisdiction. The Indenture will also provide for similar provisions relating to any consolidation, merger or sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or disposal of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of a Guarantor, excluding clause (4) above.
 
In addition, neither the issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary may, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. This “Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” covenant will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.
 
Transactions with Affiliates
 
The issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or


161


Table of Contents

guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million on or after the Issue Date (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:
 
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
 
(2) the issuer delivers to the Trustee:
 
(a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this covenant and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and
 
(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing (an “Independent Financial Advisor”).
 
The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:
 
(1) any consulting or employment agreement or arrangement entered into by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the issuer;
 
(2) transactions (i) between or among the issuer and/or the Guarantors, (ii) between or among Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors; and (iii) between or among the issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, on the other hand, in the ordinary course of business;
 
(3) payment of reasonable directors fees to directors of the issuer and any Parent and the provision of customary indemnities to directors, officers employees or consultants of the issuer, and any Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(4) issuances and sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the issuer;
 
(5) any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and payments pursuant thereto among the issuer and its Subsidiaries and any other Person with which the issuer or its Subsidiaries is required or permitted to file a consolidated, combined or unitary tax return or with which the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is or could be part of a consolidated, combined or unitary group for tax purposes in amounts not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;
 
(6) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “— Restricted Payments” or any Permitted Investment;
 
(7) the payment (directly or through any Parent) of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advising fees and related expenses to the Equity Sponsor and its respective Affiliates pursuant to management agreements as described in the issuer’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007;
 
(8) payments by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Equity Sponsor and its Affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by the majority of the Board of Directors of the issuer in good faith, provided that the maximum aggregate amount of any such fees in any 12-month period shall not exceed 1.25% of the aggregate transaction value (including enterprise value in connection with acquisitions or


162


Table of Contents

divestitures) (or portion thereof) in respect of which such services are rendered (excluding, in any case, commitment or similar fees for providing financing);
 
(9) loans to employees that are approved in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the issuer in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million outstanding at any time and advances and expense reimbursements to employees in the ordinary course of business;
 
(10) agreements (and payments relating thereto) existing on May 10, 2008, as the same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time, so long as any amendment, modification or replacement is not materially less favorable to the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the agreement in effect on May 10, 2008;
 
(11) transactions with a joint venture engaged in a Permitted Business; provided that all the outstanding ownership interests of such joint venture are owned only by the issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and Persons who are not Affiliates of the issuer;
 
(12) transactions between a Receivables Subsidiary and any Person in which the Receivables Subsidiary has an Investment;
 
(13) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods, in each case in the ordinary course of business; and
 
(14) transactions which have been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors and with respect to which an Independent Financial Advisor has delivered an opinion as to the fairness to the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such transaction from a financial point of view.
 
Additional Note Guarantees and Security for the Notes
 
If on or after the date of the Indenture the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture, supplemental intercreditor agreement, and applicable Security Documents and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee within 20 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created. At the issuer’s option, the issuer may cause any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee and provide security for the Notes.
 
Each Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary may be released as described under “— Note Guarantees”.
 
Impairment of Security Interest
 
Subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Liens, the issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, subject to limited exceptions. The issuer shall not amend, modify or supplement, or permit or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement of, the Security Documents in any way that would be adverse to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, except as described above under “— Security for the Notes” or as permitted under “— Amendment, Supplement and Waiver”.
 
After-Acquired Property
 
Promptly following the acquisition by the issuer or any Guarantor of any After-Acquired Property (but subject to the limitations, if applicable, described under “— Security for the Notes — Notes Collateral” and “— Security for the Notes — Limitations on Stock Collateral”), the issuer or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Notes Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in such After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired Property added to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, and thereupon all provisions of the Indenture relating to the Notes Collateral


163


Table of Contents

or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.
 
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
 
The Board of Directors of the issuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default; provided that in no event shall there be any Unrestricted Subsidiaries on or immediately following the date of the Indenture. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated (after giving effect to any sale of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary in connection with such designation) will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and will either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “— Restricted Payments” or reduce the amount available for future Investments under one or more clauses of the definition of “Permitted Investments”. That designation will only be permitted if such Investment would be permitted at that time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the caption “— Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
 
Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness
 
The issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantee or pledge by a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary securing the payment of Indebtedness of another Foreign Restricted Subsidiary) unless either (1) such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor or (2) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of or pledge to secure such other Indebtedness, along with supplements to the Intercreditor Agreement and applicable Security Documents.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, any Note Guarantee will provide by its terms that it will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under the circumstances described above under the caption “— Note Guarantees”. The form of the Note Guarantee will be attached as an exhibit to the Indenture.
 
Business Activities
 
The issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except as would not be material to the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
 
Payments for Consent
 
The issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.


164


Table of Contents

Reports
 
Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding the issuer will furnish to the Trustee and Cede & Co., as the nominee of the DTC, on behalf of the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:
 
(1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the issuer were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the issuer’s certified independent accountants; and
 
(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the issuer were required to file such reports;
 
provided, that if the issuer files such reports electronically with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system) within such time periods, the issuer shall not be required under the Indenture to furnish such reports as specified above.
 
In addition, following the date by which the issuer is required to consummate the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the Commission, the issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any Notes (but not the Exchange Notes) remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
 
In addition, if at any time any Parent becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any Parent to do so), holds no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the issuer (and performs only the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to holders of the Notes pursuant to this covenant may, at the option of the issuer, be filed by and be those of such Parent rather than the issuer.
 
Information Regarding Collateral
 
The issuer will furnish to the Notes Collateral Agent, with respect to the issuer or any Guarantor, prompt written notice of any change in such Person’s (i) corporate name, (ii) jurisdiction of organization or formation, (iii) identity or corporate structure or (iv) Federal Taxpayer Identification Number. The issuer will agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for the Notes Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. The issuer also agrees promptly to notify the Notes Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed.
 
Each year, at the time of delivery of the annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year, the issuer shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate of a financial officer setting forth the information required pursuant to the perfection certificate required by the Indenture or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the prior delivered perfection certificate.
 
Further Assurances
 
The issuer and Guarantors shall execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be required under applicable law, or that the Trustee may


165


Table of Contents

reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents in the Collateral. In addition, from time to time, the issuer will reasonably promptly secure the obligations under the Indenture, Security Documents and Intercreditor Agreement by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to the Collateral. Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
 
Events of Default and Remedies
 
Each of the following is an Event of Default:
 
(1) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Interest with respect to, the Notes;
 
(2) default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
 
(3) failure by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions described under the captions “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control”, “— Certain Covenants — Asset sales” or “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets”;
 
(4) failure by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 45 days after notice by the Trustee or by Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of the other agreements in the Indenture, Security Documents or Intercreditor Agreement;
 
(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, if that default:
 
(a) is caused by a failure to make any payment when due at the final maturity (after any applicable grace period) of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or
 
(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity;
 
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more;
 
(6) failure by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million (net of any amount covered by insurance), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after such judgments have become final and non-appealable and, in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree that is not promptly stayed;
 
(7) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or the Note Guarantees of any group of Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any such Guarantor or group of Guarantors, or any Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor or group of Guarantors, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Note Guarantee;
 
(8) any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document with respect to any Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market value in excess of $50.0 million, shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by the issuer or any Guarantor not to be, a valid, perfected security interest in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby; except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Trustee to make filings, renewals and continuations (or other equivalent filings) which the issuer has indicated in the Perfection Certificate are required to be


166


Table of Contents

made or the failure of the Trustee to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents);
 
(9) the failure by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Security Documents or Intercreditor Agreement except for a failure that would not be material to the Holders of the Notes and would not materially affect the value of the Collateral taken as a whole (together with the defaults described in clauses (7) and (8)); and
 
(10) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.
 
In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing to the issuer specifying the respective Event of Default.
 
Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement except as provided in such documents. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or Additional Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
 
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest or Additional Interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.
 
The issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture. Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.
 
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
 
No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, or stockholder of the issuer or any Subsidiary, or any Parent have any liability for any obligations of the issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws, and it is the view of the Commission that such waiver is against public policy.
 
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
 
The issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to their Note Guarantees and the Security Documents (“Legal Defeasance”) except for:
 
(1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;
 
(2) the issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;


167


Table of Contents

(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the issuer’s and the Guarantor’s obligations in connection therewith; and
 
(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
 
In addition, the issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the issuer and the Guarantors released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with those covenants shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including nonpayment, bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described under “Events of Default” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
 
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
 
(1) the issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
 
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case, to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
 
(4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing);
 
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument to which the issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
 
(6) the issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the issuer or others; and
 
(7) the issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
 
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
 
Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents


168


Table of Contents

obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes).
 
Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
 
(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
 
(2) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note or alter the provisions relating to the redemption price of any Note at any time;
 
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
 
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
 
(5) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. dollars;
 
(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes;
 
(7) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or the Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;
 
(8) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions;
 
(9) expressly subordinate such Note or any Note Guarantee to any other Indebtedness of the issuer or any Guarantor or make any other change in the ranking or priority of any Note that would adversely affect the Holders; or
 
(10) make any change in the Intercreditor Agreement or in the provisions of the Indenture or any Security Document dealing with the application of proceeds of the Collateral that would adversely affect the Holders.
 
In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement will provide that, subject to certain exceptions, any amendment, waiver or consent to any of the collateral documents securing the obligations under the Credit Agreement, to the extent applicable to the ABL Collateral, will also apply automatically to the comparable Security Documents with respect to the Holders’ interest in the ABL Collateral. The Intercreditor Agreement will have a similar provision regarding the effect of any amendment, waiver or consent to any of the Security Documents, to the extent applicable to the Notes Collateral, on the corresponding collateral documents with respect to any obligations under the Credit Agreement.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement:
 
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
 
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
 
(3) to provide for the assumption of the issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets;


169


Table of Contents

(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect in any material respect the legal rights of any such Holder;
 
(5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA;
 
(6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture;
 
(7) to add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes;
 
(8) to add additional assets as Collateral;
 
(9) to release Collateral from the Lien or any Guarantor from its Guarantee, in each case pursuant to the Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement when permitted or required by the Indenture or the Security Documents;
 
(10) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;
 
(11) to provide for a successor trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or to otherwise comply with any requirement of the Indenture; or
 
(12) to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, Security Documents or Intercreditor Agreement to any provision of this Description of the Notes to the extent that such provision was intended to be a verbatim recitation of the text of this Description of the Notes.
 
The Intercreditor Agreement may be amended from time to time with the consent of certain parties thereto. In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement may be amended from time to time at the sole request and expense of the issuer, and without the consent of either the Bank Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent,
 
(1) (A) to add other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations that are incurred in compliance with the Credit Agreement, the Indenture and the Security Documents, (B) to establish that the Liens on any Notes Collateral securing such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations shall be pari passu under the Intercreditor Agreement with the Liens on such Notes Collateral securing the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes and senior to the Liens on such Notes Collateral securing any Obligations under the Credit Agreement, all on the terms provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment and (C) to establish that the Liens on any ABL Collateral securing such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations shall be pari passu under the Intercreditor Agreement with the Liens on such ABL Collateral securing the Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes and junior and subordinated to the Liens on such ABL Collateral securing any obligations under the Credit Agreement, all on the terms provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, and
 
(2) (A) to add other parties (or any authorized agent thereof or trustee therefor) holding Indebtedness that is incurred in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the Indenture and the Security Documents, (B) to establish that the Liens on any ABL Collateral securing such Indebtedness shall be pari passu under the Intercreditor Agreement with the Liens on such ABL Collateral securing the obligations under the Credit Agreement and senior to the Liens on such ABL Collateral securing any obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, all on the terms provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment and (C) to establish that the Liens on any Notes Collateral securing such Indebtedness shall be pari passu under the Intercreditor Agreement with the Liens on such Notes Collateral securing the obligations under the Credit Agreement and junior and subordinated to the Liens on such Notes Collateral securing any obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, all on the terms provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement in effect immediately prior to such amendment. Any such additional party and the Bank Collateral Agent, Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate delivered by an officer of the issuer certifying that such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations or Indebtedness, as the case may be, were issued or borrowed in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the Indenture and the Security Documents. Any amendment of the Intercreditor


170


Table of Contents

Agreement that is proposed to be effected without the consent of the Bank Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent will be submitted to such Person for its review at least 5 business days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such amendment.
 
The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
 
After an amendment under the Indenture becomes effective, the issuer is required to mail to the respective Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders entitled to receive such notice, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.
 
See also “Security for the Notes — Intercreditor Agreement — Refinancings of the Credit Agreement and the Notes”.
 
Satisfaction and Discharge
 
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, when the issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture and, either:
 
(1) all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
 
(2) (a) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year, including as a result of a redemption notice properly given pursuant to the Indenture, and the issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; (b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the issuer or any Guarantor is bound; and (c) the issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under the Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.
 
In addition, the issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
 
Concerning the Trustee
 
If the Trustee becomes a creditor of the issuer or any Guarantor, the Indenture limits its right to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign.
 
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such


171


Table of Contents

Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
 
Book-Entry, Delivery and Form
 
The Notes are being offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”). Notes also may be offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”). Except as set forth below, Notes will be issued in registered, global form in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Notes will be issued at the closing of this offering only against payment in immediately available funds.
 
Rule 144A Notes initially will be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). Regulation S Notes initially will be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Notes” and, together with the Rule 144A Global Notes, the “Global Notes”). The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the Trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below. Beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Notes at any time except in the limited circumstances described below. See “— Exchanges between Regulation S Notes and Rule 144A Notes”.
 
Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. See “— Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes”. Except in the limited circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Notes in certificated form.
 
Rule 144A Notes (including beneficial interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes) will be subject to certain restrictions on transfer and will bear a restrictive legend as described under “Notice to Investors”. Regulation S Notes will also bear the legend as described under “Notice to Investors”. In addition, transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants, which may change from time to time.
 
Depository Procedures
 
The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. The issuer takes no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urges investors to contact the system or its participants directly to discuss these matters.
 
DTC has advised the issuer that DTC is a limited-purpose trust issuer created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the “Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly (collectively, the “Indirect Participants”). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the Participants or the Indirect Participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.


172


Table of Contents

DTC has also advised the issuer that, pursuant to procedures established by it:
 
(1) upon deposit of the Global Notes, DTC will credit the accounts of Participants designated by the Initial Purchasers with portions of the principal amount of the Global Notes; and
 
(2) ownership of these interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes).
 
Investors in the Rule 144A Global Notes or in the Regulation S Global Notes may hold their interests therein directly through DTC, if they are Participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations which are Participants in such system. All interests in a Global Note may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC.
 
The laws of some states require that certain Persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note to such Persons will be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act on behalf of Indirect Participants, the ability of a Person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to Persons that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.
 
Except as described below, owners of interest in the Global Notes will not have Notes registered in their names, will not receive physical delivery of Notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or “Holders” thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.
 
Payments in respect of the principal of, and interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on a Global Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the issuer and the Trustee will treat the Persons in whose names the Notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the issuer or the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:
 
(1) any aspect of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interest in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any Participant’s or Indirect Participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes; or
 
(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its Participants or Indirect Participants.
 
DTC has advised the issuer that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the Notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with the payment on the payment date unless DTC has reason to believe it will not receive payment on such payment date. Each relevant Participant is credited with an amount proportionate to its beneficial ownership of an interest in the principal amount of the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the Participants and the Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the Participants or the Indirect Participants and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the Trustee or the issuer. Neither the issuer nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its Participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the Notes, and the issuer and the Trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.
 
Subject to the transfer restrictions set forth under “Notice to Investors”, transfers between Participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds.
 
DTC has advised the issuer that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a Holder of Notes only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes


173


Table of Contents

and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as to which such Participant or Participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an Event of Default under the Notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for legended Notes in certificated form, and to distribute such Notes to its Participants.
 
Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes among participants in DTC, it is under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and may discontinue such procedures at any time. Neither the issuer nor the Trustee nor any of their respective agents will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its respective participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
 
Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes
 
A Global Note is exchangeable for definitive Notes in registered certificated form (“Certificated Notes”) if:
 
(1) DTC (a) notifies the issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and in each case the issuer fails to appoint a successor depositary; or
 
(2) there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
 
In addition, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be exchanged for Certificated Notes upon prior written notice given to the Trustee by or on behalf of DTC in accordance with the Indenture. In all cases, Certificated Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests in Global Notes will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures) and will bear the applicable restrictive legend referred to in “Notice to Investors”, unless that legend is not required by applicable law.
 
Exchange of Certificated Notes for Global Notes
 
Certificated Notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in any Global Note unless the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the Indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such Notes. See “Notice to investors”.
 
Same Day Settlement and Payment
 
The issuer will make payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. The issuer will make all payments of principal, interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, with respect to Certificated Notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder’s registered address. The Notes represented by the Global Notes are eligible to trade in the PORTAL market and to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. The issuer expects that secondary trading in any Certificated Notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.
 
Governing Law
 
The Indenture and the Notes are governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.


174


Table of Contents

Certain Definitions
 
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
“2004 Transactions” means (1) the purchase by THL Buildco, Inc. of all the outstanding Capital Stock of Nortek Holdings, (2) the merger of THL Buildco, Inc. with and into Nortek Holdings with Nortek Holdings continuing as the surviving corporation, and the subsequent merger of Nortek Holdings with and into the issuer, with the issuer continuing as the surviving corporation, (3) the tender offers to purchase for cash all of Nortek Holdings’ outstanding 10% senior discount notes due 2011, the issuer’s outstanding senior floating rate notes due 2010 and the issuer’s outstanding 97/8% senior subordinated notes due 2011, (4) the repurchase or rollover of management stock options and severance, transaction bonuses and change of control payments to management, and all related transactions.
 
“81/2% Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of August 27, 2004 among THL Buildco, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, relating to the 81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014.
 
“ABL Collateral” means any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by the issuer or any Guarantor: (a) all Accounts (excluding the Asset Sales Proceeds Account); (b) all Inventory; (c) to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise related to the items referred to in the preceding clauses (a) and (b), all (i) General Intangibles, (ii) Chattel Paper, (iii) Instruments and (iv) Documents; (d) all Payment Intangibles (including corporate tax refunds), other than any Payment Intangibles that represent tax refunds in respect of or otherwise relate to real property, Fixtures or Equipment; (e) all indebtedness of Holdings or any of its subsidiaries that arises from cash advances made after the date hereof to enable the obligors thereon to acquire Inventory; (f) all collection accounts, deposit accounts and commodity accounts and any cash or other assets in any such accounts (other than the Asset Sales Proceeds Account and all cash, checks or other property held therein or credited thereto and any other identifiable cash proceeds in respect of Notes Collateral); (g) all books and records related to the foregoing; and (h) all Products and Proceeds and Supply Obligations of any and all of the foregoing in whatever form received, including proceeds of insurance policies related to Inventory of the issuer or any Guarantor and business interruption insurance and all collateral and guarantees given by another Person with respect to any of the foregoing; provided however that no Proceeds of Proceeds of the ABL Collateral will constitute ABL Collateral unless such Proceeds would otherwise constitute ABL Collateral. All capitalized terms used in this definition and not defined elsewhere herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Uniform Commercial Code.
 
“Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:
 
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and
 
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
 
“After-Acquired Property” means any property of the issuer or any Guarantor acquired after the Issue Date that secures the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations.
 
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control”, as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.


175


Table of Contents

“Asset Acquisition” means (a) an Investment by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person if, as a result of such Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer, or shall be merged with or into the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer, or (b) the acquisition by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or any division or line of business of any other Person.
 
“Asset Sale” means:
 
(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of the Indenture described above under the caption “— Repurchase at the Option of Holders — Change of Control” and/or the provisions described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” and not by the provisions of the Asset Sale covenant; and
 
(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests in or by any of the issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries (other than director’s qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by Persons other than the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary).
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:
 
(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a fair market value of less than $5.0 million;
 
(2) a transfer of assets (i) between or among the issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors or (ii) between or among Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to the issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;
 
(4) the sale, lease, sublease, license, sublicense or consignment of equipment, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;
 
(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;
 
(6) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments”;
 
(7) the licensing of intellectual property to third Persons on customary terms as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith;
 
(8) any sale of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction;
 
(9) any sale or disposition of any property or equipment that has become damaged, worn-out, obsolete, condemned, given over in lieu of deed or otherwise unsuitable or not required for the ordinary course of the business of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(10) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
 
(11) any foreclosures of assets;
 
(12) any disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; and
 
(13) any assets under a contract for sale on the Issue Date which are included on a schedule to the Indenture and sold by December 31, 2008.
 
“Asset Sale Proceeds Account” shall mean one or more deposit accounts or securities accounts holding only the proceeds of any sale or disposition of any Notes Collateral.


176


Table of Contents

“Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Bank Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, N.A. and any successor under the Credit Agreement, or if there is no Credit Agreement, the “Bank Collateral Agent” designated pursuant to the terms of the Lenders Debt.
 
“Bank Lenders” means the lenders or holders of Indebtedness issued under the Credit Agreement.
 
“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a sub sequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.
 
“Board of Directors” means:
 
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or a committee thereof authorized to exercise the power of the board of directors of such corporation;
 
(2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and
 
(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
 
“Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to:
 
(1) 90% of the value of all accounts receivable owned by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; plus
 
(2) 90% of the value of all inventory owned by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; plus
 
(3) 100% of the unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date;
 
all calculated on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
 
“Capital Stock” means:
 
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
 
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
 
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
 
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.


177


Table of Contents

“Cash Equivalents” means:
 
(1) United States dollars or, in the case of any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;
 
(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States, Canada or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition;
 
(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million;
 
(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
 
(5) commercial paper having the rating of P-1 or better from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or A-1 or better from Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (“S&P”) and in each case maturing within twelve months after the date of acquisition;
 
(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition;
 
(7) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) to (6) above denominated in euro or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and
 
(8) investments in funds which invest substantially all of their assets in Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition,
 
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 
(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principals or Related Parties of the Principals;
 
(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the issuer or the direct parent company of the issuer;
 
(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the issuer, Holdings or Superholdings, as the case may be;
 
(4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings, Superholdings or the issuer are not Continuing Directors; or
 
(5) Holdings, Superholdings or the issuer consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, Holdings, Superholdings or the issuer, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings, Superholdings, the issuer or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (A) the Voting Stock of Holdings, Superholdings or the issuer outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other


178


Table of Contents

than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance) and (B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee person.
 
“Collateral” means all the assets and properties subject to the Liens created by the Security Documents.
 
“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period and, without duplication, plus:
 
(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(2) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether or not paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of the step-up in inventory valuation arising from purchase accounting and other intangibles) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(4) any management fees paid by the issuer to Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P., as the case may be, or its Affiliates, in such period pursuant to management agreements to the extent that any such management fees were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; provided that the maximum aggregate amount of such management fees in any 12-month period payable to Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. or its Affiliates shall not exceed the amount described in the issuer’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007; plus
 
(5) any reasonable expenses, fees or charges related to the Transactions or any acquisition or Investment, in each case to the extent that any such expenses, fees or charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus
 
(6) other non-recurring cash charges not to exceed in the aggregate $3.0 million in any fiscal year; minus
 
(7) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any period.
 
Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the issuer only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the issuer by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.


179


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:
 
(1) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded; provided, that, to the extent not previously included, Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
 
(2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to provisions of this clause (2) during such period, to the extent not previously included therein;
 
(3) the Net Income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;
 
(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;
 
(5) non-cash charges relating to employee benefit or other management compensation plans of any Parent (to the extent such non-cash charges relate to plans of any Parent for the benefit of members of the Board of Directors of the issuer (in their capacity as such) or employees of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards of any Parent (to the extent such noncash charges relate to plans of any Parent for the benefit of members of the Board of Directors of the issuer (in their capacity as such) or employees of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding in each case any non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense incurred in a prior period) in each case, to the extent that such non-cash charges are deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income shall be excluded;
 
(6) any non-cash goodwill or other impairment charges resulting from the application of FAS 142 or FAS 144, and non-cash charges relating to the amortization of intangibles resulting from the application of FAS 141, shall be excluded;
 
(7) any increase in cost of sales as a result of the step-up in inventory valuation arising from applying the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP in connection with any acquisition consummated after the date of the Indenture, net of taxes, shall be excluded;
 
(8) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FAS 52 shall be excluded; and
 
(9) all restructuring charges, including severance, relocation and transition costs, shall be excluded.
 
“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) consolidated total Indebtedness of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of determination that constitutes the Notes, any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations or any Lenders Debt to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow for the then most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are available in each case with such pro forma adjustments to such consolidated total Indebtedness and Consolidated Cash Flow as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.


180


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, all as shown on the most recent balance sheet for such Person.
 
“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the issuer or any Parent, as the case may be, who:
 
(1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture;
 
(2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election; or
 
(3) was designated or appointed by the Principals and the Related Parties of the Principals.
 
“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement among the issuer, certain Subsidiaries of the issuer, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, dated as of the Issue Date, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated, substituted or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
 
“Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or a trustee providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or issuances of notes, in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated, substituted or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.
 
“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.
 
“Designated Offering” means an Equity Offering.
 
“Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; and provided further that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments”.


181


Table of Contents

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
 
“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
 
“Equity Offering” means an offering (including in a private placement) of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the issuer or any Parent, other than public offerings with respect to the Equity Interests registered on Form S-8.
 
“Equity Sponsor” means Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
 
“Excluded Assets” means the collective reference to (i) all interests in real property other than fee interests, (ii) any fee interest in real property (other than certain real property owned by the issuer or the Guarantors and set forth either on a schedule to the Indenture) if the greater of the cost and the book value of such fee interest is less than $2,500,000; (iii) any property or asset to the extent that the grant of a security interest in such property or asset is prohibited by any applicable law or requires a consent not obtained of any governmental authority pursuant to applicable law; (iv) those assets that would constitute ABL Collateral but as to which the Bank Collateral Agent shall not have required a lien or security interest; (v) any right, title or interest in any permit, lease, license, contract or agreement held by any Grantor or to which any Grantor is a party or any of its right, title or interest thereunder to the extent, but only to the extent, that such a grant would, under the terms of such permit, lease, license, contract or agreement, result in a breach of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any permit, lease, license, contract or agreement held by such Grantor or to which such Grantor is a party (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including Title 11 of the United States Code) or principles of equity); provided, that immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of any such provision, such right, title or interest in such permit, lease, license, contract or agreement shall cease to be an “Excluded Asset”; (vi) Capital Stock of a Person that constitutes a Subsidiary (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) the pledge of which would violate a contractual obligation to the owners of the other Capital Stock of such Person that is binding on or relating to such Capital Stock; (vii) any Equipment of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subject to a purchase money lien or capital lease permitted under the Indenture to the extent the documents relating to such purchase money lien or capital lease would not permit such Equipment to be subject to the Liens created under the Security Documents; provided, that immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of any such restriction, such Equipment shall cease to be an “Excluded Asset”; (viii) any motor vehicles; (ix) the real property located at 1620 Mid-American Industrial Court, Boonville, Missouri (only for so long as Liens permitted under the Indenture prohibit Liens securing the Notes on such real property); and (x) the real property located at 4820 Red Bank Road, Cincinnati, Ohio until December 31, 2008; provided, however, that Excluded Assets will not include (a) any proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets referred to in clause (iii) (unless such proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Assets referred to in clause (iii)) or (b) any asset which secures obligations with respect to the Lenders Debt (other than collateral described above in “— Security for Notes — Limitations on Stock Collateral”).
 
“Excluded Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the issuer after the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture from (a) contributions to its common equity capital and (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the issuer, in each case designated within 60 days of the receipt of such net cash proceeds as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in the second clause (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments”.
 
“Existing Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated August 27, 2004 among the issuer, Holdings, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, UBS AG Canada Branch, Bank of America N.A., Bank of America N.A. (Canada Branch), and certain other lenders party thereto.


182


Table of Contents

“Existing Holdings Indebtedness” means (a) the 103/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 of NTK Holdings, Inc. and (b) Indebtedness outstanding on the date of the Indenture under the Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of May 10, 2006, among the issuer, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent (or any notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the terms of such agreement).
 
“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness outstanding on the date of the Indenture, other than under the Credit Agreement and the Indenture.
 
“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.
 
In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:
 
(1) the Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis including Pro Forma Cost Savings assuming that the Transactions and all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four- quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer or was merged with or into the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; and
 
(2) in calculating Fixed Charges attributable to interest on any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma basis, (a) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Calculation Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Calculation Date; (b) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Calculation Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the four-quarter period; and (c) notwithstanding clause (a) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to interest rate swaps, caps or collars, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreement.
 
“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication of,
 
(1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (other than the amortization of discount or imputed interest


183


Table of Contents

arising as a result of purchase accounting), the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations; plus
 
(2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus
 
(3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus
 
(4) the product of (a) all dividends and distributions, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; minus
 
(5) the amortization or expensing of financing fees incurred by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions and recognized in the applicable period; minus
 
(6) interest income actually received by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash for such period.
 
“Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer incorporated in any jurisdiction outside the United States.
 
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of the Indenture.
 
“Grantors” means the issuer and the Guarantors.
 
“Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.
 
“Guarantors” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided, that, upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Note Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor.
 
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:
 
(1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate risk;
 
(2) commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements, forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping commodity price risk; and
 
(3) foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping foreign currency exchange rate risk.


184


Table of Contents

“Holdings” means Nortek Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.
 
“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the issuer that has less than $100,000 in total assets.
 
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of:
 
(1) borrowed money;
 
(2) obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
 
(3) banker’s acceptances;
 
(4) Capital Lease Obligations;
 
(5) the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or
 
(6) representing any Hedging Obligations,
 
if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any obligations constituting Indebtedness, and Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner.
 
The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:
 
(1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;
 
(2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and
 
(3) with respect to Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the lesser of the fair market value of the property secured or the amount of the secured Indebtedness.
 
“Intercreditor Agreement” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Bank Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the issuer and each Guarantor, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the Indenture.
 
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer, the issuer shall be deemed to have made a Restricted Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments”. The acquisition by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments”.


185


Table of Contents

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments”, (i) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the issuer at the time such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the issuer.
 
“Issue Date” shall mean May 20, 2008, the original issue date of the Notes.
 
“Lenders Debt” means any (i) Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the Credit Agreement, (ii) any Indebtedness which has a priority security interest relative to the Notes in the ABL Collateral, (iii) all obligations with respect to such Indebtedness and any Hedging Obligations directly related to any Lenders Debt and (iv) all cash management obligations incurred with any Bank Lender (or their affiliates).
 
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease (other than an operating lease), any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes of any jurisdiction).
 
“Material Foreign Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each of the issuer’s Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the issuer for which internal financial statements are available were equal to or greater than 2.5% of total assets of the consolidated assets of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the issuer for which internal financial statements are available were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that once either of the foregoing clauses (a) or (b) applies to a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary shall continue to be a Material Foreign Subsidiary despite both of the preceding clauses (a) or (b) ever becoming inapplicable to such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:
 
(1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale (without reference to the $5.0 million limitation); or (b) the disposition of any other assets by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in the ordinary course of business) or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
(2) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain, loss or charge; and
 
(3) any gains, losses, or charges of the issuer and its Subsidiaries incurred in connection with the Transactions together with any related provision for taxes on such gain, loss, or charge.
 
“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale or disposition of such non-cash consideration, including, without limitation, legal, accounting


186


Table of Contents

and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness (other than revolving credit Indebtedness, unless there is a required reduction in commitments) secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any (1) reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (2) any reserve or payment with respect to any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the issuer after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, severance costs, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
 
“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:
 
(1) as to which neither the issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and
 
(2) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
 
“Note Guarantee” shall mean the Guarantee of the Notes by the Guarantors.
 
“Notes Collateral” means the portion of the Collateral as to which the Notes have a priority security interest relative to Lenders Debt.
 
“Notes Collateral Agent” means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as “Collateral Agent” under the Indenture and under the Security Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity.
 
“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages, costs, expenses and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
 
“Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or President and by the Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of such Person.
 
“Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations” means any Additional Notes and any other Indebtedness having substantially identical terms as the Notes (other than issue price, interest rate, yield and redemption terms) and issued under an indenture substantially identical to the Indenture and any Indebtedness that refinances or refunds (or successive refinancings and refundings) any Notes or Additional Notes and all obligations with respect to such Indebtedness; provided, that such Indebtedness may (a) have a stated maturity date that is equal to or longer than the Notes, (b) contain terms and covenants that are, in the reasonable opinion of the issuer, less restrictive than the terms and covenants under the Notes and (c) contain terms and covenants that are more restrictive than the terms and covenants under the Notes so long as prior to or substantially simultaneously with the issuance of any such Indebtedness, the Notes and the Indenture are amended to contain any such more restrictive terms and covenants.
 
“Parent” means any direct or indirect parent company of the issuer.
 
“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means: (1) with respect to the issuer, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes; and (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Note Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee.
 
“Permitted Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted (as described in this offering memorandum) by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of the Indenture and other businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto.
 
“Permitted Collateral Liens” means:
 
(1) Liens securing the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such Notes or Exchange Notes, the


187


Table of Contents

Note Guarantees relating thereto and any obligations with respect to such Notes, Exchange Notes, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and Note Guarantees;
 
(2) Liens securing any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations incurred pursuant to clause (15) of the second paragraph of the covenant “-Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75.0 million at any one time outstanding;
 
(3) Liens securing any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations not incurred pursuant to clause (1) of the second paragraph of the covenant “-Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”, which Liens are not permitted pursuant to clause (2) of this definition; provided, however, that, at the time of incurrence of such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.50 to 1.0;
 
(4) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens specified in clause (1) above or securing Lenders Debt) securing obligations in excess of $500,000 and set forth in a schedule to the Indenture;
 
(5) Liens described in clauses (1), (2), (10), (11), (12), (13), (15), (16), (17), (18) and (20) of the definition of Permitted Liens; and
 
(6) Liens on the Notes Collateral in favor of any collateral agent relating to such collateral agent’s administrative expenses with respect to the Notes Collateral.
 
For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of permitted Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that an item of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations described in clauses (1) through (6) above, the issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify (but not reclassify) such item of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and will only be required to include the amount and type of such item of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations in one of the above clauses and such item of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses.
 
“Permitted Investments” means:
 
(1) any Investment in the issuer or in a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;
 
(3) any Investment by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:
 
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer; or
 
(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer;
 
(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale or other sale of assets that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Asset Sales”;
 
(5) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the issuer or any Parent (which Investment, in the case of any Parent, is contributed to the common equity capital of the issuer; provided that any such contribution shall be excluded from subclause (b) of the second clause (3) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments”);
 
(6) Hedging Obligations;


188


Table of Contents

(7) Investments to the extent such Investments, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) and outstanding on the date of such Investment, do not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million or (y) 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets of the issuer; provided that Investments pursuant to this clause (7) shall not, directly or indirectly, fund the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of, or payment of dividends or distribution on, any Equity Interests of, or making any Investment in the holder of any Equity Interests in, any Parent;
 
(8) any Investment of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the date of the Indenture; and any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date);
 
(9) loans to employees that are approved in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the issuer in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million outstanding at any time;
 
(10) any Investment acquired by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
 
(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of a Person, or
 
(b) as a result of a foreclosure by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
 
(11) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;
 
(12) Investments in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business not in excess of the greater of (x) $25.0 million or (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets of the issuer, in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;
 
(13) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries not in excess of the greater of (x) $25.0 million or (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets of the issuer, in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; and
 
(14) Investments by the issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person, in each case, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction.
 
The amount of Investments outstanding at any time pursuant to clauses (7), (12) and (13) shall be reduced by an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments by the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, subsequent to the date of the Indenture, resulting from repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets, in each case to the issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from any such Investment, or from the net cash proceeds from the sale of any such Investment, or from a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary, not to exceed, in the case of any Investment, the amount of the Investment previously made by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
“Permitted Liens” means:
 
(1) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by the issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(2) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by clause (4) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;


189


Table of Contents

(3) Liens of the issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the date of the Indenture securing obligations in excess of $500,000 and set forth in a schedule to the Indenture;
 
(4) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer with respect to obligations that do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding;
 
(5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
(6) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
 
(7) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith;
 
(8) Liens to secure Indebtedness of any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary permitted by clause (16) of the second paragraph of the covenant entitled “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock” covering only the assets of such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary;
 
(9) Liens on assets of a Receivables Subsidiary arising in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
 
(10) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental charges or claims that are not yet due or are being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
 
(11) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
 
(12) easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
 
(13) leases or subleases or licenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
 
(14) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets;
 
(15) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any Capital Lease Obligation;
 
(16) Liens arising from filing precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;
 
(17) Liens on property of, or on shares of stock or Indebtedness of, any Person existing at the time (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer or (B) such Person or such property is acquired by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not extend to any other assets of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and such Lien secures only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition (and extensions, renewals, refinancings and replacements thereof);
 
(18) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order against the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that does not give rise to an Event of Default;


190


Table of Contents

(19) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;
 
(20) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
 
(21) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are either within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business or otherwise permitted under the terms of the Lenders Debt, in each case securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations;
 
(22) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under the Indenture;
 
(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
 
(24) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and
 
(25) Liens in favor of the issuer or any Guarantor.
 
“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:
 
(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium and other amounts necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);
 
(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
 
(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and
 
(4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the issuer or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
 
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock issuer, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability issuer or government or other entity.
 
“Principals” means the Equity Sponsor and its Affiliates.
 
“Pro Forma Cost Savings” means, with respect to any period, the reduction in net costs and related adjustments that (i) were directly attributable to an Asset Acquisition that occurred during the four-quarter period or after the end of the four-quarter period and on or prior to the Calculation Date and calculated on a basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect and applied as of the date of the Indenture, (ii) were actually implemented by the business that was the subject of any such Asset


191


Table of Contents

Acquisition within six months after the date of the Asset Acquisition and prior to the Calculation Date that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records of such business or (iii) relate to the business that is the subject of any such Asset Acquisition and that the issuer reasonably determines are probable based upon specifically identifiable actions to be taken within six months of the date of the Asset Acquisition and, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii), are described, as provided below, in an Officers’ Certificate, as if all such reductions in costs had been effected as of the beginning of such period. Pro Forma Cost Savings described above shall be accompanied by a certificate delivered to the Trustee from the issuer’s Chief Financial Officer that outlines the specific actions taken or to be taken, the net cost savings achieved or to be achieved from each such action and that, in the case of clause (iii) above, such savings have been determined to be probable.
 
“Public Equity Offering” means an offer and sale for cash of common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the issuer or any Parent pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the issuer).
 
“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note evidencing a line of credit, or evidencing other Indebtedness, owed to the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the maker of such note, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreement, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owning to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables.
 
“Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the issuer or by any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer pursuant to which the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Receivables Subsidiary, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer and any asset related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets that are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with an asset securitization transaction involving accounts receivable.
 
“Receivables Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the issuer (other than a Guarantor) that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivables and that is designated by the Board of Directors of the issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is Guaranteed by the issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the issuer nor any other Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms no less favorable to the issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the issuer, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable, and (c) to which neither the issuer nor any other Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve a certain level of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying, to the best of such officer’s knowledge and belief after consulting with counsel, that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.


192


Table of Contents

“Related Party” means:
 
(1) any controlling stockholder, partner, member, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Principal; or
 
(2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause.
 
“Replacement Assets” means (1) non-current tangible assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business or (2) all or substantially all of the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary.
 
“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
 
“Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unless otherwise specified, a Restricted Subsidiary as used herein refers to a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer.
 
“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
 
“Security Documents” means the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, collateral assignments and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the security interests in the Collateral as contemplated by the Indenture.
 
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article I, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of the Indenture.
 
“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer that are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable transaction.
 
“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
 
“Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the issuer, any Indebtedness which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Note Guarantee.
 
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:
 
(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and
 
(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
 
“Superholdings” means NTK Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.


193


Table of Contents

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture.
 
“Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the execution, delivery and performance by the issuer and the Guarantors of the indenture, Security Documents, Intercreditor Agreement and other related documents to which they are a party and the issuance of the Notes thereunder, (b) the execution, delivery and performance by Holdings, the issuer and the guarantors party thereto of the Credit Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement and related security documents on the Issue Date and borrowing thereunder, (c) the repayment in full of all obligations, and cancellation of all commitments, with respect to the Existing Credit Agreement and the release of all Guarantees (if any) thereof and security (if any) therefor and (d) the payment of related fees and expenses.
 
“Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction from time to time. Unless otherwise specified, references to the Uniform Commercial Code herein refer to the New York Uniform Commercial Code.
 
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the issuer that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:
 
(1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;
 
(2) is a Person with respect to which neither the issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
 
(3) is not a guarantor or does not otherwise directly or indirectly provide credit support for any Indebtedness of the issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of such designation unless such guarantee or credit support is released upon such designation.
 
Any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by the covenant described above under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Restricted Payments”. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the issuer as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption “— Certain Covenants — Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock”, the issuer shall be in default of such covenant.
 
“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
 
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
 
(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by
 
(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
 
“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean a subsidiary of such person of which securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Capital Stock are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held by such person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such person.


194


Table of Contents

 
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
The following is a discussion of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the exchange notes and, only where so indicated, the original notes to U.S. holders (as defined below). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, Internal Revenue Service published rulings and judicial and administrative decisions in effect as of the date of this proxy statement, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) and to differing interpretations. The following discussion does not purport to consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to note holders. The following discussion also does not address potential alternative minimum tax, foreign, state, local and other tax consequences of ownership and disposition of the notes. This discussion applies only to note holders who, on the date of the exchange, hold the notes as a capital asset within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. The following discussion does not address taxpayers subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, such as insurance companies, financial institutions, dealers in securities or currencies, traders of securities that elect the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, persons that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, tax-exempt organizations, mutual funds, real estate investment trusts, S corporations or other pass-through entities (or investors in an S corporation or other pass-through entity) and taxpayers subject to the alternative minimum tax. In addition, the following discussion may not apply to note holders who acquired their notes as compensation for services or through a tax-qualified retirement plan or who hold their shares as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction. If notes are held through a partnership, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships that are holders of notes and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to them of ownership and disposition of the notes.
 
Please consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation and the consequences of federal estate and gift tax laws, state, local and foreign laws and tax treaties.
 
For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of a note, who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
 
  •  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source;
 
  •  a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or (2) it was in existence on August 20, 1996 and has a valid election in place to be treated as a domestic trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes; or
 
  •  otherwise is subject to U.S. federal income taxation on a net income basis.
 
As used in this section, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a exchange note that is not a U.S. holder.
 
Tax Consequences to U.S. Holders
 
This section applies to you if you are a U.S. holder.
 
Exchange Offer
 
You will not have taxable gain or loss on the exchange of original notes for exchange notes in connection with the exchange offer. Instead, your basis in the original notes will carry over to the exchange notes


195


Table of Contents

received, and the holding period of the exchange notes will include the holding period of the original notes surrendered.
 
Payments of Interest
 
In general, you must report interest on the exchange notes in accordance with your accounting method. If you are a cash method taxpayer, which is the case for most individuals, you must report interest on the exchange notes in your income when you receive it. If you are an accrual method taxpayer, you must report interest on the exchange notes in your income as it accrues.
 
Under the terms of the exchange notes, we may be obligated to pay you amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the exchange notes. For example, if we experience certain kinds of changes of control, we must offer to purchase the notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. We believe that the likelihood that we will pay you these amounts is remote. Thus, under special rules governing remote contingencies, the possibility of these payments will not affect the amount of interest income you recognize in advance of those payments. Our determination of whether a contingency is remote will be binding on you unless you explicitly disclose your contrary position to the IRS in the manner required by the applicable Treasury Regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS successfully challenged this determination, you could be required to accrue interest income on the exchange notes at a rate higher than the stated interest rate on the exchange notes.
 
At certain times and under certain conditions (see “Description of the Exchange Notes — Optional Redemption”), we have the option to repurchase exchange notes at a price in excess of their issue price. If we were to exercise this option, the yield on the exchange note would be greater than it would otherwise be. Thus, under special rules governing this type of unconditional option, for tax purposes, we will be deemed not to exercise this option, and the possibility of this redemption premium will not affect the amount of interest income you recognize in advance of any such redemption premium.
 
Sale, Exchange or Retirement of the Exchange Notes
 
Subject to the discussion above and below, on the sale, exchange (other than for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, as discussed above, or other tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note, you will have taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount received by you (other than amounts representing accrued and unpaid interest) and your adjusted tax basis in the exchange note. Your tax basis is the cost of the original note to you, increased by any accrued market discount if you have elected to include such market discount in your income with respect to the original note; and decreased by any amortizable bond premium you have applied to reduce interest on the original note, and any principal payments you receive with respect to the original note. Your gain or loss generally will be a capital gain or loss and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if you held the exchange note (and prior to the exchange note, the original note) for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitation. If you sell the exchange note between interest payment dates, a portion of the amount you receive will reflect interest that has accrued on the exchange note but has not yet been paid by the sale date. That amount is treated as ordinary interest income and not as sale proceeds.
 
Market Discount and Bond Premium
 
Under the market discount and bond premium provisions of the Code, generally if you have purchased (1) an original note at our initial offering of the original notes, for an amount less than its issue price or (2) an original note or exchange note subsequent to our initial offering of the original notes, for an amount less than the sum of the issue price and the aggregate amount of OID included in the income of all previous holders, the difference will be treated as market discount. You will be required, subject to a de minimis exception, to treat any gain on the sale, exchange or retirement of the original note or the exchange note as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that has not previously been included in your income and that has accrued on such original note or exchange note (including, in the case of an exchange note, any market discount accrued on the original note exchanged for such an exchange note) at the time of such sale, exchange or


196


Table of Contents

retirement. Unless you elect to accrue under a constant yield method, any market discount will be considered to accrue ratably during the period from the date of acquisition of the exchange note to the maturity date.
 
If an original note or an exchange note has market discount, you may be required to defer the deduction of all or a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued in order to purchase or carry the original note or the exchange note (including, in the case of an exchange note, the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued in order to purchase or carry the original note exchanged for such an exchange note) until (1) the maturity of the original note or exchange note, (2) the earlier disposition in a taxable transaction of the original note or exchange note or (3) if you make an appropriate election, a subsequent taxable year in which you realize sufficient interest income with respect to the exchange note. You may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, on either a ratable or constant yield method, in which case the rule described above regarding deferral of interest deductions will not apply. This election to include market discount in income currently, once made, applies to all market discount obligations acquired by you during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).
 
If you have purchased an original note or an exchange note for an amount that is greater than its face value, you generally may elect to amortize that premium from the purchase date to the maturity date under a constant yield method. Amortizable premium can generally only offset interest income on such original note or exchange note (including, in the case of an exchange note, the income on the original note exchanged for such an exchange note) and generally may not be deducted against other income. Your basis in an original note or an exchange note will be reduced by any premium amortization deductions. An election to amortize premium on a constant yield method, once made, generally applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by you during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
 
The rules regarding market discount and bond premium are complex and the rules described above may not apply in all cases. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax adviser regarding their application.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
Pursuant to IRS tax rules, if you are a United Stated Holder who holds the notes through a broker or other securities intermediary, the intermediary must provide information to the IRS and to the holder on IRS Form 1099 concerning interest and retirement proceeds on the notes, unless an exemption applies. Similarly, unless an exemption applies, you must provide the intermediary or us with your Taxpayer Identification Number, or TIN, for use in reporting information to the IRS. For individuals, this is their social security number. You are also required to comply with other IRS requirements concerning information reporting, including a certification that you are not subject to backup withholding and are a U.S. person.
 
If you are a United States Holder who is subject to these requirements but does not comply, the intermediary must withhold a percentage of all amounts payable to you on the notes, including principal payments. Under current law, this percentage will be 28% through 2010, and (absent new legislation) 31% thereafter. This is called backup withholding. Backup withholding may also apply if we are notified by the IRS that such withholding is required or that the TIN provided by you is incorrect. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and taxpayers may use the withheld amounts, if any, as a credit against their federal income tax liability or may claim a refund as long as they timely provide certain information to the IRS.
 
All individuals are subject to these requirements. Some non-individual holders, including all corporations, tax-exempt organizations and individual retirement accounts, are exempt from these requirements.
 
Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
 
This section applies to you if you are a non-U.S. holder.


197


Table of Contents

Exchange Offer
 
The exchange of original notes for exchange notes in connection with the exchange offer will not be a taxable sale or exchange.
 
Interest
 
Subject to the discussion below concerning effectively connected income and backup withholding, payments of interest on the exchange notes by us or any paying agent to you will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, provided that you satisfy one of two tests:
 
The first test (the “portfolio interest” exception) is satisfied if:
 
  •  you do not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote,
 
  •  you are not a controlled foreign corporation (within the meaning of the Code) that is related, directly or indirectly, to us,
 
  •  you are not a bank receiving interest on the exchange notes on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of your trade or business, and
 
  •  either (1) you certify to us or our paying agent on IRS Form W-8BEN (or appropriate substitute form) under penalties of perjury, that you are not a U.S. person, or (2) you hold the exchange notes through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you provided appropriated documentation to the agent and your agent provided that certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Special rules apply to non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.
 
The second test is satisfied if you are entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty under which such interest is exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax, and you or your agent provides to us a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or an appropriate substitute form evidencing eligibility for the exemption) or you hold your notes through a “qualified intermediary” to whom evidence of treaty benefits was provided.
 
Payments of interest on the exchange notes that do not meet either of the above-described tests will be subject to a U.S. federal income tax of 30% (or such lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty if you establish that you qualify to receive the benefits of such treaty) collected by means of withholding. However, if you have purchased a exchange note with bond premium please see your own tax advisor regarding the application of the bond premium rules.
 
Sale, Exchange or Retirement of the Exchange Notes
 
Subject to the discussion below concerning effectively connected income and backup withholding, you will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain (including gain attributable to market discount) realized on the sale, exchange or retirement of the exchange note unless you are an individual, you are present in the United States for at least 183 days during the year in which you dispose of the exchange note, and other conditions are satisfied.
 
Effectively Connected Income
 
The preceding discussion assumes that the interest and gain received by you is not effectively connected with the conduct by you of a trade or business in the United States. If you are engaged in a trade or business in the United States and your investment in a exchange note is effectively connected with such trade or business:
 
  •  You will be exempt from the 30% withholding tax on interest (provided a certification requirement, generally on IRS Form W-8ECI, is met) and will instead generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax on any interest and gain with respect to the exchange notes in the same manner as if you were a U.S. holder.


198


Table of Contents

 
  •  If you are a foreign corporation, you may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax of 30% or such lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty if you establish that you qualify to receive the benefits of such treaty.
 
  •  If you are eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States.
 
U.S. Federal Estate Tax
 
A exchange note held or beneficially owned by an individual who, for estate tax purposes, is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of death will not be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. estate tax purposes, provided that (i) such holder or beneficial owner did not at the time of death actually or constructively own 10% or more of the combined voting power of all of our classes of stock entitled to vote, and (ii) at the time of death, payments with respect to such exchange note would not have been effectively connected with the conduct by such holder of a trade or business in the United States. In addition, the U.S. estate tax may not apply with respect to such exchange note under the terms of an applicable estate tax treaty. The estate tax does not apply for 2010, but (absent new legislation) is reinstated thereafter.
 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
 
U.S. rules concerning information reporting and backup withholding applicable to non-U.S. holders are as follows:
 
  •  Interest payments you receive will be automatically exempt from the usual backup withholding rules if such payments are subject to the 30% withholding tax on interest or if they are exempt from that tax by application of a tax treaty or the “portfolio interest” exception. The exemption does not apply if the withholding agent or an intermediary knows or has reason to know that you should be subject to the usual information reporting or backup withholding rules. In addition, information reporting may still apply to payments of interest (on Form 1042-S) even if certification is provided and the interest is exempt from the 30% withholding tax.
 
  •  Sale proceeds you receive on a sale of your exchange notes through a broker may be subject to information reporting and/or backup withholding if you are not eligible for an exemption, or do not provide the certification described above. In particular, information reporting and backup withholding may apply if you use the U.S. office of a broker, and information reporting (but generally not backup withholding) may apply if you use the foreign office of a broker that has certain connections to the United States.
 
  •  We suggest that you consult your tax advisor concerning the application of information reporting and backup withholding rules.


199


Table of Contents

 
CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS FOR BENEFIT PLAN INVESTORS
 
To the extent the exchange notes are purchased and held by an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, or Section 4975 of the Code, the following considerations should be taken into account. A fiduciary of an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA must determine that the purchase and holding of an exchange note is consistent with its fiduciary duties under ERISA. The fiduciary of an ERISA plan, as well as any other prospective investor subject to Section 4975 of the Code, must also determine that its purchase and holding of exchange notes does not result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. To address the above concerns, the exchange notes may not be purchased by or transferred to any investor unless the investment complies with the representations contained in paragraph 7 of the “Notice to Investors,” which are designed to ensure that the acquisition of the exchange notes will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or the Code.
 
Similar state and/or local laws may apply to plans and entities holding plan assets that are not subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.


200


Table of Contents

 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for outstanding notes where such outstanding notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of up to 180 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer which requests it, for use in any such resale.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus in connection with any resales of exchange notes. Any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.
 
For a period of 180 days after the effective date of the exchange offer, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the outstanding notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain types of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.


201


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the exchange notes and guarantees by those of the guarantors incorporated or organized under the laws of the State of Delaware the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, State of New York and State of California will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Certain legal matters relating to that guarantor incorporated under the laws of the State of Arizona and to those of the guarantors incorporated under the laws of the State of Missouri will be passed upon for us by Bryan Cave LLP. Certain legal matters relating to that guarantor incorporated under the laws of the State of Connecticut will be passed upon for us by Cohn Birnbaum & Shea P.C. Certain legal matters relating to that guarantor incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida will be passed upon for us by Greenberg Traurig, P.A. Certain legal matters relating to that guarantor incorporated under the laws of the State of Kentucky will be passed upon for us by Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs, LLP. Certain legal matters relating to that guarantor incorporated under the laws of the State of Michigan will be passed upon by us by Rhoades & McKee PC. Certain legal matters relating to those of the guarantors that are incorporated under the laws of the State of Oklahoma will be passed upon for us by McAfee & Taft, P.C. Certain legal matters relating to that guarantor incorporated under the laws of the State of Utah will be passed upon for us by Holland & Hart LLP.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements and related financial statement schedule of Nortek, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with the Commission with respect to the issuance of the exchange notes. This prospectus, which is included in the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. Certain parts of this registration statement are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further information about us and the exchange notes, we refer you to the registration statement. You should be aware that the statements made in this prospectus as to the contents of any agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not complete. Although we believe that we have summarized the material terms of these documents in the prospectus, these statements should be read along with the full and complete text of the related documents.
 
We have agreed that, whether or not we are required to do so by the Commission, after consummation of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of a shelf registration statement, for so long as any of the exchange notes remain outstanding, we will file with the Commission (or we will furnish to holders of the exchange notes if not filed with the Commission), within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations of the Commission:
 
  •  all quarterly and annual reports on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, including, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by our certified independent public accountants; and
 
  •  all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if we were required to file these reports.
 
Any reports or documents we file with the Commission, including the registration statement, may be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of these reports or other documents may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. For further information about the Public Reference Section, call 1-800-SEC-0330. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).


202


 

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
       
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-9  
       
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
       
    F-56  
    F-57  
    F-58  
    F-59  
    F-61  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of Nortek, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nortek, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s investment, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Nortek, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
As discussed in Notes 1 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2007 Nortek, Inc. adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes.” As discussed in Notes 1 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2006 Nortek, Inc. adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)”.
 
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
April 14, 2008


F-2


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Net Sales
  $ 2,368.2     $ 2,218.4     $ 1,959.2  
                         
Costs and Expenses:
                       
Cost of products sold (see Note 12)
    1,679.9       1,547.3       1,361.4  
Selling, general and administrative expense, net (see Note 12)
    475.3       379.2       342.3  
Amortization of intangible assets
    27.5       24.9       18.3  
                         
      2,182.7       1,951.4       1,722.0  
                         
Operating earnings
    185.5       267.0       237.2  
Interest expense
    (122.0 )     (115.6 )     (102.4 )
Investment income
    2.0       2.2       1.8  
                         
Earnings before provision for income taxes
    65.5       153.6       136.6  
Provision for income taxes
    33.1       63.9       56.1  
                         
Net earnings
  $ 32.4     $ 89.7     $ 80.5  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-3


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Dollar amounts in millions, except share data)  
 
ASSETS
Current Assets:
               
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
  $ 53.4     $ 57.4  
Restricted cash
    1.0       1.2  
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $12.2 and $9.4
    320.0       328.9  
Inventories:
               
Raw materials
    91.6       83.1  
Work in process
    29.9       28.7  
Finished goods
    187.1       166.8  
                 
      308.6       278.6  
                 
Prepaid expenses
    11.7       13.7  
Other current assets
    19.8       24.4  
Prepaid income taxes
    28.9       21.2  
                 
Total current assets
    743.4       725.4  
                 
Property and Equipment, at Cost:
               
Land
    10.4       9.5  
Buildings and improvements
    110.1       101.9  
Machinery and equipment
    217.1       177.2  
                 
      337.6       288.6  
Less accumulated depreciation
    99.7       66.1  
                 
Total property and equipment, net
    237.9       222.5  
                 
Other Assets:
               
Goodwill
    1,528.9       1,481.4  
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization of $80.7 and $52.4
    156.6       150.4  
Deferred debt expense
    27.4       33.1  
Restricted investments and marketable securities
    2.3       3.3  
Other assets
    10.3       11.2  
                 
      1,725.5       1,679.4  
                 
Total Assets
  $ 2,706.8     $ 2,627.3  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT
Current Liabilities:
               
Notes payable and other short-term obligations
  $ 64.0     $ 23.3  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    32.4       20.0  
Accounts payable
    192.7       188.2  
Accrued expenses and taxes, net
    247.1       282.8  
                 
Total current liabilities
    536.2       514.3  
                 
Other Liabilities:
               
Deferred income taxes
    36.2       33.9  
Long-term payable to affiliate
    43.2       24.9  
Other
    123.5       128.8  
                 
      202.9       187.6  
                 
                 
Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable, Less Current Maturities
    1,349.0       1,362.3  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 8)
               
Stockholder’s Investment:
               
Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 3,000 shares; 3,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006
           
Additional paid-in capital
    412.4       412.1  
Retained earnings
    168.6       139.4  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    37.7       11.6  
                 
Total stockholder’s investment
    618.7       563.1  
                 
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Investment
  $ 2,706.8     $ 2,627.3  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Cash Flows from operating activities:
                       
Net earnings
  $ 32.4     $ 89.7     $ 80.5  
                         
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization expense
    65.1       61.2       45.9  
Non-cash interest expense, net
    5.6       5.3       5.3  
Non-cash stock-based compensation
    0.3       0.3       0.3  
Gain from curtailment of post-retirement medical benefits
          (35.9 )      
Compensation reserve adjustment
          (3.5 )      
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment
    2.4       1.3       (1.6 )
Deferred federal income tax (benefit) provision
    (6.0 )     27.4       9.5  
Changes in certain assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
Accounts receivable, net
    23.7       (19.6 )     (37.3 )
Inventories
    (16.6 )     (14.0 )     (24.3 )
Prepaids and other current assets
    (2.0 )     11.1       (5.2 )
Accounts payable
    (8.4 )     (0.7 )     20.7  
Accrued expenses and taxes
    6.5       35.2       19.9  
Taxes receivable from Nortek Holdings, Inc. 
                20.2  
Long-term assets, liabilities and other, net
    4.0       (9.8 )     (5.4 )
                         
Total adjustments to net earnings
    74.6       58.3       48.0  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 107.0     $ 148.0     $ 128.5  
                         
Cash Flows from investing activities:
                       
Capital expenditures
  $ (36.4 )   $ (42.3 )   $ (28.9 )
Net cash paid for businesses acquired
    (93.5 )     (106.2 )     (117.2 )
Payment in connection with NTK Holdings’ senior unsecured loan facility rollover
    (4.5 )            
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
    0.5       5.1       10.8  
Change in restricted cash and marketable securities
    1.2       0.4       (0.2 )
Other, net
    (2.4 )     (3.3 )     (2.3 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (135.1 )   $ (146.3 )   $ (137.8 )
                         
Cash Flows from financing activities:
                       
Increase in borrowings
  $ 121.4     $ 87.0     $ 35.1  
Payment of borrowings
    (97.3 )     (78.8 )     (43.4 )
Dividends
          (28.1 )      
Other, net
          (1.6 )     (0.2 )
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    24.1       (21.5 )     (8.5 )
                         
Net change in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
    (4.0 )     (19.8 )     (17.8 )
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
    57.4       77.2       95.0  
                         
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
  $ 53.4     $ 57.4     $ 77.2  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
                                 
          (Accumulated
    Accumulated
       
    Additional
    Deficit)
    Other
       
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
 
    Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Income (Loss)  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2004
  $ 410.6     $ (2.7 )   $ 9.1     $  
Net earnings
          80.5             80.5  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Currency translation adjustment
                (1.7 )     (1.7 )
Minimum pension liability, net of tax of $0.1
                0.1       0.1  
                                 
Comprehensive income
                          $ 78.9  
                                 
Capital contribution from parent
    4.1                      
Stock-based compensation
    0.3                      
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2005
  $ 415.0     $ 77.8     $ 7.5          
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
                                 
                Accumulated
       
    Additional
          Other
       
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
 
    Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Income (Loss)  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2005
  $ 415.0     $ 77.8     $ 7.5     $  
Net earnings
          89.7             89.7  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                               
Currency translation adjustment
                5.1       5.1  
Reversal of SFAS No. 87 minimum pension liability, net of tax provision of $0.1 million
                0.3       0.3  
Effect of SFAS No. 158 adoption, net of tax provision of $1.8 million
                (1.3 )     (1.3 )
                                 
Comprehensive income
                          $ 93.8  
                                 
Capital contribution from (dividend to) parent
    1.7       (28.1 )              
Adjustment of carryover basis of continuing management investors in the THL Transaction
    (4.9 )                    
Stock-based compensation
    0.3                      
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2006
  $ 412.1     $ 139.4     $ 11.6          
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-7


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
                                 
                Accumulated
       
    Additional
          Other
       
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
 
    Capital     Earnings     Income     Income  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2006
  $ 412.1     $ 139.4     $ 11.6     $  
Net earnings
          32.4             32.4  
Other comprehensive income:
                               
Currency translation adjustment
                15.4       15.4  
Pension liability adjustment, net of tax provision of $3.9 million
                10.7       10.7  
                                 
Comprehensive income
                          $ 58.5  
                                 
Adoption of FIN 48 (see Note 4)
          (3.2 )              
Stock-based compensation
    0.3                      
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ 412.4     $ 168.6     $ 37.7          
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-8


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The consolidated financial statements presented herein reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Nortek, Inc. (the “Company” or “Nortek”) and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Consolidated Financial Statements”).
 
The Company is a diversified manufacturer of residential and commercial building products, operating within three reporting segments: the Residential Ventilation Products segment, the Home Technology Products segment and the Air Conditioning and Heating Products segment. Through these reporting segments, the Company manufactures and sells, primarily in the United States, Canada and Europe, a wide variety of products for the residential and commercial construction, manufactured housing, and the do-it-yourself (“DIY”) and professional remodeling and renovation markets.
 
On May 5, 2006, NTK Holdings filed a registration statement on Form S-1 (last amended on September 15, 2006) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for an initial public offering of shares of its common stock. NTK Holdings withdrew its registration statement on Form S-1 in a filing with the SEC on November 13, 2007 due to the unsettled market conditions.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain amounts in the prior years’ Consolidated Financial Statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
 
Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles involves estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting periods. Certain of the Company’s accounting policies require the application of judgment in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. The Company periodically evaluates the judgments and estimates used for its critical accounting policies to ensure that such judgments and estimates are reasonable for its interim and year-end reporting requirements. These judgments and estimates are based on the Company’s historical experience, current trends and information available from other sources, as appropriate. If different conditions result from those assumptions used in the Company’s judgments, the results could be materially different from the Company’s estimates.
 
Recognition of Sales and Related Costs, Incentives and Allowances
 
The Company recognizes sales upon the shipment of its products net of applicable provisions for discounts and allowances. Allowances for cash discounts, volume rebates and other customer incentive programs, as well as gross customer returns, among others, are recorded as a reduction of sales at the time of sale based upon the estimated future outcome. Cash discounts, volume rebates and other customer incentive programs are based upon certain percentages agreed to with the Company’s various customers, which are typically earned by the customer over an annual period. The Company records periodic estimates for these amounts based upon the historical results to date, estimated future results through the end of the contract period and the contractual provisions of the customer agreements. For calendar year customer agreements, the Company is able to adjust its periodic estimates to actual amounts as of December 31 each year based upon the contractual provisions of the customer agreements. For those customers who have agreements that are not on a calendar year cycle, the Company records estimates at December 31 consistent with the above described


F-9


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
methodology. Customer returns are recorded on an actual basis throughout the year and also include an estimate at the end of each reporting period for future customer returns related to sales recorded prior to the end of the period. The Company generally estimates customer returns based upon the time lag that historically occurs between the date of the sale and the date of the return while also factoring in any new business conditions that might impact the historical analysis such as new product introduction. The Company also provides for its estimate of warranty, bad debts and shipping costs at the time of sale. Shipping and warranty costs are included in cost of products sold. Bad debt provisions are included in selling, general and administrative expense, net. The amounts recorded are generally based upon historically derived percentages while also factoring in any new business conditions that might impact the historical analysis such as new product introduction for warranty and bankruptcies of particular customers for bad debts.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash equivalents consist of short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less which are readily convertible into cash.
 
The Company has classified as restricted in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet certain cash and cash equivalents that are not fully available for use in its operations. At December 31, 2007 approximately $3.3 million of cash and cash equivalents (of which approximately $2.3 million is included in long-term assets) had been pledged as collateral or were held in pension trusts for certain debt, insurance, employee benefits and other requirements. At December 31, 2006 approximately $4.5 million of cash and cash equivalents (of which approximately $3.3 million is included in long-term assets) had been pledged as collateral or were held in pension trusts for certain debt, insurance, employee benefits and other requirements.
 
Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents — The carrying amount approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments.
 
Restricted Investments and Marketable Securities — The fair value of investments is based on quoted market prices. The fair value of investments was not materially different from their cost basis at December 31, 2007 or 2006.
 
Long-Term Debt — At December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the fair value of long-term indebtedness was approximately $117.1 million lower and $15.6 million lower, respectively, than the amount on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, before unamortized premium, based on available market quotations (see Note 5).
 
Inventories
 
Inventories in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet are valued at the lower of cost or market. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, approximately $109.6 million and $110.3 million of total inventories, respectively, were valued on the last-in, first-out method (“LIFO”). Under the first-in, first-out method (“FIFO”) of accounting, such inventories would have been approximately $7.9 million and $8.5 million higher at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. All other inventories were valued under the FIFO method. In connection with both LIFO and FIFO inventories, the Company will record provisions, as appropriate, to write-down obsolete and excess inventory to estimated net realizable value. The process for evaluating obsolete and excess inventory often requires the Company to make subjective judgments and estimates concerning future sales levels, quantities and prices at which such inventory will be able to be sold in the normal course


F-10


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
of business. Accelerating the disposal process or incorrect estimates of future sales potential may cause the actual results to differ from the estimates at the time such inventory is disposed or sold.
 
Purchase price allocated to the fair value of inventory is amortized over the estimated period in which the inventory will be sold.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment, including capital leases, is provided on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows:
 
         
Buildings and improvements
    10-35 years  
Machinery and equipment, including leases
    3-15 years  
Leasehold improvements
    Term of lease  
 
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred. Expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized. When assets are sold, or otherwise disposed, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the resulting gain or loss is recognized.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
The following table presents a summary of the activity in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
         
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2005
  $ 1,381.3  
Acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2006
    49.2  
Contingent earnouts related to acquisitions
    55.6  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    (1.7 )
Adjustment of carryover basis of continuing management investors in the THL Transaction
    (4.9 )
Impact of foreign currency translation
    1.9  
         
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    1,481.4  
Acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2007
    27.0  
Contingent earnouts related to acquisitions
    32.7  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    (13.5 )
Impact of foreign currency translation
    1.3  
         
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 1,528.9  
         
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company had an approximate carrying value of goodwill as follows:
 
         
    (Amounts in millions)  
Segment:
       
Residential Ventilation Products
  $ 798.8  
Home Technology Products
    415.6  
Air Conditioning and Heating Products*
    314.5  
         
    $ 1,528.9  
         
 
 
* Primarily relates to Residential HVAC reporting unit.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
 
The Company has classified as goodwill the cost in excess of the fair value of the net assets (including tax attributes) of companies acquired in purchase transactions (see Note 2). Approximately $47.3 million, $62.3 million and $56.1 million of goodwill associated with certain companies acquired during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, will be deductible for income tax purposes. Purchase accounting adjustments relate principally to final revisions resulting from the completion of fair value adjustments and adjustments to deferred income taxes that impact goodwill. See Note 9 for a rollforward of the activity in goodwill by reporting segment for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
The $4.9 million non-cash “Adjustment of carryover basis of continuing management investors in the THL Transaction” for the year ended December 31, 2006, as noted in the table above, represents a correction to the original 2004 purchase accounting for the 2004 Acquisition with THL resulting in a reduction of goodwill with a corresponding reduction in stockholder’s investment. The $4.9 million adjustment has not been reflected in the consolidated financial statements for prior periods as the Company has determined that the adjustment is not material to the prior period consolidated financial statements.
 
The Company accounts for acquired goodwill and intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141”), SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”) and SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”) which involves judgment with respect to the determination of the purchase price and the valuation of the acquired assets and liabilities in order to determine the final amount of goodwill. The Company believes that the estimates that it has used to record its acquisitions are reasonable and in accordance with SFAS No. 141 (see Note 2).
 
Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill determined to have an indefinite useful life is not amortized. Instead these assets are evaluated for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value, including, among others, a significant adverse change in the business climate. The Company has set the annual evaluation date as of the first day of its fiscal fourth quarter. The Company performed a second test as of December 31, 2007 due to continued weakness in the housing market together with a difficult mortgage industry, resulting in continued decline in new housing activity and consumer spending on industry-wide home remodeling and repair expenditures.
 
The Company primarily utilizes a discounted cash flow approach in order to value the Company’s reporting units required to be tested for impairment by SFAS No. 142, which requires that the Company forecast future cash flows of the reporting units and discount the cash flow stream based upon a weighted average cost of capital that is derived from comparable companies within similar industries. The reporting units evaluated for goodwill impairment by the Company have been determined to be the same as the Company’s operating segments in accordance with the criteria in SFAS No. 142 for determining reporting units (see Note 9). The discounted cash flow calculations also include a terminal value calculation that is based upon an expected long-term growth rate for the applicable reporting unit. The Company believes that its procedures for estimating gross future cash flows, including the terminal valuation, are reasonable and consistent with market conditions at the time of estimation.
 
Goodwill is considered to be potentially impaired when the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value as determined in accordance with the Company’s valuation procedures. The Company believes that its assumptions used to determine the fair value for the respective reporting units are reasonable. If different assumptions were to be used, particularly with respect to estimating future cash flows, there could be the potential that an impairment charge could result. Actual operating results and the related cash flows of the reporting units could differ from the estimated operating results and related cash flows. The impact of reducing the Company’s fair value estimates by 10% would have no impact on the Company’s goodwill assessment for any of its reporting units, with the exception of the Company’s residential heating, ventilating


F-12


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
and air conditioning (“Residential HVAC”) reporting unit. Assuming a 10% reduction in the Company’s fair value estimates, the carrying value of Residential HVAC may exceed fair value, which could require the Company to perform additional testing under SFAS No. 142 to determine if there was a goodwill impairment for Residential HVAC.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, the Company evaluates the realizability of non indefinite-lived and non-goodwill long-lived assets, which primarily consist of property and equipment and intangible assets (the “SFAS No. 144 Long-Lived Assets”), on an annual basis, or more frequently when events or business conditions warrant it, based on expectations of non-discounted future cash flows for each subsidiary having a material amount of SFAS No. 144 Long-Lived Assets.
 
The Company performs the evaluation as of the first day of its fiscal fourth quarter and more frequently if impairment indicators are identified, for the impairment of long-lived assets, other than goodwill, based on expectations of non-discounted future cash flows compared to the carrying value of the subsidiary in accordance with SFAS No. 144. If the sum of the expected non-discounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the SFAS No. 144 Long-Lived Assets, the Company would recognize an impairment loss. The Company’s cash flow estimates are based upon historical cash flows, as well as future projected cash flows received from subsidiary management in connection with the annual Company wide planning process, and include a terminal valuation for the applicable subsidiary based upon a multiple of earnings before interest expense, net, depreciation and amortization expense and income taxes (“EBITDA”). The Company estimates the EBITDA multiple by reviewing comparable company information and other industry data. The Company believes that its procedures for estimating gross future cash flows, including the terminal valuation, are reasonable and consistent with market conditions at the time of estimation.
 
The Company’s businesses are experiencing a difficult market environment, due primarily to weak residential new construction, remodeling and residential air conditioning markets and increased commodity costs, and expect these trends to continue into 2008. The Company has evaluated the carrying value of reporting unit goodwill and long-lived assets and has determined, despite the current difficult market environment, that no impairment existed at the time these financial statements were completed.


F-13


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Intangible assets consist principally of patents, trademarks, customer relationships and non-compete agreements. Patents, trademarks and non-compete agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis, while customer relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis based upon the estimated consumption of the economic benefits of the customer relationship. Amortization of intangible assets charged to operations amounted to approximately $27.5 million, $24.9 million and $18.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The table that follows presents the major components of intangible assets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                 
                      Weighted
 
    Gross
          Net
    Average
 
    Carrying
    Accumulated
    Intangible
    Remaining
 
    Amount     Amortization     Assets     Useful Lives  
    (Amounts in millions except for useful lives)  
 
December 31, 2007:
                               
Trademarks
  $ 100.2     $ (18.8 )   $ 81.4       12.9  
Patents
    34.9       (6.9 )     28.0       11.0  
Customer relationships
    74.9       (42.3 )     32.6       3.6  
Others
    27.3       (12.7 )     14.6       3.4  
                                 
    $ 237.3     $ (80.7 )   $ 156.6       6.4  
                                 
December 31, 2006:
                               
Trademarks
  $ 85.4     $ (12.0 )   $ 73.4       13.6  
Patents
    31.5       (4.0 )     27.5       13.5  
Customer relationships
    58.0       (28.6 )     29.4       2.8  
Others
    27.9       (7.8 )     20.1       3.2  
                                 
    $ 202.8     $ (52.4 )   $ 150.4       5.8  
                                 
 
As of December 31, 2007, the estimated future intangible asset amortization expense aggregates approximately $156.6 million as follows:
 
         
Year Ended
  Annual Amortization
 
December 31,
  Expense  
    (Amounts in millions)
 
    (Unaudited)  
 
2008
  $ 25.9  
2009
    21.9  
2010
    17.4  
2011
    13.6  
2012
    10.9  
2013 and thereafter
    66.9  
 
Pensions and Post Retirement Health Benefits
 
On December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (“SFAS No. 158”). SFAS No. 158 requires the Company to: (a) recognize the over-funded or under-funded status of its defined benefit post-retirement plans as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position; (b) recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income and (c) measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end. The Company was required to initially recognize the funded status of its defined benefit plans


F-14


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
and to provide the required disclosures for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. The requirement to measure benefit obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position is effective for the Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Prior to December 31, 2006, the Company accounted for pensions, including supplemental executive retirement plans, and post retirement health benefit liabilities under SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions” (“SFAS No. 87”) and SFAS No. 106, “Employers’ Accounting for Post Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions” (“SFAS No. 106”), respectively.
 
The accounting for pensions requires the estimating of such items as the long-term average return on plan assets, the discount rate, the rate of compensation increase and the assumed medical cost inflation rate. Such estimates require a significant amount of judgment (see Note 7 for a discussion of these judgments).
 
Insurance Liabilities
 
The Company records insurance liabilities and related expenses for health, workers compensation, product and general liability losses and other insurance reserves and expenses in accordance with either the contractual terms of its policies or, if self-insured, the total liabilities that are estimable and probable as of the reporting date. Insurance liabilities are recorded as current liabilities to the extent they are expected to be paid in the succeeding year with the remaining requirements classified as long-term liabilities. The accounting for self-insured plans requires that significant judgments and estimates be made both with respect to the future liabilities to be paid for known claims and incurred but not reported claims as of the reporting date. The Company considers historical trends when determining the appropriate insurance reserves to record in the consolidated balance sheet for a substantial portion of its workers compensation and general and product liability losses. In certain cases where partial insurance coverage exists, the Company must estimate the portion of the liability that will be covered by existing insurance policies to arrive at the net expected liability to the Company (see Note 8).
 
Income Taxes
 
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109)”, (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the criteria that an individual tax position must satisfy for some or all of the benefits of that position to be recognized in a company’s financial statements. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold of “more-likely-than-not” and a measurement attribute for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements. The Company adopted FIN 48 on January 1, 2007 (see Note 4).
 
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109”), which requires that the deferred tax consequences of temporary differences between the amounts recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and the amounts included in the Company’s federal and state income tax returns be recognized in the balance sheet. As the Company generally does not file its income tax returns until well after the closing process for the December 31 financial statements is complete, the amounts recorded at December 31 reflect estimates of what the final amounts will be when the actual income tax returns are filed for that fiscal year. In addition, estimates are often required with respect to, among other things, the appropriate state income tax rates to use in the various states that the Company and its subsidiaries are required to file, the potential utilization of operating and capital loss carry-forwards and valuation allowances required, if any, for tax assets that may not be realizable in the future. SFAS No. 109 requires balance sheet classification of current and long-term deferred income tax assets and liabilities based upon the classification of the underlying asset or liability that gives rise to a temporary difference (see Note 4).


F-15


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Stock-Based Compensation of Employees, Officers and Directors
 
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company used the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation in accordance with Statement of Financial Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”). On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123R”).
 
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R and followed the modified-prospective transition method of accounting for stock-based compensation. Under the modified-prospective transition method, the Company is required to recognize compensation cost for share-based payments to employees based on their grant-date fair value beginning January 1, 2006. Measurement and attribution of compensation cost for awards that were granted prior to, but not vested as of the date SFAS No. 123R was adopted are based on the same estimate of the grant-date fair value and the same attribution method used previously under SFAS No. 123.
 
The adoption of SFAS No. 123R did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
The Company recorded stock-based compensation charges in selling, general and administrative expense, net of approximately $0.3 million for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, respectively, in accordance with SFAS No. 123R and SFAS No. 123.
 
At December 31, 2007, certain employees and consultants held approximately 23,383 C-1 units and approximately 44,306 C-2 units, which represent equity interests in THL-Nortek Investors, LLC (“Investors LLC”), the parent of NTK Holdings, that function similar to stock awards. The C-1 units vest pro rata on a quarterly basis over a three-year period and approximately 22,613 and 16,720 were vested at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The total fair value of the C-1 units is approximately $1.1 million and approximately $0.1 million remains to be amortized at December 31, 2007. The C-2 units only vest in the event that certain performance-based criteria, as defined, are met. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, there was approximately $1.6 million of unamortized stock-based employee compensation with respect to the C-2 units, which will be recognized in the event that it becomes probable that the C-2 units or any portion thereof will vest. The C-1 and C-2 units were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the freely-traded call option value based upon information from comparable public companies, which was then adjusted to reflect the discount period, the minority interest factor and the lack of marketability factor to arrive at the final valuations.
 
Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Company provides accruals for all direct costs associated with the estimated resolution of contingencies at the earliest date at which it is deemed probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated. Costs accrued are estimated based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies and outcomes (see Note 8).
 
Research and Development
 
The Company’s research and development activities are principally new product development and represent approximately 2.4%, 2.0% and 1.9% of the Company’s consolidated net sales in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) includes net earnings and unrealized gains and losses from currency translation, marketable securities available for sale, SFAS No. 87 minimum pension liability adjustments and


F-16


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
SFAS No. 158 pension liability adjustments, net of tax attributes. The components of the Company’s comprehensive income (loss) and the effect on earnings for the periods presented are detailed in the accompanying consolidated statement of stockholder’s investment.
 
The balances of each classification, net of tax attributes, within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of the periods presented are as follows:
 
                                 
          SFAS No. 87
          Total
 
          Minimum
    SFAS No. 158
    Accumulated
 
    Foreign
    Pension
    Post-Retirement
    Other
 
    Currency
    Liability
    Liability
    Comprehensive
 
    Translation     Adjustment     Adjustment     Income (Loss)  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2004
  $ 9.5     $ (0.4 )   $     $ 9.1  
Change during the period
    (1.7 )     0.1             (1.6 )
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2005
    7.8       (0.3 )           7.5  
Change during the period
    5.1                   5.1  
Adoption of SFAS No. 158
          0.3       (1.3 )     (1.0 )
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2006
    12.9             (1.3 )     11.6  
Change during the period
    15.4             10.7       26.1  
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ 28.3     $     $ 9.4     $ 37.7  
                                 
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The financial statements of subsidiaries outside the United States are measured using the foreign subsidiaries’ local currency as the functional currency. The Company translates the assets and liabilities of its foreign subsidiaries at the exchange rates in effect at year-end. Net sales, costs and expenses are translated using average exchange rates in effect during the year. Gains and losses from foreign currency translation are credited or charged to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in stockholder’s investment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Transaction gains and losses are recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net.
 
Long-term payable to affiliate
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had approximately $43.2 million and $24.9 million, respectively, recorded on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet related to a long-term payable to affiliate. This payable primarily relates to deferred taxes related to NTK Holdings which have been transferred to Nortek.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
The following table presents a summary of the activity in the long-term (receivable) payable to affiliate for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
         
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2005
  $ (17.5 )
Deferred taxes transferred to Nortek
    44.4  
Payment of IPO expenses for NTK Holdings
    (2.0 )
         
Balance at December 31, 2006
    24.9  
Deferred taxes transferred to Nortek
    23.4  
Payment in connection with NTK Holdings Bridge Loan Rollover
    (4.5 )
Payment of IPO expenses for NTK Holdings
    (0.5 )
Payment of miscellaneous expenses for NTK Holdings
    (0.1 )
         
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 43.2  
         
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations”, but retains the requirement that the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions be used for all business combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) expands on the disclosures previously required by SFAS No. 141, better defines the acquirer and the acquisition date in a business combination, and establishes principles for recognizing and measuring the assets acquired (including goodwill), the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interests in the acquired business. SFAS No. 141(R) also requires an acquirer to record an adjustment to the provision for income taxes for changes in valuation allowances or uncertain tax positions related to acquired businesses. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for all business combinations with an acquisition date in the first annual period following December 15, 2008; early adoption is not permitted. The Company will adopt this statement in fiscal year 2009. Based upon current accounting principles, approximately $13.2 million of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007, would reduce goodwill if recognized. This amount is expected to be approximately $10.0 million at the date of adoption. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 141(R), if these amounts are recognized after December 31, 2008, they would be recorded through the Company’s provision for income taxes and reduce the Company’s effective tax rate, rather than through goodwill. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 141(R) on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 requires that noncontrolling (or minority) interests in subsidiaries be reported in the equity section of the company’s balance sheet, rather than in a mezzanine section of the balance sheet between liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 160 also changes the manner in which the net income of the subsidiary is reported and disclosed in the controlling company’s income statement. SFAS No. 160 also establishes guidelines for accounting for changes in ownership percentages and for deconsolidation. SFAS No. 160 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning on or after December 1, 2008 and interim periods within those years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 160 on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, or January 1, 2008 for the Company.


F-18


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 159 on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) SFAS No. 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Its Related Interpretive Accounting Pronouncements That Address Leasing Transactions” (“FSP No. 157-1”), and FSP SFAS No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP No. 157-2”). FSP No. 157-1 removes leasing from the scope of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”). FSP No. 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 from 2008 to 2009 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). See SFAS No. 157 discussion below.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements; however, it does not require any new fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2008, including interim periods within the year ending December 31, 2008, except as amended by FSP No. 157-1 and FSP No. 157-2 as previously described. Earlier adoption is encouraged. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 will be applied prospectively to fair value measurements and disclosures for financial assets and financial liabilities and non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on at least an annual basis beginning in the first quarter of 2008. While the company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 157 to have a material impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements at this time, the Company will monitor any additional implementation guidance that is issued that addresses the fair value measurements for certain financial assets and non financial assets and non-financial liabilities not disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on at least an annual basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 157 on its consolidated financial statements.
 
2.  ACQUISITIONS
 
On September 18, 2007, the Company acquired all the capital stock of Stilpol SP. Zo.O. (“Stilpol”) and certain assets and liabilities of Metaltecnica S.r.l. (“Metaltecnica”) for approximately $7.9 million in cash and the assumption of indebtedness of approximately $4.1 million through its kitchen range hood subsidiaries, based in Italy and Poland (“Best Subsidiaries”). The Company’s Best subsidiaries borrowed the cash portion of the purchase price from banks in Italy. These acquisitions supply various fabricated material components and sub-assemblies used by the Company’s Best subsidiaries in the manufacture of kitchen range hoods.
 
On August 1, 2007, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Jensen Industries, Inc., acquired the assets of Solar of Michigan, Inc. (“Triangle”) for approximately $1.7 million of cash. Triangle is located in Coopersville, MI and manufactures, markets and distributes bath cabinets and related products.
 
On July 27, 2007, the Company acquired all of the ownership units of HomeLogic LLC (“HomeLogic”) for approximately $5.1 million (utilizing approximately $3.1 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling approximately $2.0 million due July 2011) plus contingent consideration, which may be payable in future years. HomeLogic is located in Marblehead, MA and designs and sells software and hardware that facilitates the control of third party residential subsystems such as home theatre, whole-house audio, climate control, lighting, security and irrigation.
 
On July 23, 2007, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Linear LLC (“Linear”), acquired the assets and certain liabilities of Aigis Mechtronics LLC (“Aigis”) for approximately $2.8 million (utilizing approximately $2.2 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling approximately


F-19


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
$0.6 million due July 2011). Aigis is located in Winston-Salem, NC and manufactures and sells equipment, such as camera housings, into the close-circuit television portion of the global security market.
 
On June 25, 2007, the Company, through Linear, acquired International Electronics, Inc. (“IEI”) through a cash tender offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares of common stock of IEI at a price of $6.65 per share. The total purchase price was approximately $13.8 million. IEI is located in Canton, MA and designs and sells security and access control components and systems for use in residential and light commercial applications.
 
On April 10, 2007, the Company, through Linear, acquired the assets and certain liabilities of c.p. AllStar Corporation (“All Star”) for approximately $2.8 million (utilizing approximately $2.3 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling $0.5 million due April 2009). AllStar is located in Downington, PA and is a leading manufacturer and distributor of residential, commercial and industrial gate operators, garage door openers, radio controls and accessory products for the garage door and perimeter security industry.
 
On March 26, 2007, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc. (“ABT”), acquired the assets of Personal and Recreational Products, Inc. (“Par Safe”) for future contingent consideration of approximately $4.6 million that was earned in 2007 and will be paid in 2008. Par Safe designs and sells home safes and solar LED security lawn signs.
 
On March 2, 2007, the Company, through Linear, acquired the stock of LiteTouch, Inc. (“LiteTouch”) for approximately $10.5 million (utilizing approximately $8.0 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling $2.5 million due March 2009) plus contingent consideration, which may be payable in future years. LiteTouch is located in Salt Lake City, UT and designs, manufactures and sells automated lighting controls for a variety of uses including residential, commercial, new construction and retro-fit applications.
 
On December 12, 2006, the Company, through Linear, acquired the stock of Gefen, Inc. (“Gefen”) for approximately $24.0 million (utilizing approximately $21.5 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling $2.5 million due December 2008) plus contingent consideration, which may be payable in future years. Gefen is located in Woodland Hills, CA and designs and sells audio and video products which extend, switch, distribute and convert signals in a variety of formats, including high definition, for both the residential and commercial markets.
 
On November 17, 2006, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Broan-NuTone LLC (“Broan”), acquired the stock of Zephyr Corporation (“Zephyr”) and Pacific Zephyr Range Hood, Inc. (“Pacific”) for approximately $26.5 million (utilizing approximately $22.5 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling $4.0 million due November 2009). Zephyr and Pacific are both located in San Francisco, CA. Zephyr designs and sells upscale range hoods, while Pacific designs, sells and installs range hoods and other kitchen products for Asian cooking markets in the United States.
 
On July 18, 2006, the Company, through Linear, acquired the stock of Magenta Research Ltd. (“Magenta”) for approximately $14.4 million (utilizing approximately $11.9 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling $2.5 million due July 2008) plus contingent consideration of approximately $16.5 million which was earned in 2007 and will be paid in 2008. Magenta is located in New Milford, CT and designs and sells products that distribute audio and video signals over Category 5 and fiber optic cable to multiple display screens.
 
On June 26, 2006, the Company, through Linear, acquired the stock of Secure Wireless, Inc. (“Secure Wireless”) and Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc. (“ABT”) through two mergers for approximately $10.5 million, plus contingent consideration of approximately $18.1 million that was earned in 2006 and was


F-20


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
paid in April 2007 and approximately $11.6 million that was earned in 2007 and will be paid in 2008. Additional contingent consideration may be payable in future years. Secure Wireless designs and sells wireless security products for the residential and commercial markets while ABT designs and sells innovative radio frequency control products and accessories. Both Secure Wireless and ABT are located in Carlsbad, CA.
 
On April 14, 2006, the Company, through two newly formed subsidiaries of its HVAC segment, acquired the assets and certain liabilities of Huntair, Inc. (“Huntair”) and Cleanpak International, LLC (“Cleanpak”), for approximately $48.4 million (utilizing approximately $38.4 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling $10.0 million due April 2008) plus contingent consideration of approximately $30.0 million which was earned in 2006 and was paid in April 2007. Both Huntair and Cleanpak are located near Portland, OR and manufacture, market and distribute custom air handlers and related products for commercial and cleanroom applications.
 
On February 22, 2006, the Company, through Linear, acquired the assets and certain liabilities of Furman Sound, Inc. (“Furman”) for approximately $3.3 million. Furman is located in Petaluma, CA and designs and sells audio and video signal processors and innovative power conditioning and surge protection products.
 
On January 25, 2006, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Mammoth China Ltd. (“Mammoth China”), increased its ownership interests in Mammoth (Zhejiang) EG Air Conditioning Ltd. (“MEG”) and Shanghai Mammoth Air Conditioning Co., Ltd. (“MSH”) to sixty-percent for approximately $2.4 million. The majority ownership transaction relating to MSH was finalized with the Chinese authorities in May 2006. Prior to January 25, 2006, Mammoth China had a forty-percent minority interest in MEG and a fifty-percent interest in MSH. On June 15, 2007, the Company further increased its ownership in MEG and MSH to seventy-five percent. Prior to January 25, 2006, the Company did not have a controlling interest and accounted for these investments under the equity method of accounting.
 
On December 9, 2005, the Company, through Linear, acquired the stock of GTO, Inc. (“GTO”) through a merger for approximately $28.2 million in cash, plus contingent consideration of approximately $0.2 million which was paid in the first quarter of 2006. GTO is located in Tallahassee, FL and designs, manufactures and sells automatic electric gate openers and access control devices to enhance the security and convenience of both residential and commercial property fences.
 
On August 26, 2005, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. (“Elan”), acquired the assets and certain liabilities of Sunfire Corporation (“Sunfire”) for approximately $4.0 million (utilizing approximately $3.5 million of cash and issuing an unsecured subordinated promissory note in the amount of approximately $0.5 million) plus contingent consideration, which may be payable in future years. Sunfire is located in Snohomish, WA and manufactures, sells and designs home audio and home cinema amplifiers, receivers and subwoofers.
 
On August 8, 2005, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Nortek (UK) Limited, acquired the stock of Imerge Limited (“Imerge”) for approximately $6.1 million in cash plus contingent consideration, which may be payable in future years. Imerge is located in Cambridge, United Kingdom and designs and sells hard disk media players and multi-room audio servers.
 
On July 15, 2005, the Company, through Linear, acquired the assets and certain liabilities of Niles Audio Corporation (“Niles”) for approximately $77.7 million. In connection with the acquisition of Niles, the Company utilized approximately $67.7 million of cash and issued an unsecured promissory note in the amount of approximately $10.0 million. Niles is located in Miami, FL and manufactures, sells and designs products that provide customers with innovative solutions for whole-house distribution and integration of audio and video systems, including speakers, receivers, amplifiers, automation devices, controls and accessories.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
On June 13, 2005, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Nordyne Inc. (“Nordyne”), acquired the assets and certain liabilities of International Marketing Supply, Inc. (“IMS”) for approximately $4.6 million, utilizing approximately $4.1 million of cash and issuing an unsecured promissory note in the amount of approximately $0.5 million. IMS is located in Miami, FL and sells heating, ventilation and air conditioning equipment to customers in Latin America and the Caribbean.
 
On April 26, 2005, the Company, through Linear, acquired the stock of Panamax for approximately $11.8 million (utilizing approximately $9.5 million of cash and issuing an unsecured promissory note in the amount of approximately $2.3 million) plus contingent consideration of approximately $4.5 million which was paid in the first quarter of 2006. Panamax is located in Petaluma, CA and sells and designs innovative power conditioning and surge protection products that prevent loss or damage of home and small business equipment due to power disturbances.
 
Acquisitions contributed approximately $145.4 million, $16.7 million and $7.7 million to net sales, operating earnings and depreciation and amortization expense, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007. With the exception of Stilpol, Metaltecnica, Triangle, Zephyr and Pacific, which are included in the Residential Ventilation Products segment, and Huntair, Cleanpak, MEG and MSH, which are included in the Air Conditioning and Heating Products segment, all acquisitions are included in the Home Technology Products segment in the Company’s segment reporting (see Note 9).
 
Approximately $55.6 million of contingent consideration was paid during the year ended December 31, 2007 related to the Secure Wireless, Huntair, Cleanpak and OmniMount acquisitions. The remaining estimated total maximum potential amount of contingent consideration that may be paid in the future for all completed acquisitions is approximately $94.7 million, of which approximately $32.7 million was accrued at December 31, 2007 and will be paid in 2008.
 
Acquisitions are accounted for as purchases and accordingly have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations since the acquisition date. For recent acquisitions, the Company has made preliminary estimates of the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the acquired companies, including intangible assets and property and equipment, as of the date of acquisition, utilizing information available at the time that the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared and these estimates are subject to refinement until all pertinent information has been obtained. The Company is in the process of obtaining appraisals of intangible assets and property and equipment and finalizing the integration plans for certain of the acquired companies, which are expected to be completed by the first half of 2008.
 
Pro forma results related to these acquisitions have not been presented, as the effect is not significant to the Company’s 2007 consolidated operating results.
 
3.   CASH FLOWS
 
Interest paid was approximately $120.7 million, $106.2 million and $97.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Net cash paid for acquisitions for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 was as follows:
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Fair value of assets acquired
  $ 105.7     $ 234.7     $ 148.3  
Liabilities assumed or created
    (67.8 )     (133.2 )     (31.1 )
                         
Net assets of businesses acquired
    37.9       101.5       117.2  
Payment of contingent consideration
    55.6       4.7        
                         
    $ 93.5     $ 106.2     $ 117.2  
                         
 
Contingent consideration of approximately $32.7 million was earned in 2007 by certain acquired businesses (see Note 2) and will be paid in 2008. This amount is included in accrued expenses and taxes, net on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 and has been excluded from the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Significant non-cash financing and investing activities excluded from the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows include capitalized lease additions of approximately $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. There were no capitalized lease additions in 2007 or 2006.
 
4.   INCOME TAXES
 
The following is a summary of the components of earnings before provision for income taxes:
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Domestic
  $ 31.1     $ 129.8     $ 109.7  
Foreign
    34.4       23.8       26.9  
                         
    $ 65.5     $ 153.6     $ 136.6  
                         
 
The following is a summary of the provision for income taxes included in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations:
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Federal income taxes:
                       
Current
  $ 21.6     $ 17.0     $ 28.9  
Deferred
    (6.0 )     27.4       9.5  
                         
      15.6       44.4       38.4  
Foreign
    14.7       14.5       14.3  
State
    2.8       5.0       3.4  
                         
    $ 33.1     $ 63.9     $ 56.1  
                         
 
Income tax payments, net of refunds, in the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were approximately $10.9 million, $23.7 million and $15.9 million, respectively.


F-23


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
The table that follows reconciles the federal statutory income tax dollar amount to the actual income tax provision for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Income tax provision at the federal statutory rate
  $ 22.9     $ 53.8     $ 47.8  
Net change from statutory rate:
                       
State income tax provision, net of federal income tax effect
    1.8       3.2       2.2  
Non-deductible expenses, net
    0.9       3.4       1.0  
Tax effect resulting from foreign activities and foreign dividends
    6.0       2.8       4.9  
Interest on uncertain tax positions
    1.3              
Other, net
    0.2       0.7       0.2  
                         
    $ 33.1     $ 63.9     $ 56.1  
                         
 
The table that follows reconciles the federal statutory income tax rate to the actual income tax effective tax rate of approximately 50.5%, 41.6% and 41.1% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Effective tax rate%:
                       
Income tax provision at the federal statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
Net change from statutory rate:
                       
State income tax provision, net of federal income tax effect
    2.8       2.1       1.6  
Non-deductible expenses, net
    1.4       2.2       0.7  
Tax effect resulting from foreign activities and foreign dividends
    9.1       1.8       3.6  
Interest on uncertain tax positions
    1.9              
Other, net
    0.3       0.5       0.2  
                         
      50.5 %     41.6 %     41.1 %
                         


F-24


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
The tax effect of temporary differences which give rise to significant portions of deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 are as follows:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Prepaid Income Tax Assets (classified current)
               
Arising From:
               
Accounts receivable
  $ 3.0     $ 2.9  
Inventories
    3.4       (4.3 )
Insurance reserves
    4.6       8.3  
Warranty accruals
    8.0       6.2  
Net operating loss and tax credits
    3.2       2.4  
Other reserves and assets, net
    6.7       5.7  
                 
    $ 28.9     $ 21.2  
                 
Deferred Income Tax Assets (Liabilities) (classified non-current)
               
Arising From:
               
Property and equipment, net
  $ (17.6 )   $ (20.6 )
Intangible assets, net
    (39.5 )     (30.7 )
Pension and other benefit accruals
    5.2       14.0  
Insurance reserves
    12.1       7.5  
Warranty accruals
    6.6       6.0  
Capital loss and net loss carry forwards
    14.3       13.2  
Valuation allowances
    (20.0 )     (20.5 )
Other reserves and assets, net
    2.7       (2.8 )
                 
    $ (36.2 )   $ (33.9 )
                 
 
The Company has established valuation allowances related to certain reserves that will result in capital losses and foreign net operating loss carry-forwards. Included in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance of approximately $20.0 at December 31, 2007 are valuation allowances of approximately $13.7 million, which will reduce goodwill in the future, should the tax assets they relate to be realized, as these tax assets existed at the date of the 2004 Acquisition with THL. The Company has not provided United States income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on unremitted foreign earnings of approximately $70.0 million as those amounts are considered indefinitely invested. In addition, the Company has approximately $45.0 million of foreign net operating loss carry-forwards that if utilized would offset future foreign tax payments. The Company has established a valuation allowance related to these losses, which is included in the $20.0 million valuation allowance noted in the above table.
 
The Company has a federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $4.0 million, and has an alternative minimum tax credit carryforward of approximately $2.3 million at December 31, 2007. The federal net operating loss carryforward is subject to limitation of approximately $1.5 million per year under Internal Revenue Code Section 382.
 
As indicated in Note 1, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption of this standard, the Company recorded a charge to retained earnings of approximately


F-25


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
$3.2 million and also increased goodwill related to pre-acquisition tax uncertainties by approximately $3.8 million.
 
As of January 1, 2007, after the adoption of FIN 48, the Company has provided a liability of approximately $36.7 million for unrecognized tax benefits related to various federal, foreign and state tax income tax matters. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2007 was approximately $34.2 million, of which approximately $9.1 million would impact the effective tax rate. The difference between the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the amount that would impact the effective rate consists of items that would adjust deferred tax assets and liabilities of approximately $5.2 million, items that, if recognized prior to January 1, 2009, would result in adjustments to goodwill of approximately $13.2 million (see Note 1 for SFAS No. 141(R) discussion), and the federal benefit of state tax items of approximately $6.4 million.
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
         
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Amount established upon adoption of FIN 48
  $ 36.7  
Gross increases related to positions taken in 2007
    3.7  
Gross increases related to positions taken in prior periods
    0.2  
Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities
    (1.2 )
Decreases due to lapse of statutes of limitation related to state tax items
    (5.2 )
         
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 34.2  
         
 
As of December 31, 2007, the Company has approximately $4.0 million in unrecognized benefits relating to various state income tax issues, for which the statute of limitation is expected to expire late in 2008. Of this amount, approximately $3.0 million will reduce goodwill if recognized. The decreases in the unrecognized tax benefits due to the lapse in the statute of limitations resulted in a net reduction to goodwill of approximately $3.8 million at December 31, 2007.
 
The Company is currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service for the tax periods from January 1, 2004 to August, 2004 and from August 2004 to December 31, 2004 and for the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company and its subsidiaries federal, foreign and state income tax returns are generally subject to audit for all tax periods beginning in 2003 through the present year.
 
As of January 1, 2007, the Company has accrued approximately $4.7 million of interest related to uncertain tax positions. As of December 31, 2007, the total amount of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions is approximately $6.1 million. The Company accounts for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of its provision for federal and state taxes.
 
5.   NOTES, MORTGAGE NOTES AND OBLIGATIONS PAYABLE
 
Short-term bank obligations at December 31, 2007 and 2006 consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Secured lines of credit and bank advances of the Company’s:
               
Foreign subsidiaries
  $ 29.0     $ 13.3  
Revolving portion of senior secured credit facility
    35.0       10.0  
                 
    $ 64.0     $ 23.3  
                 


F-26


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Short-term bank obligations of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are secured by accounts receivable and buildings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries with an aggregate net book value of approximately $29.0 million and have a weighted average interest rate of approximately 5.23% at December 31, 2007.
 
As part of the Company’s senior secured credit facility, the Company has a $200.0 million revolving credit facility that matures in August 2010 and includes both a letter of credit sub-facility and swing line loan sub-facility.
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company had approximately $35.0 million outstanding (with an interest rate of approximately 7.45%) and approximately $133.4 million of available borrowing capacity under the U.S. revolving portion of its senior secured credit facility, with approximately $21.6 million in outstanding letters of credit. Borrowings under the revolving portion of the senior secured credit facility are used for general corporate purposes, including borrowings to fund working capital requirements. Under the Canadian revolving portion of its senior secured credit facility, the Company had no outstanding borrowings and approximately $10.0 million of available borrowing capacity. Letters of credit have been issued under the Company’s revolving credit facility as additional security for (1) approximately $17.2 million relating to certain of the Company’s insurance programs, (2) approximately $3.6 million relating to leases outstanding for certain of the Company’s manufacturing facilities and (3) approximately $0.8 million relating to certain of the subsidiaries’ purchases and other requirements. Letters of credit reduce borrowing availability under the Company’s revolving credit facility on a dollar for dollar basis.
 
Notes, mortgage notes and obligations payable, included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 and 2006, consist of the following:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Senior Secured Credit Facility
  $ 677.3     $ 684.3  
81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (“81/2% Notes”)
    625.0       625.0  
97/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011 (“97/8% Notes”), including unamortized premium
    10.0       10.0  
Mortgage notes payable
    4.7       3.9  
Other
    64.4       59.1  
                 
      1,381.4       1,382.3  
Less amounts included in current liabilities
    32.4       20.0  
                 
    $ 1,349.0     $ 1,362.3  
                 
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company’s long-term borrowings under the senior secured credit facility had a variable interest rate of approximately 7.1% and mature at various times through 2011. The obligations under the senior secured credit facility are guaranteed by Nortek Holdings and by all of the Company’s existing and future significant domestic “restricted subsidiaries” (as defined in the credit facility) and are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and the assets of the guarantors, whether now owned or later acquired, including a pledge of all of the Company’s capital stock, the capital stock of certain of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of each of the Company’s significant foreign subsidiaries that is directly owned by the Company or a guarantor subsidiary (see Note 14).
 
The Company’s senior secured credit facility contains two financial maintenance covenants, which become more restrictive over time, and the Company cannot assure that these covenants will always be met particularly given the further deterioration of the new residential construction and repair and remodeling industries, plus the instability in the overall credit markets. These two covenants require that the Company


F-27


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
maintain at the end of each quarter, calculated based on the last twelve months, a Leverage Ratio and an Interest Coverage Ratio, each as defined. The Leverage Ratio must not exceed a defined ratio amount and the Interest Coverage Ratio must not be less than a defined ratio amount. The Leverage Ratio is calculated by dividing the Company’s total indebtedness, net of cash, (as defined) by EBITDA (as defined) and the Interest Coverage Ratio is calculated by dividing EBITDA (as defined) by interest expense, net (as defined). At December 31, 2007 the Company was required to maintain a Leverage Ratio not greater than 5.85:1 and an Interest Coverage Ratio of not less than 2.10:1. At December 31, 2007 the Company was in compliance with the Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio covenants. At December 31, 2007, the Company’s Leverage Ratio was 5.37:1 and its Interest Coverage Ratio was 2.32:1. The Leverage Ratio requirement of 5.85:1 at December 31, 2007 tightens to 5.60:1 at the end of the second quarter of 2008 and further tightens to 5.25:1 at December 31, 2008, while the Interest Coverage Ratio requirement of 2.10:1 at December 31, 2007 tightens to 2.20:1 at the end of the first quarter of 2008 through December 31, 2008. Should the Company not satisfy either of these covenants, the Company’s senior secured credit facility allows a cure, whereby a subsequent cash equity investment equal to the EBITDA shortfall, will be treated as EBITDA for purposes of the compliance calculations in the current and future periods. The senior secured credit facility allows for such a cure to occur twice within a consecutive twelve-month period. The Company expects that its financial statements for the first quarter of 2008, which will be filed with its quarterly report on Form 10-Q on or about May 15, 2008, will indicate that its EBITDA for such quarter (as calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facility) will be below the level necessary to be in compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio covenants as of the end of such quarter. Any such shortfall is not expected to be significant and the Company plans to utilize the equity cure right under its senior secured credit facility to avoid any default otherwise arising out of such shortfall. The Company expects that it may also encounter events of non-compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio covenants as of the end of the second quarter of 2008 and anticipates that it may seek to use the equity cure right again to remedy any such non-compliance. Based upon the Company’s current forecast regarding its operating results for the balance of 2008 following the second quarter, the Company does not anticipate further events of non-compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio and Leverage Ratio covenants as of the end of the third and fourth quarters of 2008. To the extent the Company experiences events of non-compliance with such covenants, which are not resolved through the use of the equity cure feature or other alternatives, the Company would need to seek waivers or amendments from the lenders under its senior secured credit facility or refinance such facility. Should an event of non-compliance occur, the Company will not be permitted to borrow under its credit facility until such time that a cure happens. If these events of non-compliance were to occur, and were not cured, an event of default would exist under the Company’s senior secured credit facility and would allow the lenders to accelerate the payment of indebtedness outstanding. In addition, an event of default under the credit facility would result in a cross default under substantially all of the Company’s other senior and senior subordinated indebtedness. In light of the instability and uncertainty that currently exists within the financial and credit markets and the tightening of credit standards, the Company may not be able to obtain any such waivers or amendments or any such refinancing on acceptable terms. In addition, any such waivers, amendments or refinancing may involve terms which would have a further adverse effect on the future cash flows of the Company. Based upon the application of equity cures, other potential equity investments and the Company’s forecast of its financial results for 2008, the Company has determined that it is probable that it will be in compliance with the terms of its senior secured credit facility through December 31, 2008 and as a result the Company has classified its long-term indebtedness as a long-term liability in its consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007.
 
A breach of the covenants under the indenture that governs the Company’s 81/2% senior subordinated notes or under the agreement that governs the Company’s senior secured credit facility could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default


F-28


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the Company’s senior secured credit facility would permit the lenders to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. Furthermore, if the Company was unable to repay the amounts due and payable under its senior secured credit facility, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event the Company’s lenders or noteholders accelerate the repayment of their borrowings, the Company cannot assure that the Company and its subsidiaries would have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness. The Company’s future financing arrangements will likely contain similar or more restrictive covenants. As a result of these restrictions, the Company may be:
 
  •  limited in how the Company conducts its business,
 
  •  unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns, or
 
  •  unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.
 
Such restrictions if imposed, would affect the Company’s ability to grow in accordance with its plans.
 
Mortgage notes payable of approximately $4.7 million outstanding at December 31, 2007 includes various mortgage notes and other related indebtedness payable in installments through 2019. These notes bear interest at rates ranging from approximately 4.6% to 8.0% and are collateralized by property and equipment with an aggregate net book value of approximately $8.1 million at December 31, 2007.
 
Other obligations of approximately $64.4 million outstanding at December 31, 2007 include borrowings relating to equipment purchases, notes payable issued for acquisitions and other borrowings bearing interest at rates ranging from approximately 2.9% to 14.0% and maturing at various dates through 2018. Approximately $20.3 million of such indebtedness is collateralized by property and equipment with an aggregate net book value of approximately $23.5 million at December 31, 2007.
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company’s Best subsidiary was not in compliance with a maintenance covenant with respect to two loan agreements with two banks with aggregate borrowings outstanding of approximately $9.4 million. The Company’s Best subsidiary obtained waivers from the two banks, which indicated that the Company’s Best subsidiary was not required to comply with the maintenance covenant as of December 31, 2007. The next measurement date for the maintenance covenant is for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the Company believes that it is probable that its Best subsidiary will be in compliance with the maintenance covenant when their assessment of the required calculation is completed in the first quarter of 2009. As a result, the Company has classified the outstanding borrowings under such agreements as a long-term liability in its consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007.
 
The indentures and other agreements governing the Company and its subsidiaries’ indebtedness (including the credit agreement for the senior secured credit facility) contain certain restrictive financial and operating covenants, including covenants that restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to complete acquisitions, pay dividends, incur indebtedness, make investments, sell assets and take certain other corporate actions.
 
As of December 31, 2007, approximately $172.2 million was available for the payment of cash dividends, stock purchases or other restricted payments by the Company as defined under the terms of the Company’s most restrictive loan agreement, the Company’s senior secured credit facility.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
At December 31, 2007, the maturities for the Company’s notes, mortgage notes and obligations payable were:
 
         
Year Ended
  Debt Obligation
December 31,
  Maturities
    (Amounts in millions)
 
2008
  $ 32.4  
2009
    20.5  
2010
    177.4  
2011
    511.5  
2012
    3.7  
Thereafter
    635.9  
 
In March 2008, Moody’s downgraded the debt ratings for Nortek and its Parent Company, NTK Holdings, from “B2” to “B3” and issued a negative outlook. Moody’s rating downgrade reflects the Company’s high leverage, reduced financial flexibility and the anticipated pressure of the difficult new home construction market and home values on the Company’s 2008 financial performance. The negative ratings outlook reflects Moody’s concern that the market for the Company’s products will remain under significant pressure so long as new housing starts do not rebound and that the repair and remodeling market could contract meaningfully in 2008 and possibly in 2009. Additionally, Moody’s was concerned whether the Company’s cost cutting initiatives would be successful enough so as to offset pressure on the Company’s sales. Also in March 2008, Standard and Poors affirmed the Company’s “B” corporate rating with a negative outlook.
 
6.   COMMON STOCK, DEFERRED COMPENSATION AND DIVIDENDS
 
In connection with the Acquisition on August 28, 2004, Nortek Holdings received 3,000 shares of common stock of the Company and the Company became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nortek Holdings. As of April 11, 2008, there were 3,000 shares of common stock of the Company authorized and outstanding.
 
In connection with the Holdings Reorganization on November 20, 2002, Nortek became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the former Nortek Holdings as each outstanding share of capital stock of Nortek was converted into an identical share of capital stock of the former Nortek Holdings with the former Nortek Holdings receiving 100 shares of Nortek’s common stock. As a result of the Holdings Reorganization, Nortek’s previously outstanding common stock and treasury stock balances were reclassified to additional paid-in capital to reflect the former Nortek Holdings’ new capital structure.
 
On May 10, 2006, NTK Holdings borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $205.0 million under a senior unsecured loan facility. A portion of these proceeds was used to contribute capital of approximately $25.9 million to Nortek Holdings, which was used by Nortek Holdings, together with a dividend of approximately $28.1 million from the Company to make a distribution of approximately $54.0 million to participants in the 2004 Nortek Holdings, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (including certain of the Company’s executive officers).
 
7.   PENSION, PROFIT SHARING AND OTHER POST RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
The Company and its subsidiaries have various pension, supplemental retirement plans for certain officers, profit sharing and other post retirement benefit plans requiring contributions to qualified trusts and union administered funds.
 
Pension, profit sharing and other post retirement health benefit expense charged to operations aggregated approximately $8.3 million, $8.5 million (excluding a curtailment gain of $35.9 million on the termination of benefits to certain employees of NuTone under a post retirement medical and life insurance plan) and


F-30


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
$12.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The decrease in the pension, profit sharing and other post retirement health benefit expense for December 31, 2007 as compared to December 31, 2006 is primarily due to a change in the discount rate from 5.25% to 5.75%, a reduction in the service cost component of net periodic benefit costs including the freezing of benefit accruals due to a plant shutdown and lower expense assumptions for the Companies defined benefit pension plans. These decreases were partially offset by the full recognition of approximately $19.5 million of prior service costs in connection with the curtailment gain of approximately $35.9 million in 2006. The decrease in pension, profit sharing and other post retirement health benefit expense at December 31, 2006 as compared to December 31, 2005 is primarily due to a reduction in the service cost component of net periodic benefit costs and the termination of benefits under a post-retirement medical and life insurance plan.
 
The Company’s policy is to generally fund currently at least the minimum required annual contribution of its various qualified defined benefit plans. In 2008, the Company expects to contribute approximately $3.6 million (unaudited) to its defined benefit pension plans.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company used a September 30 measurement date for its plans. The table that follows provides a reconciliation of benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status of plans in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    Pension Benefits
 
    for the Years Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at October 1,
  $ 177.3     $ 175.2  
Service cost
    0.5       1.0  
Interest cost
    9.6       9.0  
Loss due to foreign exchange
    0.6       4.8  
Actuarial (gain) loss excluding assumption changes
    (4.7 )     2.6  
Actuarial gain due to assumption changes
    (5.3 )     (4.3 )
Benefits and expenses paid
    (11.2 )     (11.0 )
                 
Benefit obligation at September 30,
  $ 166.8     $ 177.3  
                 
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at October 1,
  $ 132.3     $ 119.7  
Actual return on plan assets
    14.9       8.5  
Gain due to foreign exchange
    0.4       3.3  
Employer contribution
    9.6       11.8  
Benefits and expenses paid
    (11.2 )     (11.0 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at September 30,
  $ 146.0     $ 132.3  
                 
Funded status and statement of financial position:
               
Fair value of plan assets at September 30,
  $ 146.0     $ 132.3  
Benefit obligation at September 30,
    166.8       177.3  
                 
Funded status at September 30,
    (20.8 )     (45.0 )
Amount contributed during fourth quarter
    0.3       1.2  
                 
Funded status at December 31,
  $ (20.5 )   $ (43.8 )
                 


F-31


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
The following amounts were recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet for the Company’s defined benefit plans at December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    Pension Benefits
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Current liabilities
  $ 0.6     $ 0.6  
Non-current liabilities
    19.9       43.2  
                 
    $ 20.5     $ 43.8  
                 
 
The following amounts were recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    Pension Benefits
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Actuarial gain (loss), net of tax provision of approximately $5.4 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively
  $ 9.0     $ (1.8 )
 
The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were approximately $166.8 million, $165.1 million and $146.0 million, respectively as of December 31, 2007 and were approximately $177.3 million, $170.2 million and $132.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2006.
 
At December 31, 2007, the expected future benefit payments for the Company’s defined benefit plans were as follows:
 
         
Year Ended
  Defined Benefit
December 31,
  Plan Payments
    (Amounts in millions)
 
2008
  $ 11.2  
2009
    11.2  
2010
    11.2  
2011
    11.3  
2012
    11.5  
2013-2017
    58.5  
 
Plan assets primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, common stock, U.S. Government securities, corporate debt and mutual funds, as well as other investments, and include certain commingled funds. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company has recorded as long-term restricted investments and marketable securities held by pension trusts, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, approximately $2.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively, which have been contributed to trusts. These assets are not included in the amount of fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006 but are available to fund certain of the benefit obligations included in the table above relating to certain supplemental retirement plans.


F-32


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
The assumptions used in determining pension, supplemental retirement plans and post retirement costs and the projected benefit obligation are as follows:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Discount rate for projected benefit obligation
    5.80% - 6.25%       5.00% - 5.75%       5.00% - 5.25%  
Discount rate for pension costs
    5.00% - 5.75%       5.00% - 5.25%       5.25% - 5.75%  
Expected long-term average return on plan assets
    7.00% - 7.75%       7.00% - 7.75%       7.00% - 7.75%  
Rate of compensation increase
    3.75% - 5.00%       3.75% - 5.00%       3.75% - 5.00%  
 
The Company utilizes long-term investment-grade bond yields as the basis for selecting a discount rate by which plan obligations are measured. An analysis of projected cash flows for each plan is performed in order to determine plan-specific duration. Discount rates are selected based on high quality corporate bond yields of similar durations.
 
The Company’s net periodic benefit cost for its defined benefit plans for the three years ended December 31, 2007 consist of the following components:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Service cost
  $ 0.5     $ 1.0     $ 1.4  
Interest cost
    9.6       9.0       8.9  
Expected return on plan assets
    (10.0 )     (9.1 )     (8.5 )
                         
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 0.1     $ 0.9     $ 1.8  
                         
 
The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income represents the net unrecognized actuarial gains and losses. These amounts will be recognized in future periods as components of net periodic pension cost. The estimated net gain for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $0.2 million.
 
Other changes in assets and obligations recognized in other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2007 consists of net gains of approximately $10.8 million, net of tax provision of approximately $4.0 million.
 
The Company used a September 30 measurement date for its plans. The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2007 and 2006, by asset category are as follows:
 
                 
    Plan Assets at December 31,  
Asset Category
  2007     2006  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
    3.7 %     6.4 %
Equity securities
    69.6       56.1  
Fixed income securities
    26.5       37.3  
Other
    0.2       0.2  
                 
      100.0 %     100.0 %
                 


F-33


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
The Company’s domestic qualified defined benefit plans’ assets are invested to maximize returns without undue exposure to risk. The investment objectives are also to produce a total return exceeding the median of a universe of portfolios with similar average asset allocation and investment style objectives, and to earn a return, net of fees, greater or equal to the long-term rate of return used by the Company in determining pension expense.
 
Risk is controlled by maintaining a portfolio of assets that is diversified across a variety of asset classes, investment styles and investment managers. The plans’ asset allocation policies are consistent with the established investment objectives and risk tolerances. The asset allocation policies are developed by examining the historical relationships of risk and return among asset classes, and are designed to provide the highest probability of meeting or exceeding the return objectives at the lowest possible risk. For 2008, the target allocation is 56.5% for equity securities, 42.0% for fixed income securities and 1.5% for cash.
 
The table that follows provides a reconciliation of the benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status of the Company’s post retirement health benefit plans included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    Non-Pension Post
 
    Retirement Health
 
    Benefits
 
    for the Years Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at October 1,
  $ 6.2     $ 26.0  
Service cost
          0.1  
Interest cost
    0.3       0.7  
Amendments
          (20.3 )
Actuarial gain excluding assumption changes
    (0.1 )     (0.1 )
Benefits and expenses paid
    (0.1 )     (0.2 )
                 
Benefit obligation at September 30,
  $ 6.3     $ 6.2  
                 
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at October 1,
  $     $  
Employer contribution
    0.1       0.2  
Benefits and expenses paid
    (0.1 )     (0.2 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at September 30,
  $     $  
                 
Funded status and statement of financial position:
               
Fair value of plan assets at September 30,
  $     $  
Benefit obligation at September 30,
    6.3       6.2  
                 
Funded status at September 30,
    (6.3 )     (6.2 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss
           
Amount contributed during fourth quarter
           
                 
Accrued post-retirement benefit costs at December 31,
  $ (6.3 )   $ (6.2 )
                 


F-34


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
The following amounts were recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet for the Company’s post retirement health benefit plans at December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    Non-Pension
 
    Post Retirement
 
    Health Benefits
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Current liabilities
  $ 0.3     $ 0.4  
Non-current liabilities
    6.0       5.8  
                 
    $ 6.3     $ 6.2  
                 
 
The following amounts were recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    Non-Pension
 
    Post Retirement
 
    Health Benefits
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Actuarial loss, net of tax benefit of approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively
  $ (0.2 )   $ (0.2 )
Prior service cost, net of tax provision of approximately $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively
    0.6       0.7  
                 
    $ 0.4     $ 0.5  
                 
 
During 2005, the Company notified certain retirees that post retirement medical benefits would no longer be continued by the Company effective July 31, 2005. Such retirees were offered medical benefits through other means at their expense. This resulted in a negative plan amendment in 2005 to the NuTone, Inc. (“NuTone”) post retirement medical plan and the plan reflected a deferred actuarial gain of approximately $22.2 million which was being amortized (until July 2006 — see below) into income by the Company over a six year period.
 
In the second quarter of 2006 in connection with union negotiations with certain employees of the Company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, OH facility, the Company presented its final proposal to the union bargaining committee. This final proposal did not provide the NuTone union members with post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits. This final offer subsequently became implemented and the Company recorded a curtailment gain of approximately $35.9 million ($22.3 million, net of tax) in the second quarter of 2006. These curtailment gains are included in selling, general and administrative expense, net on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations in 2006.


F-35


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
At December 31, 2007, the expected post retirement health benefit payments for the Company were as follows:
 
         
    Post Retirement
Year Ended
  Health Benefit
December 31,
  Payments
    (Amounts in millions)
 
2008
  $ 0.3  
2009
    0.3  
2010
    4.0  
2011
    0.3  
2012
    0.3  
2013-2017
    1.2  
 
The Company’s net periodic benefit cost for its post retirement health benefit plans for the three years ended December 31, 2007 consists of the following components:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Service cost
  $     $ 0.1     $ 0.4  
Interest cost
    0.3       0.7       2.1  
Amortization of prior service cost
    (0.2 )     (1.5 )     (1.4 )
Recognized actuarial loss
                0.1  
Curtailment gain
          (35.9 )      
                         
Net periodic post-retirement health benefit cost (income)
  $ 0.1     $ (36.6 )   $ 1.2  
                         
 
The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income represents the net unrecognized actuarial gains and losses. These amounts will be recognized in future periods as components of net periodic pension cost. The estimated net prior service credit for the post retirement medical plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $0.2 million.
 
Other changes in assets and obligations recognized in other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2007 consists of amortization of prior service cost credit of $0.1 million, net of tax provision of approximately $0.1 million.
 
For purposes of calculating the post retirement health benefit cost, a medical inflation rate of 9.0% and 10.0% was assumed for 2007 and 2006, respectively. For both 2007 and 2006, the rate was assumed to decrease gradually to an ultimate rate of 5.0% by 2013.
 
A one percentage point change in assumed health care cost trends does not have a significant effect on the amount of liabilities recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2007.
 
8.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company provides accruals for all direct costs associated with the estimated resolution of contingencies at the earliest date at which it is deemed probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of such liability can be reasonably estimated.


F-36


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company and its subsidiaries are obligated under lease agreements for the rental of certain real estate and machinery and equipment used in its operations. At December 31, 2007, future minimum rental obligations aggregated approximately $88.9 million and are payable as follows:
 
         
Year Ended
  Future Minimum
December 31,
  Rental Obligations
    (Amounts in millions)
 
2008
  $ 20.8  
2009
    16.7  
2010
    13.1  
2011
    10.9  
2012
    9.6  
Thereafter
    17.8  
 
Certain of these lease agreements provide for increased payments based on changes in the consumer price index. Rental expense charged to continuing operations in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations was approximately $31.0 million, $26.5 million and $21.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Under certain of these lease agreements, the Company or its subsidiaries are also obligated to pay insurance and taxes.
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company’s former subsidiary, Ply Gem, has guaranteed approximately $19.4 million of third party obligations relating to rental payments through June 30, 2016 under a facility leased by a former subsidiary, which was sold on September 21, 2001. The Company has indemnified these guarantees in connection with the sale of Ply Gem on February 12, 2004 and has recorded an estimated liability related to this indemnified guarantee of approximately $0.8 million at December 31, 2007 in accordance with Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN 45”). The buyer of the former subsidiary has provided certain indemnifications and other rights to Nortek for any payments that it might be required to make pursuant to this guarantee. Should the buyer of the former subsidiary cease making payments then the Company may be required to make payments on its indemnification.
 
The Company has indemnified third parties for certain matters in a number of transactions involving dispositions of former subsidiaries. The Company has recorded liabilities in relation to these indemnifications, including the indemnified guarantee noted above, of approximately $11.1 million and $12.0 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Approximately $5.0 million of short-term liabilities and approximately $6.1 million of long-term liabilities are recorded in accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 related to these indemnifications.
 
The Company records insurance liabilities and related expenses for health, workers compensation, product and general liability losses and other insurance reserves and expenses in accordance with either the contractual terms of its policies or, if self-insured, the total liabilities that are estimable and probable as of the reporting date. Insurance liabilities are recorded as current liabilities to the extent payments are expected to be made in the succeeding year by the Company with the remaining requirements classified as long-term liabilities. The accounting for self-insured plans requires that significant judgments and estimates be made both with respect to the future liabilities to be paid for known claims and incurred but not reported claims as of the reporting date. The Company considers historical trends when determining the appropriate insurance reserves to record in the consolidated balance sheet. In certain cases where partial insurance coverage exists, the Company must estimate the portion of the liability that will be covered by existing insurance policies to arrive at the net expected liability to the Company. The majority of the Company’s approximate $54.5 million of recorded insurance liabilities at December 31, 2007 relate to product liability accruals of approximately $32.7 million.


F-37


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Changes in the Company’s combined short-term and long-term product liability accruals (see Note 10) during the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
 
                 
    For the Year
 
    Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Balance, beginning of the period
  $ 26.8     $ 18.1  
Provision during the period
    12.4       14.2  
Payments made during the period
    (5.7 )     (6.5 )
Other adjustments
    (0.8 )     1.0  
                 
Balance, end of the period
  $ 32.7     $ 26.8  
                 
 
The Company sells a number of products and offers a number of warranties including in some instances, extended warranties for which the Company receives proceeds. The specific terms and conditions of these warranties vary depending on the product sold and the country in which the product is sold. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its warranties, with the exception of extended warranties, and records a liability for such costs at the time of sale. Deferred revenue from extended warranties is recorded at the estimated fair value and is amortized over the life of the warranty and reviewed to ensure that the amount recorded is equal to or greater than estimated future costs. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, cost per claim and new product introduction. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty claims and adjusts the amounts as necessary.
 
Changes in the Company’s combined short-term and long-term warranty liabilities (see Note 10) during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:
 
                 
    For the Year
 
    Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Balance, beginning of period
  $ 41.2     $ 34.8  
Warranties provided during period
    30.7       27.4  
Settlements made during period
    (26.7 )     (22.6 )
Changes in liability estimate, including expirations and acquisitions
    2.1       1.6  
                 
Balance, end of period
  $ 47.3     $ 41.2  
                 
 
The Company is subject to other contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of its businesses that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, environmental matters, contract and employment claims, product liability, warranty and modification and adjustment or replacement of component parts of units sold, which include product recalls. Product liability, environmental and other legal proceedings also include matters with respect to businesses previously owned. The Company has used various substances in its products and manufacturing operations which have been or may be deemed to be hazardous or dangerous, and the extent of its potential liability, if any, under environmental, product liability and workers’ compensation statutes, rules, regulations and case law is unclear. Further, due to the lack of adequate information and the potential impact of present regulations and any future regulations, there are certain circumstances in which no range of potential exposure may be reasonably estimated.


F-38


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
In 2007, certain sole source suppliers of various fabricated material components and sub-assemblies to the Company’s Best Subsidiaries experienced financial difficulties and subsequently filed for settlement with creditors to prevent bankruptcy. The Company secured alternative sources for all but two of these suppliers and negotiated the purchase of the two remaining businesses, Stilpol and Metaltecnica, from the trustee appointed by the local court in the settlement procedures. As discussed in Note 2, the closing of these two acquisitions occurred on September 18, 2007 for approximately $7.9 million in cash and the assumption of indebtedness of approximately $4.1 million. The Company’s Best subsidiaries borrowed the cash portion of the purchase price from banks in Italy. The Company has not experienced any significant disruption in the manufacture of its products or shipments to its customers as a result of these supplier difficulties and believes it can successfully integrate these acquired businesses into its existing operations.
 
The Company recorded approximately $16.0 million of estimated losses in the RVP segment in the fourth quarter of 2006 in selling, general and administrative expense, net, resulting from the likelihood that these suppliers would be unable to repay the advances from our subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland and amounts due under other arrangements. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company revised its estimate of the losses related to these suppliers and recorded a favorable adjustment to selling, general and administrative expense, net of approximately $6.7 million. Additionally, the Company has incurred approximately $2.1 million of legal and other professional fees and expenses in connection with these matters in the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to contingent liabilities, including lawsuits, the Company believes that the aggregate amount of such liabilities, if any, in excess of amounts provided or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Company. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular future period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions or strategies related to these contingencies or changes that are not within the Company’s control.
 
9.   SEGMENT INFORMATION AND CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
The Company is a diversified manufacturer of residential and commercial building products, which is organized within three reporting segments: the Residential Ventilation Products (“RVP”) segment, the Home Technology Products (“HTP”) segment and the Air Conditioning and Heating Products (“HVAC”) segment. The HVAC segment combines the results of the Company’s residential and commercial heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) businesses. In the tables below, Unallocated includes corporate related items, intersegment eliminations and certain income and expense items not allocated to reportable segments.
 
The RVP segment manufactures and distributes built-in products primarily for the residential new construction, DIY and professional remodeling and replacement markets. The principal products sold by the segment include: kitchen range hoods, exhaust fans (such as bath fans and fan, heater and light combination units) and indoor air quality products. The HTP segment manufactures and distributes products that provide convenience and security in residential and light commercial applications. The principal products sold by the segment include: audio / video distribution and control equipment, speakers and subwoofers, security and access control products, power conditioners and surge protectors, audio / video wall mounts and fixtures and structured wiring. The HVAC segment principally manufactures and sells HVAC systems for site-built and manufactured residential housing applications and for custom-designed commercial applications.
 
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. The Company evaluates segment performance based on operating earnings before allocations of corporate overhead costs. Intersegment net sales and intersegment eliminations are not material for any of the periods presented. The financial statement impact of all purchase accounting


F-39


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
adjustments, including intangible assets amortization and goodwill, are reflected in the applicable operating segment, which are the Company’s reporting units. Unallocated assets consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, prepaid and deferred income taxes, deferred debt expense and long-term restricted investments and marketable securities.
 
The Company operates internationally and is exposed to market risks from changes in foreign exchange rates. Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of temporary cash investments and trade receivables. The Company places its temporary cash investments with high credit quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number of customers comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across many different geographical regions. Accounts receivable from customers related to foreign operations increased approximately 11.5% to $110.2 million at December 31, 2007 from December 31, 2006, of which approximately $10.2 million related to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These risks are not significantly dissimilar among the Company’s three reporting segments.
 
Net sales and operating earnings for the Company’s segments and pre-tax earnings for the Company are presented in the table that follows for the three years ended December 31, 2007:
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Net sales:
                       
Residential ventilation products
  $ 828.8     $ 821.0     $ 794.7  
Home technology products
    570.2       484.5       354.8  
Air conditioning and heating products
    969.2       912.9       809.7  
                         
Consolidated net sales
  $ 2,368.2     $ 2,218.4     $ 1,959.2  
                         
Operating earnings (loss):
                       
Residential ventilation products(1)
  $ 102.9     $ 139.5     $ 123.9  
Home technology products(2)
    76.3       83.9       71.0  
Air conditioning and heating products(3)
    31.1       64.9       66.3  
                         
Subtotal
    210.3       288.3       261.2  
Unallocated:
                       
Stock-based compensation charges
    (0.3 )     (0.3 )     (0.3 )
Foreign exchange gains (losses) on transactions, including intercompany debt
    0.4       1.2       (0.9 )
Compensation reserve adjustment
          3.5        
Gain on legal settlement
                1.4  
Unallocated, net
    (24.9 )     (25.7 )     (24.2 )
                         
Consolidated operating earnings
    185.5       267.0       237.2  
Interest expense
    (122.0 )     (115.6 )     (102.4 )
Investment income
    2.0       2.2       1.8  
                         
Earnings before provision for income taxes
  $ 65.5     $ 153.6     $ 136.6  
                         
 
 
(1) The operating results of the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 include a favorable adjustment to selling, general and administrative expense, net based upon the Company’s revised estimate


F-40


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
of reserves provided in 2006 for certain suppliers in Italy and Poland of approximately $6.7 million, a charge to warranty expense of approximately $0.5 million related to a product safety upgrade, an approximate $1.8 million charge related to the closure of the Company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility, an approximate $1.1 million charge related to the closure of the Company’s Jensen Industries, Inc. Vernon, California facility, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland of approximately $2.1 million, an approximate $1.9 million loss related to the settlement of litigation, a charge of approximately $0.4 million related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $1.0 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company’s subsidiaries. The operating results of the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an approximate $35.9 million curtailment gain related to post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits, reserves of approximately $16.0 million related to estimated losses as a result of the unlikelihood that certain suppliers to our kitchen range hood subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland will be able to repay advances and amounts due under other arrangements, an approximate $3.5 million charge related to the closure of the Company’s NuTone, Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility and an increase in warranty expense in the first quarter of 2006 of approximately $1.5 million related to a product safety upgrade. The operating results of the RVP segment for the year ended December 31, 2005 include a non-cash foreign exchange loss of approximately $1.2 million related to intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company’s subsidiaries.
 
(2) The operating results of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 include a charge of approximately $0.5 million related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer, a reduction in warranty expense of approximately $0.7 million related to a product safety upgrade and approximately $2.0 million of fees and expenses incurred in connection with a dispute with a supplier. The operating results of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an increase in warranty expense of approximately $2.3 million related to a product safety upgrade. The operating results of the HTP segment for the year ended December 31, 2005 include a gain of approximately $1.6 million related to the sale of a corporate office building of one of the Company’s subsidiaries.
 
(3) The operating results of the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2007 include a charge of approximately $3.7 million related to the planned closure of the Company’s Mammoth, Inc. Chaska, Minnesota manufacturing facility, a charge of approximately $1.8 million related to reserves for amounts due from customers and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $2.5 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company’s subsidiaries. The operating results of the HVAC segment for the year ended December 31, 2006 include an approximate $1.6 million gain related to the favorable settlement of litigation, a charge of approximately $1.2 million, net of minority interest of approximately $0.8 million, related to a reserve for amounts due from a customer in China related to a Chinese construction project and net foreign exchange gains of approximately $0.4 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company’s subsidiaries.
 
See Notes 1, 2, 8, 11 and 12 with respect to restructuring charges and certain other income (expense) items affecting segment earnings (loss).


F-41


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Segment assets, depreciation expense, amortization expense and capital expenditures for the Company’s segments are presented in the table that follows for the three years ended December 31, 2007:
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Segment Assets:
                       
Residential ventilation products
  $ 1,202.7     $ 1,168.2     $ 1,139.3  
Home technology products
    704.0       628.4       525.6  
Air conditioning and heating products
    673.5       693.6       584.4  
                         
      2,580.2       2,490.2       2,249.3  
Unallocated:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents, including current restricted cash
    54.4       58.6       77.2  
Prepaid income taxes
    28.9       21.2       20.7  
Other assets, including long-term restricted investments and marketable securities
    43.3       57.3       69.4  
                         
Consolidated assets
  $ 2,706.8     $ 2,627.3     $ 2,416.6  
                         
Depreciation Expense:
                       
Residential ventilation products
  $ 14.3     $ 12.9     $ 11.3  
Home technology products
    5.8       4.4       2.4  
Air conditioning and heating products
    16.8       15.0       12.1  
Unallocated
    0.7       0.7       0.9  
                         
Consolidated depreciation expense
  $ 37.6     $ 33.0     $ 26.7  
                         
Amortization Expense:
                       
Residential ventilation products(1)
  $ 6.3     $ 6.4     $ 8.2  
Home technology products(2)
    13.3       11.4       7.5  
Air conditioning and heating products(3)
    7.4       9.9       3.2  
Unallocated
    0.5       0.5       0.3  
                         
Consolidated amortization expense
  $ 27.5     $ 28.2     $ 19.2  
                         
Capital Expenditures(4):
                       
Residential ventilation products
  $ 13.7     $ 20.2     $ 13.3  
Home technology products
    5.5       6.2       2.6  
Air conditioning and heating products
    17.1       15.7       17.3  
Unallocated
    0.1       0.2       0.5  
                         
Consolidated capital expenditures
  $ 36.4     $ 42.3     $ 33.7  
                         
 
 
(1) Includes amortization of approximately $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold.
 
(2) Includes amortization of approximately $0.2 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold.


F-42


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
 
(3) Includes amortization of approximately $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 of excess purchase price allocated to inventory recorded as a non-cash charge to cost of products sold.
 
(4) Includes capital expenditures financed under capital leases of approximately $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. There were no expenditures financed under capital leases in 2007 or 2006.
 
The following table presents a summary of the activity in goodwill by reporting segment for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                                 
                Air
       
    Residential
    Home
    Conditioning
       
    Ventilation
    Technology
    and Heating
       
    Products     Products     Products     Consolidated  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2005
  $ 778.7     $ 326.4     $ 276.2     $ 1,381.3  
Acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2006
    23.6       17.2       8.4       49.2  
Contingent earnouts related to acquisitions
          25.6       30.0       55.6  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    (0.6 )     (0.4 )     (0.7 )     (1.7 )
Adjustment of carryover basis of continuing management investors in the THL Transaction
    (2.8 )     (0.9 )     (1.2 )     (4.9 )
Impact of foreign currency translation
    (0.9 )     0.4       2.4       1.9  
                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2006
    798.0       368.3       315.1       1,481.4  
Acquisitions during the year ended December 31, 2007
    7.8       19.2             27.0  
Contingent earnouts related to acquisitions
          32.7             32.7  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    (8.4 )     (4.6 )     (0.5 )     (13.5 )
Impact of foreign currency translation
    1.4             (0.1 )     1.3  
                                 
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 798.8     $ 415.6     $ 314.5     $ 1,528.9  
                                 
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142, the Company allocated the effect of the 2004 Acquisition with THL on goodwill to its reportable segments (see Note 1). Purchase accounting adjustments relate principally to fair value revisions resulting from the completion of the final valuation of assets and liabilities and adjustments to deferred income taxes that affect goodwill.
 
Foreign net sales were approximately 21.5%, 19.5% and 18.5% of consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Foreign Long-Lived Assets were approximately 7.8% and 6.7% of consolidated Long-Lived Assets for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Foreign net sales are attributed based on the location of the Company’s subsidiary responsible for the sale. As required, Long-Lived Assets exclude financial instruments and deferred income taxes.
 
No single customer accounts for 10% or more of consolidated net sales or accounts receivable.


F-43


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
10.   ACCRUED EXPENSES AND TAXES, NET
 
Accrued expenses and taxes, net, included in current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, consist of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Payroll, pension and employee benefits
  $ 56.0     $ 51.4  
Contingent consideration
    32.7       55.6  
Insurance and employee health benefit accruals
    17.4       18.6  
Interest
    18.3       22.5  
Product warranty
    27.3       23.2  
Sales and marketing
    33.6       33.8  
Other, net
    61.8       77.7  
                 
    $ 247.1     $ 282.8  
                 
 
Accrued expenses, included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, consist of the following at December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Employee pension retirement benefit obligation
  $ 19.9     $ 43.2  
Product warranty
    20.0       18.0  
Post retirement health benefit obligations
    6.0       5.8  
Insurance
    37.1       33.0  
Other, net
    40.5       28.8  
                 
    $ 123.5     $ 128.8  
                 
 
11.   RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
 
The Company records restructuring costs primarily in connection with operations acquired or facility closings which management plans to eliminate in order to improve future operating results of the Company.
 
In late June 2006, the Company informed the union located at the Cincinnati, OH location of its subsidiary NuTone, that the Company would close the manufacturing operations at the facility on or about August 30, 2006. As a result of this closure, the Company, through its RVP segment, recorded an approximate $3.5 million charge to operations in 2006 (of which approximately $1.8 million was recorded in cost of goods sold and approximately $1.7 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net) consisting of severance of approximately $2.2 million and write-offs related to equipment sales and disposals of approximately $1.3 million.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded liabilities and expensed into selling, general and administrative expense, net approximately $1.8 million in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations related to the closure of its NuTone Cincinnati, OH facility and the relocation of such operations to certain other subsidiaries of the Company within the RVP segment. The NuTone facility was


F-44


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
shutdown in the third quarter of 2007 and approximately 59 employees were terminated. Prior to August 2006, this facility supported manufacturing, warehousing and distribution activities for NuTone.
 
During the second quarter of 2007, after meeting and negotiating with the bargaining committee of the Teamsters Local 970, representing approximately 127 union employees of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Mammoth, Inc. (“Mammoth”) located in Chaska, Minnesota, it was decided to shut down manufacturing operations at the Chaska plant and relocate such operations to other manufacturing facilities within the Commercial HVAC Group. During the second quarter of 2007, Mammoth finalized its negotiations with the union over the severance benefits associated with the shutdown and approximately $0.3 million was paid related to severance to the union employees. In addition to the severance paid in the second quarter of 2007 related to the union employees, the Company recorded approximately $3.4 million in selling, general and administrative, net during the year ended December 31, 2007 related to shutdown costs and asset write-offs associated with the anticipated cessation of manufacturing operations at Chaska during the fourth quarter of 2007. It is estimated that an additional approximate $0.8 million will be expensed in 2008 related to this shutdown.
 
On August 8, 2007, after negotiating with the bargaining committee of the Steel, Paper House, Chemical Drivers and Helpers, Local No. 578, which represented approximately 64 union employees located at the Vernon, CA manufacturing facility of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Jensen Industries, Inc. (“Jensen”), the decision was made to shut down manufacturing operations and relocate such operations to other manufacturing facilities within the RVP segment. Additionally, on such date, Jensen finalized its negotiations with the union over the severance benefits associated with this shutdown. During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net approximately $0.8 million related to the shutdown, including severance, relocation expenses, facility lease costs and asset write-offs and expensed an additional $0.3 million to cost of products sold related to severance associated with the shutdown. The Company does not anticipate recording any further expenses associated with this shutdown in 2008.
 
The following table sets forth restructuring activity in accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS No. 146”) in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the periods presented. These costs are included in cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations of the Company.
 
                         
    Employee
          Total
 
    Separation
          Restructuring
 
    Expenses     Other     Costs  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2004
  $ 3.2     $     $ 3.2  
Provision
    (0.1 )     0.3       0.2  
Payment and asset write downs
    (2.1 )           (2.1 )
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    1.0       0.3       1.3  
Provision
          0.5       0.5  
Payment and asset write downs
    (1.0 )     (0.7 )     (1.7 )
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2006
          0.1       0.1  
Provision
    2.9       4.4       7.3  
Payment and asset write downs
    (1.3 )     (3.5 )     (4.8 )
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 1.6     $ 1.0     $ 2.6  
                         


F-45


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Employee separation expenses are comprised of severance, vacation, outplacement and retention bonus payments. Other restructuring costs include expenses associated with terminating other contractual arrangements, costs to prepare facilities for closure, costs to move equipment and products to other facilities and write-offs related to equipment sales and disposals.
 
12.   INCOME AND EXPENSE ITEMS
 
For the three years ended December 31, 2007, the Company’s results of operations include the following (income) and expense items recorded in cost of products sold and selling, general and administrative expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations:
 
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,*  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Gain from curtailment of post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits
  $     $ (35.9 )   $  
Charges related to the closure of the Company’s NuTone, Inc.
Cincinnati, OH facility(1) (see Note 11)
    1.8       3.5        
Charges related to the closure of the Company’s Mammoth, Inc.
Chaska, MN facility (see Note 11)
    3.7              
Charges related to the closure of the Company’s Jensen Industries, Inc.
Vernon, CA facility (see Note 11)
    1.1              
(Gains) losses related to certain suppliers based in Italy and Poland (see Note 8)
    (6.7 )     16.0        
Compensation reserve adjustment
          (3.5 )      
Legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland (see Note 8)
    2.1              
Fees and expenses incurred in the HTP segment in connection with a dispute with one of its suppliers
    2.0              
Product safety upgrade reserves in the RVP and HTP segments(2)
    (0.2 )     3.8        
Reserve for amounts due from customers in the RVP, HTP and HVAC segments
    2.7       1.2        
Loss on settlement of litigation in the RVP segment
    1.9              
Gain on settlement of litigation in the HVAC segment and Unallocated
          (1.6 )     (1.4 )
Gain on the sale of a corporate office building of one of the Company’s subsidiaries in the HTP segment
                (1.6 )
Foreign exchange losses (gains) related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company’s subsidiaries
    3.1       (1.7 )     2.1  
                         
    $ 11.5     $ (18.2 )   $ (0.9 )
                         
 
 
Unless otherwise indicated, all items noted in the above table have been recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
(1) Approximately $1.8 million of the NuTone restructuring costs in 2006 was recorded in cost of products sold and approximately $1.7 million was recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net (see Note 11).
 
(2) The RVP and HTP segments recorded these product safety upgrade reserves in cost of products sold (see Note 8).


F-46


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
 
The Company has a management agreement with an affiliate of THL providing for certain financial and strategic advisory and consultancy services. Nortek expensed approximately $1.8 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, related to this management agreement in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 
13.   SUMMARIZED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
The tables that follow summarize unaudited quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006:
 
                                 
    For the Quarter Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 29     December 31  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
2007
                               
Net sales
  $ 552.5     $ 644.3     $ 602.2     $ 569.2  
Gross profit
    167.9       192.2       169.2       159.0  
Selling, general and administrative expense, net
    117.0       121.1       125.1       112.1  
Depreciation expense
    8.6       10.1       9.3       9.6  
Amortization expense
    6.0       6.4       6.5       8.6  
Operating earnings
    44.9       64.7       37.6       38.3  
Net earnings
    9.2       18.7       1.4       3.1  
 
As noted below, the Company recorded approximately $16.0 million of estimated losses in the RVP segment in the fourth quarter of 2006 in selling, general and administrative expense, net, resulting from the likelihood that certain suppliers would be unable to repay advances from our subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland and amounts due under other arrangements. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company revised its estimate of the losses related to these suppliers and recorded a favorable adjustment to selling, general and administrative expense, net of approximately $6.7 million.
 
                                 
    For the Quarter Ended  
    April 1     July 1     September 30     December 31  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
2006
                               
Net sales
  $ 534.5     $ 563.8     $ 579.0     $ 541.1  
Gross profit
    164.0       170.1       174.8       162.2  
Selling, general and administrative expense, net
    95.1       67.3       100.9       115.9  
Depreciation expense
    7.9       8.2       8.7       8.2  
Amortization expense
    4.3       7.9       7.2       8.8  
Operating earnings
    64.7       97.0       67.7       37.6  
Net earnings
    23.2       43.1       23.1       0.3  
 
During the second quarter ended April 1, 2006, the Company recorded an approximate $35.9 million curtailment gain related to post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits (see Note 7) and in the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2006, the Company recorded reserves of approximately $16.0 million related to estimated losses as a result of the unlikelihood that certain suppliers to our kitchen range hood subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland will be able to repay advances and amounts due under other arrangements.
 
See Notes 1, 2, 4, 5, 9, 11, and 12 and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, regarding certain other quarterly transactions which impact the operating results in the above tables including financing activities, new accounting pronouncements, income taxes, acquisitions,


F-47


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
sales volume, material costs, rationalization and relocation of manufacturing operations, material procurement strategies and other items.
 
14.   GUARANTOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The Company’s 81/2% Notes are guaranteed by all of the Company’s current and certain future domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”), as defined, with the exception of certain domestic subsidiaries, as defined, which are excluded from the 81/2% Note guarantee. The Guarantors are wholly-owned either directly or indirectly by the Company and jointly and severally guarantee the Company’s obligations under the 81/2% Notes. None of the Company’s subsidiaries organized outside of the United States guarantee the 81/2% Notes.
 
Consolidating balance sheets related to the Company, its guarantor subsidiaries and non-guarantor subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the related consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 2007 are reflected below in order to comply with the reporting requirements for guarantor subsidiaries.
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
                                         
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Net Sales
  $     $ 1,915.8     $ 612.8     $ (160.4 )   $ 2,368.2  
                                         
Costs and expenses:
                                       
Costs of products sold
          1,344.2       496.1       (160.4 )     1,679.9  
Selling, general and administrative expenses, net
    24.3       366.8       84.2             475.3  
Amortization of intangible assets
    0.5       24.6       2.4             27.5  
                                         
      24.8       1,735.6       582.7       (160.4 )     2,182.7  
                                         
Operating (loss) earnings
    (24.8 )     180.2       30.1             185.5  
Interest expense
    (116.8 )     (3.1 )     (2.1 )           (122.0 )
Investment income
    0.7       0.2       1.1             2.0  
                                         
(Loss) income before charges and allocations to subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries’ earnings (loss) before income taxes
    (140.9 )     177.3       29.1             65.5  
Charges and allocations to subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries’ earnings (loss) before income taxes
    206.4       (55.2 )     1.9       (153.1 )      
                                         
Earnings (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    65.5       122.1       31.0       (153.1 )     65.5  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    33.1       48.0       13.9       (61.9 )     33.1  
                                         
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 32.4     $ 74.1     $ 17.1     $ (91.2 )   $ 32.4  
                                         


F-48


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
                                         
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Net Sales
  $     $ 1,819.8     $ 546.8     $ (148.2 )   $ 2,218.4  
                                         
Costs and expenses:
                                       
Costs of products sold
          1,256.4       439.1       (148.2 )     1,547.3  
Selling, general and administrative expenses, net
    20.9       272.5       85.8             379.2  
Amortization of intangible assets
    0.5       21.8       2.6             24.9  
                                         
      21.4       1,550.7       527.5       (148.2 )     1,951.4  
                                         
Operating (loss) earnings
    (21.4 )     269.1       19.3             267.0  
Interest expense
    (112.0 )     (2.3 )     (1.3 )           (115.6 )
Investment income
    1.3       0.2       0.7             2.2  
                                         
(Loss) income before charges and allocations to subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries’ earnings (loss) before income taxes
    (132.1 )     267.0       18.7             153.6  
Charges and allocations to subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries’ earnings (loss) before income taxes
    285.7       (61.1 )     1.4       (226.0 )      
                                         
Earnings (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    153.6       205.9       20.1       (226.0 )     153.6  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    63.9       77.1       13.3       (90.4 )     63.9  
                                         
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 89.7     $ 128.8     $ 6.8     $ (135.6 )   $ 89.7  
                                         


F-49


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
                                         
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Net Sales
  $     $ 1,623.0     $ 448.6     $ (112.4 )   $ 1,959.2  
                                         
Costs and expenses:
                                       
Costs of products sold
          1,112.8       361.0       (112.4 )     1,361.4  
Selling, general and administrative expenses, net
    23.1       259.0       60.2             342.3  
Amortization of intangible assets
    0.3       15.9       2.1             18.3  
                                         
      23.4       1,387.7       423.3       (112.4 )     1,722.0  
                                         
Operating (loss) earnings
    (23.4 )     235.3       25.3             237.2  
Interest expense
    (99.4 )     (2.0 )     (1.0 )           (102.4 )
Investment income
    1.3       0.2       0.3             1.8  
                                         
(Loss) income before charges and allocations to subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries’ earnings (loss) before income taxes
    (121.5 )     233.5       24.6             136.6  
Charges and allocations to subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries’ earnings (loss) before income taxes
    258.1       (55.9 )     0.1       (202.3 )      
                                         
Earnings (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    136.6       177.6       24.7       (202.3 )     136.6  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    56.1       65.0       12.7       (77.7 )     56.1  
                                         
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 80.5     $ 112.6     $ 12.0     $ (124.6 )   $ 80.5  
                                         


F-50


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2007
 
                                         
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
ASSETS:
                                       
Current Assets:
                                       
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
  $ 20.5     $ 8.9     $ 24.0     $     $ 53.4  
Restricted cash
          1.0                   1.0  
Accounts receivable, less allowances
          214.5       105.5             320.0  
Intercompany receivables (payables)
    1.5       (1.2 )     (0.3 )            
Inventories
          242.4       66.2             308.6  
Prepaid expenses
    0.3       7.8       3.6             11.7  
Other current assets
    4.8       5.3       9.7             19.8  
Prepaid income taxes
    (0.7 )     30.0       (0.4 )           28.9  
                                         
Total current assets
    26.4       508.7       208.3             743.4  
                                         
Property and Equipment, at Cost:
                                       
Total property and equipment, net
    1.0       145.3       91.6             237.9  
                                         
Other Long-term Assets:
                                       
Investment in subsidiaries and long-term receivable from (to) subsidiaries
    2,019.2       (122.1 )     (59.5 )     (1,837.6 )      
Goodwill
          1,492.8       36.1             1,528.9  
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization
    0.3       134.1       22.2             156.6  
Other assets
    35.5       2.4       2.1             40.0  
                                         
Total other long-term assets
    2,055.0       1,507.2       0.9       (1,837.6 )     1,725.5  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 2,082.4     $ 2,161.2     $ 300.8     $ (1,837.6 )   $ 2,706.8  
                                         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT:
                                       
Current Liabilities:
                                       
Notes payable and other short-term obligations
  $ 35.0           $ 29.0     $     $ 64.0  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    9.5       17.0       5.9             32.4  
Accounts payable
    3.3       107.1       82.3             192.7  
Accrued expenses and taxes, net
    32.3       161.2       53.6             247.1  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    80.1       285.3       170.8             536.2  
                                         
Other Liabilities:
                                       
Deferred income taxes
    (5.9 )     28.5       13.6             36.2  
Long-term payable to affiliate
    43.2                         43.2  
Other long-term liabilities
    41.1       72.0       10.4             123.5  
                                         
      78.4       100.5       24.0             202.9  
                                         
Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable, Less Current Maturities
    1,305.2       28.3       15.5             1,349.0  
                                         
Stockholder’s investment
    618.7       1,747.1       90.5       (1,837.6 )     618.7  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholder’s investment
  $ 2,082.4     $ 2,161.2     $ 300.8     $ (1,837.6 )   $ 2,706.8  
                                         


F-51


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2006
 
                                         
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
ASSETS:
                                       
Current Assets:
                                       
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11.5     $ 5.1     $ 40.8     $     $ 57.4  
Restricted cash
          1.2                   1.2  
Accounts receivable, less allowances
          237.0       91.9             328.9  
Intercompany receivables (payables)
    1.6       (1.5 )     (0.1 )            
Inventories
          225.6       53.0             278.6  
Prepaid expenses
    2.0       8.2       3.5             13.7  
Other current assets
    10.3       2.8       11.3             24.4  
Prepaid income taxes
    (0.5 )     20.7       1.0             21.2  
                                         
Total current assets
    24.9       499.1       201.4             725.4  
                                         
Property and Equipment, at Cost:
                                       
Total property and equipment, net
    1.4       144.0       77.1             222.5  
                                         
Other Long-term Assets:
                                       
Investment in subsidiaries and long-term receivable from (to) subsidiaries
    1,937.9       (96.9 )     (61.1 )     (1,779.9 )      
Goodwill
          1,455.9       25.5             1,481.4  
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization
    0.8       127.3       22.3             150.4  
Other assets
    40.1       6.7       0.8             47.6  
                                         
Total other long-term assets
    1,978.8       1,493.0       (12.5 )     (1,779.9 )     1,679.4  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 2,005.1     $ 2,136.1     $ 266.0     $ (1,779.9 )   $ 2,627.3  
                                         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT:
                                       
Current Liabilities:
                                       
Notes payable and other short-term obligations
  $ 10.0           $ 13.3     $     $ 23.3  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    7.9       9.4       2.7             20.0  
Accounts payable
    2.9       110.8       74.5             188.2  
Accrued expenses and taxes, net
    14.9       216.0       51.9             282.8  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    35.7       336.2       142.4             514.3  
                                         
Other Liabilities:
                                       
Deferred income taxes
    (10.4 )     27.5       16.8             33.9  
Long-term payable to affiliate
    24.9                         24.9  
Other long-term liabilities
    67.1       46.4       15.3             128.8  
                                         
      81.6       73.9       32.1             187.6  
                                         
Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable, Less Current Maturities
    1,324.7       28.5       9.1             1,362.3  
                                         
Stockholder’s investment
    563.1       1,697.5       82.4       (1,779.9 )     563.1  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholder’s investment
  $ 2,005.1     $ 2,136.1     $ 266.0     $ (1,779.9 )   $ 2,627.3  
                                         


F-52


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Condensed Consolidating Cash Flow Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
                                 
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Cash Flows from operating activities:
                               
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (37.6 )   $ 124.7     $ 19.9     $ 107.0  
Cash Flows from investing activities:
                               
Capital expenditures
    (0.1 )     (25.8 )     (10.5 )     (36.4 )
Net cash paid for businesses acquired
          (85.6 )     (7.9 )     (93.5 )
Payment in connection with NTK Holdings’ senior unsecured loan facility rollover
    (4.5 )                 (4.5 )
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
          0.3       0.2       0.5  
Change in restricted cash and marketable securities
          1.2             1.2  
Intercompany dividends received from (paid by) subsidiaries
    27.7             (27.7 )      
Other, net
    (1.0 )     (0.9 )     (0.5 )     (2.4 )
                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    22.1       (110.8 )     (46.4 )     (135.1 )
                                 
Cash Flows from financing activities:
                               
Increase in borrowings
    94.0             27.4       121.4  
Payment of borrowings
    (76.9 )     (10.1 )     (10.3 )     (97.3 )
Receipt (payment) of intercompany borrowings
    7.4             (7.4 )      
                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    24.5       (10.1 )     9.7       24.1  
                                 
Net change in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
    9.0       3.8       (16.8 )     (4.0 )
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
    11.5       5.1       40.8       57.4  
                                 
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
  $ 20.5     $ 8.9     $ 24.0     $ 53.4  
                                 


F-53


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Condensed Consolidating Cash Flow Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
                                 
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Cash Flows from operating activities:
                               
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (17.9 )   $ 132.5     $ 33.4     $ 148.0  
Cash Flows from investing activities:
                               
Capital expenditures
    (0.2 )     (20.6 )     (21.5 )     (42.3 )
Net cash paid for businesses acquired
          (106.2 )           (106.2 )
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
    1.8       2.3       1.0       5.1  
Change in restricted cash and marketable securities
    (0.1 )     0.5             0.4  
Other, net
    (0.8 )     (2.2 )     (0.3 )     (3.3 )
                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    0.7       (126.2 )     (20.8 )     (146.3 )
                                 
Cash Flows from financing activities:
                               
Increase in borrowings
    65.0       0.1       21.9       87.0  
Payment of borrowings
    (63.8 )     (4.9 )     (10.1 )     (78.8 )
Dividends
    (28.1 )                 (28.1 )
Other, net
    (1.6 )                 (1.6 )
                                 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (28.5 )     (4.8 )     11.8       (21.5 )
                                 
Net change in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
    (45.7 )     1.5       24.4       (19.8 )
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
    57.2       3.6       16.4       77.2  
                                 
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
  $ 11.5     $ 5.1     $ 40.8     $ 57.4  
                                 


F-54


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
December 31, 2007
 
Condensed Consolidating Cash Flow Statement
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
                                 
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Cash Flows from operating activities:
                               
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (15.9 )   $ 124.0     $ 20.4     $ 128.5  
Cash Flows from investing activities:
                               
Capital expenditures
    (0.5 )     (18.5 )     (9.9 )     (28.9 )
Net cash paid for businesses acquired
          (110.7 )     (6.5 )     (117.2 )
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
          10.7       0.1       10.8  
Change in restricted cash and marketable securities
    (0.1 )     (0.1 )           (0.2 )
Intercompany capital contribution
    (3.7 )           3.7        
Intercompany dividends received from (paid by) subsidiaries
    11.6             (11.6 )      
Other, net
    (0.3 )     (1.9 )     (0.1 )     (2.3 )
                                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    7.0       (120.5 )     (24.3 )     (137.8 )
                                 
Cash Flows from financing activities:
                               
Increase in borrowings
    25.0       0.1       10.0       35.1  
Payment of borrowings
    (36.5 )     (2.3 )     (4.6 )     (43.4 )
Receipt (payment) of intercompany borrowings
    1.2             (1.2 )      
Other, net
    (0.2 )                 (0.2 )
                                 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (10.5 )     (2.2 )     4.2       (8.5 )
                                 
Net change in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
    (19.4 )     1.3       0.3       (17.8 )
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
    76.6       2.3       16.1       95.0  
                                 
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
  $ 57.2     $ 3.6     $ 16.4     $ 77.2  
                                 


F-55


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                 
    March 29,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Dollar amounts in millions, except share data)  
 
ASSETS
Current Assets:
               
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
  $ 53.0     $ 53.4  
Restricted cash
    1.0       1.0  
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $12.0 and $12.2
    327.7       320.0  
Inventories:
               
Raw materials
    105.8       91.6  
Work in process
    35.7       29.9  
Finished goods
    196.9       187.1  
                 
      338.4       308.6  
                 
Prepaid expenses
    13.9       11.7  
Other current assets
    21.9       19.8  
Prepaid income taxes
    30.8       28.9  
                 
Total current assets
    786.7       743.4  
                 
Property and Equipment, at Cost:
               
Land
    10.8       10.4  
Buildings and improvements
    113.6       110.1  
Machinery and equipment
    223.8       217.1  
                 
      348.2       337.6  
Less accumulated depreciation
    110.1       99.7  
                 
Total property and equipment, net
    238.1       237.9  
                 
Other Assets:
               
Goodwill
    1,522.8       1,528.9  
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization of $87.7 and $80.7
    157.0       156.6  
Deferred debt expense
    26.0       27.4  
Restricted investments and marketable securities
    2.3       2.3  
Other assets
    11.7       10.3  
                 
      1,719.8       1,725.5  
                 
Total Assets
  $ 2,744.6     $ 2,706.8  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT
Current Liabilities:
               
Notes payable and other short-term obligations
  $ 77.8     $ 64.0  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    32.7       32.4  
Accounts payable
    239.1       192.7  
Accrued expenses and taxes, net
    230.2       247.1  
                 
Total current liabilities
    579.8       536.2  
                 
Other Liabilities:
               
Deferred income taxes
    34.6       36.2  
Long-term payable to affiliate (see Note A)
    43.2       43.2  
Other
    125.5       123.5  
                 
      203.3       202.9  
                 
                 
Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable, Less Current Maturities
    1,346.5       1,349.0  
                 
                 
Commitments and Contingencies (see Note G)
               
                 
Stockholder’s Investment:
               
Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 3,000 shares; 3,000 issued and outstanding at March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007
           
Additional paid-in capital
    412.4       412.4  
Retained earnings
    164.5       168.6  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    38.1       37.7  
                 
Total stockholder’s investment
    615.0       618.7  
                 
Total Liabilities and Stockholder’s Investment
  $ 2,744.6     $ 2,706.8  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-56


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Net Sales
  $ 540.2     $ 552.5  
                 
Costs and Expenses:
               
Cost of products sold
    391.6       384.6  
Selling, general and administrative expense, net (see Note D)
    118.5       117.0  
Amortization of intangible assets
    6.7       6.0  
                 
      516.8       507.6  
                 
Operating earnings
    23.4       44.9  
Interest expense
    (27.4 )     (29.2 )
Investment income
    0.2       0.4  
                 
(Loss) earnings before provision for income taxes
    (3.8 )     16.1  
Provision for income taxes
    0.3       6.9  
                 
Net (loss) earnings
  $ (4.1 )   $ 9.2  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-57


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Cash Flows from operating activities:
               
Net (loss) earnings
  $ (4.1 )   $ 9.2  
                 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization expense
    17.4       14.6  
Non-cash interest expense, net
    1.4       1.4  
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
          0.1  
Deferred federal income tax (benefit) provision
    (3.4 )     1.3  
Changes in certain assets and liabilities, net of effects from acquisitions and dispositions:
               
Accounts receivable, net
    (4.6 )     (7.0 )
Inventories
    (28.8 )     (30.1 )
Prepaids and other current assets
    (3.2 )     (1.1 )
Accounts payable
    43.4       34.1  
Accrued expenses and taxes
    (19.5 )     (36.5 )
Long-term assets, liabilities and other, net
    1.9       0.7  
                 
Total adjustments to net (loss) earnings
    4.6       (22.5 )
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 0.5     $ (13.3 )
                 
Cash Flows from investing activities:
               
Capital expenditures
  $ (7.3 )   $ (6.8 )
Net cash paid for businesses acquired
          (16.8 )
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
    0.1        
Change in restricted cash and marketable securities
          1.3  
Other, net
    (1.2 )     (0.3 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (8.4 )   $ (22.6 )
                 
Cash Flows from financing activities:
               
Increase in borrowings
  $ 33.2     $ 28.5  
Payment of borrowings
    (25.8 )     (6.8 )
Other, net
    0.1        
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    7.5       21.7  
                 
Net change in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
    (0.4 )     (14.2 )
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
    53.4       57.4  
                 
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
  $ 53.0     $ 43.2  
                 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
               
Interest paid
  $ 35.7     $ 45.1  
                 
Income taxes paid, net
  $ 3.5     $ 2.8  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-58


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT
FOR THE FIRST QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2007
 
                                 
                Accumulated
       
    Additional
          Other
       
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
 
    Capital     Earnings     Income     Income  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2006
  $ 412.1     $ 139.4     $ 11.6     $  
Net earnings
          9.2             9.2  
Other comprehensive income:
                               
Currency translation adjustment
                1.4       1.4  
                                 
Comprehensive income
                          $ 10.6  
                                 
Adoption of FIN 48 (see Note F)
          (3.2 )              
Stock-based compensation
    0.1                      
                                 
Balance, March 31, 2007
  $ 412.2     $ 145.4     $ 13.0          
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-59


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT
FOR THE FIRST QUARTER ENDED MARCH 29, 2008
 
                                 
                Accumulated
       
    Additional
          Other
       
    Paid-in
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Comprehensive
 
    Capital     Earnings     Income     Income (Loss)  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ 412.4     $ 168.6     $ 37.7     $  
Net loss
          (4.1 )           (4.1 )
Other comprehensive income:
                               
Currency translation adjustment
                0.4       0.4  
                                 
Comprehensive loss
                          $ (3.7 )
                                 
Balance, March 29, 2008
  $ 412.4     $ 164.5     $ 38.1          
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.


F-60


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
(A) The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements presented herein (the “Unaudited Financial Statements”) reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Nortek, Inc. (the “Company” or “Nortek”) and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nortek Holdings, Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of NTK Holdings, Inc. (“NTK Holdings” or the “Parent Company”). The Unaudited Financial Statements include the accounts of Nortek, as appropriate, and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions, without audit and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair statement of the interim periods presented. Although certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles have been omitted, the Company believes that the disclosures included are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. Operating results from the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for other interim periods or for the year ending December 31, 2008. Certain amounts in the prior year’s Unaudited Financial Statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. It is suggested that these Unaudited Financial Statements be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes included in the Company’s latest annual report on Form 10-K and its latest Current Reports on Form 8-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
 
Stock-Based Compensation of Employees, Officers and Directors
 
The Company follows the modified-prospective transition method of accounting for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R. Under the modified-prospective transition method, the Company is required to recognize compensation cost for share-based payments to employees based on their grant-date fair value. Measurement and attribution of compensation cost for awards that were granted prior to, but not vested as of the date SFAS No. 123R was adopted, are based on the same estimate of the grant-date fair value and the same attribution method used previously under SFAS No. 123.
 
At March 29, 2008, certain employees and consultants held approximately 23,291 C-1 units and approximately 43,811 C-2 units, which represent equity interests in THL-Nortek Investors, LLC (“Investors LLC”), the parent of NTK Holdings, that function similar to stock awards. The C-1 units vest pro rata on a quarterly basis over a three-year period and approximately 22,802 and 22,613 were vested at March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. The total fair value of the C-1 units is approximately $1.1 million and approximately $0.1 million remains to be amortized at March 29, 2008. The C-2 units only vest in the event that certain performance-based criteria, as defined, are met. At March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007, there was approximately $1.6 million of unamortized stock-based employee compensation with respect to the C-2 units, which will be recognized in the event that it becomes probable that the C-2 units or any portion thereof will vest. The C-1 and C-2 units were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the freely-traded call option value based upon information from comparable public companies, which was then adjusted to reflect the discount period, the minority interest factor and the lack of marketability factor to arrive at the final valuations.
 
The Company recorded stock-based compensation charges in selling, general and administrative expense, net of approximately $0.1 million for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 in accordance with SFAS No. 123R.


F-61


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets
 
The following table presents a summary of the activity in goodwill for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008:
 
         
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 1,528.9  
Purchase accounting adjustments
    (5.7 )
Impact of foreign currency translation and other
    (0.4 )
         
Balance as of March 29, 2008
  $ 1,522.8  
         
 
At March 29, 2008, the Company had an approximate carrying value of Goodwill as follows:
 
         
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Segment:
       
Residential Ventilation Products
  $ 794.5  
Home Technology Products
    413.7  
Air Conditioning and Heating Products*
    314.6  
         
    $ 1,522.8  
         
 
 
* Primarily relates to the Residential HVAC reporting unit.
 
The Company has classified as goodwill the cost in excess of fair value of the net assets (including tax attributes) of companies acquired in purchase transactions (see Note C). Approximately $47.3 million of goodwill associated with certain companies acquired during the year ended December 31, 2007 will be deductible for income tax purposes. Purchase accounting adjustments relate principally to final revisions resulting from the completion of fair value adjustments and adjustments to deferred income taxes that impact goodwill.
 
The Company accounts for acquired goodwill and intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141”), SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”) and SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”) which involves judgment with respect to the determination of the purchase price and the valuation of the acquired assets and liabilities in order to determine the final amount of goodwill. The Company believes that the estimates that it has used to record its acquisitions are reasonable and in accordance with SFAS No. 141 (see Note C).
 
Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill determined to have an indefinite useful life is not amortized. Instead these assets are evaluated for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances change between annual tests that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value, including, among others, a significant adverse change in the business climate. The Company has set the annual evaluation date as of the first day of its fiscal fourth quarter. During 2007, the Company performed a second test as of December 31, 2007 due to the continued weakness in the housing market which, together with a difficult mortgage industry, resulted in the continued decline in new housing activity and consumer spending on industry-wide home remodeling and repair expenditures. This second test in 2007 did not result in an indication of impairment.
 
The Company primarily utilizes a discounted cash flow approach in order to value the Company’s reporting units required to be tested for impairment by SFAS No. 142, which requires that the Company forecast future cash flows of the reporting units and discount the cash flow stream based upon a weighted


F-62


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
average cost of capital that is derived from comparable companies within similar industries. The reporting units evaluated for goodwill impairment by the Company have been determined to be the same as the Company’s operating segments in accordance with the criteria in SFAS No. 142 for determining reporting units (see Note E). The discounted cash flow calculations also include a terminal value calculation that is based upon an expected long-term growth rate for the applicable reporting unit. The Company believes that its procedures for estimating gross future cash flows, including the terminal valuation, are reasonable and consistent with market conditions at the time of estimation.
 
Goodwill is considered to be potentially impaired when the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value as determined in accordance with the Company’s valuation procedures. The Company believes that its assumptions used to determine the fair value for the respective reporting units are reasonable. If different assumptions were to be used, particularly with respect to estimating future cash flows, there could be the potential that an impairment charge could result. Actual operating results and the related cash flows of the reporting units could differ from the estimated operating results and related cash flows. The impact of reducing the Company’s fair value estimates by 10% would have no impact on the Company’s goodwill assessment for any of its reporting units, with the exception of the Company’s residential heating, ventilating and air conditioning reporting unit (“Residential HVAC”). Assuming a 10% reduction in the Company’s fair value estimates, the carrying value of Residential HVAC may exceed its fair value, which could require the Company to perform additional testing under SFAS No. 142 to determine if there was a goodwill impairment for Residential HVAC.
 
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, the Company evaluates the realizability of non indefinite-lived and non-goodwill long-lived assets, which primarily consist of property and equipment and intangible assets (the “SFAS No. 144 Long-Lived Assets”), on an annual basis, or more frequently when events or business conditions warrant it, based on expectations of non-discounted future cash flows for each subsidiary having a material amount of SFAS No. 144 Long-Lived Assets.
 
The Company performs the evaluation as of the first day of its fiscal fourth quarter and more frequently if impairment indicators are identified, for the impairment of long-lived assets, other than goodwill, based on expectations of non-discounted future cash flows compared to the carrying value of the subsidiary in accordance with SFAS No. 144. If the sum of the expected non-discounted future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the SFAS No. 144 Long-Lived Assets, the Company would recognize an impairment loss. The Company’s cash flow estimates are based upon historical cash flows, as well as future projected cash flows received from subsidiary management in connection with the annual Company wide planning process, and include a terminal valuation for the applicable subsidiary based upon a multiple of earnings before interest expense, net, depreciation and amortization expense and income taxes (“EBITDA”). The Company estimates the EBITDA multiple by reviewing comparable company information and other industry data. The Company believes that its procedures for estimating gross future cash flows, including the terminal valuation, are reasonable and consistent with market conditions at the time of estimation.
 
The Company’s businesses are experiencing a difficult market environment, due primarily to weak residential new construction, remodeling and residential air conditioning markets and increased commodity costs, and expect these trends to continue in 2008. The Company has evaluated the carrying value of reporting unit goodwill and long-lived assets and has determined that despite the current difficult market environment, no impairment existed at the time these financial statements were completed.
 
Fair Value
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2008, including interim periods within the year ending


F-63


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
December 31, 2008. SFAS No. 157 replaces multiple existing definitions of fair value with a single definition, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands financial statement disclosures regarding fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies only to fair value measurements that already are required or permitted by other accounting standards and does not require any new fair value measurements.
 
The adoption of SFAS No. 157 for the Company’s financial assets and liabilities in the first quarter of 2008 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations as the Company. As of March 29, 2008, the Company did not have any significant financial assets or liabilities carried at fair value.
 
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) SFAS No. 157-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Its Related Interpretive Accounting Pronouncements That Address Leasing Transactions” (“FSP No. 157-1”), and FSP SFAS No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP No. 157-2”). FSP No. 157-1 removes leasing from the scope of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”). FSP No. 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 from 2008 to 2009 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually).
 
The Company’s non-financial assets and liabilities that meet the deferral criteria set forth in FSP No 157-2 include, among others, goodwill, intangible assets, property and equipment, net and other long-term investments. The Company does not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 for these non-financial assets and liabilities will have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.
 
The Company also adopted SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS No. 159”) on January 1, 2008. SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure eligible assets and liabilities at fair value with changes in value recognized in earnings. Fair value treatment may be elected either upon initial recognition of an eligible asset or liability or, for an existing asset or liability, if an event triggers a new basis of accounting. The Company did not elect to re-measure any of its existing financial assets or liabilities under the provisions of SFAS No. 159, therefore, the adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
 
Long-term payable to affiliate
 
At March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Company had approximately $43.2 million, respectively, recorded on the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet related to a long-term payable to affiliate. This payable primarily relates to deferred taxes related to NTK Holdings which have been transferred to Nortek.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosure about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (“SFAS No. 161”). SFAS No. 161 requires additional disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities in order to improve the transparency of financial reporting. SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, with early application encouraged. The Company expects to adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 161 on January 1, 2009 and is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 161 on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 requires that noncontrolling (or minority) interests in subsidiaries be reported in the equity section of the company’s balance sheet, rather


F-64


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
than in a mezzanine section of the balance sheet between liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 160 also changes the manner in which the net income of the subsidiary is reported and disclosed in the controlling company’s income statement. SFAS No. 160 also establishes guidelines for accounting for changes in ownership percentages and for deconsolidation. SFAS No. 160 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning on or after December 1, 2008 and interim periods within those years. The Company expects to adopt SFAS No. 160 effective January 1, 2009 and does not believe that the adoption will have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). SFAS No. 141(R) replaces SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations”, but retains the requirement that the purchase method of accounting for acquisitions be used for all business combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) expands on the disclosures previously required by SFAS No. 141, better defines the acquirer and the acquisition date in a business combination, and establishes principles for recognizing and measuring the assets acquired (including goodwill), the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interests in the acquired business. SFAS No. 141(R) also requires an acquirer to record an adjustment to income tax expense for changes in valuation allowances or uncertain tax positions related to acquired businesses. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for all business combinations with an acquisition date in the first annual period following December 15, 2008; early adoption is not permitted. The Company will adopt this statement in fiscal year 2009. Based upon current accounting principles, approximately $14.1 million of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits as of March 29, 2008, would reduce goodwill if recognized. This amount is expected to be approximately $10.0 million at January 1, 2009, the date of adoption. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 141(R), if these amounts are recognized after December 31, 2008, they would be recorded through the Company’s tax provision and reduce the Company’s effective tax rate, rather than goodwill. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 141(R) on its consolidated financial statements.
 
(B) In March 2008, Moody’s downgraded the debt ratings for Nortek and its Parent Company, NTK Holdings, from “B2” to “B3” and issued a negative outlook. Moody’s rating downgrade reflects the Company’s high leverage, reduced financial flexibility and the anticipated pressure of the difficult new home construction market and home values on the Company’s 2008 financial performance. The negative ratings outlook reflects Moody’s concern that the market for the Company’s products will remain under significant pressure so long as new housing starts do not rebound and that the repair and remodeling market could contract meaningfully in 2008 and possibly in 2009. Additionally, Moody’s was concerned whether the Company’s cost cutting initiatives would be successful enough so as to offset pressure on the Company’s sales.
 
In April 2008, Standard & Poor’s lowered its ratings for Nortek and its Parent Company, NTK Holdings, from “B” to “B−” and issued a negative outlook. Standard & Poor’s rating downgrade reflects the Company’s weaker overall financial profile resulting from the challenging operating conditions in the Company’s new residential construction and remodeling markets. The negative outlook reflects Standard & Poor’s concerns about the US economy, difficult credit markets and cost inflation, and the anticipation that the Company’s credit metrics will remain challenged for at least the next several quarters.
 
As part of the Company’s senior secured credit facility, the Company has a $200.0 million revolving credit facility that matures in August 2010 and includes both a letter of credit sub-facility and swing line loan sub-facility. At March 29, 2008, the Company had approximately $45.0 million outstanding (of which approximately $10.0 million was borrowed under the Company’s swing line loan sub-facility and was subsequently repaid in early April 2008) and approximately $112.0 million of available borrowing capacity under the U.S. revolving portion of its senior secured credit facility, with approximately $33.0 million in outstanding letters of credit. Borrowings under the revolving portion of the senior secured credit facility are used for general corporate purposes, including borrowings to fund working capital requirements. Under the Canadian revolving portion of its senior secured credit facility, the Company had no outstanding borrowings


F-65


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
and approximately $10.0 million of available borrowing capacity. Letters of credit have been issued under the Company’s revolving credit facility as additional security for (1) approximately $17.2 million relating to certain of the Company’s insurance programs, (2) approximately $3.4 million relating to leases outstanding for certain of the Company’s manufacturing facilities and (3) approximately $12.4 million relating to certain of the subsidiaries’ purchases and other requirements. Letters of credit reduce borrowing availability under the Company’s revolving credit facility on a dollar for dollar basis.
 
The Company’s senior secured credit facility contains two financial maintenance covenants, which become more restrictive over time, and the Company cannot assure that these covenants will always be met particularly given the further deterioration of the new residential construction and repair and remodeling industries, plus the instability in the overall credit markets. These two covenants require that the Company maintain at the end of each quarter, calculated based on the last twelve months, a Leverage Ratio and an Interest Coverage Ratio, each as defined. The Leverage Ratio must not exceed a defined ratio amount and the Interest Coverage Ratio must not be less than a defined ratio amount. The Leverage Ratio is calculated by dividing the Company’s total indebtedness, net of cash, (as defined) by EBITDA (as defined) and the Interest Coverage Ratio is calculated by dividing EBITDA (as defined) by interest expense, net (as defined).
 
At March 29, 2008, the Company was required to maintain a Leverage Ratio not greater than 5.85:1 and an Interest Coverage Ratio of not less than 2.20:1. The Leverage Ratio requirement of 5.85:1 at March 29, 2008 tightens to 5.60:1 at the end of the second quarter of 2008 and further tightens to 5.25:1 at December 31, 2008, while the Interest Coverage Ratio requirement of 2.20:1 at March 29, 2008 remains the same through December 31, 2008, further tightening to 2.30:1 during the first quarter of 2009. Should the Company not satisfy either of these covenants, the Company’s senior secured credit facility allows a cure, whereby a subsequent cash equity investment equal to the EBITDA shortfall, will be treated as EBITDA for purposes of the compliance calculations in the current and future periods. The senior secured credit facility allows for such a cure to occur twice within a consecutive twelve-month period.
 
In the first quarter of 2008, the Company’s EBITDA for such quarter (as calculated in accordance with the senior secured credit facility) was below the level necessary to be in compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio covenants as of the end of such quarter by approximately $4.2 million. The Company utilized the equity cure right under its senior secured credit facility to avoid any default otherwise arising out of such shortfall by receiving additional equity investments by certain investors of approximately $4.2 million in the second quarter of 2008. The Company’s Leverage Ratio and Interest Coverage Ratio, after using the equity cure right as noted above, was 5.80:1 and 2.20:1, respectively, at March 29, 2008.
 
The Company expects that it may also encounter events of non-compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio covenants as of the end of the second quarter of 2008 and anticipates that it may seek to use the equity cure right again to remedy any such non-compliance. Subsequent to the second quarter of 2008, based upon the Company’s current forecast regarding its operating results for the balance of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, the Company does not anticipate further events of non-compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio and Leverage Ratio covenants as of the end of the third and fourth quarters of 2008 and the first quarter of 2009. To the extent the Company experiences events of non-compliance with such covenants, which are not resolved through the use of the equity cure feature or other alternatives, the Company would need to seek waivers or amendments from the lenders under its senior secured credit facility or refinance such facility. Should an event of non-compliance occur, the Company will not be permitted to borrow under its credit facility until such time that a cure happens. If these events of non-compliance were to occur, and were not cured, an event of default would exist under the Company’s senior secured credit facility and would allow the lenders to accelerate the payment of indebtedness outstanding. In addition, an event of default under the credit facility would result in a cross default under substantially all of the Company’s other senior and senior subordinated indebtedness. In light of the instability and uncertainty that currently exists within the financial


F-66


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
and credit markets and the tightening of credit standards, the Company may not be able to obtain any such waivers or amendments or any such refinancing on acceptable terms. In addition, any such waivers, amendments or refinancing may involve terms which would have a further adverse effect on the future cash flows of the Company. Based upon the application of equity cures, other potential equity investments and the Company’s forecast of its financial results for 2008 and the first quarter of 2009, the Company has determined that it is probable that it will be in compliance with the terms of its senior secured credit facility through the first quarter of 2009 and as a result, the Company has classified its long-term indebtedness as a long-term liability in its consolidated balance sheet at March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
A breach of the covenants under the indenture that governs the Company’s 81/2% senior subordinated notes or under the agreement that governs the Company’s senior secured credit facility could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the Company’s senior secured credit facility would permit the lenders to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. Furthermore, if the Company was unable to repay the amounts due and payable under its senior secured credit facility, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event the Company’s lenders or noteholders accelerate the repayment of their borrowings, the Company cannot assure that the Company and its subsidiaries would have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness. The Company’s future financing arrangements will likely contain similar or more restrictive covenants. As a result of these restrictions, the Company may be:
 
  •  limited in how the Company conducts its business,
 
  •  unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns, or
 
  •  unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.
 
Such restrictions if imposed, would affect the Company’s ability to grow in accordance with its plans.
 
At December 31, 2007, the Company’s Best subsidiary was not in compliance with a maintenance covenant with respect to two loan agreements with two banks with aggregate borrowings outstanding of approximately $9.4 million. The Company’s Best subsidiary obtained waivers from the two banks, which indicated that the Company’s Best subsidiary was not required to comply with the maintenance covenant as of December 31, 2007. The next measurement date for the maintenance covenant is for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the Company believes that it is probable that its Best subsidiary will be in compliance with the maintenance covenant when their assessment of the required calculation is completed in the first quarter of 2009. As a result, the Company has classified the outstanding borrowings under such agreements as a long-term liability in its consolidated balance sheet at March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively.
 
The indentures and other agreements governing the Company and its subsidiaries’ indebtedness (including the credit agreement for the senior secured credit facility) contain certain restrictive financial and operating covenants, including covenants that restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to complete acquisitions, pay dividends, incur indebtedness, make investments, sell assets and take certain other corporate actions.
 
At March 29, 2008, approximately $170.6 million was available for the payment of cash dividends, stock purchases or other restricted payments by the Company as defined under the terms of the Company’s most restrictive loan agreement, the Company’s senior secured credit facility.
 
(C) On September 18, 2007, the Company acquired all the capital stock of Stilpol SP. Zo.O. (“Stilpol”) and certain assets and liabilities of Metaltecnica S.r.l. (“Metaltecnica”) for approximately $7.9 million in cash


F-67


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
and the assumption of indebtedness of approximately $4.1 million through its kitchen range hood subsidiaries, based in Italy and Poland (“Best Subsidiaries”). The Company’s Best subsidiaries borrowed the cash portion of the purchase price from banks in Italy. These acquisitions supply various fabricated material components and sub-assemblies used by the Company’s Best subsidiaries in the manufacture of kitchen range hoods.
 
On August 1, 2007, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Jensen Industries, Inc., acquired certain assets of Solar of Michigan, Inc. (“Triangle”) for approximately $1.7 million of cash. Triangle is located in Coopersville, MI and manufactures, markets and distributes bath cabinets and related products.
 
On July 27, 2007, the Company acquired all of the ownership units of HomeLogic LLC (“HomeLogic”) for approximately $5.1 million (utilizing approximately $3.1 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling approximately $2.0 million due July 2011) plus contingent consideration, which may be payable in future years. HomeLogic is located in Marblehead, MA and designs and sells software and hardware that facilitates the control of third party residential subsystems such as home theater, whole-house audio, climate control, lighting, security and irrigation.
 
On July 23, 2007, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Linear LLC (“Linear”), acquired the assets and certain liabilities of Aigis Mechtronics LLC (“Aigis”) for approximately $2.8 million (utilizing approximately $2.2 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling approximately $0.6 million due July 2011). Aigis is located in Winston-Salem, NC and manufactures and sells equipment, such as camera housings, into the close-circuit television portion of the global security market.
 
On June 25, 2007, the Company, through Linear, acquired International Electronics, Inc. (“IEI”) through a cash tender offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares of common stock of IEI at a price of $6.65 per share. The total purchase price was approximately $13.8 million. IEI is located in Canton, MA and designs and sells security and access control components and systems for use in residential and light commercial applications.
 
On April 10, 2007, the Company, through Linear, acquired the assets and certain liabilities of c.p. All Star Corporation (“All Star”) for approximately $2.8 million (utilizing approximately $2.3 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling $0.5 million due April 2009). All Star is located in Downington, PA and is a leading manufacturer and distributor of residential, commercial and industrial gate operators, garage door openers, radio controls and accessory products for the garage door and perimeter security industry.
 
On March 26, 2007, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc. (“ABT”), acquired certain assets of Personal and Recreational Products, Inc. (“Par Safe”) for future contingent consideration of approximately $4.6 million that was earned in 2007 and was paid in April 2008. Par Safe designs and sells home safes and solar LED security lawn signs.
 
On March 2, 2007, the Company, through Linear, acquired the stock of LiteTouch, Inc. (“LiteTouch”) for approximately $10.5 million (utilizing approximately $8.0 million of cash and issuing unsecured 6% subordinated notes totaling $2.5 million due March 2009) plus contingent consideration, which may be payable in future years. LiteTouch is located in Salt Lake City, UT and designs, manufactures and sells automated lighting controls for a variety of uses including residential, commercial, new construction and retro-fit applications.
 
On June 15, 2007, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Mammoth China Ltd. (“Mammoth China”), increased its ownership interests in Mammoth (Zhejiang) EG Air Conditioning Ltd. (“MEG”) and Shanghai Mammoth Air Conditioning Co., Ltd. (“MSH”) to seventy-five percent. Prior to June 15, 2007 and subsequent to January 25, 2006, Mammoth China had a sixty-percent interest in MEG and MSH.


F-68


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
Acquisitions contributed approximately $11.2 million, $(1.2) million loss and $0.6 million to net sales, operating earnings and depreciation and amortization expense, respectively, for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008. With the exception of Stilpol, Metaltecnica and Triangle, which are included in the Residential Ventilation Products segment, and MEG and MSH, which are included in the Air Conditioning and Heating Products segment, all acquisitions are included in the Home Technology Products segment in the Company’s segment reporting (see Note E).
 
Contingent consideration of approximately $32.7 million related to the acquisitions of Par Safe, ABT and Magenta Research Ltd., which was accrued for at March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, was paid in April 2008. The remaining estimated total maximum potential amount of contingent consideration that may be paid in the future for all completed acquisitions is approximately $62.0 million.
 
Acquisitions are accounted for as purchases and accordingly have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations since their acquisition date. For recent acquisitions, the Company has made preliminary estimates of the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the acquired companies, including intangible assets and property and equipment, as of the date of acquisition, utilizing information available at the time that the Company’s Unaudited Financial Statements were prepared and these estimates are subject to refinement until all pertinent information has been obtained. The Company is in the process of appraising the fair value of intangible assets and property and equipment and finalizing the integration plans for certain of the acquired companies, which are expected to be completed during 2008.
 
Pro forma results related to these acquisitions have not been presented, as the effect is not significant to the Company’s consolidated operating results.
 
(D) During the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, the Company’s results of operations include the following expense items recorded in selling, general and administrative expense, net in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations:
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Charges related to the closure of the Company’s NuTone, Inc.
Cincinnati, OH facility (see Note H)
  $     $ 0.6  
Legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland
          1.0  
Fees and expenses incurred in the HTP segment in connection with a dispute with one of its suppliers
    0.2        
Reserve for amounts due from customers in the HVAC segment
          1.8  
Foreign exchange losses related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company’s subsidiaries
    0.1       0.3  
                 
    $ 0.3     $ 3.7  
                 
 
The Company has a management agreement with an affiliate of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. providing for certain financial and strategic advisory and consultancy services. Nortek expensed approximately $0.5 million and $0.4 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively, related to this management agreement in the accompanying Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations.
 
(E) The Company is a leading diversified manufacturer of innovative, branded residential and commercial products, which is organized within three reporting segments: the Residential Ventilation Products (“RVP”)


F-69


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
segment, the Home Technology Products (“HTP”) segment and the Air Conditioning and Heating Products (“HVAC”) segment. The HVAC segment combines the results of the Company’s residential and commercial heating, ventilating and air conditioning businesses. In the tables below, Unallocated includes corporate related items, intersegment eliminations and certain income and expense items not allocated to reportable segments.
 
The Company evaluates segment performance based on operating earnings before allocations of corporate overhead costs. Intersegment net sales and intersegment eliminations were not material for any of the periods presented. The financial statement impact of all purchase accounting adjustments, including intangible asset amortization and goodwill, is reflected in the applicable operating segment, which are the Company’s reporting units.
 
Unaudited net sales, operating earnings and pre-tax earnings for the Company’s reporting segments for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 were as follows:
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Net sales:
               
Residential ventilation products
  $ 188.2     $ 208.7  
Home technology products
    124.1       123.2  
Air conditioning and heating products
    227.9       220.6  
                 
Consolidated net sales
  $ 540.2     $ 552.5  
                 
Operating earnings:
               
Residential ventilation products (1)
  $ 15.9     $ 25.2  
Home technology products (2)
    10.3       16.5  
Air conditioning and heating products (3)
    4.7       9.8  
                 
Subtotal
    30.9       51.5  
Unallocated:
               
Stock-based compensation charges
          (0.1 )
Foreign exchange gain on transactions, including intercompany debt
    0.1       0.1  
Unallocated, net
    (7.6 )     (6.6 )
                 
Consolidated operating earnings
    23.4       44.9  
Interest expense
    (27.4 )     (29.2 )
Investment income
    0.2       0.4  
                 
(Loss) earnings before provision for income taxes
  $ (3.8 )   $ 16.1  
                 
 
 
(1) The operating results of the RVP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 include net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.5 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company’s subsidiaries.
 
The operating results of the RVP segment for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 include an approximate $0.6 million charge related to the closure of the Company’s NuTone Inc. Cincinnati, Ohio facility, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with matters related to certain subsidiaries based in Italy and Poland of approximately $1.0 million and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.2 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company’s subsidiaries.


F-70


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
 
(2) The operating results of the HTP segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 include approximately $0.2 million of fees and expenses incurred in connection with a dispute with a supplier.
 
(3) The operating results of the HVAC segment for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 include net foreign exchange gains of approximately $0.3 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company’s subsidiaries.
 
The operating results of the HVAC segment for the first quarter ended March 31, 2007 include a charge of approximately $1.8 million related to reserves for amounts due from customers and net foreign exchange losses of approximately $0.2 million related to transactions, including intercompany debt not indefinitely invested in the Company’s subsidiaries.
 
Unaudited depreciation expense, amortization expense and capital expenditures for the Company’s reporting segments for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 were as follows:
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Depreciation Expense:
               
Residential ventilation products
  $ 4.2     $ 3.0  
Home technology products
    1.6       1.3  
Air conditioning and heating products
    4.7       4.1  
Other
    0.2       0.2  
                 
Consolidated depreciation expense
  $ 10.7     $ 8.6  
                 
Amortization Expense:
               
Residential ventilation products
  $ 1.9     $ 1.3  
Home technology products
    3.3       2.7  
Air conditioning and heating products
    1.4       1.9  
Other
    0.1       0.1  
                 
Consolidated amortization expense
  $ 6.7     $ 6.0  
                 
Capital Expenditures:
               
Residential ventilation products
  $ 4.1     $ 2.4  
Home technology products
    0.8       1.2  
Air conditioning and heating products
    2.4       3.2  
                 
Consolidated capital expenditures
  $ 7.3     $ 6.8  
                 


F-71


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
(F) The Company provided income taxes on an interim basis based upon the actual effective tax rate through March 29, 2008. The following reconciles the federal statutory income tax rate to the actual effective tax rate of approximately (7.9)% and 42.9% for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007:
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007  
 
Income tax at the federal statutory rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %
Net change from federal statutory rate:
               
Interest related to uncertain tax positions, net of federal income tax effect
    (14.8 )     3.1  
State income tax provision, net of federal income tax effect
    (16.9 )     2.5  
Tax effect resulting from foreign activities
    (16.7 )     1.5  
Non-deductible expenses
    (7.7 )     0.6  
Other, net
    13.2       0.2  
                 
Income tax at actual effective rate
    (7.9 )%     42.9 %
                 
 
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007. As a result of the adoption of this standard, the Company recorded a charge to retained earnings of approximately $3.2 million and also increased goodwill related to pre-acquisition tax uncertainties by approximately $3.8 million.
 
As of January 1, 2008, the Company has provided a liability of approximately $34.2 million for unrecognized tax benefits related to various federal, foreign and state tax income tax matters. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at March 29, 2008 was approximately $35.9 million. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that impact the effective tax rate, if recognized, is approximately $9.6 million. The difference between the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the amount that would impact the effective rate consists of items that would adjust deferred tax assets and liabilities of approximately $5.6 million, items that, if recognized prior to January 1, 2009 (see Note A for SFAS No. 141(R) discussion), would result in adjustments to goodwill of approximately $14.1 million and the federal benefit of state tax items of approximately $6.6 million.
 
As of March 29, 2008, the Company has approximately $4.1 million in unrecognized benefits relating to various state income tax issues, for which the statute of limitation is expected to expire late in 2008. Of this amount, approximately $3.1 million will reduce goodwill if recognized.
 
The Company is currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service for the tax periods from January 1, 2004 to August 27, 2004 and from August 28, 2004 to December 31, 2004 and for the year ended December 31, 2005. The Company and its subsidiaries federal, foreign and state income tax returns are generally subject to audit for all tax periods beginning in 2003 through the present year.
 
As of January 1, 2008, the Company has accrued approximately $6.1 million of interest related to uncertain tax positions. As of March 29, 2008, the total amount of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions is approximately $6.9 million. The Company accounts for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of its provision for federal and state taxes.
 
(G) At March 29, 2008, the Company’s former subsidiary, Ply Gem, has guaranteed approximately $18.9 million of third party obligations relating to rental payments through June 30, 2016 under a facility leased by a former subsidiary, which was sold on September 21, 2001. The Company has indemnified these guarantees in connection with the sale of Ply Gem on February 12, 2004 and has recorded an estimated liability related to this indemnified guarantee of approximately $0.8 million at March 29, 2008 in accordance with Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including


F-72


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN 45”). The buyer of the former subsidiary has provided certain indemnifications and other rights to Nortek for any payments that it might be required to make pursuant to this guarantee. Should the buyer of the former subsidiary cease making payments then the Company may be required to make payments on its indemnification.
 
The Company has indemnified third parties for certain matters in a number of transactions involving dispositions of former subsidiaries. The Company has recorded liabilities in relation to these indemnifications, including the indemnified guarantee noted above, of approximately $11.1 million at March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively. Approximately $5.0 million of short-term liabilities and approximately $6.1 million of long-term liabilities are recorded in accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities, respectively, in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet at March 29, 2008 related to these indemnifications.
 
The Company records insurance liabilities and related expenses for health, workers compensation, product and general liability losses and other insurance reserves and expenses in accordance with either the contractual terms of its policies or, if self-insured, the total liabilities that are estimable and probable as of the reporting date. Insurance liabilities are recorded as current liabilities to the extent payments are expected to be made in the succeeding year by the Company with the remaining requirements classified as long-term liabilities. The accounting for self-insured plans requires that significant judgments and estimates be made both with respect to the future liabilities to be paid for known claims and incurred but not reported claims as of the reporting date. The Company considers historical trends when determining the appropriate insurance reserves to record in the consolidated balance sheet. In certain cases where partial insurance coverage exists, the Company must estimate the portion of the liability that will be covered by existing insurance policies to arrive at the net expected liability to the Company. The majority of the Company’s approximate $56.1 million of recorded insurance liabilities at March 29, 2008 relate to product liability accruals of approximately $35.8 million.
 
Changes in the Company’s combined short-term and long-term product liability accruals during the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 are as follows:
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Balance, beginning of the period
  $ 35.0     $ 27.8  
Provision during the period
    2.9       3.3  
Payments made during the period
    (2.1 )     (1.6 )
Other adjustments
          0.1  
                 
Balance, end of the period
  $ 35.8     $ 29.6  
                 
 
The Company sells a number of products and offers a number of warranties including in some instances, extended warranties for which the Company receives proceeds. The specific terms and conditions of these warranties vary depending on the product sold and the country in which the product is sold. The Company estimates the costs that may be incurred under its warranties, with the exception of extended warranties, and records a liability for such costs at the time of sale. Deferred revenue from extended warranties is recorded at the estimated fair value and is amortized over the life of the warranty and reviewed to ensure that the amount recorded is equal to or greater than estimated future costs. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, cost per claim and new product introduction. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty claims and adjusts the amounts as necessary.


F-73


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
Changes in the Company’s combined short-term and long-term warranty accruals during the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 are as follows:
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
Balance, beginning of the period
  $ 47.3     $ 41.2  
Warranties provided during the period
    7.3       5.5  
Settlements made during the period
    (6.5 )     (5.6 )
Changes in liability estimate, including expirations and acquisitions
    0.6       0.4  
                 
Balance, end of the period
  $ 48.7     $ 41.5  
                 
 
The Company is subject to other contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of its businesses that cover a wide range of matters, including, among others, environmental matters, contract and employment claims, product liability, warranty and modification and adjustment or replacement of component parts of units sold, which include product recalls. Product liability, environmental and other legal proceedings also include matters with respect to businesses previously owned. The Company has used various substances in its products and manufacturing operations which have been or may be deemed to be hazardous or dangerous, and the extent of its potential liability, if any, under environmental, product liability and workers’ compensation statutes, rules, regulations and case law is unclear. Further, due to the lack of adequate information and the potential impact of present regulations and any future regulations, there are certain circumstances in which no range of potential exposure may be reasonably estimated.
 
While it is impossible to ascertain the ultimate legal and financial liability with respect to contingent liabilities, including lawsuits, the Company believes that the aggregate amount of such liabilities, if any, in excess of amounts provided or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Company. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular future period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions or strategies related to these contingencies or changes that are not within the Company’s control.
 
(H) The Company records restructuring costs primarily in connection with operations acquired or facility closings which management plans to eliminate in order to improve future operating results of the Company.
 
During the first quarter ended March 31, 2007, the Company recorded liabilities and expensed into selling, general and administrative expense, net approximately $0.6 million in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations related to the closure of its NuTone Cincinnati, OH facility and the relocation of such operations to certain other subsidiaries of the Company within the RVP segment. The NuTone facility was shutdown in the third quarter of 2007 and approximately 59 employees were terminated. Prior to August 2006, this facility supported manufacturing, warehousing and distribution activities for NuTone. The Company does not anticipate recording any further expenses associated with this shutdown during 2008.
 
During the second quarter of 2007, after meeting and negotiating with the bargaining committee of the Teamsters Local 970, representing approximately 127 union employees of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Mammoth, Inc. (“Mammoth”) located in Chaska, Minnesota, it was decided to shut down manufacturing operations at the Chaska plant and relocate such operations to other manufacturing facilities within the Commercial HVAC Group. It is estimated that an additional approximate $0.8 million will be


F-74


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
expensed in 2008 related to this shutdown, none of which was incurred during the first quarter ended March 29, 2008.
 
On August 8, 2007, after negotiating with the bargaining committee of the Steel, Paper House, Chemical Drivers and Helpers, Local No. 578, which represented approximately 64 union employees located at the Vernon, CA manufacturing facility of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary Jensen Industries, Inc. (“Jensen”), the decision was made to shut down manufacturing operations and relocate such operations to other manufacturing facilities within the RVP segment. Additionally, on such date, Jensen finalized its negotiations with the union over the severance benefits associated with this shutdown. The Company does not anticipate recording any further expenses associated with this shutdown in 2008.
 
The following table sets forth restructuring activity in accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS No. 146”) in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the periods presented. These costs are included in cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations of the Company.
 
                         
    Employee
          Total
 
    Separation
          Restructuring
 
    Expenses     Other     Costs  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 1.6     $ 1.0     $ 2.6  
Payments and asset write downs
    (1.1 )     (0.3 )     (1.4 )
Other
    (0.1 )     0.1        
                         
Balance at March 29, 2008
  $ 0.4     $ 0.8     $ 1.2  
                         
 
Employee separation expenses are comprised of severance, vacation, outplacement and retention bonus payments. Other restructuring costs include expenses associated with terminating other contractual arrangements, costs to prepare facilities for closure, costs to move equipment and products to other facilities and write-offs related to equipment sales and disposals.
 
(I) The Company and its subsidiaries have various pension plans, supplemental retirement plans for certain officers, profit sharing and other post-retirement benefit plans requiring contributions to qualified trusts and union administered funds.
 
Pension and profit sharing expense charged to operations aggregated approximately $1.6 million and $2.4 million for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007, respectively.
 
The Company’s policy is to generally fund currently at least the minimum required annual contribution of its various qualified defined benefit plans. At March 29, 2008, the Company estimated that approximately $3.4 million would be contributed to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans in 2008, of which approximately $0.3 million was made in the first quarter of 2008. The Company estimates that approximately $1.2 million will be paid in the second quarter of 2008, approximately $1.0 million will be paid in the third quarter of 2008 and approximately $0.9 million will be paid in the fourth quarter of 2008.


F-75


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
The Company’s unaudited net periodic benefit (income) cost for its defined benefit plans for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 consists of the following components:
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Service cost
  $ 0.1     $ 0.1  
Interest cost
    2.5       2.4  
Expected return on plan assets
    (2.7 )     (2.5 )
                 
Net periodic benefit income
  $ (0.1 )   $  
                 
 
The Company’s unaudited net periodic benefit cost for its subsidiary’s Post-Retirement Health Benefit Plan for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 consists of the following components:
 
                 
    For the First Quarter Ended  
    March 29, 2008     March 31, 2007  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Interest cost
  $ 0.1     $ 0.1  
Amortization of prior service cost
    (0.1 )     (0.1 )
                 
Net periodic post-retirement health cost
  $     $  
                 
 
(J) The Company’s 81/2% Notes are guaranteed by all of the Company’s current and certain future domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”), as defined, with the exception of certain domestic subsidiaries, as defined, which are excluded from the 81/2% Note guarantee. The Guarantors are wholly-owned either directly or indirectly by the Company and jointly and severally guarantee the Company’s obligations under the 81/2% Notes. None of the Company’s subsidiaries organized outside of the United States guarantee the 81/2% Notes.
 
Consolidating balance sheets related to the Company, its guarantor subsidiaries and non-guarantor subsidiaries as of March 29, 2008 and December 31, 2007 and the related consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008 and March 31, 2007 are reflected below in order to comply with the reporting requirements for guarantor subsidiaries.


F-76


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
As of March 29, 2008
 
                                         
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
ASSETS:
Current Assets:
                                       
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
  $ 23.2     $ 6.4     $ 23.4     $     $ 53.0  
Restricted cash
          1.0                   1.0  
Accounts receivable, less allowances
          222.6       105.1             327.7  
Intercompany receivables (payables)
    0.8       (0.1 )     (0.7 )            
Inventories
          271.0       67.4             338.4  
Prepaid expenses
    0.9       8.1       4.9             13.9  
Other current assets
    4.7       5.8       11.4             21.9  
Prepaid income taxes
    (0.7 )     31.9       (0.4 )           30.8  
                                         
Total current assets
    28.9       546.7       211.1             786.7  
                                         
Property and Equipment, at Cost:
                                       
Total property and equipment, net
    0.9       142.8       94.4             238.1  
                                         
Other Long-term Assets:
                                       
Investment in subsidiaries and long-term receivable from (to) subsidiaries
    2,013.1       (103.3 )     (59.7 )     (1,850.1 )      
Goodwill
          1,489.5       33.3             1,522.8  
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization
    0.2       130.7       26.1             157.0  
Other assets
    34.8       2.8       2.4             40.0  
                                         
Total other long-term assets
    2,048.1       1,519.7       2.1       (1,850.1 )     1,719.8  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 2,077.9     $ 2,209.2     $ 307.6     $ (1,850.1 )   $ 2,744.6  
                                         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT:
Current Liabilities:
                                       
Notes payable and other short-term obligations
  $ 45.0     $     $ 32.8     $     $ 77.8  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    9.5       17.0       6.2             32.7  
Accounts payable
    1.0       150.4       87.7             239.1  
Accrued expenses and taxes, net
    23.7       155.4       51.1             230.2  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    79.2       322.8       177.8             579.8  
                                         
Other Liabilities:
                                       
Deferred income taxes
    (6.0 )     27.0       13.6             34.6  
Long-term payable to affiliate
    43.2                         43.2  
Other long-term liabilities
    43.0       72.2       10.3             125.5  
                                         
      80.2       99.2       23.9             203.3  
                                         
Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable, Less Current Maturities
    1,303.5       27.8       15.2             1,346.5  
                                         
                                         
Stockholder’s investment
    615.0       1,759.4       90.7       (1,850.1 )     615.0  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholder’s investment
  $ 2,077.9     $ 2,209.2     $ 307.6     $ (1,850.1 )   $ 2,744.6  
                                         


F-77


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
As of December 31, 2007
 
                                         
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
ASSETS:
Current Assets:
                                       
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
  $ 20.5     $ 8.9     $ 24.0     $     $ 53.4  
Restricted cash
          1.0                   1.0  
Accounts receivable, less allowances
          214.5       105.5             320.0  
Intercompany receivables (payables)
    1.5       (1.2 )     (0.3 )            
Inventories
          242.4       66.2             308.6  
Prepaid expenses
    0.3       7.8       3.6             11.7  
Other current assets
    4.8       5.3       9.7             19.8  
Prepaid income taxes
    (0.7 )     30.0       (0.4 )           28.9  
                                         
Total current assets
    26.4       508.7       208.3             743.4  
                                         
Property and Equipment, at Cost:
                                       
Total property and equipment, net
    1.0       145.3       91.6             237.9  
                                         
Other Long-term Assets:
                                       
Investment in subsidiaries and long-term receivable from (to) subsidiaries
    2,019.2       (122.1 )     (59.5 )     (1,837.6 )      
Goodwill
          1,492.8       36.1             1,528.9  
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization
    0.3       134.1       22.2             156.6  
Other assets
    35.5       2.4       2.1             40.0  
                                         
Total other long-term assets
    2,055.0       1,507.2       0.9       (1,837.6 )     1,725.5  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 2,082.4     $ 2,161.2     $ 300.8     $ (1,837.6 )   $ 2,706.8  
                                         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S INVESTMENT:
Current Liabilities:
                                       
Notes payable and other short-term obligations
  $ 35.0     $     $ 29.0     $     $ 64.0  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    9.5       17.0       5.9             32.4  
Accounts payable
    3.3       107.1       82.3             192.7  
Accrued expenses and taxes, net
    32.3       161.2       53.6             247.1  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    80.1       285.3       170.8             536.2  
                                         
Other Liabilities:
                                       
Deferred income taxes
    (5.9 )     28.5       13.6             36.2  
Long-term payable to affiliate
    43.2                         43.2  
Other long-term liabilities
    41.1       72.0       10.4             123.5  
                                         
      78.4       100.5       24.0             202.9  
                                         
Notes, Mortgage Notes and Obligations Payable, Less Current Maturities
    1,305.2       28.3       15.5             1,349.0  
                                         
Stockholder’s investment
    618.7       1,747.1       90.5       (1,837.6 )     618.7  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholder’s investment
  $ 2,082.4     $ 2,161.2     $ 300.8     $ (1,837.6 )   $ 2,706.8  
                                         


F-78


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the First Quarter Ended March 29, 2008
 
                                         
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Net Sales
  $     $ 431.5     $ 137.3     $ (28.6 )   $ 540.2  
                                         
Costs and expenses:
                                       
Costs of products sold
          307.4       112.8       (28.6 )     391.6  
Selling, general and administrative expenses, net
    7.5       88.9       22.1             118.5  
Amortization of intangible assets
    0.1       5.8       0.8             6.7  
                                         
      7.6       402.1       135.7       (28.6 )     516.8  
                                         
Operating (loss) earnings
    (7.6 )     29.4       1.6             23.4  
Interest expense
    (25.9 )     (0.7 )     (0.8 )           (27.4 )
Investment income
    0.1             0.1             0.2  
                                         
(Loss) income before charges and allocations to subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries’ (loss) earnings before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (33.4 )     28.7       0.9             (3.8 )
Charges and allocations to subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries’ (loss) earnings before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    29.6       (11.1 )     0.6       (19.1 )      
                                         
(Loss) earnings before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (3.8 )     17.6       1.5       (19.1 )     (3.8 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    0.3       7.2       1.3       (8.5 )     0.3  
                                         
Net (loss) earnings
  $ (4.1 )   $ 10.4     $ 0.2     $ (10.6 )   $ (4.1 )
                                         


F-79


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidating Statement of Operations
For the First Quarter Ended March 31, 2007
 
                                         
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Net Sales
  $     $ 443.9     $ 144.9     $ (36.3 )   $ 552.5  
                                         
Costs and expenses:
                                       
Costs of products sold
          306.0       114.9       (36.3 )     384.6  
Selling, general and administrative expenses, net
    6.6       90.0       20.4             117.0  
Amortization of intangible assets
    0.1       5.3       0.6             6.0  
                                         
      6.7       401.3       135.9       (36.3 )     507.6  
                                         
Operating (loss) earnings
    (6.7 )     42.6       9.0             44.9  
Interest expense
    (28.2 )     (0.6 )     (0.4 )           (29.2 )
Investment income
    0.2             0.2             0.4  
                                         
(Loss) income before charges and allocations to subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries’ earnings (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (34.7 )     42.0       8.8             16.1  
Charges and allocations to subsidiaries and equity in subsidiaries’ earnings (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    50.8       (12.1 )     0.4       (39.1 )      
                                         
Earnings (loss) before provision (benefit) for income taxes
    16.1       29.9       9.2       (39.1 )     16.1  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    6.9       11.1       3.7       (14.8 )     6.9  
                                         
Net earnings (loss)
  $ 9.2     $ 18.8     $ 5.5     $ (24.3 )   $ 9.2  
                                         


F-80


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidating Cash Flow Statement
For the First Quarter Ended March 29, 2008
 
                                 
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Cash Flows from operating activities:
                               
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (4.8 )   $ 3.0     $ 2.3     $ 0.5  
Cash Flows from investing activities:
                               
Capital expenditures
          (4.8 )     (2.5 )     (7.3 )
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment
          0.1             0.1  
Other, net
    (0.8 )     (0.3 )     (0.1 )     (1.2 )
                                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (0.8 )     (5.0 )     (2.6 )     (8.4 )
                                 
Cash Flows from financing activities:
                               
Increase in borrowings
    30.0             3.2       33.2  
Payment of borrowings
    (21.8 )     (0.5 )     (3.5 )     (25.8 )
Other, net
    0.1                   0.1  
                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    8.3       (0.5 )     (0.3 )     7.5  
                                 
Net change in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
    2.7       (2.5 )     (0.6 )     (0.4 )
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
    20.5       8.9       24.0       53.4  
                                 
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
  $ 23.2     $ 6.4     $ 23.4     $ 53.0  
                                 


F-81


Table of Contents

 
NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
MARCH 29, 2008 AND MARCH 31, 2007
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidating Cash Flow Statement
For the First Quarter Ended March 31, 2007
 
                                 
          Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Nortek
 
    Parent     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Consolidated  
    (Dollar amounts in millions)  
 
Cash Flows from operating activities:
                               
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
  $ (26.6 )   $ 8.0     $ 5.3     $ (13.3 )
Cash Flows from investing activities:
                               
Capital expenditures
          (5.0 )     (1.8 )     (6.8 )
Net cash paid for businesses acquired
          (16.8 )           (16.8 )
Change in restricted cash and marketable securities
          1.3             1.3  
Intercompany dividend received from (paid by) subsidiaries
    15.0             (15.0 )      
Other, net
          (0.3 )           (0.3 )
                                 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    15.0       (20.8 )     (16.8 )     (22.6 )
                                 
Cash Flows from financing activities:
                               
Increase in borrowings
    24.0             4.5       28.5  
Payment of borrowings
    (1.8 )     (2.7 )     (2.3 )     (6.8 )
Long-term intercompany advance
    (16.8 )     16.8              
                                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    5.4       14.1       2.2       21.7  
                                 
Net change in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents
    (6.2 )     1.3       (9.3 )     (14.2 )
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
    11.5       5.1       40.8       57.4  
                                 
Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
  $ 5.3     $ 6.4     $ 31.5     $ 43.2  
                                 


F-82


Table of Contents

 
Nortek, Inc.
 
NORTEK
 
Offer to Exchange
 
$750,000,000 Principal Amount of our 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013, which have been registered under the Securities Act, for any and all of our outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013
 
PROSPECTUS
 
Until the date that is 90 days from this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 20.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers
 
Registrant Incorporated in Arizona
 
The registrant, OmniMount Systems, Inc., is incorporated under the laws of the State of Arizona. Sections 10-850 — 10-858 of the Arizona Revised Statutes grant OmniMount Systems, Inc. broad powers to indemnify any person in connection with legal proceedings brought against him by reason of his present or past status as a director of OmniMount Systems, Inc. provided that the person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in (when acting in an official capacity) or not opposed to (when acting in all other circumstances) the best interests of OmniMount Systems, Inc. and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The Arizona Revised Statutes also give OmniMount Systems, Inc. powers to indemnify any such person against reasonable expenses in connection with any action by or in the right of the company, provided the person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be (when acting in an official capacity) or not opposed to (when acting in all other circumstances) the best interests of OmniMount Systems, Inc. except that no indemnification may be made if such person is adjudged to be liable to OmniMount Systems, Inc. or in connection with any proceeding charging improper financial benefit to the director whether or not involving action in the director’s official capacity, in which the director was held liable on the basis that the financial benefit was improperly received by the director. In addition, to the extent that such person is successful in the defense of any such legal proceeding, OmniMount Systems, Inc. is required by the Arizona Revised Statutes to indemnify him against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, that are reasonably related to the proceeding, unless the articles of incorporation provide otherwise.
 
Before discretionary indemnification under the Arizona Revised Statutes may be awarded to a director, OmniMount Systems, Inc. must determine that it is permissible under the circumstances. This determination may be made either by (i) majority vote of the directors not parties to the proceeding, (ii) special legal counsel selected by majority vote of the disinterested directors, or by majority vote of the board if there are no disinterested directors, or (iii) by the shareholders (but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are parties to the proceeding are not to be voted).
 
The Arizona Revised Statutes give OmniMount Systems, Inc. the power to indemnify any person in connection with legal proceedings brought against him by reason of his present or past status as an officer of OmniMount Systems, Inc. to the same extent as a director. Furthermore, if the person is an officer but not a director of OmniMount Systems, Inc., the company may indemnify him to the further extent as may be provided by the Articles of Incorporation or By-laws of the company or by a resolution of its board of directors or by contract, except that no indemnification may be made for liability in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the company other than for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding, or for liability arising out of conduct that constitutes (i) receipt by the officer of a financial benefit to which the officer is not entitled, (ii) an intentional infliction of harm on the company or the shareholders, or (iii) an intentional violation of criminal law.
 
The Arizona Revised Statutes permit an officer or director of an Arizona corporation who is a party to a proceeding, unless the articles of incorporation provide otherwise, to apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for indemnification or for an advance of expenses. The court may order indemnification or an advance if it determines that indemnification is fair and reasonable, even if the officer or director did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct described in the Arizona Revised Statutes. An Arizona corporation may advance expenses if the officer or director provides a written affirmation of his good faith belief that he has met the requisite standard of conduct and a written undertaking to repay the advance if he is not entitled to mandatory indemnification and it is determined that he did not meet the requisite standard of conduct.
 
The Arizona Revised Statutes gives an Arizona corporation the power to purchase insurance on behalf of an officer or director, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify or advance expenses to the individual against the same liability under the statute.


II-1


Table of Contents

The Articles of Incorporation of OmniMount Systems, Inc. provide that the company shall indemnify any and all of its existing and former directors and officers in situations substantially similar to those in the state statute described above, except that indemnification is not mandatory unless the board of directors determines that the person did not act, fail to act, or refuse to act with gross negligence or with fraudulent or criminal intent and the company can refuse indemnification where the indemnitee shall have unreasonably refused to permit the company, at its own expense and through counsel of its choosing, to defend him or her in the action.
 
The By-laws of OmniMount Systems, Inc. are substantially similar to the state statute described above, and additionally provide that to the extent that an agent of the company has been successful on the merits in defense of any such proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the agent in connection therewith. Omnimount Systems, Inc. may advance expenses prior to the final disposition upon receipt of an undertaking by the agent to repay the amount if it is determined that such agent is not entitled to indemnification under the By-laws. The By-laws also provide that Omnimount Systems may purchase insurance on behalf of any agent under substantially the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Arizona Revised Statutes.
 
Registrant Incorporated or Organized in California
 
The following registrants are corporations incorporated in the state of California: Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc., Gefen, Inc., Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc., Panamax Inc., Secure Wireless, Inc., Xantech Corporation, and Zephyr Corporation. Section 204 of the California Corporations Code provides that a corporation may set forth in its articles of incorporation provisions (i) eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director for monetary damages in an action brought by or in the right of the corporation for breach of a director’s duties to the corporation and its shareholders, as set forth in Section 309 of the California Corporations Code, so long as such indemnification is subject to certain limitations and conditions as provided therein and (ii) authorizing, whether by by-law, agreement or otherwise, the indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) in excess of that expressly permitted by Section 317 for those agents of the corporation for breach of duty to the corporation and its stockholders, so long as such indemnification is subject to certain limitations and conditions as provided therein.
 
Section 317 of the California Corporations Code provides that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of the fact that the person is or was an agent of the corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the proceeding if that person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct of the person was unlawful. This section also provides that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was an agent of the corporation, against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by that person in connection with the defense or settlement of the action if that person acted in good faith, in a manner the person believed to be in the best interests of the corporation and its shareholders, and where such indemnification is subject to certain limitations and conditions as provided therein.
 
The Articles of Incorporation of Xantech Corporation, Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc., Gefen, Inc. and Panamax Inc and the Restated Articles of Incorporation of Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc. and Secure Wireless, Inc., contain no articles, sections or provisions relating to indemnification. The Articles of Incorporation of Zephyr Corporation provide that the liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall be limited to the fullest extent permissible under California law.
 
The By-laws of Xantech Corporation are substantially similar to the state statute provision described above, except that in the case of indemnification of a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by or in the right of the corporation, the person must also have acted with such care,


II-2


Table of Contents

including reasonable inquiry, as an ordinary prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.
 
The By-laws of Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc., Gefen, Inc., Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc., Panamax Inc., Zephyr Corporation, and Secure Wireless, Inc. provide that the corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of California, indemnify the directors and officers, and upon request advance expenses, provided that the corporation is not required to indemnify or advance expenses to a person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights.
 
Linear LLC is a California limited liability company governed by the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act (“BKLLCA”).
 
Section 17155 of the BKLLCA empowers a California limited liability company to indemnify any person, including, without limitation, any manager, member, officer, employee, or agent of the limited liability company, against judgments, settlements, penalties, fines or expenses of any kind incurred as a result of acting in that capacity, except that indemnification of managers for a breach of fiduciary duty owed to the limited liability company and its members is not permitted under the BKLLCA. The BKLLCA also empowers a California limited liability company to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such persons against any liability asserted against or incurred by the person in such capacity or arising out of the person’s status with the company.
 
The Operating Agreement of Linear LLC provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a member or officer shall be entitled to indemnification from the company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such member or officer by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such member or officer in good faith on behalf of the company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such member or officer by the company’s Operating Agreement, except that no member or officer shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; provided, however, that any indemnity shall be provided out of and to the extent of the company’s assets only, and no member shall have personal liability on account thereof.
 
Registrant Incorporated in Connecticut
 
The registrant, Magenta Research Ltd., is incorporated under the laws of the State of Connecticut. Under Section 33-771(a) of the Connecticut Business Corporations Act (the “CBCA”), a corporation may indemnify an individual who is a party to a proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is a director of the corporation, if he or she conducted himself or herself in good faith and reasonably believed to be in (in the case of conduct in his or her official capacity) or not opposed to (when acting in all other cases) the best interests of the corporation and, in the case of any criminal proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
Under Section 33-775 of the CBCA, before a corporation may indemnify a director under such Section, the corporation must make a determination that indemnification is permissible under the circumstances. The determination must be made by (i) if there are two or more disinterested directors, the board of directors by a majority vote of all the disinterested directors, or by a majority of the members of a committee of two or more disinterested directors appointed by such a vote; (ii) by special legal counsel (A) selected by a majority vote of disinterested directors or a majority vote of a committee of two or more disinterested directors appointed by such a vote, or (B) if there are fewer than two disinterested directors, selected by the board of directors, in which selection directors who do not qualify as disinterested directors may participate; or (iii) by the shareholders (but shares owned by or voted under the control of a director who at the time does not qualify as a disinterested director may not be voted on the determination). Authorization of indemnification shall be made in the same manner, except that if there are fewer than two disinterested directors or if the determination is made by special legal counsel, authorization of indemnification shall be made by the board of directors, in which selection directors who do not qualify as disinterested directors may participate.


II-3


Table of Contents

Section 33-636(b)(5) of the CBCA provides that a certificate of incorporation may include a provision permitting or making obligatory indemnification of a director for “liability” (defined as the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan, or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding) to any person for any action taken, or any failure to take any action, as a director, except for liability that (i) involved a knowing and culpable violation of law by the director, (ii) enabled the director or an “associate” (defined as any corporation or organization, other than a corporation or a subsidiary of the corporation, of which such person is an officer, director, or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten per cent or more of any class of equity securities; any trust or other estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such person or who is a director or officer of the corporation or any of its affiliates) to receive an improper personal gain, (iii) showed a lack of good faith and a conscious disregard for the duty of the director to the corporation under circumstances in which the director was aware that his or her conduct or omission created an unjustifiable risk of serious injury to the corporation, (iv) constituted a sustained and unexcused pattern of inattention that amounted to an abdication of the director’s duty to the corporation or (v) created liability under Section 33-757 of the CBCA (regarding unlawful distributions), provided no such provision shall affect the indemnification of or advance of expenses to a director for any liability stemming from acts or omissions occurring prior to the effective date of such provision.
 
Section 33-772 of the CBCA requires a corporation to indemnify a director who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she was a party because he or she was a director of the corporation against reasonable expenses incurred by him or her in connection with the proceeding.
 
Section 33-774 of the CBCA permits a director who is a party to a proceeding because he or she is a director to apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for indemnification or for an advance of expenses. The court may order indemnification or an advance of expenses if it determines that the director is entitled to (i) mandatory indemnification, (ii) obligatory indemnification or advance of expenses pursuant to a provision in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or in a duly adopted resolution or contract, or (iii) if the court determines, in view of all the relevant circumstances, that it is fair and reasonable, even if he or she did not meet the prescribed standard of conduct described in the CBCA. If the court determines that the director is entitled to indemnification or an advance of expenses, it shall also order the corporation to pay the director’s reasonable expenses incurred in connection with obtaining court-ordered indemnification.
 
Section 33-777 of the CBCA provides that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of an individual who is a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or who, while a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, serves at the corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another domestic or foreign corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity, against liability asserted against or incurred by him or her in that capacity or arising from his or her status as a director, officer, employee or agent, whether or not the corporation would have power to indemnify or advance expenses to him against the same liability under Sections 33-770 to 33-779 of the CBCA.
 
Section 33-778 of the CBCA provides that a corporation may, by a provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or in a duly adopted resolution or contract, obligate itself in advance of the act or omission giving rise to a proceeding to provide indemnification or advance funds to pay for or reimburse expenses.
 
The Articles of Incorporation of Magenta Research Ltd. contain no articles, sections or provisions relating to indemnification.
 
The By-laws of Magenta Research Ltd. provide that the corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of Connecticut, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any officer or director, provided that the corporation is not required to indemnify or advance expenses to a person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated


II-4


Table of Contents

by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such By-laws also provide that any such person seeking indemnification thereunder shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary is established.
 
Registrants Incorporated or Organized in Delaware
 
The following registrants are corporations incorporated in the state of Delaware: Aigis Mechtronics, Inc., Aubrey Manufacturing, Inc., Cleanpak International, Inc., CES Group, Inc., HC Installations, Inc., Huntair, Inc., Jensen Industries, Inc., Mammoth, Inc., Mammoth China Ltd., Niles Audio Corporation, Nordyne Inc., NORDYNE International, Inc., Nortek, Inc., Nortek International, Inc., NuTone Inc., Rangaire GP, Inc., Rangaire LP, Inc., and SpeakerCraft, Inc. Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any officer or director who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. Under Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, such eligibility for indemnification may be further subject to the adjudication of the Delaware Court of Chancery.
 
Furthermore, Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may in its Certificate of Incorporation eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability: for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (pertaining to certain prohibited acts including unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful purchase or redemption of the corporation’s capital stock); or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The following Delaware corporation registrants eliminate such personal liability of their directors in their Certificates of Incorporation: Mammoth China Ltd., Nortek, Inc. NuTone, Inc., Rangaire GP, Inc., Rangaire LP, Inc. and SpeakerCraft, Inc.
 
The Certificates of Incorporation of Aubrey Manufacturing, Inc., Nordyne Inc., Jensen Industries, Inc., Mammoth China Ltd. and Rangaire LP, Inc. provide that the corporation shall indemnify each person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation to the maximum extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Certificate of Incorporation of Nortek, Inc. contains a similar provision, except that the corporation is not required to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any proceeding initiated by or on behalf of such person.
 
The Certificates of Incorporation of Aigis Mechtronics, Inc., Cleanpak International, Inc., HC Installations, Inc., Huntair, Inc., Niles Audio Corporation, NORDYNE International, Inc., Nortek International, Inc., provide that no director shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the D.G.C.L. or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
 
The Certificates of Incorporation of Mammoth, Inc. and CES Group, Inc. contain no articles, sections or provisions relating to indemnification.
 
The By-laws of each of the Delaware corporation registrants, except for Nortek, Inc., provide that the corporations shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of Delaware, indemnify the directors and officers, and upon request advance expenses, provided that the corporation is not required to indemnify or advance expenses to a person in connection with any action, suit,


II-5


Table of Contents

proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights.
 
The By-laws of Nortek, Inc. contain no articles, sections or provisions relating to indemnification.
 
The following registrants are limited liability companies formed in the state of Delaware: AllStar PRO, LLC, Broan-NuTone LLC, HomeLogic LLC, Linear H.K. LLC, Nordyne China, LLC, and WDS LLC. Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act provides that subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its limited liability company agreement, a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.
 
The Limited Liability Company Agreement of HomeLogic LLC, the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of AllStar Pro, LLC, Linear H.K. LLC, Nordyne China LLC and WDS LLC and the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Broan-NuTone LLC each provide that to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law, each member and officer shall not be liable to the company or any other party who has an interest in the company and shall be fully protected and indemnified by the company out of company assets against all liabilities and losses (including amounts paid in respect of judgments, fines, penalties or, if approved by the member, settlement of litigation, and legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding) for any act or omission that was suffered or taken by such member or officer in good faith and that (i) is not in material breach of the limited liability company agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such member or officer’s conduct was unlawful. The company may (and in the case of the member, will) advance expenses, including legal fees, for which any member or officer would be entitled by the limited liability company agreement to be indemnified upon receipt of an unsecured undertaking by such member or officer to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined by a court or other tribunal of proper jurisdiction that indemnification for such expenses is not permitted by law or authorized by the limited liability company agreement. Actions or omissions taken or suffered by the member regarding any matter which the limited liability company agreement provides is in the discretion or sole discretion of the member shall be conclusively deemed not to constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law. No officer shall have any right of exculpation or indemnification with respect to any action or omission taken or suffered by such party at any time after such party ceases to be an officer, or in respect of any controversy relating in any respect to such party’s ceasing to be an Officer, or in respect of any claim or cause of action against the company (other than in connection with enforcing such party’s rights against the company under the indemnification provisions stated here), the member or any affiliate of the member, or any of the members, partners, stockholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents or other representatives of any of the foregoing.
 
Rangaire LP is a limited partnership formed in the state of Delaware. Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in the partnership agreement, Section 17-108 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless a partner or other persons from and against indemnification provisions or limitations thereon.
 
The Agreement of Limited Partnership of Rangaire LP contains no articles, sections or provisions relating to indemnification.
 
Registrant Organized in Florida
 
The registrant, GTO, Inc., is incorporated under the laws of the State of Florida. Under Section 607.0831 of the Florida Business Corporation Act (the “FBCA”), a director is not personally liable for monetary damages to the corporation or any other person for any statement, vote, decision, or failure to act regarding corporate management or policy unless (1) the director breached or failed to perform his or her duties as a director and (2) the director’s breach of, or failure to perform, those duties constitutes: (a) a violation of the criminal law, unless the director had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, (b) a transaction from which the director derived


II-6


Table of Contents

an improper personal benefit, either directly or indirectly, (c) a circumstance under which the liability provisions of Section 607.0834 are applicable, (d) in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or by or in the right of a shareholder, conscious disregard for the best interest of the corporation, or willful misconduct, or (e) in a proceeding by or in the right of someone other than the corporation or a shareholder, recklessness or an act or omission which was committed in bad faith or with malicious purpose or in a manner exhibiting wanton and willful disregard of human rights, safety, or property. A judgment or other final adjudication against a director in any criminal proceeding for a violation of the criminal law estops that director from contesting the fact that his or her breach, or failure to perform, constitutes a violation of the criminal law; but does not estop the director from establishing that he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
Under Section 607.0850 of the FBCA, a corporation has power to indemnify any person who was or is a party to any proceeding (other than an action by, or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against liability incurred in connection with such proceeding, including any appeal thereof, if he or she acted in good faith and in manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
In addition, under Section 607.0850 of the FBCA, a corporation has the power to indemnify any person, who was or is a party to any proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses and amounts paid in settlement not exceeding, in the judgment of the board of directors, the estimated expense of litigating the proceeding to conclusion, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such proceeding, including any appeal thereof. Such indemnification shall be authorized if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this subsection in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable unless, and only to the extent that, the court in which such proceeding was brought, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.
 
Under Section 607.0850 of the FBCA, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided pursuant to Section 607.0850 of the FBCA are not exclusive, and a corporation may make any other or further indemnification or advancement of expenses of any of its directors, officers, employees, or agents, under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. However, indemnification or advancement of expenses shall not be made to or on behalf of any director, officer, employee or agent if a judgment or other final adjudication establishes that his or her actions, or omissions to act, were material to the cause of action so adjudicated and constitute: (a) a violation of the criminal law, unless the director, officer, employee or agent had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; (b) a transaction from which the director, officer, employee or agent derived an improper personal benefit; (c) in the case of a director, a circumstance under which the above liability provisions of Section 607.0834 are applicable; or (d) willful misconduct or a conscious


II-7


Table of Contents

disregard for the best interests of the corporation in a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of a shareholder.
 
The Articles of Incorporation of GTO, Inc. contains no articles, sections or provisions relating to indemnification.
 
The By-laws of GTO, Inc. provide that the corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the State of Florida, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any officer or director, provided that the corporation is not required to indemnify or advance expenses to a person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such By-laws also provide that any such person seeking indemnification thereunder shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary is established.
 
Registrant Organized in Kentucky
 
Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. is a limited liability company formed in the State of Kentucky. Section 275.180 of the Kentucky Revised Statutes provides that a written operating agreement of a Kentucky limited liability corporation may eliminate or limit the personal liability of a member or manager for monetary damages for breach of any duty provided for in the Kentucky Revised Statutes 275.170 and provide for indemnification of a member or manager for judgments, settlements, penalties, fines, or expenses incurred in a proceeding to which a person is a party because the person is or was a member or manager of the company.
 
The Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. provides that Linear LLC shall be indemnified, defended and held harmless by the company to the fullest extent against any action, suit, inquiry, investigation or proceeding against or involving Linear LLC by reason of the fact that it is or was the manager of the company. Indemnification shall continue even if Linear LLC shall have ceased to serve as manager of the company. No amendment, repeal, or modification of this provision, without the written consent of Linear LLC, shall have the effect of limiting or denying Linear LLC these rights.
 
Registrant Incorporated in Massachusetts
 
The registrant International Electronics Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Chapter 156B, Section 67 of the Annotated Laws of Massachusetts (the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act) (“MBCA”) states that indemnification of directors, officers, employees and other agents of a corporation may be provided by it to whatever extent authorized by the articles of organization or a bylaw adopted by the stockholders or a vote adopted by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as the articles of organization or bylaws otherwise require, indemnification of any such persons who are not directors of the corporation may be provided by it to the extent authorized by the directors. Such indemnification may include payment by the corporation of expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if he shall be adjudicated to be not entitled to indemnification.
 
No indemnification may be provided for any person with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been adjudicated in any proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the corporation.
 
A corporation shall also have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the corporation whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability.
 
The Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Organization of International Electronics, Inc. provide that a director may not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act.


II-8


Table of Contents

The By-laws of International Electronics, Inc. provide that the corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, indemnify any director or officer against all liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in settlement or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees, reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be provided with respect to any matter disposed of by settlement, consent decree or other negotiated disposition unless (a) such indemnification shall have been approved by a majority of the holders of the shares of entitled to vote for directors, exclusive of shares owned by an interested director or fficer, (b) such indemnification shall have been approved as being in the best interest of the corporation by a majority of the disinterested directors then in office, or (c) if no directors are disinterested, the delivery of a written opinion of independent legal counsel providing that such indemnification is in the best interest of the corporation, and, if adjudicated, such indemnification would not be found to be prohibited by law. Expenses reasonably incurred in the defense or disposition of any such action, suit or other proceeding may be paid from time to time by the corporation in advance of the final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by the person so indemnified to repay to the corporation the amounts paid if it is ultimately determined that indemnification for such expenses is not authorized.
 
Registrant Incorporated in Michigan
 
Operator Specialty Company, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Michigan. Section 450.1561 of the Michigan Business Corporation Act permits a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to a threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the action, suit, or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or its shareholders, and with respect to a criminal action or proceeding, if the person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
Section 450.1562 of the Michigan Business Corporation Act further provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to a threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, whether for profit or not, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action or suit, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or its shareholders, except that no indemnification shall be made for a claim, issue or matter in which the person has been found liable to the corporation, except to the extent authorized by the court upon application for indemnification pursuant to Section 450.1564c (application for indemnification).
 
Section 450.1563 of the Michigan Business Corporation Act further provides that to the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of an action, suit, or proceeding referred to in Section 450.1561 or Section 450.1562, or in defense of a claim, issue, or matter in the action, suit, or proceeding, the corporation shall indemnify him or her against actual and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by him or her in connection with the action, suit, or proceeding and an action, suit, or proceeding brought to enforce the mandatory indemnification provided in such Section 450.1563.
 
Section 450.1567 of the Michigan Business Corporation Act also provides that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent


II-9


Table of Contents

of the corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have power to indemnify him or her against liability under Sections 450.1561 to 450.1565.
 
The Articles of Incorporation of Operator Specialty Company, Inc. contain no articles, sections or provisions relating to indemnification.
 
The By-laws of Operator Specialty Company, Inc. provide that the corporation shall indemnify any director or officer, or former director or officer or any person who may have served at its request as a director or officer of another corporation in which it owns shares of capital stock, or of which it is a creditor, against reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred by him in connection with the defense of any civil, criminal or administrative action, suit or proceeding in which he is made a party or with which he is threatened by reason of being or having been or because of any act as such director or officer, within the course of his duties or employment, except in relation to matters as to which he shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties. The By-laws also allow the corporation to reimburse any director or officer for the reasonable costs of settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding, if it shall be found by a majority of a committee composed of the directors not involved in the matter in controversy (whether or not a quorum) that it was to the interests of the corporation that such settlement be made and that such director or officer was not guilty of negligence or misconduct. The right of indemnification extends to the estate, executor, administrator, guardian and conservator of any deceased or former director or officer or person who himself would have been entitled to indemnification.
 
Registrants Incorporated in Missouri
 
The following registrants are incorporated under the laws of the State of Missouri: J.A.R. Industries, Inc. and Webco, Inc. Section 351.355 of the General and Business Corporation Law of Missouri (the “Missouri Statute”) provides that a Missouri corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal or administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Similar provisions apply to actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been found liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the finding of liability and in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which he or she has actually and reasonably incurred, unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s articles of incorporation or by-laws.
 
The Missouri Statute further provides that its provisions concerning indemnification are not exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification may be entitled under a corporation’s articles of incorporation or by-laws or any agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. In addition, the Missouri Statute authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was serving in an indemnified capacity against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, regardless of whether the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under the Missouri Statute.


II-10


Table of Contents

The Articles of Incorporation of J.A.R. Industries, Inc. provide that the corporation shall indemnify any and all persons its has the power to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by Missouri Statute, as it may be amended and supplemented.
 
The Articles of Incorporation of Webco, Inc. contain no articles, sections or provisions relating to indemnification.
 
The By-laws of each of J.A.R. Industries, Inc. and Webco, Inc. provide that the corporations shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of Missouri, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person, provided that the corporation is not required to indemnify or advance expenses to a person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights.
 
Registrants Incorporated in Oklahoma
 
The following registrants are incorporated under the law of the State of Oklahoma: Governair Corporation and Temtrol, Inc. Section 1031 of the Oklahoma General Corporation Act (“OGCA”) authorizes the indemnification of directors and officers under certain circumstances.
 
Under Section 1031.A of the OGCA, a corporation has the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit, or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful.
 
Under Section 1031.B of the OGCA , a corporation has the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of an action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue, or matter as to which the person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses which the court shall deem proper.
 
Section 1031.E of the OGCA provides that a corporation may pay in advance the expenses incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by Section 1031 of the OGCA. A corporation may pay the expenses incurred by former directors or officers or other employees or agents upon the terms and conditions, if any, the corporation deems appropriate.
 
Section 1031.F of the OGCA provides that the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the OGCA shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in the person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding an office.


II-11


Table of Contents

The Amended Articles of Incorporation of each of Governair Corporation and Temtrol, Inc. contain no articles, sections or provisions relating to indemnification.
 
The By-laws of each of Governair Corporation and Temtrol, Inc. are substantially the same as the state statute described above, except that each of the by-laws (i) provide that the advancement of expenses is mandatory upon request from the person seeking indemnification, (ii) prohibit the corporations from indemnifying or advancing expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights, and provide that any person seeking indemnification under the By-laws shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established.
 
Registrant Incorporated in Utah
 
The registrant LiteTouch, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Utah. Under Section 16-10a-902 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (“URBCA”), a corporation may indemnify an individual made a party to a proceeding because the individual was a director, against liability incurred in the proceeding if (i) the director’s conduct was in good faith, (ii) the director reasonably believed that his conduct was in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interests and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; provided that, the corporation may not indemnify the same director if (a) indemnification is sought in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director was adjudged liable to the corporation or (b) indemnification is sought in connection with any other proceeding charging that the director derived an impersonal personal benefit, whether or not including action in his official capacity, in which proceeding he was adjudged liable on the basis that he derived an improper personal benefit. Indemnification under this Section in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation is limited to reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding.
 
In accordance with Section 16-10a-903 of the URBCA, the corporation shall indemnify a director or an officer who is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding, or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter in the proceeding, to which the individual was a party because the individual is or was a director or an officer of the corporation, as the case may be, against reasonable expenses incurred by the individual in connection with the proceeding or claim with respect to which the individual has been successful.
 
In accordance with Section 16-10a-904 of the URBCA, the corporation will pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by a director that is a party to a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, provided that, (i) the director furnishes to the corporation a written affirmation of the director’s good faith that he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct described in Section 16-10a-902 of the URBCA; (ii) the director furnishes to the corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on the director’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that the director did not meet such standard of conduct; and (iii) a determination is made that the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification thereunder.
 
Section 16-10a-905 permits a director or officer who is or was a party to a proceeding to apply for indemnification to the court conducting the proceeding or another court of competent jurisdiction.
 
A corporation may purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of such a person, whether or not the corporation would have power to indemnify him against the same liability under the applicable laws.
 
The Articles of Incorporation of Lite Touch, Inc. provide that no director shall be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director except for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) any acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, (iv) any actions under Code Section 16-10-44 (unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or other distributions), or (v) any acts or omissions of a director of the corporation prior to May 4, 1988.


II-12


Table of Contents

 
The By-laws of Lite Touch, Inc. provide that the corporations shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of Utah, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any officer or director, provided that the corporation is not required to indemnify or advance expenses to a person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such By-laws also provide that any such person seeking indemnification thereunder shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary is established.
 
Item 21.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) Exhibits:
 
See Exhibit Index immediately following the Financial Statement Schedules included in this Registration Statement.
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules:
 
The following financial statement schedule is included in Part II of the Registration Statement:
 
         
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
    S-1  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    S-2  
 
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or not material, or the information called for thereby is otherwise included in the financial statements and therefore has been omitted.
 
Item 22.   Undertakings.
 
(a) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes:
 
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
 
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
 
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
 
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
(b) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this S-4, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.


II-13


Table of Contents

 
(c) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.
 
(d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of each of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by either of the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of either of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, each of the registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(e) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other Items of the applicable form.
 
(f) Each of the undersigned registrants hereby undertakes that every prospectus (i) that is filed pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-14


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
NORTEK, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Nortek, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Chairman of the Board, President, Chief
Executive Officer and Director
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Almon C. Hall

Almon C. Hall
  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  David B. Hiley

David B. Hiley
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Joseph M. Cianciolo

Joseph M. Cianciolo
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Anthony J. DiNovi

Anthony J. DiNovi
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Kent R. Weldon

Kent R. Weldon
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  David V. Harkins

David V. Harkins
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Jeffrey C. Bloomberg

Jeffrey C. Bloomberg
  Director   August 11, 2008


II-15


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
ADVANCED BRIDGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Kevin Slatnick

Kevin Slatnick
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-16


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
AIGIS MECHTRONICS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Aigis Mechtronics, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Donald L. Myers

Donald L. Myers
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  R. Keith Todd

R. Keith Todd
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-17


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
ALLSTAR PRO, LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned officers of AllStar PRO, LLC, hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Grant D. Rummell

Grant D. Rummell
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
LINEAR LLC   Sole Member   August 11, 2008
         
By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly

Kevin W. Donnelly
Vice President and Secretary
       


II-18


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
AUBREY MANUFACTURING, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Aubrey Manufacturing, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John M. Pendergast

John M. Pendergast
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  David L. Pringle

David L. Pringle
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-19


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
BROAN-NUTONE LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned officers of Broan-NuTone LLC hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  David L. Pringle

David L. Pringle
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John M. Pendergast

John M. Pendergast
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
NORTEK, INC.   Managing Member   August 11, 2008
         
By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly

Kevin W. Donnelly
Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary
       


II-20


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
BROAN-NUTONE STORAGE SOLUTIONS LP
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned officers of Broan-NuTone Storage Solutions LP hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  David L. Pringle

David L. Pringle
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John M. Pendergast

John M. Pendergast
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
RANGAIRE GP, INC.        
         
By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly

Kevin W. Donnelly
Vice President and Secretary
  General Partner   August 11, 2008


II-21


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
CES GROUP, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of CES Group, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director and Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Owen J. Gohlke

Owen J. Gohlke
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008


II-22


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
CLEANPAK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Cleanpak International, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Owen J. Gohlke

Owen J. Gohlke
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  David E. Benson

David E. Benson
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-23


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
ELAN HOME SYSTEMS, L.L.C.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned officers of Elan Home Systems, L.L.C., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Robert P. Farinelli, Jr. 

Robert P. Farinelli, Jr. 
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
LINEAR LLC   Sole Member   August 11, 2008
         
By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly

Kevin W. Donnelly
Vice President and Secretary
       


II-24


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
GEFEN, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Gefen, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Hagai Gefen

Hagai Gefen
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-25


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
GOVERNAIR CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Governair Corporation hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director and Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Owen J. Gohlke

Owen J. Gohlke
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008


II-26


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
GTO, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of GTO, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Joseph A. Kelley

Joseph A. Kelley
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-27


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
HC INSTALLATIONS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of HC Installations, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director and Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Owen J. Gohlke

Owen J. Gohlke
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008


II-28


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
HOMELOGIC LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned officers of HomeLogic LLC hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Robert P. Farinelli, Jr.

Robert P. Farinelli, Jr.
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
ELAN HOME SYSTEMS, L.L.C.        
         
By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly

Kevin W. Donnelly
Vice President and Secretary
  Sole Member   August 11, 2008


II-29


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
HUNTAIR, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Huntair, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Owen J. Gohlke

Owen J. Gohlke
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  David E. Benson

David E. Benson
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-30


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONICS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of International Electronics, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John Waldstein

John Waldstein
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-31


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
J.A.R. INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of J.A.R. Industries, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director and Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Almon C. Hall

Almon C. Hall
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008


II-32


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
JENSEN INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Jensen Industries, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John M. Pendergast

John M. Pendergast
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Steven J. Quinette

Steven J. Quinette
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-33


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
LINEAR H.K. LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned officers of Linear H.K. LLC hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Almon C. Hall

Almon C. Hall
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
NORTEK HOLDING B.V.   Sole Member    
         
By: 
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director of Nortek Holding B.V.   August 11, 2008


II-34


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
LINEAR LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned officers of Linear LLC hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Grant D. Rummell

Grant D. Rummell
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
WDS LLC
       
         
By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly

Kevin W. Donnelly
Vice President and Secretary
  Sole Member   August 11, 2008


II-35


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
LITE TOUCH, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Lite Touch, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  R. Mark Myers

R. Mark Myers
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Donald J. Buehner

Donald J. Buehner
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-36


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
MAGENTA RESEARCH LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Magenta Research Ltd. hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Keith Y. Mortensen

Keith Y. Mortensen
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-37


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
MAMMOTH CHINA LTD.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Mammoth China Ltd. hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director and Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Owen J. Gohlke

Owen J. Gohlke
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008


II-38


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
MAMMOTH, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Mammoth, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director and Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Owen J. Gohlke

Owen J. Gohlke
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008


II-39


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
NILES AUDIO CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Niles Audio Corporation hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Marcus Alonso

Marcus Alonso
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Frank Sterns

Frank Sterns
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-40


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
NORDYNE CHINA, LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Chairman and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned officers of Nordyne China, LLC, hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  David J. LaGrand

David J. LaGrand
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Ed Davies

Ed Davies
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
NORDYNE INC.   Sole Member   August 11, 2008
             
By:  
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly

Kevin W. Donnelly
Vice President and Secretary
       


II-41


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
NORDYNE INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly

Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Nordyne Inc. hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Ed Davies

Ed Davies
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  David J. LaGrand

David J. LaGrand
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-42


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
NORDYNE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of NORDYNE International, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Ed Davies

Ed Davies
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Hector Henriette

Hector Henriette
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-43


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
NORTEK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Nortek International, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director and Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Almon C. Hall

Almon C. Hall
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008


II-44


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
NUTONE INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of NuTone Inc. hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John M. Pendergast

John M. Pendergast
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  David L. Pringle

David L. Pringle
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-45


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
OMNIMOUNT SYSTEMS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Omnimount Systems, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Raymond T. Nakano

Raymond T. Nakano
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Geoff Miller

Geoff Miller
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-46


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
OPERATOR SPECIALTY COMPANY, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Operator Specialty Company, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Dan C. Stottlemyre

Dan C. Stottlemyre
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-47


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
PACIFIC ZEPHYR RANGE HOOD INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc. hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John M. Pendergast

John M. Pendergast
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Luke Siow

Luke Siow
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-48


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
PANAMAX INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Panamax Inc. hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John D. Humphrey

John D. Humphrey
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  William E. Pollock

William E. Pollock
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-49


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
RANGAIRE GP, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Rangaire GP, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John M. Pendergast

John M. Pendergast
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  David L. Pringle

David L. Pringle
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-50


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
RANGAIRE LP, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Rangaire LP, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John M. Pendergast

John M. Pendergast
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  David L. Pringle

David L. Pringle
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-51


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
SECURE WIRELESS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly

Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Secure Wireless, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Michael Lamb

Michael Lamb
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-52


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
SPEAKERCRAFT, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of SpeakerCraft, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Jeremy P. Burkhardt

Jeremy P. Burkhardt
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-53


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
TEMTROL, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Temtrol, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Andrew J. Halko

Andrew J. Halko
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  George Halko

George Halko
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-54


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
WDS LLC
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned officers of WDS LLC hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Almon C. Hall

Almon C. Hall
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
    
NORTEK, INC.
  Sole Member   August 11, 2008
         
By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly

Kevin W. Donnelly
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
       


II-55


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
WEBCO, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Webco, Inc., hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director and Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Owen J. Gohlke

Owen J. Gohlke
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008


II-56


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
XANTECH CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Xantech Corporation hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Charles E. Monts

Charles E. Monts
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Graham V. Hallett

Graham V. Hallett
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-57


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Providence, state of Rhode Island, on August 11, 2008.
 
ZEPHYR CORPORATION
 
  By: 
/s/  Kevin W. Donnelly
Name:     Kevin W. Donnelly
  Title:  Vice President and Secretary
 
* * * *
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
The undersigned directors and officers of Zephyr Corporation hereby appoint Kevin W. Donnelly, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution for, and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-4 and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Richard L. Bready

Richard L. Bready
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Edward J. Cooney

Edward J. Cooney
  Director   August 11, 2008
         
/s/  John M. Pendergast

John M. Pendergast
  Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer
  August 11, 2008
         
/s/  Luke Siow

Luke Siow
  Principal Executive Officer   August 11, 2008


II-58


Table of Contents

NORTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                                         
    Balance at
    Charged
    Charge to
    Deduction
    Balance at
 
    Beginning
    to Cost
    Other
    from
    End of
 
Classification
  of Year     and Expense     Accounts     Reserves     Year  
    (Amounts in millions)  
 
For the year-ended December 31, 2005
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales allowances
  $ 5.5     $ 2.9     $ 1.1 (b)   $ (2.9 )(a)   $ 6.6  
For the year-ended December 31, 2006
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales allowances
  $ 6.6     $ 6.1     $ 0.6 (b)   $ (3.9 )(a)   $ 9.4  
For the year-ended December 31, 2007
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales allowances
  $ 9.4     $ 11.8     $ 1.7 (b)   $ (10.7 )(a)   $ 12.2  
 
 
(a) Amounts written off, net of recoveries
 
(b) Other, including acquisitions and the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates


S-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholder of Nortek, Inc.:
 
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Nortek, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, and have issued our report thereon dated April 14, 2008 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 21(b) of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.
 
In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Boston, Massachusetts
April 14, 2008


S-2


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibits marked with an asterisk (*) are filed herewith. The remainder of the exhibits has heretofore been filed with the Commission and is incorporated herein by reference. Exhibits marked with a double asterisk (**) identify each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
         
  2 .1   Stock Purchase Agreement among Kelso Investment Associates VI, L.P., the other sellers named therein, THL Buildco Holdings, Inc. and THL Buildco, Inc. dated as of July 15, 2004 (Exhibit 2.1 to Nortek Form 8-K filed July 16, 2004).
  2 .2   Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Kelso & Company, L.P., Third party Stockholders, Richard L. Bready, as the Management Representative on behalf of the Management Stockholders and the Option Sellers, and THL Buildco, Inc. dated August 27, 2004 (Exhibit 10.1 to Nortek Form 8-K filed September 1, 2004).
  2 .3   THL Buildco, Inc. and Nortek, Inc. $625,000,000 81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 Purchase Agreement dated August 12, 2004 by and among Initial Issuer and the Initial Purchasers (Exhibit 2.9 for Nortek Form S-4 filed October 22, 2004).
  2 .4   Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2005 (Exhibit 2.10 to NTK Holdings S-4 filed July 5, 2005).
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Nortek, Inc. (Exhibit 3.1 for Nortek Form S-4 filed October 22, 2004).
  3 .2   By-Laws of Nortek, Inc. (Exhibit 3.2 to Nortek Form S-4 filed October 22, 2004).
  3 .3   Certificate of Incorporation of NTK Holdings (Exhibit 3.1 to NTK Holdings S-4 filed July 5, 2005).
  3 .4   By-Laws of NTK Holdings, Inc. (Exhibit 3.2 to NTK Holdings S-4 filed July 5, 2005).
  *3 .5   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc.
  *3 .6   By-laws of Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc.
  *3 .7   Certificate of Incorporation of Aigis Mechtronics, Inc., as amended
  *3 .8   By-laws of Aigis Mechtronics, Inc. (F/K/A Acquisition Sub 2007-3, Inc.)
  *3 .9   Certificate of Formation of AllStar PRO, LLC, as amended
  *3 .10   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of AllStar PRO, LLC
  3 .11   Certificate of Incorporation of Aubrey Manufacturing Inc. (Exhibit 3.3 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .12   By-laws of Aubrey Manufacturing Inc. (Exhibit 3.4 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .13   Certificate of Formation of Broan-NuTone LLC (Exhibit 3.5 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  *3 .14   Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Broan-NuTone LLC
  *3 .15   Certificate of Limited Partnership of Broan-NuTone Storage Solutions LP, as amended
  3 .16   Agreement of Limited Partnership of Broan-NuTone Storage Solutions LP (F/K/A Rangaire LP) (Exhibit 3.40 for Nortek S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .17   Certificate of Incorporation of CES Group, Inc. (Exhibit 3.7 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .18   By-laws of CES Group, Inc. (Exhibit 3.8 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  *3 .19   Certificate of Incorporation of Cleanpak International, Inc., as amended
  *3 .20   By-laws of Cleanpak International, Inc. (F/K/A Acquisition Sub 2006-3, Inc.)
  3 .21   Articles of Organization of Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. (Exhibit 3.11 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .22   Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. (Exhibit 3.12 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  *3 .23   Articles of Incorporation of Gefen, Inc.
  *3 .24   By-laws of Gefen, Inc.
  3 .25   Articles of Incorporation of Govenair Corporation, as amended (Exhibit 3.13 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .26   By-laws of Govenair Corporation (Exhibit 3.14 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)


Table of Contents

         
  *3 .27   Articles of Incorporation of GTO, Inc.
  *3 .28   By-laws of GTO, Inc.
  *3 .29   Certificate of Incorporation of HC Installations, Inc.
  *3 .30   By-laws of HC Installations, Inc.
  *3 .31   Certificate of Formation of HomeLogic LLC, as amended
  *3 .32   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of HomeLogic LLC
  *3 .33   Certificate of Incorporation of Huntair, Inc., as amended
  *3 .34   By-laws of Huntair, Inc. (F/K/A Acquisition Sub 2006-2, Inc.)
  *3 .35   Articles of Organization of International Electronics, Inc. as amended
  *3 .36   Amended and Restated By-laws of International Electronics, Inc.
  3 .37   Articles of Incorporation of J.A.R. Industries, Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.15 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .38   By-laws of J.A.R. Industries, Inc. (Exhibit 3.16 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .39   Articles of Incorporation of Jensen Industries, Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.17 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .40   By-laws of Jensen Industries, Inc. (Exhibit 3.18 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .41   Certificate of Formation of Linear H.K., LLC (Exhibit 3.19 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  *3 .42   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Linear H.K., LLC
  3 .43   Articles of Organization-Conversion of Linear LLC (Exhibit 3.21 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .44   Operating Agreement of Linear LLC (Exhibit 3.22 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  *3 .45   Articles of Incorporation of Lite Touch, Inc., as amended
  *3 .46   By-laws of Lite Touch, Inc.
  *3 .47   Certificate of Incorporation of Magenta Research Ltd.
  *3 .48   By-laws of Magenta Research Ltd.
  3 .49   Certificate of Incorporation of Mammoth China Ltd. (Exhibit 3.23 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .50   By-laws of Mammoth China Ltd. (Exhibit 3.24 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .51   Certificate of Incorporation of Mammoth, Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.25 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .52   By-laws of Mammoth, Inc. (Exhibit 3.26 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  *3 .53   Certificate of Incorporation of Niles Audio Corporation, as amended
  *3 .54   By-laws of Niles Audio Corporation (F/K/A Acquisition Drnu Sub, Inc.)
  *3 .55   Certificate of Formation of Nordyne China, LLC
  *3 .56   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Nordyne China, LLC
  3 .57   Certificate of Incorporation of Nordyne, Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.29 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .58   By-laws of Nordyne, Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.30 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  *3 .59   Certificate of Incorporation of NORDYNE International, Inc., as amended
  *3 .60   By-laws of NORDYNE International, Inc. (F/K/A IMS Acquisition Sub, Inc.)
  *3 .61   Certificate of Incorporation of Nortek International, Inc.
  *3 .62   By-laws of Nortek International, Inc.
  3 .63   Certificate of Incorporation of NuTone Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.31 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .64   By-laws of Nutone, Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.32 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .65   Certificate of Incorporation of Omnimount Systems, Inc. (Exhibit 3.33 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)


Table of Contents

         
  3 .66   By-laws of Omnimount Systems, Inc. (Exhibit 3.34 for Nortek Form S-4/A filed on December 17, 2004)
  3 .67   Certificate of Incorporation of Operator Specialty Company, Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.35 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .68   By-laws of Operator Specialty Company, Inc. (Exhibit 3.36 for Nortek Form S-4/A filed on December 17, 2004)
  *3 .69   Articles of Incorporation of Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc.
  *3 .70   By-laws of Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc.
  *3 .71   Certificate of Incorporation of Panamax Inc. as amended
  *3 .72   By-laws of Panamax Inc.
  3 .73   Certificate of Incorporation of Rangaire GP, Inc. (Exhibit 3.37 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .74   By-laws of Rangaire GP, Inc. (Exhibit 3.38 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .75   Certificate of Incorporation of Rangaire LP, Inc. as amended (Exhibit 3.41 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .76   By-laws of Rangaire LP, Inc (Exhibit 3.42 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  *3 .77   Articles of Incorporation of Secure Wireless, Inc.
  *3 .78   By-laws of Secure Wireless, Inc.
  3 .79   Certificate of Incorporation of Speakercraft, Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.43 for Nortek Form S-4/A filed on December 17, 2004)
  3 .80   By-laws of Speakercraft, Inc. (Exhibit 3.44 for Nortek Form S-4/A filed on December 17, 2004)
  3 .81   Certificate of Incorporation of Temtrol, Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.45 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .82   By-laws of Temtrol, Inc. (Exhibit 3.46 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .83   Certificate of Formation of WDS LLC (Exhibit 3.49 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  *3 .84   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of WDS LLC
  3 .85   Articles of Incorporation of Webco, Inc., as amended (Exhibit 3.47 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .86   By-laws of Webco, Inc. (Exhibit 3.48 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .87   Articles of Incorporation of Xantech Corporation, as amended (Exhibit 3.51 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  3 .88   By-laws of Xantech Corporation (Exhibit 3.52 for Nortek Form S-4 filed on October 22, 2004)
  *3 .89   Articles of Incorporation of Zephyr Corporation
  *3 .90   By-laws of Zephyr Corporation
  4 .1   Indenture dated as of June 12, 2001 between Nortek, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to the 97/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011 (Exhibit 4.1 to Nortek Registration Statement No. 333-64120 filed July 11, 2001).
  4 .2   Indenture dated as of August 27, 2004 between THL Buildco, Inc., Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, relating to the 81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (Exhibit 4.1 to Nortek Form 8-K filed September 1 2004).
  4 .3   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of August 5, 2004 between Nortek, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association as the successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee under the Indenture dated June 12, 2001 (Exhibit 4.3 to Nortek Form S-4 filed October 22, 2004).
  4 .4   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 27, 2004 by and among THL Buildco, Inc., Nortek, Inc., the Guarantors and UBS Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., and Sovereign Securities Corporation, LLC as Initial Purchasers of 81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (Exhibit 4.1 to Nortek Form 8-K filed September 1, 2004).
  4 .5   Indenture dated as of February 15, 2005 between NTK Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association relating to the 103/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 (Exhibit 4.5 to NTK Holdings S-4 filed July 5, 2005).


Table of Contents

         
  4 .6   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 15, 2005 by and among NTK Holdings, Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, as Representative and Banc of America Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC as Initial Purchasers for the 103/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 (Exhibit 4.6 to NTK Holdings S-4 filed July 5, 2005).
  4 .7   Securityholders Agreement dated as of August 27, 2004 among THL-Nortek Investors, LLC, THL Buildco Holdings, Inc., Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Cayman Fund V, L.P., 1997 Thomas H. Lee Nominee Trust, Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC, Putnam Investments Holdings, LLC, Third Party Investors and the securityholders listed therein (Exhibit 4.7 to NTK Holdings S-1/A filed May 16, 2006).
  4 .8   First Amendment, dated as of February 10, 2005, to Securityholders Agreement dated as of August 27, 2004 among THL-Nortek Investors, LLC, Nortek Holdings, Inc., THL Buildco Holdings, Inc., Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Cayman Fund V, L.P., 1997 Thomas H. Lee Nominee Trust, Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC, Putnam Investments Holdings, LLC, Third Party Investors and the securityholders listed therein (Exhibit 4.9 to NTK Holdings S-1/A filed June 9, 2006).
  *4 .9   Indenture dated as of May 20, 2008 between Nortek, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent relating to the 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013.
  *4 .10   Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 20, 2008 by and among Nortek, Inc. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co as Initial Purchasers of the 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013
  *5 .1   Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
  *5 .2   Opinion of Bryan Cave LLP
  *5 .3   Opinion of Cohn Birnbaum & Shea, P.C.
  *5 .4   Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, P.A.
  *5 .5   Opinion of Holland & Hart LLP
  *5 .6   Opinion of McAfee & Taft, P.C.
  *5 .7   Opinion of Rhoades McKee PC
  *5 .8   Opinion of Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs, LLP
  **10 .1   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Nortek, Inc. and its directors and certain officers (Appendix C to Nortek Proxy Statement dated March 23, 1987 for Annual Meeting of Nortek Stockholders, File No. 1-6112).
  **10 .2   Nortek, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan C, dated December 18, 2003 (Exhibit 10.23 to Nortek Form 10-K filed March 30, 2004).
  **10 .3   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Richard L. Bready, dated as of August 27, 2004 (Exhibit 10.2 to Nortek Form 8-K filed September 1, 2004).
  **10 .4   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Almon C. Hall, III, dated as of August 27, 2004 (Exhibit 10.3 to Nortek Form 8-K filed September 1, 2004).
  **10 .5   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Kevin W. Donnelly, dated as of August 27, 2004 (Exhibit 10.4 to Nortek Form 8-K filed September 1, 2004).
  10 .6   Consulting Agreement with David B. Hiley, dated as of August 27, 2004 (Exhibit 10.5 to Nortek Form 8-K filed September 1, 2004).
  10 .7   Nortek, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Severance Benefit Plan for Key Employees and dated August 27, 2004 (Exhibit 10.7 to Nortek From 8-K filed September 1, 2004).
  10 .8   Management Agreement among Nortek Holdings, Inc., Nortek, Inc. and THL Managers V, LLC dated August 27, 2004 (Exhibit 10.9 to Nortek From 8-K filed September 1, 2004).


Table of Contents

         
  **10 .9   First Amendment to Nortek, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan C, dated December 6, 2004. (Exhibit 10.12 to Nortek Form 10-K filed March 29, 2005).
  10 .10   Bryan Kelln Employment Offer Letter dated May 19, 2005 (Exhibit 99 to Nortek Form 8-K filed June 6, 2005).
  10 .11   Amendment No. 1 to Management Agreement among Nortek Holdings, Inc., Nortek, Inc. and THL Managers V, LLC dated February 10, 2005. (Exhibit 10.16 to Nortek Form 10-K filed March 9, 2006).
  10 .12   Bridge Loan Agreement dated May 10, 2006 among NTK Holdings, Inc., The Lenders Party hereto, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as Syndication Agent and Banc of America Bridge LLC and UBS Securities LLC, as Documentation Agents (Exhibit 10.1 to NTK Holdings Form 8-K filed May 10, 2006).
  **10 .13   Third Amendment to the Nortek, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan B (Exhibit 10.18 to Nortek Form 10-K filed April 2, 2007).
  10 .14   THL-Nortek Investors, LLC Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated as of April 16, 2008. (Exhibit 10.1 to Nortek Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2008)
  *10 .15   Credit Agreement, dated May 20, 2008 among Nortek, Inc., Ventrol Air Handling Systems Inc., the other Borrowers named therein, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, U.S. Swing Line Lender and U.S. L/C Issuer, Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada Branch), as Canadian Swing Line Lender and Canadian L/C Issuer, the other Lenders Party thereto, Banc of America Securities LLC, and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, Banc of America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Joint Bookrunners and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and UBS Securities LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents
  *12 .1   Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charge
  *21 .1   List of subsidiaries.
  *23 .1   Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP
  *23 .2   Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)
  *23 .3   Consent of Bryan Cave LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.2)
  *23 .4   Consent of Cohn Birnbaum & Shea, P.C. (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.3)
  *23 .5   Consent of Greenberg Traurig, P.A. (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.4)
  *23 .6   Consent of Holland & Hart LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.5)
  *23 .7   Consent of McAfee & Taft, P.C. (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.6)
  *23 .8   Consent of Rhoades McKee PC (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.7)
  *23 .9   Consent of Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs, LLP (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.8)
  *24 .1   Power of Attorney pursuant to which amendments to this registration statements may be filed (included in the signature pages hereto)
  *25 .1   Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of U.S. Bank National Association
  *99 .1   Form of Letter of Transmittal
  *99 .2   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery
  *99 .3   Form of Exchange Agency Agreement

         
Exhibit 3.5
RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
I
The name of this corporation is Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc.
II
The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the GENERAL CORPORATION LAW of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.
III
This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock; and the total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issues is 3,000.

 

Exhibit 3.6
BY-LAWS OF ADVANCED BRIDGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page  
 
       
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title   Page  
 
       
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  
 -ii-

 


 

BY-LAWS OF ADVANCED BRIDGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

-2-


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

-3-


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

-4-


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

-5-


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

-6-


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

-7-


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

-8-


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

-9-


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

-10-


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

-11-


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

-12-


 

Article Vl — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

-13-


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

-14-


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

-15-

Exhibit 3.7
     
 
  State of Delaware
 
  Secretary of State
 
  Division of Corporations
 
  Delivered 04:40 PM 07/23/2007
 
  FILED 04:40 PM 07/23/2007
 
  SRV 070842574 — 4372659 FILE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     ACQUISITION SUB 2007-3, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter, the “Corporation”),
     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
     FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of ACQUISITION SUB 2007-3, INC., resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:
     RESOLVED, That the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation be amended by changing Article I so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:
     ARTICLE I: The name of the corporation is AIGIS MECHTRONICS, INC.
     SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held, upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation law of the state of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.
     THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officer this, 23rd day of July, 2007.
         
  ACQUISITION SUB 2007-3, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Vice President Treasurer    
    Edward J. Cooney   
 

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     FIRST: The name of this corporation shall be ACQUISITION SUB 2007-3, INC.
     SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
     THIRD: The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:
To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
     FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is 3,000 shares of common stock $0.01 par value.
     FIFTH: The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:
Dawn M. Urbanowicz
c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
     SIXTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.
     SEVENTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation 18th day of June, 2007.
         
     
  /s/ Dawn M. Urbanowicz    
  Name:   Dawn M. Urbanowicz   
  Incorporator   
 

 

Exhibit 3.8
BY-LAWS OF ACQUISITION SUB 2007-3, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page  
 
       
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc.
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title   Page  
 
       
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection ; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5. 5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  
 -ii-

 


 

BY-LAWS OF ACQUISITION SUB 2007-3, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

-2-


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

-3-


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

-4-


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

-5-


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

-6-


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

-7-


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

-8-


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice -Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

-9-


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

-10-


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued . The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

-11-


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

-12-


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

-13-


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

-14-


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

-15-

Exhibit 3.9
STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
1.   The name of Limited Liability Company is ACQUISITION SUB 2007-1, LLC.
 
2.   The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows:
     The Name of the limited liability company is ALLSTAR PRO, LLC.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment the 10 day of April, 2007.
         
     
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Edward J. Cooney   
    Vice President and Treasurer of
Sole Member, Linear LLC 
 
 

 


 

     
 
  State of Delaware
 
  Secretary of State
 
  Division of Corporations
 
  Delivered 05:00 PM 01/03/2007
 
  FILED 04:13 PM 01/03/2007
 
  SRV 070006623-4278262 FILE
CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
ACQUISITION SUB 2007-1, LLC
     This Certificate of Formation of ACQUISITION SUB 2007-1, LLC (the “LLC”), dated as of January 3, 2007, is being duly executed and filed by Dawn M. Urbanowicz, as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 DEL.C. § 18-101, et seq.)
     FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is ACQUISITION SUB 2007-1, LLC.
     SECOND. The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.
     THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the LLC in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the date first above written.
         
     
  /s/ Dawn M. Urbanowicz    
  Dawn M. Urbanowicz   
  Authorized Person   
 

 

Exhibit 3.10
ALLSTAR PRO, LLC
AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
     This Limited Liability Company Agreement of AllStar Pro, LLC (the “Company”) is entered into as of August 27, 2007 by Linear LLC (the “Member”).
     1. Name. The name of the Company is AllStar Pro, LLC.
     2. Formation, Qualification, Etc. The Company has been formed heretofore by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) on January 3, 2007 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 18 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code Annotated (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Act”), and the actions of any party taken in order to effect such filing are ratified and approved. The Member and any Officers (as defined below in Section 14), and each of them, is authorized to execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary to continue the good standing of the Company in the State of Delaware or for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
     3. Purpose. The purpose of the Company is to engage in any activity that may be lawfully carried on by a limited liability company organized under the Act.
     4. Term of the Company. The term of existence of the Company commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State, and shall continue until the dissolution of the Company has been completed pursuant to Section 18 and the Certificate has been canceled in the manner required by the Act.
     5. Principal Business Office. The principal business office of the Company shall be located at such location as is determined by the Member from time to time.
     6. Registered Office and Agent in Delaware. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of the registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.
     7. Limited Liability. Except as otherwise explicitly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company. No Indemnified Party (as defined below in Section 16) shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of having any status which makes such party an Indemnified Party.
     8. Admission of Members. The Member is admitted as a member of the Company effective upon its execution and delivery of this Agreement. Additional members of the Company may be admitted with the prior consent of the Member, but until any such additional

 


 

members are so admitted at a time when the Member remains a member of the Company, the Member shall be the sole member of the Company.
     9. Management. The management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Member, and the Member may exercise such management authority in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Member shall have the power and authority to bind the Company and to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purpose of the Company described herein, including all powers and authorities, statutory or otherwise, possessed by members of a limited liability company under the Act or other applicable law. Any and all agreements, contracts and other documents or instruments affecting or relating to the business and affairs of the Company may be executed on the Company’s behalf by the Member alone.
     10. Capital Contributions. A member of the Company, including the Member, shall make contributions to the capital of the Company in such amounts and such manner as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and such member, and no member shall have any obligation to contribute capital to the Company except in accordance with any such agreement.
     11. Title to Assets. All assets of the Company, whether real or personal property, shall be held in the name of the Company.
     12. Allocation of Profits and Losses. The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.
     13. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate applicable law.
     14. Officers. The Member may, from time to time as it deems advisable, appoint officers of the Company (the “Officers”) and assign in writing titles (including, without limitation, President, Vice President, Secretary, and Treasurer), authorities and duties to any such person. Unless the Member decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 14 may be revoked at any time by the Member.
     15. Other Business. The Member or its affiliates may, now or in the future, engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of every kind and description, independently or with others and whether similar to or different than the activities of the Company. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such other ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement, the status of the Member as a member of the Company, the exclusive rights of the Member to manage the Company as contemplated by Section 9 hereof or any other rights or obligations of the Member.

- 2 -


 

     16. Liability and Indemnification.
     (a) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Indemnified Party shall not be liable to the Company or any other party who has an interest in the Company for any act or omission that was suffered or taken by such Indemnified Party in good faith and that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful.
     (b) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the other limits set forth in this Section 16, each Indemnified Party shall be fully protected and indemnified by the Company out of Company assets against all liabilities and losses (including amounts paid in respect of judgments, fines, penalties or, if approved by the Member, settlement of litigation, and legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding) suffered by virtue of serving as an Indemnified Party with respect to any action or omission suffered or taken in good faith that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful. The Company may (and in the case of the Member as an Indemnified Party, will) advance expenses, including legal fees, for which any Indemnified Party would be entitled by this Agreement to be indemnified upon receipt of an unsecured undertaking by such Indemnified Party to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined by a court or other tribunal of proper jurisdiction that indemnification for such expenses is not permitted by law or authorized by this Agreement.
     (c) For all purposes of this Agreement, actions or omissions taken or suffered by the Member regarding any matter which this Agreement provides is in the discretion or sole discretion of the Member shall be conclusively deemed not to constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law. Each Indemnified Party may consult with reputable outside legal counsel selected by the Company, and any action or omission taken or suffered in good faith in reliance and accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be conclusive evidence that such action or omission (i) did not materially violate this Agreement, (ii) did not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
     (d) None of the provisions of this Section 16 shall be deemed to create or grant any rights in favor of Indemnified Parties that cannot be discharged out of the assets of the Company or in favor of anyone other than Indemnified Parties and the other parties listed in the first sentence of Section 16(e); this provision excludes, among others, any right of subrogation in favor of any insurer or surety. The rights granted under this Section 16 shall survive the termination, dissolution and winding up of the Company.
     (e) The term “Indemnified Party” means the Member and each Officer. The rights of each Indemnified Party under this Section 16 shall inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of such Indemnified Party. However, it is expressly

- 3 -


 

understood and agreed that no party who is an Officer shall have any right of exculpation, indemnification or otherwise under this Section 16 with respect to any action or omission taken or suffered by such party at any time after such party ceases to be an Officer (whether the action resulting in such party ceasing to be an Officer is voluntary, involuntary or otherwise), or in respect of any controversy relating in any respect to such party’s ceasing to be an Officer, or in respect of any claim or cause of action against the Company (other than in connection with enforcing such party’s rights against the Company under this Section 16), the Member or any affiliate of the Member, or any of the members, partners, stockholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents or other representatives of any of the foregoing.
     17. Assignments. The Member may assign in whole or in part its membership interest in the Company. If the Member transfers all of its membership interest in the Company pursuant to this Section, the transferee shall be admitted to the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer, and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.
     18. Dissolution.
     (a) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member, (ii) the retirement, resignation or dissolution of the Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Member in the Company unless the business of the Company is continued in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.
     (b) The bankruptcy of the Member will not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.
     (c) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.
     19. Tax Status of Company. So long as the Company has only one member, the Company shall be disregarded as an entity separate from the Member as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(b), as hereafter amended or supplemented.
     20. Separability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.
     21. Construction of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall bind, the Member and its respective representatives, successors and assigns. No creditor of

- 4 -


 

the Company or other party shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement, except as specifically provided with respect to Indemnified Parties as contemplated by Section 16.
     22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement.
     23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Member with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     24. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles).
     25. Amendments. This Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended except pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  LINEAR LLC
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Edward J. Cooney   
    Vice President and Treasurer   
 

- 5 -

Exhibit 3.14
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
     This Limited Liability Company Agreement of Broan-NuTone LLC (the “Company”) is entered into as of August 26, 2007 by Nortek, Inc. (the “Managing Member”) and NuTone Inc. (together with the Managing Member, the “Members”, and each a “Member”). This Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement dated April 6, 2005.
     1. Name. The name of the Company is Broan-NuTone LLC.
     2. Formation, Qualification, Etc. The Company has been formed heretofore by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 18 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code Annotated (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Act”), and the actions of any party taken in order to effect such filing are ratified and approved. The Managing Member and any Officers (as defined below in Section 14), and each of them, is authorized to execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary to continue the good standing of the Company in the State of Delaware or for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
     3. Purpose. The purpose of the Company is to engage in any activity that may be lawfully carried on by a limited liability company organized under the Act.
     4. Term of the Company. The term of existence of the Company commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State, and shall continue until the dissolution of the Company has been completed pursuant to Section 18 and the Certificate has been canceled in the manner required by the Act.
     5. Principal Business Office. The principal business office of the Company shall be located at such location as is determined by the Managing Member from time to time.
     6. Registered Office and Agent in Delaware. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of the registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.
     7. Limited Liability. Except as otherwise explicitly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company. No Indemnified Party (as defined below in Section 16) shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of having any status which makes such party an Indemnified Party.

 


 

     8. Admission of Members. Each of the Members has been admitted as a member of the Company. Additional members of the Company may be admitted with the prior consent of the Managing Member.
     9. Management. The management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Managing Member, and the Managing Member may exercise such management authority in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Managing Member shall have the power and authority to bind the Company and to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purpose of the Company described herein, including all powers and authorities, statutory or otherwise, possessed by members of a limited liability company under the Act or other applicable law. Any and all agreements, contracts and other documents or instruments affecting or relating to the business and affairs of the Company may be executed on the Company’s behalf by the Managing Member alone.
     10. Capital Contributions. A member of the Company, including the Managing Member, shall make contributions to the capital of the Company in such amounts and such manner as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and such member, and no member shall have any obligation to contribute capital to the Company except in accordance with any such agreement.
     11. Title to Assets. All assets of the Company, whether real or personal property, shall be held in the name of the Company.
     12. Allocation of Profits and Losses. The income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Company shall be allocated for federal, state and local income tax purposes among the Members in a manner consistent, in the judgment of the Managing Member, with the related distributions or expected distributions pursuant to Section 13. The Managing Member is authorized (i) to interpret and apply the tax allocation provisions hereof as providing for a “qualified income offset,” “minimum gain chargeback” and such other allocation principles as may be required under section 704 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and applicable regulations; (ii) determine the tax allocation of specific items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company; and (iii) to vary any and all of the foregoing tax allocation provisions to the extent necessary in the judgment of the Managing Member to comply with section 704 of the Code and applicable regulations.
     13. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Members at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Managing Member. Each such distribution shall be apportioned among the Members so that 70% of such distribution is made to the Managing Member and 30% is made to NuTone Inc. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to the Members on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate applicable law.
     14. Officers. The Managing Member may, from time to time as it deems advisable, appoint officers of the Company (the “Officers”) and assign in writing titles (including, without limitation, President, Vice President, Secretary, and Treasurer), authorities and duties to any such person. Unless the Managing Member decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the

-2-


 

assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 14 may be revoked at any time by the Managing Member.
     15. Other Business. The Members or their respective affiliates may, now or in the future, engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of every kind and description, independently or with others and whether similar to or different than the activities of the Company. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such other ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement, the status of each Member as a member of the Company, the exclusive rights of the Managing Member to manage the Company as contemplated by Section 9 hereof or any other rights or obligations of the Members.
     16. Liability and Indemnification.
     (a) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Indemnified Party shall not be liable to the Company or any other party who has an interest in the Company for any act or omission that was suffered or taken by such Indemnified Party in good faith and that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful.
     (b) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the other limits set forth in this Section 16, each Indemnified Party shall be fully protected and indemnified by the Company out of Company assets against all liabilities and losses (including amounts paid in respect of judgments, fines, penalties or, if approved by the Member, settlement of litigation, and legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding) suffered by virtue of serving as an Indemnified Party with respect to any action or omission suffered or taken in good faith that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful. The Company may (and in the case of the Managing Member as an Indemnified Party, will) advance expenses, including legal fees, for which any Indemnified Party would be entitled by this Agreement to be indemnified upon receipt of an unsecured undertaking by such Indemnified Party to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined by a court or other tribunal of proper jurisdiction that indemnification for such expenses is not permitted by law or authorized by this Agreement.
     (c) For all purposes of this Agreement, actions or omissions taken or suffered by the Managing Member regarding any matter which this Agreement provides is in the discretion or sole discretion of the Managing Member shall be conclusively deemed not to constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law. Each Indemnified Party may consult with reputable outside legal counsel selected by the Company, and any action or omission taken or suffered in good faith in reliance and accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be conclusive evidence that such action or omission (i) did not materially violate this Agreement, (ii) did not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or

-3-


 

willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
     (d) None of the provisions of this Section 16 shall be deemed to create or grant any rights in favor of Indemnified Parties that cannot be discharged out of the assets of the Company or in favor of anyone other than Indemnified Parties and the other parties listed in the first sentence of Section 16(e); this provision excludes, among others, any right of subrogation in favor of any insurer or surety. The rights granted under this Section 16 shall survive the termination, dissolution and winding up of the Company.
     (e) The term “Indemnified Party” means each Member and each Officer. The rights of each Indemnified Party under this Section 16 shall inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of such Indemnified Party. However, it is expressly understood and agreed that no party who is an Officer shall have any right of exculpation, indemnification or otherwise under this Section 16 with respect to any action or omission taken or suffered by such party at any time after such party ceases to be an Officer (whether the action resulting in such party ceasing to be an Officer is voluntary, involuntary or otherwise), or in respect of any controversy relating in any respect to such party’s ceasing to be an Officer, or in respect of any claim or cause of action against the Company (other than in connection with enforcing such party’s rights against the Company under this Section 16), the Member or any affiliate of the Member, or any of the members, partners, stockholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents or other representatives of any of the foregoing.
     17. Assignments. Each Member may assign in whole or in part its membership interest in the Company. If a Member transfers all of its membership interest in the Company pursuant to this Section, the transferee shall be admitted to the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer, and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.
     18. Dissolution.
     (a) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Managing Member, (ii) the retirement, resignation or dissolution of the Managing Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Managing Member in the Company unless the business of the Company is continued in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.
     (b) The bankruptcy of the Managing Member will not cause the Managing Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.
     (c) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.

-4-


 

     19. Separability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.
     20. Construction of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall bind, each Member and their respective representatives, successors and assigns. No creditor of the Company or other party shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement, except as specifically provided with respect to Indemnified Parties as contemplated by Section 16.
     21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement.
     22. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     23. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles).
     24. Amendments. This Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended except pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Members.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  NORTEK, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard L. Bready    
    Richard L. Bready   
    President and CEO   
 
  NUTONE INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Edward J. Cooney   
    Vice President and Treasurer   
 

-5-

Exhibit 3.15
STATE OF DELAWARE
AMENDMENT TO THE CERTIFICATE OF
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
The undersigned, desiring to amend the Certificate of Limited Partnership pursuant to the provisions of Section 17-202 of the Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:
FIRST: The name of the Limited Partnership is           Rangaire LP          .
SECOND: Article   1   of the Certificate of Limited Partnership shall be amended as follows:       The name of the limited partnership is
Broan-NuTone Storage Solutions LP        .
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned executed this Amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership on this   11th   day of   July  , A.D.   2008  .
         
     
  By:   Ragnaire GP, Inc.    
    General Partner(s)   
       
 
         
     
  Name:   /s/ Kevin W. Donnelly    
    Print or Type    
    Kevin W. Donnelly
Vice President and Secretary 
 

 


 

         
CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF RANGAIRE LP
     This Certificate of Limited Partnership of Rangaire LP (the “Partnership”), dated December 20, 1996, is being duly executed and filed by Rangaire GP, Inc., as general partner, to form a limited partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act.
     1. Name. The name of the limited partnership formed hereby is Rangaire LP.
     2. Registered Office. The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is c/o The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware.
     3. Registered Agent. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc., 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware 19805.
     4. General Partner. The name and the business address of the general partner of the Partnership is Rangaire GP, Inc. c/o Nortek, Inc., 50 Kennedy Plaza, Providence, Rhode Island 02903.
     5. Effective Date. The effective date of this certificate shall be January 1, 1997.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Limited Partnership as of the date first-above written.
         
  RANGAIRE GP, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard J. Harris    
    Its:    
    Richard J. Harris   
 

 

Exhibit 3.19
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     ACQUISITION SUB 2006-3, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter, the “Corporation”).
     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
     FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of ACQUISITION SUB 2006-3, INC., resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:
     RESOLVED, That the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation be amended by changing Article I so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:
     ARTICLE I: The name of the corporation is CLEANPAK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
     SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held, upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation law of the state of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.
     THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted In accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 17th day of April, 2006.
         
  ACQUISITION SUB 2006-3, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Vice President and Treasurer   
    Edward J. Cooney   
 
         
State of Delaware        
Secretary of State        
Division of Corporations        
Delivered 11:33 AM 04/17/2006        
FILED 11:15 AM 04/17/2006        
SRV 060353690 – 4127424 FILE        

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
FIRST: The name of this corporation shall be ACQUISITION SUB 2006-3, INC.
     SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
     THIRD: The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:
To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
     FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is 3,000 shares of common stock $0.01 par value.
     FIFTH: The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:
Dawn M. Urbanowicz
c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
     SIXTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.
     SEVENTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this 17th day of March, 2006.
         
     
  /s/ Dawn M. Urbanowicz    
  Name:   Dawn M. Urbanowicz   
  Incorporator   
 

 

Exhibit 3.20
BY-LAWS OF ACQUISITION SUB 2006-3, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
Title     Page  
Article I —   General  
 
    1  
       
 
       
    Section 1.1.  
Drafter’s Note
    1  
    Section 1.2.  
Relationship to Charter, etc
    1  
    Section 1.3.  
Seal
    1  
    Section 1.4.  
Fiscal Year
    1  
       
 
       
Article II —   Stockholders  
 
    1  
       
 
       
    Section 2.1.  
Place of Meetings
    1  
    Section 2.2.  
Annual Meeting
    1  
    Section 2.3.  
Quorum
    2  
    Section 2.4.  
Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
    Section 2.5.  
Voting
    3  
    Section 2.6.  
Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
    Section 2.7.  
Stockholders’ List
    3  
    Section 2.8.  
Special Meetings
    3  
    Section 2.9.  
Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
    Section 2.10.  
Inspectors
    4  
    Section 2.11.  
Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
       
 
       
Article III —   Directors  
 
    4  
       
 
       
    Section 3.1.  
Number of Directors
    4  
    Section 3.2.  
Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
    Section 3.3.  
Resignation
    5  
    Section 3.4.  
Removal
    5  
    Section 3.5.  
Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
    Section 3.6.  
General Powers
    5  
    Section 3.7.  
Committees
    5  
    Section 3.8.  
Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
    Section 3.9.  
Substitute Committee Member
    6  
    Section 3.10.  
Compensation of Directors
    6  
    Section 3.11.  
Annual Meeting
    6  
    Section 3.12.  
Regular Meetings
    9  
    Section 3.13.  
Special Meetings
    7  
    Section 3.14.  
Quorum
    7  
    Section 3.15.  
Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
    Section 3.16.  
Action by Consent
    7  
       
 
       
Article IV —   Officers  
 
    8  

 


 

                 
Title     Page  
    Section 4.1.  
Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
    Section 4.2.  
Time of Election
    8  
    Section 4.3.  
Additional Officers
    8  
    Section 4.4.  
Terms of Office
    8  
    Section 4.5.  
Compensation of Officers
    8  
    Section 4.6.  
Chairman of the Board
    8  
    Section 4.7.  
President
    8  
    Section 4.8.  
Vice-Presidents
    9  
    Section 4.9.  
Treasurer
    9  
    Section 4.10.  
Secretary
    10  
    Section 4.11.  
Assistant Secretary
    10  
    Section 4.12.  
Assistant Treasurer
    10  
    Section 4.13.  
Subordinate Officers
    10  
       
 
       
Article V —   Stock  
 
    10  
       
 
       
    Section 5.1.  
Stock
    10  
    Section 5.2.  
Fractional Share Interests
    11  
    Section 5.3.  
Transfers of Stock
    11  
    Section 5.4.  
Record Date
    12  
    Section 5.5.  
Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
    Section 5.6.  
Dividends
    12  
    Section 5.7.  
Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
    Section 5.8.  
Inspection of Books
    13  
       
 
       
Article VI —   Miscellaneous Management Provisions     13  
       
 
       
    Section 6.1.  
Execution of Papers
    13  
    Section 6.2.  
Notices
    13  
    Section 6.3.  
Conflict of Interest
    13  
    Section 6.4.  
Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
       
 
       
Article VII —   Indemnification  
 
    14  
       
 
       
    Section 7.1.  
Right to Indemnification
    14  
       
 
       
Article VIII —   Amendments  
 
    15  
       
 
       
    Section 8.1.  
Amendments
    15  

-ii-


 

BY-LAWS OF ACQUISITION SUB 2006-3, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these bylaws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

-2-


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

-3-


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

-4-


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

-5-


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

-6-


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

-7-


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation.

-8-


 

The President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

-9-


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

-10-


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

-11-


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

-12-


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

-13-


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII – Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

-14-


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

-15-

Exhibit 3.23
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
GEFEN, INC.
I. NAME
The name of this corporation is GEFEN, INC.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business, or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.
III. AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS
The name and address in the State of California for this corporation’s initial agent for service of process is:
MARK HENRY SHAFRON
16133 Ventura Boulevard, Suite 700
Encino, California 91436-2440
IV. CLASS AND AUTHORIZED NUMBER OF SHARES
This corporation is authorized to issue only one (1) class of shares of stock which shall be designated as “common shares”, and the total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is twenty-five thousand (25,000).

Page 1 of 2


 

V. NUMBER OF SHAREHOLDERS
This corporation’s issued shares shall be held of record by not more than ten (10) persons. This corporation is a close corporation.
Dated:  12/28/98
         
 
  /s/ Hagai Gefen
 
HAGAI GEFEN
   
I hereby declare that I am the person who executed the foregoing Articles of Incorporation, which execution is my act and deed.
         
 
  /s/ Hagai Gefen
 
HAGAI GEFEN
   

Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 3.24
BY-LAWS OF GEFEN, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page  
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc.
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title   Page  
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII -Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

- ii -


 

BY-LAWS OF GEFEN, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.27
Articles of Amendment
to
Articles of Incorporation
of
GTO, Inc.
 
(Name of corporation as currently filed with the Florida Dept. of State)
             
 
  P99000063864        
         
 
      (Document number of corporation (if known)    
         
 
  Pursuant to the provisions of section 607.1006, Florida Statutes, this Florida Profit Corporation adopts the following amendment(s) to its Articles of Incorporation:
 
       
 
  NEW CORPORATE NAME (if changing):    
 
       
 
 
 
(Must contain the word “corporation, ” “company, ” or “incorporated” or the abbreviation “Corp., ” “Inc., ” or “Co. ”) (A professional corporation must contain the word “chartered”, “professional association, ” or the abbreviation “P. A. ”)
   
 
       
 
  AMENDMENTS ADOPTED- (OTHER THAN NAME CHANGE) Indicate Article Number(s) and/or Article Title(s)
being amended, added or deleted: (BE SPECIFIC)
   
 
       
 
  Article IV STOCK CLAUSE - The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority    
 
       
 
       
 
  to issue is three thousand shares of Common Stock at $. 001 par value.    
 
       
 
       
 
  Article VI REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT - The address of this Corporation’s registered office is    
 
       
 
       
1201 Hays Street, Tallahassee, Florida 32301, and the name of its agent at said address is Corporation Service    
 
       
 
       
 
  Company.    
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  (Attach additional pages if necessary)    
 
       
    If an amendment provides for exchange, reclassification, or cancellation of issued shares, provisions for implementing the amendment if not contained in the amendment itself: (if not applicable, indicate N/A)
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
       
 
  (continued)    

 


 

The date of each amendment(s) adoption: December 14, 2005               
         
Effective date if applicable:
  Upon Filing    
 
 
 
     (no more than 90 days after amendment file date)
   
Adoption of Amendment(s)     (CHECK ONE)
  o   The amendment(s) was/were approved by the shareholders. The number of votes cast for the amendment(s) by the shareholders was/were sufficient for approval.
 
  o   The amendment(s) was/were approved by the shareholders through voting groups. The following statement must be separately provided for each voting group entitled to vote separately on the amendments):
         
   
                    “The number of votes cast for the amendment(s) was/were sufficient for approval by
 
 
.”  
 
 
 
(voting group)
   
  þ   The amendment(s) was/were adopted by the board of directors without shareholder action and shareholder action was not required.
 
  o   The amendment(s) was/were adopted by the incorporators without shareholder action and shareholder action was not required.
         
Signature
  /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
 
 
 
(By a director, president or other officer - if directors or officers have not been selected, by an incorporator - if in the hands of a receiver, trustee, or other court appointed fiduciary by that fiduciary)
   
 
       
 
  Edward J. Cooney    
 
 
 
(Typed or printed name of person signing)
   
 
       
 
  Vice President and Treasurer    
 
 
 
(Title of person signing)
   
 
       
FILING FEE: $35

 


 

     
 
  FILED
 
 
  99 OCT-4 AM 11: 42
 
 
  SECRETARY OF STATE
 
  TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
TO
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
GTONEWCO, INC.
CHANGING ITS NAME TO GTO, INC.
     Pursuant to the provisions of Section 607.1006, Florida Statutes, GTO/Newco, Inc., a Florida corporation, adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:
  FIRST:   Amendment Adopted: Article I is hereby amended to read as follows:
ARTICLE I. NAME
      The name of this corporation shall be GTO, Inc.
 
  SECOND:   Date of Adoption:
 
      This amendment was adopted on October 1, 1999.
 
  THIRD:   Method of Adoption:
                         The amendment was unanimously adopted by the Board of Directors of GTO/Newco, Inc. Pursuant to Section 607. 1002, Florida Statutes, shareholder action was not required.
     In Witness Whereof, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Amendment on this 1st day of October, 1999.
         
  GTO/NEWCO, INC.
 
 
  By  /s/ Laurie Dozier    
    Laurie Dozier, M.D.  
    Chairman, Board of Directors   

 


 

     
 
  FILED
 
 
  99 JUL 19 PM 1: 26
 
 
  SECRETARY OF STATE
 
  TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
GTONewco, Inc.
     The undersigned natural person, of legal age, acting as Incorporator under the provisions of Florida Statutes, Chapter 607, adopts the following Articles of Incorporation:
ARTICLE I
NAME OF CORPORATION
     The name of this Corporation shall be GTONewco, Inc.
ARTICLE II
DURATION
     The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSES
     The Corporation may engage in any activity or business permitted under the laws of the United States of America and of this state.
ARTICLE IV
STOCK CLAUSE
     The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is two million Shares of Common Stock at $.001 Par value each.

1


 

ARTICLE V
PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS
     The address of the Corporation’s principal place of business is 3121 Hartsfield Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32303.
ARTICLE VI
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT
     The address of this Corporation’s registered office is 3121 Hartsfield Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32303, and the name of its agent at said address is Charles B. Mitchell, III.
ARTICLE VII
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three (3) nor more than fifteen (15) persons. The number of directors may be, as provided in the bylaws, increased or decreased, but shall never be less than one director. The name and address of the directors are:
       
  Mike Blankenship   Wayne Coloney
  P.O. Box 6052   1014 North Adams St.
  Tallahassee, FL 32301   Tallahassee, FL 32303 
       
  Dr. Laurie Dozier, Jr.,   Laurie Dozier, III
  1226 Claude Pichard   2101 E. Randolph Circle
  Tallahassee, FL 32308   Tallahassee, FL 32312 
       
  Dr. Paul Elliott   Charles B. Mitchell, Jr.
  832 Governors Drive   1715 Brookside Blvd.
  Tallahassee, FL 32301   Tallahassee, FL 32301 

2


 

     
Charles B. Mitchell, III   Millard Noblin
P.O. Box 13708   1300 Metropolitan Blvd.
Tallahassee, FL 32317   Tallahassee, FL 32308 
     
Wayne Payne   Dr. Tim Schmidt
272 Pine Lane   Rt. 1, Box 269 
Crawfordville, FL 32327   Scottsville, VA 24590 
     
Fred Shelfer, Sr   Benson Skelton
106 N.E. 4th St.   1320 Thomaswood Drive
Havana, FL 32333   Tallahassee, FL 32312 
     
Fincher Smith   Richard Weidner
2206 Demeron Rd.   1713 Mahan Drive
Tallahassee, FL 32312   Tallahassee, FL 32308 
     
Dr. Dennis Williams    
614 Short Street    
Tallahassee, FL 32308    
ARTICLE VIII
INCORPORATOR
     The name and address of the Incorporator is as follows:
         
     Charles B. Mitchell, III
  3121 Hartsfield Road
 
      Tallahassee, Florida 32303
ARTICLE IX
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF SHARES
     Section 9.1. SUBCHAPTER S STATUS. The Corporation has or will make an election to be treated as a Subchapter S corporation for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code.
     Section 9.2. RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER. Pursuant to Section 607.0627, Florida

3


 

Statutes, the transfer of shares of stock in the Corporation is restricted. The restrictions on the transfer of shares of stock in the Corporation are as follows:
A. Any transfer of shares of stock in the Corporation to a person or entity not qualified to own the shares of a Subchapter S corporation is strictly prohibited.
B. Further, any transfer of shares of stock in the Corporation which would have the effect of expanding the actual number of shareholders of the Corporation is severely restricted and carefully monitored by the Corporation so as not to jeopardize the limits applicable to number of shareholders permitted to own a Subchapter S corporation.
C. Prior to any transfer of shares of stock in the Corporation, the transferring shareholder must first secure the Board of Directors’ approval of the transfer of said shares.
D. Further, prior to any transfer of shares, the transferring shareholder is obligated first to offer the shares of stock to the Corporation for purchase.
     Section 9.3. PURPOSE OF TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS. The Corporation has adopted these share transfer restrictions, as authorized by Section 607. 0627, Florida Statutes, for the purposes of the Corporation’s securing and maintaining status as a Subchapter S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code, to control the number and identity of its shareholders as is required for said Subchapter S status, to preserve exemptions under federal or state securities laws and to provide certainty as to the income tax status of the Corporation.
     Section 9.4. CORPORATION AUTHORIZED TO ENTER INTO SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT. Further, the Corporation and the shareholders intend to adopt a Shareholder Agreement which will include greater specificity with regard to the transfer restrictions included in this Article. By inclusion of this reference, the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into such Shareholder Agreement as is determined appropriate by the Board of Directors. In the event of any conflict between the provisions in this Article and the Shareholder Agreement, the

4


 

Shareholder Agreement shall control.
ARTICLE X
ELECTION OF LAW
     The Corporation hereby elects not to be governed by Sections 607.0901 and 607.0902, Florida Statutes, as said elections are provided by those statutes.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the Incorporator and Registered Agent, respectively, of this Corporation, executes these Articles of Incorporation, and certifies to the truth of the facts herein stated, in the State of Florida, this 19th day of July, 1999.
         
     
  /s/ Charles B. Mitchell    
  CHARLES B. MITCHELL, III   
  Incorporator/ Registered Agent   
 
STATE OF FLORIDA      )
COUNTY OF LEON         )
     BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, personally appeared Charles B. Mitchell, III, who being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is the individual described in the foregoing Articles of Incorporation, and he does hereby acknowledge before me that he executed the same for the purposes therein expressed.
     WITNESS my hand and official seal in the County and State named above, this 19th day of July, 1999.
         
     
  /s/ Kay D. Henderson    
  Notary Public   
  My Commission expires:   
 
     
Personally known ü  or produced identification                    .
Type of identification produced:                                                             
  (SEAL)
 
   

5


 

     
 
  FILED
 
 
  99 JUL 19 PM 1: 26
 
 
  SECRETARY OF STATE
 
  TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
REGISTERED AGENT/REGISTERED OFFICE
     Pursuant to the provisions of Section 607.0501, Florida Statutes, the undersigned corporation, organized under the laws of the State of Florida, submits the following statement in designating the registered office/registered agent, in the State of Florida.
     1. The name of the corporation is GTONewco, Inc.
     2. The name and address of the registered agent and office is CHARLES B. MITCHELL, III, 3121 Hartsfield Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32303.
         
     
  /s/ Charles B. Mitchell    
  CHARLES B. MITCHELL, III   
  President
Date: 7/18/99 
 
 
          HAVING BEEN NAMED AS REGISTERED AGENT AND TO ACCEPT SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR THE ABOVE STATED CORPORATION AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED IN THIS CERTIFICATE, I HEREBY ACCEPT THE APPOINTMENT AS REGISTERED AGENT AND AGREE TO ACT IN THIS CAPACITY. I FURTHER AGREE TO COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ALL STATUTES RELATING TO THE PROPER AND COMPLETE PERFORMANCE OF MY DUTIES, AND I AM FAMILIAR WITH AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS OF MY POSITION AS REGISTERED AGENT.
         
     
  /s/ Charles B. Mitchell    
  Charles B. Mitchell, III   
 
  Date: 7/18/99   
 

6

Exhibit 3.28
BY-LAWS OF GTO, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc.
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title   Page
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

- ii -


 

BY-LAWS OF GTO, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.29
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     FIRST: The name of this corporation shall be HC INSTALLATIONS, INC.
     SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
     THIRD: The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:
To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
     FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is 3,000 shares of common stock $0.01 par value.
     FIFTH: The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:
Dawn M. Urbanowicz
c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
     SIXTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.
     SEVENTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this 25th day of May, 2006.
     
 
  /s/ Dawn M. Urbanowicz
 
   
 
  Name: Dawn M. Urbanowicz
 
  Incorporator

 

Exhibit 3.30
BY-LAWS OF HC INSTALLATIONS, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page  
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc.
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title   Page  
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

- ii - 


 

BY-LAWS OF HC INSTALLATIONS, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.31
STATE OF DELAWARE
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
1.   Name of Limited Liability Company: HomeLogic LLC
2.   The Certificate of Formation of the limited liability company is hereby amended as follows: Strike out the statement relating to the limited liability company’s registered office and registered agent and substitute in lieu thereof the following statement: “The address of the registered office and the name and the address of the registered agent of the limited liability company required to be maintained by Section 18-104 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act are Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.”
 
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate on the 6th day of August, A.D. 2007.
             
 
  By :         /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
 
           
 
      Authorized Person(s)    
             
 
  Name:   Edward J. Cooney; VP and Treasurer    
 
           
 
      Print or Type    

 


 

STATE OF DELAWARE
         
    CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
TUCKER BROOK LLC
   



     THIS CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION of Tucker Brook LLC (the “Company”), dated as of December 13, 2001, is executed and filed by Donald W. Parker, duly authorized to execute and file this Certificate, for the purpose of forming the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.).
     1. Name. The name of the limited liability company is Tucker Brook LLC.
     2. Registered Office: Registered Agent. The Company’s Registered Office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The Resident Agent in charge thereof is: The Corporation Trust Company.
     3. Effective Date. The effective date of the formation of the Company shall be December 13, 2001.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Formation as of the date first above written.
         
 
 
/s/ Donald W. Parker
Authorized Signatory
   
 
  Donald W. Parker    

 

Exhibit 3.32
HOMELOGIC LLC
AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
     This Limited Liability Company Agreement of HomeLogic LLC (the “Company”) is entered into as of August 27, 2007 by Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. (the “Member”).
     1. Name. The name of the Company is HomeLogic LLC.
     2. Formation, Qualification, Etc. The Company has been formed heretofore by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) on December 12, 2001 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 18 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code Annotated (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Act”), and the actions of any party taken in order to effect such filing are ratified and approved. The Member and any Officers (as defined below in Section 14), and each of them, is authorized to execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary to continue the good standing of the Company in the State of Delaware or for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
     3. Purpose. The purpose of the Company is to engage in any activity that may be lawfully carried on by a limited liability company organized under the Act.
     4. Term of the Company. The term of existence of the Company commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State, and shall continue until the dissolution of the Company has been completed pursuant to Section 18 and the Certificate has been canceled in the manner required by the Act.
     5. Principal Business Office. The principal business office of the Company shall be located at such location as is determined by the Member from time to time.
     6. Registered Office and Agent in Delaware. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of the registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.
     7. Limited Liability. Except as otherwise explicitly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company. No Indemnified Party (as defined below in Section 16) shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of having any status which makes such party an Indemnified Party.
     8. Admission of Members. The Member is admitted as a member of the Company effective upon its execution and delivery of this Agreement. Additional members of the Company may be admitted with the prior consent of the Member, but until any such additional

 


 

members are so admitted at a time when the Member remains a member of the Company, the Member shall be the sole member of the Company.
     9. Management. The management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Member, and the Member may exercise such management authority in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Member shall have the power and authority to bind the Company and to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purpose of the Company described herein, including all powers and authorities, statutory or otherwise, possessed by members of a limited liability company under the Act or other applicable law. Any and all agreements, contracts and other documents or instruments affecting or relating to the business and affairs of the Company may be executed on the Company’s behalf by the Member alone.
     10. Capital Contributions. A member of the Company, including the Member, shall make contributions to the capital of the Company in such amounts and such manner as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and such member, and no member shall have any obligation to contribute capital to the Company except in accordance with any such agreement.
     11. Title to Assets. All assets of the Company, whether real or personal property, shall be held in the name of the Company.
     12. Allocation of Profits and Losses. The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.
     13. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate applicable law.
     14. Officers. The Member may, from time to time as it deems advisable, appoint officers of the Company (the “Officers”) and assign in writing titles (including, without limitation, President, Vice President, Secretary, and Treasurer), authorities and duties to any such person. Unless the Member decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 14 may be revoked at any time by the Member.
     15. Other Business. The Member or its affiliates may, now or in the future, engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of every kind and description, independently or with others and whether similar to or different than the activities of the Company. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such other ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement, the status of the Member as a member of the Company, the exclusive rights of the Member to manage the Company as contemplated by Section 9 hereof or any other rights or obligations of the Member.

- 2 -


 

     16. Liability and Indemnification.
     (a) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Indemnified Party shall not be liable to the Company or any other party who has an interest in the Company for any act or omission that was suffered or taken by such Indemnified Party in good faith and that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful.
     (b) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the other limits set forth in this Section 16, each Indemnified Party shall be fully protected and indemnified by the Company out of Company assets against all liabilities and losses (including amounts paid in respect of judgments, fines, penalties or, if approved by the Member, settlement of litigation, and legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding) suffered by virtue of serving as an Indemnified Party with respect to any action or omission suffered or taken in good faith that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful. The Company may (and in the case of the Member as an Indemnified Party, will) advance expenses, including legal fees, for which any Indemnified Party would be entitled by this Agreement to be indemnified upon receipt of an unsecured undertaking by such Indemnified Party to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined by a court or other tribunal of proper jurisdiction that indemnification for such expenses is not permitted by law or authorized by this Agreement.
     (c) For all purposes of this Agreement, actions or omissions taken or suffered by the Member regarding any matter which this Agreement provides is in the discretion or sole discretion of the Member shall be conclusively deemed not to constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law. Each Indemnified Party may consult with reputable outside legal counsel selected by the Company, and any action or omission taken or suffered in good faith in reliance and accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be conclusive evidence that such action or omission (i) did not materially violate this Agreement, (ii) did not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
     (d) None of the provisions of this Section 16 shall be deemed to create or grant any rights in favor of Indemnified Parties that cannot be discharged out of the assets of the Company or in favor of anyone other than Indemnified Parties and the other parties listed in the first sentence of Section 16(e); this provision excludes, among others, any right of subrogation in favor of any insurer or surety. The rights granted under this Section 16 shall survive the termination, dissolution and winding up of the Company.
     (e) The term “Indemnified Party” means the Member and each Officer. The rights of each Indemnified Party under this Section 16 shall inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of such Indemnified Party. However, it is expressly

- 3 -


 

understood and agreed that no party who is an Officer shall have any right of exculpation, indemnification or otherwise under this Section 16 with respect to any action or omission taken or suffered by such party at any time after such party ceases to be an Officer (whether the action resulting in such party ceasing to be an Officer is voluntary, involuntary or otherwise), or in respect of any controversy relating in any respect to such party’s ceasing to be an Officer, or in respect of any claim or cause of action against the Company (other than in connection with enforcing such party’s rights against the Company under this Section 16), the Member or any affiliate of the Member, or any of the members, partners, stockholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents or other representatives of any of the foregoing.
     17. Assignments. The Member may assign in whole or in part its membership interest in the Company. If the Member transfers all of its membership interest in the Company pursuant to this Section, the transferee shall be admitted to the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer, and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.
     18. Dissolution.
     (a) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member, (ii) the retirement, resignation or dissolution of the Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Member in the Company unless the business of the Company is continued in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.
     (b) The bankruptcy of the Member will not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.
     (c) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.
     19. Tax Status of Company. So long as the Company has only one member, the Company shall be disregarded as an entity separate from the Member as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(b), as hereafter amended or supplemented.
     20. Separability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.
     21. Construction of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall bind, the Member and its respective representatives, successors and assigns. No creditor of

- 4 -


 

the Company or other party shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement, except as specifically provided with respect to Indemnified Parties as contemplated by Section 16.
     22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement.
     23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Member with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     24. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles).
     25. Amendments. This Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended except pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  ELAN HOME SYSTEMS, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Edward J. Cooney   
    Vice President and Treasurer   
 

- 5 -

Exhibit 3.33
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     ACQUISITION SUB 2006-2, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter, the “Corporation”),
     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
     FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of ACQUISITION SUB 2006-2, INC., resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:
     RESOLVED, That the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation be amended by changing Article I so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:
     ARTICLE I: The name of the corporation is HUNTAIR, INC.
     SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held, upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation law of the state of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.
     THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 17th day of April, 2006.
         
  ACQUISITION SUB 2006-2, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Vice President and Treasurer    
    Edward J. Cooney   
 
     
State of Delaware
Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
Delivered 11:33 AM 04/17/2006
FILED 11:13 AM 04/17/2006
SRV 060353678 — 4127422 FILE
   

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     FIRST: The name of this corporation shall be ACQUISITION SUB 2006-2, INC.
     SECOND: its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
     THIRD: The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:
To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
     FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is 3,000 shares of common stock $0.01 par value.
     FIFTH: The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:
Dawn M. Urbanowicz
c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
     SIXTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.
     SEVENTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this 17th day of March, 2006.
         
 
  /s/ Dawn M. Urbanowicz    
 
       
 
  Name: Dawn M. Urbanowicz
Incorporator
   

 

Exhibit 3.34
     BY-LAWS OF ACQUISITION SUB 2006-2, INC.
     TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page
Article I — General
    1  
 
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc.
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title   Page
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

-ii-


 

BY-LAWS OF ACQUISITION SUB 2006-2, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.35
(THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS LOGO)
         
FORM MUST BE TYPED   Articles of Merger   FORM MUST BE TYPED
Involving Domestic Entities
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 11.06; 950 CMR 113.36)
(1)   Exact name of each domestic corporation or other entity involved in the merger:
 
    International Electronics, Inc.
 
    Acquisition Sub 2007-2, Inc.
 
(2)   Exact name of the surviving entity: International Electronics, Inc.
 
(3)   The merger shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a later effective date not more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified:                                                                                                                                     
(check appropriate box)
(4)   o The plan of merger was duly approved by the shareholders, and where required, by each separate voting group as provided by G.L. Chapter 156D and the articles of organization.
 
    OR
 
    þ The plan of merger did not require the approval of the shareholders.
(5)   Participation of each other entity was duly authorized by the law under which the other entity is organized or by which it is governed and by its articles of organization or other organizational documents.
 
(6)   Attach any amendment to articles of organization of the surviving entity, where the survivor is a domestic business corporation.
 
(7)   Attach the articles of organization of the surviving entity where the survivor is a NEW domestic business corporation, including all the supplemental information required by 950 CMR 113.16
 
P.C.

 


 

         
Signed by:
  /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
 
       
(signature of authorized individual)
o
  Chairman of the board of directors,    
 
o
  President,    
 
þ
  Other officer,    
 
o
  Court - appointed fiduciary,    
 
       
on this 13th day of July, 2007.
 
       
Signed by:
  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
 
       
(signature of authorized individual)
o
  Chairman of the board of directors,    
 
þ
  President,    
 
o
  Other officer,    
 
o
  Court - appointed fiduciary,    
 
       
on this 13th day of July, 2007.

 


 

THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
I hereby certify that, upon examination of this document, duly submitted to me, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative to corporations have been complied with, and I hereby approve said articles; and the filing fee having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me on:
July 16, 2007 3:04 PM
-s- WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth

 


 

(LOGO)
         
FORM MUST BE TYPED   Articles of Amendment   FORM MUST BE TYPED
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113-34)
(1) Exact name of corporation: ACQUISITION SUB 2007-2, INC.
(2) Registered office address: One International Place, Boston, MA 02110-2624                                                                                           
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)
(3) These articles of amendment affect article(s): Article VI                                                                                                                               
(specify the number(s) of article(s) being amended (I - VI))
(4) Date adopted: May 8, 2007                                                                                                                                                                                  
(month, day, year)
(5) Approved by:
     (check appropriate box)
     þ the incorporators.
     o the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.
     o the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.
(6) State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
Article VI:
See attached Exhibit A.
 
P.C.

 


 

         
Signed by:
  /s/ Dawn M. Urbanowicz    
 
       
(signature of authorized individual)
o
  Chairman of the board of directors,    
 
o
  President,    
 
þ
  Other officer,    
 
o
  Court - appointed fiduciary,    
 
       
on this 8th day of May, 2007.

 


 

Exhibit A

Article VI:
     6.1. The corporation may carry on its business and affairs to the same extent as might an individual, whether as principal, agent, contractor or otherwise.
     6.2. The corporation may carry on any business, operation or activity necessary or convenient to carry out its business and affairs through a wholly or partly owned subsidiary.
     6.3. The directors may make, amend or repeal the by-laws in whole or in part, except with respect to any provision thereof which by law or the by-laws requires action by the shareholders.
     6.4. Approval of a plan of merger or a share exchange requires the approval by a majority of all the shares entitled to vote on the matter by these articles of organization, the by-laws, or under applicable law.
     6.5. The directors may specify the manner in which the accounts of the corporation shall be kept and may determine what constitutes net earnings, profits and surplus, what amounts, if any, shall be reserved for any corporate purpose, and what amounts, if any, shall be declared as dividends. Unless the board of directors otherwise specifies, the excess of the consideration for any share of its capital stock with par value issued by it over such par value shall be surplus. The board of directors may allocate to capital stock less than all of the consideration for any share of its capital stock without par value issued by it, in which case the balance of such consideration shall be surplus. All surplus shall be available for any corporate purpose, including the payment of dividends.
     6.6. A director of the corporation shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent that exculpation from liability is not permitted under the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act as in effect at the time such liability is determined. No amendment or repeal of this Article 6.6 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
     6.7. Action required or permitted by the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act to be taken at a shareholders’ meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by shareholders having not less than the minimum number of votes necessary to take the action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote are present and voting; provided, however, that if at any time this corporation shall have a class of stock registered pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, for so long as such class is so registered, any action by the shareholders of such class must be taken at a meeting of shareholders and may not be taken by written consent.
     6.8. The corporation shall have all powers granted to corporations by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, provided that no such power shall include any activity

 


 

inconsistent with the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act or the general laws of said Commonwealth.

 


 

THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
I hereby certify that, upon examination of this document, duly submitted to me, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative to corporations have been complied with, and I hereby approve said articles; and the filing fee having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me on:
May 08, 2007 3:46 PM
(STAMP)
-s- WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth

 


 

(THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS LOGO)
Articles of Organization
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 2.02; 950 CMR 113.16)
ARTICLE I
The exact name of the corporation is:
ACQUISITION SUB 2007-2, INC.
ARTICLE II
Unless the articles of organization otherwise provide, all corporations formed pursuant to G.L. Chapter 156D have the purpose of engaging in any lawful business. Please specify if you want a more limited purpose:
ARTICLE III
State the total number of shares and par value, * if any, of each class of stock that the corporation is authorized to issue. All corporations must authorize stock. If only one class or series is authorized, it is not necessary to specify any particular designation.
                             
WITHOUT PAR VALUE   WITH PAR VALUE  
TYPE   NUMBER OF SHARES   TYPE     NUMBER OF SHARES     PAR VALUE  
Common
  100                        
 
*   G L Chapter 156D eliminates the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and the comments relative thereto
 
P.C.

 


 

ARTICLE IV
Prior to the issuance of shares of any class or series, the articles of organization must set forth the preferences, limitations and relative rights of that class or series. The articles may also limit the type or specify the minimum amount of consideration for which shares of any class or series may be issued. Please set forth the preferences, limitations and relative rights of each class or series and, if desired, the required type and minimum amount of consideration to be received.
Not applicable.
ARTICLE V
The restrictions, if any, imposed by the articles of organization upon the transfer of shares of any class or series of stock are:
None.
ARTICLE VI
Other lawful provisions, and if there are no such provisions, this article may be left blank.
Note The preceding six (6) articles are considered to be permanent and may be changed only by filing appropriate articles of amendment.

 


 

ARTICLE VII
The effective date of organization of the corporation is the date and time the articles were received for filing if the articles are not rejected within the time prescribed by law. If a later effective date is desired, specify such date, which may not be later than the 90th day after the articles are received for filing:
ARTICLE VIII
The information contained in this article is not a permanent part of the articles of organization.
  a.   The street address of the initial registered office of the corporation in the commonwealth:
c/o Ropes & Gray, One International Place, Boston, MA 02110-2624
 
  b.   The name of its initial registered agent at its registered office:
Shawnte Mitchell
 
  c.   The names and addresses of the individuals who will serve as the initial directors, president, treasurer and secretary of the corporation (an address need not be specified if the business address of the officer or director is the same as the principal office location):
President: Richard L. Bready, c/o Nortek, Inc., 50 Kennedy Plaza, Providence, RI 02903
Treasurer: Edward J. Cooney, c/o Nortek, Inc., 50 Kennedy Plaza, Providence, RI 02903
Secretary: Kevin W. Donnelly, c/o Nortek, Inc., 50 Kennedy Plaza, Providence, RI 02903
Director(s): Richard L. Bready and Edward J. Cooney. Both located at c/o Nortek, Inc., 50 Kennedy Plaza, Providence, RI
  d.   The fiscal year end of the corporation:
 
      12/31
 
  e.   A brief description of the type of business in which the corporation intends to engage: To carry on general manufacturing business activities, including (without limitation) the acquiring, holding, operating, and constructing of products and Businesses and interest or right therein.
 
  f.   The street address of the principal office of the corporation:
One International Place, Boston, MA 02110-2624
 
  g.   The street address where the records of the corporation required to be kept in the commonwealth are located is:
One International Place. Boston. MA 02110-2624, which is
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)
  o   its principal office;
 
  o   an office of its transfer agent;
 
  o   an office of its secretary/assistant secretary;
 
  þ   its registered office.
Signed this 2nd day of May, 2007 by the incorporator(s):
signature: /s/ Dawn M. Urbanowicz          
Name: Dawn M. Urbanowicz
Address: c/o Nortek, Inc., 50 Kennedy Plaza, Providence, RI 02903

 


 


















 
Examiner
 
Name approval
 
C
 
M
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Organization
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 2.02; 950 CMR 113.16)
I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of organization, duly submitted to me, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative to the organization of corporations have been complied with, and I hereby approve said articles; and the filing fee in the amount of $                      having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this                      day of                     , 20                     , at                     a.m./p.m.
    time
Effective date:                                                                                  
                         (must be within 90 days of date submitted)
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
Filing fee: $275 for up to 275,000 shares plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Contact Information:
     
Dawn M. Urbanowicz   +
c/o Nortek, Inc., 50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Telephone: 401-751-1600
Email: urbanowicz@nortek-inc.com
Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.
 


 

Exhibit 3.36
AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS
of
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONICS, INC.
Section 1. ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
     The name and purposes of the corporation shall be as set forth in the Articles of Organization. These By-laws, the powers of the corporation and of its directors and stockholders, or of any class of stockholders if the corporation has more than one class of stock, and all matters concerning the conduct and regulation of the business and affairs of the corporation shall be subject to such provisions in regard thereto, if any, as are set forth in the Articles of Organization as from time to time in effect.
Section 2. STOCKHOLDERS
     2.1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at time determined by the board of directors. Purposes for which an annual meeting is to be held, in addition to those prescribed by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-laws, may be specified by the president or by the directors.
     2.2. Special Meetings. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the president or by the directors. Each call of a meeting shall state the place, date, hour and purposes of the meeting.
     2.3. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     2.4. Notice of Meetings. A written notice of each meeting of stockholders, stating the place, date and hour and the purposes of the meeting, shall be given at least seven days before the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder who, by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-laws, is entitled to notice, by leaving such notice with such stockholder or at such stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the corporation. Such notice shall be given by the clerk or an assistant clerk or by an officer designated by the directors. Whenever notice of a meeting is required to be given to a stockholder under any provision of the Business Corporation Law of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or of the Articles of Organization or these By-laws, a written waiver thereof, executed before or after the meeting by such stockholder or such

 


 

stockholder’s attorney thereunto authorized and filed with the records of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice.
     2.5. Quorum of Stockholders. At any meeting of the stockholders, a quorum as to any matter shall consist of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, except when a larger quorum is required by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-laws. Stock owned directly or indirectly by the corporation, if any, shall not be deemed outstanding for this purpose. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.
     2.6. Action by Vote. When a quorum is present at any meeting, a plurality of the votes properly cast for election to any office shall elect to such office, and a majority of the votes properly cast upon any question other than an election to an office shall decide the question, except when a larger vote is required by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-laws. No ballot shall be required for any election unless requested by a stockholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election.
     2.7. Voting. Stockholders entitled to vote shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held by them of record according to the records of the corporation, unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Organization. The corporation shall not, directly or indirectly, vote any share of its own stock.
     2.8. Action by Writing. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the matter consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of stockholders. Such consents shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.
     2.9. Proxies. To the extent permitted by law, stockholders entitled to vote may vote either in person or by proxy. Except to the extent permitted by law, no proxy dated more than six months before the meeting named therein shall be valid. Unless otherwise specifically limited by their terms, such proxies shall entitle the holders of the proxies to vote at any adjournment of such meeting but shall not be valid after the final adjournment of such meeting.
Section 3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     3.1. Number. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Organization or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the

 


 

Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Articles of Organization or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the

 


 

business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the Articles of Organization, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.
     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 


 

     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the Articles of Organization, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the Articles of Organization or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Section 4. OFFICERS AND AGENTS
     4.1. Enumeration; Qualification. The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a treasurer, a clerk and such other officers, if any, as the incorporators at their initial meeting, or the directors from time to time, may in their discretion elect or appoint. The corporation may also have such agents, if any, as the incorporators at their initial meeting, or the directors from time to time, may in their discretion appoint. Any officer may be, but none need be, a director or stockholder. The clerk shall be a resident of Massachusetts unless the corporation has a resident agent appointed for the purpose of service of process. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may be required by the directors to give bond for the faithful performance of such officer’s duties to the corporation in such amount and with such sureties as the directors may determine.
     4.2. Powers. Subject to law, to the Articles of Organization and to the other provisions of these By-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers

 


 

herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to such officer’s office and such duties and powers as the directors may from time to time designate.
     4.3. Election. The president, the treasurer and the clerk shall be elected annually by the directors at their first meeting following the annual meeting of the stockholders. Other officers, if any, may be elected or appointed by the board of directors at such meeting or at any other time.
     4.4. Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Organization or by these By-laws, the president, the treasurer and the clerk shall hold office until the first meeting of the directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified, and each other officer shall hold office until the first meeting of the directors following the next annual meeting of the stockholders unless a shorter period shall have been specified by the terms of such officer’s election or appointment, or in each case until such officer sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified.
     4.5. Chief Executive Officer. The chief executive officer of the corporation shall be the chairman of the board, if any, the president or such other officer as is designated by the directors and shall, subject to the control of the directors, have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation. If no such designation is made, the president shall be the chief executive officer. Unless the board of directors otherwise specifies, if the corporation does not have a chairman of the board, the chief executive officer shall preside, or designate the person who shall preside, at all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors.
     4.6. Chairman of the Board. The chairman of the board, if any, shall have the duties and powers specified in these By-laws and shall have such other duties and powers as may be determined by the directors. Unless the board of directors otherwise specifies, the chairman of the board shall preside, or designate the person who shall preside, at all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors.
     4.7. President and Vice Presidents. The president shall have the duties and powers specified in these By-laws and shall have such other duties and powers as may be determined by the directors.
     Any vice presidents shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the directors.
     4.8. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. Except as the directors shall otherwise determine, the treasurer shall be the chief financial and accounting officer of the corporation and shall be in charge of its funds and valuable papers, books of account and accounting records, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the directors.

 


 

     Any assistant treasurers shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the directors.
     4.9. Clerk and Assistant Clerks. The clerk shall record all proceedings of the stockholders in a book or series of books to be kept therefor, which books shall be kept at the principal office of the corporation or at the office of its transfer agent or of its clerk and shall be open at all reasonable times to the inspection of any stockholder. In the absence of the clerk from any meeting of stockholders, an assistant clerk, or in the absence of an assistant clerk, a temporary clerk chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof in the aforesaid book. Unless a transfer agent has been appointed, the clerk shall keep or cause to be kept the stock and transfer records of the corporation, which shall contain the names and record addresses of all stockholders and the amount of stock held by each. If no secretary is elected, the clerk shall keep a true record of the proceedings of all meetings of the directors and, in the clerk’s absence from any such meeting, an assistant clerk, or in the absence of an assistant clerk, a temporary clerk chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof.
     Any assistant clerks shall have such other duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the directors.
     4.10. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. If a secretary is elected, the secretary shall keep a true record of the proceedings of all meetings of the directors and, in the secretary’s absence from any such meeting, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of an assistant secretary, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting, shall record the proceedings thereof.
     Any assistant secretaries shall have such other duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the directors.
Section 5. RESIGNATIONS AND REMOVALS
     Any director or officer may resign at any time by delivering a resignation in writing to the chairman of the board, if any, the president, the treasurer or the clerk or to a meeting of the directors. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time. A director (including persons elected by directors to fill vacancies in the board) may be removed from office (a) with or without cause by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote in the election of such director or (b) with cause by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The directors may remove any officer elected by them with or without cause by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office. A director or officer may be removed for cause only after reasonable notice and opportunity to be heard before the body proposing removal.

 


 

Section 6. VACANCIES
     Any vacancy in the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from the enlargement of the board, may be filled by vote of the stockholders or, in the absence of stockholder action, by the directors by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The directors shall elect a successor if the office of the president, treasurer or clerk becomes vacant and may elect a successor if any other office becomes vacant. Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term and, in the case of the president, treasurer and clerk, until such officer’s successor is chosen and qualified, or in each case until such officer sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. The directors may exercise all their powers notwithstanding the existence of one or more vacancies in their number.
Section 7. CAPITAL STOCK
     7.1. Number and Par Value. The total number of shares and the par value, if any, of each class of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue shall be as stated in the Articles of Organization.
     7.2. Shares Represented by Certificates and Uncertificated Shares. The board of directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes and series of shares shall be uncertificated shares. Unless such a resolution has been adopted, a stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number and the class and the designation of the series, if any, of the shares held by such stockholder, in such form as shall, in conformity to law, be prescribed from time to time by the directors. Such certificate shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president or a vice president and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer. Such signatures may be facsimiles if the certificate is signed by a transfer agent, or by a registrar, other than a director, officer or employee of the corporation. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to hold such office before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such officer still held such office at the time of its issue.
     7.3. Loss of Certificates. In the case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such conditions as the directors may prescribe.
Section 8. TRANSFER OF SHARES OF STOCK
     8.1. Transfer on Books. Subject to the restrictions, if any, stated or noted on the stock certificates, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate therefor properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment and power of attorney properly executed, with necessary transfer stamps affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the directors or the transfer agent of the corporation

 


 

may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Articles of Organization or by these By-laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to receive notice and to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.
     Each stockholder shall have the duty to notify the corporation of such stockholder’s post office address.
     8.2. Record Date and Closing Transfer Books. The directors may fix in advance a time, which shall be not more than sixty days before the date of any meeting of stockholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or making of any distribution to stockholders or the last day on which the consent or dissent of stockholders may be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the stockholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof or the right to receive such dividend or distribution or the right to give such consent or dissent, and in such case only stockholders of record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer of stock on the books of the corporation after the record date. Without fixing such record date the directors may for any of such purposes close the transfer books for all or any part of such period. If no record date is fixed and the transfer books are not closed:
     (1) The record date for determining stockholders having the right to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the date immediately preceding the day on which notice is given.
     (2) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors acts with respect thereto.
Section 9. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
     The corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, indemnify any person against all liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in settlement or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees, reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which such person may be involved or with which such person may be threatened, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of the corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another organization or in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan. Such indemnification shall be provided although the person to be indemnified is not currently a director, officer,

 


 

partner, trustee, employee or agent of the corporation or such other organization or no longer serves with respect to any such employee benefit plan.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be provided with respect to any matter disposed of by settlement, consent decree or other negotiated disposition unless
  (a)   such indemnification shall have been approved by the holders of the shares of the corporation’s capital stock then entitled to vote for directors, voting such shares as a single class, by a majority of the votes cast on the question exclusive of any shares owned by an interested director or officer; or
 
  (b)   such indemnification and such settlement, decree or disposition shall have been approved as being in the best interest of the corporation or organization or plan or participants served, as the case may be, after notice that it involves such indemnification, by a majority of the disinterested directors (or, if applicable, the sole disinterested director) then in office (whether or not constituting a quorum); or
 
  (c)   if no directors are disinterested, a written opinion, reasonably satisfactory to the corporation, of independent legal counsel selected by the corporation shall have been furnished to the corporation that (i) such indemnification and such settlement, decree or disposition are in the best interest of the corporation or organization or plan or participants served, as the case may be, and (ii) if adjudicated, such indemnification would not be found to have been prohibited by law.
     Expenses reasonably incurred in the defense or disposition of any such action, suit or other proceeding may be paid from time to time by the corporation in advance of the final disposition thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by the person so indemnified to repay to the corporation the amounts so paid if it is ultimately determined that indemnification for such expenses is not authorized under this section. Such undertaking may be accepted without reference to the financial ability of such person to make repayment.
     The right of indemnification hereby provided shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any person may be entitled. As used in this section, the term “person” includes the heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives of any person, an “interested” director or officer is one against whom in such capacity the proceeding in question or another proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then pending or threatened, and a “disinterested director” is any director who is not an interested director. The absence of any express provision for indemnification shall not limit any right of indemnification existing independently of this section.

 


 

     Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the corporation with respect to any acts or omission of such director or officer occurring prior to such repeal or modification.
Section 10. MASSACHUSETTS CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITIONS ACT
     The provisions of Chapter 110D of the Massachusetts General Laws shall not apply to control share acquisitions of the corporation.
Section 11. CORPORATE SEAL
     The seal of the corporation shall, subject to alteration by the directors, consist of a flat-faced circular die with the word “Massachusetts,” together with the name of the corporation and the year of its organization, cut or engraved thereon.
Section 12. EXECUTION OF PAPERS
     Except as the directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts and other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
Section 13. FISCAL YEAR
     The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on December 31.
Section 14. AMENDMENTS
     These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose, of which the notice shall specify the subject matter of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal or the sections to be affected thereby, by vote of the stockholders. These By-laws may also be altered, amended or repealed by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, except that the directors shall not take any action which provides for indemnification of directors nor any action to amend this Section 14, and except that the directors shall not take any action unless permitted by law.
     Any By-law so altered, amended or repealed by the directors may be further altered or amended or reinstated by the stockholders in the above manner.

 

Exhibit 3.42
LINEAR H.K. LLC
AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
     This Limited Liability Company Agreement of Linear H.K. LLC (the “Company”) is entered into as of October  2, 2007 by Nortek Holding B.V. (the “Member”).
     1. Name. The name of the Company is Linear H.K. LLC.
     2. Formation, Qualification, Etc. The Company has been formed heretofore by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) on February 24, 2000 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 18 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code Annotated (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Act”), and the actions of any party taken in order to effect such filing are ratified and approved. The Member and any Officers (as defined below in Section 14), and each of them, is authorized to execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary to continue the good standing of the Company in the State of Delaware or for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
     3. Purpose. The purpose of the Company is to engage in any activity that may be lawfully carried on by a limited liability company organized under the Act.
     4. Term of the Company. The term of existence of the Company commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State, and shall continue until the dissolution of the Company has been completed pursuant to Section 18 and the Certificate has been canceled in the manner required by the Act.
     5. Principal Business Office. The principal business office of the Company shall be located at such location as is determined by the Member from time to time.
     6. Registered Office and Agent in Delaware. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of the registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.
     7. Limited Liability. Except as otherwise explicitly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company. No Indemnified Party (as defined below in Section 16) shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of having any status which makes such party an Indemnified Party.
     8. Admission of Members. The Member is admitted as a member of the Company effective upon its execution and delivery of this Agreement. Additional members of the Company may be admitted with the prior consent of the Member, but until any such additional

 


 

members are so admitted at a time when the Member remains a member of the Company, the Member shall be the sole member of the Company.
     9. Management. The management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Member, and the Member may exercise such management authority in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Member shall have the power and authority to bind the Company and to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purpose of the Company described herein, including all powers and authorities, statutory or otherwise, possessed by members of a limited liability company under the Act or other applicable law. Any and all agreements, contracts and other documents or instruments affecting or relating to the business and affairs of the Company may be executed on the Company’s behalf by the Member alone.
     10. Capital Contributions. A member of the Company, including the Member, shall make contributions to the capital of the Company in such amounts and such manner as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and such member, and no member shall have any obligation to contribute capital to the Company except in accordance with any such agreement.
     11. Title to Assets. All assets of the Company, whether real or personal property, shall be held in the name of the Company.
     12. Allocation of Profits and Losses. The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.
     13. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate applicable law.
     14. Officers. The Member may, from time to time as it deems advisable, appoint officers of the Company (the “Officers”) and assign in writing titles (including, without limitation, President, Vice President, Secretary, and Treasurer), authorities and duties to any such person. Unless the Member decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 14 may be revoked at any time by the Member.
     15. Other Business. The Member or its affiliates may, now or in the future, engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of every kind and description, independently or with others and whether similar to or different than the activities of the Company. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such other ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement, the status of the Member as a member of the Company, the exclusive rights of the Member to manage the Company as contemplated by Section 9 hereof or any other rights or obligations of the Member.

- 2 -


 

     16. Liability and Indemnification.
     (a) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Indemnified Party shall not be liable to the Company or any other party who has an interest in the Company for any act or omission that was suffered or taken by such Indemnified Party in good faith and that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful.
     (b) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the other limits set forth in this Section 16, each Indemnified Party shall be fully protected and indemnified by the Company out of Company assets against all liabilities and losses (including amounts paid in respect of judgments, fines, penalties or, if approved by the Member, settlement of litigation, and legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding) suffered by virtue of serving as an Indemnified Party with respect to any action or omission suffered or taken in good faith that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful. The Company may (and in the case of the Member as an Indemnified Party, will) advance expenses, including legal fees, for which any Indemnified Party would be entitled by this Agreement to be indemnified upon receipt of an unsecured undertaking by such Indemnified Party to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined by a court or other tribunal of proper jurisdiction that indemnification for such expenses is not permitted by law or authorized by this Agreement.
     (c) For all purposes of this Agreement, actions or omissions taken or suffered by the Member regarding any matter which this Agreement provides is in the discretion or sole discretion of the Member shall be conclusively deemed not to constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law. Each Indemnified Party may consult with reputable outside legal counsel selected by the Company, and any action or omission taken or suffered in good faith in reliance and accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be conclusive evidence that such action or omission (i) did not materially violate this Agreement, (ii) did not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
     (d) None of the provisions of this Section 16 shall be deemed to create or grant any rights in favor of Indemnified Parties that cannot be discharged out of the assets of the Company or in favor of anyone other than Indemnified Parties and the other parties listed in the first sentence of Section 16(e); this provision excludes, among others, any right of subrogation in favor of any insurer or surety. The rights granted under this Section 16 shall survive the termination, dissolution and winding up of the Company.
     (e) The term “Indemnified Party” means the Member and each Officer. The rights of each Indemnified Party under this Section 16 shall inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of such Indemnified Party. However, it is expressly

- 3 -


 

understood and agreed that no party who is an Officer shall have any right of exculpation, indemnification or otherwise under this Section 16 with respect to any action or omission taken or suffered by such party at any time after such party ceases to be an Officer (whether the action resulting in such party ceasing to be an Officer is voluntary, involuntary or otherwise), or in respect of any controversy relating in any respect to such party’s ceasing to be an Officer, or in respect of any claim or cause of action against the Company (other than in connection with enforcing such party’s rights against the Company under this Section 16), the Member or any affiliate of the Member, or any of the members, partners, stockholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents or other representatives of any of the foregoing.
     17. Assignments. The Member may assign in whole or in part its membership interest in the Company. If the Member transfers all of its membership interest in the Company pursuant to this Section, the transferee shall be admitted to the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer, and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.
     18. Dissolution.
     (a) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member, (ii) the retirement, resignation or dissolution of the Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Member in the Company unless the business of the Company is continued in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.
     (b) The bankruptcy of the Member will not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.
     (c) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.
     19. Tax Status of Company. So long as the Company has only one member, the Company shall be disregarded as an entity separate from the Member as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(b), as hereafter amended or supplemented.
     20. Separability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.
     21. Construction of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall bind, the Member and its respective representatives, successors and assigns. No creditor of

- 4 -


 

the Company or other party shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement, except as specifically provided with respect to Indemnified Parties as contemplated by Section 16.
     22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement.
     23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Member with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     24. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles).
     25. Amendments. This Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended except pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  NORTEK HOLDING B.V.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard L. Bready    
    Richard L. Bready    
    Director   
 
         
     
  By:   /s/ Tradman Netherlands B.V    
    Tradman Netherlands B.V    
    Director   
 

- 5 -

Exhibit 3.45
         
APPROVED by the Division of Corporations
      RECEIVED
and Commercial Code of the Utah State
      1988 DEC 21 AM 11:31
Department of Business Regulation
      DIVISION OF CORPORATION
on the 21st day of Dec A.D. 1988
      STATE OF UTAH
Corporate Documents Examiner m.c
       
Fees Paid $35.00
       
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
LITE TOUCH, INC.
     Pursuant to the provisions of Section 16-10-54, Section 16-10-55, and Section 16-10-57 of the Utah Code Annotated (1953), as amended and supplemented (the “Code”), the undersigned corporation adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:
I.
     The name of the corporation is LITE TOUCH, INC.
II.
     The following amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was adopted by the shareholders of said corporation in the manner prescribed by the Utah Business Corporation Act and other applicable law. The amendment shall delete existing Article IV of the Articles of Incorporation of Lite Touch, Inc. in its entirety, and in place thereof, the following new Article IV of the corporation’s Articles of Incorporation shall read as follows:
ARTICLE IV.
     CAPITALIZATION. The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have the authority to issue is Fifty Thousand (50,000) shares of common stock having a par value of One Dollar ($1.00) per share. The common stock shall be divided into two classes: Class A voting

 


 

stock, consisting of Thirty Thousand (30,000) shares of One Dollar ($1.00) par value stock; and Class B nonvoting stock, consisting of Twenty Thousand (20,000) shares of One Dollar ($1.00) par value stock. As part of the recapitalization, the presently issued and outstanding stock of the corporation, consisting of One Hundred Twenty (120) shares of Ten Dollar ($10.00) par value common stock shall be reissued as One Thousand (1,000) shares of Class A voting stock, One Dollar ($1.00) par value. All voting rights of the corporation shall be exercised by the holders of the Class A common stock, with each share of Class A common stock being entitled to one vote. In all other respects, the shares of the Class A and Class B common stock shall be the same. All shares of common stock shall have equal rights, except as regards voting, in the event of dissolution or final liquidation.
III.
     The number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding at the time of such adoption was One Hundred Twenty (120).
IV.
     One Hundred Twenty (120) shares of the capital stock of the corporation were entitled to vote on such amendment.
V.
     The number of shares voted for such amendment was One Hundred Twenty (120); no (-0-) shares voted against such amendment.
VI.
     This amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation was adopted by the shareholders of the corporation on the 20th day of December, 1988.

- 2 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation have been executed this 20 day of
December, 1988.
             
    LITE TOUCH, INC.,    
         a Utah corporation    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Don L. Buehner    
 
     
 
Don L. Buehner
   
 
      President    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ William N. Jones    
 
           
 
      William N. Jones    
 
      Secretary    
     
STATE OF UTAH
   )
 
   :  ss.
COUNTY OF SALT LAKE
   )
     On the 20 day of December, 1988, personally appeared before me Don L. Buehner and William N. Jones who, being by me duly sworn, did say that they are the President and Secretary, respectively, of LITE TOUCH, INC., a Utah corporation, and that the foregoing Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of said corporation were signed on behalf of said corporation by authority of a resolution of its shareholders and board of directors, and said officers duly acknowledged to me that said corporation executed the same and that the statements contained therein are true.
         
 
  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE[    
 
  NOTARY PUBLIC    
 
  Residing at:   Salt Lake Country
My Commission Expires:
6-10-91
5964D

- 3 -


 

     
STATE OF UTAH
   )
 
   :  ss.
COUNTY OF SALT LAKE
   )
     On the 4th day of May, 1988, personally appeared before me Don L. Buehner and William N. Jones who, being by me duly sworn, did say that they are the President and Secretary, respectively, of LITE TOUCH, INC., a Utah corporation, and that the foregoing amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of said corporation were signed on behalf of said corporation by authority of a resolution of its shareholders and Board of Directors, and said officers duly acknowledged to me that said corporation executed the same and that the statements contained therein are true.
         
 
  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
 
  NOTARY PUBLIC    
 
  Residing in:   Salt Lake Country
My Commission Expires:
6-10-91
5488D

- 4 -


 

         
APPROVED by the Division of Corporations
      RECEIVED
and Commercial Code of the Utah State
      1988 MAY 10 PM 12:00
Department of Business Regulation
      DIVISION OF CORPORATION
on the 10st day of May A.D. 1988
      STATE OF UTAH
Corporate Documents Examiner m.c
       
Fees Paid $35.00
       
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
TO THE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
LITE TOUCH, INC.
     Pursuant to the provisions of Section 16-10-54, Section 16-10-55 and Section 16-10-57 of the Utah Code Annotated (1953), as amended and supplemented (the “Code”), the undersigned corporation adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:
I.
     The name of the corporation is LITE TOUCH, INC.
II.
     The following amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was adopted by the shareholders of said corporation in the manner prescribed by the Utah Business Corporation Act and other applicable law. The amendment shall be Article XII of the corporation’s Articles of Incorporation.
ARTICLE XII.
     LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. Within the meaning of and in accordance with Code Section 16-10-49.1:
     (1) No director of the corporation shall be personally liable to the-corporation or its stockholders for

 


 

monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except as provided in this Article.
     (2) The limitation of liability contemplated in this Article shall not extend to (a) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (b) any act or omission not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, (d) any actions under Code Section 16-10-44 (unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or other distributions), or (e) any acts or omissions of a director of the corporation prior to the date of this amendment.
     (3) Any repeal or modification of this Article by the stockholders of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
     (4) Without limitation, this Article shall be applied and interpreted, and shall be deemed to incorporate, any Code provision, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, as well as any applicable interpretation of Utah law, so that personal liability of any director or officer of the corporation to the corporation or its stockholders, or any third person, shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent from to time permitted by Utah law.

- 2 -


 

III.
     The number of shares of capital stock of the corporation outstanding at the time of such adoption was One Hundred Twenty (120).
IV.
     One Hundred Twenty (120) shares of the capital stock of the corporation were entitled to vote on such amendment.
V.
     The number of shares voted for such amendment was One Hundred Twenty (120); No (-0-) shares voted against such amendment.
VI.
     This amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation was adopted by the shareholders of the corporation on the 4th day of May, 1988.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation have been executed this 4th day of May, 1988.
             
    LITE TOUCH, INC.,    
    a Utah corporation    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ Donald L. Buehner    
 
     
 
Donald L. Buehner
   
 
      President    
 
           
 
  By   /s/ William N. Jones    
 
           
 
      William N. Jones    
 
      Secretary    

- 3 -


 

     
APPROVED by the Division of Corporations
   
and Commercial Code of the Utah State
   
Department of Business Regulation
   
on the 9th day of Jan A.D. 1986
   
Corporate Documents Examiner B5
   
Fees Paid $50.00
   
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
LITE TOUCH, INC.
     We, the undersigned natural persons of the age of twenty-one years or more, acting as incorporators of a corporation under the Utah Business Corporation Act, adopt the following Articles of Incorporation for such corporation:
ARTICLE I.
     NAME. The name of the corporation is
LITE TOUCH, INC.
ARTICLE II.
     DURATION. The corporation shall exist perpetually or until dissolved according to law.
ARTICLE III.
     PURPOSES. The purposes for which the corporation is organized are:
     (a) To engage in the general business of electrical and electronic manufacturing, fabrication, assembly, distribution and sales, including integrated lighting controls, sound and audio controls, energy management and other controls and equipment of every description.

 


 

     (b) To purchase, acquire, own, hold, lease, mortgage, encumber, sell and dispose of any and all kinds and character of real, personal and mixed property (the foregoing particular enumeration in no sense being used by way of exclusion or limitation) and while the owner thereof, to exercise all the rights powers and privileges of ownership, including, in the case of stocks and shares, the right to vote thereon.
     (c) To enter into, make and perform con tracts of every kind and description, to borrow and lend money, with or without security, and to endorse or otherwise guarantee the obligations of others.
     (d) To act as principal or agent for others and receive compensation for all services which it may render in the performance of the duties of an agency character.
     (e) To purchase, hold, sell and transfer the shares of its own capital stock.
     (f) To engage in the general business of investing, on behalf of itself and others, any part of its capital and such additional funds as it may obtain, or any interest thereon, either as

- 2 -


 

     tenant in common or otherwise, and to sell or otherwise dispose of the same, or any part thereof, or any interest therein.
     (g) To conduct researches, investigations and examinations of businesses and enterprises of every kind and description, both within and without the State of Utah.
     (h) To engage in any and all other lawful purposes, activities and pursuits presently or hereafter allowed by law, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing.
     (i) To engage in any and all business activities and pursuits which may be reasonably related to the foregoing purposes.
     The corporation shall have all powers, allowed by law, including, without limitation, those powers described in Section 16-10-4 and Section 16-10-5, Utah Code Annotated, 1953, as amended and supplemented.
     The purposes stated herein shall be construed as powers as well as purposes, and the matters expressed in any clause shall not be limited by reference to or inference from the terms of any other, but shall be regarded as independent purposes and powers; and the enumeration of specific purposes and powers shall not be construed to limit or restrict the

- 3 -


 

meaning of general terms of the general powers; nor shall the expression of one thing be deemed to exclude another not expressed, although it be of like nature.
ARTICLE IV.
     CAPITALIZATION. The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have the authority to issue is Five Thousand (5,000) shares of Common Stock having a par value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share. All voting rights of the corporation shall be exercised by the holders of the Common Stock, with each share of Common Stock being entitled to one vote. All shares of Common Stock shall have equal rights in the event of dissolution or final liquidation.
ARTICLE V.
     PAID-IN CAPITAL. The corporation will not commence business until consideration of the value of at least one thousand dollars has been received for the issuance of shares.
ARTICLE VI.
     BY-LAWS. Provisions for the regulation of the internal affairs of the corporation shall be set forth in the By-Laws. Changes in the By-Laws can only be made upon the approval of not less than three-fourths of the then issued and outstanding capital stock of the corporation.

- 4 -


 

ARTICLE VII.
     PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS. No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the corporation shall have any preemptive or preferential rights of subscription to any shares of any class of stock of the corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized, or to any obligations convertible into stock of the corporation, issued or sold. The term “convertible obligations” as used herein shall include any notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness to which are attached or with which are issued warrants or other rights to purchase stock of the corporation.
ARTICLE VIII.
     REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT. The address of the initial registered office of the corporation is 2975 South 300 West, Salt Lake City, Utah 84115, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is Mark A. Schwendiman.
ARTICLE IX.
     DIRECTORS. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors of the corporation may vary from three (3) to nine (9) directors as prescribed by the by-laws. The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of the corporation shall be three (3) and the names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as

- 5 -


 

directors until the first meeting of the shareholders or until their successors are elected and shall qualify are:
     
NAME   ADDRESS
William N. Jones
  2975 South 300 West
 
  Salt Lake City, Utah 84115
 
   
Mark A. Schwendiman
  2975 South 300 West
 
  Salt Lake City, Utah 84115
 
   
Donald L. Buehner
  2975 South 300 West
 
  Salt Lake City, Utah 84115
ARTICLE X.
     AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES. These Articles may be amended only upon the approval of not less than three-fourths of the then issued and outstanding capital stock of the corporation.
ARTICLE XI.
     INCORPORATORS. The name and address of each incorporator is:
     
NAME   ADDRESS
William N. Jones
  2975 South 300 West
 
  Salt Lake City, Utah 84115
 
   
Mark A. Schwendiman
  2975 South 300 West
 
  Salt Lake City, Utah 84115
 
   
Donald L. Buehner
  2975 South 300 West
 
  Salt Lake City, Utah 84115

- 6 -


 

     DATED this 20th day of September, 1985.
         
 
  /s/ William N. Jones    
 
 
 
William N. Jones
   
 
       
 
  /s/ Mark A. Schwendiman    
 
       
 
  Mark A. Schwendiman    
 
       
 
  /s/ Donald L. Buehner    
 
       
 
  Donald L. Buehner    
     
STATE OF UTAH
   )
 
   :  ss.
COUNTY OF SALT LAKE
   )
     On the 20th day of Sept, 1985, personally appeared before me WILLIAM N. JONES, MARK A. SCHWENDIMAN and DONALD L. BUEHNER, who, being by me duly sworn, declared that they are the persons who signed the within and foregoing Articles of Incorporation as incorporators, and that the statements contained therein are true.
         
 
  /s/ Ellen E. Campbell    
 
 
 
Notary Public
   
 
  Residing at Salt Lake City, Utah    
My Commission Expires:
2/19/86
5347S

- 7 -


 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT
     The undersigned, MARK A. SCHWENDIMAN, hereby acknowledges that he has been named as registered agent of LITE TOUCH, INC., a Utah corporation, to be formed pursuant to Articles of Incorporation to which this Acknowledgment is attached, and hereby agrees to act as registered agent of said corporation.
         
 
  /s/ MarK A. schwendiman    
 
 
 
MarK A. schwendiman
   
     
STATE OF UTAH
   )
 
   :  ss.
COUNTY OF SALT LAKE
   )
     On this 20th day of Sept, 1985, personally appeared before me MARK A. SCHWENDIMAN, the signer of the foregoing Acknowledgment, who duly acknowledged to me that he executed the same.
         
 
  /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]    
 
 
 
Notary Public
   
 
  Residing at Salt Lake City, Utah    
My Commission Expires:
2/19/86

 

Exhibit 3.46
BY-LAWS OF LITETOUCH, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page  
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc.
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  


 

         
Title   Page  
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

- ii -


 

BY-LAWS OF LITETOUCH, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1.  Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2.  Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3.  Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4.  Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1.  Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2.  Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.47
CHANGE OF REGISTERED AGENT
DOMESTIC STOCK OR NON-STOCK CORPORATIONS

Office of the Secretary of the State
30 Trinity Street / P.O. Box 150470 / Hartford, CT 06115-0470 / Rev. 05/01/2002
             
 
  See reverse for instructions        
 
  Space For Office Use Only   Filing Fee:   $25.00 Stock
 
          $ 10.00 Nonstock
         
1.   NAME OF CORPORATION:   MAGENTA RESEARCH LTD.
 
  State ID #:0578838    
 
       
2.   APPOINTMENT OF NEW REGISTERED AGENT: (Please select only one A or B)
 
       
 
  Print or type name of new agent:   Business address: (P.O. Box is unacceptable)
 
  A. Individual’s Name:    
 
       
 
      Residence address: (P.O. Box is unacceptable)
 
       
B
  Business Entity:   Address: (P.O. Box is unacceptable)
 
       
 
  Corporation Service Company   50 Weston Street
 
      Hartford, CT 06120-1537
Acceptance of appointment
/s/ Andrew W. Prete
 
Signature of agent
3. EXECUTION:
Dated this 27th day of July, 2006
         
Andrew W. Prete
  Assistant Secretary   (ILLEGIBLE)
     Print or type name of signatory
  Capacity of signatory   Signature

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
STOCK CORPORATION

Office of the Secretary of the State
30 Trinity Street / P. O. Box 150470 / Hartford, CT 06115-04 / new 1-97
 
Space For Official Use Only
     
    FILING #0001786836 PG 01 OF 02- VOL B-00163
    FILED 12/24/1997 08:30 AM PAGE 00487
    SECRETARY OF THE STATE
    CONNECTICUT SECRETARY OF THE STATE
 
 
1.   NAME OF CORPORATION
MAGENTA RESEARCH Ltd.
 
2.   TOTAL NUMBER OF AUTHORIZED SHARES:
Twenty Thousand (20,000) Shares of Common Stock
     If the corporation has more than one class of shares, it must designate each class and the number of shares authorized within each class below.
     
CLASS   NUMBER OF SHARES PER CLASS
There shall be one class of stock only.
 
3.   TERMS, LIMITATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF EACH CLASS OF SHARES AND SERIES THEREOF PURSUANT TO CONN. GEN. STAT. STAT. SECTION 33-665
     The terms, limitations, relative rights and preferences shall be as provided by law.
 
4.   Purpose: The corporation may engage in any and all lawful businesses.
 
5.   Duration: The corporation shall have perpetual existence
 
6.   REGISTERED OFFICE:
The street address of the corporation’s initial registered office is:
115 Long Meadow Hill Road
Brookfield, CT 06804

 


 

Page 2
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
 
Space For Official Use Only
     
    FILING #0001786836 PG 02 OF 02 VOL B-00163
    FILED 12/24/1997 08:30 AM PAGE 00488
    SECRETARY OF THE STATE
    CONNECTICUT SECRETARY OF THE STATE
 
7.   APPOINTMENT OF REGISTERED AGENT
 
     
Print or type name of agent:
  Agent’s Business/registered office address
Jeffrey B. Trattner
  27 Mill Plain Road
 
  Danbury Connecticut 06811
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Agent’s Residence address:
 
  52 Ridge Road, C.I.
 
  New Fairfield, Connecticut 06812
 
Acceptance of Appointment
/s/ Jeffrey B. Trattner
 
Signature of agent
 
8.   OTHER PROVISIONS:
None.
 
9. EXECUTIONS
Dated this 23rd day of December 1997.
Certificate must be signed by each incorporator
 
         
PRINT OR TYPE NAME OF   SIGNATURES   COMPLETE ADDRESS(ES)
INCORPORATOR(S)        
     
Jeffrey B. Trattner -s- JEFFREY B. TRATTNER P.O. Box 2298, 27 Mill Plain Road
Danbury, CT 06813-2298

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
STOCK CORPORATION

Office of the Secretary of the State
30 Trinity Street / P. O. Box 150470 / Hartford, CT 06115-04 / new 1-97
 
Space For Official Use Only
     
    FILING #0001786836 PG 01 OF 02- VOL B-00163
    FILED 12/24/1997 08:30 AM PAGE 00487
    SECRETARY OF THE STATE
    CONNECTICUT SECRETARY OF THE STATE
 
 
1.   NAME OF CORPORATION
MAGENTA RESEARCH Ltd.
 
2.   TOTAL NUMBER OF AUTHORIZED SHARES:
Twenty Thousand (20,000) Shares of Common Stock
     If the corporation has more than one class of shares, it must designate each class and the number of shares authorized within each class below.
     
CLASS   NUMBER OF SHARES PER CLASS
There shall be one class of stock only.
 
3.   TERMS, LIMITATIONS, RELATIVE RIGHTS AND PREFERENCES OF EACH CLASS OF SHARES AND SERIES THEREOF PURSUANT TO CONN. GEN. STAT. STAT. SECTION 33-665
     The terms, limitations, relative rights and preferences shall be as provided by law.
 
4.   Purpose: The corporation may engage in any and all lawful businesses.
 
5.   Duration: The corporation shall have perpetual existence
 
6.   REGISTERED OFFICE:
The street address of the corporation’s initial registered office is:
115 Long Meadow Hill Road
Brookfield, CT 06804

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
 
Space For Official Use Only
     
    FILING #0001786836 PG 02 OF 02 VOL B-00163
    FILED 12/24/1997 08:30 AM PAGE 00488
    SECRETARY OF THE STATE
    CONNECTICUT SECRETARY OF THE STATE
 
7. APPOINTMENT OF REGISTERED AGENT
 
     
Print or type name of agent:
  Agent’s Business/registered office address
Jeffrey B. Trattner
  27 Mill Plain Road
 
  Danbury Connecticut 06811
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  Agent’s Residence address:                   
 
  52 Ridge Road, C.I.
 
  New Fairfield, Connecticut 06812
 
Acceptance of Appointment
/s/ Jeffrey B. Trattner
 
Signature of agent
 
8. OTHER PROVISIONS:
None.
 
9. EXECUTIONS
Dated this 23rd day of December 1997.
Certificate must be signed by each incorporator
 
         
PRINT OR TYPE NAME OF
  SIGNATURE        COMPLETE ADDRESS(ES)
INCORPORATOR(S)
       
 
       
Jeffrey B. Trattner
  (SIGNATURE LOGO)   P.O. Box 2298, 27 Mill Plain Road
Danbury, CT 06813-2298

 


 

CERTIFICATE CHANGE OF ADDRESS
SECRETARY OF THE STATE
STATE OF CONNECTICUT
30 TRINITY STREET
P.O. BOX 150470
HARTFORD CT 06115-047
 
Space for office use only
 
1. Complete Business Name:
MAGENTA RESEARCH LTD.
 
2. Principal Office Address of Business (P.O. box is unacceptable — complete address required)
934B FEDERAL ROAD, BROOKFIELD, CT 06804
 
3. Mailing Address of Business (P.O. Box is acceptable — complete address required)
934B FEDERAL ROAD, BROOKFIELD, CT 06804
 
4. EXECUTION
Dated this 6th day of March 1998
 
         
Keith Y. Mortensen
  President   /s/ Keith Y. Mortensen
 
Print or type name of signatory
  Capacity of signatory   Signature

 


 

SECRETARY OF THE STATE
ORGANIZATION & FIRST REPORT

(Stock Corporation)
Office of the Secretary of the State
30 Trinity Street / P.O. Box 150470 / Hartford CT 06115-0470
1.   Name of Corporation
 
    MAGENTA RESEARCH LTD.
 
2.   Date of Organization Meeting
 
    MARCH 6, 1998
 
3.   Address of Principal Office in Connecticut (if none so state)
934B FEDERAL RD. BROOKFIELD CT 06804
 
4.   OFFICERS: (No Post Office Addresses)
             
NAME   TITLE   RESIDENCE ADDRESS   BUSINESS ADDRESS
KEITH Y. MORTENSEN
  PRES   115 LONG MEADOW HILL ROAD, BROOKFIELD CT 06804   934B FEDERAL RD.
BROOKFIELD CT 06804
NOREEN M. KERN
  EXEC VP/SEC   115 LONG MEADOW HILL ROAD, BROOKFIELD CT 06804   934B FEDERAL RD.
BROOKFIELD CT 06804
5.   DIRECTORS: (No Post Office Addresses)
         
NAME   RESIDENCE ADDRESS   BUSINESS ADDRESS
KEITH Y. MORTENSEN
  115 LONG MEADOW HILL ROAD, BROOKFIELD CT 06804   984B FEDERAL RD.
BROOKFIELD CT 06804
NOREEN M. KERN
  115 LONG MEADOW HILL ROAD, BROOKFIELD CT 06804   934B FEDERAL RD.
BROOKFIELD CT 06804
6. EXECUTION
DATED THIS 6TH DAY MARCH 1998
         
KEITH Y. MORTNESEN
  /s/ KEITH Y. MORTNESEN   President
Typed Name
  Officer’s Signature      Title
 
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
 
         
 
  REC CC GS Sent to:    
 
 
 
 
       
 
       
     
 
       
 
       
     
 
       
 
       
     

 

Exhibit 3.48
BY-LAWS OF MAGENTA RESEARCH LTD.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page  
 
       
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title   Page  
 
       
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

- ii -


 

BY-LAWS OF MAGENTA RESEARCH LTD.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these bylaws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection: Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost. Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.53
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     DMU SUB, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter, the “Corporation”),
     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
     FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of DMU Sub, Inc., resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:
     RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation be amended by changing Article I so that, as amended, said Article shall be and read as follows:
     ARTICLE I: The name of the corporation is NILES AUDIO CORPORATION.
     SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held, upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation law of the state of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.
     THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 15th day of July, 2005.
         
  DMU SUB, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Vice President and Treasurer   
    Edward J. Cooney   
 

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE
OF INCORPORATION BEFORE PAYMENT OF
ANY PART OF THE CAPITAL
OF
DMU ACQUISITION SUB, INC.
          It is hereby certified that:
          1. The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the “corporation”) is DMU ACQUISITION SUB, INC.
          2. The corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.
          3. The certificate of incorporation of the corporation is hereby amended by striking out Article First thereof and by substituting in lieu of said Article First the following new Article First:
“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is DMU Sub, Inc.”
          4. The amendment of the certificate of incorporation of the corporation herein certified was duly adopted, pursuant to the provisions of Section 241 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, by the sole incorporator, no directors having been named in the certificate of incorporation and no directors having been elected.
Signed on May 20, 2005
     
 
  /s/ Christopher J. Garofalo
 
  Christopher J. Garofalo, Sole incorporator

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     FIRST: The name of this corporation shall be DMU ACQUISITION SUB, INC.
     SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
     THIRD: The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:
To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
     FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is 3,000 shares of common stock S0.01 par value.
     FIFTH: The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:
Christopher J. Garofalo
c/o Ropes &Gray
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110-2624
     SIXTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.
     SEVENTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this 26th day of April, A.D. 2005.
         
 
 
/s/ Christopher J. Garofalo
Name: Christopher J. Garofalo
   
 
  Incorporator    

 

Exhibit 3.54
BY-LAWS OF DMU SUB, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page  
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title   Page  
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII -Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

- ii -


 

BY-LAWS OF DMU SUB, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.55
CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
NORDYNE CHINA, LLC
     This Certificate of Formation of NORDYNE CHINA, LLC (the “LLC”), dated as of August 21, 2006, is being duly executed and filed by Dawn M. Urbanowicz, as an authorized person, to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 DEL.C. § 18401, et seg.)
     FIRST. The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is NORDYNE CHINA, LLC.
     SECOND. The address of the registered office of the LLC in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.
     THIRD. The name and address of the registered agent for service of process on the LLC in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation as of the date first above written.
         
 
  /s/ Dawn M. Urbanowicz
 
Dawn M. Urbanowicz
   
 
  Authorized Person    

 

Exhibit 3.56
NORDYNE CHINA, LLC
AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
     This Limited Liability Company Agreement of Nordyne China, LLC (the “Company”) is entered into as of August 27, 2007 by Nordyne Inc. (the “Member”).
     1. Name. The name of the Company is Nordyne China, LLC.
     2. Formation, Qualification, Etc. The Company has been formed heretofore by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) on August 21, 2006 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 18 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code Annotated (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Act”), and the actions of any party taken in order to effect such filing are ratified and approved. The Member and any Officers (as defined below in Section 14), and each of them, is authorized to execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary to continue the good standing of the Company in the State of Delaware or for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
     3. Purpose. The purpose of the Company is to engage in any activity that may be lawfully carried on by a limited liability company organized under the Act.
     4. Term of the Company. The term of existence of the Company commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State, and shall continue until the dissolution of the Company has been completed pursuant to Section 18 and the Certificate has been canceled in the manner required by the Act.
     5. Principal Business Office. The principal business office of the Company shall be located at such location as is determined by the Member from time to time.
     6. Registered Office and Agent in Delaware. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of the registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.
     7. Limited Liability. Except as otherwise explicitly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company. No Indemnified Party (as defined below in Section 16) shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of having any status which makes such party an Indemnified Party.
     8. Admission of Members. The Member is admitted as a member of the Company effective upon its execution and delivery of this Agreement. Additional members of the Company may be admitted with the prior consent of the Member, but until any such additional

 


 

members are so admitted at a time when the Member remains a member of the Company, the Member shall be the sole member of the Company.
     9. Management. The management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Member, and the Member may exercise such management authority in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Member shall have the power and authority to bind the Company and to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purpose of the Company described herein, including all powers and authorities, statutory or otherwise, possessed by members of a limited liability company under the Act or other applicable law. Any and all agreements, contracts and other documents or instruments affecting or relating to the business and affairs of the Company may be executed on the Company’s behalf by the Member alone.
     10. Capital Contributions. A member of the Company, including the Member, shall make contributions to the capital of the Company in such amounts and such manner as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and such member, and no member shall have any obligation to contribute capital to the Company except in accordance with any such agreement.
     11. Title to Assets. All assets of the Company, whether real or personal property, shall be held in the name of the Company.
     12. Allocation of Profits and Losses. The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.
     13. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate applicable law.
     14. Officers. The Member may, from time to time as it deems advisable, appoint officers of the Company (the “Officers”) and assign in writing titles (including, without limitation, President, Vice President, Secretary, and Treasurer), authorities and duties to any such person. Unless the Member decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 14 may be revoked at any time by the Member.
     15. Other Business. The Member or its affiliates may, now or in the future, engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of every kind and description, independently or with others and whether similar to or different than the activities of the Company. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such other ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement, the status of the Member as a member of the Company, the exclusive rights of the Member to manage the Company as contemplated by Section 9 hereof or any other rights or obligations of the Member.

- 2 -


 

     16. Liability and Indemnification.
     (a) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Indemnified Party shall not be liable to the Company or any other party who has an interest in the Company for any act or omission that was suffered or taken by such Indemnified Party in good faith and that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful.
     (b) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the other limits set forth in this Section 16, each Indemnified Party shall be fully protected and indemnified by the Company out of Company assets against all liabilities and losses (including amounts paid in respect of judgments, fines, penalties or, if approved by the Member, settlement of litigation, and legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding) suffered by virtue of serving as an Indemnified Party with respect to any action or omission suffered or taken in good faith that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful. The Company may (and in the case of the Member as an Indemnified Party, will) advance expenses, including legal fees, for which any Indemnified Party would be entitled by this Agreement to be indemnified upon receipt of an unsecured undertaking by such Indemnified Party to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined by a court or other tribunal of proper jurisdiction that indemnification for such expenses is not permitted by law or authorized by this Agreement.
     (c) For all purposes of this Agreement, actions or omissions taken or suffered by the Member regarding any matter which this Agreement provides is in the discretion or sole discretion of the Member shall be conclusively deemed not to constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law. Each Indemnified Party may consult with reputable outside legal counsel selected by the Company, and any action or omission taken or suffered in good faith in reliance and accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be conclusive evidence that such action or omission (i) did not materially violate this Agreement, (ii) did not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
     (d) None of the provisions of this Section 16 shall be deemed to create or grant any rights in favor of Indemnified Parties that cannot be discharged out of the assets of the Company or in favor of anyone other than Indemnified Parties and the other parties listed in the first sentence of Section 16(e); this provision excludes, among others, any right of subrogation in favor of any insurer or surety. The rights granted under this Section 16 shall survive the termination, dissolution and winding up of the Company.
     (e) The term “Indemnified Party” means the Member and each Officer. The rights of each Indemnified Party under this Section 16 shall inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of such Indemnified Party. However, it is expressly

- 3 -


 

understood and agreed that no party who is an Officer shall have any right of exculpation, indemnification or otherwise under this Section 16 with respect to any action or omission taken or suffered by such party at any time after such party ceases to be an Officer (whether the action resulting in such party ceasing to be an Officer is voluntary, involuntary or otherwise), or in respect of any controversy relating in any respect to such party’s ceasing to be an Officer, or in respect of any claim or cause of action against the Company (other than in connection with enforcing such party’s rights against the Company under this Section 16), the Member or any affiliate of the Member, or any of the members, partners, stockholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents or other representatives of any of the foregoing.
     17. Assignments. The Member may assign in whole or in part its membership interest in the Company. If the Member transfers all of its membership interest in the Company pursuant to this Section, the transferee shall be admitted to the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer, and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.
     18. Dissolution.
     (a) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member, (ii) the retirement, resignation or dissolution of the Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Member in the Company unless the business of the Company is continued in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.
     (b) The bankruptcy of the Member will not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.
     (c) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.
     19. Tax Status of Company. So long as the Company has only one member, the Company shall be disregarded as an entity separate from the Member as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701 -3(b), as hereafter amended or supplemented.
     20. Separability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.
     21. Construction of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall bind, the Member and its respective representatives, successors and assigns. No creditor of

- 4 -


 

the Company or other party shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement, except as specifically provided with respect to Indemnified Parties as contemplated by Section 16.
     22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement.
     23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Member with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     24. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles).
     25. Amendments. This Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended except pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  NORDYNE INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Edward J. Cooney   
    Vice President and Treasurer   
 

- 5 -

Exhibit 3.59
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     IMS ACQUISITION SUB, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter, the “Corporation”),
     DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
     FIRST: That at a meeting of the Board of Directors of IMS Acquisition Sub, Inc., resolutions were duly adopted setting forth a proposed amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation, declaring said amendment to be advisable and calling a meeting of the stockholders of said corporation for consideration thereof. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:
     RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation be amended by changing Article First so that, as amended said Article shall be and read as follows:
     FIRST: The name of the corporation is NORDYNE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
     SECOND: That thereafter, pursuant to resolution of its Board of Directors, a special meeting of the stockholders of said corporation was duly called and held, upon notice in accordance with Section 222 of the General Corporation law of the state of Delaware at which meeting the necessary number of shares as required by statute were voted in favor of the amendment.
     THIRD: That said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 13th day of June, 2005.
         
  IMS ACQUISITION SUB, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Vice President and Treasurer   
    Edward J. Cooney   
 

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     FIRST: The name of this corporation shall be IMS ACQUISITION SUB, INC.
     SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
     THIRD; The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:
To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
     FOURTH; The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is 3,000 shares of common stock $0.01 par value.
     FIFTH: The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:
Dawn M. Urbanowicz
c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
     SIXTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.
     SEVENTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this 3rd day of May, A.D. 2005.
         
 
  /s/ Dawn M. Urbanowicz
 
Name: Dawn M. Urbanowicz
   
 
  Incorporator    

 

Exhibit 3.60
BY-LAWS OF IMS ACQUISITION SUB, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
       
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  


 

         
Title   Page
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article Vl — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article Vlll — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

-ii-


 

BY-LAWS OF IMS ACQUISITION SUB, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these bylaws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

-2-


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

-3-


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

-4-


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

-5-


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

-6-


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

-7-


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

-8-


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

-9-


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

-10-


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

-11-


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

-12-


 

Article Vl — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

-13-


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

-14-


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article Vlll — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

-15-

Exhibit 3.61
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     FIRST: The name of this corporation shall be NORTEK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
     SECOND: Its registered office in the State of Delaware is to be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle and its registered agent at such address is CORPORATION SERVICE COMPANY.
     THIRD: The purpose or purposes of the corporation shall be:
     To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
     FOURTH: The total number of shares of stock which this corporation is authorized to issue is 3,000 shares of common stock $0.01 par value.
     FIFTH: The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:
Dawn M. Urbanowicz
c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
     SIXTH: The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws.
     SEVENTH: No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. No amendment to or repeal of this Article Seventh shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator herein before named, has executed signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this 26th day of October, 2005.
         
     
  /s/ Dawn M. Urbanowicz    
  Name:   Dawn M. Urbanowicz   
  Incorporator   
 

 

Exhibit 3.62
BY-LAWS OF NORTEK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
       
 
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  


 

         
Title   Page
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

- ii -


 

BY-LAWS OF NORTEK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection: Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost. Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.69
         
 
    1736685  
 
  ENDORSED
 
  FILED
 
  In the office of the Secretary of State
of the State of California
 
       
 
  JAN 3 1994
 
       
 
  MARCH FONG EU, Secretary of State
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
PACIFIC ZEPHYR RANGE HOOD INC.
I 
The name of this corporation is PACIFIC ZEPHYR RANGE HOOD INC.
II
The purpose of this corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California, other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporation Code.
III
The name and address in the State of California of this corporation’s initial agent for service of process:
CHIRISTOPHER SIOW
9961 E. VALLEY BLVD. # H
EL MONTE CA 91731
IV
This corporation is authorized to issue only one Class of stock; and the total number of shares which the corporation is authorized to issue is 100,000 (one hundred thousand).
             
DATED 12/28/93
  SIGNATURE   /s/ Chiristopher Siow    
 
     
 
CHIRISTOPHER SIOW
   

 

Exhibit 3.70
BY-LAWS OF PACIFIC ZEPHYR RANGE HOOD, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11.Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title   Page
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article Vl — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

 


 

BY-LAWS OF PACIFIC ZEPHYR RANGE HOOD, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.71
A0634839
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
The undersigned certify that:
1.   They are the Vice President and the Vice President and Treasurer, respectively, of Panamax, a California corporation.
 
2.   Article FIRST of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation is amended to read as follows:
          “FIRST: The name of the corporation is: Panamax Inc.”
3.   The foregoing amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly approved by the board of directors.
 
4.   The foregoing amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902, California Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation is 10,000. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was more than 50%.
We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of our own knowledge.
DATE: 10/12/2005
         
 
  /s/ Richard L. Bready    
ENDORSED - FILED
 
 
Richard L. Bready
   
in the office of the Secretary of
State of the State of California
  Vice President    
 
       
 
  /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
OCT 12 2005
 
 
Edward J. Cooney
   
 
  Vice President and Treasurer    
(SEAL)


 

Restriction of right to amend articles
Yes                                               No
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
PANAMAX
FIRST
          The name of this corporation is:
          PANAMAX
SECOND
          The purposes for which this corporation is formed are:
          (a) To engage primarily in the specific business of marketing and installing electrical equipment.
          (b) To engage in any and all business connected with said primary business.
          (c) To have one or more offices and to carry on its operations and transact its business within or without the State of California.
          (d) To do and perform any and all acts and to exercise any and all powers which it may, now or hereafter, be authorized or permitted by law to do, perform or exercise.
          The foregoing statement of purposes shall be construed as a statement of both purposes and powers and the purposes and powers in each clause shall, except where otherwise expressed, be in no wise limited or restricted by

 


 

reference to or inference from the terms or provisions of any other clause but shall be regarded as independent purposes and powers.
THIRD
          The county in the State of California where the principal office for the transaction of the business of this corporation is located is the County of Marin.
FOURTH
          The total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issue is Ten Thousand (10,000) shares; all such shares are to be without par value and there, is only one class of shares.
FIFTH
          The number of directors of this corporation shall be one, and the name and address of the person who is appointed to act as the first director of this corporation is as follows:
     
Name   Address
 
Jerry L. Lewis   50 Mitchell Boulevard
    San Rafael, California 94903
The number of persons stated above constitutes the authorized number of directors until changed by amendment of these Articles, or by a by-law duly adopted in the manner authorized and permitted by law.

-2-


 

SIXTH
          Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board of directors.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 22 day of April, 1976.
         
 
  /s/ Jerry L. Lewis
 
Jerry L. Lewis
   
             
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
    )      
 
    )     ss.
COUNTY OF MARIN
    )      
          On this 22 day of April, 1976, before me, Kathryn L. Barksdale, a Notary Public in and for the State of California, duly commissioned and sworn, personally appeared Jerry L. Lewis, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my official seal on the day and year in this certificate first above written.
         
(SEAL)
  (SEAL)   /s/ Kathryn L. Barksdale
     
    NOTARY PUBLIC
    In and for the State of
California
    My commission expires:                    
     
     

-3-

Exhibit 3.72
BY-LAWS OF PANAMAX
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc.
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title
  Page
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

- ii -


 

BY-LAWS OF PANAMAX
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these bylaws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

         
EXHIBIT 3.77
RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
I
The name of this corporation is Secure Wireless, Inc.
II
The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the GENERAL CORPORATION LAW of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporations Code.
III
This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock; and the total number of shares which this corporation is authorized to issues is 3,000.

 

Exhibit 3.78
BY-LAWS OF SECURE WIRELESS, INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Title   Page  
Article I — General
    1  
 
       
Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note
    1  
Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc.
    1  
Section 1.3. Seal
    1  
Section 1.4. Fiscal Year
    1  
 
       
Article II — Stockholders
    1  
 
       
Section 2.1. Place of Meetings
    1  
Section 2.2. Annual Meeting
    1  
Section 2.3. Quorum
    2  
Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies
    2  
Section 2.5. Voting
    3  
Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings
    3  
Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List
    3  
Section 2.8. Special Meetings
    3  
Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings
    4  
Section 2.10. Inspectors
    4  
Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings
    4  
 
       
Article III — Directors
    4  
 
       
Section 3.1. Number of Directors
    4  
Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies
    5  
Section 3.3. Resignation
    5  
Section 3.4. Removal
    5  
Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books
    5  
Section 3.6. General Powers
    5  
Section 3.7. Committees
    5  
Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees
    6  
Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member
    6  
Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors
    6  
Section 3.11. Annual Meeting
    6  
Section 3.12. Regular Meetings
    9  
Section 3.13. Special Meetings
    7  
Section 3.14. Quorum
    7  
Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings
    7  
Section 3.16. Action by Consent
    7  

 


 

         
Title   Page  
Article IV — Officers
    8  
 
       
Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers
    8  
Section 4.2. Time of Election
    8  
Section 4.3. Additional Officers
    8  
Section 4.4. Terms of Office
    8  
Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers
    8  
Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board
    8  
Section 4.7. President
    8  
Section 4.8. Vice-Presidents
    9  
Section 4.9. Treasurer
    9  
Section 4.10. Secretary
    10  
Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary
    10  
Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer
    10  
Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers
    10  
 
       
Article V — Stock
    10  
 
       
Section 5.1. Stock
    10  
Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests
    11  
Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock
    11  
Section 5.4. Record Date
    12  
Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar
    12  
Section 5.6. Dividends
    12  
Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
    13  
Section 5.8. Inspection of Books
    13  
 
       
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
    13  
 
       
Section 6.1. Execution of Papers
    13  
Section 6.2. Notices
    13  
Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest
    13  
Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation
    14  
 
       
Article VII — Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Section 7.1. Right to Indemnification
    14  
 
       
Article VIII — Amendments
    15  
 
       
Section 8.1. Amendments
    15  

- ii -


 

BY-LAWS OF SECURE WIRELESS, INC.
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these by-laws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

- 2 -


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

- 3 -


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

- 4 -


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

- 5 -


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent in writing of all the directors.

- 6 -


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

- 7 -


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

- 8 -


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

- 9 -


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

- 10 -


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

- 11 -


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

- 12 -


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

- 13 -


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

- 14 -


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

- 15 -

Exhibit 3.84
WDS LLC
AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
     This Limited Liability Company Agreement of WDS LLC (the “Company”) is entered into as of August 27, 2007 by Nortek, Inc. (the “Member”).
     1. Name. The name of the Company is WDS LLC.
     2. Formation, Qualification, Etc. The Company has been formed heretofore by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) on November 12, 2003 with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Secretary of State”) pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 18 of Title 6 of the Delaware Code Annotated (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “Act”), and the actions of any party taken in order to effect such filing are ratified and approved. The Member and any Officers (as defined below in Section 14), and each of them, is authorized to execute, deliver and file any other certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary to continue the good standing of the Company in the State of Delaware or for the Company to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.
     3. Purpose. The purpose of the Company is to engage in any activity that may be lawfully carried on by a limited liability company organized under the Act.
     4. Term of the Company. The term of existence of the Company commenced on the date of the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State, and shall continue until the dissolution of the Company has been completed pursuant to Section 18 and the Certificate has been canceled in the manner required by the Act.
     5. Principal Business Office. The principal business office of the Company shall be located at such location as is determined by the Member from time to time.
     6. Registered Office and Agent in Delaware. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808. The name of the registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.
     7. Limited Liability. Except as otherwise explicitly provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company. No Indemnified Party (as defined below in Section 16) shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of having any status which makes such party an Indemnified Party.
     8. Admission of Members. The Member is admitted as a member of the Company effective upon its execution and delivery of this Agreement. Additional members of the Company may be admitted with the prior consent of the Member, but until any such additional

 


 

members are so admitted at a time when the Member remains a member of the Company, the Member shall be the sole member of the Company.
     9. Management. The management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Member, and the Member may exercise such management authority in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Member shall have the power and authority to bind the Company and to do any and all acts necessary, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purpose of the Company described herein, including all powers and authorities, statutory or otherwise, possessed by members of a limited liability company under the Act or other applicable law. Any and all agreements, contracts and other documents or instruments affecting or relating to the business and affairs of the Company may be executed on the Company’s behalf by the Member alone.
     10. Capital Contributions. A member of the Company, including the Member, shall make contributions to the capital of the Company in such amounts and such manner as shall be agreed in writing between the Company and such member, and no member shall have any obligation to contribute capital to the Company except in accordance with any such agreement.
     11. Title to Assets. All assets of the Company, whether real or personal property, shall be held in the name of the Company.
     12. Allocation of Profits and Losses. The Company’s profits and losses shall be allocated to the Member.
     13. Distributions. Distributions shall be made to the Member at the times and in the aggregate amounts determined by the Member. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to the Member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate applicable law.
     14. Officers. The Member may, from time to time as it deems advisable, appoint officers of the Company (the “Officers”) and assign in writing titles (including, without limitation, President, Vice President, Secretary, and Treasurer), authorities and duties to any such person. Unless the Member decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 14 may be revoked at any time by the Member.
     15. Other Business. The Member or its affiliates may, now or in the future, engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of every kind and description, independently or with others and whether similar to or different than the activities of the Company. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such other ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement, the status of the Member as a member of the Company, the exclusive rights of the Member to manage the Company as contemplated by Section 9 hereof or any other rights or obligations of the Member.

- 2 -


 

     16. Liability and Indemnification.
     (a) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Indemnified Party shall not be liable to the Company or any other party who has an interest in the Company for any act or omission that was suffered or taken by such Indemnified Party in good faith and that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful.
     (b) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the other limits set forth in this Section 16, each Indemnified Party shall be fully protected and indemnified by the Company out of Company assets against all liabilities and losses (including amounts paid in respect of judgments, fines, penalties or, if approved by the Member, settlement of litigation, and legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding) suffered by virtue of serving as an Indemnified Party with respect to any action or omission suffered or taken in good faith that (i) is not in material breach of this Agreement, (ii) does not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe that such Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful. The Company may (and in the case of the Member as an Indemnified Party, will) advance expenses, including legal fees, for which any Indemnified Party would be entitled by this Agreement to be indemnified upon receipt of an unsecured undertaking by such Indemnified Party to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined by a court or other tribunal of proper jurisdiction that indemnification for such expenses is not permitted by law or authorized by this Agreement.
     (c) For all purposes of this Agreement, actions or omissions taken or suffered by the Member regarding any matter which this Agreement provides is in the discretion or sole discretion of the Member shall be conclusively deemed not to constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law. Each Indemnified Party may consult with reputable outside legal counsel selected by the Company, and any action or omission taken or suffered in good faith in reliance and accordance with the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be conclusive evidence that such action or omission (i) did not materially violate this Agreement, (ii) did not constitute fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful violation of law, and (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, was suffered or taken without reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
     (d) None of the provisions of this Section 16 shall be deemed to create or grant any rights in favor of Indemnified Parties that cannot be discharged out of the assets of the Company or in favor of anyone other than Indemnified Parties and the other parties listed in the first sentence of Section 16(e); this provision excludes, among others, any right of subrogation in favor of any insurer or surety. The rights granted under this Section 16 shall survive the termination, dissolution and winding up of the Company.
     (e) The term “Indemnified Party” means the Member and each Officer. The rights of each Indemnified Party under this Section 16 shall inure to the benefit of the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of such Indemnified Party. However, it is expressly

- 3 -


 

understood and agreed that no party who is an Officer shall have any right of exculpation, indemnification or otherwise under this Section 16 with respect to any action or omission taken or suffered by such party at any time after such party ceases to be an Officer (whether the action resulting in such party ceasing to be an Officer is voluntary, involuntary or otherwise), or in respect of any controversy relating in any respect to such party’s ceasing to be an Officer, or in respect of any claim or cause of action against the Company (other than in connection with enforcing such party’s rights against the Company under this Section 16), the Member or any affiliate of the Member, or any of the members, partners, stockholders, directors, managers, officers, employees, agents or other representatives of any of the foregoing.
     17. Assignments. The Member may assign in whole or in part its membership interest in the Company. If the Member transfers all of its membership interest in the Company pursuant to this Section, the transferee shall be admitted to the Company upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the transfer, and, immediately following such admission, the transferor Member shall cease to be a member of the Company.
     18. Dissolution.
     (a) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Member, (ii) the retirement, resignation or dissolution of the Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Member in the Company unless the business of the Company is continued in a manner permitted by the Act, or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.
     (b) The bankruptcy of the Member will not cause the Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.
     (c) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act.
     19. Tax Status of Company. So long as the Company has only one member, the Company shall be disregarded as an entity separate from the Member as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(b), as hereafter amended or supplemented.
     20. Separability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.
     21. Construction of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall bind, the Member and its respective representatives, successors and assigns. No creditor of

- 4 -


 

the Company or other party shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement, except as specifically provided with respect to Indemnified Parties as contemplated by Section 16.
     22. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement.
     23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Member with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     24. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws principles).
     25. Amendments. This Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended except pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Member.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  NORTEK, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Edward J. Cooney    
    Edward J. Cooney   
    Vice President and Treasurer   
 

- 5 -

1976748
ENDORSED
FILED

In the office of the Secretary of State
of the State of California

AUG 12 1996
         
     
  /s/ Bill Jones    
  BILL JONES, Secretary of State   
     
 
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
of
ZEPHYR CORPORATION
     ONE: The name of this corporation is ZEPHYR CORPORATION.
     TWO: The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business, or the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California Corporation Code.
     THREE: The name and address in this state of the corporation’s initial agent for service of process is Michael B. Nishiyama, 807 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94577.
     FOUR: This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares, which shall be designed “common” shares. The total number of such shares authorized to be issued is 1,000,000 shares.
     FIVE: The liability of the directors of the corporation for monetary damages shall be limited to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

 


 

     SIX: The corporation is authorized to indemnify the directors and officers of the corporation to the fullest extent permissible under California law.
         
     
Date:  /s/ Michael B. Nishiyama    
  Michael B. Nishiyama, Incorporator   
     
 
     I declare that I am the person who executed the above Articles of Incorporation, and that this instrument is my act and deed.
         
     
Date:  /s/ Michael B. Nishiyama    
  Michael B. Nishiyama, Incorporator   
     
 

 

Exhibit 3.90
BY-LAWS OF ZEPHYR CORPORATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
Title           Page  
 
               
Article I — General     1  
 
               
 
  Section 1.1.   Drafter’s Note     1  
 
  Section 1.2.   Relationship to Charter, etc     1  
 
  Section 1.3.   Seal     1  
 
  Section 1.4.   Fiscal Year     1  
 
               
Article II — Stockholders     1  
 
               
 
  Section 2.1.   Place of Meetings     1  
 
  Section 2.2.   Annual Meeting     1  
 
  Section 2.3.   Quorum     2  
 
  Section 2.4.   Right to Vote; Proxies     2  
 
  Section 2.5.   Voting     3  
 
  Section 2.6.   Notice of Annual Meetings     3  
 
  Section 2.7.   Stockholders’ List     3  
 
  Section 2.8.   Special Meetings     3  
 
  Section 2.9.   Notice of Special Meetings     4  
 
  Section 2.10.   Inspectors     4  
 
  Section 2.11.   Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meetings     4  
 
               
Article III — Directors     4  
 
               
 
  Section 3.1.   Number of Directors     4  
 
  Section 3.2.   Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies     5  
 
  Section 3.3.   Resignation     5  
 
  Section 3.4.   Removal     5  
 
  Section 3.5.   Place of Meetings and Books     5  
 
  Section 3.6.   General Powers     5  
 
  Section 3.7.   Committees     5  
 
  Section 3.8.   Powers Denied to Committees     6  
 
  Section 3.9.   Substitute Committee Member     6  
 
  Section 3.10   Compensation of Directors     6  
 
  Section 3.11   Annual Meeting     6  
 
  Section 3.12.   Regular Meetings     9  
 
  Section 3.13.   Special Meetings     7  
 
  Section 3.14.   Quorum     7  
 
  Section 3.15.   Telephonic Participation in Meetings     7  
 
  Section 3.16.   Action by Consent     7  

 


 

                 
Title           Page  
 
               
Article IV — Officers     8  
 
               
 
  Section 4.1.   Selection; Statutory Officers     8  
 
  Section 4.2.   Time of Election     8  
 
  Section 4.3.   Additional Officers     8  
 
  Section 4.4.   Terms of Office     8  
 
  Section 4.5.   Compensation of Officers     8  
 
  Section 4.6.   Chairman of the Board     8  
 
  Section 4.7.   President     8  
 
  Section 4.8.   Vice-Presidents     9  
 
  Section 4.9.   Treasurer     9  
 
  Section 4.10.   Secretary     10  
 
  Section 4.11.   Assistant Secretary     10  
 
  Section 4.12.   Assistant Treasurer     10  
 
  Section 4.13.   Subordinate Officers     10  
 
               
Article V — Stock     10  
 
               
 
  Section 5.1.   Stock     10  
 
  Section 5.2.   Fractional Share Interests     11  
 
  Section 5.3.   Transfers of Stock     11  
 
  Section 5.4.   Record Date     12  
 
  Section 5.5.   Transfer Agent and Registrar     12  
 
  Section 5.6.   Dividends     12  
 
  Section 5.7.   Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates     13  
 
  Section 5.8.   Inspection of Books     13  
 
               
Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions     13  
 
               
 
  Section 6.1.   Execution of Papers     13  
 
  Section 6.2.   Notices     13  
 
  Section 6.3.   Conflict of Interest     13  
 
  Section 6.4.   Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation     14  
 
               
Article VII — Indemnification     14  
 
               
 
  Section 7.1.   Right to Indemnification     14  
 
               
Article VIII — Amendments     15  
 
               
 
  Section 8.1.   Amendments     15  

-ii-


 

BY-LAWS OF ZEPHYR CORPORATION
Article I — General
     Section 1.1. Drafter’s Note. Although these by-laws have been drafted to conform generally to corporate law requirements, specific corporate law requirements should be consulted in the event of any significant corporate action. If any provision of these by-laws shall conflict with applicable law, such law shall control.
     Section 1.2. Relationship to Charter, etc. These by-laws are subject to applicable corporate law and to the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, articles of organization or similar document (the “charter”). In these by-laws, references to law, the charter and by-laws mean the law, the provisions of the charter and the by-laws as from time to time in effect.
     Section 1.3. Seal. The board of directors may provide for a seal of the Corporation, which, if so provided, shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the state of its incorporation, and such other words, dates or images as may be approved from time to time by the directors.
     Section 1.4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, unless otherwise fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Article II — Stockholders
     Section 2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, except such meetings as the Board of Directors expressly determine shall be held elsewhere, in which case meetings may be held upon notice as hereinafter provided at such other place or places within or without the state of incorporation of the Corporation as the Board of Directors shall have determined and as shall be stated in such notice.
     Section 2.2. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the stockholders entitled to vote shall elect a Board of Directors by plurality vote by ballot, and they may transact such other corporate business as may properly be brought before the meeting. At the annual meeting any business may be transacted, irrespective of whether the notice calling such meeting shall have contained a reference thereto, except where notice is required by law, the charter, or these by-laws. If the election of directors shall not be

 


 

held on the day designated in accordance with these by-laws, the directors shall cause the election to be held as soon thereafter as convenient, and to that end, if the annual meeting is omitted on the day herein provided therefore or if the election of directors shall not be held thereat, a special meeting of the stockholders may be held in place of such omitted meeting or election, and any business transacted or election held at such special meeting shall have the same effect as if transacted or held at the annual meeting; and in such case all references in these bylaws to the annual meeting of the stockholders, or to the annual election of directors, shall be deemed to refer to or include such special meeting. Any such special meeting shall be called as provided in Section 2.9.
     Section 2.3. Quorum. At all meetings of the stockholders, the holders of a majority by voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum requisite for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by law, by the charter or by these by-laws. If, however, such majority shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, by a majority vote, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until the requisite amount of voting stock shall be present. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting, at which the requisite amount of voting stock shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.
     Section 2.4. Right to Vote; Proxies. Each holder of a share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation having the right to vote at any meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each such share of stock held by him, unless otherwise provided in the charter. Any stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may vote either in person or by proxy, but no proxy which is dated more than three years prior to the meeting at which it is offered shall confer the right to vote thereat unless the proxy provides that it shall be effective for a longer period. Subject to applicable statutory provisions, a proxy may be granted by a writing executed by the stockholder or his authorized officer, director, employee or agent or by transmission or authorization of transmission of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission.

-2-


 

     Section 2.5. Voting. At all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided for by statute, the charter or these by-laws, (a) in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such matter shall be the act of the stockholders and (b) directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, at all meetings of stockholders the voting shall be by voice vote, but any stockholder qualified to vote on the matter in question may demand a stock vote, by shares of stock, upon such question, whereupon such stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder voting and the number of shares voted by him, and, if such ballot be cast by a proxy, it shall also state the name of the proxy.
     Section 2.6. Notice of Annual Meetings. Written notice of the annual meeting of the stockholders shall be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat at such address as appears on the stock books of the Corporation at least 10 days (and not more than 60 days) prior to the meeting. It shall be the duty of every stockholder to furnish to the Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, if any, of the class of stock owned by him, his post-office address and to notify said Secretary or transfer agent of any change therein.
     Section 2.7. Stockholders’ List. A complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder, and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be prepared by the Secretary and made available either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held, at least 10 days before such meeting, and shall at all times during the usual hours for business, and during the whole time of said election, be open to the examination of any stockholder for a purpose germane to the meeting.
     Section 2.8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise provided by statute, may be called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.
     Section 2.9. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time and place and object thereof shall be mailed, postage prepaid, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before such meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat,

-3-


 

at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation. No business may be transacted at such meeting except that referred to in said notice, or in a supplemental notice given also in compliance with the provisions hereof or such other business as may be germane or supplementary to that stated in said notice or notices.
     Section 2.10. Inspectors. One or more inspectors may be appointed by the Board of Directors before or at any meeting of stockholders, or, if no such appointment shall have been made, the presiding officer may make such appointment at the meeting. At the meeting for which the inspector or inspectors are appointed, he or they shall open and close the polls, receive and take charge of the proxies and ballots, and decide all questions touching on the qualifications of voters, the validity of proxies and the acceptance and rejection of votes. If any inspector previously appointed shall fail to attend or refuse or be unable to serve, the presiding officer shall appoint an inspector in his place.
     Section 2.11. Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the charter, any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, in the manner, and to the fullest extent, provided by applicable law.
Article III — Directors
     Section 3.1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the charter or these by-laws, the property and business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of not less than two nor more than thirteen directors. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Within the limits specified, the number of directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting. Directors need not be stockholders, residents of the Corporation’s state of incorporation or citizens of the United States. The directors shall be elected by ballot at the annual meeting of the stockholders and each director shall be elected to serve until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his earlier resignation or removal; provided that in the event of failure to hold such meeting or to hold such election at such meeting, such election may be held at any special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal, failure to elect, or otherwise, the remaining directors, although more or less than a quorum, by a majority vote of such

-4-


 

remaining directors may elect a successor or successors who shall hold office for the unexpired term.
     Section 3.2. Change in Number of Directors; Vacancies. The maximum number of directors may be increased by an amendment to these by-laws adopted by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or by a majority vote of the capital stock having voting power, and if the number of directors is so increased by action of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders or otherwise, then the additional directors may be elected in the manner provided above for the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of stockholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.
     Section 3.3. Resignation. Any director of this Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, at the time of receipt if no time is specified therein and at the time of acceptance if the effectiveness of such resignation is conditioned upon its acceptance. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
     Section 3.4. Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
     Section 3.5. Place of Meetings and Books. The Board of Directors may hold their meetings and keep the books of the Corporation inside or outside the Corporation’s state of incorporation, at such places as they may from time to time determine.
     Section 3.6. General Powers. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by these by-laws, the board may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the charter or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
     Section 3.7. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the whole board. Such committee or committees shall consist of one or more directors of the Corporation, and, to the extent provided in the resolution or resolutions designating them, shall have and may exercise specific powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation to the extent permitted by statute and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Such committee or committees

-5-


 

shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
     Section 3.8. Powers Denied to Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors shall not, in any event, have any power or authority to amend the charter, adopt an agreement of merger, or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or to amend the by-laws of the Corporation unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides. Further, no committee of the Board of Directors shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger unless the resolution or resolutions designating such committee expressly so provides.
     Section 3.9. Substitute Committee Member. In the absence or on the disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of such absent or disqualified member. Any committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board as may be required by the board.
     Section 3.10. Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fix the compensation of directors and members of committees of the Board. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.
     Section 3.11. Annual Meeting. The newly-elected board may meet at such place and time as shall be fixed and announced by the presiding officer at the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organization or otherwise, and no further notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or they may meet at such place and time as shall be stated in a notice given to such directors two (2) days prior to such meeting, or as shall be fixed by the consent writing of all the directors.

-6-


 

     Section 3.12. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the board may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.
     Section 3.13. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board may be called by the Chairman of the Board on 2 days’ notice to each director, or such shorter period of time before the meeting as will nonetheless be sufficient for the convenient assembly of the directors so notified. Special meetings shall be called by the Secretary in like manner and on like notice, on the written request of two or more directors.
     Section 3.14. Quorum. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically permitted or provided by statute, or by the charter, or by these by-laws. If at any meeting of the board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained, and no further notice thereof need be given other than by announcement at said meeting which shall be so adjourned.
     Section 3.15. Telephonic Participation in Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by such board may participate in a meeting of the board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
     Section 3.16. Action by Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by law, the charter or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if written consent thereto is signed by all members of the board or of such committee as the case may be and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.
Article IV — Officers
     Section 4.1. Selection; Statutory Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors. There shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and there may be a Chairman of

-7-


 

the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers, as the Board of Directors may elect. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Subject to law, the charter and to the other provisions of these by-laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his office and such additional duties and powers as the board of directors may from time to time designate.
     Section 4.2. Time of Election. The officers above named shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders. None of said officers need be a director or stockholder.
     Section 4.3. Additional Officers. The board may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.
     Section 4.4. Terms of Office. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until his successor is chosen and qualified, or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors, with or without cause.
     Section 4.5. Compensation of Officers. The Board of Directors shall have power to fix the compensation of all officers of the Corporation. It may authorize any officer, upon whom the power of appointing subordinate officers may have been conferred, to fix the compensation of such subordinate officers.
     Section 4.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors, and shall have such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors.
     Section 4.7. President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall be the chief executive officer and head of the Corporation. Unless there is a Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of directors and stockholders. Under the supervision of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee thereof, the President shall have the general control and management of its business and affairs, subject, however, to the right of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee to confer any specific power, except such as may be by statute exclusively conferred on the President, upon any other officer or officers of the Corporation. The

-8-


 

President shall perform and do all acts and things incident to the position of President and such other duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee thereof.
     Section 4.8. Vice-President. The Vice-Presidents shall perform such of the duties of the President on behalf of the Corporation as may be respectively assigned to them from time to time by the Board of Directors or by the executive committee or by the President. The Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate one of the Vice-Presidents as the Executive Vice-President, and in the absence or inability of the President to act, such Executive Vice-President shall have and possess all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the President, subject to the control of the board and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.9. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the care and custody of all the funds and securities of the Corporation which may come into his hands as Treasurer, and the power and authority to endorse checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money for deposit or collection when necessary or proper and to deposit the same to the credit of the Corporation in such bank or banks or depository or depositories as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, or the officers or agents to whom the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may delegate such authority, may designate, and he may endorse all commercial documents requiring endorsements for or on behalf of the Corporation. He may sign all receipts and vouchers for the payments made to the Corporation. He shall render an account of his transactions to the Board of Directors or to any applicable committee as often as the board or such committee shall require the same. He shall enter regularly in the books to be kept by him for that purpose full and adequate account of all moneys received and paid by him on account of the Corporation. He shall perform all acts incident to the position of Treasurer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee. He shall, when requested pursuant to vote of the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, give a bond to the Corporation conditioned for the faithful performance of his duties, the expense of which bond shall be borne by the Corporation.
     Section 4.10. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. He shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. Except as otherwise ordered by the Board of Directors or any applicable committee, he shall attest the seal of the Corporation upon all contracts and instruments executed under such seal and shall affix the seal of the Corporation thereto and to all certificates of shares of capital stock of the Corporation. He shall have charge of the stock certificate book, transfer book and stock ledger, and such other books and papers as the Board of

-9-


 

Directors or any applicable committee may direct. He shall, in general, perform all the duties of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and of any applicable committee.
     Section 4.11. Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Secretaries of the Corporation. Any Assistant Secretary upon his appointment shall perform such duties of the Secretary, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors, any applicable committee, the President, any Vice-President, the Treasurer or the Secretary may designate.
     Section 4.12. Assistant Treasurer. The Board of Directors may appoint or remove one or more Assistant Treasurers of the Corporation. Any Assistant Treasurer upon his appointment shall perform such of the duties of the Treasurer, and also any and all such other duties as the Board of Directors or any applicable committee may designate.
     Section 4.13. Subordinate Officers. The Board of Directors may select such subordinate officers as it may deem desirable. Each such officer shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may prescribe. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, authorize any officer to appoint and remove subordinate officers and to prescribe the powers and duties thereof.
Article V — Stock
     Section 5.1. Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates of stock of the Corporation in such form as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. The certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. They shall certify the holder’s name and number and class of shares and shall be signed by both of (a) either the President or a Vice-President, and (b) any one of the Treasurer or the Secretary, and shall be sealed with the corporate seal of the Corporation. If such certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or, (2) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signature of the officers of the Corporation and the corporate seal may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such

-10-


 

certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers or the Corporation.
     Section 5.2. Fractional Share Interests. The Corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the Corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (a) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (b) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (c) issue scrip or warrants in registered or bearer form which shall entitle the holder to receive a certificate for a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the Corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the Corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.
     Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock. Subject to any transfer restrictions then in force, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only upon its books by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives and upon such transfer the old certificates shall be surrendered to the Corporation by the delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers or to such other person as the directors may designate by whom they shall be canceled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof save as expressly provided by applicable law.
     Section 5.4. Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than 60 days nor less

-11-


 

than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action. If no such record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed; and the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
     Section 5.5. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.
     Section 5.6. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the charter, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the charter and applicable law. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
     Section 5.7. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, except upon production of such evidence of the loss, theft or destruction and upon indemnification of the Corporation and its agents to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
     Section 5.8. Inspection of Books. The Board of Directors shall have power from time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the accounts and books of the Corporation (other than the stock ledger) or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders and no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation except as conferred by statute or authorized by the Board of Directors.

-12-


 

Article VI — Miscellaneous Management Provisions
     Section 6.1. Execution of Papers. Except as the board of directors may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts or other obligations made accepted or endorsed by the Corporation shall be signed by the chairman of the board, if any, the president, a vice president or the treasurer.
     Section 6.2. Notices. Notices to directors may, and notices to stockholders shall, be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given 5 days after the same shall be mailed. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram, telecopy or orally, by telephone or in person. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the charter of the Corporation or of these by-laws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein or the meeting or action to which such notice relates, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
     Section 6.3. Conflict of Interest. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of or committee thereof which authorized the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to this relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Director or the committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (b) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved by vote of such stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee or the

-13-


 

stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
     Section 6.4. Voting of Securities Owned by This Corporation. Subject always to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned or controlled by this Corporation may be voted in person at any meeting of security holders of such other corporation by the President, any Vice President, or the Treasurer, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the President or any other appropriate officer, it is desirable for this Corporation to execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other Corporation and owned by this Corporation, such proxy or consent shall be executed in the name of this Corporation by the President or such officer, without the necessity of any authorization by the Board of Directors, affixation of corporate seal or countersignature or attestation by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated as the proxy or proxies of this Corporation shall have full right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other corporation and owned by this Corporation the same as such shares or other securities might be voted by this Corporation.
Article VII — Indemnification
     Section 7.1. The Corporation shall, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the state of incorporation of the Corporation, indemnify, and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer of this Corporation or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of this Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement incurred in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or claim; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not require this Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses to any person in connection with any action, suit, proceeding, claim or counterclaim initiated by or on behalf of such person, other than an action to enforce indemnification rights. Such indemnification shall not be exclusive of other indemnification rights arising under any by-law, agreement, vote of directors or stockholders or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of such person. Any

-14-


 

such person seeking indemnification under this Section 7.1 shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct required for such indemnification unless the contrary shall be established. The Corporation shall have the power to provide indemnification and advance expenses to any other person, including employees and agents of the Corporation and stockholders purporting to act on behalf of the Corporation, to the extent permitted by the law of the state of incorporation of the Corporation.
Article VIII — Amendments
     Section 8.1. Amendments. The by-laws of the Corporation may be altered, amended or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors upon notice thereof in accordance with these by-laws, or at any meeting of the stockholders by the vote of the holders of the majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with the provisions of the charter of the Corporation and applicable laws.

-15-

Exhibit 4.9
EXECUTION COPY
 
NORTEK, INC.,
the GUARANTORS named herein
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee and Collateral Agent
 
INDENTURE
 
Dated as of May 20, 2008
 
10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013
          Reference is made to the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 20, 2008, among Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the Revolving Facility Secured Parties referred to therein; U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee and as Noteholder Collateral Agent; Nortek, Inc.; and the other subsidiaries of Nortek, Inc. named therein (the “Intercreditor Agreement”). Each Noteholder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Trustee to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as Trustee and on behalf of such Noteholder. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the Credit Agreement to extend credit and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.
 

 


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
         
TIA       Indenture
Section       Section
 
310(a)(1)  
 
    7.10
(a)(2)
 
 
    7.10
(a)(3)
 
 
    N.A.
(a)(4)
 
 
    N.A.
(a)(5)
 
 
    7.08; 7.10
(b)
 
 
    7.08; 7.10; 12.02
(c)
 
 
    N.A.
311(a)  
 
    7.11
(b)
 
 
    7.11
(c)
 
 
    N.A.
312(a)  
 
    2.06
(b)
 
 
    12.03
(c)
 
 
    12.03
313(a)  
 
    7.06; 10.02
(b)(1)
 
 
    7.06; 10.02
(b)(2)
 
 
    7.06
(c)
 
 
    7.06; 12.02
(d)
 
 
    7.06
314(a)  
 
    4.06; 4.17
(b)
 
 
    10.02
(c)(1)
 
 
    7.02; 12.04; 12.05
(c)(2)
 
 
    7.02; 12.04; 12.05
(c)(3)
 
 
    N.A.
(d)
 
 
    10.02; 10.03; 10.05
(e)
 
 
    12.05
(f)
 
 
    N.A.
315(a)  
 
    7.01(b)
(b)
 
 
    7.05; 12.02
(c)
 
 
    7.01(a)
(d)
 
 
    6.05; 7.01(c)
(e)
 
 
    6.11
316(a)(last sentence)  
 
    2.10
(a)(1)(A)
 
 
    6.05
(a)(1)(B)
 
 
    6.04
(a)(2)
 
 
    9.02
(b)
 
 
    6.07
(c)
 
 
    9.04
317(a)(1)  
 
    6.08
(a)(2)
 
 
    6.09
(b)
 
 
    2.05
318(a)  
 
    12.01
 
N.A.   means Not Applicable
 
Note:   This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
ARTICLE I
   
 
       
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
   
 
       
SECTION 1.01.  
Definitions.
    1  
SECTION 1.02.  
Other Definitions.
    32  
SECTION 1.03.  
Incorporation by Reference of TIA.
    33  
SECTION 1.04.  
Rules of Construction.
    34  
   
 
       
ARTICLE II
   
 
       
THE NOTES
   
 
       
SECTION 2.01.  
Amount of Notes.
    34  
SECTION 2.02.  
Form and Dating.
    35  
SECTION 2.03.  
Execution and Authentication.
    35  
SECTION 2.04.  
Registrar and Paying Agent.
    36  
SECTION 2.05.  
Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.
    37  
SECTION 2.06.  
Holder Lists.
    37  
SECTION 2.07.  
Transfer and Exchange.
    37  
SECTION 2.08.  
Replacement Notes.
    38  
SECTION 2.09.  
Outstanding Notes.
    38  
SECTION 2.10.  
Treasury Notes.
    39  
SECTION 2.11.  
Temporary Notes.
    39  
SECTION 2.12.  
Cancellation.
    39  
SECTION 2.13.  
Defaulted Interest.
    40  
SECTION 2.14.  
CUSIP Number.
    40  
SECTION 2.15.  
Deposit of Moneys.
    40  
SECTION 2.16.  
Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.
    41  
SECTION 2.17.  
Special Transfer Provisions.
    43  
SECTION 2.18.  
Computation of Interest.
    45  
   
 
       
ARTICLE III
   
 
       
REDEMPTION
   
 
       
SECTION 3.01.  
Notices to Trustee.
    45  
SECTION 3.02.  
Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.
    46  
SECTION 3.03.  
Notice of Redemption.
    46  

-i -


 

             
        Page
SECTION 3.04.  
RESERVED.
    47  
SECTION 3.05.  
Effect of Notice of Redemption.
    47  
SECTION 3.06.  
Deposit of Redemption Price.
    47  
SECTION 3.07.  
Notes Redeemed in Part.
    48  
   
 
       
ARTICLE IV
   
 
       
COVENANTS
   
 
       
SECTION 4.01.  
Payment of Notes.
    48  
SECTION 4.02.  
Maintenance of Office or Agency.
    48  
SECTION 4.03.  
Corporate Existence.
    49  
SECTION 4.04.  
Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.
    49  
SECTION 4.05.  
Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.
    49  
SECTION 4.06.  
Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.
    50  
SECTION 4.07.  
RESERVED
    50  
SECTION 4.08.  
Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.
    50  
SECTION 4.09.  
Change of Control.
    50  
SECTION 4.10.  
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
    52  
SECTION 4.11.  
Limitation on Restricted Payments.
    57  
SECTION 4.12.  
Limitation on Liens.
    62  
SECTION 4.13.  
Asset Sales.
    63  
SECTION 4.14.  
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
    69  
SECTION 4.15.  
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
    71  
SECTION 4.16.  
Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.
    73  
SECTION 4.17.  
Reports.
    73  
SECTION 4.18.  
Payments for Consent.
    75  
SECTION 4.19.  
RESERVED.
    75  
SECTION 4.20.  
Additional Note Guarantees and Security for the Notes.
    75  
SECTION 4.21.  
Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
    75  
SECTION 4.22.  
Business Activities.
    76  
SECTION 4.23.  
Impairment of Security Interest.
    76  
SECTION 4.24.  
After-Acquired Property.
    76  
SECTION 4.25.  
Information Regarding Collateral.
    76  
SECTION 4.26.  
Further Assurances.
    77  
   
 
       
ARTICLE V
   
 
       
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
   
 
       
SECTION 5.01.  
Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
    77  

-ii -


 

             
        Page
ARTICLE VI
   
 
       
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
   
 
       
SECTION 6.01.  
Events of Default.
    79  
SECTION 6.02.  
Acceleration.
    82  
SECTION 6.03.  
Other Remedies.
    82  
SECTION 6.04.  
Waiver of Defaults.
    83  
SECTION 6.05.  
Control by Majority
    83  
SECTION 6.06.  
Limitation on Suits
    83  
SECTION 6.07.  
Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.
    84  
SECTION 6.08.  
Collection Suit by Trustee.
    84  
SECTION 6.09.  
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
    84  
SECTION 6.10.  
Priorities.
    85  
SECTION 6.11.  
Undertaking for Costs.
    85  
   
 
       
ARTICLE VII
   
 
       
TRUSTEE
   
 
       
SECTION 7.01.  
Duties of Trustee.
    85  
SECTION 7.02.  
Rights of Trustee.
    87  
SECTION 7.03.  
Individual Rights of Trustee.
    88  
SECTION 7.04.  
Trustee’s Disclaimer.
    88  
SECTION 7.05.  
Notice of Default.
    88  
SECTION 7.06.  
Reports by Trustee to Holders.
    89  
SECTION 7.07.  
Compensation and Indemnity.
    89  
SECTION 7.08.  
Replacement of Trustee.
    90  
SECTION 7.09.  
Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
    91  
SECTION 7.10.  
Eligibility; Disqualification.
    91  
SECTION 7.11.  
Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.
    92  
   
 
       
ARTICLE VIII
   
 
       
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
   
 
       
SECTION 8.01.  
Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations.
    92  
SECTION 8.02.  
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.
    93  
SECTION 8.03.  
Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
    95  
SECTION 8.04.  
Application of Trust Money.
    96  
SECTION 8.05.  
Repayment to the Issuer.
    96  
SECTION 8.06.  
Reinstatement.
    97  

-iii -


 

             
        Page
ARTICLE IX
   
 
       
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
   
 
       
SECTION 9.01.  
Without Consent of Holders.
    97  
SECTION 9.02.  
With Consent of Holders.
    98  
SECTION 9.03.  
Compliance with TIA.
    100  
SECTION 9.04.  
Revocation and Effect of Consents.
    100  
SECTION 9.05.  
Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
    101  
SECTION 9.06.  
Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.
    101  
   
 
       
ARTICLE X
   
 
       
SECURITY DOCUMENTS
   
 
       
SECTION 10.01.  
Collateral and Security Documents.
    101  
SECTION 10.02.  
Recordings and Opinions.
    103  
SECTION 10.03.  
Release of Collateral.
    104  
SECTION 10.04.  
Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements.
    105  
SECTION 10.05.  
Certificates of the Trustee.
    105  
SECTION 10.06.  
Suits To Protect the Collateral.
    105  
SECTION 10.07.  
Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.
    106  
SECTION 10.08.  
Purchaser Protected.
    106  
SECTION 10.09.  
Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.
    106  
SECTION 10.10.  
Release Upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations.
    106  
SECTION 10.11.  
Collateral Agent.
    107  
SECTION 10.12.  
Designations.
    112  
ARTICLE XI
 
GUARANTY OF NOTES
SECTION 11.01.  
Guaranty.
    112  
SECTION 11.02.  
Execution Delivery of Note Guarantee.
    114  
SECTION 11.03.  
Additional Guarantors.
    114  
SECTION 11.04.  
Release of Guarantor.
    115  
SECTION 11.05.  
Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
    116  

-iv -


 

             
        Page
ARTICLE XII
 
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.01.  
TIA Controls.
    117  
SECTION 12.02.  
Notices.
    117  
SECTION 12.03.  
Communications by Holders with Other Holders.
    118  
SECTION 12.04.  
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
    119  
SECTION 12.05.  
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
    119  
SECTION 12.06.  
Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.
    119  
SECTION 12.07.  
Legal Holidays.
    120  
SECTION 12.08.  
Governing Law.
    120  
SECTION 12.09.  
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
    120  
SECTION 12.10.  
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
    120  
SECTION 12.11.  
Successors.
    120  
SECTION 12.12.  
Duplicate Originals.
    120  
SECTION 12.13.  
Severability.
    120  
SECTION 12.14.  
Intercreditor Agreement Governs.
    121  
   
 
       
Signatures  
 
    S-1  

-v -


 

             
            Page
EXHIBITS
   
 
           
Exhibit A
  -   Form of Note   A-1
Exhibit B
  -   Form of Legend for 144A Notes and Other Notes That Are Restricted Notes   B-1
Exhibit C
  -   Form of Legend for Regulation S Note   C-1
Exhibit D
  -   Form of Legend for Global Note   D-1
Exhibit E
  -   Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors   E-1
Exhibit F
  -   Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S   F-1
Exhibit G
  -   Form of Notation of Guarantee   G-1
Exhibit H
  -   Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors   H-1
 
           
Note: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.    
 
           
SCHEDULES
   
 
           
Schedule I
  -   Assets Under Contract    
Schedule II
  -   Existing Liens    
Schedule III
  -   Mortgaged Property    

-vi -


 

          INDENTURE dated as of May 20, 2008, by and among NORTEK, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), as Issuer, the Guarantors party hereto and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and collateral agent (the “Collateral Agent”).
          Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of each other party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
SECTION 1.01. Definitions.
          Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.
          “2004 Transactions” means (1) the purchase by THL Buildco, Inc. of all the outstanding Capital Stock of Nortek Holdings, Inc., (2) the merger of THL Buildco, Inc. with and into Nortek Holdings, Inc. with Nortek Holdings, Inc. continuing as the surviving corporation, and the subsequent merger of Nortek Holdings, Inc. with and into the Issuer, with the Issuer continuing as the surviving corporation, (3) the tender offers to purchase for cash all of Nortek Holdings, Inc.’s outstanding 10% senior discount notes due 2011, the Issuer’s outstanding senior floating rate notes due 2010 and the Issuer’s outstanding 97/8% senior subordinated notes due 2011, (4) the repurchase or rollover of management stock options and severance, transaction bonuses and change of control payments to management, and all related transactions.
          “81/2% Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of August 27, 2004 among THL Buildco, Inc., the guarantors from time to time party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, relating to the 81/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014.
          “ABL Collateral” means “Revolving Facility First Lien Collateral” as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement as of the Issue Date.
          “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
          “Additional Interest” means all Additional Interest then owing pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified

 


 

Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.
          “After-Acquired Property” means any property of the Issuer or any Guarantor acquired after the Issue Date that secures the obligations under the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations.
          “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.
          “amend” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively; and “amending” and “amended” have correlative meanings.
          “asset” means any asset or property, whether real, personal or other, tangible or intangible.
          “Asset Acquisition” means (a) an Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person if, as a result of such Investment, such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or shall be merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or (b) the acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of all or substantially all of the assets of any other Person or any division or line of business of any other Person.
          “Asset Sale” means: (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.09 and/or Section 5.01 and not by Section 4.13; and (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests in or by any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries (other than director’s qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by Persons other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary).
          Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:
     (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a fair market value of less than $5.0 million;
     (2) a transfer of assets (i) between or among the Issuer and the Guarantors or (ii) between or among Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

-2-


 

     (4) the sale, lease, sublease, license, sublicense or consignment of equipment, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;
     (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;
     (6) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted under Section 4.11;
     (7) the licensing of intellectual property to third Persons on customary terms as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith;
     (8) any sale of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction;
     (9) any sale or disposition of any property or equipment that has become damaged, worn-out, obsolete, condemned, given over in lieu of deed or otherwise unsuitable or not required for the ordinary course of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (10) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
     (11) any foreclosures of assets;
     (12) any disposition of an account receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; and
     (13) any assets under a contract for sale on the Issue Date which are included on Schedule I hereto and sold by December 31, 2008.
    “Asset Sale Proceeds Account” shall mean one or more deposit accounts or securities accounts holding only the proceeds of any sale or disposition of any Notes Collateral.
          “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction, including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.
          “Bank Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, N.A. and any successor under the Credit Agreement, or if there is no Credit Agreement, the “Bank Collateral Agent” designated pursuant to the terms of the Lenders Debt.

-3-


 

          “Bank Lenders” means the lenders or holders of Indebtedness issued under the Credit Agreement.
          “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.
          “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.
          “Board of Directors” means: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or a committee thereof authorized to exercise the power of the board of directors of such corporation; (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
          “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to:
     (1) 90% of the value of all accounts receivable owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; plus
     (2) 90% of the value of all inventory owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date; plus
     (3) 100% of the unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter preceding such date;
all calculated on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
          “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are required or authorized by law or other governmental action to be closed.

-4-


 

          “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
          “Capital Stock” means: (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.
          “Cash Equivalents” means: (1) United States dollars or, in the case of any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the United States, Canada or any member nation of the European Union having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition; (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million; (4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; (5) commercial paper having the rating of P-1 or better from Moody’s or A-1 or better from S&P and in each case maturing within twelve months after the date of acquisition; (6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition; (7) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) to (6) above denominated in euro or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and (8) Investments in funds which invest substantially all of their assets in Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (7) of this definition.
          “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
     (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principals or Related Parties of the Principals;

-5-


 

      (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer or the direct parent company of the Issuer;
     (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, Holdings or Superholdings, as the case may be;
     (4) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Holdings, Superholdings or the Issuer are not Continuing Directors; or
     (5) Holdings, Superholdings or the Issuer consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, Holdings, Superholdings or the Issuer, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings, Superholdings, the Issuer or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (A) the Voting Stock of Holdings, Superholdings or the Issuer outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding             shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance) and (B) immediately after such transaction, no “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals and their Related Parties, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee person.
          “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. Section references to the Code are to the Code as in effect on the Issue Date and any subsequent provisions of the Code amendatory thereof, supplemental thereto or substituted therefor.
          “Collateral” means all the assets and properties subject to the Liens created by the Security Documents.
          “Collateral Agent” means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent hereunder and under the Security Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity.
          “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period and, without duplication,

-6-


 

plus: (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (2) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether or not paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of the step-up in inventory valuation arising from purchase accounting and other intangibles) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (4) any management fees paid by the Issuer to Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. or its Affiliates, in such period pursuant to management agreements to the extent that any such management fees were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; provided that the maximum aggregate amount of such management fees in any 12-month period payable to Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. or its Affiliates shall not exceed the amount described in the Issuer’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007; plus (5) any reasonable expenses, fees or charges related to the Transactions or any acquisition or Investment, in each case to the extent that any such expenses, fees or charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (6) other non-recurring cash charges not to exceed in the aggregate $3.0 million in any fiscal year; minus (7) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any period.
          Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow of the Issuer only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Issuer by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.
          “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

-7-


 

     (1) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not previously included, Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;
     (2) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (subject to provisions of this clause (2)) during such period, to the extent not previously included therein;
     (3) the Net Income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;
     (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;
     (5) non-cash charges relating to employee benefit or other management compensation plans of any Parent (to the extent such non-cash charges relate to plans of any Parent for the benefit of members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer (in their capacity as such) or employees of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards of any Parent (to the extent such non-cash charges relate to plans of any Parent for the benefit of members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer (in their capacity as such) or employees of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries), the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding in each case any non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense incurred in a prior period) in each case, to the extent that such non-cash charges are deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income shall be excluded;
     (6) any non-cash goodwill or other impairment charges resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, and non-cash charges relating to the

-8-


 

amortization of intangibles resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, shall be excluded;
     (7) any increase in cost of sales as a result of the step-up in inventory valuation arising from applying the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP in connection with any acquisition consummated after the date of this Indenture, net of taxes, shall be excluded;
     (8) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52 shall be excluded; and
     (9) all restructuring charges, including severance, relocation and transition costs, shall be excluded.
          “Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) consolidated total Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of determination that constitutes the Notes, any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations or any Lenders Debt to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow for the then most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are available in each case with such pro forma adjustments to such consolidated total Indebtedness and Consolidated Cash Flow as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
          “Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to any Person, the consolidated total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP, less all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and other similar intangibles properly classified as intangibles in accordance with GAAP, all as shown on the most recent balance sheet for such Person.
          “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any Parent, as the case may be, who: (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election; or (3) was designated or appointed by the Principals and the Related Parties of the Principals.
          “Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at One Federal Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, Attention: Corporate Trust Services, or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to the Issuer, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business and this Indenture shall be administered.
          “Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement among the Issuer, certain Subsidiaries of the Issuer, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and Bank of

-9-


 

America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, dated as of the Issue Date, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated, substituted or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring (including increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or adding Subsidiaries of the Issuer as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or any successor or replacement agreement and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.
          “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities or indentures, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or a trustee providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables), letters of credit or issuances of notes, in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated, substituted or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.
          “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
          “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “Depositary” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or a successor thereto registered under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute or regulation.
          “Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.
          “Designated Offering” means an Equity Offering.
          “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely

-10-


 

because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; and provided further that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provided that the Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.11.
          “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
          “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).
          “Equity Offering” means an offering (including in a private placement) of the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any Parent, other than public offerings with respect to the Equity Interests registered on Form S-8.
          “Equity Sponsor” means Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
          “Excluded Assets” means the collective reference to (i) all interests in real property other than fee interests, (ii) any fee interest in real property (other than certain real property owned by the Issuer or the Guarantors set forth on Schedule III hereto) if the greater of the cost and the book value of such fee interest is less than $2.50 million; (iii) any property or asset to the extent that the grant of a security interest in such property or asset is prohibited by any applicable law or requires a consent not obtained of any governmental authority pursuant to applicable law; (iv) those assets that would constitute ABL Collateral but as to which the Bank Collateral Agent shall not have required a lien or security interest; (v) any right, title or interest in any permit, lease, license, contract or agreement held by any Grantor or to which any Grantor is a party or any of its right, title or interest thereunder to the extent, but only to the extent, that such a grant would, under the terms of such permit, lease, license, contract or agreement, result in a breach of the terms of, or constitute a default under, any permit, lease, license, contract or agreement held by such Grantor or to which such Grantor is a party (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including Title 11 of the United States Code) or principles of equity); provided, that immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of any such provision, such right, title or interest in such permit, lease, license, contract or agreement shall cease to be an “Excluded Asset”; (vi) Capital Stock of a Person that constitutes a Subsidiary (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) the pledge of which would violate a contractual obligation to the owners of the other Capital Stock of such Person that is binding on or relating to such Capital

-11-


 

Stock; (vii) any Equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is subject to a purchase money lien or capital lease permitted under the Indenture to the extent the documents relating to such purchase money lien or capital lease would not permit such Equipment to be subject to the Liens created under the Security Documents; provided, that immediately upon the ineffectiveness, lapse or termination of any such restriction, such Equipment shall cease to be an “Excluded Asset”; (viii) any motor vehicles; (ix) the real property located at 1620 Mid-American Industrial Court, Boonville, Missouri (only for so long as Liens permitted under the Indenture prohibit Liens securing the Notes on such real property), and (x) the real property located at 4820 Red Bank Road, Cincinnati, Ohio until December 31, 2008; provided, however, that Excluded Assets will not include (i) any proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets referred to in clause (iii) (unless such proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded Assets referred to in clause (iii)), or (ii) any asset which secures obligations with respect to the Lenders Debt (other than collateral described in Section 10.01). Capitalized terms used in the definition and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned them in the Uniform Commercial Code.
          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “Exchange Notes” means the 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 to be issued pursuant to this Indenture in connection with (i) a registration pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or (ii) the issuance of Additional Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.01 or any registration of such Additional Notes pursuant to a registration rights agreement.
          “Excluded Contributions” means the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer after the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture from (a) contributions to its common equity capital and (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer, in each case designated within 60 days of the receipt of such net cash proceeds as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.11(a)(3).
          “Existing Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated August 27, 2004 among the Issuer, Holdings, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, UBS AG Canada Branch, Bank of America N.A., Bank of America N.A. (Canada Branch), and certain other lenders party thereto.
          “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Indenture, other than under the Credit Agreement and this Indenture.
          “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its

-12-


 

Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, Guarantees, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock and the use of the proceeds therefrom as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.
          In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:
     (1) the Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis including Pro Forma Cost Savings assuming that the Transactions and all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; and
     (2) in calculating Fixed Charges attributable to interest on any Indebtedness computed on a pro forma basis, (a) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Calculation Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Calculation Date; (b) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Calculation Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the four-quarter period; and (c) notwithstanding clause (a) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to interest rate swaps, caps or collars, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreement.

-13-


 

          “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication of: (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, noncash interest payments (other than the amortization of discount or imputed interest arising as a result of purchase accounting), the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations; plus (2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus (4) the product of (a) all dividends and distributions, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock or Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; minus (5) the amortization or expensing of financing fees incurred by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions and recognized in the applicable period; minus (6) interest income actually received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash for such period.
          “Foreign Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer organized in any jurisdiction outside the United States.
          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture.
          “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligations or guaranty the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged.
          “Grantors” means the Issuer and the Guarantors.
          “Guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or

-14-


 

reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness, and the term “Guaranteed” shall have a correlative meaning.
          “Guarantor” means any Person that incurs a Guarantee of the Notes; provided that, upon the release and discharge of such Person from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person shall cease to be a Guarantor.
          “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:
     (1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate risk;
     (2) commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements, forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping commodity price risk; and
     (3) foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping foreign currency exchange rate risk.
          “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the registered holder of any Note.
          “Holdings” means Nortek Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.
          “Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that has less than $100,000 in total assets.
          “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of:
     (1) borrowed money;
     (2) obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
     (3) banker’s acceptances;
     (4) Capital Lease Obligations;
     (5) the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or

-15-


 

     (6) representing any Hedging Obligations,
if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any obligations constituting Indebtedness and Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner.
          The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:
     (1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;
     (2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and
     (3) with respect to Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the lesser of the fair market value of the property secured or the amount of the secured Indebtedness.
          “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
          “Initial Purchasers” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., and UBS Securities LLC.
          “Intercreditor Agreement” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Bank Collateral Agent, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Issuer and each Guarantor, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance hereunder.
          “interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and any Additional Interest on the Notes.
          “Interest Payment Date” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.
          “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including Guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), purchases or other

-16-


 

acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Issuer shall be deemed to have made a Restricted Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.11(c). The acquisition by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.11(c).
          For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.11, (i) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Issuer.
          “Issue Date” shall mean May 20, 2008, the original issue date of the Notes.
          “Issuer” means the parties named as the “Issuer” in the first paragraph of this Indenture.
          “Lenders Debt” means any (i) Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the Credit Agreement, (ii) any Indebtedness which has a priority security interest relative to the Notes in the ABL Collateral, (iii) all obligations with respect to such Indebtedness and any Hedging Obligations directly related to any Lenders Debt and (iv) all cash management obligations incurred with any Bank Lender (or their affiliates).
          “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease (other than an operating lease), any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

-17-


 

          “Material Foreign Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each of the Issuer’s Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries (a) whose total assets at the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Issuer for which internal financial statements are available were equal to or greater than 2.5% of total assets of the consolidated assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Issuer for which internal financial statements are available were equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that once either of the foregoing clauses (a) or (b) applies to a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary, such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary shall continue to be a Material Foreign Subsidiary despite both of the preceding clauses (a) or (b) ever becoming inapplicable to such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary.
          “Maturity Date” means December 1, 2013.
          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
          “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: (1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale (without reference to the $5.0 million limitation); or (b) the disposition of any other assets by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in the ordinary course of business) or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (2) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain, loss or charge; and (3) any gains, losses, or charges of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries incurred in connection with the Transactions together with any related provision for taxes on such gain, loss, or charge.
          “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any noncash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale or disposition of such noncash consideration, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness (other than revolving credit Indebtedness, unless there is a required reduction in commitments) secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale and any (1) reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (2) any reserve or payment with respect to any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Issuer after such sale or other

-18-


 

disposition thereof, including, without limitation, severance costs, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.
          “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:
     (1) as to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), or (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise; and
     (2) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          “Non-U.S. Person” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation S.
          “Note Guarantee” shall mean the Guarantee of the Notes by each Guarantor of the Issuer’s payment obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.
          “Notes” means the 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 issued by the Issuer, including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes and the Additional Notes, if any, treated as a single class of securities, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture.
          “Notes Collateral” means “Noteholder First Lien Collateral” as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement as of the Issue Date.
          “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages, costs, expenses and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness (including with respect to the Notes, the Indenture, Intercreditor Agreement, Security Agreement and other Security Documents).
          “Offering Circular” means the offering circular of the Issuer dated May 13, 2008 relating to the Notes.
          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer.
          “Officers’ Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or President and by the Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of such Person.

-19-


 

          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.
          “Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations” means any Additional Notes and any other Indebtedness having substantially identical terms as the Notes (other than issue price, interest rate, yield and redemption terms) and issued under an indenture substantially identical to the Indenture and any Indebtedness that refinances or refunds (or successive refinancings and refundings) any Notes or Additional Notes and all obligations with respect to such Indebtedness; provided, that such Indebtedness may (a) have a stated maturity date that is equal to or longer than the Notes, (b) contain terms and covenants that are, in the reasonable opinion of the Issuer, less restrictive than the terms and covenants under the Notes and (c) contain terms and covenants that are more restrictive than the terms and covenants under the Notes so long as prior to or substantially simultaneously with the issuance of any such Indebtedness, the Notes and the Indenture are amended to contain any such more restrictive terms and covenants.
          “Parent” means any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer.
          “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means: (1) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes; and (2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Note Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee.
          “Perfection Certificate” means the Perfection Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Security Agreement.
          “Permitted Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of this Indenture and other businesses reasonably related or ancillary thereto.
          “Permitted Collateral Liens” means:
     (1) Liens securing the Notes outstanding on the Issue Date, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Notes, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to such Notes or Exchange Notes, the Note Guarantees relating thereto and any obligations with respect to such Notes, Exchange Notes, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and Note Guarantees;
     (2) Liens securing any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(15) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75.0 million at any one time outstanding;
     (3) Liens securing any Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations not incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1) which Liens are not permitted pursuant to clause (2) of this definition;

-20-


 

provided, however, that, at the time of incurrence of such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.50 to 1.0;
     (4) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens specified in clause (1) above or securing Lenders Debt) securing obligations in excess of $500,000 and set forth in Schedule II hereto;
     (5) Liens described in clauses (1), (2), (10), (11), (12), (13), (15), (16), (17), (18) and (20) of the definition of Permitted Liens; and
     (6) Liens on the Notes Collateral in favor of any collateral agent relating to such collateral agent’s administrative expenses with respect to the Notes Collateral.
          For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of permitted Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition but are permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that an item of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations described in clauses (1) through (6) above, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify (but not reclassify) such item of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and will only be required to include the amount and type of such item of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations in one of the above clauses and such item of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations will be treated as having been incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses.
          “Permitted Investments” means:
     (1) any Investment in the Issuer or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;
     (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents;
     (3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:
     (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; or
     (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;
     (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of noncash consideration from an Asset Sale or other sale of assets that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.13.

-21-


 

     (5) any Investment the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any Parent (which Investment, in the case of any Parent, is contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer; provided that any such contribution shall be excluded from Section 4.11(a)(3)(b));
     (6) Hedging Obligations;
     (7) any Investment to the extent such Investment, when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) and outstanding on the date of such Investment, do not exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million or (y) 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer; provided that Investments pursuant to this clause (7) shall not, directly or indirectly, fund the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of, or payment of dividends or distribution on, any Equity Interests of, or making any Investment in the holder of any Equity Interests in, any Parent;
     (8) any Investment of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the date of this Indenture; and any extension, modification or renewal of any such Investment, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof (other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date);
     (9) loans to employees that are approved in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million outstanding at any time;
     (10) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
     (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of a Person, or
     (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;
     (11) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;
     (12) Investments in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business not in excess of the greater of (x) $25.0 million or (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer, in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

-22-


 

     (13) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries not in excess of the greater of (x) $25.0 million or (y) 2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer, in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; and
     (14) Investments by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person, in each case, in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction.
          The amount of Investments outstanding at any time pursuant to clauses (7), (12) and (13) of this definition shall be reduced by an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, subsequent to the date of this Indenture, resulting from repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from any such Investment, or from the net cash proceeds from the sale of any such Investment, or from a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary, not to exceed, in the case of any Investment, the amount of the Investment previously made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “Permitted Liens” means:
     (1) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiary;
     (2) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.10(b)(4) covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;
     (3) Liens of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the date of this Indenture securing obligations in excess of $500,000 and set forth on Schedule II hereto;
     (4) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer with respect to obligations that do not exceed $10.0 million at any one time outstanding;
     (5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money) incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (6) Liens upon specific items of inventory, or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or

-23-


 

created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
     (7) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, including any Lien securing letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice in connection therewith;
     (8) Liens to secure Indebtedness of any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary permitted by Section 4.10(b)(16) covering only the assets of such Foreign Restricted Subsidiary;
     (9) Liens on assets of a Receivables Subsidiary arising in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
     (10) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental charges or claims that are not yet due or are being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
     (11) statutory Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;
     (12) easements, rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (13) leases or subleases or licenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
     (14) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets;
     (15) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any Capital Lease Obligation;
     (16) Liens arising from filing precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases;

-24-


 

     (17) Liens on property of, or on shares of stock or Indebtedness of, any Person existing at the time (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or (B) such Person or such property is acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens do not extend to any other assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and such Lien secures only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition (and extensions, renewals, refinancings and replacements thereof);
     (18) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order against the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that does not give rise to an Event of Default;
     (19) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;
     (20) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
     (21) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are either within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business or otherwise permitted under the terms of the Lenders Debt, in each case securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations;
     (22) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;
     (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;
     (24) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and
     (25) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor.
          “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that:

-25-


 

     (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium and other amounts necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith);
     (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;
     (3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and
     (4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Issuer or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.
          “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock issuer, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability issuer or government or other entity.
          “Principals” means the Equity Sponsor and its Affiliates.
          “Private Placement Legend” means the legends initially set forth on the Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B.
          “Pro Forma Cost Savings” means, with respect to any period, the reduction in net costs and related adjustments that (i) were directly attributable to an Asset Acquisition that occurred during the four-quarter period or after the end of the four-quarter period and on or prior to the Calculation Date and calculated on a basis that is consistent with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act as in effect and applied as of the date of this Indenture, (ii) were actually implemented by the business that was the subject of any such Asset Acquisition within six months after the date of the Asset Acquisition and prior to the Calculation Date that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records of such business or (iii) relate to the business that is the subject of any such Asset Acquisition and that the Issuer reasonably determines are probable based upon specifically identifiable actions to be taken within six months of the date of the Asset Acquisition and, in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii) of this

-26-


 

definition, are described, as provided below, in an Officers’ Certificate, as if all such reductions in costs had been effected as of the beginning of such period. Pro Forma Cost Savings described above shall be accompanied by a certificate delivered to the Trustee from the Issuer’s Chief Financial Officer that outlines the specific actions taken or to be taken, the net cost savings achieved or to be achieved from each such action and that, in the case of clause (iii) above, such savings have been determined to be probable.
          “Public Equity Offering” means an offer and sale for cash of common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any Parent pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective, by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 or otherwise relating to equity securities issuable under any employee benefit plan of the Issuer).
          “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note evidencing a line of credit, or evidencing other Indebtedness, owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the maker of such note, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreement, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables.
          “Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
          “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Receivables Subsidiary, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and any asset related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets that are customarily transferred, or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted, in connection with an asset securitization transaction involving accounts receivable.
          “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than a Guarantor) that engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivables and that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to

-27-


 

Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Issuer nor any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms no less favorable to the Issuer or such other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Issuer, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable, and (c) to which neither the Issuer nor any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve a certain level of operating results. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying, to the best of such officer’s knowledge and belief after consulting with counsel, that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
          “Record Date” means the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes; provided that if any such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately succeeding such specified day that is a Business Day.
          “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.
          “Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption, payable in immediately available funds, pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.
          “Registration Rights Agreement” means the registration rights agreement dated as of the Issue Date between the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers named therein.
          “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
          “Related Party” means:
          (1) any controlling stockholder, partner, member, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Principal; or
          (2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause.

-28-


 

          “Related Person” means, with respect to a any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates, and the respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors and attorneys-in-fact of such Person and its Affiliates.
          “Replacement Assets” means (1) noncurrent tangible assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business or (2) all or substantially all of the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary.
          “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
          “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
          “Restricted Security” means a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Security” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.
          “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unless otherwise specified, a Restricted Subsidiary as used herein refers to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer.
          “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
          “Secured Parties” means (a) the Holders, (b) the Trustee, (c) the Collateral Agent, (d) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Indenture, Notes, Security Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement or other Security Documents and (g) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing.
          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “Security Agreement” means the Collateral Agreement as of the Issue Date among the Issuer, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto and the Collateral Agent.
          “Security Documents” means Security Agreement, other security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, collateral assignments and related agreements, as amended,

-29-


 

supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, creating the security interests in the Collateral as contemplated hereunder.
          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article I, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Indenture.
          “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable transaction.
          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.
          “Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Note Guarantee.
          “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person: (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and (2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).
          “Superholdings” means NTK Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.
          “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date of the execution of this Indenture until such time as this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, and thereafter as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.03.
          “Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the execution, delivery and performance by the Issuer and the Guarantors of the indenture, Security Documents, Intercreditor Agreement and other related documents to which they are a party and the issuance of the Notes thereunder,

-30-


 

(b) the execution, delivery and performance by Holdings, the Issuer and the guarantors party thereto of the Credit Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement and related security documents on the Issue Date and borrowing thereunder, (c) the repayment in full of all obligations, and cancellation of all commitments, with respect to the Existing Credit Agreement and the release of all Guarantees (if any) thereof and security (if any) therefor and (d) the payment of related fees and expenses.
          “Trustee” means the party named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, shall mean such successor.
          “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction from time to time. Unless otherwise specified, references to the Uniform Commercial Code herein refer to the New York Uniform Commercial Code.
          “Unrestricted Securities” means one or more Notes that do not and are not required to bear the legends in the form set forth in Exhibit B or Exhibit C, including, without limitation, the Exchange Notes.
          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Issuer that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:
     (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;
     (2) is a Person with respect to which neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and
     (3) is not a guarantor or does not otherwise directly or indirectly provide credit support for any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of such designation unless such Guarantee or credit support is released upon such designation.
          Any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.11. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.10, the Issuer shall be in default.

-31-


 

          “U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.
          “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
          “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:
     (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by
     (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
          “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean a subsidiary of such person of which securities (except for directors’ qualifying shares) or other ownership interests representing 100% of the Capital Stock are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, controlled or held by such person or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such person or by such Person and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such person.
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.
         
Term   Defined in Section
Additional Notes
    2.01  
 
       
Affiliate Transaction
    4.14  
 
       
Agent Members
    2.16  
 
       
Asset Sale Offer
    4.13  
 
       
Change of Control Offer
    4.09  
 
       
Change of Control Payment
    4.09  
 
       
Change of Control Payment Date
    4.09  
 
       
Covenant Defeasance
    8.02  
 
       
Event of Default
    6.01  
 
       
“Excess”
    4.13  

-32-


 

         
Term   Defined in Section
Excess Proceeds
    4.13  
 
       
Excess Proceeds Payment
    4.13  
 
       
Global Note
    2.16  
 
       
incur
    4.10  
 
       
Independent Financial Advisor
    4.11  
 
       
Legal Defeasance
    8.02  
 
       
“Offer Payment Date
    4.13  
 
       
Other Notes
    2.02  
 
       
Payment Default
    6.01  
 
       
Paying Agent
    2.04  
 
       
Permitted Debt
    4.10  
 
       
Physical Notes
    2.02  
 
       
Registrar
    2.04  
 
       
Regulation S Global Note
    2.16  
 
       
Regulation S Notes
    2.02  
 
       
Restricted Global Notes
    2.16  
 
       
Restricted Payments
    4.11  
 
       
Restricted Period
    2.16  
 
       
Rule 144A Notes
    2.02  
SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of TIA.
          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
          “indenture securities” means the Notes.
          “indenture security holder” means a Holder or a Noteholder.
          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.
          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

-33-


 

          “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes.
          All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.
SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.
          Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;
     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) “or” is not exclusive;
     (4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;
     (5) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;
     (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
     (7) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and
     (8) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by “without limitation.”
ARTICLE II
THE NOTES
SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes.
          The Trustee shall initially authenticate (a) Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $750.0 million upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer; and (b) Unrestricted Securities from time to time only in exchange for a like principal amount of the Notes in each case upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate. The Trustee shall authenticate Notes thereafter in unlimited amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture, including, without

-34-


 

limitation, Section 4.10) (any such Notes, the “Additional Notes”) for original issue upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order. Each such written order shall specify the principal amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated.
SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating.
          The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Issuer is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit B, Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S Notes”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit C, and Notes offered and sold to Institutional Accredited Investors in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act not made in reliance on Rule 144A or Regulation S (“Other Notes”) may be represented by a Restricted Global Note or, if such an investor may not hold an interest in the Restricted Global Note, a Physical Note, in each case, bearing the Private Placement Legend. The Issuer shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and show the date of its authentication.
          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby.
          The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar.
          Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Physical Notes”).
SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication.
          One Officer, who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions, shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.
          If the Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

-35-


 

          No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate the Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. Each Paying Agent is designated as an authenticating agent for purposes of this Indenture.
          The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000.
SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.
          The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where (a) Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), (b) Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, for such purposes. The Issuer may act as its own Registrar or Paying Agent, except that for the purposes of Articles Three and Eight and Sections 4.09 and 4.13, neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall act as Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer, upon notice to the Trustee, may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional paying agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent until such time as the Trustee has resigned and a successor has been appointed. The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee.

-36-


 

          The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, in advance, of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.
SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.
          The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of, principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes), and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to promptly distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to promptly distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuer to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.
SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists.
          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least two (2) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.
SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.
          Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of the Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall promptly register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

-37-


 

          The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of the Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (ii) selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article III, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, and (iii) during a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer if such Note is tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer and not withdrawn.
          Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.
SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes.
          If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Issuer and the Trustee evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Issuer, if any, the Trustee or any Paying Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for the Issuer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Trustee may charge the Issuer for the Trustee’s expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Issuer.
SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes.
          The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note (subject to the provisions of Section 2.10).
          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08.

-38-


 

          If the principal of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest ceases to accrue. If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or Government Securities sufficient to pay all of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes.
          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of the Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.
          The Issuer is not prohibited from acquiring Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes.
          Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in typewritten form.
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation.
          The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.08, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.

-39-


 

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest.
          If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall, unless the Trustee fixes another Record Date pursuant to Section 6.10, pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date, which special Record Date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special Record Date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid. The Issuer may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP Number.
          The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” number (and corresponding “ISIN” number), and if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.
SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys.
          Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Excess Proceeds Payment Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Offer Payment Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Offer Payment Date, as the case may be. The principal of, premium and interest on Global Notes shall be payable to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Global Notes represented thereby. The principal amount and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the Paying Agent.

-40-


 

SECTION 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.
          (a) Rule 144A Notes and Other Notes shall be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Restricted Global Note”). Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note,” and, together with the Restricted Global Note and any other global notes representing Notes, the “Global Notes”). The Global Notes shall bear legends as set forth in Exhibit D. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B with respect to Restricted Global Notes and Exhibit C with respect to Regulation S Global Notes.
          Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.
          (b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of Beneficial Owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes if (i) requested by a Holder of such interests or (ii) the Depositary notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fails to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).
          (c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to Beneficial Owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

-41-


 

          (d) In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to Beneficial Owners pursuant to paragraph (b), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each Beneficial Owner identified by the Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.
          (e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b), (c) or (d) shall, except as otherwise provided by paragraphs (a)(i)(x) and (c) of Section 2.17, bear the Private Placement Legend or, in the case of the Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Exhibit C, in each case, unless the Issuer determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law.
          (f) On or prior to the end of the “distribution compliance period” (as defined in Regulation S, the “Restricted Period”), a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the corresponding Restricted Global Note only upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made (i) (a) to a Person that the transferor reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional Buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (b) pursuant to another exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act which is accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel regarding the availability of such exemption and (ii) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.
          (g) Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144 (if available).
          (h) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note shall, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.
          (i) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

-42-


 

SECTION 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions.
          (a) Transfers to Non-QIB Institutional Accredited Investors and Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Security to any Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB or to any Non-U.S. Person:
     (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note constituting a Restricted Security, whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after the second anniversary of the date of original issuance thereof or such other date as such Note shall be freely transferable under Rule 144 as certified in an Officers’ Certificate or (y) (1) in the case of a transfer to an Institutional Accredited Investor which is not a QIB (excluding Non-U.S. Persons), the proposed transferee has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto or (2) in the case of a transfer to a Non-U.S. Person (including a QIB), the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto; provided that, in the case of any transfer of a Note bearing the Private Placement Legend for a Note not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate authorizing such transfer; and;
     (ii) if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the certificate, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures,
whereupon the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records (a) the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Notes) a decrease in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in a Global Note to be transferred, and (b) the date and an increase in the principal amount of a Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note transferred or the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.
          (b) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration or any proposed registration of transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons):
     (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on such Holder’s Note stating, or to a transferee who has advised the Issuer and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and

-43-


 

acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and
     (ii) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred.
          (c) Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) it has received the Officers’ Certificate required by paragraph (a)(i)(y) of this Section 2.17, (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act or (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the Registrar has received an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer to such effect or such Note has been exchanged in the exchange offer under the Registration Rights Agreement.
          (d) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.
          The Registrar shall retain for a period of two years copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.16 or this Section 2.17. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable notice to the Registrar.
          The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Beneficial Owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, Beneficial Owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the

-44-


 

Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of Beneficial Owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any Beneficial Owners.
          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or Beneficial Owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
SECTION 2.18. Computation of Interest.
          Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
ARTICLE III
REDEMPTION
SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.
          If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. Subject to Section 3.03, the Issuer shall give notice of redemption to the Paying Agent and Trustee at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee in writing), together with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained herein.

-45-


 

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.
          If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption as follows:
     (1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed; or
     (2) if the Notes are not so listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.
     No Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part.
SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.
          At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall mail a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall forward the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided that, in such case, the Trustee has received notice from the Issuer at least 45 days, but not more than 60 days, before a Redemption Date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to in writing by the Trustee). Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Each notice of redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state:
     (1) the Redemption Date;
     (2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest, if any, to be paid;
     (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;
     (5) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on the Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

-46-


 

     (6) if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and that a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note;
     (7) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; and
     (8) the Section of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.
          The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Notices of redemption may not be conditional.
SECTION 3.04. RESERVED.
SECTION 3.05. Effect of Notice of Redemption.
          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued interest. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
SECTION 3.06. Deposit of Redemption Price.
          On or before 10:00 a.m. New York time on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date.
          If the Issuer complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued interest, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption on and after the applicable Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.

-47-


 

SECTION 3.07. Notes Redeemed in Part.
          If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes.
          (a) The Issuer shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof) holds on that date U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient to pay the installment.
          (b) The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal amount (including, without limitation, post petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest, to the extent lawful, at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes.
          SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.
          (a) The Issuer shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, the office or agency required under Section 2.04. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.02.
          (b) The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          (c) The Issuer hereby initially designates U.S. Bank Trust National Association, 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, NY 10005 as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04.

-48-


 

SECTION 4.03. Corporate Existence.
          Except as otherwise permitted by Article V, the Issuer shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence in accordance with its organizational documents and the rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Issuer.
SECTION 4.04. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.
          The Issuer shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, in each case, if unpaid, might by law become a material liability or Lien upon the property of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions.
SECTION 4.05. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.
          (a) The Issuer shall cause all material properties owned by or leased by it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries used or useful to the conduct of its business or the business of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in normal condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all repairs, renewals, replacements, and betterments thereof, all as in its judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the use, operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is, in the judgment of the management of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that nothing in this Section 4.05 shall prevent the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing or disposing of any properties to the extent otherwise permitted by this Indenture.
          (b) The Issuer shall maintain, and shall cause its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible carriers against such risks and in such amounts, and with such deductibles, retentions, self-insured amounts and co-insurance provisions, as are customarily carried by similar businesses of similar size, including property and casualty loss, workers’ compensation and interruption of business insurance.

-49-


 

SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.
          (a) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuer has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of such Officer’s knowledge, the Issuer during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such covenant and no Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default that has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default, the certificate shall describe its status with particularity. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Issuer elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year end.
          (b) The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee as soon as possible, and in any event within fifteen days after the Issuer becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Default or Event of Default and describing its status with particularity and the action proposed to be taken thereto.
          (c) The Issuer’s fiscal years currently end on December 31. The Issuer will provide written notice to the Trustee of any change in its fiscal year.
SECTION 4.07. RESERVED
SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.
          The Issuer covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law that would prohibit or forgive the Issuer from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, and/or interest on the Notes as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) the Issuer hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
SECTION 4.09. Change of Control.
          (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a

-50-


 

payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, thereon, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).
          (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall mail a notice to each Holder stating:
     (i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;
     (ii) the amount of the Change of Control Payment and the purchase date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which may not be earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;
     (iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
     (iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment thereof, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (v) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes to be purchased to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third business day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
     (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw Notes they have tendered on the terms and conditions set forth in such notice; and
     (vii) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes (or book-entry notation made with respect thereto) equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes tendered; provided that the portion of each Note purchased and each such new Note issued (or book-entry notation, if applicable) shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.
          (c) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:
     (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer and not withdrawn;
     (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and not withdrawn; and

-51-


 

     (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all Notes so accepted with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer.
          (d) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered and not withdrawn the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to such Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.
          (e) RESERVED.
          (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. Notes repurchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be retired and cancelled.
          (g) The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. The Issuer will comply, and will cause any third party making a Change of Control Offer to comply, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes triggered by a Change of Control Offer. To the extent the provisions of any applicable securities laws or regulations conflict with Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of complying with such laws and regulations.
SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.
          (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Issuer will not issue any Disqualified Stock and the Issuer will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however, that the Issuer and the Guarantors may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock and the Guarantors may issue preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer’s most recently ended four full fiscal

-52-


 

quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred Disqualified Stock or preferred stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
          (b) Section 4.10(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):
     (1) (a) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (and the incurrence by the Guarantors of Guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Issuer and the Guarantors thereunder) not to exceed the sum of (x) $300.0 million plus (y) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired or retired for value by the Issuer after the Issue Date through the date of incurrence and (b) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Guarantor of additional Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (and the incurrence by the Guarantors of Guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Issuer and the Guarantors thereunder) not to exceed the amount, if any, by which (x) the amount of the Borrowing Base as of the date of such incurrence exceeds (y) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the immediately preceding clause (a) as of the date of such incurrence, less, in the case of clause (a), the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales, applied by the Issuer or any Guarantor to repay any Indebtedness under Credit Facilities (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to Section 4.13 and, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), less amounts outstanding under any Qualified Receivables Transactions;
     (2) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Guarantors of the Existing Indebtedness;
     (3) the incurrence by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by the Notes to be issued on the date of this Indenture and related Note Guarantees, the Exchange Notes and the related Note Guarantees to be issued pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement; and any Exchange Notes issued by the Issuer in exchange for Additional Notes, if any, issued in compliance with this Indenture and pursuant to a registered exchange offer and the related Note Guarantees;
     (4) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase

-53-


 

money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price, or cost of construction or improvement, of property (real or personal), plant or equipment used in the business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed, at any time outstanding, the greater of (x) $30.0 million or (y) 3% of Consolidated Tangible Assets of the Issuer;
     (5) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness) that is permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.10(a) or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (15) or (16) of this Section 4.10(b);
     (6) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that:
     (a) if the Issuer or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, and such Indebtedness is owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Issuer, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor; and
     (b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);
     (7) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations that are incurred in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate, commodity price or foreign currency exchange rate risk (or to reverse or amend any such agreements previously made for such purposes), and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;
     (8) the Guarantee by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that was permitted to be incurred by

-54-


 

another provision of this Section 4.10; provided that, in the case of a Guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Restricted Subsidiary complies with Section 4.16;
     (9) the accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this Section 4.10; provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Issuer as accrued;
     (10) the incurrence by the Issuer’s Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Non-Recourse Debt; provided, however, that if any such Indebtedness ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such event shall be deemed to constitute an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that was not permitted by this clause (10);
     (11) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance; provided, however, that, upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (12) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that:
     (a) such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote or footnotes to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on that balance sheet for purposes of this clause (a)); and
     (b) the maximum assumable liability in respect of that Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including noncash proceeds (the fair

-55-


 

market value of those noncash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Issuer and/or that Restricted Subsidiary in connection with that disposition;
     (13) the issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock by any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Securities that results in such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock that was not permitted by this clause (13);
     (14) the incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and completion Guarantees provided by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (15) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (15), not to exceed $75.0 million;
     (16) the incurrence by the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder), including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16), not to exceed $50.0 million;
     (17) the incurrence of any Indebtedness by a Receivables Subsidiary that is not recourse to the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than Standard Securitization Undertakings) incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, that, the aggregate amount of Indebtedness under this clause (17), when aggregated with all Indebtedness outstanding under Section 4.10(b)(1), shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted under Section 4.10(b)(1);
     (18) contingent liabilities arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business;
     (19) the incurrence by the Issuer of Indebtedness to effect the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent, in each case held by any former or current employees, officers,

-56-


 

directors or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses, former spouses or family members under any management equity plan or stock option or other management or employee benefit plan upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such Persons in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the maximum amount of such acquisitions pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(5);
     (20) the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; and
     (21) contingent liabilities arising out of endorsements of checks and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, in the event that any proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (21) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(a), the Issuer will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, and from time to time may reclassify, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10 at such time. Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement on date of this Indenture shall be deemed to have been incurred on such date pursuant to Section 4.10(b)(1).
SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Restricted Payments.
          (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
     (I) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;
     (II) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Issuer) any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent;
     (III) make any payment of principal or premium on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment (other than (A) from the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of such subordinated Indebtedness purchased in

-57-


 

anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement); or
     (IV) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clause (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”),
          unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
     (1) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and
     (2) the Issuer would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a); and
     (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (13), (14) and (15) of Section 4.11(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:
     (a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning on the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture and ending on the date of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (provided, that, if the amount of Consolidated Net Income as so calculated divided by the number of full fiscal quarters in such period exceeds $5.25 million, then such amount shall equal (i) 50% of the product of $5.25 million multiplied by the number of full fiscal quarters in such period plus (ii) 75% of the amount in excess of the product of $5.25 million multiplied by the number of full fiscal quarters in such period) (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus
     (b) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of property) received by the Issuer subsequent to the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Excluded Contributions or net proceeds from the issue and sale of Disqualified Stock) or from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable

-58-


 

debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer); plus
     (c) in an amount equal to the net reduction in Restricted Investments by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, subsequent to the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture, resulting from payments of interests on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets, in each case to the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from any such Investment, or from the net cash proceeds from the sale of any such Investment, or from a designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary, but only if and to the extent such amounts are not included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and not to exceed in the case of any Investment the amount of the Restricted Investment previously made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that 50% (or, if subclause (a)(ii) of this clause (3) is applicable to the period in which such amounts are received, 75%) of amounts in excess of the amount of the Investment previously made may be added to the amounts otherwise available under this clause (c) to make Restricted Investments pursuant to this clause (3).
     (b) Section 4.11(a) will not prohibit:
     (1) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;
     (2) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any Parent in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of, Equity Interests of the Issuer other than Disqualified Stock (and any distribution, loan or advance of such net cash proceeds to any Parent for such purpose) or out of contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from Section 4.11(a)(3)(b);
     (3) the repayment, defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;
     (4) the payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the holders of any series or class of its common Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

-59-


 

     (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer and any distribution, loan or advance to any Parent for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of any Parent, in each case held by any former or current employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses, former spouses or family members under any management equity plan or stock option or other management or employee benefit plan upon the death, disability or termination of employment of such Persons, in an amount not to exceed $7.50 million in any calendar year; provided that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (i) the net cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer (or any Parent to the extent such net cash proceeds are contributed to the common equity of the Issuer) to employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (2) above or previously applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5) plus (ii) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the 81/2% Notes Indenture less any amounts previously applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5); provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer from such Persons will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.11 or any other provisions of this Indenture to the extent that the proceeds received from the sale of such Equity Interests were excluded from Section 4.11(a)(3)(b); provided, further, that the net cash proceeds from such sales of Equity Interests described in subclause (i) of this clause (5) shall be excluded from Section 4.11(a)(3)(b) to the extent such proceeds have been or are applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to this clause (5);
     (6) the payment of dividends or other distributions or the making of loans or advances to any Parent in amounts required for any Parent to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain its existence and provide for all other operating costs of any Parent to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, in respect of director fees and expenses, administrative, legal and accounting services provided by third parties and other costs and expenses including all costs and expenses with respect to filings with the Commission plus any indemnification claims made by directors or officers of any Parent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (7) the payment of dividends or other distributions by the Issuer to any Parent in amounts required to pay the tax obligations of any Parent attributable to the Issuer and its Subsidiaries determined as if the Issuer and its Subsidiaries had filed a separate

-60-


 

consolidated, combined or unitary return for the relevant taxing jurisdiction; provided that any refunds received by any Parent attributable to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall promptly be returned by any Parent to the Issuer through a contribution to the common equity of, or the purchase of common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from, the Issuer; and provided, further, that the amount of any such contribution or purchase shall be excluded from Section 4.11(a)(3)(b);
     (8) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the cashless exercise of stock options and warrants;
     (9) other Restricted Payments not otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 4.11 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50.0 million;
     (10) the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.10;
     (11) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions;
     (12) following the first Public Equity Offering of the Issuer or any Parent after the date of this Indenture, the payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (and, in the case of a Public Equity Offering of any Parent, solely for the purpose of paying dividends on such Parent’s common stock) in an amount not to exceed 6% per annum of the gross proceeds of such Public Equity Offering received by or contributed to the common equity capital of, the Issuer (other than any such gross proceeds constituting Excluded Contributions);
     (13) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or Asset Sale and within 60 days after completion of the offer to repurchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.09 and Section 4.13 (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Indebtedness of the Issuer subordinated to the Notes that is required to be repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control or Asset Sale, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof (plus accrued and unpaid interest);
     (14) the payment of dividends or other distributions by the Issuer to any Parent in amounts required for any Parent to pay any expenses incurred in connection with unconsummated offerings of debt securities or Equity Interests of any Parent; and
     (15) the payment of dividends or other distributions by the Issuer to any Parent in an aggregate amount equal to any reduction in taxes realized by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the form of refunds or deductions realized in connection with or otherwise resulting from the 2004 Transactions;

-61-


 

provided, however, that in the case of clauses (2), (3), (5), (9), (10), (12), (13), (14) and (15) of this Section 4.11, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.
          (c) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Issuer or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this Section 4.11 shall, if the fair market value thereof exceeds $10.0 million, be determined by the Board of Directors whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Board of Directors’ determination must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing (an “Independent Financial Advisor”) if the fair market value exceeds $25.0 million. If any fairness opinion or appraisal is required by this Indenture in connection with any Restricted Payments, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.11 were computed, together with a copy of such fairness opinion or appraisal.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.11, neither the Issuer nor its Restricted Subsidiaries may make a Restricted Payment (including the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any distribution, loan or advance to any Parent) for the purposes, directly or indirectly, of funding the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of, or payment of dividends or distribution on, any Equity Interests of, or making any Investment in the holder of any Equity Interests in, any Parent, in each case by means of utilization of the cumulative Restricted Payment credit provided by Section 4.11(a), or the exceptions provided by clauses (1), (9) or (15) of Section 4.11(b).
SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Liens.
          The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) of any kind upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
     (1) in the case of the Notes Collateral, any Initial Lien if (i) such Initial Lien expressly ranks junior to the first-priority security interest intended to be created in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes pursuant to the Security Documents; provided, however, that the terms of such junior interest will be no more favorable to the beneficiaries thereof than the terms contained in the Intercreditor Agreement; or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Collateral Lien;

-62-


 

     (2) in the case of the ABL Collateral, any Initial Lien if (i) the Notes are equally and ratably secured on a second priority basis by such ABL Collateral until such time as such Initial Lien is released or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien; and
     (3) in the case of any other asset or property, any Initial Lien if (i) the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Initial Lien secures any Subordinated Indebtedness) the obligations secured by such Initial Lien or (ii) such Initial Lien is a Permitted Lien.
          Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to clause (2) or (3) of this Section 4.12 shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien which release and discharge in the case of any sale of any such asset or property shall not affect any Lien that the Collateral Agent may have on the proceeds from such sale.
SECTION 4.13. Asset Sales.
          (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral unless:
     (1) the Issuer (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;
     (2) in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $10.0 million, such fair market value is determined by the Issuer’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
     (3) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or a combination thereof;
     (4) to the extent that any assets received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale constitute securities or may be used or useful in a Permitted Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition added to the Notes Collateral securing the Notes, other than Excluded Assets and subject to the limitations and exclusions under Section 10.01(b); and
     (5) Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale is paid directly by the purchaser thereof to the Collateral Agent to be held in trust in an Asset Sale Proceeds Account for application in accordance with this Section 4.13.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of the above paragraph, the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to cause any Excess (as defined in Section

-63-


 

4.13(c)) to be held in an Asset Sale Proceeds Account in accordance with clause (5) of Section 4.13(a) except to the extent the aggregate Excess from all Asset Sales of Notes Collateral which are not held in an Asset Sale Proceeds Account, or have not been previously applied in accordance with the provisions of the following paragraphs relating to the application of Excess from Asset Sales of Notes Collateral, exceeds $20.0 million.
          (c) Within 365 days after the receipt of the Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral, the excess (the “Excess”) of (x) any such Net Proceeds over (y) the amount of cash applied by the Issuer and any Guarantor during the 6 months prior to the date of any such Asset Sale to make Asset Sale Investments (provided that such amounts shall not include (a) amounts previously used to so offset other Net Proceeds or (b) Asset Sale Investments made with cash from the Asset Sale of Notes Collateral) shall be used by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at its option to do any one or more of the following:
     (1) acquire assets or make capital expenditures, that, in either case, are used or useful in a Permitted Business (provided, however, that if such acquisition is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or, if such Person is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary), in an increase in the percentage ownership of such Person by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) (an “Asset Sale Investment”); provided, however, that to the extent that the assets acquired by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale Investment may be used or useful in a Permitted Business, such assets are concurrently with their acquisition added to the Notes Collateral securing the Notes; or
     (2) make one or more offers (each, a “Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer”) to the Holders of the Notes (and, at the option of the Issuer, the holders of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) to purchase Notes (and such Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations) in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (or in respect of Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations, such lesser price as may be provided for by the terms of such Other Paris Passu Lien Obligations), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase (the “Excess Payment”); provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (2), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.13(c), the Issuer and Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to apply any Excess in accordance with the above paragraph until the aggregate Excess from all Asset Sales of Notes Collateral which are not applied in accordance with the above paragraph exceeds $20.0 million.

-64-


 

The Issuer will commence a Notes Collateral Asset Sale Offer with respect to the Excess from any Asset Sale of Notes Collateral not later than 10 business days after the later of (x) the 365th day after such Asset Sale of Notes Collateral to the extent such Excess has not been used in accordance with paragraph (1) or (2) of this Section 4.13(c) and (y) the date that the Excess from Asset Sales of Notes Collateral not applied in accordance with this Section 4.13 exceeds $20.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. After the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has applied the Excess from any Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral as provided in, and within the time periods required by, this Section 4.13(c), the balance of such Excess, if any, from such Asset Sale of any Notes Collateral shall be released by the Collateral Agent to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary for use by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary for any purpose not prohibited hereunder and shall cease to constitute Excess of Asset Sales of Notes Collateral subject to the provisions of this Section 4.13(c).
If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations tendered into such Notes Collateral Asset Offer exceeds the amount of Excess, the Notes and Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations to be purchased shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations tendered and the selection of the actual Notes for purchase will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable.
          (d) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral) unless:
     (1) the Issuer (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;
     (2) in the case of Asset Sales involving consideration in excess of $10.0 million, such fair market value is determined by the Issuer’s Board of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; and
     (3) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or Replacement Assets or a combination thereof.
          (e) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral), the Issuer may apply such Net Proceeds at its option to one or more of the following:
     (1) to permanently reduce any Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien (including the Credit Facilities) or any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (and, in the case of revolving obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto) or any Pari Passu Indebtedness, in each case other

-65-


 

than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof; provided, however, that if the Issuer or any Guarantor shall so reduce any Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Indebtedness under the Notes by making an offer to all Holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of the Notes, such offer to be conducted in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.13 for an Asset Sale Offer but without any further limitation in amount; or
     (2) make an Asset Sale Investment.
Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in Cash Equivalents.
          (f) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales (other than an Asset Sale of Notes Collateral) that are not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.13(e) will constitute “Excess Proceeds”. Within ten Business Days after the date that the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer (the “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders of Notes (and, at the option of the Issuer, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and principal amount or accreted value, as applicable, of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes (or in respect of Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash (the “Excess Proceeds Payment”).
          (g) If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.
          (h) For purposes of Section 4.13(a)(3) and Section 4.13(d)(3),
     (1) each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:
     (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed

-66-


 

by the transferee of any such assets and, in the case of liabilities other than Non-Recourse Debt, where the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries are released from any further liability in connection therewith;
     (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days thereafter (to the extent of the cash received in that conversion); and
     (iii) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million or (y) 5.0% of Consolidated Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).
     (2) any liabilities of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that are not assumed by the transferee of such assets in respect of which the Issuer and all Restricted Subsidiaries are not released from any future liabilities in connection therewith shall not be considered consideration.
          (i) Immediately following any Note Collateral Asset Sale Offer or Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer is required to mail a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder stating:
     (i) that such offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.13 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;
     (ii) the amount of the Excess Payment or Excess Proceeds Payment, as applicable, and the purchase date (in each case, the “Payment Date”), which may not be earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed;
     (iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
     (iv) that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment thereof, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the such offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Offer Payment Date, as applicable;
     (v) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to such offer will be required to surrender the Notes to be purchased to the Paying Agent at the address

-67-


 

specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third business day preceding the Offer Payment Date;
     (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw Notes they have tendered on the terms and conditions set forth in such notice; and
     (vii) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes (or book-entry notation made with respect thereto) equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes tendered; provided that the portion of each Note purchased and each such new Note issued (or book-entry notation, if applicable) shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof.
     (j) On the Offer Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:
     (i) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to such offer and not withdrawn;
     (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount sufficient to pay the Excess Payment or Excess Proceeds Payment, as applicable, in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and not withdrawn; and
     (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee all Notes so tendered and not withdrawn together with an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Notes or portions thereof tendered to the Issuer.
          (k) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered and not withdrawn the Excess Payment or Excess Proceeds Payment, as applicable, in respect of such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail to such Holder a new Note (or cause to be transferred by book entry) equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the such offer on or as soon as practicable after the Offer Payment Date.
          (l) The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to such offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.13, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of complying with such laws and regulations.

-68-


 

SECTION 4.14. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
          The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million on or after the Issue Date (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:
     (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and
     (2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee:
     (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.14 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and
     (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an Independent Financial Advisor.
          The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:
     (1) any consulting or employment agreement or arrangement entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer;
     (2) transactions (i) between or among the Issuer and/or the Guarantors, (ii) between or among Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors; and (iii) between or among the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, on the other hand, in the ordinary course of business;
     (3) payment of reasonable directors fees to directors of the Issuer and any Parent and the provision of customary indemnities to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Issuer, and any Parent or any Restricted Subsidiary;

-69-


 

     (4) issuances and sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Issuer;
     (5) any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and payments pursuant thereto among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and any other Person with which the Issuer or its Subsidiaries is required or permitted to file a consolidated, combined or unitary tax return or with which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is or could be part of a consolidated, combined or unitary group for tax purposes in amounts not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;
     (6) Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 4.11 or any Permitted Investments;
     (7) the payment (directly or through any Parent) of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advising fees and related expenses to the Equity Sponsor and its respective Affiliates pursuant to management agreements described in the Issuer’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007;
     (8) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Equity Sponsor and its Affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; provided that the maximum aggregate amount of any such fees in any 12-month period shall not exceed 1.25% of the aggregate transaction value (including enterprise value in connection with acquisitions or divestitures) (or portion thereof) in respect of which such services are rendered (excluding, in any case, commitment or similar fees for providing financing);
     (9) loans to employees that are approved in good faith by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million outstanding at any time and advances and expense reimbursements to employees in the ordinary course of business;
     (10) agreements (and payments relating thereto) existing on May 10, 2008, as the same may be amended, modified or replaced from time to time, so long as any amendment, modification or replacement is not materially less favorable to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the agreement in effect on May 10, 2008;
     (11) transactions with a joint venture engaged in a Permitted Business; provided that all the outstanding ownership interests of such joint venture are owned only by the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and Persons who are not Affiliates of the Issuer;
     (12) transactions between a Receivables Subsidiary and any Person in which the Receivables Subsidiary has an Investment;

-70-


 

     (13) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods, in each case in the ordinary course of business; and
     (14) transactions which have been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors and with respect to which an Independent Financial Advisor has delivered an opinion as to the fairness to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such transaction from a financial point of view.
SECTION 4.15.   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.
          (a) The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:
     (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or pay any indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
     (2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or
     (3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
          (b) However, the restrictions under Section 4.15(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:
     (1) Existing Indebtedness and the Credit Agreement;
     (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees or by other Indebtedness of the Issuer or of a Guarantor which is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or Note Guarantees, as applicable, incurred under an indenture pursuant to Section 4.10; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture;
     (3) applicable law or regulation;
     (4) any agreements or instruments governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred or issued, as the case may be, in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the

-71-


 

Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred;
     (5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases, licenses and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in Section 4.15(a)(3);
     (7) an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of Capital Stock or assets of a Restricted Subsidiary or an agreement entered into for the sale of specified assets or the granting of an option to purchase specified assets (in either case, so long as such encumbrance or restriction, by its terms, terminates on the earlier of the termination of such agreement or the consummation of such agreement and so long as such restriction applies only to the Capital Stock or assets to be sold);
     (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
     (9) Permitted Liens securing Indebtedness that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Lien;
     (10) customary limitations on the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (11) any Purchase Money Note, or other Indebtedness or contractual requirements of a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided that such restrictions only apply to such Receivables Subsidiary;
     (12) cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
     (13) customary provisions in joint venture agreements;
     (14) Indebtedness of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; and
     (15) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the agreements, contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in

-72-


 

clauses (1) through (14) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than the dividend or other payment restrictions contained in the contracts, agreements, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (14) above prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; provided, further, however, that with respect to contracts, agreements, instruments or obligations existing on the Issue Date, any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings contain, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, dividend and other payment restrictions that are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than such restrictions contained in such contracts, instruments or obligations as in effect on the Issue Date.
SECTION 4.16. Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.
          (a) The Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantee or pledge by a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary securing the payment of Indebtedness of another Foreign Restricted Subsidiary) unless either (1) such Restricted Subsidiary is a Guarantor or (2) such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture (in the form set forth in Exhibit H providing for the Guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary, which Guarantee shall be senior to or pari passu with such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of or pledge to secure such other Indebtedness), a supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement and applicable Security Documents.
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.16(a), any Note Guarantee will provide by its terms that it will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged under the circumstances described in Section 11.04.
SECTION 4.17. Reports.
          (a) Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee and the nominee of the Depositary, on behalf of the Holders of Notes, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:
     (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Issuer were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual

-73-


 

information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s certified independent accountants; and
     (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuer were required to file such reports;
provided, that if the Issuer files such reports electronically with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system) within such time periods, the Issuer shall not be required under this Indenture to furnish such reports as specified above.
          (b) In addition, following the date by which the Issuer is required to consummate the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, whether or not required by the Commission, the Issuer will file a copy of all of the information and reports referred to in Sections 4.17(a)(1) and (2) with the Commission for public availability within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any Notes (but not the Exchange Notes) remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
          (c) In addition, if at any time any Parent becomes a Guarantor (there being no obligation of any Parent to do so), holds no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (and performs only the related incidental activities associated with such ownership) and complies with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision), the reports, information and other documents required to be filed and furnished to holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.17 may, at the option of the Issuer, be filed by and be those of such Parent rather than the Issuer.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 4.17 shall be deemed satisfied with respect to the furnishing of a Form 10-K for the Issuer’s fiscal year 2008 by the filing with the Commission of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) if the information that would have been contained in such report is included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, or any amendments thereto, and filed with the Commission within the times periods contemplated above.
          The Trustee shall not be under a duty to review or evaluate any report or information delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.17 for the purposes of making such reports available to it and to the Holders of the Notes who may request such information. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee as may be

-74-


 

required under this Section 4.17 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officers’ Certificate).
SECTION 4.18. Payments for Consent.
          The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
SECTION 4.19. RESERVED.
SECTION 4.20. Additional Note Guarantees and Security for the Notes.
          If on or after the date of this Indenture the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary) must become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture (in the form set forth in Exhibit H hereto), a supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement, a supplement to the Security Agreement, and other applicable Security Documents and deliver an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee within 20 Business Days of the date on which it was acquired or created. At the Issuer’s option, the Issuer may cause any Foreign Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee and provide security for the Notes. Each Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary may be released pursuant to Section 11.04 of this Indenture.
SECTION 4.21. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
          The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default; provided that in no event shall there be any Unrestricted Subsidiaries on or immediately following the date of this Indenture. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated (after giving effect to any sale of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary in connection with such designation) will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and will either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11(a) or reduce the amount available for future Investments under one or more clauses of the definition of “Permitted Investments.” That designation shall only be permitted if such Investment would be permitted at that time and if such Restricted Subsidiary

-75-


 

otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Issuer may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.10, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation.
SECTION 4.22. Business Activities.
          The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than Permitted Businesses, except as would not be material to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
SECTION 4.23. Impairment of Security Interest.
          Subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Liens and Permitted Collateral Liens, the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, subject to limited exceptions. The Issuer shall not amend, modify or supplement, or permit or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement of, the Security Documents in any way that would be adverse to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect, except as permitted under Articles IX or X hereof or the Intercreditor Agreement.
SECTION 4.24. After-Acquired Property.
          Promptly following the acquisition by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any After-Acquired Property (but subject to the limitations, if applicable, set forth in Section 10.01), the Issuer or such Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in such After-Acquired Property and to have such After-Acquired Property added to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, and thereupon all provisions of this Indenture relating to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect.
SECTION 4.25. Information Regarding Collateral.
          The Issuer shall furnish to the Collateral Agent, with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, prompt written notice of any change in such Person’s (i) corporate name, (ii) jurisdiction of organization or formation, (iii) identity or corporate structure or (iv) Federal Taxpayer

-76-


 

Identification Number. The Issuer shall not effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code of the applicable jurisdiction or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral. The Issuer also shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed. Each year, at the time of delivery of the annual financial statements with respect to the preceding fiscal year, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate of a financial officer setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the prior delivered Perfection Certificate.
SECTION 4.26. Further Assurances.
          The Issuer and Guarantors shall execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be required under applicable law, or that the Trustee may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Documents in the Collateral. In addition, from time to time, the Issuer will reasonably promptly secure the obligations under the Indenture, Security Documents and Intercreditor Agreement by pledging or creating, or causing to be pledged or created, perfected security interests with respect to the Collateral. Such security interests and Liens will be created under the Security Documents and other security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust and other instruments and documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (as to which the Trustee will be entitled to receive and rely upon, without liability on its part, the advice of counsel and/or such direction as it may deem necessary or advisable from Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes).
ARTICLE V
SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets.
          (a) The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), and the Issuer will not sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person (including by way of consolidation or merger), unless:
     (1) either: (A) the Issuer is the surviving corporation or (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a

-77-


 

corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that, in the case such Person is a limited liability company or a partnership, such Person will form a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a corporation and cause such Subsidiary to become a co-issuer of the Notes;
     (2) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Issuer, as the case may be, under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (3) immediately after such transaction and any related financing transactions, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
     (4) the Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period either (A) would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a), or (B) would have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on such basis higher than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such transactions.
          (b) Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a), the Issuer may merge or consolidate with a Restricted Subsidiary incorporated solely for the purposes of organizing the Issuer in another jurisdiction.
          (c) The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.
          (d) This Section 5.01 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.
          (e) In connection with any such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, the Issuer shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition and the supplemental indenture in respect thereto comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transactions have been complied with.

-78-


 

          (f) Upon any such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer is merged or the successor Person to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer in this Indenture, and when a successor Person assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under this Indenture or the Notes, the predecessor shall be released from those obligations; provided, however, that in the case of a transfer by lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.
ARTICLE VI
DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.
          Each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default”:
     (1) the Issuer defaults for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;
     (2) the Issuer defaults in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
     (3) failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Section 4.09, Section 4.13 or Section 5.01;
     (4) failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 45 days after notice by the Trustee or by Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture, the Security Agreement, any other Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement;
     (5) default by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:
     (a) is caused by a failure to make any payment when due at the final maturity (after any applicable grace period) of such Indebtedness (a “Payment Default”); or

-79-


 

     (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity;
and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more;
     (6) failure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million (net of any amount covered by insurance), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days after such judgments have become final and non-appealable and, in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree that is not promptly stayed;
     (7) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or the Note Guarantees of any group of Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any such Guarantor or group of Guarantors, or any Person acting on behalf of any such Guarantor or group of Guarantors, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Note Guarantee;
     (8) the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:
     (i) commences a voluntary case; or
     (ii) consents to entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; or
     (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or
     (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or
     (v) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or
     (9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

-80-


 

     (i) is for relief against any Guarantor, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
     (ii) appoints a custodian of any Guarantor, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of any Guarantor, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, take as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or
     (iii) orders the liquidation of any Guarantor, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days;
     (10) any security interest purported to be created by any Security Document with respect to any Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market value in excess of $50.0 million, shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by the Issuer or any Guarantor not to be, a valid, perfected security interest in the securities, assets or properties covered thereby; except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Trustee or Collateral Agent to make filings, renewals and continuations (or other equivalent filings) which the Issuer has indicated in the Perfection Certificate are required to be made or the failure of the Trustee to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents); and
     (11) the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Security Documents or Intercreditor Agreement except for a failure that would not be material to the Holders of the Notes and would not materially affect the value of the Collateral taken as a whole (together with the defaults described in clauses (7) and (10)).
          In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result of the acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause (5) of the preceding paragraph, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness described in clause (5) of the preceding paragraph have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of such Indebtedness within 30 days of the date of such declaration and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest on

-81-


 

the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes have been cured or waived.
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.
          In the case of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) that occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all of the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become due and payable immediately without further action or notice on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.
          If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all unpaid principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in writing in writing to the Issuer specifying the respective Event of Default.
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.
          (a) If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
          (b) The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon a Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
          (c) Holders may not enforce this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement except as provided in this Indenture and under the TIA. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. Subject to all provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.

-82-


 

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Defaults.
          Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any Default with respect to such Notes and its consequences by providing written notice thereof to the Issuer and the Trustee, except a Default (1) in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively; provided that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.
          The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. Subject to Section 7.01, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Noteholder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
          In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification against any loss or expense caused by taking such action or following such direction.
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.
          A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:
     (1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
     (2) the Holder or Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) such Holder or Holders offer and provide to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense satisfactory to the Trustee;
     (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 30 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity and security; and

-83-


 

     (5) during such 30-day period the Holder or Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with the request.
          A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Holder.
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.
     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.
          If a Default in payment of principal or interest specified in Section 6.01(1) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes and fees remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
          The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer, its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

-84-


 

The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member of any officer committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.
SECTION 6.10. Priorities.
          If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
     FIRST: to the Trustee and the Collateral Agent for amounts due under Section 7.07;
     SECOND: to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;
     THIRD: to Holders for the principal and premium, if any, due and unpaid on the Notes, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal; and
     FOURTH: to the Issuer.
          The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuer, may fix a Record Date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.
          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.
ARTICLE VII
TRUSTEE
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.
          (a) If an Event of Default known to the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture

-85-


 

and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs, subject however to Section 10.11(j) hereof.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default known to the Trustee:
     (1) The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee.
     (2) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates (including Officers’ Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel) furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
     (1) This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01.
     (2) The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.
     (3) The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.
          (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.
          (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.

-86-


 

          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          (g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.
          Subject to Section 7.01:
     (a) The Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section 12.05. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.
     (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.
     (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.
     (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
     (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.
     (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate (including any Officers’ Certificate), statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document.

-87-


 

     (h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.
     (i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as duties.
     (j) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.
     (k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of the Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.
          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture.
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default.
          If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual notice of such Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the uncured Default within 60 days after such notice is received. Except in the case of a Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or the Offer Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or Note Collateral Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Board of Directors, the executive committee, or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers, of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

-88-


 

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.
          Within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with May 15, 2009, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the Commission and each securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed.
          The Issuer shall notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA § 313(d).
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.
          For purposes of this Section 7.07, the Trustee and Collateral Agent are referred to collectively as the “Indemnified Parties”, and each is an “Indemnified Party”. The Issuer shall pay to each Indemnified Party from time to time such compensation as the Issuer and such Indemnified Party shall from time to time agree in writing for its services hereunder. Neither Indemnified Party’s compensation shall be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse each Indemnified Party upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to such Indemnified Party’s negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of each Indemnified Party’s agents and counsel.
          The Issuer shall indemnify each Indemnified Party or any predecessor Indemnified Party and their respective agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of such Indemnified Party), liability or expense incurred by them except for such actions to the extent caused by any negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against or investigating any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of an Indemnified Party’s rights, powers or duties hereunder. Each Indemnified Party shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against such Indemnified Party or any of its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors for which it may seek indemnity. The Issuer may, subject to the approval of the such Indemnified Party (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), defend the claim and such Indemnified Party shall cooperate in the defense. The Indemnified Party and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors

-89-


 

subject to the claim may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuer will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if, subject to the approval of the such Indemnified Party (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), it assumes such Indemnified Party’s defense and there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer and such Indemnified Party and its agents, employees, officers, stockholders and directors subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by such Indemnified Party. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by an Indemnified Party through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
          To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, each Indemnified Party shall have an equal and ratable senior lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by Trustee and Collateral Agent, in such capacities.
          Without prejudice to its rights hereunder, when an Indemnified Party incurs expenses or renders services after a Default specified in Section 6.01(8) or (9) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services (including the fees and expenses of its agent and counsel) shall constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.
          Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a successor Trustee or Collateral Agent.
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.
          The Trustee may resign at any time by providing thirty days prior written notice to the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:
     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
     (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;
     (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
     (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a

-90-


 

majority in principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.
          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. A resignation of the Trustee shall not be effective until a successor trustee delivers a written acceptance of its appointment in accordance with this Section 7.08.
          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.
          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
          If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee; provided that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII.
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.
          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirement of TIA §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $150,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. In addition, if the Trustee is a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the Trustee, independently of the bank holding company, shall meet the capital requirements of TIA § 310(a)(2). The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer are

-91-


 

outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of TIA § 310 shall apply to the Issuer and any other obligor of the Notes.
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer.
          The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.
SECTION 7.12. Intercreditor Agreement, Security Agreement and Other Security Documents.
          The Trustee and Collateral Agent is each hereby directed and authorized to execute and deliver the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agreement and any other Security Documents in which it is named as a party. It is hereby expressly acknowledged and agreed that, in doing so, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent are not responsible for the terms or contents of such agreements, or for the validity or enforceability thereof, or the sufficiency thereof for any purpose. Whether or not so expressly stated therein, in entering into, or taking (or forbearing from) any action under pursuant to, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security Agreement or any other Security Documents, the Trustee and Collateral Agent each shall have all of the rights, immunities, indemnities and other protections granted to it under this Indenture (in addition to those that may be granted to it under the terms of such other agreement or agreements).
ARTICLE VIII
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations.
          (a) This Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder, except those obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 8.01, when the Issuer or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture and, either:
     (1) all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
     (2) (A) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of

-92-


 

redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year, including as a result of a redemption notice properly given pursuant to this Indenture, and the Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; (B) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; and (C) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be.
     (b) In addition, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent providing for or relating to the termination of the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture have been complied with.
          Subject to the next sentence and notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 4.02, 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.09. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.
          After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents except for those surviving obligations specified above.
SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.
          (a) The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.03.
          (b) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Issuer and Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03, be deemed to have been discharged from their respective obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions

-93-


 

set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.04 hereof and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
     (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;
     (2) the Issuer’s obligations under Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09 and 4.02;
     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, Collateral Agent and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and
     (4) this Article VIII.
          Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02(b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.02(c) hereof.
          (c) Upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.09 through 4.26 and clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.03 hereof, clauses (3), (4) (with respect to the Security

-94-


 

Agreement, other Security Documents and Intercreditor Agreement only), (5), (6), (10) and (11) of Section 6.01 hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.
SECTION 8.03. Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
          The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02(b) or 8.02(c) hereof to the outstanding Notes:
          In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
     (1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. Legal Tender, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;
     (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case, to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;
     (3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
     (4) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing);
     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument to

-95-


 

which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;
     (6) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and
     (7) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.
SECTION 8.04. Application of Trust Money.
          The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from Government Securities in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, on the Notes. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities except as it may agree with the Issuer.
          The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.03 or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
          Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the Issuer’s request any U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.03 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
SECTION 8.05. Repayment to the Issuer.
          Subject to this Article VIII, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuer upon request any excess U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon request any money held by them for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that

-96-


 

such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer. After payment to the Issuer, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.
SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement.
          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees and the Security Documents shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities in accordance with this Article VIII; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender and Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.
          Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors (to the extent a party to the applicable document) and the Trustee (and to the extent applicable the Collateral Agent) may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
     (3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets;

-97-


 

     (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect in any material respect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;
     (5) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;
     (6) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture;
     (7) to add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes;
     (8) to add additional assets as Collateral;
     (9) to release Collateral from the Lien or any Guarantor from its Guarantee, in each case pursuant to this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement when permitted or required by the Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement;
     (10) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;
     (11) to provide for a successor trustee or collateral agent in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or to otherwise comply with any requirement of this Indenture; or
     (12) to conform the text of this Indenture, Notes, the Security Agreement, any other Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent such provision was intended to be a verbatim recitation of the text of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Circular;
provided that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.01.
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders.
          (a) Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, the Issuer and the Trustee (and the Collateral Agent to the extent a party to the applicable documents), together, with the written consent of the Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or may waive compliance by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes, such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guaranty, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.

-98-


 

Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.04, may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
     (1) reduce the percentage of principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
     (2) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note or alter the provisions relating to the Redemption Price of any Note at any time;
     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
     (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
     (5) make any Note payable in money other than U.S. Legal Tender;
     (6) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Note Guarantee;
     (7) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or this Section 9.02;
     (8) expressly subordinate such Note or any Note Guarantee to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor or make any other change in the ranking or priority of any Note that would adversely affect the Holders;
     (9) make any change in the Intercreditor Agreement or in the provisions of the Indenture or any Security Document dealing with the application of proceeds of the Collateral that would adversely affect the Holders; or
     (10) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes.
          (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

-99-


 

          (d) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.
          (e) The Trustee and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely upon an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 12.04 hereof as the basis for any determination that a proposed change or amendment does not adversely affect the Holders.
SECTION 9.03. Compliance with TIA.
          From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.
SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.
          (a) Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Issuer received before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver.
          (b) The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a Record Date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver which Record Date shall be at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a Record Date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such Record Date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such Record Date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such Record Date. The Issuer shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed Record Date if applicable.
          (c) After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder, unless it makes any change described in Section 9.02(b), in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right

-100-


 

of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest and premium, if any, on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
          If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuer may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Issuer shall provide the Trustee with an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the Holder at the Issuer’s expense. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.
          The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX; provided that the Trustee, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects such Person’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constituted the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the expense of the Issuer.
ARTICLE X
SECURITY DOCUMENTS
SECTION 10.01. Collateral and Security Documents.
          (a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an Interest Payment Date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes and performance of all other Obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors to the Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents, which define the terms of the Liens that secure the Obligations, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. The Trustee and the Issuer hereby acknowledge and agree that the Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, in each case pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents and the

-101-


 

Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the possession, use, release and foreclosure of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreement as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement, and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of the Security Documents limit, qualify or conflict with the duties imposed by the provisions of the TIA, the TIA shall control. The Issuer shall deliver to the Collateral Agent copies of all documents pursuant to the Security Documents, and will do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by the next sentence of this Section 10.01, to assure and confirm to the Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Issuer shall, and shall cause the Subsidiaries of the Issuer to, use its commercially reasonable efforts to take any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien and security interest in and on all of the Collateral (subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Capital Stock and other securities of the Subsidiaries of the Issuer that are owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor will constitute Notes Collateral only to the extent that such Capital Stock and other securities can secure the Notes without Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S X under the Securities Act (“Rule 3-10” and “Rule 3-16,” respectively) (or any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be filed with the Commission (or any other governmental agency);
     (ii) in the event that either Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the Commission to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the Commission (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities secure the Notes, the performance of the Obligations or any Guarantee, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Notes Collateral, but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement (and, in such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, to the extent necessary to release the first-priority security interests in the shares of Capital Stock and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Notes Collateral); and

-102-


 

     (iii) in the event that either Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 is amended, modified or interpreted by the Commission to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and other securities to secure the Notes in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the Commission of separate financial statements of such Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock and other securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Notes Collateral but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirement (and, in such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the Security Documents such additional Capital Stock and other securities).
          (c) In addition to the limitations described in Section 10.01(b), the Notes Collateral will not include (i) property or assets as to which the Collateral Agent has notified any Grantor in writing that it has reasonably determined that the costs of obtaining a security interest are excessive in relation to the value of the security to be afforded thereby and (ii) the Excluded Assets.
          (d) In the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, the Notes Collateral will be limited to 100% of the non-voting stock (if any) and 66% of the voting stock of first-tier Material Foreign Subsidiaries owned by a Guarantor.
SECTION 10.02. Recordings and Opinions.
          (a) To the extent applicable, the Issuer will cause TIA § 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA § 314(d), relating to the release of property or securities subject to the Lien of the Security Documents, to be complied with.
          (b) Any release of Collateral permitted by Section 10.03 hereof will be deemed not to impair the Liens under this Indenture, the Security Agreement and the other Security Documents in contravention thereof. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA § 314(d) may be made by an officer or legal counsel, as applicable, of the Issuer except in cases where TIA § 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected by or reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.02, the Issuer will not be required to comply with all or any portion of TIA § 314(d) if it determines, in good faith based on the written advice of counsel, a copy of which written advice shall be provided to the Trustee, that under the terms of TIA § 314(d) or any interpretation or guidance as to the meaning thereof of the Commission and its staff, including “no action” letters or exemptive orders, all or any portion of TIA § 314(d) is inapplicable to any release or series of releases of Collateral.

-103-


 

SECTION 10.03. Release of Collateral.
          (a) Subject to Section 10.03(b) and 10.04 hereof, Collateral may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or as provided hereby. The Issuer and the Guarantors will be entitled to a release of property and other assets included in the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, and the Trustee (subject to its receipt of an Officer Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as provided below) shall release, or instruct the Collateral Agent to release, as applicable, the same from such Liens at the Issuer’s sole cost and expense, under one or more of the following circumstances:
     (1) to enable the Issuer or any Guarantor to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral to the extent not prohibited under Section 4.13;
     (2) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to the Notes, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;
     (3) pursuant to an amendment or waiver in accordance with Article 9 of this Indenture; or
     (4) if the Notes have been discharged or defeased pursuant to Section 8.01 or Section 8.02.
          The second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes will terminate and be released automatically if the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are released by the Bank Collateral Agent (unless, at the time of such release of such first-priority liens, an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture). Notwithstanding the existence of an Event of Default, the second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes shall also terminate and be released automatically to the extent the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are released by the Bank Collateral Agent in connection with a sale, transfer or disposition of ABL Collateral that is either not prohibited under the Indenture or occurs in connection with the foreclosure of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, such ABL Collateral by the Bank Collateral Agent (except with respect to any proceeds of such sale, transfer or disposition that remain after satisfaction in full of the Lenders Debt). The liens on the Collateral securing the Notes that otherwise would have been released pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph will be released when such Event of Default and all other Events of Default under this Indenture cease to exist.
          Upon receipt of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel certifying that all conditions precedent under the Indenture and the Security Documents (and TIA Section 314(d)), if any, to such release have been met and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release prepared by the Issuer, the Trustee shall, or shall cause the Collateral Agent, to execute, deliver or acknowledge (at the Issuer’s expense) such instruments or re-

-104-


 

leases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement. Neither the Trustee nor the Collateral Agent shall be liable for any such release undertaken in good faith in reliance upon any such Officer Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, and notwithstanding any term hereof or in any Security Document to the contrary, the Trustee and Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to release any such Lien and security interest, or execute and deliver any such instrument of release, satisfaction or termination, unless and until it receives such Officer Certificate and Opinion of Counsel.
SECTION 10.04. RESERVED.
SECTION 10.05. Certificates of the Trustee.
          In the event that the Issuer wishes to release Collateral in accordance with this Indenture, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement at a time when the Trustee is not itself also the Collateral Agent and the Issuer has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security Documents and Section 10.03 hereof, if TIA § 314(d) is applicable to such releases (the applicability of which will be established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee pursuant to Section 10.04 or otherwise), the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA § 314(d) in connection with such release (which determination may be based upon the Opinion of Counsel hereafter described) and, based on an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 12.04, will deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent setting forth such determination. The Trustee, however, shall have no duty to confirm the legality, genuineness, accuracy, contents or validity of such documents (or any signature appearing therein), its sole duty being to certify its receipt of such documents which, on their face (and assuming that they are what they purport to be), conform to § 314(d) of the TIA.
SECTION 10.06. Suits To Protect the Collateral.
          Subject to the provisions of Article VII hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may or may direct the Collateral Agent to take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to:
          (a) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and
          (b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations hereunder.
          Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee shall have power to institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect its

-105-


 

interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Lien on the Collateral or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee). Nothing in this Section 10.06 shall be considered to impose any such duty or obligation to act on the part of the Trustee.
SECTION 10.07.   Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.
          Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture.
SECTION 10.08. Purchaser Protected.
          In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article X to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Issuer or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer.
SECTION 10.09. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee.
          In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article X upon the Issuer or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article X; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture, then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee.
SECTION 10.10. Release Upon Termination of the Issuer’s Obligations.
          In the event that the Issuer delivers to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to it, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that (i) payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) on, the Notes and all other Obligations under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the Security Documents that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest

-106-


 

(including additional interest, if any), are paid or (ii) the Issuer shall have exercised its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, in each case in compliance with the provisions of Article VIII, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer and the Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral (other than with respect to funds held by the Trustee pursuant to Article VIII), and any rights it has under the Security Documents, and upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of such notice, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the Trustee and shall do or cause to be done all acts reasonably necessary to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable.
SECTION 10.11. Collateral Agent.
          (a) The Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby designates and appoints the Collateral Agent as its agent under this Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and the Trustee and each of the Holders by acceptance of the Notes hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Collateral Agent agrees to act as such on the express conditions contained in this Section 10.11. The provisions of this Section 10.11 are solely for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and none of the Trustee, any of the Holders nor any of the Grantors shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions contained herein other than as expressly provided in Section 10.03. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with the Trustee, any Holder or any Grantor, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” in this Indenture with reference to the Collateral Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Collateral Agent shall have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions which the Collateral Agent is expressly entitled to take or assert under this Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, including the exercise of remedies pursuant to Article VI, and any action so taken or not taken shall be deemed consented to by the Trustee and the Holders.

-107-


 

          (b) The Collateral Agent may execute any of its duties under this Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement by or through agents, employees, attorneys-in-fact or through its Related Persons and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent, employee, attorney-in-fact or Related Person that it selects as long as such selection was made without negligence or willful misconduct.
          (c) None of the Collateral Agent, any of its respective Related Persons shall (i) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own negligence or willful misconduct) or under or in connection with the Security Agreement, any Security Document or Intercreditor Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby (except for its own negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) be responsible in any manner to any of the Trustee or any Holder for any recital, statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by the Issuer or any Grantor or Affiliate of any Grantor, or any officer or Related Person thereof, contained in this or any Indenture, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this or any other Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this or any other Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, or for any failure of any Grantor or any other party to this Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Collateral Agent or any of its respective Related Persons shall be under any obligation to the Trustee or any Holder to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this or any other Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement or to inspect the properties, books, or records of any Grantor or any Grantor’s Affiliates.
          (d) The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex, or telephone message, statement, or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to any Grantor), independent accountants and other experts and advisors selected by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this or any other Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Trustee as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Holders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this or any other Indenture, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with a request or consent of the Trustee and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Holders.

-108-


 

          (e) The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, unless the Collateral Agent shall have received written notice from the Trustee or a Grantor referring to this Indenture, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Collateral Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Trustee in accordance with Article VI (subject to Section 10.11); provided, however, that unless and until the Collateral Agent has received any such request, the Collateral Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable.
          (f) U.S. Bank National Association and its respective Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with any Grantor and its Affiliates as though it was not the Collateral Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Trustee. The Trustee and the Holders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, U.S. Bank National Association or its respective Affiliates may receive information regarding any Grantor or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of any such Grantor or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to the Trustee or the Holders. Nothing herein shall impose or imply any obligation on the part of the U.S. Bank National Association to advance funds.
          (g) The Collateral Agent may resign at any time upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Trustee and the Grantors, such resignation to be effective upon the acceptance of a successor agent to its appointment as Collateral Agent. If the Collateral Agent resigns under this Indenture, the Trustee, subject to the consent of the Issuer (which shall not be unreasonably withheld and which shall not be required during a continuing Event of Default), shall appoint a successor collateral agent. If no successor collateral agent is appointed prior to the intended effective date of the resignation of the Collateral Agent (as stated in the notice of resignation), the Collateral Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Trustee, subject to the consent of the Issuer (which shall not be unreasonably withheld and which shall not be required during a continuing Event of Default), a successor collateral agent. If no successor collateral agent is appointed and consented to by the Issuer pursuant to the preceding sentence within thirty (30) days after the intended effective date of resignation (as stated in the notice of resignation) the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor collateral agent hereunder, such successor collateral agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent, and the term “Collateral Agent” shall mean such successor collateral agent, and the retiring Collateral Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Collateral Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Section 10.11 (and Section 7.07) shall continue to inure to its benefit and the retiring Collateral Agent shall not by reason of such resignation be deemed to be released from liability as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Collateral Agent under this Indenture.

-109-


 

          (h) The Trustee shall initially act as Collateral Agent and shall be authorized to appoint co-Collateral Agents as necessary in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein or in the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees or agents or other Related Persons shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith.
          (i) The Trustee, as such and as Collateral Agent, is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Security Agreement and the Security Documents, (ii) enter into the Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Security Agreement and the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and (iv) perform and observe its obligations under the Security Agreement and the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.
          (j) The Trustee agrees that it shall not (and shall not be obliged to), and shall not instruct the Collateral Agent to, unless specifically requested to do so by a majority of the Holders, take or cause to be taken any action to enforce its rights under this Indenture or against any Grantor, including the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings, to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.
          If at any time or times the Trustee shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, set-off or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations arising under, or relating to, this Indenture, except for any such proceeds or payments received by the Trustee from the Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, or (ii) payments from the Collateral Agent in excess of the amount required to be paid to the Trustee pursuant to Article VI, the Trustee shall promptly turn the same over to the Collateral Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Collateral Agent.
          (k) The Trustee is each Holder’s agent for the purpose of perfecting the Holders’ security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code can be perfected only by possession. Should the Trustee obtain possession of any such Collateral, upon request from the Issuer, the Trustee shall notify the Collateral Agent thereof, and, promptly upon the Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions.
          (l) The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Trustee or any of the Holders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Grantor or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Collateral Agent’s Liens have been

-110-


 

properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, maintained or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to determine whether all or the Grantor’s property constituting collateral intended to be subject to the Lien and security interest of the Security Documents has been properly and completely listed or delivered, as the case may be, or the genuineness, validity, marketability or sufficiency thereof or title thereto, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure, or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities, and powers granted or available to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, the Collateral Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given the Collateral Agent’s own interest in the Collateral and that the Collateral Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to the Trustee or any Holder as to any of the foregoing.
          (m) If the Issuer (i) incurs any obligations in respect of Lenders Debt at any time when no intercreditor agreement is in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting Lenders Debt entitled to the benefit of an existing Intercreditor Agreement is concurrently retired, and (ii) delivers to the Collateral Agent an Officers’ Certificate so stating and requesting the Collateral Agent to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor Agreement) in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the Lenders Debt so incurred, the Collateral Agent shall (and is hereby authorized and directed to) enter into such intercreditor agreement (at the sole expense and cost of the Issuer, including legal fees and expenses of the Collateral Agent), bind the Holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder.
          (n) No provision of this Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement or any Security Document shall require the Collateral Agent (or the Trustee) to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or to take or omit to take any action hereunder or thereunder or take any action at the request or direction of Holders (or the Trustee in the case of the Collateral Agent) if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it.
          (o) The Collateral Agent (i) shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, or for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Collateral Agent was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts, (ii) shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Collateral Agent may agree in writing with the Issuer (and Money held in trust by the Collateral Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law), (iii) Collateral Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. The

-111-


 

grant of permissive rights or powers to the Collateral Agent shall not be construed to impose duties to act.
          (p) Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control. Such acts shall include but not be limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, epidemics, governmental regulations superimposed after the fact, fire, communication line failures, computer viruses, power failures, earthquakes or other disasters. Neither the Collateral Agent nor the Trustee shall be liable for any indirect, special or consequential damages (included but not limited to lost profits) whatsoever, even if it has been informed of the likelihood thereof and regardless of the form of action.
SECTION 10.12. Designations.
          Except as provided in the next sentence, for purposes of the provisions hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement requiring the Issuer to designate Indebtedness for the purposes of the terms “Lenders Debt” and “Other Pari Passu Lien Obligations” or any other such designations hereunder or under the Intercreditor Agreement, any such designation shall be sufficient if the relevant designation is set forth in writing, signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Bank Collateral Agent. For all purposes hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Issuer hereby designates the Obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement as “Lenders Debt.”
ARTICLE XI
GUARANTY OF NOTES
SECTION 11.01. Guaranty.
          (a) Subject to the provisions of this Article XI, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally Guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns that: (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on with respect to the Notes will be duly and punctually paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent permitted by law) interest, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder (including fees and expenses) will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such obligations with respect to the Notes, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at the extended Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. This Note Guarantee is a present and continuing guaranty of payment and performance, and not of collectibility. Accordingly, failing payment when due of any amount so Guaranteed, or failing performance of any other obligation of the

-112-


 

Issuer to the Holders under this Indenture or the Notes, for whatever reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the same immediately.
          (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations under its Note Guarantee shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor or any other obligor under the Notes, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a Note Guarantee is affixed to any particular Note, or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer or any other obligor under the Notes, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any such obligor, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and its Note Guarantee. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or to any other Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Issuer or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, each Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) subject to this Article XI, the maturity of the obligations Guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of each Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations Guaranteed by this Note Guarantee, and (ii) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of its Note Guarantee. Upon the effectiveness of any acceleration of the obligations Guaranteed by this Note Guarantee, the Trustee shall promptly make a demand for payment of such obligations by each Guarantor under this Note Guarantee. The obligations of the Guarantors under this Note Guarantee shall be joint and several.
          (c) Each Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded, or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law,

-113-


 

be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.
          (d) The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under any Note Guarantee.
SECTION 11.02. Execution Delivery of Note Guarantee.
          To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit E shall be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor.
          Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.
          If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee is endorsed, the Note Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.
          The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
          In the event that the Issuer creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries subsequent to the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.20, the Issuer shall cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to this Indenture and Note Guarantees and supplements to the Security Agreement and Intercreditor Agreement and other applicable Security Documents in accordance with Section 4.20 and this Article XI, to the extent applicable.
SECTION 11.03. Additional Guarantors.
          Any Person may become a guarantor of the Notes by executing and delivering to the Trustee (i) a supplemental indenture in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, which subjects such Person to the provisions of this Indenture as a guarantor of the Notes, (ii) a supplement to the Security Agreement, (iii) a supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement, (iv) other applicable Security Documents and (v) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such documents have been duly authorized and executed by such Person and constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such person (subject to such customary exceptions concerning fraudulent conveyance laws, creditors’ rights and equitable principles as may be acceptable to the Trustee in its discretion).

-114-


 

SECTION 11.04. Release of Guarantor.
          Any Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee:
          (a) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, if the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor complies with Section 4.13, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom; provided, however, that such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;
          (b) in connection with any sale of all of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, if the sale of all such Capital Stock of that Guarantor complies with Section 4.13, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom; provided, however, that such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;
          (c) if the Issuer properly designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
          (d) in connection with any sale of Capital Stock of a Guarantor to a Person that results in the Guarantor no longer being a Subsidiary of the Issuer, if the sale of such Capital Stock of that Guarantor complies with Section 4.13, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom;
          (e) if the Issuer exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option as described in Section 8.02 or if its obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or
          (f) if the Guarantee by such Guarantor, if any, of, and all pledges and security interests, if any, granted by such Guarantor in connection with all Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary the Guarantee of which by such Guarantor (or the pledge of assets by such Guarantor in connection therewith) would have required such Guarantor to Guarantee the Notes pursuant to Section 4.16 (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), have been released.

-115-


 

SECTION 11.05. Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms.
          (a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.04, a Guarantor shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Guarantor is the surviving corporation), and the Guarantor will not sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Guarantor in one or more related transactions, to another Person (including by way of consolidation or merger), unless:
     (1) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and
     (2) either: (i) the Person acquiring the property in such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, organized under (A) the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (B) the laws of the same jurisdiction as that Guarantor and, in each case, assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture, its Note Guarantee and the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to a supplemental indenture in the form set forth in Exhibit H and satisfactory to the Trustee, or (ii) such sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.13, including the application of the Net Proceeds therefrom.
          (b) No Guarantor may, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.
          (c) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by a Guarantor along with execution and delivery of the Security Agreement, Intercreditor Agreement and other applicable Security Documents, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for a Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee. All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
          (d) In connection with any such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, such Guarantor shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an

-116-


 

Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition and the supplemental indenture in respect thereto comply with this Indenture and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transactions have been complied with.
          (e) Except as set forth in Articles IV and V hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.01. TIA Controls.
          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with another provision which is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, such required or deemed provision shall control.
SECTION 12.02. Notices.
          Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telex, by nationally recognized overnight courier service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:
if to the Issuer:
c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903-2603
Attention: Almon C. Hall
Telephone: (401) 751-1600
Facsimile: (401) 751-9844

-117-


 

with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110
Attention: John B. Ayer, Esq.
Telephone: (617) 951-7000
Facsimile: (617) 951-7050
if to the Trustee or Collateral Agent:
U.S. Bank National Association
One Federal Street, 3rd Floor
Boston, MA 02110
Attention: Corporate Trust Services
Telephone: (617) 603-6573
Facsimile: (617) 603-6668
          Each of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight courier service.
          Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.
          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
SECTION 12.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.
          Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

-118-


 

SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
          Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee or Collateral Agent to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee or Collateral Agent at the request of the Trustee or Collateral Agent:
     (1) an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and Collateral Agent, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be performed or effected by the Issuer, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
     (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, any and all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture, other than the Officers’ Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall include:
     (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and
     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials.
SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.
          The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.

-119-


 

SECTION 12.07. Legal Holidays.
          If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day.
SECTION 12.08. Governing Law.
          This Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
SECTION 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
          This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
SECTION 12.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.
          No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, or stockholder of the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any Parent shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
SECTION 12.11. Successors.
          All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.
SECTION 12.12. Duplicate Originals.
          All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.
SECTION 12.13. Severability.
          In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

-120-


 

SECTION 12.14. Intercreditor Agreement Governs.
          Reference is made to the Intercreditor Agreement . Each Noteholder, by its acceptance of a Note, (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Trustee and Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as Trustee and Collateral Agent, respectively, and on behalf of such Noteholder. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the Credit Agreement to extend credit and such lenders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.

-121-


 

SIGNATURES
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the date first written above.
         
  NORTEK, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kevin W. Donnelly    
    Name:   Kevin W. Donnelly   
    Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   
 
[Signature Page to Indenture]

 


 

         
  ADVANCED BRIDGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
AIGIS MECHTRONICS, INC.
ALLSTAR PRO, LLC
AUBREY MANUFACTURING, INC.
BROAN-NUTONE LLC
CES GROUP, INC.
CLEANPAK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
ELAN HOME SYSTEMS, L.L.C.
GEFEN, INC.
GOVERNAIR CORPORATION GTO, INC.
HC INSTALLATIONS, INC.
HOMELOGIC LLC
HUNTAIR, INC.
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONICS, INC.
J.A.R. INDUSTRIES, INC.
JENSEN INDUSTRIES, INC.
LINEAR H.K. LLC
LINEAR LLC
LITETOUCH, INC.
MAGENTA RESEARCH, LTD.
MAMMOTH, INC.
MAMMOTH CHINA LTD.
NILES AUDIO CORPORATION
NORDYNE CHINA, LLC
NORDYNE, INC.
NORDYNE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NORTEK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NUTONE INC.
OMNIMOUNT SYSTEMS, INC.
OPERATOR SPECIALTY COMPANY, INC.
PACIFIC ZEPHYR RANGE HOOD, INC.
PANAMAX INC.
RANGAIRE GP, INC.
RANGAIRE LP, INC.
RANGAIRE LP
SECURE WIRELESS, INC.
SPEAKERCRAFT, INC.
TEMTROL, INC.
WDS LLC
WEBCO, INC.
XANTECH CORPORATION
ZEPHYR CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kevin W. Donnelly    
    Name:   Kevin W. Donnelly   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary (of entity listed or as an officer of the managing member, sole member or general partner)   
 
[Signature Page to Indenture]
         

 


 

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee and Collateral Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Todd R. DiNezza    
    Name:   Todd R. DiNezza   
    Title:   Assistant Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Indenture]

 


 

EXHIBIT A
NORTEK, INC.
10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013
CUSIP No.
       
No.
           Principal Amount: $
          NORTEK, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer,” which term includes any successor corporation), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or its registered assigns, the principal sum of               ($   ) on December 1, 2013.
          Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1, commencing December 1, 2008.
          Record Dates: May 15 and November 15.
          Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

A-1


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
         
  NORTEK, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      

A-2


 

         
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
          This is one of the 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.
Dated:
         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       

A-3


 

         
(Reverse of Note)
Nortek, Inc.
10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013
[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
          SECTION 1. Interest. Nortek, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 10% per annum. The Issuer will pay cash interest semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, commencing on December 1, 2008. The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holders of record on the immediately preceding May 15 and November 15. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
          SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 15 or November 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.13 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts (“U.S. Legal Tender”). Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Issuer prior to the Record Date will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Issuer, the Issuer’s office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.
          SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

A-4


 

          SECTION 4. Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 20, 2008 (the “Indenture”) among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa 77bbbb) (the “TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
          SECTION 5. Optional Redemption.
          (a) Not more than once in any twelve-month period, the Issuer shall be entitled to redeem Notes at a Redemption Price of 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to the Redemption Date; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Notes redeemed in aggregate pursuant to this Section 5(a) shall not exceed $75.0 million.
          (b) At any time prior to June 1, 2011, the Issuer shall be entitled on any one or more occasions to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (which includes any Additional Notes) at a Redemption Price of 110.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, to the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Designated Offerings of the Issuer (or of any Parent to the extent such proceeds are contributed to the equity capital of the Issuer, other than in the form of Disqualified Stock); provided that (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (which includes any Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) and (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such Designated Offering.
          (c) On or after June 1, 2011, the Issuer shall be entitled to redeem all or part of the Notes, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon, to the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 1 of the years indicated below:
         
Year   Percentage 
2011
    105.000 %
2012
    102.500 %
2013
    100.000 %
          SECTION 6. Offers to Purchase. The Indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale and subject to further limitations contained therein, the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase outstanding Notes in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

A-5


 

          SECTION 7. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. No Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.
          SECTION 8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount. The transfer of the Notes may be registered and the Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuer or the Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Issuer or the Registrar is not required to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of the Notes to be redeemed.
          SECTION 9. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
          SECTION 10. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Security Agreement, other Security Documents and Intercreditor Agreement may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without notice to or consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture, the Security Agreement, other Security Documents and Intercreditor Agreement to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency in the Indenture, provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to certificated Notes, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA, or make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of a Note.
          SECTION 11. Defaults and Remedies. If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally may declare the principal of and accrued interest, if any, on such Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency as set forth in the Indenture all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the

A-6


 

Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of the Notes or in respect of certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.
          SECTION 12. Restrictive Covenants. The Indenture contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make restricted payments, to incur indebtedness, to create liens, to sell assets, to permit restrictions on dividends and other payments by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer, to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its assets or to engage in transactions with affiliates. The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions. The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.
          SECTION 13. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Subsidiary, or any Parent shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
          SECTION 14. Trustee Dealings with the Issuer. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of the Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.
          SECTION 15. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
          SECTION 16. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
          SECTION 17. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to exchange this Note for an 10% Senior Secured Note due 2013 of the Issuer which shall have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical in all material respects to this Note (except that such note

A-7


 

shall not be entitled to Additional Interest). The Holders shall be entitled to receive certain Additional Interest in the event such exchange offer is not consummated or the Notes are not offered for resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.a
          SECTION 18. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
          SECTION 19. Guarantees. The Note will be entitled to the benefits of certain Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.
          SECTION 20. Security. The Note will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents. The Trustee and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hold the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in each case pursuant to the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreement as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.
          SECTION 21. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflicts of law principles that would require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
          The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.
 
a   This Section not to appear on Exchange Notes.

A-8


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
          I or we assign and transfer this Note to:
 
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
 
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)
          and irrevocably appoint:
          Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
                     
Date:
          Your Signature:        
 
 
 
         
 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)
   
         
Signature Guarantee:
       
 
 
 
   
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
          Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guaranty program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A-9


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:
          Section 4.09 [     ]               Section 4.13 [     ]
          If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount: $                    
                     
Dated:
          Signed:        
 
 
 
         
 
(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)
   
         
Signature Guarantee:
       
 
 
 
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
   

A-10


 

EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF LEGEND FOR 144A NOTES
AND OTHER NOTES THAT ARE RESTRICTED NOTES]
          THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HERBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.
          THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE IN THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

B-1


 

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR 144A NOTES AND OTHER NOTES THAT ARE
RESTRICTED NOTES]
          I or we assign and transfer this Note to:
 
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
 
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)
          and irrevocably appoint:
          Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
[Check One]
          [  ] (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144A thereunder.
          or
          [  ] (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.
          If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.
                     
Date:
          Your Signature:        
 
 
 
         
 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
   
         
Signature Guarantee:
       
 
 
 
   
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
          Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the

B-2


 

Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guaranty program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

B-3


 

TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED
          The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or certificated Note is being Transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or certificated Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated on the Rule 144A Notes and/or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
                 
Dated:
               
 
 
 
     
 
NOTICE:     To be executed by an executive officer
   

B-4


 

EXHIBIT C
[FORM OF LEGEND FOR REGULATION S NOTE]
          THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

C-1


 

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]
          I or we assign and transfer this Note to:
 
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)
 
(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)
          and irrevocably appoint:
          Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
[Check One]
          [  ] (a) this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Regulation S thereunder.
          or
          [  ] (b) this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.
          If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.
                     
Date:
          Your Signature:        
 
 
 
         
 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
   
         
Signature Guarantee:
       
 
 
 
   
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
          Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guaranty program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

C-2


 

TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED
          The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed Transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the restricted period under Regulation S, the Transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated on the Regulation S Notes and/or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.
                 
Dated:
               
 
 
 
     
 
NOTICE:   To be executed by an executive officer
   

C-3


 

EXHIBIT D
[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE]
          Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form:
          THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.
          Unless this Certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company (a New York corporation) (“DTC”) to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange, or payment, and any Certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), any transfer, pledge or other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any person is wrongful inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

D-1


 

EXHIBIT E
Form of Certificate To Be
Delivered in Connection with
Transfers to Non-QIB Accredited Investors
[          ], [     ]
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Corporate Trust Services
One Federal Street, 3rd Floor
Boston, MA 02110
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          In connection with our proposed purchase of 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”) of NORTEK, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), we confirm that:
     1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and all applicable State securities laws.
     2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell any Notes, we will do so only (i) to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) inside the United States in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act), (iii) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to the Trustee (as defined in the Indenture) a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the restrictions on transfer of the Notes (the form of which letter can be obtained from the Trustee), (iv) outside the United States in accordance with Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act to non-U.S. persons, (v) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), (vi) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (and based upon an opinion of counsel if the Issuer so requests) or (vii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we

E-1


 

further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein.
     3. We are not acquiring the Notes for or on behalf of, and will not transfer the Notes to, any pension or welfare plan (as defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or plan (as defined in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), except as permitted in the section entitled “Notice to Investors” of the Offering Circular dated May 13, 2008, relating to the Notes.
     4. We understand that, on any proposed resale of any Notes, we will be required to furnish to the Trustee and the Issuer such certification, legal opinions and other information as the Trustee and the Issuer may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.
     5. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or their investment, as the case may be.
     6. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

E-2


 

          You, the Issuer, the Trustee and others are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.
         
  Very truly yours,


[Name of Transferee]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

E-3


 

EXHIBIT F
Form of Certificate To Be Delivered
in Connection with Transfers
Pursuant to Regulation S
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Corporate Trust Services
One Federal Street, 3rd Floor
Boston, MA 02110
     
Re:
  Nortek, INC. (“the Issuer”)
 
  10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          In connection with our proposed sale of $[          ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:
     (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
     (2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;
     (3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;
     (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and
     (5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

F-1


 

          You, the Issuer and counsel for the Issuer are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.
         
  Very truly yours,


[Name of Transferor]
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signature   
       
 

F-2


 

EXHIBIT G
FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
          For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of May 20, 2008 (the “Indenture”) among Nortek, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of the Guarantors to, the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article XI of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture and (c) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose; provided, however, that the Indebtedness evidenced by this Notation of Guarantee shall cease to be so subordinated and subject in right of payment upon any defeasance of this Note in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.
[Signatures on following pages]

G-1


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this Notation of Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.
         
  [Name of Guarantor]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

G-2


 

EXHIBIT H
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]
          Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of                                         , 20___, among                                          (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Nortek, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), the Issuer and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).
WITNESSETH
          WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 20, 2008 providing for the issuance of its 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”);
          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and
          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
          1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
          2. Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article XI thereof.
          3. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or any Parent, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 


 

          4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
          5. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
          6. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          7. The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer.

-2-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.
          Dated:                                         , 20___
         
  [Guaranteeing Subsidiary]
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
     
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       
 

 


 

SCHEDULE I
ASSETS UNDER CONTRACT
          1 4820 Red Bank Road, Cincinnati, Ohio

 


 

SCHEDULE II
EXISTING LIENS
Lien on 1620 Mid-American Industrial Court, Boonville, MO.

 


 

SCHEDULE III
MORTGAGED PROPERTY
1. 926 W. State St., Hartford, WI
2. 2501 Boonslick Dr., Boonville, MO (Boonslick)
3. 115 E. Oklahoma Ave., Okarche, OK
4. 4841 N. Sewell, Oklahoma City, OK
5. 501 S. Wilhite, Cleburne, TX
6. 448 Richard Blvd., Tipton, MO
7. 3121 Hartsfield Road, Tallahassee, FL
8. 6709 S. Main St., Union, IL

 

Exhibit 4.10
EXECUTION COPY
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Dated as of May 20, 2008
By and Among
NORTEK, INC.
and
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
and
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.,
as Representatives of the Initial Purchasers named herein
10.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2013
 


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
Section 1.  
Definitions
    1  
   
 
       
Section 2.  
Exchange Offer
    4  
   
 
       
Section 3.  
Shelf Registration
    7  
   
 
       
Section 4.  
Additional Interest
    8  
   
 
       
Section 5.  
Registration Procedures
    10  
   
 
       
Section 6.  
Registration Expenses
    18  
   
 
       
Section 7.  
Indemnification
    19  
   
 
       
Section 8.  
Rules 144 and 144A
    21  
   
 
       
Section 9.  
Underwritten Registrations
    22  
   
 
       
Section 10.  
Miscellaneous
    22  

-i-


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
          This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of May 20, 2008, by and among NORTEK, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Guarantors listed in Schedule I hereto (the “Guarantors”), on the one hand, and CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC and GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. (the “Representatives”) and UBS SECURITIES LLC (together with the Representatives, the “Initial Purchasers”), on the other hand.
          This Agreement is entered into in connection with the Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2008, as amended and supplemented, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (the “Purchase Agreement”), relating to the offering of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10.000% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the “Notes”) which will be guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of the Guarantors. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the Initial Purchasers’ obligation to purchase the Notes under the Purchase Agreement.
          The parties hereby agree as follows:
     Section 1. Definitions
          As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
          “action” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c) hereof.
          “Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
          “Additional Interest Accrual Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof.
          “Advice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.
          “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereto.
          “Applicable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.
          “Board of Directors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.
          “Business Day” shall mean a day that is not a Legal Holiday.
          “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto and shall also include the Company’s permitted successors and assigns.
          “day” shall mean a calendar day.
          “Delay Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.


 

-2-

          “Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.
          “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “Exchange Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.
          “Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.
          “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.
          “FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
          “Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto and their successors and assigns.
          “Holder” shall mean any holder of a Registrable Note or Registrable Notes.
          “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2008, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, pursuant to which the Notes are being issued, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
          “Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereof.
          “Inspectors” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(n) hereof.
          “Issue Date” shall mean May 20, 2008, the date of original issuance of the Notes.
          “Legal Holiday” shall mean a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.
          “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.
          “Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the second introductory paragraph hereto.
          “Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.
          “Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.
          “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “Private Exchange” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.


 

-3-

          “Private Exchange Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.
          “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.
          “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the second introductory paragraph hereof.
          “Records” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(n) hereof.
          “Registrable Notes” shall mean each Note upon its original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto, each Exchange Note as to which Section 2(c)(ii)(B) hereof is applicable upon original issuance and at all times subsequent thereto and each Private Exchange Note upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto, in each case until (i) a Registration Statement (other than, with respect to any Exchange Note as to which Section 2(c)(ii)(B) hereof is applicable, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) covering such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note has been declared effective by the Commission and such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, has been disposed of in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Note has been exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Note or Exchange Notes that may be resold without restriction under state and federal securities laws, (iii) such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note, as the case may be, ceases to be outstanding for purposes of the Indenture or (iv) such Note, Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note has been sold in compliance with Rule 144.
          “Registration Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
          “Registration Statement” shall mean any appropriate registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors covering any of the Registrable Notes filed with the Commission under the Securities Act, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
          “Representatives” shall have the meaning set forth in the first introductory paragraph hereto.
          “Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.
          “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144A) or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission providing for offers and sales of securities made in compliance therewith resulting in offers and sales by subsequent holders that are not affiliates of an issuer of such securities being free of the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.


 

-4-

          “Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule (other than Rule 144) or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.
          “Rule 405” shall mean Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.
          “Rule 415” shall mean Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.
          “Rule 433” shall mean Rule 433 promulgated under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.
          “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “Shelf Filing Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c) hereof.
          “Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.
          “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a Registration Statement filed in connection with a Shelf Registration.
          “TIA” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
          “Trustee” shall mean the trustee under the Indenture and the trustee (if different than the trustee under the Indenture) under any indenture governing the Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes.
          “underwritten registration” or “underwritten offering” shall mean a registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.
     Section 2. Exchange Offer
          (a) Unless the Exchange Offer would violate applicable law or interpretation of the staff of the Commission, the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) file a Registration Statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) with the Commission on an appropriate registration form with respect to a registered offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange any and all of the Registrable Notes for a like aggregate principal amount of notes (the “Exchange Notes”) that are identical in all material respects to the Notes (except that the Exchange Notes shall not contain restrictive legends, terms with respect to transfer restrictions or Additional Interest upon a Registration Default) on or prior to 180 days after the Issue Date, (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to 240 days after the Issue Date and (iii) use its reasonable best efforts to consummate the Exchange Offer within 280 days after the Issue Date. Upon the Exchange Offer Registration Statement being declared effective by the Commission, the Company will offer the Exchange Notes in exchange for surrender of the Notes. The Company and the Guarantors shall


 

-5-

keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to Holders.
          Each Holder that participates in the Exchange Offer will be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors in writing that (i) any Exchange Notes to be acquired in the Exchange Offer will be acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such recipient is such Holder itself, (ii) it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) it is not an affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor as defined by Rule 405 of the Securities Act or, if it is such an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes and (v) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, it will comply with the applicable provision of the Securities Act (including, but not limited to, the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder) in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes.
          (b) The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers acknowledge that the staff of the Commission has taken the position that any broker-dealer that elects to exchange Notes that were acquired by such broker-dealer for its own account as a result of market-making or other trading activities for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”) may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment resulting from the original offering of the Notes).
          The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers also acknowledge that the staff of the Commission has taken the position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Notes, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying the amount of Exchange Notes owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligations under the Securities Act in connection with resales of Exchange Notes for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act.
          In light of the foregoing, if requested by a Participating Broker-Dealer (a “Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer”), the Company and the Guarantors agree to use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective for a period necessary to comply with applicable law in connection with such resales but in no event more than 180 days after the date on which the Exchange Registration Statement is declared effective, or such longer period if extended pursuant to any Delay Period in accordance with the penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof (such period, the “Applicable Period”), or such earlier date as each Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer shall have notified the Company and the Guarantors in writing that such Requesting Participating Broker-Dealer has resold all Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall include a plan of distribution in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement that meets the requirements set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph.


 

-6-

          If, prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Initial Purchasers or any other Holder holds any Notes acquired by it that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, or if any Holder is not entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors upon the request of the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder, as the case may be, in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for such Notes held by the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder a like principal amount of notes (the “Private Exchange Notes”) of the Company, guaranteed by the Guarantors, that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Notes except that the Private Exchange Notes may be subject to restrictions on transfer and bear a legend to such effect. The Private Exchange Notes shall be issued pursuant to the same indenture as the Exchange Notes and bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Notes (if permitted by the CUSIP Service Bureau).
          Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2, the Company and the Guarantors shall have no further registration obligations other than their continuing registration obligations with respect to (i) Private Exchange Notes, (ii) Exchange Notes held by Participating Broker-Dealers and (iii) Notes or Exchange Notes as to which clause (c)(iv) of this Section 2 applies.
     In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
     (1) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder entitled to participate in the Exchange Offer a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
     (2) utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;
     (3) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Exchange Offer shall remain open; and
     (4) otherwise comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
          As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, if any, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
     (1) accept for exchange all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by the Holders pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, if any;
     (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Notes so accepted for exchange; and
     (3) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each such Holder of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Registrable Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange; provided that, in the case of


 

-7-

any Notes held in global form by a depositary, authentication and delivery to such depositary of one or more replacement Notes in global form in an equivalent principal amount thereto for the account of such Holders in accordance with the Indenture shall satisfy such authentication and delivery requirement.
          The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that (i) the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, as the case may be, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the Commission, (ii) no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by any governmental agency which might materially impair the ability of the Company and the Guarantors to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, and no material adverse development shall have occurred in any existing action or proceeding with respect to the Company and the Guarantors and (iii) all governmental approvals shall have been obtained, which approvals the Company deems necessary for the consummation of the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange.
          The Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture (in either case, with such changes as are necessary to comply with any requirements of the Commission to effect or maintain the qualification thereof under the TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA and shall provide that (a) the Exchange Notes shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (b) the Private Exchange Notes shall be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture or such indenture shall provide that the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes or the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.
          (c) In the event that (i) because of any change in law or in currently prevailing interpretations of the staff of the Commission, the Company and the Guarantors are not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer or (ii) the Initial Purchasers or any other Holder of Notes notifies the Company and the Guarantors in writing within 20 days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer that (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) that it may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) that it is a broker-dealer and owns Notes acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company (each such event referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) of this sentence, a “Shelf Filing Event”), then the Company and the Guarantors shall file a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 3 hereof.
     Section 3. Shelf Registration
     If at any time a Shelf Filing Event shall occur, then:
     (a) Shelf Registration. The Company and the Guarantors shall file with the Commission a Registration Statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Notes not exchanged in the Exchange Offer, Private Exchange Notes and Exchange Notes as to which Section 2(c)(ii)(B) is applicable (the “Shelf Registration”). The Shelf Registration shall be on an appropriate form permitting registration of


 

-8-

such Registrable Notes for resale by Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The Company and the Guarantors shall not permit any securities other than the Registrable Notes to be included in the Shelf Registration.
     (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall (x) cause the Shelf Registration to be filed with the Commission on or prior to 180 days after the date of the Shelf Filing Event giving rise to the obligation to file the Shelf Registration and shall thereafter use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the 240th day after the date of the Shelf Filing Event giving rise to the obligation to file the Shelf Registration and (y) to keep the Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act for the period ending on the date which is two years from the Issue Date, subject to extension pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof (the “Effectiveness Period”), or such shorter period ending when all Registrable Notes covered by the Shelf Registration have been sold in the manner set forth and as contemplated in the Shelf Registration; provided, however, that (i) the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Shelf Registration shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the Securities Act and as otherwise provided herein and (ii) the Company and the Guarantors may suspend the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration by written notice to the Holders solely (A) as a result of the filing of a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration to incorporate annual audited financial information with respect to the Company and the Guarantors where such post-effective amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit Holders to use the related Prospectus or (B) to the extent and for so long as permitted by the penultimate paragraph of Section 5.
     (c) Supplements and Amendments. The Company and the Guarantors agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used for such Shelf Registration or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration, or if reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement or by any underwriter of such Registrable Notes.
     Section 4. Additional Interest
          (a) The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers agree that the Holders will suffer damages if the Company and the Guarantors fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages with precision. Accordingly, the Company and the Guarantors agree that if:
     (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been filed on or prior to the 180th day following the Issue Date, or, if that day is not a Business Day, the next day that is a Business Day; or
     (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective on or prior to the 240th day following the Issue Date, or, if that day is not a Business Day, the next day that is a Business Day; or


 

-9-

     (iii) the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 280th day following the Issue Date, or, if that day is not a Business Day, the next day that is a Business Day; or
     (iv) the Shelf Registration is required to be filed but is not declared effective within the time period specified in Section 3(b)(x); or
     (v) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is declared effective by the date required hereunder but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable during the Applicable Period, with respect to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, or the Effectiveness Period, with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement (unless the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, ceases to be effective or usable as specifically permitted by the penultimate paragraph of Section 5 hereof),
(each such event referred to in clauses (i) — (v) a “Registration Default”), additional interest (“Additional Interest”) will accrue on the principal amount of the affected Registrable Notes. The rate of Additional Interest will be 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default, increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period up to a maximum amount of Additional Interest of 1.00% per annum, from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the earlier of (1) the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured or (2) the date on which such Registrable Note ceases to be a Registrable Note or otherwise become freely transferable by Holders other than affiliates of the Company without further registration under the Securities Act. If, after the cure of all Registration Defaults then in effect, there is a subsequent Registration Default, the rate of Additional Interest for such subsequent Registration Default shall initially be 0.25% regardless of the rate in effect with respect to any prior Registration Default at the time of cure of such Registration Default and shall increase in the manner and be subject to the maximum Additional Interest rate contained in the preceding sentence.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the amount of Additional Interest payable shall not increase because more than one Registration Default has occurred and is pending and (2) a Holder of Registrable Notes that is not entitled to the benefits of the Shelf Registration (e.g., such Holder has not elected to include information) shall not be entitled to Additional Interest with respect to a Registration Default that pertains to the Shelf Registration.
          (b) So long as Notes remain outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors shall notify the Trustee within five Business Days after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Additional Interest shall accrue. The amount of Additional Interest for Registrable Notes will be determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and, in the case of a partial month, the actual number of days elapsed. All Additional Interest accruing on the Notes will be payable in cash on each scheduled interest payment date for the Notes.
     Section 5. Registration Procedures
          In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2 or 3 hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall effect such registrations to permit the sale of the securities covered thereby in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant


 

-10-

thereto and in connection with any Registration Statement filed by the Company and the Guarantors hereunder, the Company and the Guarantors shall:
     (a) Use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission the Registration Statement or Registration Statements prescribed by Section 2 or 3 hereof, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective as provided herein; provided, however, that, if (1) such filing is pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period relating thereto, before filing any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to and afford the Holders of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel (if requested by any such person) and the managing underwriters, if any, a reasonable opportunity to review copies of all such documents (including copies of any documents to be incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto) proposed to be filed (in each case at least five Business Days prior to such filing). The Company and the Guarantors shall not file any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto if the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement, or any such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel, or the managing underwriters, if any, shall reasonably object.
     (b) Use their reasonable best efforts to prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration or Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the Effectiveness Period or the Applicable Period, as the case may be; cause the related Prospectus to be supplemented by any Prospectus supplement required by applicable law, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) promulgated under the Securities Act; and comply with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented and with respect to the subsequent resale of any securities being sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer covered by any such Prospectus, in each case, in accordance with the intended methods of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented.
     (c) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period relating thereto from whom the Company and the Guarantors have received written notice that such Participating Broker-Dealer will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the applicable Exchange Offer, notify the selling Holders of Registrable Notes, or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their counsel (if such counsel is known to the Company) and the managing underwriters, if any, as promptly as possible, and, if requested by any such Person, confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with


 

-11-

respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective under the Securities Act (including in such notice a written statement that any Holder may, upon request, obtain, at the sole expense of the Company and the Guarantors, one conformed copy of such Registration Statement or post-effective amendment including financial statements and schedules, documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference and exhibits), (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, of the issuance by the Commission of a notification of objection to the use of the form on which the Registration Statement has been filed, or of the happening of any event that causes the Issuer to become an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, (iii) if at any time when a Prospectus is required by the Securities Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Registrable Notes or resales of Exchange Notes by Participating Broker-Dealers the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contained in any agreement (including any underwriting agreement) contemplated by Section 5(m) hereof cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (iv) of the receipt by the Company and the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes for offer or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the happening of any event, the existence of any condition or any information becoming known to the Company and the Guarantors that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in or amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (vi) of the Company’s determination that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement would be appropriate.
     (d) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use their reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction, and, if any such order is issued, to use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest practicable moment.
     (e) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period and if requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the


 

-12-

Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement or any Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, (i) promptly incorporate in such Registration Statement or Prospectus a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as the managing underwriter or underwriters (if any), such Holders or any Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be (based upon advice of counsel), determine is reasonably required to be included therein and (ii) make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or such post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company and the Guarantors have received notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to take any action hereunder that would, in the written opinion of counsel to the Company, violate applicable laws.
     (f) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, furnish to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, who so requests, their counsel (if requested by any such person) and each managing underwriter, if any, at the sole expense of the Company and the Guarantors, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if requested, all documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits. The Issuer and the Guarantors shall not, without the prior consent of the Initial Purchasers, make any offer relating to the Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405.
     (g) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, deliver to each selling Holder of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, their respective counsel (if requested) and the underwriters, if any, at the sole expense of the Company and the Guarantors, as many copies of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of preliminary prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto and any documents incorporated by reference therein as such Persons may reasonably request; and, subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Company and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, and the underwriters or agents, if any, and dealers (if any), in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Notes covered by, or the sale by Participating Broker-Dealers of the Exchange Notes pursuant to, such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.
     (h) Prior to any public offering of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes or any delivery of a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, and to cooperate with the selling Holders of


 

-13-

Registrable Notes or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or qualification) of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer, or the managing underwriter or underwriters reasonably request; provided, however, that where Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes are offered other than through an underwritten offering, the Company and the Guarantors agree to cause the Company’s counsel to perform Blue Sky investigations and file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this Section 5(h); keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective and do any and all other acts or things reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Exchange Notes or Registrable Notes covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified, (B) take any action that would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or (C) subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal dollar amount in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
     (i) If a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Notes and the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Notes to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company; and enable such Registrable Notes to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or selling Holders may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of such Registrable Notes.
     (j) Use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes covered by any Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be reasonably necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter or underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, except as may be required solely as a consequence of the nature of such selling Holder’s business, in which case the Company and the Guarantors will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the filing of such Registration Statement and the granting of such approvals.
     (k) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, as promptly as practicable prepare and (subject to Section 5(a) and the penultimate paragraph of this Section 5) file with the Commission, at the sole expense of the Company and the Guarantors, a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, or file any other


 

-14-

required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Notes being sold thereunder or to the purchasers of the Exchange Notes to whom such Prospectus will be delivered by a Participating Broker-Dealer, any such Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (l) Prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Notes, (i) provide the Trustee with certificates for the Registrable Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for the Registrable Notes.
     (m) In connection with any underwritten offering of Registrable Notes pursuant to a Shelf Registration, enter into an underwriting agreement as is customary in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes and take all such other actions as are reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of such Registrable Notes and, whether or not such offering is an underwritten offering, (i) make such representations and warranties to the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any (and to any Holder that has advised the Company and the Guarantors that such Holder may have a “due diligence” defense under Section 11 of the Securities Act), and covenants with, the underwriters with respect to the business of the Company, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries (including any acquired business, properties or entity, if applicable), and the Registration Statement, Prospectus and documents, if any, incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, in each case, as are customarily made by the Company and the Guarantors to underwriters in underwritten offerings of debt securities similar to the Notes, and confirm the same in writing if and when reasonably requested; (ii) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the written opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors and written updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters, addressed to the underwriters (and to any Holder that has advised the Company and the Guarantors that such Holder may have a “due diligence” defense under Section 11 of the Securities Act) covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters; (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriter or underwriters from the independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor or of any business acquired by the Company or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement), addressed to each of the underwriters (and to any Holder that has advised the Company and the Guarantors that such Holder may have a “due diligence” defense under Section 11 of the Securities Act), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings; and (iv) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, the same shall contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 7 hereof (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement and the


 

-15-

managing underwriter or underwriters or agents) with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to provide indemnification to any underwriter selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 9 hereof with respect to information relating to such underwriter furnished in writing to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such underwriter expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement; provided, further that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to enter into more than two such underwriting agreements with respect to underwritten offerings of Registrable Notes. The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting agreement, or as and to the extent required thereunder.
     (n) If (1) a Shelf Registration is filed pursuant to Section 3 hereof or (2) a Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof is required to be delivered under the Securities Act by any Participating Broker-Dealer who seeks to sell Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, make available for inspection by any selling Holder of such Registrable Notes being sold or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, any underwriter participating in any such disposition of Registrable Notes, if any, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such selling Holder or each such Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, or underwriter (collectively, the “Inspectors”), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and instruments of the Company and the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries (collectively, the “Records”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company and the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement and Prospectus. Each Inspector shall agree in writing that it will keep the Records confidential and that it will not disclose, or use in connection with any market transactions in violation of any applicable securities laws, any Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and that it notifies the Inspectors in writing are confidential unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction, (iii) disclosure of such information is necessary or advisable in the opinion of counsel for an Inspector in connection with any action, claim, suit or proceeding, directly or indirectly, involving or potentially involving such Inspector and arising out of, based upon, relating to, or involving this Agreement or the Purchase Agreement, or any transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or arising hereunder or thereunder or (iv) the information in such Records has been made generally available to the public; provided, however, that (i) each Inspector shall agree to use reasonable best efforts to provide notice to the Company and the Guarantors of the potential disclosure of any information by such Inspector pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this sentence to permit the Company and the Guarantors to obtain a protective order (or waive the provisions of this paragraph (n)) and (ii) each such Inspector shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information (if practicable) to the extent such action is otherwise not inconsistent with, an impairment of or in derogation of the rights and interests of the Holder or any Inspector.


 

-16-

     (o) Provide an indenture trustee for the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and cause the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in Section 2(a) hereof to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the Exchange Offer or the first Registration Statement relating to the Registrable Notes; and in connection therewith, cooperate with the trustee under any such indenture and the Holders of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, to effect such changes to such indenture as may be required for such indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute, and use their reasonable best efforts to cause such trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.
     (p) Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to the Company’s security holders earnings statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the Securities Act) after the end of any 12-month period no later than the number of days permitted for the filing of Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q by accelerated filers (as defined in the Exchange Act) (or after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year no later than the number of days permitted for the filing of Annual Reports on Form 10-K by accelerated filers (as defined in the Exchange Act)) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Company after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statements shall cover said 12-month periods consistent with the requirements of Rule 158.
     (q) Upon the request of a Holder, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, use their reasonable best efforts to obtain an opinion of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors, in a form customary for underwritten transactions, addressed to the Trustee for the benefit of all Holders of Registrable Notes participating in the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, that the Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and the related indenture constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its respective terms, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications.
     (r) If the Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Registrable Notes by Holders to the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, mark, or cause to be marked, on such Registrable Notes that such Registrable Notes are being cancelled in exchange for the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be; provided that in no event shall such Registrable Notes be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.
     (s) Cooperate with each seller of Registrable Notes covered by any Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Notes and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the FINRA.


 

-17-

     (t) Use their reasonable best efforts to take all other steps reasonably necessary or advisable to effect the registration of the Exchange Notes and/or Registrable Notes covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.
          The Company may require each seller of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes as to which any registration is being effected to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably request. The Company and the Guarantors may exclude from such registration the Registrable Notes of any seller so long as such seller fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request and, in the event of such an exclusion, the Company and the Guarantors shall have no further obligation under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the obligations under Section 4) with respect to such seller or any subsequent Holder of such Registrable Notes. Each seller as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company and the Guarantors all information required to be disclosed in order to make any information previously furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by such seller not materially misleading.
          If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company and the Guarantors, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment or supplement to the applicable Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required.
          Each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes that, upon the Company providing notice to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, (x) of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iii), 5(c)(iv), or 5(c)(v) hereof, or (y) that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has resolved that the Company and the Guarantors have a bona fide business purpose for doing so, then, upon providing such notice (which shall refer to the penultimate paragraph of this Section 5), the Company and the Guarantors may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration (if not then filed or effective, as applicable) and shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration, in all cases, for a period (a “Delay Period”) expiring upon the earlier to occur of (i) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (x), such Holder’s or Participating Broker-Dealer’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 5(k) hereof or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company or any of the Guarantors that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto or (ii) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (y), the date which is the earlier of (A) the date on which such business purpose ceases to interfere with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations to file or maintain the effectiveness of any such Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement or (B) 60 days after the Company or any of the Guarantors notify the Holders of such good faith determination. There shall not be more than 60 days


 

-18-

of Delay Periods during any 12-month period. The maximum length of the Applicable Period set forth in Section 2(b) shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during any Delay Period. Any Delay Period will not alter the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to pay Additional Interest under the circumstances set forth in Section 4 hereof.
          Each Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, by its acceptance of any Registrable Note, agrees that during any Delay Period, each Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer will discontinue disposition of such Notes or Exchange Notes covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus or Exchange Notes to be sold by such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be.
     Section 6. Registration Expenses
          All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Company and the Guarantors (other than any underwriting discounts or commissions) shall be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, whether or not the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration is filed or becomes effective or the Exchange Offer is consummated, including, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with Blue Sky qualifications of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions (x) where the holders of Registrable Notes are located, in the case of an Exchange Offer, or (y) as provided in Section 5(h) hereof, in the case of a Shelf Registration or in the case of Exchange Notes to be sold by a Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period)), (ii) printing expenses, including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company and of printing prospectuses if the printing of prospectuses is requested by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, or by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes included in any Registration Statement or in respect of Exchange Notes to be sold by any Participating Broker-Dealer during the Applicable Period, as the case may be, (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses, (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one special counsel for all of the sellers of Registrable Notes (exclusive of any counsel retained pursuant to Section 7 hereof) selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes, Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes being registered and reasonably satisfactory to the Company, (v) fees and disbursements of all independent certified public accountants referred to in Section 5(m)(iii) hereof (including, without limitation, the expenses of any special audit and “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance), (vi) Securities Act liability insurance, if the Company desires such insurance, (vii) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by any of the Company or any of the Guarantors, (viii) internal expenses of the Company and the Guarantors (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of officers and employees of the Company and the Guarantors performing legal or accounting duties), (ix) the expense of any annual audit, (x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the securities to be registered on any securities exchange, and the obtaining of a rating of the securities, in each case, if applicable, (xi) any required fees and expenses incurred in connection with any filing required to be made with the FINRA and (xii) the expenses relating to printing, word processing and distributing all Registration Statements, underwriting agreements, indentures and any other documents necessary in order to comply with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, each Holder


 

-19-

shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions of any underwriters with respect to any Registrable Notes sold by or on behalf of it.
     Section 7. Indemnification
          (a) The Company and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Notes and each Participating Broker-Dealer selling Exchange Notes during the Applicable Period, each Person, if any, who controls any such Person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, the agents, employees, officers and directors of each Holder and each such Participating Broker-Dealer and the agents, partners, members, employees, officers, managers and directors of any such controlling Person (each, a “Participant”) from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever actually incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all reasonable amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation) (collectively, “Losses”) to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company or any of the Guarantors shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus or “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 (“Issuer FWP”), or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided that the foregoing indemnity shall not be available to any Participant insofar as such Losses are caused by any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Participant furnished to the Company or any of the Guarantors in writing by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have, including, but not limited to, liability under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any costs or expenses advanced by the Company and the Guarantors to any Participant pursuant to the terms of this Section 7(a) shall be promptly reimbursed to the extent that such Participant is ultimately determined not to have been entitled to indemnification therefor.
          (b) Each Participant agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, each Person, if any, who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and each of their respective agents, partners, members, employees, officers and members of the board of directors from and against any Losses to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company or any of the Guarantors shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or any preliminary prospectus, or caused by, arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,


 

-20-

in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such Loss arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Participant furnished in writing to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such Participant expressly for use therein.
          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection 7(a) or 7(b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding (collectively, an “action”), such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify each party against whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the commencement of such action (but the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability that it may have under this Section 7 except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure). In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in such action and, to the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such action, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel and the payment of such fees and expenses by the indemnifying party shall have been authorized and agreed to in writing by the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel to take charge of the defense of such action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, or (iii) the named parties to such action (including any impleaded parties) include such indemnified party and the indemnifying party or parties (or such indemnifying parties have assumed the defense of such action), and such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded, after consultation with counsel, that there may be defenses available to it or them that are different from or additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying parties (in which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying parties. In no event shall the indemnifying party be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (together with appropriate local counsel) at any time for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions arising in the same jurisdiction out of the same general allegations or circumstances. Any such separate firm for the Participants shall be designated in writing by Participants who sold a majority in interest of Registrable Notes sold by all such Participants and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company and any such separate firm for the Company and the Guarantors, their affiliates, officers, directors, representatives, employees and agents and such control Persons of the Company and the Guarantors shall be designated in writing by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Holders. An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any claim or action effected without its written consent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.


 

-21-

          (d) In order to provide for contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is for any reason held to be unavailable from the indemnifying party for any Losses referred to therein, or is insufficient to hold harmless a party indemnified under this Section 7 for any Losses referred to therein, each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such aggregate Losses (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by each indemnifying party, on the one hand, and each indemnified party, on the other hand, from the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers or the resale of the Registrable Notes by such Holder, as applicable, or (ii) if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of each indemnified party, on the one hand, and each indemnifying party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and each Participant, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the total proceeds from the sale of the Notes to the Initial Purchasers (net of discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Guarantors are to (y) the total net profit received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Registrable Notes. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or such Participant and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission or alleged statement or omission.
          (e) The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, (i) in no case shall any Participant be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net profit received by such Participant in connection with the sale of the Registrable Notes exceeds the amount of any damages that such Participant has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and (ii) no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section 7, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this Section 7 or otherwise, except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure; provided, however, that no additional notice shall be required with respect to any action for which notice has been given under this Section 7 for purposes of indemnification. Anything in this section to the contrary notwithstanding, no party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its written consent; provided, however, that such written consent was not unreasonably withheld.
     Section 8. Rules 144 and 144A
          The Company and the Guarantors covenant that they will file the reports required, if any, to be filed by the Company and the Guarantors under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the


 

-22-

rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder in a timely manner in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and, if at any time the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file such reports, they will, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Registrable Notes, make available such information necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The Company and the Guarantors further covenant that for so long as any Registrable Notes remain outstanding they will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Notes may reasonably request from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Notes without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission.
     Section 9. Underwritten Registrations
          If any of the Registrable Notes covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Registrable Notes included in such offering and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Guarantors.
          No Holder of Registrable Notes may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder if such Holder does not (a) agree to sell such Holder’s Registrable Notes on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
     Section 10. Miscellaneous
          (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors have not, as of the date hereof, and shall not, after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to any of its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Notes in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not conflict with and are not inconsistent with, in any material respect, the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor under any such agreements. The Company and the Guarantors have not entered and will not enter into any agreement with respect to any of its securities which will grant to any Person piggy-back registration rights with respect to any Registration Statement.
          (b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Notes. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, directly or indirectly, take any action with respect to the Registrable Notes as a class that would adversely affect the ability of the Holders of Registrable Notes to include such Registrable Notes in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.
          (c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given except pursuant to a written agreement duly signed and delivered by (I) the Company and (II)(A) the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding


 

-23-

Registrable Notes and (B) in circumstances that would adversely affect the Participating Broker-Dealers, the Participating Broker-Dealers holding not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Exchange Notes held by all Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that Section 7 and this Section 10(c) may not be amended, modified or supplemented except pursuant to a written agreement duly signed and delivered by the Company and each Holder and each Participating Broker-Dealer (including any Person who was a Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, disposed of pursuant to any Registration Statement) affected by any such amendment, modification, waiver or supplement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders of Registrable Notes whose securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect, impair, limit or compromise the rights of other Holders of Registrable Notes may be given by Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Notes being sold pursuant to such Registration Statement.
          (d) Notices. All notices and other communications (including, without limitation, any notices or other communications to the Trustee) provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or telecopier:
     (i) if to a Holder of the Registrable Notes or any Participating Broker-Dealer, at the most current address of such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer, as the case may be, set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture.
     (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, to them at:
Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Fax: (401) 751-9844
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
with a copy to:
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110
Fax: (617) 951-7050
Attention: John B. Ayer, Esq.
     (iii) if to the Initial Purchasers, at the address as follows:
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010
Attention: LCD-IBD


 

-24-

with a copy to:
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention: William J. Whelan, III, Esq.
          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
          Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address and in the manner specified in such Indenture.
          (e) [Intentionally omitted.]
          (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto, the Holders and the Participating Broker-Dealers; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign holds Registrable Notes.
          (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
          (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY PROVISIONS THEREOF RELATING TO CONFLICTS OF LAW EXCEPT SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).
          (j) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.


 

-25-

          (k) Securities Held by the Company, the Guarantors or their Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Notes is required hereunder, Registrable Notes held by the Company, the Guarantors or any of their affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
          (l) Third-Party Beneficiaries. Holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Notes and Participating Broker-Dealers are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and this Agreement may be enforced by such Persons. No other Person is intended to be, or shall be construed as, a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.
          (m) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement and the Indenture, is intended by the parties as a final and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein and any and all prior oral or written agreements, representations, or warranties, contracts, understandings, correspondence, conversations and memoranda between the Holders on the one hand and the Company and the Guarantors on the other, or between or among any of their respective agents, representatives, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, predecessors in interest or successors in interest with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof are merged herein and replaced hereby.


 

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
  NORTEK, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kevin W. Donnelly    
    Name:   Kevin W. Donnelly   
    Title:   Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   
 
[Registration Rights Agreement]


 

         
  ADVANCED BRIDGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
AIGIS MECHTRONICS, INC.
ALLSTAR PRO, LLC
AUBREY MANUFACTURING, INC.
BROAN-NUTONE LLC
CES GROUP, INC.
CLEANPAK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
ELAN HOME SYSTEMS, L.L.C.
GEFEN, INC.
GOVERNAIR CORPORATION
GTO, INC.
HC INSTALLATIONS, INC.
HOMELOGIC LLC
HUNTAIR, INC.
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONICS, INC.
J.A.R. INDUSTRIES, INC.
JENSEN INDUSTRIES, INC.
LINEAR LLC
LINEAR H.K. LLC
LITETOUCH, INC.
MAGENTA RESEARCH, LTD.
MAMMOTH, INC.
MAMMOTH CHINA, LTD.
NILES AUDIO CORPORATION
NORDYNE, INC.
NORDYNE CHINA, LLC
NORDYNE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NORTEK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NUTONE INC.
OMNIMOUNT SYSTEMS, INC.
OPERATOR SPECIALTY COMPANY, INC.
PACIFIC ZEPHYR RANGE HOOD, INC.
PANAMAX INC.
RANGAIRE GP, INC.
RANGAIRE LP, INC.
RANGAIRE LP
SECURE WIRELESS, INC.
SPEAKERCRAFT, INC.
TEMTROL, INC.
WDS LLC
WEBCO, INC.
XANTECH CORPORATION
ZEPHYR CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kevin W. Donnelly    
    Name:   Kevin W. Donnelly   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary (of entity listed or as an officer of the managing member, sole member or general partner)   
 
[Registration Rights Agreement]


 

 

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
         
By:
  /s/ Edward M. Yorke
 
Name: Edward M. Yorke
   
 
  Title: Managing Director    
 
       
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Bradford Jones    
 
       
 
  Name: Bradford Jones    
 
  Title: Managing Director    
 
       
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.    
 
       
By:
  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
 
       
 
  (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)    
as Representatives of the several Initial Purchasers


 

 

Schedule I
Guarantors
1.   Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc.
 
2.   Aigis Mechtronics, Inc.
 
3.   AllStar Pro, LLC
 
4.   Aubrey Manufacturing, Inc.
 
5.   Broan-NuTone LLC
 
6.   CES Group, Inc.
 
7.   Cleanpak International, Inc.
 
8.   Elan Home Systems, L.L.C.
 
9.   Gefen, Inc.
 
10.   Governair Corporation
 
11.   GTO, Inc.
 
12.   HC Installations, Inc.
 
13.   Homelogic LLC
 
14.   Huntair, Inc.
 
15.   International Electronics, Inc.
 
16.   J.A.R. Industries, Inc.
 
17.   Jensen Industries, Inc.
 
18.   Linear LLC
 
19.   Linear H.K. LLC
 
20.   Lite Touch, Inc.
 
21.   Magenta Research Ltd.
 
22.   Mammoth, Inc.
 
23.   Mammoth China, Ltd.
 
24.   Niles Audio Corporation
 
25.   Nordyne Inc.
 
26.   Nordyne China, LLC
 
27.   NORDYNE International, Inc.
 
28.   Nortek International, Inc.
 
29.   NuTone Inc.
 
30.   OmniMount Systems, Inc.
 
31.   Operator Specialty Company, Inc.
 
32.   Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc.
 
33.   Panamax Inc.
 
34.   Rangaire GP, Inc.
 
35.   Rangaire LP, Inc.
 
36.   Rangaire LP
 
37.   Secure Wireless, Inc.
 
38.   SpeakerCraft, Inc.
 
39.   Temtrol, Inc.
 
40.   WDS LLC
 
41.   Webco, Inc.


 

 

Schedule I
42.   Xantech Corporation
 
43.   Zephyr Corporation

Exhibit 5.1
August 11, 2008
 
Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Re:   $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 of Nortek, Inc. issued in exchange for $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due December 1, 2013 of Nortek, Inc. and the related Guarantees
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as counsel to Nortek, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and certain subsidiaries of the Company listed on Schedule I hereto (such listed subsidiaries, the “Covered Guarantors”) in connection with (i) the proposed issuance by the Company in the exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Exchange Notes”), which are to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in exchange for a like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes”), which have not been, and will not be, so registered, (ii) the guarantees of the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Guarantees”) by the Covered Guarantors and the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Schedule II hereto (such listed subsidiaries, the “Other Guarantors” and, together with the Covered Guarantors, collectively, the “Guarantors”) and (iii) the preparation of the registration statement on Form S-4 filed by the Company and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”) for the purpose of registering the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees under the Securities Act.
     The Outstanding Notes have been, and the Exchange Notes will be, issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2008, between the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Indenture”). The terms of the Exchange Guarantees are contained in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.
     This opinion is furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.
     We have examined such documents and made such other investigation as we have deemed appropriate to render the opinions set forth below. As to matters of fact material to our

 


 

Nortek, Inc.   - 2 -   August 11, 2008

       
opinion, we have relied, without independent verification, on representations made in the Indenture, certificates and other documents and other inquiries of officers of the Company and the Covered Guarantors and of public officials.
     The opinions expressed below are limited to matters governed by the laws of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the California Corporation Law and the California Limited Liability Company Law and the federal laws of the United States of America. Authorization of the Guarantees by Guarantors other than the Covered Guarantors are being opined upon by:
     (i) with respect to the laws of the States of Missouri and Arizona, Bryan Cave LLP;
     (ii) with respect the laws of the State of Connecticut, Cohn Birnbaum & Shea;
     (iii) with respect to matters governed by the laws of the State of Florida, Greenberg Traurig, P.A.;
     (iv)with respect to matters governed by the laws of the State of Utah, Holland & Hart LLP;
     (v) with respect to matters governed by the laws of the State of Oklahoma, McAfee & Taft, P.C.;
     (vi) with respect to matters governed by the laws of the State of Michigan, Rhoades & McKee PC; and
     (vii) with respect to matters governed by the laws of the State of Kentucky, Wyatt, Tarrant & Combs, LLP.
     Based upon the foregoing and subject to the additional qualifications set forth below, we are of the opinion that:
1.   The Exchange Notes have been duly authorized by the Company and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and delivered against receipt of the Outstanding Notes surrendered in exchange therefor upon completion of the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Notes will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.
 
2.   The Exchange Guarantees have been duly authorized by each of the Covered Guarantors and, when the Exchange Notes are executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and delivered against receipt of the Outstanding Notes surrendered in exchange therefor upon completion of the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Guarantees will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of each Guarantor, enforceable against each Guarantor in accordance with their terms.

 


 

Nortek, Inc.   - 3 -   August 11, 2008

       
     Our opinion that the Exchange Notes and Exchange Guarantees constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and each Guarantor, enforceable against the Company and each Guarantor in accordance with its terms, are subject to (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties, (b) general principles of equity and (c) the effects of possible judicial application of foreign laws or foreign governmental or judicial action affecting creditor’s rights. Our opinions set forth above are also subject to the qualification that the enforceability of provisions in the Indenture providing for indemnification or contribution may be limited by public policy considerations. In addition, we express no opinion as to the enforceability of any provision providing for non-effectiveness of oral modifications, submission to jurisdiction, waiver of or consent to service of process and venue, waiver of offset or defenses, powers of attorney or any provision constituting a penalty or forfeiture. We express no opinion with respect to the applicability of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other fraudulent conveyance provisions.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the applications to securities commissioners for the various states of the United States for registration of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
         
  Very truly yours,

 
/s/ Ropes & Gray LLP
 
Ropes & Gray LLP
 
 
     
     
     

 


 

         
SCHEDULE I
COVERED GUARANTORS
     
Covered Guarantors   Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Aigis Mechtronics, Inc.
  Delaware
AllStar PRO, LLC
   
Aubrey Manufacturing, Inc.
   
Broan-NuTone LLC
   
Broan-NuTone Storage Solutions LP
   
CES Group, Inc.
   
Cleanpak International, Inc.
   
HC Installations, Inc.
   
HomeLogic LLC
   
Huntair, Inc.
   
Jensen Industries, Inc.
   
Linear H.K. LLC
   
Mammoth China Ltd.
   
Mammoth, Inc.
   
Niles Audio Corporation
   
Nordyne China, LLC
   
Nordyne Inc.
   
NORDYNE International, Inc.
   
Nortek International, Inc.
   
NuTone Inc.
   
Rangaire GP, Inc.
   
Rangaire LP, Inc.
   
SpeakerCraft, Inc.
   
WDS LLC
   
Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc.
  California
Gefen, Inc.
   
Linear LLC
   
Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc.
   
Panamax Inc.
   
Secure Wireless, Inc.
   
Xantech Corporation
   
Zephyr Corporation
   
International Electronics, Inc.
  Massachusetts

 


 

SCHEDULE II
OTHER GUARANTORS
Elan Home Systems L.L.C.
Governair Corporation
GTO, Inc.
J.A.R. Industries, Inc.
Lite Touch, Inc.
Magenta Research Ltd.
Omnimount Systems, Inc.
Operator Specialty Company, Inc.
Temtrol, Inc.
Webco, Inc.

 

Exhibit 5.2
[Bryan Cave Letterhead]
August 11, 2008
Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special counsel in the States of Missouri and Arizona to J.A.R. Industries, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“J.A.R. Industries”), Webco, Inc., a Missouri corporation (“Webco”), and OmniMount Systems, Inc., an Arizona corporation (“Omnimount Systems”; each a “Subsidiary Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed by Nortek, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Nortek”), and the guarantors, including the Subsidiary Guarantors, with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to the offer by Nortek (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange $750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Exchange Notes”) for Nortek’s outstanding $750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes”). The Outstanding Notes have been, and the Exchange Notes will be, issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2008 (the “Indenture”), among Nortek, the guarantors named therein, including the Subsidiary Guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. Pursuant to Article XI of the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors have guaranteed the Outstanding Notes and will guarantee the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Guarantees”). All capitalized terms which are defined in the Indenture shall have the same meanings when used herein, unless otherwise specified. This opinion is furnished to you at the request of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
We have not been involved in the preparation of the Registration Statement, nor were we involved in the negotiation, preparation or execution of the Indenture, the Exchange Guarantees, or any of

 


 

Nortek, Inc.
Ropes & Gray LLP
August 11, 2008
Page 2
the related agreements executed or delivered in connection therewith. We have been retained solely for the purpose of rendering certain opinions pursuant to Missouri and Arizona law.
In connection herewith, we have examined:
  (1)   the Articles of Incorporation of the each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, as amended to date;
 
  (2)   the Bylaws of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, as currently in effect;
 
  (3)   certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors relating to the Indenture, the Exchange Guarantees, the Exchange Offer and related matters;
 
  (4)   the form of the Exchange Notes; and
 
  (5)   an executed copy of the Indenture.
For purposes of this opinion letter, we have not reviewed any documents other than the foregoing. In particular, we have not reviewed any document that is referred to in or incorporated by reference into the Indenture (other than the Exchange Guarantees of the Subsidiary Guarantors). We have assumed that there exists no provision in any document that we have not reviewed that bears upon or is inconsistent with the opinion stated herein. We have also assumed, with your permission, that (i) the certifications set forth in the Omnibus Certificate of Secretary of Subsidiaries of Nortek, Inc. dated May 20, 2008 are true and correct as of the date hereof, (ii) the certifications set forth in the Officer’s Certificate dated May 20, 2008 are true and correct as of the date hereof, and (iii) the resolutions, by-laws and charter documents referenced in such certifications have not been amended, altered, repealed or superseded. We have conducted no independent factual investigation of our own but rather have relied solely upon the foregoing documents, the statements and information set forth therein and the additional matters recited or assumed herein, all of which we have assumed to be true, complete and accurate in all material respects.
In our examination of the foregoing, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal competence and capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. When relevant facts were not independently established, we have relied without independent investigation as to matters of fact upon statements of governmental officials and upon representations made in or pursuant to the Indenture and certificates and statements of appropriate representatives of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
In connection herewith, we have assumed that, other than with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantors, all of the documents referred to in this opinion letter have been duly authorized by, have been duly executed and delivered by, and constitute the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of, all of the parties to such documents, all of the signatories to such documents have been duly authorized and all such parties are duly organized and validly existing and have the power

 


 

Nortek, Inc.
Ropes & Gray LLP
August 11, 2008
Page 3
and authority (corporate or other) to execute, deliver and perform such documents. We have also assumed, with your permission, that (i) the Subsidiary Guarantors have been duly organized and are validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdictions governing their organization, and are duly qualified or admitted to transact business in each other jurisdiction where the nature of the business conducted therein or the property owned or leased therein makes such qualification or admission necessary, with all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform the Indenture, (ii) the Indenture has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Subsidiary Guarantors, and (iii) the Trustee has duly authenticated the Outstanding Notes.
Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:
     1. The execution and delivery by J.A.R. Industries of the Exchange Guarantee to which it is a party and the consummation by J.A.R. Industries of its obligations thereunder are within J.A.R. Industries’ corporate power and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of J.A.R. Industries.
     2. The execution and delivery by Webco of the Exchange Guarantee to which it is a party and the consummation by Webco of its obligations thereunder are within Webco’s corporate power and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Webco.
     3. The execution and delivery by Omnimount Systems of the Exchange Guarantee to which it is a party and the consummation by Omnimount Systems of its obligations thereunder are within Omnimount Systems’ corporate power and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Omnimount Systems.
     4. The Exchange Guarantee to which J.A.R. Industries is a party has been duly executed and delivered by J.A.R. Industries.
     5. The Exchange Guarantee to which Webco is a party has been duly executed and delivered by Webco.
     6. The Exchange Guarantee to which Omnimount Systems is a party has been duly executed and delivered by Omnimount Systems.
In addition to the assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth above, the opinions set forth herein are further limited by, subject to and based upon the following assumptions, qualifications, limitations and exceptions:
     (a) Our opinions herein reflect only the application of applicable Missouri and Arizona law (excluding the securities and blue sky laws of such states and any laws, rules and regulations of cities, counties and other political subdivisions within such states) in each case that we, based on our experience, recognize as applicable to the Subsidiary Guarantors in a transaction of the type contemplated by the Indenture. We note that the Exchange Guarantees and the Indenture each

 


 

Nortek, Inc.
Ropes & Gray LLP
August 11, 2008
Page 4
provide that they are governed by and are to be construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York. However, in rendering the opinions expressed herein, we have assumed, with your permission, that the substantive laws of the State of Missouri or Arizona, as the case may be, would apply. In rendering our opinions, we have not considered, and hereby disclaim any opinion as to, the application or impact of any laws, cases, decisions, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction, court or administrative agency.
     (b) We express no opinion as to:
          (i) whether any Subsidiary Guarantor may guarantee or otherwise be liable for indebtedness incurred by Nortek except to the extent that such Subsidiary Guarantor may be determined to have benefited from the incurrence of the indebtedness by Nortek or whether such benefit may be measured other than by the extent to which the proceeds of the indebtedness incurred by Nortek are, directly or indirectly, made available to such Subsidiary Guarantor for its corporate purposes; and
          (ii) the authorizations, approvals or consents as may be necessary under federal or state securities and “blue sky” laws (including, without limitation, Missouri or Arizona securities or “blue sky” laws) or the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended) in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
We do not give any opinions except as set forth above. The opinions set forth herein are made as of the date hereof. We are not rendering any opinions with respect to any of the Transaction Documents other than the Exchange Guarantees or the Indenture. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name therein and in the related prospectus under the captions “Legal Matters.” We also consent to your filing copies of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement with agencies of such states as you deem necessary in the course of complying with the laws of such states regarding the Exchange Offer. In giving such consent, we do not thereby concede that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.
     
Very truly yours,
   
 
   
/s/ Bryan Cave LLP
 
   
BRYAN CAVE LLP
   

 

Exhibit 5.3
August 11, 2008
Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
     
Re:
  $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 of Nortek, Inc. issued in exchange for $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due December 1, 2013 of Nortek, Inc. and the related Guarantees
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special counsel in the State of Connecticut to Magenta Research LTD, a Connecticut corporation (“Magenta”), in connection with (i) the proposed issuance by Nortek, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in the exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Exchange Notes”), which are to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in exchange for a like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes”), which have not been, and will not be, so registered, (ii) the guarantee of the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Guarantee”) by Magenta and certain other guarantors and (iii) the registration statement on Form S-4 filed by the Company, Magenta and certain other guarantors (collectively, the “Guarantors”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”) for the purpose of registering the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantee and certain other guarantees of the Exchange Notes under the Securities Act.
The Outstanding Notes have been, and the Exchange Notes will be, issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2008, between the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Indenture”). The terms of the Exchange Guarantee are contained in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.
In connection herewith, we have examined execution or final forms of the following documents:
  (1)   the Exchange Guarantee;
 
  (2)   the Registration Statement; and
 
  (3)   the Indenture.

 


 

Nortek, Inc.
August 11, 2008
Page 2 of 5
 
We also have examined:
  (a)   a corporate certificate of existence of Magenta dated May 16, 2008 and issued by the Office of the Secretary of the State of Connecticut (the “Good Standing Certificate”) and a copy of the certified Certificate of Incorporation of Magenta as issued and certified by the Office of the Secretary of the State of Connecticut on December 26, 1997 (the “Certified Articles of Incorporation”); and
 
  (b)   an omnibus certificate executed by the Secretary of Magenta dated as of May 20, 2008 which certifies Magenta’s Certificate of Incorporation, by-laws, authorizing resolutions and the incumbency of the officers of Magenta and includes specimen signatures of those officers who shall be executing any Transaction Documents to which Magenta is a party (the “Secretary’s Certificate”).
The documents listed as Items (1) through (4) above are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents”. We have not been involved in the negotiation, preparation or execution of the Transaction Documents or any of the related agreements executed or delivered in connection therewith. We have been retained by Magenta solely for the purpose of rendering certain opinions set forth herein pursuant to Connecticut law. This letter addresses only those matters as to which the addressee may have requested information, and we disclaim any obligation to provide information on any other matter. This letter speaks only as of the date hereof, and we expressly disclaim any obligation to update or supplement this letter.
We have assumed the validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Transaction Documents as regards Magenta and all the other parties thereto, and we express no opinion whatsoever (by implication or otherwise) with respect to the validity or enforceability of such documents against Magenta or any other person or entity or as to the accuracy or completeness of any of the representations or warranties or any other matters set forth therein or the schedules thereto. We have not reviewed any document other than the Transaction Documents, including without limitation, any document which is referred to in or incorporated by reference into any of the Transaction Documents. We have assumed that there exists no provision in any document that we have not reviewed that bears upon or is inconsistent with the opinions stated herein. We have assumed the accuracy of all factual representations and warranties made in the Transaction Documents and the schedules thereto. We have conducted no independent factual investigation of our own but rather have relied solely upon the foregoing documents, the statements and information set forth therein and the additional matters recited or assumed herein, all of which we have assumed to be true, complete and accurate in all material respects.
In our examination of the documents listed above, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal competence and capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of documents

 


 

Nortek, Inc.
August 11, 2008
Page 3 of 5
 
submitted to us as originals or finals and the conformity with authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies.
We have also assumed that, other than with respect to Magenta, all of the documents referred to in this opinion letter have been duly authorized by, have been duly executed and delivered by, and constitute the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of all of the parties to such documents, all of the signatories to such documents have been duly authorized and all such parties are duly organized and validly existing and have the power and authority (corporate or other) to execute, deliver and perform such documents. With respect to Magenta, we have assumed that (i) Kevin W. Donnelly is, as of the date of this opinion letter, the duly elected, qualified and acting Vice President and Secretary of Magenta (as set forth in the Secretary’s Certificate), and (ii) Kevin W. Donnelly, as the Vice President and Secretary of Magenta, has executed and delivered the Transaction Documents. The opinion expressed in paragraph 3 below is based on the assumption contained in the preceding sentence and we have undertaken no independent investigation of the same.
Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:
     1. Based solely on the Certified Articles of Incorporation and the Good Standing Certificate, Magenta is duly incorporated as a corporation and therefore possesses the corporate power to perform its obligations under the Exchange Guarantee.
     2. The execution and delivery by Magenta of the Exchange Guarantee and the consummation by Magenta of its obligations thereunder are within Magenta’s corporate power under Connecticut law and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Magenta.
     3. The Exchange Guarantee has been duly executed and delivered by Magenta.
In addition to the assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth above, the opinions set forth herein are further limited by, subject to and based upon the following assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions:
     (a) Wherever this opinion letter refers to matters “known to us”, or to our “knowledge”, or words of similar import, such reference means that, during the course of our representation of Magenta with respect to the Transaction Documents or this opinion letter, we have requested information of Magenta concerning the matter referred to and no information has come to the attention of (either as a result of such request for information or otherwise) any attorneys currently employed by Cohn Birnbaum & Shea P.C. devoting substantive attention or a

 


 

Nortek, Inc.
August 11, 2008
Page 4 of 5
 
material amount of time thereto, which has given us actual knowledge of the existence (or absence) of facts to the contrary. Except as otherwise stated herein, we have undertaken no independent investigation or verification of such matters, and no inference should be drawn to the contrary from the fact of our representation of Magenta.
     (b) Our opinions herein reflect only the application of applicable Connecticut law (excluding the securities and blue sky laws of Connecticut). The opinions set forth herein are made as of the date hereof and are subject to, and may be limited by, future changes in the factual matters set forth herein, and we undertake no duty to advise you of the same. The opinions set forth herein are subject to the affect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and laws affecting creditors’ rights generally. The opinions expressed herein are based upon the law in effect (and published or otherwise generally available) on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement these opinions should such law be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise. In rendering our opinions, we have not considered, and hereby disclaim any opinion as to, the application or impact of any laws, cases, decisions, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction, court or administrative agency.
     (c) We express no opinion as to:
          (i) whether Magenta may guarantee or otherwise be liable for, or pledge its assets to secure, indebtedness incurred by Nortek, except to the extent that Magenta may be determined to have benefited from the incurrence of the indebtedness by Nortek or whether such benefit may be measured other than by the extent to which the proceeds of the indebtedness incurred by Nortek are, directly or indirectly, made available to Magenta for its corporate purposes;
          (ii) the authorizations, approvals or consents as may be necessary under Connecticut securities or “blue sky” laws in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents;
          (iii) the validity or effect of any provision in any Transaction Document regarding choice of law, submission to jurisdiction or venue or consent to service of process or any conflict of laws rules which any court sitting in the State of Connecticut may apply; or
          (iv) the validity or priority of any security interests created pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents.
     (d) In making any opinion as to the existence, validity or enforceability of any governmental certificate, permit or approval issued by any governmental authority, we have assumed that any such authority had the jurisdiction to issue the applicable certificate, permit or

 


 

Nortek, Inc.
August 11, 2008
Page 5 of 5
 
approval, and that individuals purporting to act on behalf of such authority or entity have been duly appointed, elected and/or authorized to act.
This opinion letter is limited solely to the laws of the State of Connecticut, and we express no opinion concerning any other law or any other jurisdiction, whether or not applicable to Magenta or any Transaction Document to which Magenta is a party. This opinion letter is being delivered by us solely for your benefit and the benefit of your permitted successors and assigns. We do not render any opinions except as set forth above. By your acceptance of this opinion letter, you agree that it may not be relied upon, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to by any other person or for any other purpose without our prior written consent in each instance.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the applications to securities commissioners for the various states of the United States for registration of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
         
  Very truly yours,

COHN BIRNBAUM & SHEA, P.C.
 
 
  By   /s/ Cohn Birnbaum & Shea, P.C.    
       
       
 

 

Exhibit 5.4
August 11, 2008
Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
     
Re:
  $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 of Nortek, Inc. issued in exchange for $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due December 1, 2013 of Nortek, Inc.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     We have acted as counsel in the State of Florida to GTO, Inc., a Florida corporation (“GTO” or the “Company”) in connection with (i) the proposed issuance by Nortek, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Nortek”) and the indirect owner of 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Company in an exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Exchange Notes”), which are to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in exchange for a like principal amount of Nortek’s outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes”), which have not been, and will not be, so registered; (ii) the guarantee of the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Guarantee”) issued by the Company and (iii) the preparation of the registration statement on Form S-4 filed by Nortek and the Company (as well as certain other direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”) for the purpose of registering the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantee under the Securities Act.
     The Outstanding Notes have been, and the Exchange Notes will be, issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2008, between Nortek, the Company, certain other guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Indenture”). The terms of the Exchange Guarantee are contained in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.
     This opinion is furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.
     In connection herewith, we have examined execution forms of the following documents:
  (1)   the Indenture;
 
  (2)   the Outstanding Notes;
 
  (3)   the form of Exchange Note; and
 
  (4)   the form of Exchange Guarantee.
     We also have examined:

 


 

Nortek, Inc.   - 2 -   August 11, 2008
         
  (5)   a certificate of existence of GTO dated May 13, 2008 and issued by the Florida Department of State (the “Certificate of Existence”) and a copy of the Articles of Incorporation of GTO as issued and certified by the Florida Department of State on May 12, 2008 (the “Certified Articles of Incorporation”); and
 
  (6)   a certificate executed by the Secretary of GTO dated May 20, 2008, certifying its Articles of Incorporation, By-laws, authorizing resolutions and incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers of GTO executing any Transaction Documents to which GTO is a party (the “Secretary’s Certificate”).
     The documents listed as Items (1) through (4) above are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents.” We have not been involved in the negotiation, preparation or execution of the Transaction Documents or any of the related agreements executed or delivered in connection therewith. We have been retained by GTO solely for the purpose of rendering certain opinions set forth herein pursuant to Florida law.
     We have assumed the validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Transaction Documents with regard to GTO and all the other parties thereto, and we express no opinion whatsoever (by implication or otherwise) with respect to the validity or enforceability of such documents against GTO or any other person or entity or as to the accuracy or completeness of any of the representations or warranties or any other matters set forth therein or the schedules or exhibits thereto. We have not reviewed any document other than the Transaction Documents, including without limitation any document which is referred to in or incorporated by reference into any of the Transaction Documents, except such other documents as we have deemed reasonably necessary or appropriate in connection with the opinions hereinafter set forth. We have assumed that there exists no provision in any document that we have not reviewed that bears upon or is inconsistent with the opinions stated herein. We have conducted no independent factual investigation of our own but rather have relied solely upon the foregoing documents, the statements and information set forth therein and the additional matters recited or assumed herein, all of which we have assumed to be true, complete and accurate in all material respects.
     We have assumed that the certifications made in the Secretary’s Certificate are true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof, as if made on and as of such date, and that none of the Articles of Incorporation, By-laws, or authorizing resolutions of GTO set forth therein or any of the incumbency and specimen signatures of the officers of GTO (or the offices held by such persons) have changed in any manner since the date of such certificate.
     In our examination of the documents listed above, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal competence and capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies.
     We also have assumed, other than with respect to GTO, that all of the documents referred to in this opinion letter have been duly authorized by, have been duly executed and delivered by, and constitute the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of all of the parties to such documents, that all of the signatories to such documents have been duly authorized and that all such parties are duly organized and validly existing and have the power and authority (corporate

 


 

Nortek, Inc.   - 3 -   August 11, 2008
         
or other) to execute, deliver and perform such documents. We also have assumed, with your permission, that the Exchange Guarantee has been authenticated by the Trustee.
     Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:
     1. Based solely on the Certified Articles of Incorporation and the Certificate of Existence, GTO has been incorporated as a corporation and its status is active under the laws of the State of Florida.
     2. The execution and delivery by GTO of the Exchange Guarantee and the performance by GTO of its obligations thereunder, are within GTO’s corporate power under the laws of the State of Florida and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of GTO.
     3. Based solely on the Secretary’s Certificate and without any independent investigation (as to factual matters), and based on the assumption that the officers executing the Exchange Guarantee and which are set forth in such Secretary’s Certificate continue to hold the offices set forth therein as of the date hereof, and that such officers delivered the Exchange Guarantee to the Trustee, the Exchange Guarantee has been executed and delivered in accordance with Florida law by a person duly authorized by GTO to execute and deliver the same.
     In addition to the assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth above, the opinions set forth herein are further limited by, subject to and based upon the following assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions:
     (a) Our opinions herein reflect only the application of applicable Florida law (excluding the securities and blue sky laws of Florida). The opinions set forth herein are made as of the date hereof and are subject to, and may be limited by, future changes in the factual matters set forth herein, and we undertake no duty to advise you of the same. The opinions expressed herein are based upon the law in effect (and published or otherwise generally available) on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement these opinions should such law be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise. In rendering our opinions, we have not considered, and hereby disclaim any opinion as to, the application or impact of any laws, cases, decisions, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction, court or administrative agency.
     (b) We also express no opinion as to:
          (i) whether GTO may guarantee or otherwise be liable for, or pledge its assets to secure, indebtedness incurred by Nortek except to the extent that GTO may be determined to have benefited from the incurrence of the indebtedness by Nortek or whether such benefit may be measured other than by the extent to which the proceeds of the indebtedness incurred by Nortek are, directly or indirectly, made available to GTO for its corporate purposes;

 


 

Nortek, Inc.   - 4 -   August 11, 2008
         
     (ii) the authorizations, approvals or consents as may be necessary under federal or state securities and “blue sky” laws (including without limitation Florida securities or “blue sky” laws) in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Guarantee; or
     (iii) the validity or effect of any provision in the Exchange Guarantee regarding choice of law, submission to jurisdiction or venue or consent to service of process or any conflict of laws rules which any court sitting in the State of Florida may apply.
     This opinion letter is limited solely to the laws of the State of Florida, and we express no opinion concerning any other law of any other jurisdiction, whether or not applicable to GTO, the Exchange Guarantee or any other Transaction Document. This opinion letter is being delivered by us solely for your benefit. We do not render any opinions except as set forth above. By your acceptance of this opinion letter, you agree that, except as provided in the next paragraph, it may not be relied upon, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to by any other person or for any other purpose without our prior written consent in each instance.
     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the applications being made to securities commissioners for the various states of the United States for registration of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantee under such state laws. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
         
  Very truly yours,
 
 
  /s/ Greenberg Traurig, PA    
  Greenberg Traurig, PA   
     

 

         
Exhibit 5.5
(HOLLAND & HART LOGO)
August 11, 2008
Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
     
Re:
  $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 of Nortek, Inc. issued in exchange for $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due December 1, 2013 of Nortek, Inc. and the related Guarantees
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as special counsel in the State of Utah to Lite Touch, Inc., a Utah corporation (“Lite Touch”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nortek, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Nortek”), in connection with the guaranty by Lite Touch and certain other subsidiaries of Nortek (the “Guarantors”) of the proposed issuance by Nortek in the exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Exchange Notes”), which are to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in exchange for a like principal amount of Nortek’s outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes”), which have not been, and will not be so registered (the “Exchange Guarantees”). The terms of the Exchange Guarantees are contained in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.
     In connection herewith, we have examined copies of the following documents:
  (1)   Indenture dated as of May 20, 2008, among Nortek, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank, National Association as trustee (the “Indenture”);
 
  (2)   the form of Exchange Notes;
 
  (3)   the registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) dated as of May 20, 2008 among Nortek, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers relating to the Exchange Notes;
 
  (4)   a corporate good standing certificate (the “Good Standing Certificate”) covering Lite Touch dated May 14, 2008 and issued by the Utah Department of Commerce, Division of Corporations and Commercial Code (the “Division”) and a copy of

 


 

     
(HOLLAND & HART LOGO)
  Nortek, Inc.
August 11, 2008
Page 2
      the certified Articles of Incorporation of Lite Touch as issued and certified as of May 14, 2008 by the Division (the “Certified Articles of Incorporation”); and
  (5)   a certificate executed by the Secretary of Lite Touch dated as of May 20, 2008 certifying its Articles of Incorporation, by-laws, authorizing resolutions, and incumbency and specimen signatures of officers of Lite Touch executing any Transaction Documents (as defined below) to which Lite Touch is a party (the “Secretary’s Certificate”).
The documents listed as Items (1) through (3) above are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents.” We have not been involved in the negotiation, preparation or execution of the Transaction Documents or any of the related agreements executed or delivered in connection therewith. We have been retained by Lite Touch solely for the purpose of rendering certain opinions set forth herein pursuant to Utah law.
We have assumed the validity, binding effect and enforceability of the Transaction Documents as regards Lite Touch and all the other parties thereto, and we express no opinion whatsoever (by implication or otherwise) with respect to the validity or enforceability of such documents against Lite Touch or any other person or entity or as to the accuracy or completeness of any of the representations or warranties or any other matters set forth therein or the schedules thereto. We have not reviewed any document other than the Transaction Documents, including without limitation any document which is referred to in or incorporated by reference into any of the Transaction Documents. We have assumed that there exists no provision in any document that we have not reviewed that bears upon or is inconsistent with the opinions stated herein. We have conducted no independent factual investigation of our own but rather have relied solely upon the foregoing documents, the statements and information set forth therein and the additional matters recited or assumed herein, all of which we have assumed to be true, complete and accurate in all material respects.
In our examination of the documents listed above, we have assumed (a) the genuineness of all signatures, (b) the legal competence and capacity of natural persons, (c) the authenticity of documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, (d) that the executed versions of the Transaction Documents substantially conform to the drafts of the Transaction Documents reviewed by us, (e) that the Transaction Documents have been physically signed by a party authorized to do so under the applicable resolutions.
Based upon the foregoing and in reliance thereon, and subject to the assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 


 

     
(HOLLAND & HART LOGO)
  Nortek, Inc.
August 11, 2008
Page 3
     1. Based solely on the Certified Articles of Incorporation and the Good Standing Certificate, Lite Touch is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Utah with the corporate power under the laws of the State of Utah to execute, deliver and perform the Exchange Guarantee of Life Touch.
     2. The issuance of the Exchange Guarantee of Life Touch has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Lite Touch.
     3. The execution, delivery and performance by Life Touch of the Exchange Guarantee of Life Touch does not and will not violate the Articles of Incorporation of Life Touch.
In addition to the assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth above, the opinions set forth herein are further limited by, subject to and based upon the following assumptions, comments, qualifications, limitations and exceptions:
     (a) Our opinions herein reflect only the application of applicable Utah law (excluding the securities and blue sky laws of Utah). The opinions set forth herein are made as of the date hereof and are subject to, and may be limited by, future changes in the factual matters set forth herein, and we undertake no duty to advise you of the same. The opinions expressed herein are based upon the law in effect (and published or otherwise generally available) on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to revise or supplement these opinions should such law be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise. In rendering our opinions, we have not considered, and hereby disclaim any opinion as to, the application or impact of any laws, cases, decisions, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction, court or administrative agency.
     (b) We express no opinion as to any matter other than as expressly set forth above, and no opinion is intended to be implied or inferred herefrom.
This opinion is provided as a legal opinion only, effective as of the date of this letter, and not as representations of fact. We do not render any opinions except as set forth above. By your acceptance of this opinion letter, you agree that it may not be relied upon, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to by any other person or for any other purpose without our prior written consent in each instance. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the applications to securities commissioners for the various states of the United States for registration of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

     
(HOLLAND & HART LOGO)
  Nortek, Inc.
August 11, 2008
Page 4
Very truly yours,
/s/ Holland & Hart LLP  

 

Exhibit 5.6
August 11, 2008
Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          We have acted as special Oklahoma counsel to Governair Corporation and Temtrol, Inc. (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) in connection with (i) the proposed issuance by Nortek, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Nortek”), in an exchange offer of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Exchange Notes”), in exchange for a like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013, and (ii) the guarantees of the Exchange Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors (the “Exchange Guarantees”).
Documents Reviewed
          We have reviewed the following documents:
  (i)   Indenture dated as of May 20, 2008, among Nortek, the guarantors party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (the “Indenture”);
 
  (ii)   Certificate of Incorporation of Governair Corporation, as certified by the Oklahoma Secretary of State on May 13, 2008;
 
  (iii)   Bylaws of Governair Corporation as certified by the Secretary of Governair Corporation on May 20, 2008;
 
  (iv)   Resolutions of the Board of Directors of Governair Corporation as certified by the Secretary of Governair Corporation on May 20, 2008;
 
  (v)   Good Standing Certificate of Governair Corporation issued by the Oklahoma Secretary of State on May 13, 2008;

 


 

-2-
  (vi)   Certificate of Incorporation of Temtrol, Inc., as certified by the Oklahoma Secretary of State on May 13, 2008;
 
  (vii)   Bylaws of Temtrol, Inc. as certified by the Secretary of Temtrol, Inc. on May 20, 2008;
 
  (viii)   Resolutions of the Board of Directors of Temtrol, Inc. as certified by the Secretary of Temtrol, Inc. on May 20, 2008; and
 
  (ix)   Good Standing Certificate of Temtrol, Inc. issued by the Oklahoma Secretary of State on May 13, 2008.
Opinions
          Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion that:
     1. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors is a corporation in good standing in Oklahoma.
     2. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform the Indenture and the Exchange Guarantees.
     3. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Indenture and the Exchange Guarantees have been duly and validly authorized by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
Qualifications, Limitations, Assumptions, and Exceptions
          The opinions in this letter are subject to the following qualifications, limitations, assumptions, and exceptions:
          (a) The opinion in 1 above is based solely on our review of the documents described in (ii), (v), (vi), and (ix) above;
          (b) We express no opinion about the effect of any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination, or award by any governmental authority specifically applicable to the Subsidiary Guarantors;
          (c) We have not made any investigation of factual matters or the accuracy or completeness of any representation, warranty, any other information, whether written or oral, that may have been made by or on behalf of the parties to any of the documents described in this letter or otherwise, and we have assumed that none of such information, if any, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading;
          (d) We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, including endorsements, the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies;

 


 

-3-
          (e) The opinions expressed in this letter are limited to the matters stated in this letter, and no other opinions should be inferred beyond the opinions expressly stated; and
          (f) We are licensed to practice law only in the State of Oklahoma, and this opinion is based only on the laws of the State of Oklahoma. We express no opinion about the laws of any other state or jurisdiction.
          The qualifications, limitations, assumptions, and exceptions in this letter are material to the opinions expressed in this letter, and the inaccuracy of any assumptions could render these opinions inaccurate.
 
          We consent to the filing of this opinion letter with the registration statement and the inclusion of our name under “Legal Matters” in any prospectus included therein. Only the addressees of this letter and their permitted successors and assigns may rely on the opinions expressed in this letter. No one else may rely on this opinion for any purpose. Except as allowed above, this opinion may not be filed with or furnished to any governmental agency or other person without our consent. The opinions expressed in this letter are as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update or supplement the opinions in response to subsequent changes in the law or future events.
Very truly yours,
/s/ McAfee & Taft, P.C.

 

Exhibit 5.7

EDWARD B. GOODRICH
RICHARD G. LEONARD
BRUCE W. NECKERS
ROBERT J. DUGAN
TERRENCE L. GROESSER
THOMAS P. HOGAN
MARY ANN CARTWRIGHT
DANIEL L. ELVE
THOMAS L. SAXE
JAMES L. SCHIPPER
LAURIE M. STRONG
GREGORY G. TIMMER
STEPHEN A. HILGER
SCOTT J. STEINER
DOUGLAS P. VANDEN BERGE
ROBERT C. SHAVER
JOHN M. LICHTENBERG
MARK E. FATUM
DAN E. BYLENGA, JR.
PAUL A. MCCARTHY
RANDY J. KOLAR
MICHAEL C. WALTON
BRUCE A. COURTADE
PETER J. LOZICKI
TODD A. HENDRICKS
MARK S. PENDERY
MARTIN W. BUSCHLE
TERRY L. ZABEL
MARY JANE RHOADES
Rhoades McKee PC
attorneys & counselors
161 Ottawa Avenue NW, Suite 600
Grand Rapids, MI 49503-2793
Phone 616.235.3500 Fax 616.233.5269
RhoadesMcKee.com
August 11, 2008
CONNIE R. THACKER
DAVID E. BEVINS
PATRICK R. DRUEKE
MARY L. TABIN
PAMELA J. FARRER-CROSS
ANTHONY A. PEARSON
MICHELLE F. KITCH
ROBERT C. RUTGERS, JR.
ERIC R. STARCK
JOHN T. KLEES
BRIAN K. LAWSON
JON T. FERRIER
WILLIAM M. NEWMAN
LARISSA D. HOLLINGSWORTH
JONATHAN A. FENNELL
EMILY A. GREEN
THOMAS S. FLICKINGER
STEPHEN J. HULST
JAMES R. POLL
STEPHANIE L. PRIES


OF COUNSEL
DALE W. RHOADES
F. WILLIAM MCKEE
ARTHUR C. SPALDING
CHARLES T. ZIMMERMAN
ROBERT F. WILLIAMS
JAMES M. FLAGGERT


Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Re:   $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 of Nortek, Inc. issued in exchange for $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due December 1, 2013 of Nortek, Inc. and the related Guarantees
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          We have acted as special counsel in the State of Michigan ( the “State”) to Nortek, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”) and Operator Specialty Company, Inc., a Michigan corporation (the “Subsidiary”) in connection with (i) the proposed issuance by the Company in the exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Exchange Notes”), which are to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in exchange for a like principal amount of the Company’s outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes”), which have not been, and will not be, so registered, (ii) the guarantee of the Exchange Notes (the “Exchange Guarantees”) by the Subsidiary and certain other guarantors listed in the attached Schedule I (such guarantors, together with the Subsidiary, shall be referred to as the “Guarantors” herein), and (iii) the preparation of the registration statement on Form S-4 filed by the Company and the Guarantors with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”) for the purpose of registering the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees under the Securities Act.
          The Outstanding Notes have been, and the Exchange Notes will be, issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2008, between the Company, the Guarantors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Indenture”). The terms of the Exchange Guarantees are contained in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

 


 

          This opinion is furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.
          In rendering the opinions hereinafter set forth, we have reviewed final forms of the following documents (collectively, the “Documents”):
  (a)   the Exchange Notes;
 
  (b)   the Exchange Guarantee;
 
  (c)   the Registration Statement;
 
  (d)   the Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Subsidiary dated May 20, 2008 authorizing the execution of the Exchange Guarantee and the Registration Statement; and
 
  (e)   a Certificate of Good Standing from the Michigan Department of Labor & Economic Growth dated May 13, 2008 with respect to the Subsidiary.
          We have examined the Documents and made such other investigation as we have deemed appropriate to render the opinions set forth below. As to matters of fact material to our opinion, we have relied, without independent verification, on representations made in the Indenture, certificates and other documents and other inquiries of officers of the Company and the Covered Guarantors and of public officials.
          We have not been involved in the negotiation, preparation, or execution of the Documents or any of the related agreements executed or delivered in connection therewith. We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal competence and capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of documents submitted to us as originals, and the conformity with authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies. Further, in rendering the opinions hereinafter set forth, we have assumed that the Board of Directors of the Subsidiary has executed the Resolution. We have not received or reviewed the signed Resolution.
          Based upon the foregoing and subject to the additional qualifications set forth below, we are of the opinion that:
1.   The Exchange Guarantee has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action of the Subsidiary.
2.   Upon the due issuance, execution, and authentication of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Guarantee by the Subsidiary will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Subsidiary, enforceable against the Subsidiary in accordance with their terms and such Exchange Notes.
3.   The Exchange Guarantee has been duly executed and delivered by the Subsidiary.
          We express no opinion with respect to, (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, liquidation, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors or secured parties generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 


 

          The opinions expressed herein are subject to the qualification that the enforceability of provisions in the Indenture providing for indemnification or contribution may be limited by public policy considerations. In addition, we express no opinion as to (i) the extent to which broadly worded waivers may be enforced, (ii) the enforceability of any provision of the Indenture which purports to grant the right of setoff to a purchaser of a participation in the loans outstanding thereunder or which constitutes a penalty or forfeiture, or (iii) the extent to which provisions providing for conclusive presumptions or determinations, non-effectiveness of oral modifications, reproduction of documents, submission to jurisdiction, waiver of or consent to service of process and venue or waiver of offset or defenses will be enforced.
          We are admitted to practice in the State. We express no opinion as to matters under or involving the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the United States and the State and its political subdivisions. We further express no opinion as to (1) the authorizations, approvals, or consents that may be necessary under federal or state securities and “blue sky” laws in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Documents or (2) the qualification of the Indenture under federal or State securities laws, including without limitation the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
          We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and further consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the applications to securities commissioners for the various states of the United States for registration of the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
         
     Very truly yours,


RHOADES McKEE
 
 
  /s/ Thomas P. Hogan    
  Thomas P. Hogan   
     

 


 

         
Schedule I
Guarantors
Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc.
Aigis Mechtronics, Inc.
AllStar PRO, LLC
Aubrey Manufacturing, Inc.
Broan-NuTone LLC
CES Group, Inc.
Cleanpak International, Inc.
Elan Home Systems L.L.C.
Gefen, Inc.
Governair Corporation
GTO, Inc.
HC Installations, Inc.
HomeLogic LLC
Huntair, Inc.
International Electronics, Inc.
J.A.R. Industries, Inc.
Jensen Industries, Inc.
Linear H.K. LLC
Linear LLC
Lite Touch, Inc.
Magenta Research Ltd.
Mammoth China Ltd.
Mammoth, Inc.
Niles Audio Corporation
Nordyne China, LLC
Nordyne Inc.
NORDYNE International, Inc.
Nortek International, Inc.
NuTone Inc.
Omnimount Systems, Inc.
Pacific Zephyr Range Hood Inc.
Panamax Inc.
Rangaire GP, Inc.
Rangaire LP
Rangaire LP, Inc.
Secure Wireless, Inc.
SpeakerCraft, Inc.
Temtrol, Inc.
WDS LLC
Webco, Inc.
Xantech Corporation
Zephyr Corporation

 

Exhibit 5.8
     
(WYATT LOGO)
  500 West Jefferson Street, Suite 2800
Louisville, Kentucky 40202-2898
502.589.5235
Fax: 502.589.0309
August 11, 2008
Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, Rl 02903
Ropes & Gray LLP
One International Place
Boston, MA 02110
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          We have acted as special local counsel to Elan Home Systems, L.L.C., a Kentucky limited liability company, (the “Subsidiary Guarantor”), in connection with a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by Nortek, Inc. (“Nortek”) and guarantors, including the Subsidiary Guarantor, to exchange (i) $750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Exchange Notes”) for Nortek’s outstanding $750,000,000 in aggregate principal amount 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes”), and (ii) the guarantees of the Exchange Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantor and other guarantors as set forth in Article XI of the Indenture and Exhibit G to the Indenture (the “Exchange Guarantees”) being offered for the guarantees of the Outstanding Notes by the Subsidiary Guarantors. We are providing this opinion (“Opinion”) to you at the request of the Subsidiary Guarantor.
          We have examined the documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials, and agreements, instruments, and other documents we have deemed necessary as the basis for the opinion expressed below, including the Indenture dated as of May 20, 2008 among Nortek, the guarantors named therein, including the Subsidiary Guarantor, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Indenture”). With respect to all documents examined by us, we have assumed (i) that all signatures thereon are genuine, (ii) that all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, (iii) that all documents submitted to us as copies conform with the original copies of those documents, (iv) the power and

 


 

(WYATT LOGO)
Nortek, Inc.
Ropes & Gray LLP
August 11, 2008
Page 2
authority of the parties to those documents examined by us (other than the Subsidiary Guarantor) to enter into and pay and perform the obligations of such party thereunder, and (v) that each natural person executing any such document, if signed on behalf of any party thereto is authorized to do so.
          We have received permission from Nortek, Inc. and Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. to rely on that certain Omnibus Certificate Of Secretary Of Subsidiaries Of Nortek, Inc., dated May 20, 2008 (the “Secretary’s Certificate”), and in connection with that permission we have assumed that, as of the date hereof, [i] all certifications made in that certain Secretary’s Certificate remain true, correct and complete; [ii] all attachments and exhibits to the Secretary’s Certificate remain in full force and effect; and [iii] none of the attachments or exhibits to the Secretary’s Certificate have been amended or repealed, including but not limited to (a) all resolutions attached thereto, (b) that certain Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. dated January 17, 2003, as amended by that certain Written Consent And First Amendment To The Amended And Restated Operating Agreement Of Elan Home Systems, L.L.C., dated October 1, 2004, and (c) those certain Articles of Organization of Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. filed August 23, 1995 with the Kentucky Secretary of State, as amended by those certain Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Organization of Elan Home Systems, L.L.C. filed September 30, 2004 with the Kentucky Secretary of State.
          As to certain questions of fact, we have relied without independent investigation on, and we have assumed the accuracy and validity of, corporate records of the Subsidiary Guarantor supplied to us by the Subsidiary Guarantor and certificates of certain public officials.
          Based on the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that
          1. The Subsidiary Guarantor is a limited liability company validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky.
          2. The Exchange Guarantee has been duly authorized by the Subsidiary Guarantor.
          3. The Subsidiary Guarantor has authorized the execution, delivery and performance of the Indenture by all necessary limited liability company action.

 


 

(WYATT LOGO)
Nortek, Inc.
Ropes & Gray LLP
August 11, 2008
Page 3
          4. The Subsidiary Guarantor has full limited liability company right, power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Exchange Guarantee.
          The foregoing opinions are subject to the following assumptions, qualifications and limitations:
          1. We call your attention to the fact that we do not regularly serve as counsel to the Subsidiary Guarantor, have made no special inquiry of the Subsidiary Guarantor and are unaware of the existence of any specific factual matters pertaining to the Subsidiary Guarantor which could affect the opinions set forth herein.
          2. Our opinions represent expressions of professional legal opinion only and are not guarantees of any particular result.
          3. The opinions expressed herein are limited to the matters set forth in this Opinion, and no other opinions should be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated.
          4. We expressly disclaim any responsibility for advising you of any change occurring hereafter in circumstances concerning the transaction which is the subject of this Opinion including any changes in law or in factual matters occurring after the date of this Opinion.
          5. We are admitted to practice in the Commonwealth of Kentucky. We express no opinion as to matters under or involving the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the United States and the Commonwealth of Kentucky and its political subdivisions.
          This Opinion is furnished for the benefit of Nortek, Inc. and their permitted successors and assigns only. This Opinion may not be relied upon by any other person or entity, or in any other context, without our prior written consent. We consent to the filing of this Opinion with the Registration Statement and the inclusion of our name under “Legal Matters” in any prospectus included therein.

 


 

(WYATT LOGO)
Nortek, Inc.
Ropes & Gray LLP
August 11, 2008
Page 4
     
 
  Very truly yours,
 
   
 
  WYATT, TARRANT & COMBS, LLP
 
   
 
  /s/ WYATT, TARRANT & COMBS, LLP
cc:       Opinion and Standards

 

Exhibit 10.15
EXECUTION COPY
 
 
[Published CUSIP Number:                     ]
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of May 20, 2008
among
NORTEK, INC.,
as the Specified U.S. Borrower,
VENTROL AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS INC.,
as the Canadian Borrower,
The Other Borrowers Named Herein,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent,U.S. Swing Line Lender and
U.S. L/C Issuer,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch),
as Canadian Swing Line Lender and
Canadian L/C Issuer,
The Other Lenders Party Hereto,
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
as Joint Lead Arrangers
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC,
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,
and
GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
as Joint Bookrunners
and
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.
and
UBS SECURITIES LLC,
as Co-Syndication Agents
and
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Documentation Agent
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
Section       Page
 
           
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
 
           
1.01
  Defined Terms     1  
1.02
  Other Interpretive Provisions     47  
1.03
  Accounting Terms     48  
1.04
  Rounding     49  
1.05
  Times of Day     49  
1.06
  Letter of Credit Amounts     49  
1.07
  Currency Equivalents Generally     49  
 
           
ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
 
           
2.01
  The Loans     49  
2.02
  Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans     55  
2.03
  Letters of Credit     57  
2.04
  Swing Line Loans     63  
2.05
  Prepayments     69  
2.06
  Termination or Reduction of Commitments     72  
2.07
  Repayment of Loans     73  
2.08
  Interest     73  
2.09
  Fees     74  
2.10
  Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate     74  
2.11
  Evidence of Debt     75  
2.12
  Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback     76  
2.13
  Sharing of Payments by Lenders     77  
2.14
  Nature of Obligations     78  
2.15
  Borrower Agent     80  
 
           
ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
 
           
3.01
  Taxes     80  
3.02
  Illegality     83  
3.03
  Inability to Determine Rates     84  
3.04
  Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans     84  
3.05
  Compensation for Losses     85  
3.06
  Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders     86  
3.07
  Survival     86  

i


 

             
Section       Page
 
           
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
 
           
4.01
  Conditions of Initial Credit Extension     87  
4.02
  Conditions to all Credit Extensions     92  
 
           
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
           
5.01
  Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws     93  
5.02
  Authorization; No Contravention     93  
5.03
  Governmental Authorization; Other Consents     94  
5.04
  Binding Effect     94  
5.05
  Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect     94  
5.06
  Litigation     95  
5.07
  No Default     95  
5.08
  Ownership of Property; Liens     95  
5.09
  Environmental Compliance     96  
5.10
  Insurance     96  
5.11
  Taxes     97  
5.12
  ERISA Compliance     97  
5.13
  Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties     98  
5.14
  Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act     98  
5.15
  Disclosure     98  
5.16
  Compliance with Laws     98  
5.17
  Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.     98  
5.18
  Solvency     99  
5.19
  Casualty, Etc.     99  
5.20
  Perfection, Etc.     99  
5.21
  [Reserved]     99  
5.22
  Tax Shelter Regulations     99  
5.23
  Anti-Terrorism Law     99  
5.24
  Accounts     100  
5.25
  Canadian Pension Plans     101  
 
           
ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
 
           
6.01
  Financial Statements     101  
6.02
  Certificates; Other Information     103  
6.03
  Notices     105  
6.04
  Payment of Obligations     106  
6.05
  Preservation of Existence, Etc.     106  
6.06
  Maintenance of Properties     106  
6.07
  Maintenance of Insurance     106  
6.08
  Compliance with Laws     106  
6.09
  Books and Records     107  

ii


 

             
Section       Page
6.10
  Inspections; Appraisals     107  
6.11
  Use of Proceeds     107  
6.12
  Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security     107  
6.13
  Compliance with Environmental Laws     110  
6.14
  Further Assurances     111  
6.15
  Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds     111  
6.16
  [Reserved]     111  
6.17
  Designation as Senior Debt     111  
6.18
  Collateral Administration     111  
6.19
  Maintenance of Cash Management System     113  
6.20
  Collateral Audit     113  
6.21
  Excluded Real Property     113  
6.22
  Post-Closing Matters     114  
 
           
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
 
           
7.01
  Liens     114  
7.02
  Investments     116  
7.03
  Indebtedness     119  
7.04
  Fundamental Changes     121  
7.05
  Dispositions     122  
7.06
  Restricted Payments     123  
7.07
  Change in Nature of Business     125  
7.08
  Transactions with Affiliates     125  
7.09
  Burdensome Agreements     126  
7.10
  Use of Proceeds     127  
7.11
  Financial Covenants     127  
7.12
  Amendments of Organization Documents     127  
7.13
  Accounting Changes     127  
7.14
  Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness     127  
7.15
  Amendment, Etc. of Related Documents and Indebtedness     127  
7.16
  Equity Interests of the Specified U.S. Borrower and Subsidiaries     128  
7.17
  [Reserved]     128  
7.18
  Designation of Senior Debt     128  
 
           
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
           
8.01
  Events of Default     128  
8.02
  Remedies upon Event of Default     131  
8.03
  Application of Funds     131  
8.04
  Collection Allocation Mechanism     133  

iii


 

             
Section       Page
 
           
ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
 
           
9.01
  Appointment and Authority     134  
9.02
  Rights as a Lender     135  
9.03
  Exculpatory Provisions     135  
9.04
  Reliance by Administrative Agent     136  
9.05
  Delegation of Duties     136  
9.06
  Resignation of Administrative Agent     137  
9.07
  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders     138  
9.08
  No Other Duties, Etc.     138  
9.09
  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim     138  
9.10
  Collateral and Guaranty Matters     139  
9.11
  Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements     139  
 
           
ARTICLE X
[RESERVED]
 
           
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
 
           
11.01
  Amendments, Etc.     140  
11.02
  Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications     142  
11.03
  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies     144  
11.04
  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver     145  
11.05
  Payments Set Aside     146  
11.06
  Successors and Assigns     147  
11.07
  Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality     150  
11.08
  Right of Setoff     151  
11.09
  Interest Rate Limitation     151  
11.10
  Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness     152  
11.11
  Survival of Representations and Warranties     152  
11.12
  Severability     152  
11.13
  Replacement of Lenders     152  
11.14
  Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.     153  
11.15
  Waiver of Jury Trial     154  
11.16
  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility     154  
11.17
  Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents     155  
11.18
  USA PATRIOT Act Notice     155  
11.19
  Judgment Currency     155  
11.20
  Language     155  
11.21
  Intercreditor Agreement     155  
 
           
SIGNATURES     S-1  

iv


 

SCHEDULES
     
1.01
  Existing Letters of Credit
 
   
2.01
  Commitments and Applicable Percentages
 
   
4.01(a)(vi)
  Mortgaged Properties
 
   
5.05
  Supplement to Interim Financial Statements
 
   
5.06
  Litigation
 
   
5.08(b)
  Owned Real Property
 
   
5.08(c)(i)
  Leased Real Property (Lessee)
 
   
5.08(c)(ii)
  Leased Real Property (Lessor)
 
   
5.09
  Environmental Matters
 
   
5.13
  Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments; Loan Parties
 
   
5.25
  Canadian Pension Matters
 
   
6.12
  Guarantors
 
   
6.22
  Post-Closing Matters
 
   
7.01
  Existing Liens
 
   
7.02
  Existing Investments
 
   
7.03(b)
  Existing Indebtedness
 
   
7.05
  Dispositions
 
   
7.08
  Transactions with Affiliates
 
   
11.02
  Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

v


 

EXHIBITS
     
Form of    
 
   
A
  Committed Loan Notice
 
   
B
  Swing Line Loan Notice
 
   
C-1
  U.S. Revolving Credit Note
 
   
C-2
  Canadian Revolving Credit Note
 
   
D
  Compliance Certificate
 
   
E-1
  Assignment and Assumption
 
   
E-2
  Administrative Questionnaire
 
   
F-1
  U.S. Guaranty
 
   
G-1
  U.S. Security Agreement
 
   
H
  Mortgage
 
   
I
  Intercompany Note
 
   
J-1
  Opinion Matters — Counsel to Loan Parties
 
   
J-2
  [Reserved]
 
   
J-3
  Opinion Matters — Local U.S. Counsel to Loan Parties
 
   
K
  [Reserved]
 
   
L
  Borrowing Base Certificate
 
   
M-1
  Perfection Certificate
 
   
M-2
  [Reserved]

vi


 

CREDIT AGREEMENT
          This CREDIT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of May 20, 2008, among NORTEK, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Specified U.S. Borrower” and, in its capacity as the representative of the other Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.15 hereof, the “Borrower Agent”), Ventrol Air Handling Systems Inc., a Canadian corporation (the “Canadian Borrower”), the Subsidiaries of the Specified U.S. Borrower from time to time party hereto as Borrowers and Guarantors, each Lender from time to time party hereto, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (with its successors, “Bank of America”), as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, U.S. Swing Line Lender and U.S. L/C Issuer, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) (with its successors, “Bank of America-Canada Branch”), as Canadian Swing Line Lender and Canadian L/C Issuer, BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC and CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC, CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC and GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Joint Bookrunners and CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC AND GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. and UBS SECURITIES LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Documentation Agent.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
          The Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries intend to refinance certain Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement, and to pay transaction fees and expenses in connection therewith, through the issuance and sale of the Senior Secured Notes and the entering into of the Revolving Credit Facility described herein.
          In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrowers have requested that the Lenders provide a revolving credit facility, and the Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and the L/C Issuers have indicated its willingness to issue letters of credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
          In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
          1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the Preliminary Statements), the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
          “2011 Senior Subordinated Notes” means all outstanding 9 7/8% unsecured senior subordinated notes due 2011 issued by the Specified U.S. Borrower pursuant to the 2011 Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.
          “2011 Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of June 12, 2001, as amended and supplemented from time to time, by and among Nortek, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as successor in interest to State Street Bank and Trust Company.
          “2014 Senior Subordinated Notes” means all outstanding 8.50% unsecured senior subordinated notes due 2014 issued by the Specified U.S. Borrower, pursuant to the 2014 Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.

 


 

          “2014 Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture” means the Indenture dated as of August 27, 2004 among U.S. Bank National Association, the Specified U.S. Borrower and the Guarantors, together with all instruments and other agreements in connection therewith, as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, but only to the extent permitted under the terms of the Loan Documents.
          “ABL Priority Collateral” means the “Revolving Facility Collateral” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).
          “Account” has the meaning specified in the UCC (or, with respect to a Canadian Loan Party, the PPSA), and shall include any and all rights of a Loan Party to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered that are not evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper, whether or not they have been earned by performance.
          “Account Debtor” a Person who is obligated under an Account, Chattel Paper or General Intangible.
          “Administrative Agent” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent and, with respect to matters relating to the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, means Bank of America-Canada Branch, in its capacity as Canadian administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor Canadian administrative agent.
          “Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders.
          “Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form of Exhibit E-2 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
          “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
          “Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.
          “Agreement” means this Credit Agreement as modified, amended, supplemented or restated, and in effect from time to time.
          “AHYDO” has the meaning specified in Section 7.14.
          “Anti-Terrorism Laws” has the meaning specified in Section 5.23(a).
          “Applicable Commitment Fee Rate” means, for each fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date, (a) 0.375% per annum, if the Average Revolving Credit Facility Balance during the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is greater than 66% of the Aggregate Commitments outstanding during such period, (b) 0.50% per annum, if the Average Revolving Credit Facility Balance during the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is less than or equal to 66% and greater than 33% of the Aggregate Commitments outstanding during such period, or (c) 0.625%, if the Average Revolving Credit Facility Balance during the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is less than or equal to 33% of the Aggregate Commitments outstanding during such period.

2


 

          “Applicable Percentage” means, (a) with respect to any U.S. Appropriate Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility represented by such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such time and (b) with respect to any Canadian Appropriate Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility represented by such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment at such time. If the commitment of each Appropriate Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans and the obligation of each L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, or if the Revolving Credit Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Appropriate Lender in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Appropriate Lender in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender in respect of each Facility is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.
          “Applicable Rate” means (a) from the Closing Date through the first nine months following the Closing Date, 1.75% per annum for Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans and 2.75% per annum for Eurodollar Rate Loans and BA Rate Loans and Letter of Credit Fees and (b) for each fiscal quarter thereafter, the applicable percentage per annum set forth below determined by reference to Average Excess Availability for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter:
                     
Applicable Rate
            Base Rate, Canadian
    Average Excess   Eurodollar Rate, BA Rate   Base Rate and Canadian
Pricing Level   Availability   and Letter of Credit Fees   Prime Rate
1
  > $200,000,000     2.50 %     1.50 %
2
  > $100,000,000 but £ $200,000,000     2.75 %     1.75 %
3
  £ $100,000,000     3.00 %     2.00 %
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Average Excess Availability shall become effective as of the first calendar day of each fiscal quarter. Average Excess Availability shall be calculated by the Administrative Agent based on the Administrative Agent’s records. If the Borrowing Base Certificates (including any required financial information in support thereof) of the Borrowers are not received by the Administrative Agent by the date required pursuant to Section 6.01(f) of this Agreement, then, upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Applicable Rate shall be determined as if the Average Excess Availability for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter is at Level 3 until such time as such Borrowing Base Certificates and supporting information are received.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this definition, the determination of the Applicable Rate for any period shall be subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(b).
          “Appropriate Lender” means, at any time, (a) (i) with respect to the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility, a Lender that has a Commitment with respect to the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility or holds a U.S. Revolving Credit Loan at such time, (ii) with respect to the U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit, (A) the U.S. L/C Issuer and (B) if any U.S. Letters of Credit have been issued pursuant to Section 2.01(c), the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders and (iii) with respect to the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit, (A) the U.S. Swing Line Lender and (B) if any U.S. Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(A)(a), the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders and (b) (i) with respect to the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, a

3


 

Lender that has a Commitment with respect to the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility or holds a Canadian Revolving Credit Loan at such time, (ii) with respect to the Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit, (A) the Canadian L/C Issuer and (B) if any Canadian Letters of Credit have been issued pursuant to Section 2.01(d), the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders and (iii) with respect to the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit, (A) the Canadian Swing Line Lender and (B) if any Canadian Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(B)(a), the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders.
          “Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
          “Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
          “Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit E-1 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
          “Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease or similar payments under the relevant lease or other applicable agreement or instrument that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease or other agreement or instrument were accounted for as a Capitalized Lease and (c) all Synthetic Debt of such Person.
          “Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.
          “Availability Period” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Facility, the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date of termination of the applicable Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.06, and (iii) the date of termination of the commitment of each applicable Appropriate Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans and of the obligation of the applicable L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 8.02.
          “Availability Reserve” means, on any date of determination and with respect to the U.S. Borrowing Base or the Canadian Borrowing Base, as the case may be, the sum (without duplication) of (a) reserves for deterioration in the salability of inventory; (b) the Rent and Charges Reserve; (c) the Bank Product Reserve; (d) all accrued Royalties, whether or not then due and payable by, in the case of the U.S. Borrowing Base, a U.S. Loan Party or, in the case of the Canadian Borrowing Base, a Canadian Loan Party; (e) the aggregate amount of liabilities secured by Liens upon Eligible Collateral that are senior to the Administrative Agent’s Liens (but imposition of any such reserve shall not waive an Event of Default arising therefrom); (f) the Canadian Priority Payables Reserve; (g) reserves for excess dilution; and (h) such additional reserves, in such amounts and with respect to such matters, as the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment may elect to impose from time to time; provided that, after the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent may adjust the apportionment of the Availability Reserve between the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility in its Credit Judgment at such time; and provided further that such Availability Reserve shall not be established or changed except upon not

4


 

less than five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Borrowers (unless an Event of Default exists in which event no notice shall be required). The Administrative Agent will be available during such period to discuss any such proposed Availability Reserve or change with the Borrowers and without limiting the right of the Administrative Agent to establish or change such Reserves in Administrative Agent’s Credit Judgment, the Borrowers may take such action as may be required so that the event, condition or matter that is the basis for such Availability Reserve no longer exists, in a manner and to the extent reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The amount of any Availability Reserve established by the Administrative Agent shall have a reasonable relationship as determined by the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment to the event, condition or other matter that is the basis for the Availability Reserve. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an Availability Reserve shall not be established to the extent that it would be duplicative of any specific item excluded as ineligible in the definitions of Eligible Collateral, but the Administrative Agent shall retain the right, subject to the requirements of this paragraph, to establish an Availability Reserve with respect to prospective changes in Eligible Collateral that may reasonably be anticipated.
          “Average Excess Availability” means, on any date of determination, the amount of Excess Availability during a stipulated consecutive Business Day period, calendar day period or fiscal quarter period divided by the number of Business Days or calendar days, as the case may be, in such period.
          “Average Revolving Credit Facility Balance” means, for any period, the amount obtained by adding the Outstanding Amount of Loans (less the Outstanding Amount of any Swing Line Loans on such date) and L/C Obligations at the end of each day for the period in question and by dividing such sum by the number of days in such period.
          “BA Rate” means, for the Interest Period of each BA Rate Loan, the rate of interest per annum equal to the average annual rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances having an identical or comparable term as the proposed BA Rate Loan displayed and identified as such on the display referred to as the “CDOR Page” (or any display substituted therefor) of Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service as at approximately 10:00 a.m. Toronto time on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, as of 10:00 a.m. Toronto time on the immediately preceding Business Day), plus five (5) basis points; provided that if such rate does not appear on the CDOR Page at such time on such date, the rate for such date will be the annual discount rate (rounded upward to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) as of 10:00 a.m. Toronto time on such day at which a Canadian chartered bank listed on Schedule 1 of the Bank Act (Canada) as selected by the Administrative Agent is then offering to purchase Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances accepted by it having such specified term (or a term as closely as possible com-parable to such specified term), plus five (5) basis points.
          “BA Rate Loan” means any Canadian Revolving Credit Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the BA Rate.
          “Bank of America” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “Bank of America-Canada Branch” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “Bank Product” means any of the following products, services or facilities extended to any Loan Party: (a) cash management services provided by Cash Management Banks under Cash Management Agreements and (b) products provided by Hedge Banks under Secured Hedge Agreements; provided, however, that for any of the foregoing to be included as an “Obligation” for purposes of a distribution under Section 8.03, the applicable Secured Party and the Loan Party must have previously

5


 

provided written notice to the Administrative Agent of (i) the existence of such Bank Product, (ii) the maximum dollar amount of obligations arising thereunder to be included as a Bank Product Reserve (the “Bank Product Amount”), and (iii) the methodology to be used by such parties in determining the Bank Product Debt owing from time to time. The Bank Product Amount may be changed from time to time upon written notice to the Administrative Agent by the applicable Secured Party and Loan Party. No Bank Product Amount may be established or increased at any time that a Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing, or if a reserve in such amount would cause an Overadvance.
          “Bank Product Amount” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Bank Product”.
          “Bank Product Debt” means Debt and other obligations of a Loan Party relating to Bank Products.
          “Bank Product Reserve” means, with respect to the U.S. Borrowing Base or the Canadian Borrowing Base, the aggregate amount of reserves established by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its Credit Judgment in respect of Bank Product Debt of the U.S. Loan Parties or the Canadian Loan Parties, as the case may be, which shall be at least equal to the sum of all Bank Product Amounts.
          “Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
          “Base Rate Loan” means a Revolving Credit Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
          “BIA” means the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada).
          “Bookrunners” mean, collectively Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, in their respective capacities as joint lead arrangers, and Banc of America Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., in their respective capacities as joint bookrunners.
          “Borrower Agent” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “Borrower Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
          “Borrowers” mean the Canadian Borrower and the U.S. Borrowers.
          “Borrowing” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing or a Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.
          “Borrowing Base” means any of the U.S. Borrowing Base, the Canadian Borrowing Base and/or the Total Borrowing Base, as the context may require.
          “Borrowing Base Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit L.

6


 

          “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, relative to matters with respect to the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located, or relative to matters with respect to the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agent’s principal Canadian lending Affiliate or branch is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
          “CAM” means the mechanism for the allocation and exchange of interests in the Loans, participations in Letters of Credit and collections thereunder established pursuant to Section 8.04.
          “CAM Exchange” means the exchange of the Lenders’ interests provided for in Section 8.04.
          “CAM Exchange Date” means the first date after the Closing Date on which there shall occur (a) any Event of Default under clause (f) or (g) of Section 8.01 with respect to a Borrower or (b) an acceleration of Loans pursuant to Section 8.02(b).
          “CAM Percentage” means, as to each Lender, a fraction, expressed as a decimal, of which (a) the numerator shall be the sum, without duplication, of (i) the Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure, if any, of such Lender, (ii) the U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure, if any, of such Lender and (iii) the aggregate amount of any other Obligations otherwise owed to such Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents, in each case immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date, and (b) the denominator shall be the sum of (i) the aggregate U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure of all the Lenders, (ii) the aggregate Canadian Revolving Exposure of all Lenders and (iii) the aggregate amount of any other Obligations otherwise owed to any of the Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents, in each case immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date.
          “Canadian ABL Priority Collateral” means ABL Priority Collateral that is Canadian Collateral.
          “Canadian Account Control Agreements” means, collectively, the Control Agreements entered into by the Canadian Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “Canadian Availability Condition” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Canadian Borrowing Base”.
          “Canadian Available Cash” means unrestricted cash collateral of the Canadian Borrower that does not consist of proceeds of accounts receivable and is pledged to the Administrative Agent and held in Cash Collateral Accounts at the Administrative Agent. In no event shall any Specified Issuance Proceeds be classified as Canadian Available Cash.
          “Canadian Base Rate” means, for any day, the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America-Canada Branch as its “Base Rate” for loans in Dollars in Canada. The “Canadian Base Rate” is a rate set by Bank of America-Canada Branch based upon various factors including Bank of America-Canada Branch’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of

7


 

America-Canada Branch shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.
          “Canadian Base Rate Loan” means any Canadian Revolving Credit Loan denominated in Dollars bearing interest computed by reference to the Canadian Base Rate.
          “Canadian Benefit Plans” means all employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements of any nature or kind whatsoever that are not Canadian Pension Plans and are maintained or contributed to by, or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute by, any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in respect of its employees or former employees in Canada.
          “Canadian Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “Canadian Borrowing Base” means, on any date of determination, an amount (calculated based on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement) equal to
          (a) the sum of
          (i) 85% of the value of the Eligible Receivables of the Canadian Loan Parties,
          (ii) 85% of the NOLV Percentage of the value of the Eligible Inventory of the Canadian Loan Parties, and
          (iii) (x) 100% of Canadian Available Cash up to $25,000,000 (less the amount of U.S. Available Cash included in the calculation of the U.S. Borrowing Base at such time) for purposes of determining whether a Borrowing is permitted or (y) 100% of Canadian Available Cash up to $10,000,000 (less the amount of U.S. Available Cash included in the calculation of the U.S. Borrowing Base at such time) for any other purpose under the Loan Documents (including, without limitation in respect of the determination of whether a Cash Dominion Event or a Covenant Trigger Event exists or compliance with any test set forth in Article VII),
          minus
          (b) the Availability Reserve to the extent attributable to the Canadian Loan Parties in the Administrative Agent’s Credit Judgment on such date, provided that, after the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent may adjust the apportionment of the Availability Reserve between the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility in its Credit Judgment;
          provided, further that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary: (i) until such time as the Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence of completion of each action set forth on Schedule 6.22 (the “Canadian Availability Condition”), the “Canadian Borrowing Base” shall be deemed to be nil; and (ii) in the event that the Canadian Availability Condition has been satisfied but the Administrative Agent has not completed the Required Audit, the “Canadian Borrowing Base” shall be deemed to be nil until the date of completion by the Administrative Agent of the Required Audit.
          “Canadian Cash Management Bank” means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, is a Canadian Lender or an Affiliate of a Canadian Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement, in each case in respect of services provided under such Cash Management Agreement to a Canadian Loan Party.

8


 

          “Canadian Collateral” means all of the “Collateral” referred to in the Canadian Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the Canadian Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties.
          “Canadian Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Canadian Security Agreement, the Canadian Account Control Agreements, each of the collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, deeds of hypothec, hypothecs, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.12, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien securing the Canadian Obligations in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties.
          “Canadian Dollar” or “Cdn. $” means Canadian dollars, the lawful currency of Canada.
          “Canadian Excess Availability” means, at any time, the difference between (a) the lesser of (i) the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) the Canadian Borrowing Base at such time, as determined from the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Borrower Agent to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(f) hereof minus (b) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings.
          “Canadian Guarantee” means, collectively, the Guarantees made by the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the Canadian Secured Parties, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, together with each other guarantee and guarantee supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12.
          “Canadian Hedge Bank” means any Hedge Bank that is party to a Canadian Secured Hedge Agreement.
          “Canadian L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Canadian Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any Canadian L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.
          “Canadian L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Canadian Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Canadian Revolving Credit Borrowing.
          “Canadian L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Canadian Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
          “Canadian L/C Issuer” means Bank of America-Canadian Branch in its capacity as issuer of Canadian Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Canadian Letters of Credit hereunder.
          “Canadian L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Canadian Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts in respect of Canadian Letters of Credit, including all Canadian L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Canadian Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Canadian Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

9


 

          “Canadian Lender” means each financial institution listed on Schedule 2.01 as a “Canadian Revolving Credit Lender”, as well as any Person that becomes a “Canadian Revolving Credit Lender” hereunder pursuant to Section 11.06 and, as the context requires, includes the Canadian Swing Line Lender.
          “Canadian Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit or commercial letter of credit issued hereunder.
          “Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to $5,000,000. The Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility.
          “Canadian Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Canadian Borrower under Article II in the form of a Canadian Revolving Credit Loan or a Canadian Swing Line Loan.
          “Canadian Loan Parties” means the Canadian Borrower and the Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors.
          “Canadian Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Canadian Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Canadian Loan, Canadian Letter of Credit, Canadian Secured Cash Management Agreement or Canadian Secured Hedge Agreement, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Canadian Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
          “Canadian Overadvance” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(f).
          “Canadian Overadvance Loan” means a Canadian Revolving Credit Loan made when an Overadvance exists or is caused by the funding thereof.
          “Canadian Payment Account” means the Canadian Dollar account and the U.S. Dollar account of the Administrative Agent to which all monies constituting proceeds of Canadian Collateral shall be transferred from time to time.
          “Canadian Pension Plans” means each plan, program or arrangement which is required to be registered as a pension plan under any applicable pension benefits standards or tax statute or regulation in Canada (or any province or territory thereof) maintained or contributed to by, or to which there is or may be an obligation to contribute by, any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in respect of its Canadian employees or former employees.
          “Canadian Prime Rate” means, for any day, a fluctuating rate of interest per annum equal to the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America-Canada Branch as its “Prime Rate.” The “Canadian Prime Rate” is a rate set by Bank of America-Canada Branch based upon various factors including Bank of America-Canada Branch’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of America-Canada Branch shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

10


 

          “Canadian Prime Rate Loan” means any Canadian Revolver Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars bearing interest computed by reference to the Canadian Prime Rate.
          “Canadian Priority Payables” means, at any time, with respect to the Canadian Borrowing Base:
          (a) the amount past due and owing by the Canadian Borrower and any other Canadian Loan Party, or the accrued amount for which each of the Canadian Borrower and any other Canadian Loan Party has an obligation to remit to a Governmental Authority or other Person pursuant to any applicable Law, rule or regulation, in respect of (i) pension fund obligations; (ii) employment insurance; (iii) goods and services taxes, sales taxes, employee income taxes and other taxes payable or to be remitted or withheld; (iv) workers’ compensation; (v) vacation pay; and (vi) other like charges and demands; in each case, in respect of which any Governmental Authority or other Person may claim a security interest, hypothec, prior claim, lien, trust or other claim or Lien ranking or capable of ranking in priority to or pari passu with one or more of the Liens granted in the Collateral Documents; and
          (b) the aggregate amount of any other liabilities of the Canadian Borrower and any other Canadian Loan Parties (i) in respect of which a trust has been or may be imposed on any Collateral to provide for payment or (ii) which are secured by a security interest, hypothec, prior claim, pledge, lien, charge, right, or claim or other Lien on any Collateral, in each case, pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation and which trust, security interest, hypothec, prior claim, pledge, lien, charge, right, claim or Lien ranks or is capable of ranking in priority to or pari passu with one or more of the Liens granted in the Collateral Documents.
          “Canadian Priority Payables Reserve” means, on any date of determination for the Canadian Borrowing Base, a reserve established from time to time by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable Credit Judgment in such amount as the Administrative Agent may determine reflects the unpaid or unremitted Canadian Priority Payables by the Canadian Loan Parties, which would give rise to a Lien with priority under applicable Laws over the Lien of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties.
          “Canadian Revolving Credit Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Canadian Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans and BA Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b) and shall be deemed to include any Canadian Overadvance Loan and, to the extent attributed to the Canadian Collateral in the Administrative Agent’s Credit Judgment, Protective Advance made hereunder.
          “Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment” means, as to each Canadian Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Canadian Revolving Credit Loans to the Canadian Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (b) purchase participations in Canadian L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Canadian Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
          “Canadian Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Appropriate Lender at any time, the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Canadian L/C Obligations with respect to

11


 

Canadian Letters of Credit plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Swing Line Loans.
          “Canadian Revolving Credit Facility” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders’ Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
          “Canadian Revolving Credit Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.
          “Canadian Revolving Credit Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b) and shall be deemed to include any Canadian Overadvance Loan and, to the extent attributed to the Canadian Collateral in the Administrative Agent’s Credit Judgment, Protective Advance made hereunder.
          “Canadian Revolving Credit Note” means a promissory note made by the Canadian Borrower in favor of a Canadian Appropriate Lender evidencing Canadian Revolving Credit Loans or Canadian Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, made by such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2.
          “Canadian Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders, the Canadian L/C Issuer, the Canadian Hedge Banks, the Canadian Cash Management Banks, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05, and the other Persons the Canadian Obligations owing to which are or are purported to be secured by the Canadian Collateral under the terms of the Collateral Documents.
          “Canadian Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Secured Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between any Canadian Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.
          “Canadian Security Agreement” means, collectively, the Security Agreements and the deeds of hypothec delivered pursuant to the Canadian Availability Condition and Section 6.12, in each case in respect of the Canadian Collateral, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and as amended.
          “Canadian Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Specified U.S. Borrower which is incorporated or otherwise organized under the laws of Canada or any province or territory thereof.
          “Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Canadian Subsidiary (other than the Canadian Borrower or any Excluded Subsidiary) and each Person that shall, at any time after the date hereof, become a Canadian Subsidiary and execute and deliver a Canadian Guarantee pursuant to Section 6.12; it being understood that none of the Canadian Borrower or any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee any of the U.S. Obligations.
          “Canadian Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Canadian Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.
          “Canadian Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America-Canada Branch in its capacity as provider of Canadian Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.
          “Canadian Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(B)(a).

12


 

          “Canadian Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to $3,000,000. The Canadian Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility.
          “Capital Expenditures” means, with respect to any Person for any period, any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of any fixed or capital asset (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations); provided, however, that Capital Expenditures shall not include any such expenditures which constitute (a) a Permitted Acquisition, (b) capital expenditures relating to the construction or acquisition of any property which has been transferred to a Person that is not a Borrower pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction permitted under Section 7.05(f), (c) to the extent permitted by this Agreement, a reinvestment of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Disposition in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(i) or (ii) (other than any Dispositions under Sections 7.05(b), (g), (h), (i) and (j)) or any insurance proceeds paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets being replaced, substituted, restored or repaired and the reinvestment of the net cash proceeds of any such Disposition or such insurance proceeds, (d) the purchase price of equipment purchased substantially contemporaneously with the trade-in or sale of used or surplus existing equipment to the extent that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted to the seller of such equipment (or for the net proceeds of such sale) for the equipment being traded in or sold at such time, or (f) capitalized interest relating to the construction of any fixed assets.
          “Capitalized Leases” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases.
          “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.
          “Cash Collateral Account” means a blocked deposit account of one or more of the Loan Parties at Bank of America (or its Affiliates or branches or at another commercial bank selected in compliance with Section 6.18) or an account in the name of the Administrative Agent, and in each case under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent and otherwise established in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “Cash Collateralize” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(f).
          “Cash Dominion Event” means either (a) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or (b) the failure of the Loan Parties to maintain Excess Availability of at least 15% of the lesser of (x) the Aggregate Commitments and (y) the Total Borrowing Base. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Cash Dominion Event shall be deemed continuing (a) so long as such Event of Default is continuing and has not been cured or waived, and/or (b) if the Cash Dominion Event arises under clause (b) above, until Excess Availability is equal to or greater than 15% of the lesser of (x) the Aggregate Commitments and (y) the Total Borrowing Base for thirty (30) consecutive days, in which case a Cash Dominion Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement.
          “Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created under the Collateral Documents and other Liens permitted hereunder):
     (a) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America (or Canada) or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full

13


 

faith and credit of the United States of America (or Canada, as the case may be) is pledged in support thereof;
     (b) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) issues (or the parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (c) of this definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, in each case with maturities of not more than 365 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
     (c) commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America and rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s or at least “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of not more than 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
     (d) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and the portfolios of which are limited solely to Investments of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this definition;
     (e) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations; and
     (f) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s with maturities of not more than twelve (12) months from the date of acquisition thereof;
provided that instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above denominated in Canadian Dollars which are comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for short term cash management purposes in Canada shall be permitted to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Canadian Subsidiary.
          “Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.
          “Cash Management Bank” means a U.S. Cash Management Bank and/or a Canadian Cash Management Bank, as the context may require.
          “CCAA” means the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada), as amended or otherwise modified from time to time and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.

14


 

          “CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980.
          “CERCLIS” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
          “CFC” means a Person that is a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code.
          “Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.
          “Change of Control” means the earlier to occur of:
          (a) the Equity Investors ceasing to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower; provided that the occurrence of the foregoing event shall not be deemed a Change of Control if
     (i) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, (A) the Equity Investors otherwise have the right to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower or (B) the Equity Investors own beneficially an amount of voting stock of the Specified U.S. Borrower equal to more than fifty percent (50%) of the amount of voting stock of the Specified U.S. Borrower owned by the Equity Investors of record and beneficially as of the Closing Date and such ownership by the Equity Investors represents the largest single block of voting securities of the Specified U.S. Borrower held by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person and its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), or
     (ii) at any time after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, (A) no “person” or “group” (as defined above), excluding the Equity Investors, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding voting stock of the Specified U.S. Borrower or (y) the percentage of the then outstanding voting stock of the Specified U.S. Borrower owned beneficially by the Equity Investors, (B) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, the board of directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower shall consist of a majority of the Continuing Directors or (C) the Equity Investors have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of at least thirty percent (30%) of the voting of securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower; or
          (b) any “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) in any document pertaining the Senior Secured Notes or to any Junior Financing with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

15


 

          (c) the Canadian Borrower shall cease to be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Specified U.S. Borrower.
          “Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 11.01.
          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended from time to time.
          “Collateral” means the U.S. Collateral and the Canadian Collateral.
          “Collateral Agent” means Bank of America, in its capacity as “collateral agent” pursuant to Section 9.02.
          “Collateral Documents” means the U.S. Collateral Documents and the Canadian Collateral Documents.
          “Commitment” means a Revolving Credit Commitment.
          “Commitment Letter” means the letter agreement, dated May 14, 2008, among the Specified U.S. Borrower and the Bookrunners and UBS Securities LLC and UBS Loan Finance LLC.
          “Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.
          “Commodity Account Control Agreements” has the meaning specified in the U.S. Security Agreement and/or the Canadian Security Agreement, as the context may require.
          “Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.
          “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period and, without duplication, plus: (1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (2) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether or not paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of the step-up in inventory valuation arising from purchase accounting and other intangibles) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (4) any management fees paid by the Specified U.S. Borrower to Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. or its Affiliates, in such period pursuant to management agreements to the extent that any such management fees were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; provided that the maximum aggregate amount of such management fees in any 12-month period payable to Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. or its Affiliates

16


 

shall not exceed the amount described in the Specified U.S. Borrower’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007; plus (5) any reasonable expenses, fees or charges related to the Transactions or any acquisition or Investment, in each case to the extent that any such expenses, fees or charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus (6) other non-recurring cash charges not to exceed in the aggregate $3.0 million in any fiscal year; minus (7) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any period.
          Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash expenses of, a Subsidiary of the Specified U.S. Borrower shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of the Specified U.S. Borrower only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Specified U.S. Borrower by such Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders.
          “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, at any date of determination, the ratio of (a) (i) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, less (ii) the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures of or by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries less (iii) taxes paid or payable in cash by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (net of refunds received or receivable) to (b) the sum of (i) Consolidated Net Cash Interest Charges of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Mandatory Principal Payments, but excluding (A) any such payments to the extent financed through the incurrence of additional Indebtedness otherwise expressly permitted under Section 7.03 and (B) any such payments in respect of seller notes, earn-outs or the Existing Credit Facility in each case made before the Closing Date, for the most recently complete Measurement Period.
          “Consolidated Net Cash Interest Charges” means, for any Measurement Period, with respect to any specified Person, the sum, without duplication of: (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, noncash interest payments (other than the amortization of discount or imputed interest arising as a result of purchase accounting), the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations; plus (2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus (3) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus (4) the product of (a) all dividends and distributions, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock or Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or to the Issuer or a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP; minus (5) the amortization or expensing of financing fees and debt discount incurred by the Issuer and its Subsidiaries including amortization arising from the Transactions and recognized in the applicable period; minus (6) interest income actually received by the Issuer or any Subsidiary in cash for such period.

17


 

          “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:
     (1) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be excluded; provided that, to the extent not previously included, Consolidated Net Income shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Subsidiary thereof;
     (2) the Net Income of any Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to such Person or a Subsidiary thereof (subject to provisions of this clause (2)) during such period, to the extent not previously included therein;
     (3) the Net Income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;
     (4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;
     (5) non-cash charges relating to employee benefit or other management compensation plans of any Parent (to the extent such non-cash charges relate to plans of any Parent for the benefit of members of the Board of Directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower (in their capacity as such) or employees of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries), the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards of any Parent (to the extent such non-cash charges relate to plans of any Parent for the benefit of members of the Board of Directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower (in their capacity as such) or employees of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries), the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding in each case any non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense incurred in a prior period) in each case, to the extent that such non-cash charges are deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income shall be excluded;
     (6) any non-cash goodwill or other impairment charges resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, and non-cash charges relating to the amortization of intangibles resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, shall be excluded;
     (7) any increase in cost of sales as a result of the step-up in inventory valuation arising from applying the purchase method of accounting in accordance with GAAP in connection with any acquisition consummated after the date of this Indenture, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

18


 

     (8) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52 shall be excluded; and
     (9) all restructuring charges, including severance, relocation and transition costs, shall be excluded.
          “Continuing Directors” shall mean the directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower on the Closing Date, and each other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower is or was recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives or received the vote of the Equity Investors in his or her election by the stockholders of the Specified U.S. Borrower.
          “Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
          “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
          “Control Agreement” has the meaning specified in the U.S. Security Agreement and/or the Canadian Security Agreement, as the context may require.
          “Covenant Trigger Event” means, at any time, either (a) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or (b) the failure of the Loan Parties to maintain Excess Availability of at least the greater of (x) $40,000,000 and (y) 12.5% of the Total Borrowing Base. For purposes of this Agreement, the occurrence of a Covenant Trigger Event shall be deemed continuing (a) so long as such Event of Default is continuing and has not been cured or waived and/or (b) if the Covenant Trigger Event arises under clause (b) above, until Excess Availability is equal to or greater than the greater of (x) $40,000,000 and (y) 12.5% of the Total Borrowing Base for thirty (30) consecutive days, in which case a Covenant Trigger Event shall no longer be deemed to be continuing for purposes of this Agreement. For purposes of determining whether a Covenant Trigger Event shall have occurred and is continuing, no greater than 25% of Excess Availability shall be composed of Canadian Excess Availability and no greater than 25% of the Total Borrowing Base shall be composed of the Canadian Borrowing Base.
          “Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.
          “Credit Judgment” means the Administrative Agent’s commercially reasonable judgment exercised in good faith, based upon its consideration of any factor that it reasonably believes (a) could materially adversely affect the quantity, quality, mix or value of Collateral (including any Applicable Law that may inhibit collection of an Account), the enforceability or priority of the Administrative Agent’s Liens, or the amount that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders could receive in liquidation of any Collateral; (b) suggests that any collateral report or financial information delivered by any Loan Party is incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; (c) materially increases the likelihood of any Insolvency Proceeding involving a Loan Party; or (d) creates or could result in an Event of Default. In exercising such judgment, the Administrative Agent may consider any factors that could materially increase the credit risk of lending to the Borrowers on the security of the Collateral.

19


 

          “Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the BIA, the CCAA and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States, Canada or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
          “Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
          “Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate, Canadian Base Rate or Canadian Prime Rate, as applicable plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as the case may be, under the Revolving Credit Facility plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a BA Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.
          “Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Revolving Credit Loans, participations in L/C Obligations or participations in Swing Line Loans required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.
          “Deposit Account Control Agreements” has the meaning specified in the U.S. Security Agreement and/or the Canadian Security Agreement, as the context may require.
          “Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.
          “Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests)), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety one (91) days after the Maturity Date; provided that if such Equity Interest is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Specified U.S. Borrower or such Subsidiary in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; and provided further that any Equity Interest that would constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Specified U.S. Borrower to repurchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest if the terms of such Equity Interest provide that the Specified

20


 

U.S. Borrower may not repurchase or redeem any such Equity Interest pursuant to such provisions prior to the repayment in full of the Obligations.
          “Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
          “Dollar Equivalent” means, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any other currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuers, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate in accordance with Section 1.07.
          “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.
          “Dominion Account” means any Deposit Account of a Loan Party at Bank of America or its Affiliates or branches or another bank acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in each case which is subject to a Deposit Account Control Agreement.
          “Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(iii)).
          “Eligible Collateral” means, collectively, Eligible Inventory and Eligible Receivables.
          “Eligible Foreign Receivables” means Accounts payable in a currency other than Dollars or Canadian Dollars or arising out of sale to debtors outside of the United States and Canada which in each case are acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment.
          “Eligible Inventory means Inventory of the Loan Parties subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, the value of which shall be determined by taking into consideration, among other factors, the lowest of its cost and its book value determined in accordance with GAAP and excluding any portion of cost attributable to intercompany profit among the Loan Parties and their Affiliates; provided however that, subject to the ability of the Administrative Agent to establish other criteria of ineligibility in its Credit Judgment or modify the criteria established below, unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment, none of the following classes of Inventory shall be deemed to be Eligible Inventory:
     (a) Inventory consisting of “perishable agricultural commodities” within the meaning of the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act of 1930, or on which a Lien has arisen or may arise in favor of agricultural producers under any comparable Laws;
     (b) Inventory that is obsolete, unusable or otherwise unavailable for sale;
     (c) Inventory consisting of promotional, marketing, packaging or shipping materials and supplies;
     (d) Inventory that fails to meet all standards imposed by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Inventory or its use or sale;
     (e) Inventory that is subject to any licensing, patent, royalty, trademark, trade name or copyright agreement with any third party from which the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries has received notice of a dispute in respect of any such agreement;

21


 

     (f) Inventory (i) with respect to the U.S. Borrowing Base, located outside the United States and (ii) with respect to the Canadian Borrowing Base, located outside of Canada;
     (g) Inventory that is located on premises owned, leased or rented by a customer of any Borrower, or is placed on consignment; provided, that Inventory placed on consignment with an aggregate book value of up to $20,000,000 shall consist of Eligible Inventory if such Inventory is clearly segregated from all Inventory of such customer, all UCC and PPSA filings deemed necessary or desirable by the Administrative Agent have been made, and a reasonably satisfactory Lien Waiver has been delivered to Administrative Agent by such customer;
     (h) Inventory with respect to which the representations and warranties set forth in the U.S. Security Agreement or in the Canadian Security Agreement applicable to Inventory are not correct;
     (i) Inventory in respect of which the U.S. Security Agreement or the Canadian Security Agreement, as applicable, after giving effect to the related filings of financing statements that have then been made, if any, does not or has ceased to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien or security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the applicable Secured Parties, securing the applicable Obligations; and
     (j) it is not either (i) otherwise acceptable to or (ii) subject to a reserve acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in its Credit Judgment.
If the Administrative Agent deems Inventory ineligible in its Credit Judgment (and not based upon the criteria set forth above), then the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower Agent two (2) Business Days’ prior notice thereof (unless an Event of Default exists, in which event no notice shall be required).
          “Eligible Receivables” means Accounts of the Loan Parties subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, the value of which shall be determined by taking into consideration, among other factors, their book value determined in accordance with GAAP, net of any returns, rebates, discounts (calculated on the shortest terms), credits, allowances or Taxes (including sales, excise or other taxes) that have been or could be claimed by the Account Debtor or any other Person; provided, however, that, subject to the ability of the Administrative Agent to establish other criteria of ineligibility in its Credit Judgment or modify the criteria established below, unless otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment, none of the following classes of Accounts shall be deemed to be Eligible Receivables:
     (a) Accounts that do not arise out of sales of goods or rendering of services in the ordinary course of the Borrowers’ or the relevant Subsidiaries’ business;
     (b) Accounts payable other than in Dollars or, in the case of Canadian Loan Parties, Dollars or Canadian Dollars, or that are otherwise on terms other than those normal or customary in the Borrowers’ or the relevant Subsidiaries’ business, except for up to the Dollar Equivalent of $12,000,000 (in the aggregate, taken together with Eligible Foreign Receivables included under clause (j) of this definition) in Eligible Foreign Receivables;
     (c) Accounts arising out of a sale made or services rendered by any Borrower to a Subsidiary of any Borrower or an Affiliate of any Borrower or to a Person controlled by an Affiliate of any Borrower (including any employees of such Borrower);

22


 

     (d) Accounts (i) more than 120 days past the original invoice date (other than (A) up to $6,000,000 of Accounts having extended payment terms which are acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its Credit Judgment and (B) Accounts in respect of which the account debtor has provided a letter of credit reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) or (ii) more than 60 days past the original due date;
     (e) Accounts owing from any Person from which an aggregate amount of more than 50% of the Accounts owing therefrom is more than 120 days past original invoice date or more than 60 days past the date due;
     (f) Accounts owing from any Person that exceed 20% of the net amount of all Eligible Accounts, but only to the extent of such excess;
     (g) Accounts owing from any Person that (i) has disputed liability for any Account owing from such Person or has been placed on credit hold due to past due balances or (ii) has otherwise asserted any claim, demand or liability against a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by action, suit, counterclaim or otherwise;
     (h) Accounts owing from any Person that shall take or be the subject of any action or proceeding of a type described in Section 8.01(f);
     (i) Accounts (i) owing from any Person that is also a supplier to or creditor of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries unless such Person has waived any right of setoff in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (ii) representing any manufacturer’s or supplier’s credits, discounts, incentive plans or similar arrangements entitling a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to discounts on future purchase therefrom, (iii) in respect of which the related invoice(s) has been reversed;
     (j) Accounts arising out of sales to account debtors outside the United States and Canada, except for up to the Dollar Equivalent of $12,000,000 (in the aggregate, taken together with Eligible Foreign Receivables included under clause (b) of this definition) in Eligible Foreign Receivables, unless such Accounts are fully backed by an irrevocable letter of credit on terms, and issued by a financial institution, acceptable to the Administrative Agent and such irrevocable letter of credit is in the possession of the Administrative Agent;
     (k) Accounts arising out of sales on a bill-and-hold, cash in advance or cash on delivery payment terms, guaranteed sale, sale-or-return, sale on approval or consignment basis or subject to any right of return, setoff or charge back or Accounts representing any unapplied cash;
     (l) Accounts owing from an account debtor that is an agency, department or instrumentality of the United States or any state thereof or Canada or any province or territory thereof unless the applicable Borrower or its relevant Subsidiary shall have satisfied the requirements of the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, or the Financial Administration Act (Canada) and any similar state, provincial or territorial legislation and the Administrative Agent is satisfied as to the absence of setoffs, counterclaims and other defenses on the part of such account debtor;
     (m) Accounts with respect to which the representations and warranties set forth in the Security Agreement applicable to Accounts are not correct;

23


 

     (n) Accounts in respect of which the applicable Security Agreement, after giving effect to the related filings of financing statements that have then been made, if any, does not or has ceased to create a valid and perfected first priority lien or security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, securing the Obligations;
     (o) Accounts relating to the third party billing arrangements with Nordyne, Inc.; and
     (p) it is not either (a) otherwise acceptable to or (b) subject to a reserve acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in its Credit Judgment.
If the Administrative Agent deems Accounts ineligible in its Credit Judgment (and not based upon the criteria set forth above), then the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower Agent two (2) Business Days’ prior notice thereof (unless an Event of Default exists, in which event no notice shall be required).
          “Environmental Laws” means any and all federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, licenses, and the common law relating to pollution or the protection of the environment (including ambient air, indoor air, surface wastes, groundwater, land and subsurface strata), human health and safety and natural resources including those related to Release or threat of Release, or exposure to, or generation, storage, treatment, transport, handling, distribution or disposal of Hazardous Materials.
          “Environmental Liability” means any liability or costs, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Specified U.S. Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
          “Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.
          “Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.
          “Equity Investors” means the Sponsor, the Management Shareholders and the other members of Investors LLC as of the Closing Date.
          “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
          “ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrowers within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

24


 

          “ERISA Event” means (a) (i) the occurrence of a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan or (ii) the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA apply with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, of a Pension Plan, and an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such Pension Plan within the following 30 days; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrowers or any ERISA Affiliate; (g) the withdrawal by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan that is a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA during a plan year for which it was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (h) the conditions for imposition of a lien under Section 303(k) of ERISA or other applicable Laws shall have been met with respect to any Pension Plan or Canadian Pension Plan; or (i) a determination that any Pension Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 303 of ERISA).
          “Eurodollar Rate” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
          “Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Revolving Credit Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.
          “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
          “Excess Availability” means the sum of U.S. Excess Availability and Canadian Excess Availability.
          “Excluded Accounts” has the meaning specified in the U.S. Security Agreement and/or the Canadian Security Agreement, as the context may require.
          “Excluded Earn-Outs” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Indebtedness,”
          “Excluded Real Property” means each parcel of real property set forth on Schedule 7.05.

25


 

          “Excluded Subsidiary” means, on any date, any Subsidiary of the Specified U.S. Borrower that has less than $100,000 in total assets; (ii) which does not have any Indebtedness (including by way of Guarantee) in respect of money borrowed (it being understood, without limitation to the foregoing, that in no event shall any Subsidiary that provides a Guarantee of the Senior Secured Notes be an Excluded Subsidiary), and (iii) which is not engaged in any substantial business activities.
          “Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which a Loan Party is located, (c) any backup withholding tax that is required by the Code to be withheld from amounts payable to a Lender that has failed to comply with clause (A) of Section 3.01(e)(ii), and (d) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower Agent under Section 11.13 and other than an assignee Lender pursuant to a CAM Exchange under Section 8.04), any United States withholding tax that (i) is required to be imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender pursuant to the Laws in force at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with clause (B) of Section 3.01(e)(ii), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a)(ii) or (iii).
          “Executive Order” has the meaning specified in Section 5.23(a).
          “Existing Credit Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2006, among the Borrowers, Holdings, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and the lender parties and other agents party thereto.
          “Existing Letters of Credit” means the letters of credit listed on Schedule 1.01 and outstanding on the Closing Date.
          “Existing NTK Indebtedness” means (a) the 10 3/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 of NTK Holdings, Inc. and (b) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date under the Bridge Loan Agreement dated as of May 10, 2006, among NTK Holdings, Inc., the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Administrative Agent (or any notes issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the terms of such agreement).
          “Extraordinary Receipt” means any proceeds of property or casualty insurance and condemnation awards (and payments in lieu thereof) relating to any ABL Priority Collateral of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries.
          “Facility” means the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and/or the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, as the context may require.
          “Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the

26


 

Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.
          “Fee Letter” means the letter agreement, dated May 14, 2008, among the Specified U.S. Borrower, the Bookrunners, UBS Securities LLC and UBS Loan Finance LLC, as amended by the amendment thereto dated as of May 20, 2008.
          “Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which a Borrower is resident for tax purposes (including such a Lender when acting in the capacity of an L/C Issuer). For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.
          “Foreign Plan” means any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by, or entered into with, the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to employees employed outside the United States.
          “Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Specified U.S. Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
          “FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
          “Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.
          “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States, Canada or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state, provincial, territorial, municipal or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
          “Guarantee” means, as to any Person, any (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or

27


 

level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or Disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
          “Guarantors” means, collectively, the Specified U.S. Borrower, the Subsidiaries of the Specified U.S. Borrower listed on Schedule 6.12 and each other Subsidiary of the Specified U.S. Borrower that shall be required to execute and deliver a guaranty or guaranty supplement pursuant to Section 6.12.
          “Guaranties” means the U.S. Guaranty and the Canadian Guarantee.
          “Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, mold, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
          “Hedge Bank” means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Swap Contract permitted under Article VI or VII, is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Swap Contract.
          “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under:
     (1) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate collar agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping interest rate risk;
     (2) commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements, forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping commodity price risk; and
     (3) foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements and other agreements or arrangements designed for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping foreign currency exchange rate risk.
          “Holdings” means Nortek Holdings, Inc.
          “Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

28


 

     (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
     (b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;
     (c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
     (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and not past due for more than 60 days after the date on which such trade account was created);
     (e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
     (f) all Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Capitalized Leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations of such Person and all Synthetic Debt of such Person;
     (g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person or any warrant, right or option to acquire such Equity Interest, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and
     (h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing;
; provided that, “Indebtedness” shall not include any post-closing payment adjustments or earn-out, non-competition or consulting obligations existing on the Closing Date or incurred in connection with Investments permitted under Section 7.02(h) or (n) (i) if such obligations are not required to be reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of the applicable Person or (ii) if at the time of such Investment, the Specified U.S. Borrower was able to satisfy the tests in Section 7.02(h) or (n), as applicable, after giving pro forma effect to the maximum possible payment that could result from such adjustment, earn-out or other obligation as if paid on the date of consummation of such Investment (as certified to the Administrative Agent in reasonable detail by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower).
          For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date.
          “Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
          “Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b).
          “Information” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07.

29


 

          “Information Memorandum” means the information memorandum intended to be used by the Bookrunners in connection with the syndication of the Commitments.
          “Intellectual Property Security Agreements” means the U.S. Intellectual Property Security Agreement and the Canadian Intellectual Property Security Agreement.
          “Intercompany Note” means an intercompany note, substantially in the form of Exhibit I, executed by the Specified U.S. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and endorsed in blank by each of the U.S. Loan Parties.
          “Intercreditor Agreement” means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof, among the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the U.S. Secured Parties and the Trustee, on behalf of the “Noteholder Secured Parties” (as defined therein) and the U.S. Loan Parties.
          “Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Eurodollar Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided, however, that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a BA Rate Loan exceeds 90 days, the respective dates that fall every 30 days after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan or Swing Line Loan, the first Business Day of each April, July, October and January and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made (with Swing Line Loans being deemed made under the Revolving Credit Facility for purposes of this definition).
          “Interest Period” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan and BA Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan, and ending on the date 30, 60, 90 or 180 days thereafter, as selected by a Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice or such other period that is 365 days or less requested by a Borrower and consented to by all the Appropriate Lenders; provided that:
     (a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;
     (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and
     (c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.
          “Inventory” has the meaning specified in the UCC or the PPSA, as applicable, and shall include all goods intended for sale or lease by a Loan Party, or for display or demonstration; all work in process, all raw materials, and other materials and supplies of every nature and description used or which might be used in connection with the manufacture, printing, packing, shipping, advertising, selling, leasing or furnishing such goods or otherwise used or consumed in such Loan Party’s business (but excluding Equipment).
          “Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or

30


 

other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit or all or a substantial part of the business of, such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
          “Investors LLC” means THL — Nortek Investors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
          “IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17.
          “IP Security Agreement Supplement” means a supplement delivered in connection with any Intellectual Property Security Agreement, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
          “ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
          “Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by an L/C Issuer and a Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of such L/C Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.
          “Junior Financing” has the meaning specified in Section 7.14.
          “Junior Financing Documentation” means the 2014 Senior Subordinated Notes, the 2014 Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, the 2011 Senior Subordinated Notes, the 2011 Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture and any documentation governing any other Junior Financing.
          “Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case having the force of law.
          “L/C Advance” a U.S. L/C Advance and/or a Canadian L/C Advance, as the context may require.
          “L/C Borrowing” means a U.S. L/C Borrowing and/or a Canadian L/C Borrowing, as the context may require.
          “L/C Credit Extension” means a U.S. L/C Credit Extension and/or a Canadian L/C Credit Extension, as the context may require.
          “L/C Issuer” means the U.S. L/C Issuer and/or the Canadian L/C Issuer, as the context may require.

31


 

          “L/C Obligations” means the U.S. L/C Obligations and/or the Canadian L/C Obligations, as the context may require.
          “Lender” means a U.S. Lender and/or a Canadian Lender, as the context may require.
          “Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.
          “Letter of Credit” means a U.S. Letter of Credit and/or a Canadian Letter of Credit, as the context may require.
          “Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by an L/C Issuer.
          “Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facility (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
          “Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(h).
          “Letter of Credit Sublimit” means the U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit and/or the Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit, as the context may require.
          “License” means any license or agreement under which a Loan Party is authorized to use IP Rights in connection with any manufacture, marketing, distribution or disposition of Collateral, any use of property or any other conduct of its business.
          “Licensor” means any Person from whom a Loan Party obtains the right to use any IP Rights.
          “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).
          “Lien Waiver” means an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, by which (a) for any Collateral located on leased premises, the lessor waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to permit the Administrative Agent to enter upon the premises and remove the Collateral or to use the premises for an agreed upon period of time to store or dispose of the Collateral; (b) for any Collateral held by a warehouseman, processor, shipper, customs broker or freight forwarder, such Person waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, agrees to hold any documents in its possession relating to the Collateral as agent for the Administrative Agent, and agrees to deliver the Collateral to the Administrative Agent upon request; (c) for any Collateral held by a repairman, mechanic or bailee, such Person acknowledges the Administrative Agent’s Lien, waives or subordinates any Lien it may have on the Collateral, and agrees to deliver the Collateral to the Administrative Agent upon request; and (d) for any Collateral subject to a Licensor’s IP Rights, the Licensor grants to the Administrative Agent the right, vis-à-vis such Licensor, to enforce the

32


 

Administrative Agent’s Liens with respect to the Collateral, including the right to dispose of it with the benefit of the IP Rights, whether or not a default exists under any applicable License.
          “Loan” means a U.S. Loan and/or a Canadian Loan.
          “Loan Documents” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) the Guaranties, (d) the Intercreditor Agreement, (e) the Collateral Documents, (f) the Fee Letter and (g) each Issuer Document.
          “Loan Parties” means, collectively, each Borrower and each Guarantor.
          “Management Shareholders” means Richard L. Bready and the other members of management of the Specified U.S. Borrower or its Subsidiaries who were investors in Investors LLC on the Closing Date.
          “Mandatory Principal Payments” means all regularly scheduled principal payments or redemptions or similar acquisitions for value of outstanding Indebtedness for borrowed money of any Borrower or Guarantor.
          “Material Adverse Effect” means (A) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect on, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (B) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender under any Loan Document, or of the ability of the Borrowers or any Guarantor to perform its obligations under any loan documentation to which it is a party; or (C) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Borrower or any Guarantor of any Loan Document to which it is a party.
          “Material Contract” means each contract of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any material portion of the Accounts constituting Collateral.
          “Material Foreign Subsidiary” has the meaning specified in Section 6.12(d).
          “Material Real Estate” means any parcel of real property that is fee owned by a U.S. Loan Party, other than any parcel of real property (i) for which the greater of the cost and the book value is less than $2,500,000, or (ii) which property is subject to a Lien permitted by Section 7.01(q) which prohibits the granting of a Lien to the Administrative Agent.
          “March 10-Q” means the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2008.
          “Maturity Date” means, with respect to each of the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.
          “Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of the Specified U.S. Borrower.
          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
          “Mortgage” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(vi).

33


 

          “Mortgage Policy” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(vi)(B).
          “Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
          “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Disposition of ABL Priority Collateral by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Extraordinary Receipt received or paid to the account of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such transaction (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by the applicable asset and that is required to be repaid in connection with such transaction (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (B) the reasonable and customary out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary in connection with such transaction and (C) income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two years of the date of the relevant transaction as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith; provided that, if the amount of any estimated taxes pursuant to subclause (C) exceeds the amount of taxes actually required to be paid in cash in respect of such Disposition, the aggregate amount of such excess shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds.
          “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however: (1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Disposition or (b) the disposition of any other assets by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (other than in the ordinary course of business) or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; (2) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gains, losses or charges, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain, loss or charge; and (3) any gains, losses, or charges of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries incurred in connection with the Transactions together with any related provision for taxes on such gain, loss, or charge.
          “NOLV Percentage” means the net orderly liquidation value of Inventory, expressed as a percentage, expected to be realized at an orderly, negotiated sale held within a reasonable period of time, net of all liquidation expenses, as determined from the most recent appraisal of the Loan Parties’ Inventory performed by an appraiser and on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “Not Otherwise Applied” means, with reference to any amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any transaction or event, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b) or to prepay the Senior Secured Notes and (b) was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction (including, without limitation, the making of an Investment, Restricted Payment, capital expenditure or refinancing of Junior Financing) under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on receipt of such amount. The Specified U.S. Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any application of such amount as contemplated by (b) above.
          “Note” means a Revolving Credit Note.
          “NPL” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.
          “Obligations” means the U.S. Obligations and the Canadian Obligations.

34


 

          “OFAC” has the meaning specified in Section 5.23(b)(v).
          “Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
          “Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise, property intangible, mortgage recording or similar taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
          “Outstanding Amount” means (a) with respect to Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the Dollar Equivalent amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by a Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.
          “Overadvance” means a U.S. Overadvance and/or a Canadian Overadvance, as the context may require.
          “Overadvance Loan” means a U.S. Overadvance Loan and/or a Canadian Overadvance Loan, as the context may require.
          “Overnight Rate” means, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, the applicable L/C Issuer or the applicable Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in Canadian Dollars, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in Canadian Dollars, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by Bank of America-Canada Branch in the Canadian interbank market for Canadian Dollars to major banks in such interbank market.
          “Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).
          “Payment Item” means each check, draft or other item of payment payable to a Loan Party, including those constituting proceeds of any Collateral.
          “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor).
          “Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Borrower or any

35


 

ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years. For greater certainty, “Pension Plan” does not include any Canadian Pension Plan.
          “Perfection Certificate” shall mean certificates in the form of Exhibit M-1 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent, as the same shall be supplemented from time to time by a Perfection Certificate Supplement or otherwise.
          “Perfection Certificate Supplement” shall mean a perfection certificate supplement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “Permitted Acquired Debt” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(b)(xvii).
          “Permitted Acquisition” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(h).
          “Permitted Encumbrances” has the meaning specified in the Mortgages.
          “Permitted Equity Issuance” means any sale or issuance of any Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Specified U.S. Borrower (or capital contributions in respect thereof) to the extent (a) permitted hereunder and (b) the Net Cash Proceeds thereof are not required to be applied to the prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b).
          “Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder (to the extent such commitments could be drawn at the time of such refinancing in compliance with this Agreement) or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.03, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has (i) a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, re-financed, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (d) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness are not materially, taken as a whole, less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended or are on market terms for similar issuances at the time of such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (as determined in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion), (e) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is incurred and/or guaranteed by only the Persons who are the obligors on the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, and (f) at the time thereof, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
          “Permitted Seller Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 7.03(b)(xvii).

36


 

          “Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness” means any unsecured Indebtedness of the Specified U.S. Borrower that (a) is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the 2014 Senior Subordinated Notes, (b) will not mature prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, (c) has no scheduled amortization or payments of principal prior to the Maturity Date and (d) has covenant, default and remedy provisions no more restrictive, or mandatory prepayment, repurchase or redemption provisions no more onerous or expansive in scope, than those contained in the 2014 Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, taken as a whole; provided any such Indebtedness shall constitute Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness only if both before and after giving effect to the issuance or incurrence thereof, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
          “Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
          “Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by any Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate. For greater certainty, “Plan” does not include any Canadian Benefit Plan or Canadian Pension Plan.
          “Platform” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
          “Pledged Debt” means any pledged “Pledged Debt” defined in any Security Agreement and all other indebtedness from time to time owed to the Loan Parties (including, without limitation, all promissory notes or instruments, if any, evidencing such indebtedness) and required to be pledged by the Loan Parties pursuant to the Loan Documents.
          “Pledged Equity” means any pledged “Pledged Equity” defined in any Security Agreement and all other Equity Interests from time to time acquired, owned or held by the Loan Parties (including, without limitation, the certificates, if any, representing such Equity Interests) and required to be pledged by the Loan Parties pursuant to the Loan Documents.
          “PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act of Ontario; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the PPSA as in effect in a Canadian jurisdiction other than Ontario, or the Civil Code of Quebec, “PPSA” means the Personal Property Security Act as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction or the Civil Code of Quebec, as applicable, for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
          “Protective Advance” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(g).
          “Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
          “Qualifying IPO” means the issuance by Specified U.S. Borrower of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).
          “Register” has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c).

37


 

          “Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
          “Release” means disposing, discharging, injecting, spilling, leaking, leaching, dumping, emitting, escaping, seeping, or placing into the environment.
          “Rent and Charges Reserve” means (a) with respect to the U.S. Borrowing Base, the aggregate of (i) all past due rent and other amounts owing by a U.S. Loan Party to any landlord, warehouseman, processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, freight forwarder, broker or other Person who possesses any Eligible Inventory or could assert a Lien on any Eligible Inventory and (ii) a reserve equal to two months rent that could be payable to any such Person, unless it has executed a Lien Waiver and (b) with respect to the Canadian Borrowing Base, the aggregate of (i) all past due rent and other amounts owing by a Canadian Loan Party to any landlord, warehouseman, processor, repairman, mechanic, shipper, freight forwarder, broker or other Person who possesses any Eligible Inventory or could assert a Lien on any Eligible Inventory and (ii) a reserve equal to two months rent that could be payable to any such Person, unless it has executed a Lien Waiver.
          “Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.
          “Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.
          “Required Audit” means the Administrative Agent’s Collateral due diligence review, including, without limitation, completion of the field audit and the inventory appraisal in respect of the ABL Priority Collateral, with results reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “Required Canadian Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Canadian Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in Canadian L/C Obligations and Canadian Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Appropriate Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Canadian Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Canadian Lenders.
          “Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Revolving Credit Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Appropriate Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
          “Required U.S. Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total U.S. Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in U.S. L/C Obligations and U.S. Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Appropriate Lender for purposes of this definition) and

38


 

(b) aggregate unused U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total U.S. Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required U.S. Lenders.
          “Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.
          “Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to any Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent of any thereof), or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such dividend or other distribution or payment.
          “Revolving Credit Borrowing” means a U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing and/or a Canadian Revolving Credit Borrowing, as the context may require.
          “Revolving Credit Commitment” means a U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and/or a Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment, as the context may require.
          “Revolving Credit Facility” means the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and/or the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, as the context may require.
          “Revolving Credit Lender” means a U.S. Appropriate Lender and/or a Canadian Revolving Credit Lender, as the context may require.
          “Revolving Credit Loan” has a U.S. Revolving Credit Loan and/or a Canadian Revolving Credit Loan, as the context may require.
          “Revolving Credit Note” means a U.S. Revolving Credit Note and/or a Canadian Revolving Credit Note, as the context may require.
          “Royalties” means all royalties, fees, expense reimbursement and other amounts payable by a Loan Party under a License.
          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.
          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
          “Secured Cash Management Agreement” means any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between a Loan Party and any Cash Management Bank.
          “Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Swap Contract permitted under Article VI or VII that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.

39


 

          “Secured Parties” means the U.S. Secured Parties and the Canadian Secured Parties.
          “Security Agreement” means the U.S. Security Agreement and/or the Canadian Security Agreement, as the context may require.
          “Security Agreement Supplement” means a supplement delivered in connection with any Security Agreement, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “Securities Account Control Agreements” has the meaning specified in the U.S. Security Agreement and/or the Canadian Security Agreement, as the context may require.
          “Senior Secured Notes” means the senior secured notes of the Specified U.S. Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of up to $750,000,000 issued and sold on the Closing Date pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Documents and any exchange notes issued in exchange therefor, in each case, pursuant to the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.
          “Senior Secured Notes Documents” means the Senior Secured Notes Indenture, the Purchase Agreement dated as of May 13, 2008 among the Specified U.S. Borrower, the Initial Purchasers( as defined therein) and the guarantors party thereto, the Senior Secured Notes and all other agreements, instruments and other documents pursuant to which the Senior Secured Notes have been or will be issued or otherwise setting forth the terms of the Senior Secured Notes.
          “Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, among the Specified U.S. Borrower, as “Issuer” and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.
          “Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
          “Specified Issuance Proceeds” means the Net Cash Proceeds of (a) Permitted Equity Issuances to the Equity Investors or to other Persons making additional equity investments together with the Equity Investors after the Closing Date and (b) the issuance of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness by the Specified U.S. Borrower, in each case held in a segregated account pending application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
          “Specified U.S. Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
          “Sponsor” means Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and its Affiliates.

40


 

          “Sponsor Management Agreement” means the Management Agreement dated August 27, 2004 between THL Managers V, LLC and Holdings, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, but only to the extent permitted under the terms of the Loan Documents.
          “Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Specified U.S. Borrower.
          “Supermajority Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 66 2/3% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Revolving Credit Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Appropriate Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
          “Supplemental Collateral Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 9.05(a).
          “Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
          “Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
          “Swing Line Borrowing” means a U.S. Swing Line Borrowing and/or a Canadian Swing Line Borrowing, as the context may require.

41


 

          “Swing Line Lender” means the U.S. Swing Line Lender and/or the Canadian Swing Line Lender, as the context may require.
          “Swing Line Loan” means a U.S. Swing Line Loan and/or a Canadian Swing Line Loan, as the context may require.
          “Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(A)(b) or 2.04(B)(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B.
          “Swing Line Sublimit” means the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit and/or the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit, as the context may require.
          “Synthetic Debt” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination thereof, all obligations of such Person in respect of transactions entered into by such Person that are intended to function primarily as a borrowing of funds (including any minority interest transactions that function primarily as a borrowing) but are not otherwise included in the definition of “Indebtedness” or as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
          “Synthetic Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
          “Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, remittances, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
          “Term Priority Collateral” means the “Noteholder Collateral” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).
          “Threshold Amount” means $25,000,000.
          “Total Borrowing Base” means the sum of the U.S. Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base.
          “Total Canadian Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Loans and all Canadian L/C Obligations.
          “Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Revolving Credit Loans, Canadian Swing Line Loans and Canadian L/C Obligations.
          “Total Revolving Credit Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations.
          “Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

42


 

          “Total U.S. Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Loans and all U.S. L/C Obligations.
          “Total U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, U.S. Swing Line Loans and U.S. L/C Obligations.
          “Transaction” means, collectively, (a) the issuance and sale of the Senior Secured Notes, (b) the entering into and performance by the U.S. Loan Parties and their applicable Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents and the Senior Secured Notes Documents to which they are or are intended to be a party, (c) the refinancing of certain outstanding Indebtedness of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the termination of all commitments with respect thereto and (d) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the foregoing.
          “Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture.
          “Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan, Canadian Base Rate Loan, Canadian Prime Rate Loan, BA Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
          “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of any security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.
          “Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.
          “United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
          “Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(i).
          “U.S. Account Control Agreements” means, collectively, the Control Agreements entered into by the U.S. Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
          “U.S. ABL Priority Collateral” means ABL Priority Collateral that is U.S. Collateral.
          “U.S. Available Cash” means unrestricted cash collateral of the Specified U.S. Borrower that does not constitute proceeds of accounts receivable and is pledged to the Administrative Agent and held in Cash Collateral Accounts at the Administrative Agent. In no event shall any Specified Issuance Proceeds be classified as U.S. Available Cash.
          “U.S. Borrowers” means the Specified U.S. Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary that becomes a “Guarantor” hereunder after the Closing Date.

43


 

          “U.S. Borrowing Base” means, on any date of determination, an amount (calculated based on the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Agreement) equal to
          (a) the sum of
          (i) 85% of the value of the Eligible Receivables of the U.S. Loan Parties,
          (ii) 85% of the NOLV Percentage of the value of the Eligible Inventory of the U.S. Loan Parties, and
          (iii) (x) 100% of U.S. Available Cash up to $25,000,000 (less the amount of Canadian Available Cash included in the calculation of the Canadian Borrowing Base at such time) for purposes of determining whether a Borrowing is permitted or (y) 100% of U.S. Available Cash up to $10,000,000 (less the amount of Canadian Available Cash included in the calculation of the Canadian Borrowing Base at such time) for any other purpose under the Loan Documents (including, without limitation in respect of the determination of whether a Cash Dominion Event or a Covenant Trigger Event exists or compliance with any test set forth in Article VII),
          minus
          (b) the Availability Reserve to the extent attributable to the U.S. Loan Parties in the Administrative Agent’s Credit Judgment on such date, provided that, after the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent may adjust the apportionment of the Availability Reserve between the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility in its Credit Judgment;
          provided, further that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, until the date of completion by the Administrative Agent of the Required Audit, the U.S. Borrowing Base shall be deemed to be $175,000,000.
          “U.S. Cash Management Bank” means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, is a U.S. Lender or an Affiliate of a U.S. Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Cash Management Agreement, in each case in respect of services provided under such Cash Management Agreement to a U.S. Loan Party.
          “U.S. Collateral” means all of the “Collateral” and “Mortgaged Property” referred to in the U.S. Collateral Documents and all of the other property that is or is intended under the terms of the U.S. Collateral Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the U.S. Secured Parties.
          “U.S. Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the U.S. Security Agreement, the U.S. Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the U.S. Mortgages, the U.S. Account Control Agreements, each of the mortgages, collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.12, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the U.S. Secured Parties.
          “U.S. Excess Availability” means, at any time, the difference between (a) the lesser of (i) (A) the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and (ii) the U.S. Borrowing Base at such time, as determined

44


 

from the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by the Borrower Agent to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(f) hereof minus (b) the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings.
          “U.S. Guaranty” means, collectively, the Guarantees made by the Specified U.S. Borrower and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors in favor of the U.S. Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1, together with each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12.
          “U.S. Hedge Bank” means any Hedge Bank that is party to a U.S. Secured Hedge Agreement.
          “U.S. Intellectual Property Security Agreement” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(a)(vii).
          “U.S. L/C Advance” means, with respect to each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any U.S. L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.
          “U.S. L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any U.S. Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing.
          “U.S. L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any U.S. Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
          “U.S. L/C Issuer” means Bank of America in its capacity as issuer of U.S. Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of U.S. Letters of Credit hereunder.
          “U.S. L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding U.S. Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all U.S. L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any U.S. Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a U.S. Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
          “U.S. Lender” means each financial institution listed on Schedule 2.01 as a “U.S. Revolving Credit Lender”, as well as any Person that becomes a “U.S. Revolving Credit Lender” hereunder pursuant to Section 11.06 and, as the context requires, includes the U.S. Swing Line Lender.
          “U.S. Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit. A U.S. Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit or a standby letter of credit.
          “U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to $60,000,000. The U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility.
          “U.S. Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Specified U.S. Borrower under Article II in the form of a U.S. Revolving Credit Loan or a U.S. Swing Line Loan.

45


 

          “U.S. Loan Party” means any Loan Party that is organized under the laws of one of the states of the United States of America and that is not a CFC.
          “U.S. Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any U.S. Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any U.S. Loan, U.S. Letter of Credit, U.S. Secured Cash Management Agreement or U.S. Secured Hedge Agreement, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any U.S. Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.
          “U.S. Overadvance” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(e).
          “U.S. Overadvance Loan” means a U.S. Revolving Credit Loan made when an Overadvance exists or is caused by the funding thereof.
          “U.S. Payment Account” means the account of the Administrative Agent to which all monies constituting proceeds of U.S. Collateral shall be transferred from time to time.
          “U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(a) and shall be deemed to include any U.S. Overadvance Loan and U.S. Protective Advance made hereunder.
          “U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment” means, as to each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make U.S. Revolving Credit Loans to the Specified U.S. Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a), (b) purchase participations in U.S. L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in U.S. Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement; provided, that at any time that that Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings exceed 100% of the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments, the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments shall be temporarily reduced by the amount of such excess until such excess is reduced to zero.
          “U.S. Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any U.S. Appropriate Lender at any time, the Outstanding Amount of such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Loans plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of U.S. L/C Obligations with respect to U.S. Letters of Credit plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of U.S. Swing Line Loans.
          “U.S. Revolving Credit Facility” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders’ U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
          “U.S. Revolving Credit Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.
          “U.S. Revolving Credit Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a) and shall be deemed to include any U.S. Overadvance Loan and U.S. Protective Advance made hereunder.

46


 

          “U.S. Revolving Credit Note” means a promissory note made by the Specified U.S. Borrower in favor of a U.S. Appropriate Lender evidencing U.S. Revolving Credit Loans or U.S. Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, made by such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1.
          “U.S. Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Secured Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between any U.S. Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.
          “U.S. Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders, the U.S. L/C Issuer, the U.S. Hedge Banks, the U.S. Cash Management Banks, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05, the Canadian Secured Parties and the other Persons the U.S. Obligations owing to which are or are purported to be secured by the U.S. Collateral under the terms of the Collateral Documents.
          “U.S. Security Agreement” means the U.S. Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1 (together with each other security agreement and security agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 in respect of the U.S. Collateral, in each case as amended).
          “U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Domestic Subsidiary (other than the Specified U.S. Borrower and any Excluded Subsidiary) and each Person that shall, at any time after the date hereof, become a Domestic Subsidiary.
          “U.S. Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a U.S. Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.
          “U.S. Swing Line Lender” means Bank of America in its capacity as provider of U.S. Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.
          “U.S. Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(A)(a).
          “U.S. Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $20,000,000 and (b) the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility. The U.S. Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility.
          “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.
          1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
     (a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such

47


 

agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Preliminary Statements, Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (vii) any references herein to “ordinary course of business” or “ordinary course” shall mean the ordinary course of business of the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, consistent with past practices and undertaken in good faith.
     (b) All other terms contained in this Agreement shall have, when the context so indicates, the meanings provided for by the UCC or the PPSA to the extent the same are used or defined therein. For purposes of any Collateral located in the Province of Québec or charged by any deed of hypothec (or any other Collateral Document) and for all other purposes pursuant to which the interpretation or construction of a Collateral Document may be subject to the laws of the Province of Québec or a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction in the Province of Québec, (i) “personal property” shall be deemed to include “movable property,” (ii) “real property” shall be deemed to include “immovable property” and an “easement” shall be deemed to include a “servitude,” (iii) “tangible property” shall be deemed to include “corporeal property,” (iv) “intangible property” shall be deemed to include “incorporeal property,” (v) “security interest” and “mortgage” shall be deemed to include a “hypothec,” (vi) all references to filing, registering or recording financing statements or other required documents under the UCC or the PPSA shall be deemed to include publication under the Civil Code of Quebec, and all references to releasing any Lien shall be deemed to include a release, discharge and mainlevee of a hypothec, (vii) all references to “perfection” of or “perfected” Liens shall be deemed to include a reference to the “opposability” of such Liens to third parties, (viii) any “right of offset,” “right of setoff” or similar expression shall be deemed to include a “right of compensation”, (ix) “goods” shall be deemed to include “corporeal movable property” other than chattel paper, documents of title, instruments, money and securities, and (x) an “agent” shall be deemed to include a “mandatary.”
     (c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”
     (d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
          1.03 Accounting Terms. (a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time,

48


 

applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
          (b) Changes in GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrowers or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower Agent shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrowers shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
          1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
          1.05 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
          1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.
          1.07 Currency Equivalents Generally. Any amount specified in this Agreement (other than in Articles II, IX and X) or any of the other Loan Documents to be in Dollars shall also include the equivalent of such amount in any currency other than Dollars, such equivalent amount thereof in the applicable currency to be determined by the Administrative Agent at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (as defined below) for the purchase of such currency with Dollars (including for calculations of Excess Availability). For purposes of this Section 1.07, the “Spot Rate” for a currency means the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date of such determination; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.
ARTICLE II
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
          2.01 The Loans. (a) U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowings. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each U.S. Appropriate Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “U.S. Revolving Credit Loan”) in Dollars to the Specified U.S. Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time

49


 

outstanding the amount of such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing, (i) the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Revolving Credit and (y) the Total Borrowing Base at such time, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. L/C Obligations, plus such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and (iii) the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and (y) the U.S. Borrowing Base. Within the limits of each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Specified U.S. Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(a), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(a). U.S. Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
          (b) Canadian Revolving Credit Borrowings. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Canadian Appropriate Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Canadian Revolving Credit Loan”) in Dollars and Canadian Dollars to the Canadian Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Canadian Revolving Credit Borrowing, (i) the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Revolving Credit Facility and (y) the Total Borrowing Base at such time, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans of any Canadian Lender, plus such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian L/C Obligations, plus such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment and (iii) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility and (y) the Canadian Borrowing Base; and provided further that, no Credit Extensions under the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility shall be permitted at any time prior to the satisfaction of the Canadian Availability Condition. Within the limits of each Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Canadian Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Canadian Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars may be Canadian Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. Canadian Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars may be Canadian Prime Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
          (c) U.S. Letter of Credit Commitment. (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the U.S. L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.01(c) and Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue U.S. Letters of Credit for the account of the Specified U.S. Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend U.S. Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(a), and (2) to honor drawings under the U.S. Letters of Credit; and (B) the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in U.S. Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Specified U.S. Borrower or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any U.S. L/C Credit Extension with respect to any U.S. Letter of Credit, (w) the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (I) the Revolving Credit Facility and (II) the Total Borrowing Base at such time, (x) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. L/C Obligations, plus such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Swing Line

50


 

Loans shall not exceed such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment, (y) the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (I) the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and (II) the U.S. Borrowing Base, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the U.S. L/C Obligations shall not exceed the U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit. Each request by the Specified U.S. Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a U.S. Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Specified U.S. Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Specified U.S. Borrower’s ability to obtain U.S. Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Specified U.S. Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain U.S. Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. All Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been issued pursuant hereto, and from and after the Closing Date shall be subject to and governed by the terms and conditions hereof.
     (ii) The U.S. L/C Issuer shall not issue any U.S. Letter of Credit if:
     (A) subject to Section 2.03(a)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required U.S. Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
     (B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date.
     (iii) The U.S. L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any U.S. Letter of Credit if:
     (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the U.S. L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the U.S. L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the U.S. L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the U.S. L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the U.S. L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the U.S. L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the U.S. L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the U.S. L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
     (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the U.S. L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;
     (C) [reserved];
     (D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or
     (E) a default of any U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(b) exists or any U.S. Appropriate Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the U.S. L/C Issuer has entered into reasonably satisfactory arrangements with the Specified U.S. Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the U.S. L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.

51


 

     (iv) The U.S. L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the U.S. L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.
     (v) The U.S. L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the U.S. L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.
     (vi) The U.S. L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the U.S. L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the U.S. L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the U.S. L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the U.S. L/C Issuer.
          (d) Canadian Letter of Credit Commitment. (i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the Canadian L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.01(d) and Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Canadian Letters of Credit for the account of the Canadian Borrower or any of its Canadian Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Canadian Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(a), and (2) to honor drawings under the Canadian Letters of Credit; and (B) the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Canadian Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Canadian Borrower or any of its Canadian Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any Canadian L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Canadian Letter of Credit, (w) the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (I) the Revolving Credit Facility and (II) the Total Borrowing Base at such time, (x) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans of any Canadian Revolving Credit Lender, plus such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian L/C Obligations, plus such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment, (y) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (I) the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility and (II) the Canadian Borrowing Base, and (z) the Outstanding Amount of the Canadian L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit; and provided further that, no Credit Extensions under the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility shall be permitted at any time prior to the satisfaction of the Canadian Availability Condition. Each request by the Canadian Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Canadian Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Canadian Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Canadian Borrower’s ability to obtain Canadian Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Canadian Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Canadian Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.
          (ii) The Canadian L/C Issuer shall not issue any Canadian Letter of Credit if:

52


 

     (A) subject to Section 2.03(a)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Canadian Lenders have approved such expiry date; or
     (B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date.
     (iii) The Canadian L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Canadian Letter of Credit if:
     (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Canadian L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the Canadian L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Canadian L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the Canadian L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Canadian L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Canadian L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date and which the Canadian L/C Issuer in good faith deems applicable to it, or shall impose upon the Canadian L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Canadian L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;
     (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Canadian L/C Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;
     (C) [reserved];
     (D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Canadian Dollars; or
     (E) a default of any Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(b) exists or any Canadian Appropriate Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless the Canadian L/C Issuer has entered into reasonably satisfactory arrangements with the Canadian Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the Canadian L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.
     (iv) The Canadian L/C Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the Canadian L/C Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.
     (v) The Canadian L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Canadian L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.
     (vi) The Canadian L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the Canadian L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article IX with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Canadian L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by

53


 

it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article IX included the Canadian L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Canadian L/C Issuer
          (e) U.S. Overadvances. If the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans exceed the U.S. Borrowing Base (“U.S. Overadvance”) at any time, the excess amount shall be payable by U.S. Borrowers on demand by the Administrative Agent, but all such excess U.S. Revolving Credit Loans shall nevertheless constitute U.S. Obligations secured by the U.S. Collateral and entitled to all benefits of the Loan Documents. Unless its authority has been revoked in writing by Required U.S. Lenders, the Administrative Agent may require the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders to honor requests for U.S. Overadvance Loans and to forbear from requiring the U.S. Borrowers to cure a U.S. Overadvance, when no other Event of Default is known to the Administrative Agent, as long as (i) the U.S. Overadvance does not continue for more than 45 consecutive days (and no U.S. Overadvance may exist for at least five consecutive days thereafter before further U.S. Overadvance Loans are required), and (ii) the U.S. Overadvance is not known by the Administrative Agent to exceed, when taken together with all Canadian Overadvances and all Protective Advances, the lesser of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) an amount equal to 10% of the Total Borrowing Base. In no event shall U.S. Overadvance Loans be required that would cause the (A) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. L/C Obligations, plus such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Swing Line Loans to exceed such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment or (B) the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings to exceed (x) the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility minus (y) the Availability Reserve to the extent attributable to the U.S. Loan Parties in the Administrative Agent’s Credit Judgment at such time. Any funding of a U.S. Overadvance Loan or sufferance of a U.S. Overadvance shall not constitute a waiver by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders of the Event of Default caused thereby. In no event shall any Borrower or other Loan Party be deemed a beneficiary of this Section nor authorized to enforce any of its terms. At the Administrative Agent’s discretion, U.S. Overadvance Loans made under this Section 2.01(e) may be made in the form of U.S. Swing Line Loans in accordance with Section 2.04(A).
          (f) Canadian Overadvances. If the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans exceed the Canadian Borrowing Base (“Canadian Overadvance”) at any time, the excess amount shall be payable by the Canadian Borrower on demand by the Administrative Agent, but all such excess Canadian Revolving Credit Loans shall nevertheless constitute Canadian Obligations secured by the Collateral and entitled to all benefits of the Loan Documents. Unless its authority has been revoked in writing by the Required Canadian Lenders, the Administrative Agent may require the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders to honor requests for Canadian Overadvance Loans and to forbear from requiring the Canadian Borrower to cure a Canadian Overadvance, when no other Event of Default is known to the Administrative Agent, as long as (i) the Canadian Overadvance does not continue for more than 45 consecutive days (and no Canadian Overadvance may exist for at least five consecutive days thereafter before further Canadian Overadvance Loans are required), and (ii) the Canadian Overadvance is not known by the Administrative Agent to exceed $3,000,000 or, when taken together with all U.S. Overadvances and all Protective Advances, the lesser of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 10% of the Total Borrowing Base. In no event shall Canadian Overadvance Loans be required that would cause the (A) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans of any Canadian Revolving Credit Lender, plus such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian L/C Obligations, plus such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Swing Line Loans to exceed such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment or (B) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings to exceed (x) the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility minus (y) the

54


 

Availability Reserve to the extent attributable to the Canadian Loan Parties in the Administrative Agent’s Credit Judgment at such time. Any funding of a Canadian Overadvance Loan or sufferance of a Canadian Overadvance shall not constitute a waiver by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders of the Event of Default caused thereby. In no event shall any Borrower or other Loan Party be deemed a beneficiary of this Section nor authorized to enforce any of its terms. At the Administrative Agent’s discretion, Canadian Overadvance Loans made under this Section 2.01(f) may be made in the form of Canadian Swing Line Loans in accordance with Section 2.04(B).
          (g) Protective Advances. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized, in its discretion, at any time that any conditions in Section 4.02 are not satisfied, to make U.S. Revolving Credit Loans (any such U.S. Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to this Section 2.01(g), “U.S. Protective Advances”) or to cause to be made through Bank of America-Canada Branch as its sub-agent Canadian Revolving Credit Loans (any such Canadian Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to this Section 2.01(g), “Canadian Protective Advances” and, together with the U.S. Protective Advances, the “Protective Advances”) (a) up to an aggregate amount, when taken together with all U.S. Overadvances and all Canadian Overadvances, the lesser of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 10% of the Total Borrowing Base outstanding at any time, if the Administrative Agent reasonably deems such Loans necessary or desirable to preserve or protect Collateral, or to enhance the collectibility or repayment of Obligations; or (b) to pay any other amounts chargeable to Loan Parties under any Loan Documents, including costs, fees and expenses. Protective Advances shall constitute Obligations secured by the Collateral and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of the Loan Documents. Immediately upon the making of a Protective Advance, each applicable Appropriate Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Administrative Agent a risk participation in such Protective Advance in an amount equal to the product of such applicable Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Protective Advance. The Supermajority Lenders may at any time revoke the Administrative Agent’s authority to make further Protective Advances by written notice to the Administrative Agent. Absent such revocation, the Administrative Agent’s determination that funding of a Protective Advance is appropriate shall be conclusive. In no event shall Protective Advances cause the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans to exceed such Lender’s Commitment
          2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans. (a) Each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans shall be made upon the applicable Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as the case may be, and (ii) one Business Day prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans; provided, however, that if the applicable Borrower wishes to request Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans having an Interest Period other than 30, 60, 90 or 180 days in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period,” the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. four Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Appropriate Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. Not later than 11:00 a.m., three Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, the Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Borrower (which notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the applicable Lenders. Each telephonic notice by a Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed

55


 

promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or Cdn. $5,000,000, as applicable, or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 or Cdn. $1,000,000, as applicable, in excess thereof. Except as provided in Sections 2.03(a), 2.04(A)(c) and 2.04(B)(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or Cdn. $500,000, as applicable, or a whole multiple of $100,000 or Cdn. $100,000, as applicable, in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether a Borrower is requesting a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) if applicable, the currency of the Borrowing, continuation or conversion. If a Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or if a Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans (in the case of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans), Canadian Base Rate Loans (in the case of Canadian Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars) or Canadian Prime Rate Loans (in the case of Canadian Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars). Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans. If a Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of 30 days. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Swing Line Loan may not be converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a BA Rate Loan.
          (b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each applicable Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage under the applicable Facility of the applicable Revolving Credit Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the applicable Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each applicable Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01), the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of the applicable Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the applicable Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date a Committed Loan Notice with respect to a Revolving Credit Borrowing is given by a Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding under the applicable Facility, then the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second, shall be made available to such Borrower as provided above.
          (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan and a BA Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan. During the existence of an Event of Default, (i) no Loans to the U.S. Borrowers may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the

56


 

Required U.S. Lenders and (ii) no Loans to the Canadian Borrower may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans without the consent of the Required Canadian Lenders.
          (d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower and the applicable Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans and BA Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Borrower and the applicable Lenders of any change in Bank of America’s or Bank of America — Canada Branch’s, as applicable, base rate or prime rate used in determining the Base Rate, Canadian Base Rate or Canadian Prime Rate, as applicable, promptly following the public announcement of such change.
          (e) After giving effect to all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than ten Interest Periods in effect in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility
          (f) Anything in this Section 2.02 to the contrary notwithstanding, no Borrower may select (i) the Eurodollar Rate or the BA Rate for the initial Credit Extension or (ii) Interest Periods for Eurodollar Rate Loans and BA Rate Loans that have a duration of more than 30 days during the period from the date hereof to June 30, 2008 (or such earlier date as shall be specified by the Administrative Agent in a notice to the Borrower Agent and the Lenders).
     2.03 Letters of Credit (i) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit. (a) (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the applicable Borrower delivered to the applicable L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of such Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and such L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount and currency thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as the applicable L/C Issuer may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the applicable L/C Issuer (1) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (2) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (3) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (4) such other matters as the applicable L/C Issuer may require. Additionally, the applicable Borrower shall furnish to the applicable L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as such L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent may require.

57


 

     (ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the applicable Borrower and, if not, such L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the applicable L/C Issuer has received written notice from any Appropriate Lender under the applicable Facility, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article IV shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the applicable Borrower (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with such L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each U.S. Letter of Credit, each U.S. Appropriate Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the U.S. L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit. Immediately upon the issuance of each Canadian Letter of Credit, each Canadian Appropriate Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Canadian L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the Outstanding Amount of such Letter of Credit.
     (iii) If a Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the applicable L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such L/C Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable L/C Issuer, the a Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such L/C Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Revolving Credit Lenders under the applicable Facility shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the applicable L/C Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that such L/C Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) such L/C Issuer has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required U.S. Lenders (in the case of the U.S. Letters of Credit) or the Required Canadian Lenders (in the case of Canadian Letters of Credit) have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Appropriate Lender under the applicable Facility or a Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the applicable L/C Issuer not to permit such extension.
     (iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable L/C Issuer will also deliver to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

58


 

          (b) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations. (i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable L/C Issuer shall notify the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “Honor Date”), the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the applicable Borrower fails to so reimburse such L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender under the applicable Facility of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans (in the case of U.S. Letters of Credit) or Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable (in the case of Canadian Letters of Credit) to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments under the applicable Facility and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by an L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(b)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the applicable Borrower shall reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer in such currency, unless (A) such L/C Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, such Borrower shall have notified such L/C Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that such Borrower will reimburse such L/C Issuer in Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the applicable L/C Issuer shall notify the applicable Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof.
     (ii) Each Appropriate Lender under the applicable Facility shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(b)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(b)(iii), each Appropriate Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan, Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as applicable, to the applicable Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the applicable L/C Issuer.
     (iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans (or Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as the case may be) because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Appropriate Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(b)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

59


 

     (iv) Until each applicable Appropriate Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(b) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any applicable Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely for the account of such L/C Issuer.
     (v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse an L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(b), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against such L/C Issuer, any Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(b) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the applicable Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice ). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of a Borrower to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by such L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
     (vi) If any Appropriate Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(b) by the time specified in Section 2.03(b)(ii), the applicable L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such L/C Issuer in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing, as the case may be. A certificate of an L/C Issuer submitted to any Appropriate Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(b)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
          (c) Repayment of Participations. (i) At any time after an L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Appropriate Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(b), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from a Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.
     (ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(b)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by an L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Appropriate Lender under the applicable Facility shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

60


 

          (d) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Borrowers to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuers for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:
     (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;
     (ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that any Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the applicable L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;
     (iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;
     (iv) any payment by the applicable L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the applicable L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver, interim receiver, monitor or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or
     (v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
          The applicable Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with such Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, such Borrower will immediately notify the applicable L/C Issuer. Each Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the applicable L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.
          (e) Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and each Borrower agrees that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, no L/C Issuer shall have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuers, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Revolving Credit Lenders under the applicable Facility or the Required U.S. Lenders or Required Canadian Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. Each Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude such

61


 

Borrowers’ pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuers, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any L/C Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(d); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, a Borrower may have a claim against an L/C Issuer, and such L/C Issuer may be liable to such Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by such Borrower which such Borrower proves were caused by such L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuers may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuers shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
          (f) Cash Collateral. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if an L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the applicable Borrowers shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all applicable L/C Obligations. Sections 2.05 and 8.02(c) set forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.03, Section 2.05 and Section 8.02(c), “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver or hypothecate to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable L/C Issuers and the Appropriate Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. Each Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable L/C Issuer and the Appropriate Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America or Bank of America — Canada Branch, as applicable. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent or that the total amount of such funds is less than the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all applicable L/C Obligations, the applicable Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited as Cash Collateral, an amount equal to the excess of (x) such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Laws, to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer.
          (g) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by an L/C Issuer and the applicable Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.
          (h) Letter of Credit Fees. The U.S. Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each U.S. Appropriate Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, and the

62


 

Canadian Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Canadian Appropriate Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each U.S. Letter of Credit or Canadian Letter of Credit, as applicable, equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day of each April, July, October and January, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each standby Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.
          (i) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. The applicable Borrower shall pay directly to the applicable L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit, at the rate of 0.125% per annum, computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fee shall be due and payable on the first Business Day of each April, July, October and January in respect of the most recently-ended quarterly period (or portion thereof, in the case of the first payment), commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06. In addition, the applicable Borrower shall pay directly to the applicable L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.
          (j) Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.
          (k) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, each applicable Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of such Borrower, and that such Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.
          2.04 Swing Line Loans.
          (A) (a) The U.S. Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the U.S. Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04(A), to make loans (each such loan, a “U.S. Swing Line Loan”) in Dollars to the Specified U.S. Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such U.S. Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of U.S. Revolving Credit Loans and U.S. L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as U.S. Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any U.S. Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Revolving Credit Facility and

63


 

(y) the Total Borrowing Base at such time, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans of any Lender, plus such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. L/C Obligations, plus such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all U.S. Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s U.S. Revolving Credit Commitment and (iii) the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and (y) the U.S. Borrowing Base; and provided that, at no time prior to the date of completion by the Administrative Agent of the Required Audit shall Total U.S. Outstandings exceed $175,000,000; and provided further that the Specified U.S. Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any U.S. Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding U.S. Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Specified U.S. Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04(A), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04(A). Each U.S. Swing Line Loan shall bear interest only at a rate based on the Base Rate. Immediately upon the making of a U.S. Swing Line Loan, each U.S. Appropriate Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the U.S. Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such U.S. Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such U.S. Swing Line Loan.
          (b) Borrowing Procedures. Each U.S. Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Specified U.S. Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the U.S. Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the U.S. Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the U.S. Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Specified U.S. Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the U.S. Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the U.S. Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the U.S. Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the U.S. Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any U.S. Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed U.S. Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the U.S. Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(A)(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the U.S. Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Specified U.S. Borrower.
          (c) Refinancing of U.S. Swing Line Loans. (i) The U.S. Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion (but at least once per week) may request, on behalf of the Specified U.S. Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the U.S. Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each U.S. Appropriate Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of U.S. Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The U.S. Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Specified U.S. Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each U.S. Appropriate Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan

64


 

Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the U.S. Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 3:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(A)(c)(ii), each U.S. Appropriate Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Specified U.S. Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the U.S. Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) If for any reason any U.S. Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a U.S. Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(A)(c)(i), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the U.S. Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the U.S. Swing Line Lender that each of the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant U.S. Swing Line Loan and each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(A)(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.
     (iii) If any U.S. Appropriate Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(A)(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(A)(c)(i), the U.S. Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the U.S. Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the U.S. Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the U.S. Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (iv) Each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make U.S. Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in U.S. Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(A)(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the U.S. Swing Line Lender, any Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make U.S. Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(A)(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of any Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.
          (d) Repayment of Participations. (i) At any time after any U.S. Appropriate Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a U.S. Swing Line Loan, if the U.S. Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the U.S. Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Appropriate Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the U.S. Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) If any payment received by the U.S. Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any U.S. Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the U.S. Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement

65


 

entered into by the U.S. Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each U.S. Appropriate Lender shall pay to the U.S. Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the U.S. Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the U.S. Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
          (e) Interest for Account of U.S. Swing Line Lender. The U.S. Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Specified U.S. Borrower for interest on the U.S. Swing Line Loans. Until each U.S. Appropriate Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04(A) to refinance such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any U.S. Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the U.S. Swing Line Lender.
          (f) Payments Directly to U.S. Swing Line Lender. The Specified U.S. Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the U.S. Swing Line Loans directly to the U.S. Swing Line Lender.
          (B) (a) The Canadian Swing Line. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Canadian Swing Line Lender agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section 2.04(B), to make loans (each such loan, a “Canadian Swing Line Loan”) in Dollars and Canadian Dollars to the Canadian Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Canadian Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Revolving Credit Loans and Canadian L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Canadian Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Canadian Swing Line Loan, (i) the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Revolving Credit Facility and (y) the Total Borrowing Base at such time, (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans of any Canadian Revolving Credit Lender, plus such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian L/C Obligations, plus such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all Canadian Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Canadian Revolving Credit Commitment and (iii) the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility and (y) the Canadian Borrowing Base; and provided that, at no time prior to the date of completion by the Administrative Agent of the Required Audit shall Total Canadian Outstandings exceed zero; and provided further that, no Credit Extensions under the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility shall be permitted at any time prior to the satisfaction of the Canadian Availability Condition; and provided further that the Canadian Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Canadian Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Canadian Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Canadian Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04(B), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04(B). Each Canadian Swing Line Loan denominated in Dollars shall bear interest only at a rate based on the Canadian Base Rate. Each Canadian Swing Line Loan denominated in Canadian Dollars shall bear interest only at a rate based on the Canadian Prime Rate. Immediately upon the making of a Canadian Swing Line Loan, each Canadian Appropriate Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Canadian Swing Line Lender a risk participation in such Canadian Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage times the amount of such Canadian Swing Line Loan.

66


 

          (b) Borrowing Procedures. Each Canadian Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Canadian Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Canadian Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Canadian Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount and currency to be borrowed and (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Canadian Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Canadian Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Canadian Swing Line Lender of any telephonic Swing Line Loan Notice, the Canadian Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Canadian Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Canadian Swing Line Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Canadian Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Canadian Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Canadian Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(B)(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article IV is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Canadian Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Canadian Borrower.
          (c) Refinancing of Canadian Swing Line Loans. (i) The Canadian Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion (but at least once per week) may request, on behalf of the Canadian Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Canadian Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Canadian Appropriate Lender make a Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as applicable, in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the amount of Canadian Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Canadian Base Rate Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Canadian Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Canadian Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Canadian Appropriate Lender shall make an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Canadian Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 3:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(B)(c)(ii), each Canadian Appropriate Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as the case may be, to the Canadian Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Canadian Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) If for any reason any Canadian Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Canadian Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(B)(c)(i), the request for Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans submitted by the Canadian Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Canadian Swing Line Lender that each of the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Canadian Swing Line Loan and each Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Canadian Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(B)(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

67


 

     (iii) If any Canadian Appropriate Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Canadian Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(B)(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(B)(c)(i), the Canadian Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Canadian Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Canadian Swing Line Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or funded participation in the relevant Swing Line Loan, as the case may be. A certificate of the Canadian Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (iv) Each Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Canadian Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Canadian Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(B)(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Canadian Swing Line Lender, any Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Canadian Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(B)(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of any Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.
          (d) Repayment of Participations. (i) At any time after any Canadian Appropriate Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Canadian Swing Line Loan, if the Canadian Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Canadian Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Appropriate Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof in the same funds as those received by the Canadian Swing Line Lender.
     (ii) If any payment received by the Canadian Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Canadian Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Canadian Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Canadian Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Canadian Appropriate Lender shall pay to the Canadian Swing Line Lender its Applicable Percentage thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Prime Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Canadian Swing Line Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Canadian Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
          (e) Interest for Account of Canadian Swing Line Lender. The Canadian Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Canadian Borrower for interest on the Canadian Swing Line Loans. Until each Canadian Appropriate Lender funds its Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan, as the case may be, or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04(B) to refinance such Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Canadian Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Applicable Percentage shall be solely for the account of the Canadian Swing Line Lender.

68


 

          (f) Payments Directly to Canadian Swing Line Lender. The Canadian Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Canadian Swing Line Loans directly to the Canadian Swing Line Lender.
          2.05 Prepayments. (a) Optional. (i) Subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.05(a)(i), the Borrowers may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Revolving Credit Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (1) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans and (2) one Business Day prior to any date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans; (B) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $5,000,000 or Cdn. $5,000,000, as applicable, or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 or Cdn. $1,000,000, as applicable, in excess thereof; and (C) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans and Canadian Prime Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or Cdn. $500,000, as applicable, or a whole multiple of $100,000 or Cdn. $100,000, as applicable, in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s ratable portion of such prepayment (based on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage in respect of the relevant Facility). If such notice is given by a Borrower, such Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a BA Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05.
     (ii) The applicable Borrower may, upon notice to the applicable Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the applicable Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. on the date of the prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by a Borrower, such Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.
          (b) Mandatory. (i) If the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries Disposes of any property comprising U.S. ABL Priority Collateral pursuant to Section 7.05(e) or (l) which results in the realization by such Person of Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrowers shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans and Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations equal to the lesser of (x) 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds and (y) Total Outstandings, within one (1) Business Day of receipt thereof by such Person (such prepayments to be applied as set forth in clause (vii) below.
     (ii) If the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries Disposes of any property pursuant to Section 7.05(e) or (l) comprising Canadian ABL Priority Collateral which results in the realization by such Person of Net Cash Proceeds, the Canadian Borrower shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Canadian Revolving Credit Loans and Cash Collateralize Canadian L/C Obligations equal to the lesser of (x) 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds and (y) Total Canadian Outstandings, within one (1) Business Day of receipt thereof by such Person (such prepayments to be applied as set forth in clause (vii) below).

69


 

     (iii) Upon any Extraordinary Receipt received by or paid to or for the account of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries in respect of U.S. ABL Priority Collateral, and not otherwise included in clause (i) of this Section 2.05(b), the Borrowers shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans and Cash Collateralize L/C Obligations equal to the lesser of (x) 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds and (y) Total Outstandings, within one (1) Business Day of receipt thereof by the Specified U.S. Borrower or such Subsidiary (such prepayments to be applied as set forth in clause (vii) below).
     (iv) Upon any Extraordinary Receipt received by or paid to or for the account of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of Canadian ABL Priority Collateral, and not otherwise included in clause (ii) of this Section 2.05(b), the Canadian Borrower shall prepay an aggregate principal amount of Canadian Revolving Credit Loans and Cash Collateralize Canadian L/C Obligations equal to the lesser of (x) 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds and (y) Total Canadian Outstandings, within one (1) Business Day of receipt thereof by the Specified U.S. Borrower or such Subsidiary (such prepayments to be applied as set forth in clause (vii) below).
     (v) If for any reason the Total Revolving Credit Outstandings at any time exceed the lesser of (x) the Borrowing Base at such time (except as a result of Overadvance Loans or Protective Advances permitted under Sections 2.01(e), (f) and (g)) and (y) the Revolving Credit Facility at such time, the Borrowers shall immediately prepay their respective Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Borrowings and/or Cash Collateralize their respective L/C Obligations (other than the L/C Borrowings) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. If for any reason the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings at any time exceed the lesser of (x) the U.S. Borrowing Base at such time (except to the extent constituting U.S. Overadvance Loans permitted under Section 2.01(e)) and (y) the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility at such time, the U.S. Borrowers shall immediately prepay U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, U.S. Swing Line Loans and U.S. L/C Borrowings and/or Cash Collateralize the U.S. L/C Obligations (other than the U.S. L/C Borrowings) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess. If for any reason the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings at any time exceed the lesser of (x) the Canadian Borrowing Base at such time (except to the extent constituting Canadian Overadvance Loans permitted under Section 2.01(f)) and (y) the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility at such time, the Canadian Borrower shall immediately prepay Canadian Revolving Credit Loans, Canadian Swing Line Loans and Canadian L/C Borrowings and/or Cash Collateralize the Canadian L/C Obligations (other than the Canadian L/C Borrowings) in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.
     (vi) If, as a result of any negative fluctuations in the Dollar Equivalent of Canadian Dollars (or other foreign currencies in which outstanding Letters of Credit may be denominated), the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings exceeds 110% of the aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments as then in effect, the Canadian Borrower shall, if requested (through the Administrative Agent) by the Required Canadian Lenders prepay the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans (or Cash Collateralize the Canadian Letters of Credit) within three (3) Business Days following such Borrower’s receipt of such request in such amounts as shall be necessary so that after giving effect thereto the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings does not exceed the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments.
     (vii) Prepayments of each Revolving Credit Facility made pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied as follows:
     (A) with respect to prepayments resulting from any Disposition of, or the receipt of any Extraordinary Receipts in respect of, any U.S. Collateral, such prepayments, first,

70


 

shall be applied to pay accrued and unpaid interest in respect of the outstanding U.S. L/C Borrowings and the outstanding U.S. Swing Line Loans (including U.S. Overadvance Loans and U.S. Protective Advances) then being prepaid, second, shall be applied to prepay the principal of any U.S. Overadvance Loans and U.S. Protective Advances, if any, third, shall be applied ratably to the outstanding U.S. Revolving Credit Loans (including Swing Line Loans), and, fourth, shall be used to Cash Collateralize the remaining U.S. L/C Obligations; and the amount remaining, if any, after the prepayment in full of all U.S. L/C Borrowings, U.S. Swing Line Loans and U.S. Revolving Credit Loans outstanding at such time and the Cash Collateralization of the remaining U.S. L/C Obligations in full, in each case under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility, shall be applied to the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, in the order set forth in Section 2.05(b)(vii)(B); and thereafter, the amount remaining, if any, after the prepayment in full of all L/C Borrowings, Swing Line Loans and Revolving Credit Loans outstanding at such time, and the Cash Collateralization of the remaining L/C Obligations in full under each Revolving Credit Facility, may be retained by the Borrowers for use in the ordinary course of its business; provided that, upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied (without any further action by or notice to or from any Borrower or any other Loan Party) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer or the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable; and
     (B) with respect to prepayments resulting from any Disposition of, or the receipt of any Extraordinary Receipts in respect of, any Canadian Collateral, such prepayments, first, shall be applied to pay accrued and unpaid interest in respect of the outstanding Canadian L/C Borrowings and the outstanding Canadian Swing Line Loans (including Canadian Overadvance Loans and Canadian Protective Advances) then being prepaid, second, shall be applied to prepay the principal of any Canadian Overadvance Loans and Canadian Protective Advances, if any, third, shall be applied ratably to the outstanding Canadian Revolving Credit Loans (including Swing Line Loans), and, fourth, shall be used to Cash Collateralize the remaining Canadian L/C Obligations; and the amount remaining, if any, after the prepayment in full of all Canadian L/C Borrowings, Canadian Swing Line Loans and Canadian Revolving Credit Loans outstanding at such time and the Cash Collateralization of the remaining Canadian L/C Obligations in full, in each case under the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, may be retained by the Canadian Borrower for use in the ordinary course of its business; provided that, upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit that has been Cash Collateralized, the funds held as Cash Collateral shall be applied (without any further action by or notice to or from any Borrower or any other Loan Party) to reimburse the applicable L/C Issuer or the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable.
          (c) Anything contained in Section 2.05(b) to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) if, following the occurrence of any “Asset Sale” (as such term or any similar term is defined in any Junior Financing Document by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, the Specified U.S. Borrower is required to commit by a particular date (a “Commitment Date”) to apply or cause its Subsidiaries to apply an amount equal to any of the “Net Proceeds” (as defined in the applicable Junior Financing Document) thereof in a particular manner, or to apply by a particular date (an “Application Date”) an amount equal to any such “Net Proceeds” in a particular manner, in either case in order to excuse the Specified U.S. Borrower from being required to make an “Asset Sale Offer” (as defined in the applicable Junior Financing Document) in connection with such “Asset Sale”, and the Specified U.S. Borrower shall have failed to so commit or to so apply an amount equal to such “Net Proceeds” at least 60 days before the applicable Commitment Date or Application Date, as the case may be, or (ii) if the Specified U.S. Borrower at any other time shall have failed to apply or commit or cause to be applied an amount equal to

71


 

any such “Net Proceeds”, and, within 60 days thereafter assuming no further application or commitment of an amount equal to such “Net Proceeds” the Specified U.S. Borrower would otherwise be required to make an “Asset Sale Offer” in respect thereof, then in either such case the Specified U.S. Borrower shall immediately pay or cause to be paid to the Administrative Agent an amount equal to such “Net Proceeds” to be applied to the payment of the Loans and L/C Borrowings and to Cash Collateralize the remaining L/C Obligations under the Facility or Facilities to which such property relates, in the manner set forth in Section 2.05(b) in such amounts as shall excuse the Specified U.S. Borrower from making any such “Asset Sale Offer”. This Section 2.05(c) is subject in all respects, insofar as it relates to the Term Priority Collateral, to the Intercreditor Agreement and the rights of the holders of the Senior Secured Notes.
          2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments. (a) Optional. The Specified U.S. Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility, the U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit, the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility, the U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit, or the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit; and the Canadian Borrower may, upon notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, the Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit, or from time to time permanently reduce the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, the Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iii) the Borrowers shall not terminate or reduce (A) the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total U.S. Revolving Credit Outstandings would exceed the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility, (B) the U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of U.S. L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit, (C) the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of U.S. Swing Line Loans would exceed the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit, (D) the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Canadian Revolving Credit Outstandings would exceed the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, (E) the Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto, the Outstanding Amount of Canadian L/C Obligations not fully Cash Collateralized hereunder would exceed the Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit, (E) the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Outstanding Amount of Canadian Swing Line Loans would exceed the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit or (F) the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility while the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility remains in effect.
          (b) Mandatory. (i) If after giving effect to any reduction or termination of U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments under this Section 2.06, the U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit or the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility at such time, the U.S. Letter of Credit Sublimit and/or the U.S. Swing Line Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.
     (ii) If after giving effect to any reduction or termination of Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments under this Section 2.06, the Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit exceeds the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility at such time, the Canadian Letter of Credit Sublimit and/or the Canadian Swing Line Sublimit, as the case may be, shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess.
          (c) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Appropriate Lenders of any termination or reduction of any Letter of Credit Sublimit, any Swing Line Sublimit or any Revolving Credit Commitment under this Section 2.06.

72


 

Upon any reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Appropriate Lender shall be reduced by such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such reduction amount. All fees in respect of the applicable Revolving Credit Facility accrued until the effective date of any termination of such Revolving Credit Facility shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
          2.07 Repayment of Loans. (a) Revolving Credit Loans. The U.S. Borrowers shall repay to the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders on the Maturity Date for the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility the aggregate principal amount of all U.S. Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date. The Canadian Borrower shall repay to the Canadian Revolving Credit Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility the aggregate principal amount of all Canadian Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.
          (b) Swing Line Loans. The U.S. Borrowers shall repay each U.S. Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date for the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility. The Canadian Borrower shall repay each Canadian Swing Line Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten Business Days after such Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date for the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility.
          2.08 Interest. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan under a Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each BA Rate Loan under the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the BA Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (iii) each Base Rate Loan under a Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; (iv) each Canadian Base Rate Loan under the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; (v) each Canadian Prime Rate Loan under the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Prime Rate plus the Applicable Rate; (vi) each U.S. Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for the Revolving Credit Facility; and (vii) each Canadian Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Canadian Base Rate (for Canadian Swing Line Loans denominated in Dollars) or the Canadian Prime Rate (for Canadian Swing Line Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars) plus the Applicable Rate for the Revolving Credit Facility.
          (b) (i) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Default or Event of Default, if any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
     (ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Default or Event of Default, if any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by a Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Required Lenders such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

73


 

     (iii) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
          (c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
          2.09 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in Sections 2.03(h) and (i):
          (a) Commitment Fee. The U.S. Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each U.S. Appropriate Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate divided by three hundred and sixty-five (365) days and multiplied by the number of days in the fiscal quarter and then multiplied by the amount, if any, by which the Average Revolving Credit Facility Balance with respect to the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility for such fiscal quarter (or portion thereof that the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments are in effect) is less than the aggregate amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that, if the U.S. Revolving Credit Commitments are terminated on a day other than the first day of a fiscal quarter, then any such fee payable for the fiscal quarter in which termination shall occur shall be paid on the effective date of such termination and shall be based upon the number of days that have elapsed during such period. The Canadian Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Canadian Appropriate Lender in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate divided by three hundred and sixty-five (365) days and multiplied by the number of days in the fiscal quarter and then multiplied by the amount, if any, by which the Average Revolving Credit Facility Balance with respect to the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility for such fiscal quarter (or portion thereof that the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments are in effect) is less than the aggregate amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that, if the Canadian Revolving Credit Commitments are terminated on a day other than the first day of a fiscal quarter, then any such fee payable for the fiscal quarter in which termination shall occur shall be paid on the effective date of such termination and shall be based upon the number of days that have elapsed during such period. The commitment fees shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day of each April, July, October and January, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, on the last day of the Availability Period for the Revolving Credit Facility (and, if applicable, thereafter on demand). The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears and if there is any change in the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate during any quarter, the daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Commitment Fee Rate for each period during which such Applicable Commitment Fee Rate was in effect, with effect from the date of the change in such rate pursuant to the definition of Applicable Commitment Fee Rate. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met.
          (b) Other Fees. (i) The Borrowers shall pay to the Bookrunners and the Administrative Agent for their own respective accounts fees in the amounts and at the times specified in the Fee Letter. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
     (ii) The Borrowers shall pay to the Lenders such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.
          2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate. (a) All computations of fees, interest for Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans and Canadian

74


 

Prime Rate Loans when the Base Rate, Canadian Base Rate and/or Canadian Prime Rate is determined by Bank of America’s or Bank or America-Canada Branch’s, as applicable, “prime rate” or “base rate”, and BA Rate Loans shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days and actual days elapsed. All other computations of interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), (i) whenever any interest or fees under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is calculated using a rate based on a year of 360 days, the rate determined pursuant to such calculation, when expressed as an annual rate, is equivalent to (x) the applicable rate, (y) multiplied by the actual number of days in the calendar year in which the period for which such interest is payable (or compounded) ends, and (z) divided by 360, (ii) the principle of deemed reinvestment of interest does not apply to any interest calculation under this Agreement, and (iii) the rates of interest stipulated in this Agreement are intended to be nominal rates and not effective rates or yields.
          (b) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Specified U.S. Borrower or for any other reason, the Borrowers or the Lenders determine that (i) Average Availability as calculated by a Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Average Availability would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the applicable Borrowers shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders or L/C Issuers, as the case may be, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any such Borrower under any Debtor Relief Laws, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under Section 2.03(b)(iii), 2.03(h) or 2.08(b) or under Article VIII. The Borrowers’ obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
          2.11 Evidence of Debt. (a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by the Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of any Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to any Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
          (b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and

75


 

Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by the Administrative Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.
          2.12 Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback. (a) General. All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Appropriate Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as the case may be, and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Appropriate Lender its Applicable Percentage in respect of the relevant Facility (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by a Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected on computing interest or fees, as the case may be.
          (b) (i) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to such Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (A) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the Overnight Rate, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing, and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by a Borrower, the interest rate applicable to Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable. If such Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
     (ii) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Appropriate Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuer,

76


 

as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if such Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Appropriate Lenders or the applicable L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the Overnight Rate.
          A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or a Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
          (c) Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the applicable Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.
          (d) Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Revolving Credit Loans, to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 11.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(c).
          (e) Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.
          (f) Insufficient Funds. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings, interest and fees then outstanding hereunder and the relevant Borrower has not specified the application of such funds, such funds shall be applied (in each case with respect to the applicable Facility or Facilities) (i) first, toward payment of interest and fees then outstanding hereunder (other than in respect of Bank Product Debt), ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, (ii) second, toward payment of the principal amount of any Overadvance Loans, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties and (iii) third, toward payment of principal, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations (other than in respect of Bank Product Debt) then outstanding hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal, L/C Borrowings and other Obligations then owing to such parties; provided, however, that the proceeds from the foreclosure of any Collateral shall be applied as set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement; provided, further, that this Section 2.12(f) is subject in all respects to Section 8.03.
          2.13 Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of (a) Obligations in respect of any the Facilities due and payable to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations due and payable to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations in respect of the Facilities due and payable to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time) of payments on account of the Obligations in respect of the Facilities due and payable to all Lenders

77


 

hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all the Lenders at such time or (b) Obligations in respect of any of the Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time in excess of its ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such Obligations owing (but not due and payable) to such Lender at such time to (ii) the aggregate amount of the Obligations in respect of the Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Parties at such time) of payment on account of the Obligations in respect of the Facilities owing (but not due and payable) to all Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at such time obtained by all of the Lenders at such time then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of Obligations in respect of the Facilities then due and payable to the Lenders or owing (but not due and payable) to the Lenders, as the case may be; provided that prior to the CAM Exchange Date, each Lender shall only purchase participations in Loans, L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans under the Facility with respect to which they hold a Commitment; and provided further that:
     (i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
     (ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by a Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to a Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).
          Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.
          2.14 Nature of Obligations. (a) The U.S. Borrowers agree that all U.S. Obligations of each U.S. Borrower under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be joint and several obligations of all the U.S. Borrowers.
     (b) Each U.S. Borrower waives presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the other U.S. Borrowers of any of the U.S. Obligations, and also waives notice of acceptance of its Obligations and notice of protest for nonpayment. The Obligations of a U.S. Borrower hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the other U.S. Borrowers under the provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or otherwise; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any other agreement; or (iii) the failure of any Lender to exercise any right or remedy against any other U.S. Borrower.
     (c) Each U.S. Borrower further agrees that its agreement hereunder constitutes a promise of payment when due and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any

78


 

resort be had by any Lender to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Lender in favor of any other U.S. Borrower or any other Person.
     (d) The Obligations of each U.S. Borrower hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including, without limitation, compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations of the other U.S. Borrowers or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of each U.S. Borrower hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification in respect of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations of the other U.S. Borrowers, or by any other act or omission which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Borrower or otherwise operate as a discharge of such Borrower as a matter of law or equity.
     (e) Each U.S. Borrower further agrees that its Obligations hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Obligation of the other U.S. Borrowers is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the occurrence of any event described in Sections 8.01(f) or (g) in respect of such Borrower, any of the other U.S. Borrowers or otherwise.
     (f) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have at law or in equity against any U.S. Borrower by virtue hereof, upon the failure of a U.S. Borrower to pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each other U.S. Borrower hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Administrative Agent, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash the amount of such unpaid U.S. Obligations, and thereupon each U.S. Appropriate Lender shall, in a reasonable manner, assign the amount of the U.S. Obligations of the other U.S. Borrowers owed to it and paid by such Borrower pursuant to this guarantee to such Borrower, such assignment to be pro tanto to the extent to which the Obligations in question were discharged by such Borrower, or make such disposition thereof as such Borrower shall direct (all without recourse to any Lender and without any representation or warranty by any Lender).
     (g) Upon payment by a U.S. Borrower of any amount as provided above, all rights of such Borrower against another U.S. Borrower, as the case may be, arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full of all the U.S. Obligations to the U.S. Revolving Credit Lenders.
     (h) Each U.S. Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such Persons that the agreement and the Obligations of each U.S. Borrower hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Debtor Relief Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to the agreement and the Obligations of each U.S. Borrower hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the U.S. Borrowers hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of each U.S. Borrower hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount as

79


 

will result in the Obligations of such U.S. Borrower hereunder not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. Each U.S. Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party, such U.S. Borrower will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by law, such amounts to each other U.S. Borrower so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents.
          2.15 Borrower Agent. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Specified U.S. Borrower, and the Specified U.S. Borrower agrees to act under this Agreement, as the agent and representative of itself and each other Borrower for all purposes under this Agreement, including requesting Borrowings, selecting whether any Loan or portion thereof is to bear interest as a Base Rate Loan, a Canadian Base Rate Loan, a Canadian Prime Rate Loan or a BA Rate Loan, and receiving account statements and other notices and communications to Borrowers (or any of them) from the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, on any Committed Loan Notice, disbursement instructions, reports, information, Borrowing Base Certificate or any other notice or communication made or given by the Borrower Agent, whether in its own name, on behalf of any Borrower or on behalf of “the Borrowers,” and the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to make any inquiry or request any confirmation from or on behalf of any other Borrower as to the binding effect on such Borrower of any such Committed Loan Notice, instruction, report, information, Borrowing Base Certificate or other notice or communication from the Borrower Agent, nor shall any joint and several character of the Borrowers’ liability for the Obligations be affected.
ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
          3.01 Taxes. (a) Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes. (i) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes. If, however, applicable Laws require any Borrower or the Administrative Agent to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such Laws as determined by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.
     (ii) If any Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall be required by the Code or other applicable Law to withhold or deduct any Taxes, including both United States Federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from any payment, then (A) such Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant to subsection (e) below, (B) such Borrower or the Administrative Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code or other applicable Law, and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by such Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or L/C Issuer, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made

80


 

          (b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers. Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, each Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.
          (c) Tax Indemnifications. (i) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, each Borrower shall, and do hereby, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each L/C Issuer, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 Business Days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) withheld or deducted by any Borrower or the Administrative Agent or paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. Each Borrower shall also, and do hereby, jointly and severally, indemnify the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender or an L/C Issuer for any reason fails to pay indefeasibly to the Administrative Agent as required by clause (ii) of this subsection. A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability delivered to the applicable Borrower by a Lender or an L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     (ii) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, each Lender and each L/C Issuer shall, and does hereby, indemnify each Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 Business Days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities, penalties, interest and expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against a Borrower or the Administrative Agent by any Governmental Authority as a result of the failure by such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation required to be delivered by such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to such Borrower or the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (e). Each Lender and each L/C Issuer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent or any Borrower, as the case may be, under this clause (ii). The agreements in this clause (ii) shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.
          (d) Evidence of Payments. Upon request by a Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, after any payment of Taxes by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 3.01, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to such Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to such Borrower or the Administrative Agent.
          (e) Status of Lenders; Tax Documentation. (i) Each Lender shall deliver to the applicable Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by applicable Laws or when reasonably requested by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction

81


 

and such other reasonably requested information as will permit such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of all payments to be made to such Lender by such Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction.
     (ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if a Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States,
     (A) any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent duly executed, properly completed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and
     (B) each Foreign Lender (except in connection with a CAM Exchange (in which case such Foreign Lender shall comply with Section 3.01(e)(ii)(B) to the extent practicable)) that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender (other than as a result of a CAM Exchange) under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:
     (I) duly executed, properly completed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or any successor thereto claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,
     (II) duly executed, properly completed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto,
     (III) duly executed, properly completed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY or any successor thereto and all required supporting documentation,
     (IV) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of such Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly executed, properly completed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or
     (V) duly executed, properly completed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws to permit such Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

82


 

     (iii) Each Lender (except an assignee Lender pursuant to a CAM Exchange under Section 8.04 (in which case any such Lender shall comply with this Section 3.01(e)(iii) to the extent practicable)) shall promptly (A) notify the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (B) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any jurisdiction that such Borrower or the Administrative Agent make any withholding or deduction for taxes from amounts payable to such Lender.
          (f) Treatment of Certain Refunds. Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall the Administrative Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender or any L/C Issuer, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be. If the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund (or credit against other taxes payable) of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by a Borrower with respect to which a Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to such Borrower an amount equal to such refund (or credit against other taxes payable) (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by such Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that such Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer if the Administrative Agent, such Lender or such L/C Issuer is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Borrower or any other Person.
          3.02 Illegality. If any Lender determines in good faith that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate or BA Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the applicable Borrowers through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans or Canadian Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans to BA Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the applicable Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the applicable Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

83


 

          3.03 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a BA Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate or the BA Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan, (c) the Reuters Screen CDOR Page is not available for the timely determination of the BA Rate, and the BA Rate cannot otherwise be determined in a timely manner in accordance with the definition of “BA Rate”, or (d) the Eurodollar Rate or BA Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the applicable Borrowers and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the applicable Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Committed Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, in the amount specified therein.
          3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans. (a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:
     (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e)) or any L/C Issuer;
     (ii) subject any Lender or any L/C Issuer to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any participation in a Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender or such L/C Issuer in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender or such L/C Issuer); or
     (iii) impose on any Lender or any L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans or BA Rate Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to such Lender or such L/C Issuer of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such L/C Issuer hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, the applicable Borrower will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
          (b) Capital Requirements. If any Lender or any L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or such L/C Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have

84


 

the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the applicable Borrower will pay to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
          (c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or an L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the applicable Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each applicable Borrower shall pay such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
          (d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s right to demand such compensation, provided that a Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies such Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof); provided further that, a Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or an L/C Issuer for increased costs or reductions suffered more than nine months after such Change in Law, except that in the case of any such change having retroactive effect, such period shall be extended until nine months after the Lender becomes aware of such change.
          (e) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans. Each applicable Borrower shall pay to each Appropriate Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided a Borrower shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice.
          3.05 Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the applicable Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
     (a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);

85


 

     (b) any failure by such Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, Canadian Base Rate Loan or Canadian Prime Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the applicable Borrower;
     (c) any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan or BA Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by such Borrower pursuant to Section 11.13; or
     (d) the occurrence of a CAM Exchange pursuant to Section 8.04;
including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrowers shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by each Borrower to the Appropriate Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Appropriate Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.
     3.06 Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02, then such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as applicable, shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or Affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or such L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as the case may be. Each Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Appropriate Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
          (b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, such Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 11.13.
          3.07 Survival. All of the Borrowers’ obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and resignation of the Administrative Agent.

86


 

ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
          4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of each L/C Issuer and each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
     (a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies or in “pdf” or similar format (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders:
     (i) executed counterparts of this Agreement in sufficient number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and each Borrower;
     (ii) a Note executed by each applicable Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;
     (iii) the Intercreditor Agreement duly executed by the Administrative Agent, the Trustee and the U.S. Loan Parties;
     (iv) the U.S. Guaranty duly executed by the Specified U.S. Borrower and each U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor;
     (v) the U.S. Security Agreement duly executed by each U.S. Loan Party, together with:
     (A) certificates representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt indorsed in blank,
     (B) proper Financing Statements in form appropriate for filing under the UCC and/or PPSA of all jurisdictions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Agreement, covering the Collateral described in the Security Agreement,
     (C) completed requests for information, dated on or before the date of the initial Credit Extension, listing all effective financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in clause (B) above that name any Loan Party as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements,
     (D) evidence of the completion of all other actions, recordings and filings of or with respect to the Security Agreement that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created thereby,
     (E) evidence that all other action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the Security Agreement has been taken (including receipt of duly executed payoff

87


 

letters, UCC-3 termination statements and landlords’ and bailees’ waiver and consent agreements); and
     (F) the U.S. Perfection Certificate, along with completed Schedules thereto, duly executed by the Specified U.S. Borrower;
provided, that, notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.01(a)(v) to the contrary, solely with respect to any non-U.S. Collateral, if the perfection of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Collateral may not be accomplished prior to the Closing Date without undue burden or expense and without the taking of any action that goes beyond commercial reasonableness, then the delivery of documents and instruments for perfection of such security interests shall not constitute a condition precedent to the availability of the Senior Credit Facility to the U.S. Borrowers, and the Loan Parties hereby agree to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be required to perfect such security interests within the earlier of 30 days after the Closing Date and the time at which any such non-U.S. Collateral becomes perfected in respect of the Senior Secured Notes.
     (vi) deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, and mortgages, in substantially the form of Exhibit H (with such changes as may be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel to account for local law matters) and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and covering the properties listed on Schedule 4.01(a)(vi) (together with the Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein and each other mortgage delivered pursuant to Section 6.12, in each case as amended, the “Mortgages”), duly executed by the appropriate U.S. Loan Party, together with:
     (A) evidence that counterparts of the Mortgages have been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered and are in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid (junior only to the Liens securing the Senior Secured Notes) and subsisting Lien on the property described therein in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that all filing, documentary, stamp, intangible and recording taxes and fees have been paid,
     (B) fully paid American Land Title Association Lender’s Extended Coverage title insurance policies (the “Mortgage Policies”) in form and substance, with endorsements (including zoning endorsements) and in amounts acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion (such amount not to exceed the value of the property in cases where tie-in endorsements are available or, if not available, 10% of the value of such property), issued, coinsured and reinsured by title insurers acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insuring the Mortgages to be valid and subsisting Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all defects (including, but not limited to, mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens) and encumbrances, excepting only Permitted Encumbrances and other Liens permitted under the Loan Documents, and providing for such other affirmative insurance (including endorsements for future advances under the Loan Documents, for mechanics’ and materialmen’s Liens

88


 

and for zoning of the applicable property) and such coinsurance and direct access reinsurance as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable, and with respect to any property located in a state in which a zoning endorsement is not available, a zoning compliance letter from the applicable municipality or, if not available, a zoning report from Planning and Zoning Resources Corporation, in each case satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion,
     (C) American Land Title Association/American Congress on Surveying and Mapping form surveys, for which all necessary fees (where applicable) have been paid, and dated no more than 30 days before the day of the initial Credit Extension, certified to the Administrative Agent and the issuer of the Mortgage Policies in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent by a land surveyor duly registered and licensed in the States in which the property described in such surveys is located and acceptable to the Administrative Agent, showing all buildings and other improvements, any off-site improvements, the location of any easements, parking spaces, rights of way, building set-back lines and other dimensional regulations and the absence of encroachments, either by such improvements or on to such property, and other defects, other than encroachments and other defects acceptable to the Administrative Agent, provided that notwithstanding anything in this clause (C) to the contrary, to the extent that the Mortgage Policies for the properties listed on Schedule 4.01(a)(vi) hereto include no survey exception without the need to comply with this clause (C), this clause (C) shall not apply with respect to such property,
     (D) a favorable opinion of local counsel to the Loan Parties in the states in which the Properties are located, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings, substantially in the form of Exhibit J-3 (with such changes as may be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel to account for local law matters), and with respect to such other matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Required Lenders may reasonably request;
     (E) [reserved],
     (F) evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the Mortgages,
     (G) [reserved]; and
     (H) such other consents and agreements and confirmations as the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary or desirable and evidence that all other actions that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to create valid and subsisting Liens on the property described in the Mortgages has been taken;
provided, that, notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.01(a)(vi) to the contrary, no mortgages, title insurance policies, surveys or other customary documentation relating to real property Collateral (the “Real Estate Collateral Deliverables”), will be delivered prior to or on the Closing Date and the delivery of such Real Estate Collateral Deliverable shall not constitute a condition

89


 

precedent to the availability of the Senior Credit Facility, and the Loan Parties hereby agree to deliver such Real Estate Collateral Deliverable (including related legal opinions as to matters of (i) enforceability and perfection of the Mortgages and any related fixture filings, and (ii) corporate formalities, as the Administrative Agent may request) within the earlier of 120 days after the Closing Date and the time at which any such real property Collateral secures, or Real Estate Collateral Deliverable is delivered in respect of, the Senior Secured Notes; provided further that in each case, the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, grant extensions of such time period.
     (vii) an intellectual property security agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit B to the U.S. Security Agreement (together with each other intellectual property security agreement and intellectual property security agreement supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.12, in each case as amended, the “U.S. Intellectual Property Security Agreement”), duly executed by each U.S. Loan Party, together with evidence that all action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the Liens created under the U.S. Intellectual Property Security Agreement has been taken;
     (viii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party;
     (ix) such documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
     (x) a favorable opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to the matters set forth in Exhibit J-1 and such other matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Required Lenders may reasonably request;
     (xi) [reserved]
     (xii) favorable opinions of local counsel to the Loan Parties in the United States (other than in such jurisdictions as are addressed in Schedule 6.22) addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to such matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Required Lenders may reasonably request;
     (xiii) [reserved]
     (xiv) [reserved];
     (xv) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of each of the Specified U.S. Borrower and the Canadian Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in

90


 

Sections 4.02(a),(b) and (d) have been satisfied and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;
     (xvi) the Bookrunners and the Lenders shall have received: (A) audited consolidated financial statements of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its subsidiaries for the three fiscal years ended most recently prior to the Closing Date, unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its subsidiaries for any interim quarterly periods that have ended since the most recent of such audited financial statements, and a pro forma balance sheet as to the Specified U.S. Borrower and its subsidiaries giving effect to the Transaction for the month ended March 29, 2008, which in each case, (1) shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Bookrunners and the Lenders and (2) shall not be materially inconsistent with the information heretofore provided; and (B) forecasts prepared by management of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its subsidiaries, each in form reasonably satisfactory to the Bookrunners and the Lenders, of balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements for each year commencing with the first fiscal year following the Closing Date for the term of the Senior Credit Facility;
     (xvii) the Administrative Agent shall have received certification as to the consolidated financial condition and solvency of each Borrower and each Guarantor, individually and together with its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (after giving effect to the Transaction and the incurrence of indebtedness related thereto), from the chief financial officer of the Specified U.S. Borrower;
     (xviii) evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents has been obtained and is in effect, together with endorsements naming the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, as an additional insured or loss payee, as the case may be, under all insurance policies maintained with respect to the assets and properties of the Loan Parties that constitutes Collateral (and the Lenders shall be satisfied with the amount, types and terms and conditions of all insurance maintained by the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries); and
     (xvii) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers, the Swing Line Lenders or any Lender reasonably may require.
          (b) (i) All fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent (including the fees and expenses of counsel (including any local counsel) for the Administrative Agent) and the Bookrunners on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid and (ii) all fees required to be paid to the Lenders on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.
          (c) Receipt of all governmental, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with the Transaction and the related financings and other transactions contemplated hereby.
          (d) There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2007 any event or condition that has had or could be reasonably expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect provided that neither (i) the Company’s financial results for its fiscal quarter ending March 29, 2008, as disclosed in the March 10-Q (and the equity cure with respect thereto) nor (ii) any event occurring prior to March 29, 2008 as and to the extent specifically described in the March 10-Q as to which there has been

91


 

no adverse change in status or effect on the Company from that set forth in the March 10-Q shall be deemed to constitute a Material Adverse Effect; provided further that the March 29, 2008 financial results and such other events may be considered in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect exists in a future period or on a cumulative basis.
          (e) The absence of any action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or governmental authority that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (f) [Reserved].
          (g) The Senior Secured Notes shall have been issued on the terms and conditions set forth in the Senior Secured Notes Offering Memorandum delivered to the Bookrunners on May 12, 2008 and to the extent not set forth in such offering memorandum, on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders.
          (h) Excess Availability on the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transaction) shall not be less than $50 million if the Required Audit has not been completed or $75 million if the Required Audit has been completed.
          (i) The Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act.
          (j) All indebtedness and other amounts due or outstanding in respect of the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been (or substantially simultaneously with the Closing Date shall be) paid in full, all commitments (if any) in respect thereof terminated and all guarantees (if any) therefor and security (if any) thereof discharged and released. After giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, the Specified U.S Borrower and its subsidiaries shall have outstanding no indebtedness or preferred stock other than (a) the loans and other extensions of credit under the Senior Credit Facility, (b) the Senior Secured Notes and (c) other limited indebtedness previously identified to the Bookrunners.
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.03, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or reasonably satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
          4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:
     (a) The representations and warranties of each Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects in the case of any representations and warranties qualified by materiality) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects in the case of any representations and

92


 

warranties qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02, the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.05(a) and (b) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) and (b), respectively.
     (b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.
     (c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the applicable L/C Issuer or the applicable Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.
     (d) (i) The lesser of (A) the Total Borrowing Base and (B) the Revolving Credit Facility, exceeds the Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations at such time, after giving effect to such Credit Extension, (ii) the lesser of (A) the U.S. Borrowing Base and (B) the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility, exceeds the Outstanding Amount of the U.S. Revolving Credit Loans, U.S. Swing Line Loans and U.S. L/C Obligations at such time, after giving effect to such Credit Extension and (iii) the lesser of (A) the Canadian Borrowing Base and (B) the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, exceeds the Outstanding Amount of the Canadian Revolving Credit Loans, Canadian Swing Line Loans and Canadian L/C Obligations at such time, after giving effect to such Credit Extension.
     (e) The making of such Credit Extension shall not cause any Borrower to be in default under the covenants (including the restrictions on liens and debt) contained in any document evidencing Junior Financing and each document evidencing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(a) or Section 7.03(b)(iii).
          Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by a Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a), (b) and (d) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
          Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that:
          5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except in each case referred to in clause (c) to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.02 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational

93


 

action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01), or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any material order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law; except with respect to any conflict, breach or contravention or payment (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clause (b)(i), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No material approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by any Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except for (i) filings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Administrative Agent (which filings are disclosed in the Perfection Certificate) or (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect.
          5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.
          5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect. (a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein. During the period from December 31, 2007 to and including the Closing Date, there has been (i) no sale, transfer or other disposition by the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries of any material part of the business or property of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and (ii) no purchase or other acquisition by any of them of any business or property (including any Equity Interests of any other Person) material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, which is not reflected in the foregoing financial statements or in the notes thereto or has not otherwise been disclosed in writing to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date. From December 31, 2007 to the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 5.05, the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries has not incurred any material Indebtedness or other liabilities, direct or contingent, that, in accordance with GAAP, would be required to be disclosed in the Specified U.S. Borrower’s financial statements.
          (b) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated March 29, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholder’s investment and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in

94


 

accordance with GAAP consistently applied through the period covered thereby ,except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.
          (c) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (d) The consolidated forecasted balance sheets, statements of income and statements of cash flows of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries for, and as of the end of, each fiscal year commencing after December 31, 2007 and ending on or prior to December 31, 2013 delivered prior to the Closing Date were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts; it being understood that actual results may vary from such forecasts and that such variations may be material.
          (e) The consolidated forecasted balance sheets, statements of income and cash flows of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 4.01 or Section 6.01(e) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts; it being understood that actual results may vary from such forecasts and that such variations may be material.
          5.06 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.06, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (b) either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.07 No Default. None of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to, or a party to, any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens. (a) Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and indefeasible title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (i), (k), (j), (s), (v) and (y) of Section 7.01.
          (b) Set forth on Schedule 5.08(b) is a complete and accurate list of all real property owned by any U.S. Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries located in the United States and material to the conduct of the business of the U.S. Loan Parties, as of the Closing Date, showing as of the date hereof the street address (to the extent available), county or other relevant jurisdiction, state and record owner.
          (c) Set forth on Schedule 5.08(c)(i) is a complete and accurate list of all leases of domestic and Canadian real property material to the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties located in the U.S. or Canada under which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is the lessee as of the Closing

95


 

Date, showing as of the date hereof the street address, county or other relevant jurisdiction (to the extent available), state, lessor and lessee.
          5.09 Environmental Compliance. Except as specifically disclosed on Schedule 5.09,
          (a) Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries, and each Subsidiary of their operations and properties is, and for the past three years, has been, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws except to the extent any non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to result in a material liability.
          (b) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a material liability, there are no pending actions, claims, notices of violation or potential responsibility, or proceedings alleging liability under or non-compliance with any Environmental Law on the part of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries.
          (c) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party formerly, owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or to the knowledge of any Loan Party proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state, provincial, territorial, municipal or local list; (ii) there are no and never have been any underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or, to its knowledge, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries in each case, that would reasonably be expected to result in a material liability; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material in friable form or condition on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) Hazardous Materials have not been Released on, under or from any property currently or, to their knowledge, formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries except for such releases, discharges or disposal that were in material compliance with Environmental Laws.
          (d) None of the properties of the Loan Parties contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute a violation of or (ii) could give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, which violations and liabilities, in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (e) Neither any Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or response or other corrective action relating to any actual or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any location, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for any such investigations, assessments, responses or other actions that, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (f) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner which would not reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.10 Insurance. The properties of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar

96


 

businesses as Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries) with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by prudent companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where each Loan Party or the applicable Subsidiary operates and as required by Sections 6.07 and 6.18.
          5.11 Taxes. Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal, provicial and material state, territorial, foreign and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all federal, provincial and material state, territorial and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those (a) which are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or (b) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.
          5.12 ERISA Compliance. (a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other applicable Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS, or has been established pursuant to a prototype plan that has received a favorable opinion letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of any Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.
          (b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred within the prior 2 years or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code), whether or not waived, and no application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard has been filed with respect to any Pension Plan; (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; (v) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA; and (vi) the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Pension Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed by more than $80,000,000 the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Pension Plans; except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.12(c), as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          (d) Except where noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Foreign Plan has been maintained in substantial compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders and has

97


 

been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable Governmental Authorities, and neither the Specified U.S. Borrower nor any Subsidiary have incurred any material obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan.
          5.13 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests; Loan Parties. As of the Closing Date, each Loan Party has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.13, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned free and clear of all Liens except (i) those created under the Collateral Documents and (ii) any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.13.
          5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act. (a) The Borrowers are not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of their important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock and no Credit Extension will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock. The Borrowers do not own any margin stock.
          (b) None of the Specified U.S. Borrower, any Person Controlling the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
          5.15 Disclosure. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information (including, without limitation, the Information Memorandum) furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Specified U.S. Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; it being understood that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material.
          5.16 Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.17 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, conflict with the rights of any other Person, except to the extent such conflicts or failures to own or possess such rights, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrowers, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person

98


 

except for such infringements, individually or in the aggregate, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.18 Solvency. Each Loan Party is, individually and together with its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, Solvent.
          5.19 Casualty, Etc. Neither the business nor the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          5.20 Perfection, Etc.. All filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect the Liens in the Collateral created under the Collateral Documents and to render such Liens opposable to third parties have been or will be, during the periods required by the Loan Documents, duly made or taken and are in full force and effect, and the Collateral Documents are effective to create in favor of (i) the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (ii) the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Canadian Secured Parties, a valid and, together with such filings and other actions, perfected first priority Lien in the U.S. Collateral and the Canadian Collateral, respectively, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations (in the case of the U.S. Collateral) and the Canadian Obligations (in the case of the Canadian Collateral), subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01. The Loan Parties are the legal and beneficial owners of the Collateral free and clear of any Lien, except for the Liens created under the Loan Documents and permitted by Section 7.01.
          5.21 [Reserved].
          5.22 Tax Shelter Regulations. The Specified U.S. Borrower does not intend to treat the Loans and/or Letters of Credit and related transactions as being a “reportable transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4). In the event the Specified U.S. Borrower determines to take any action inconsistent with such intention, it will promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof. If the Specified U.S. Borrower so notifies the Administrative Agent, the Specified U.S. Borrower acknowledges that one or more of the Lenders may treat its Loans and/or its interest in Swing Line Loans and/or Letters of Credit as part of a transaction that is subject to Treasury Regulation Section 301.6112-1, and such Lender or Lenders, as applicable, may maintain the lists and other records required by such Treasury Regulation.
          5.23 Anti-Terrorism Law. (a) No Loan Party and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, none of their Affiliates is in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering (“Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001 (the “Executive Order”), the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 or the Proceeds of Crime (Money-Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (Canada).
          (b) No Loan Party and to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, no Affiliate or broker or other agent of any Loan Party acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the Loans is any of the following:
     (i) a person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;

99


 

     (ii) a person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order;
     (iii) a person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;
     (iv) a person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in the Executive Order; or
     (v) a person that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list or similarly named by any similar foreign Governmental Authority.
          (c) No Loan Party and, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, no broker or other agent of any Loan Party acting in any capacity in connection with the Loans (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any person described in paragraph (b) above, (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order, or (iii) engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.
          5.24 Accounts. Without limiting the provisions of Section 5.15 or the statements contained in any Borrowing Base Certificate, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the statements in each Borrowing Base Certificate are or will be when such Borrowing Base Certificate is delivered true and correct in all respects. The Administrative Agent may rely, in determining which Accounts are Eligible Accounts, on all statements and representations made by the Borrowers with respect thereto. Each Borrower warrants, with respect to each Account at the time it is shown as an Eligible Account in a Borrowing Base Certificate, that:
     (a) it is genuine and in all respects what it purports to be, and is not evidenced by a judgment;
     (b) it arises out of a completed, bona fide sale and delivery of goods in the ordinary course of business, and substantially in accordance with any purchase order, contract or other document relating thereto;
     (c) it is for a sum certain, maturing as stated in the invoice covering such sale, a copy of which has been furnished or is available to the Administrative Agent on request;
     (d) it is not subject to any offset, Lien (other than the Administrative Agent’s Lien), deduction, defense, dispute, counterclaim or other adverse condition except as arising in the ordinary course of business and disclosed to the Administrative Agent; and it is absolutely owing by the Account Debtor, without contingency in any respect;
     (e) no purchase order, agreement, document or Applicable Law restricts assignment of the Account to the Administrative Agent (regardless of whether, under the UCC or the PPSA, the restriction is ineffective), and the applicable Borrower is the sole payee or remittance party shown on the invoice;

100


 

     (f) no extension, compromise, settlement, modification, credit, deduction or return has been authorized with respect to the Account, except discounts or allowances granted in the ordinary course of business for prompt payment that are reflected on the face of the invoice related thereto and in the reports submitted to the Administrative Agent hereunder; and
     (g) to the best of each Borrower’s knowledge, (i) there are no facts or circumstances that are reasonably likely to impair the enforceability or collectibility of such Account; (ii) the Account Debtor had the capacity to contract when the Account arose, continues to meet the applicable Borrower’s customary credit standards, is Solvent, is not contemplating or subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, and has not failed, or suspended or ceased doing business; and (iii) there are no proceedings or actions threatened or pending against any Account Debtor that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Account Debtor’s financial condition.
          5.25 Canadian Pension Plans. The Canadian Pension Plans are duly registered under the Income Tax Act (Canada) and all other applicable laws which require registration and no event has occurred which is reasonably likely to cause the loss of such registered status. All material obligations of each Loan Party (including fiduciary, funding, investment and administration obligations) required to be performed in connection with the Canadian Pension Plans and Canadian Benefit Plans and any funding agreements therefor have been performed in a timely fashion, except where (i) the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) no Lien (other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.01) is created thereby. There have been no improper withdrawals or applications of the assets of the Canadian Pension Plans or the Canadian Benefit Plans by any Loan Party or its Affiliates except where such withdrawals or applications could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no material outstanding disputes involving any Loan Party or its Affiliates concerning the assets of the Canadian Pension Plans or the Canadian Benefit Plans except where such disputes could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.25 hereto based on the most recent actuarial valuations filed with Government Authorities, each of the Canadian Pension Plans was fully funded on a solvency basis as of the date of such actuarial valuations.
ARTICLE VI
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
          So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder (other than any contingent indemnification obligation as to which no claim has been asserted) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, each of the Specified U.S. Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each Subsidiary to:
          6.01 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:
     (a) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred and five (105) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Specified U.S. Borrower (or, if earlier, the date on which the Specified U.S. Borrower’s Form 10-K would be required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any extension)), a consolidated balance sheet of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in stockholder’s investment, and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth

101


 

in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Ernst & Young, LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;
     (b) as soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Specified U.S. Borrower (or, if earlier, the date on which the Specified U.S. Borrower’s 10-Q would be required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any extension)), a consolidated balance sheet of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in stockholders’ investment, and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Specified U.S. Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;
     (c) as soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first 11 months of each fiscal year of the Specified U.S. Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such month, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, for such month, in the form customarily prepared by management of the Specified U.S. Borrower for delivery to investors;
     (d) at the time of delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 6.01(a) and (b) above, a management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operation for such fiscal quarter or fiscal year, as the case may be, as compared to the previous fiscal period; provided that a copy of the Specified U.S. Borrower’s Form 10-K or Form 10-Q for the applicable period shall be deemed to satisfy such requirement;
     (e) as soon as available, but in any event no later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of each fiscal year, forecasts prepared by management of the Specified U.S. Borrower, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of consolidated balance sheets, income statements and cash flow statements of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries. All forecasts delivered hereunder shall be prepared on an annual basis for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended);
     (f) On or before the 20th day after the end of each fiscal month of the Specified U.S. Borrower (which monthly Borrowing Base Certificate shall be furnished regardless of whether weekly Borrowing Base Certificates are required to be furnished pursuant to the second succeeding sentence), the Borrower Agent shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver same to the Lenders) a Borrowing Base Certificate in respect of each of the U.S. Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base, prepared as of the close of business of the previous month and at such other times as the Administrative Agent may request. All calculations of Excess Availability in any Borrowing Base Certificate shall originally be made by the Borrowers and certified by a Responsible Officer of each of the Specified U.S. Borrower and the Canadian Borrower, provided that the Administrative Agent may from time to time review and adjust any such calculation in its Credit Judgment to the extent

102


 

the calculation is not made in accordance with this Agreement or does not accurately reflect the Availability Reserve. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, or if otherwise requested by the Administrative Agent in its discretion, the Borrowers shall deliver to Administrative Agent a weekly Borrowing Base Certificate within three (3) Business Days after the end of each calendar week (each calendar week deemed, for purposes hereof, to end on a Friday), updated as of the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately preceding calendar week (it being understood that inventory amounts shown in such Borrowing Base Certificate will be based on the inventory amount for the most recently ended month) unless Administrative Agent otherwise agrees. Borrowing Base Certificates shall be delivered with such supporting documentation and additional reports with respect to the U.S. Borrowing Base and the Canadian Borrowing Base as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.
          6.02 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:
     (a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Event of Default under Section 7.11 or, if any such Event of Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event;
     (b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), (i) a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of U.S. Borrower including, during each Covenant Trigger Event, in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 7.11, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP and (ii) a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b);
     (c) promptly after the same are available, (i) copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Specified U.S. Borrower, (ii) copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Specified U.S. Borrower or Holdings may file or be required to file, copies of any report, filing or communication with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange, and (iii) a copy of any “management letter” received by any Loan Party from its certified public accountants identifying any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could materially adversely affect the Specified U.S. Borrower’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data, and the management’s responses thereto (provided that such disclosure by the Specified U.S. Borrower is authorized by such accountants (and the Specified U.S. Borrower agrees to request that such certified public accountants permit such disclosure));
     (d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any requests or notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) from, or statements or reports furnished to, any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or of any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any Junior Financing Documentation or the Senior Secured Notes in a principal amount greater than the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;

103


 

     (e) promptly after the receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any material investigation or other material inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (f) promptly after the assertion or occurrence thereof, notice of any occurrence, event or action that could result in a material Environmental Liability on the part of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or of any noncompliance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit;
     (g) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under Section 6.01(a), a certificate of a Responsible Officer setting forth the information required pursuant to the Perfection Certificate Supplement or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Perfection Certificate or latest Perfection Certificate Supplement;
     (h) promptly after U.S. Borrower has notified the Administrative Agent of any intention by U.S. Borrower to treat the Loans and/or Letters of Credit and related transactions as being a “reportable transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4), a duly completed copy of IRS Form 8886 or any successor form;
     (i) upon request by the Administrative Agent, copies of: (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan; (ii) the most recent actuarial valuation report for each Pension Plan; (iii) all notices received by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor or any governmental agency concerning an ERISA Event; (iv) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Plan as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request; and (v) each annual information return to be filed in accordance with the applicable pension standards legislation in connection with each Canadian Pension Plan; and
     (j) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as any Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.
          Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) or Section 6.02(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Specified U.S. Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Specified U.S. Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Specified U.S. Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/ IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and each Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by an Administrative Agent); provided that (i) the Specified U.S. Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the each Administrative Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Specified U.S. Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) each Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to each Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance U.S. Borrower

104


 

shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(b) to the Administrative Agent. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by any Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
          Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Bookrunners will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrowers hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers or their Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” each Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Bookrunners, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrowers or their securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 11.07); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Bookrunners shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.”
          6.03 Notices. Promptly after obtaining knowledge thereof notify the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:
     (a) of the occurrence of any Default;
     (b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of or resulting from (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws and or in respect of IP Rights, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or similar event of noncompliance with respect to a Foreign Plan; and
     (c) of the (i) occurrence of any Disposition of Collateral for which a Borrower is required to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05, (ii) receipt of any Extraordinary Receipt for which a Borrower is required to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05 or (iii) receipt of any proceeds from the issuance of equity interests or indebtedness.
          Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Specified U.S. Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to

105


 

therein and stating what action the Specified U.S. Borrower or other applicable Loan Party has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.
          6.04 Payment of Obligations. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all material Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrowers or such Subsidiary; (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property, unless such claims would not become a Lien on the Collateral and the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Specified Borrowers or such Subsidiary; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.
          6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          6.06 Maintenance of Properties. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted, and (b) make all necessary renewals, replacements, modifications, improvements, upgrades, extensions and additions thereof or thereto in accordance with prudent industry practice.
          6.07 Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain (a) with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and (b) without limitation to the foregoing the insurance arrangements in respect of the Collateral required by the Security Agreements. If any portion of any building on real property subject to any Mortgage is located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (or any amendment or successor act thereto), then the applicable Loan Party (or its relevant Subsidiary) shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to such Act.
          6.08 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

106


 

          6.09 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Specified U.S. Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.
          6.10 Inspections; Appraisals. (a) Permit the Administrative Agent from time to time, subject (except when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) to reasonable notice and normal business hours, to visit and inspect the properties of any Borrower or Subsidiary, inspect, audit and make extracts from any Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s books and records, and discuss with its officers, employees, agents, advisors and independent accountants such Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s business, financial condition, assets, prospects and results of operations. Lenders may participate in any such visit or inspection, at their own expense. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any duty to any Borrower to make any inspection, nor to share any results of any inspection, appraisal or report with any Borrower. Borrowers acknowledge that all inspections, appraisals and reports are prepared by the Administrative Agent and Lenders for their purposes, and Borrowers shall not be entitled to rely upon them.
          (b) Reimburse the Administrative Agent for all charges, costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with (i) examinations of any Loan Party’s books and records or any other financial or Collateral matters as the Administrative Agent deems appropriate, up to twice per fiscal year; and (ii) appraisals of Inventory up to twice per fiscal year (or, in each case with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) three times per fiscal year if the third audit and/or appraisal occurs during a period when Excess Availability is less than 25% of the Total Borrowing Base); provided, however, that if an examination or appraisal is initiated while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all charges, costs and expenses therefor shall be reimbursed by Borrowers without regard to such limits; provided further that the limitations on the number of examinations and appraisals in a fiscal year shall be without giving effect to examinations and appraisals in connection with the Required Audit. Subject to and without limiting the foregoing, Borrowers specifically agree to pay the Administrative Agent’s then standard charges for each day that an employee of the Administrative Agent or its branches or Affiliates is engaged in any examination activities, and shall pay the standard charges of the Administrative Agent’s internal appraisal group. This Section shall not be construed to limit the Administrative Agent’s right to conduct examinations or to obtain appraisals at any time in its discretion, nor to use third parties for such purposes.
          6.11 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers will use the proceeds of each Credit Extension for general corporate purposes not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.
          6.12 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security. (a) Upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) by any U.S. Loan Party or upon any Domestic Subsidiary ceasing to meet the definition of an Excluded Subsidiary or upon the acquisition of any Material Real Estate, or, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, upon the granting of any Lien to secure the Senior Secured Notes (in which case if the assets covered thereby do not constitute ABL Priority Collateral the provisions of this Section shall be deemed to refer to a second-priority security interest junior to the Lien securing the Senior Secured Notes on the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement), the Borrower Agent shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and if such property, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, shall not already be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, then the applicable Loan Parties shall, in each case at the applicable Borrower’s expense:
     (i) in connection with the formation or acquisition of a Subsidiary or upon any Domestic Subsidiary which was an Excluded Subsidiary ceasing for any reason to meet the

107


 

definition thereof, within thirty (30) days after such formation, acquisition, or change of status or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, (A) cause each such Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary) to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty or guaranty supplement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, guaranteeing the other Loan Parties’ obligations under the Loan Documents, and (B) subject to Section 6.12(d), deliver all certificates representing the Pledged Interests of each such Subsidiary owned by a U.S. Loan Party, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank, and all instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt of each such Subsidiary owned by a U.S. Loan Party, indorsed in blank to the Administrative Agent, together with, if requested by the Administrative Agent, supplements to the U.S. Security Agreement with respect to the pledge of any Equity Interests or Indebtedness; provided that only 66% of Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary owned by a U.S. Loan Party shall be required to be pledged as Collateral if such Foreign Subsidiary is a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
     (ii) within ten (10) days after such request, formation or acquisition, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, furnish to the Administrative Agent a Perfection Certificate Supplement,
     (iii) within thirty (30) days after such request, formation or acquisition or change of status, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, duly execute and deliver, and cause each such Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary) to duly execute and deliver, to the Administrative Agent Mortgages encumbering Material Real Estate, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements and other security agreements, as specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the U.S. Security Agreement, IP Security Agreement and Mortgages), securing payment of all the Obligations and constituting Liens on all such properties,
     (iv) within thirty (30) days after such request, formation, acquisition or change of status, or such longer period, not to exceed an additional sixty (60) days, as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, take, and cause such Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary (or a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary) to take, whatever action (including, without limitation, the recording of Mortgages on Material Real Estate, the filing of UCC or PPSA financing statements, the giving of notices and the endorsement of notices on title documents and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates and the delivery of fully-executed Deposit Account Control Agreements, Securities Account Control Agreements and Commodity Account Control Agreements) may be necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Mortgages on Material Real Estate, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements and security agreements delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms,
     (v) within thirty (30) days after the request of the Administrative Agent, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, deliver to the Administrative Agent, signed copies of opinions, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request,

108


 

     (vi) as promptly as practicable after the request of the Administrative Agent, to the applicable Administrative Agent with respect to each parcel of real property on which Mortgages on Material Real Estate that is the subject of such request, title insurance in scope, form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Administrative Agent and, to the extent available, land surveys and environmental assessment reports, and
     (vii) at any time and from time to time, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all such other action as the applicable Administrative Agent in its reasonable judgment may deem necessary or desirable in obtaining the full benefits of, or in perfecting and preserving the Liens of, such guaranties, Mortgages, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements and security agreements; and.
          (b) Upon the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Subsidiaries that are Canadian Subsidiaries (other than Excluded Subsidiaries) by any Canadian Loan Party, the Canadian Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and the Canadian Borrower shall, subject to applicable laws, in each case, at the Canadian Borrower’s expense:
     (i) in connection with the formation or acquisition of a Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary, within thirty (30) days after such formation, acquisition or change of status or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, cause each such Subsidiary (if it has not already done so) to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a guaranty or guaranty supplement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, guaranteeing the other Canadian Loan Parties’ obligations under the Loan Documents,
     (ii) within ten (10) days after such request, formation or acquisition, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, furnish to each Administrative Agent a Perfection Certificate Supplement,
     (iii) within thirty (30) days after such request, formation or acquisition or change of status, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, duly execute and deliver (if it has not already done so), and cause each such Subsidiary that is a Canadian Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver, to the Administrative Agent new Canadian Security Agreements and/or Canadian Security Agreement Supplements and other security agreements charging a Lien in such Subsidiaries’ assets of the type constituting ABL Priority Collateral, as specified by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Canadian Security Agreement), securing payment of all the Canadian Obligations under the Loan Documents and constituting Liens on all such properties,
     (iv) within thirty (30) days after such request, formation, acquisition or change of status, or such longer period, not to exceed an additional sixty (60) days, as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, take, and cause such Subsidiary that is a Canadian Subsidiary or such parent to take (if it has not already done so), whatever action (including, without limitation, the filing of PPSA or UCC financing statements and other similar filings in all applicable jurisdictions) may be necessary or advisable in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the assets of the type constituting ABL Priority Collateral purported to be subject to the Canadian Security Agreement Supplements and other security agreements delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12, enforceable against all third parties in accordance with their terms, and

109


 

     (v) within thirty (30) days after the request of the Administrative Agent, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Canadian Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;
          (c) At any time upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all such other action as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or desirable in obtaining the full benefits of, or (as applicable) in perfecting and preserving the Liens of, such guaranties, deeds of trust, trust deeds, deeds to secure debt, mortgages, hypothecs, leasehold mortgages, leasehold deeds of trust, Security Agreement Supplements, IP Security Agreement Supplements and other security and pledge agreements.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the Administrative Agent shall not perfect its Lien in any assets (other than (1) ABL Collateral and (2) Term Priority Collateral that secures the Senior Secured Notes) as to which the Administrative Agent shall determine, in its reasonable discretion, that the cost of perfecting such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other tax) are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Secured Parties of the security afforded thereby, (y) the Loan Parties shall not be required to take any action to pledge any Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary unless such Foreign Subsidiary (i) is pledged to secure the Senior Secured Notes or (ii) has either (A) gross revenues (on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries) for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters equal to or greater than 2.5% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period or (B) total assets (on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries) at the end of the most recently completed fiscal quarter equal to or greater than 2.5% of consolidated total assets of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such date (any such Subsidiary, a “Material Foreign Subsidiary”) and (z) in no event shall any Loan Party be required to take any action in order to pledge any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary organized under the laws of the People’s Republic of China.
          6.13 Compliance with Environmental Laws. (a) Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a material liability, comply, and take all commercially reasonable steps to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to address Hazardous Materials at, on, under or emanating from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Environmental Laws.
          (b) If a Default caused by reason of a breach of Section 5.09 or Section 6.13(a) shall have occurred and be continuing for more than 20 days without the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries commencing activities reasonably necessary to cure such Default or contest, in good faith, the asserted basis for such Event of Default, at the written request of the Administrative Agent, provide to the Lenders within 45 days after such request, at the expense of the Loan Party, an environmental assessment report for any property owned or operated by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including, where appropriate, any soil and/or groundwater sampling, reasonably relating to any matters that are the subject of such Default, prepared by an environmental consulting firm of the Borrowers’ reasonable selection and, in the form and substance, reasonably acceptable to the applicable Administrative Agent and indicating as relevant the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and the estimated cost to address any non-compliance with or conduct any response or other corrective action with respect to such Hazardous Material required under any Environmental Law.

110


 

          6.14 Further Assurances. Promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Loan Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time in order to (A) carry out more effectively the purposes of the Loan Documents, (B) perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of the Collateral Documents and any of the Liens intended to be created thereunder or (C) assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm more effectively unto the Secured Parties the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Secured Parties under any Loan Document, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so.
          6.15 Compliance with Terms of Leaseholds. Make all payments and otherwise perform all obligations in respect of all leases of real property of the Loan Parties material to the business of the Loan Parties, keep such leases in full force and effect and not allow such leases to lapse or be terminated or any rights to renew such leases to be forfeited or cancelled, notify the Administrative Agent of any receipt of any notice of material default by any party with respect to such leases and cooperate with the Administrative Agent in all respects to cure any such material default, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so, except, in any case, (a) where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) for terminations, lapses and amendments in the ordinary course of business.
          6.16 [Reserved].
          6.17 Designation as Senior Debt. Designate all Obligations as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” under, and as defined in, all Junior Financing Documentation.
          6.18 Collateral Administration.
     (a) Administration of Accounts. (i) Records and Schedules of Accounts. Each Loan Party shall keep accurate and complete records of its Accounts, including all payments and collections thereon, and shall submit to the Administrative Agent sales, collection, reconciliation and other reports in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, on such periodic basis as the Administrative Agent may request. The Borrower Agent shall also provide to the Administrative Agent, on or before the 20th day of each month, a detailed aged trial balance of all Loan Party Accounts as of the end of the preceding month, specifying each Account’s Account Debtor name and address, amount, invoice date and due date, showing any discount, allowance, credit, authorized return or dispute, and including such proof of delivery, copies of invoices and invoice registers, copies of related documents, repayment histories, status reports and other information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. If Accounts in an aggregate face amount of $5,000,000 or more cease to be Eligible Receivables, the Borrower Agent shall notify the Administrative Agent of such occurrence promptly (and in any event within three Business Days) after any Loan Party has knowledge thereof.
          (ii) Taxes. If an Account of any Loan Party includes a charge for any Taxes, the Administrative Agent is authorized, in its discretion, to pay the amount thereof to the proper taxing authority for the account of such Loan Party and to charge the Borrowers therefor; provided, however, that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Lenders shall be liable for any Taxes that may be due from the Loan Parties or with respect to any Collateral.

111


 

          (iii) Account Verification. Whether or not a Default or Event of Default or a Cash Dominion Event exists, the Administrative Agent shall have the right at any time, in the name of the Administrative Agent, any designee of the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Accounts of the Loan Party by mail, telephone or otherwise. The Loan Parties shall cooperate fully with the Administrative Agent in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such verification process.
          (iv) Maintenance of Accounts. The Loan Parties shall maintain one or more Dominion Accounts, each pursuant to a lockbox or other arrangement acceptable to Administrative Agent, with such banks as may be selected by applicable Loan Parties and be acceptable to Administrative Agent. The Loan Parties shall enter into Deposit Account Control Agreements with each bank at which a Deposit Account (other than an Excluded Account) is maintained by which such bank shall, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default, immediately transfer to the U.S. Payment Account all monies deposited to a Dominion Account constituting proceeds of U.S. Collateral and to the Canadian Payment Account all monies deposited to a Dominion Account constituting proceeds of Canadian Collateral. All funds deposited in each Dominion Account shall be subject to the Administrative Agent’s Lien. The Loan Parties shall obtain the agreement (in favor of and in form and content reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) by each bank at which a Dominion Account is maintained to waive any offset rights against the funds deposited into such Dominion Account, except offset rights in respect of charges incurred in the administration of such Dominion Account. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not assume any responsibility to any Loan Party for such lockbox arrangement or, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event or Event of Default, any Dominion Account, including any claim of accord and satisfaction or release with respect to deposits accepted by any bank thereunder.
          (v) Collection of Accounts; Proceeds of Collateral. All Payment Items received by any Loan Party in respect of its Accounts, together with the proceeds of any other Collateral, shall be held by such Loan Party as trustee of an express trust for the Administrative Agent’s benefit; such Loan Party shall immediately deposit same in kind in a Dominion Account for application to the applicable Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the applicable Security Agreement. The Administrative Agent retains the right at all times that a Default or an Event of Default exists to notify Account Debtors of any Loan Party that Accounts have been assigned to the Administrative Agent and to collect Accounts directly in its own name and to charge to the Borrowers the collection costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or Lenders, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event or an Event of Default, all monies properly deposited in the U.S. Payment Account shall be deemed to be voluntary prepayments of U.S. Obligations and applied in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(vii)(A) to reduce outstanding Obligations and all monies properly deposited in the Canadian Payment Account shall be deemed to be voluntary prepayments of Canadian Obligations and applied in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(vii)(B) to reduce outstanding Canadian Obligations.
          (vi) Asset Sales Proceeds Accounts. Neither the Specified U.S. Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall deposit any funds or credit any amounts into any “Asset Sales Proceeds Account” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement), other than proceeds of Noteholder Collateral.
     (b) Administration of Inventory. (i) Records and Reports of Inventory. Each Loan Party shall keep accurate and complete records of its Inventory, including costs and daily

112


 

withdrawals and additions, and shall submit to the Administrative Agent inventory and reconciliation reports in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, on such periodic basis as the Administrative Agent may request. Each Loan Party shall conduct a physical inventory at least once per calendar year (and on a more frequent basis if requested by the Administrative Agent when an Event of Default exists) and periodic cycle counts consistent with historical practices, and shall provide to the Administrative Agent a report based on each such inventory and count promptly upon completion thereof, together with such supporting information as the Administrative Agent may request. The Administrative Agent may participate in and observe each physical count.
          (ii) Returns of Inventory. No Loan Party shall return any Inventory to a supplier, vendor or other Person, whether for cash, credit or otherwise, unless (a) such return is in the ordinary course of business; (b) no Default, Event of Default or Overadvance exists or would result therefrom; and (c) the Administrative Agent is promptly notified if the aggregate value of all Inventory returned in any month exceeds $5,000,000.
          (iii) Acquisition, Sale and Maintenance. The Loan Parties shall use, store and maintain all Inventory with reasonable care and caution, in accordance with applicable standards of any insurance and in conformity with all Applicable Law, and shall make current rent payments (within applicable grace periods provided for in leases) at all locations where any Collateral is located.
          6.19 Maintenance of Cash Management System. (a) The applicable schedule to the Perfection Certificate sets forth all Deposit Accounts maintained by the Loan Parties, including all Dominion Accounts. On or prior to the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, each Loan Party shall take all actions necessary to establish the Administrative Agent’s control of and Lien on each such Deposit Account (other than an Excluded Account). Each Loan Party shall be the sole account holder of each Deposit Account (other than an Excluded Account) and shall not allow any other Person (other than the Administrative Agent) to have control over or a Lien on a Deposit Account (other than an Excluded Account) or any property deposited therein.
          (b) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent), the Loan Parties shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent Deposit Account Control Agreements, Securities Account Control Agreements and Commodity Account Control Agreements for all of the Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts and Commodity Accounts, respectively, of the Loan Parties (other than Excluded Accounts), duly executed by each applicable Loan Party and the applicable depositary bank or securities intermediary.
          (c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Cash Dominion Event, the Loan Parties shall cause any and all funds and financial assets held in or credited to each deposit account and each securities account to be swept into the Payment Account on a daily basis (or at other frequencies as agreed by the Administrative Agent).
          6.20 Collateral Audit. The Loan Parties shall cause the Required Audit to be completed within 45 days after the Closing Date.
          6.21 Excluded Real Property. In the event that any parcel of Excluded Real Property has not been disposed of on or before December 31, 2008, or on any earlier date that such parcel of Excluded Real Property secures the Senior Secured Notes, deliver no later than March 1, 2009 (as it may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) to the Administrative Agent each of the Real Estate Closing Deliverables with respect to each such parcel of Excluded Real Property.

113


 

          6.22 Post-Closing Matters. The Loan Parties shall have taken, or shall have caused to be taken, each action set forth on Schedule 6.22 within the time period set forth on Schedule 6.22 for such action; provided that, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to grant extensions of the time periods set forth thereon in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE VII
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
          So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder (other than any contingent indemnification obligation as to which no claim has been asserted) shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding and each Borrower shall not, nor shall they permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:
          7.01 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file or authorize the filing under the UCC, the PPSA, the Civil Code of Quebec or similar law of any jurisdiction a financing statement or similar filing or registration that names the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries as debtor, or sign any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement or similar filing or registration, other than the following:
     (a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
     (b) Liens securing the Senior Secured Notes, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement;
     (c) Liens existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products thereof and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03;
     (d) Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not required to be paid pursuant to Section 6.04;
     (e) statutory Liens of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, processors or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or if more than thirty (30) days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject to such Lien, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;
     (f) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA or in respect of Canadian Pension Plans and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank

114


 

guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (g) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with Indebtedness for money borrowed;
     (h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects affecting real property which, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
     (i) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) and not yet required to be paid pursuant to Section 6.04;
     (j) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(b)(vi); provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within one hundred eighty (180) days after the acquisition, repair, replacement or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof and (iii) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Leases; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender on customary terms;
     (k) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses in respect of real property granted to others in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;
     (m) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
     (n) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Sections 7.02(h) and (n) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

115


 

     (o) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary (other than a Canadian Subsidiary) securing Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary to the extent permitted under Section 7.03(b)(vii);
     (p) Liens in favor of the Specified U.S. Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Specified U.S. Borrower securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(b)(v); provided that if such Liens are on any property of a U.S. Loan Party, such Liens are in favor of a U.S. Loan Party and if such Liens are on any property of a Canadian Loan Party, such Liens are in favor of a Loan Party;
     (q) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof; provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(b)(vi) or Section 7.03(b)(xvii) (and is permitted to be secured);
     (r) Liens not extending to any ABL Priority Collateral arising from precautionary UCC or PPSA financing statement (or the foreign equivalent thereof) filings regarding operating leases entered into by U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as lessees in the ordinary course of business;
     (s) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensee, sublicensee, licensor or sublicensor under any lease or license agreement in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;
     (t) Liens not extending to any ABL Priority Collateral arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;
     (u) Liens not extending to any ABL Priority Collateral encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (v) Permitted Encumbrances;
     (w) other Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $37,500,000 (none of which shall be secured by Liens on the ABL Priority Collateral);
     (x) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 7.02; and
     (y) the Lien against the real property located at 1620 Mid-American Industrial Court, Boonville, Missouri.
          7.02 Investments. Make or hold any Investments, except:

116


 

     (a) Investments held by the Specified U.S. Borrower or such Subsidiary in Cash Equivalents;
     (b) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding;
     (c) Investments (i) by the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any U.S. Loan Party (including any new Subsidiary which becomes a U.S. Loan Party), (ii) by any Canadian Loan Party (x) in any other Canadian Loan Party and (y) in any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary but not a Loan Party in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding (or, if Excess Availability at the time any such Investment is made and after giving effect thereto would be 15% or more of the Total Borrowing Base, additional amounts but not to exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate at anytime outstanding), (iii) by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other such Subsidiary, (iv) Investment by the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party in any Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 at any time outstanding or, if Excess Availability at the time any such Investment is made and after giving effect thereto would be 15% or more of the Total Borrowing Base, additional amounts but not to exceed $25,000,000 in the aggregate at anytime outstanding) and (v) by the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary in any Foreign Subsidiary consisting of (A) the contribution of Equity Interests of any other Foreign Subsidiary held directly by the Specified U.S. Borrower or such Subsidiary in exchange for Indebtedness, Equity Interests or a combination thereof of the Foreign Subsidiary to which such contribution is made, provided that if such Equity Interests are of a Canadian Loan Party, such contribution is to a Canadian Loan Party; or (B) the exchange of Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary for Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary;
     (d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors;
     (e) Investments arising out of transactions expressly permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03(b)(v) (other than subclause (C)(2) thereof), 7.05 (other than clauses (b), (d), (g), (h) and (l) thereof) and 7.06;
     (f) Investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.02 and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.02;
     (g) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03;
     (h) the purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of, any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person, or at least 80% of the Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be owned directly by the Specified U.S. Borrower or one or more of its wholly owned Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, as a result of a merger or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(h) (each, a “Permitted Acquisition”):

117


 

     (A) each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 6.12;
     (B) the board of directors of such acquired Person or its selling equity holders in existence at the time such purchase or acquisition is commenced shall have approved such purchase or other acquisition;
     (C) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) Excess Availability shall exceed 20% of the Total Borrowing Base (it being agreed that unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise agree in its sole discretion, no Inventory or Accounts acquired in a Permitted Acquisition shall be included in the Borrowing Base until the Administrative Agent shall have completed a field audit and inventory appraisal in scope and with results satisfactory to it and until the Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed Deposit Account Control Agreements, Securities Account Control Agreements and Commodity Account Control Agreements with respect to the bank accounts, securities accounts and commodities accounts of the acquired business);
     (C) the Specified U.S. Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this clause (h) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition; and
     (D) except to the extent the purchase price therefor is paid by a Foreign Subsidiary, the fair market value of all property acquired in Permitted Acquisitions which is contributed to or owned by Subsidiaries that are not U.S. Loan Parties shall be deemed to be an Investment permitted only to the extent made pursuant to Section 7.02(c)(iv).
     (i) Investments that U.S. Borrower has elected to be treated as Restricted Payments that are permitted by Section 7.06;
     (j) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of (i) endorsements for collection or deposit and (ii) customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;
     (k) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business and upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
     (l) the licensing, sublicensing or contribution of IP Rights pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with Persons other than the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
     (m) loans and advances to Holdings in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof),

118


 

Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to Holdings in accordance with Section 7.06;
     (n) other Investments so long as immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such Investment, (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) Excess Availability shall exceed 20% of the Total Borrowing Base and (iii) the Specified U.S. Borrower shall be in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 (whether or not such covenant is otherwise applicable under this Agreement at such time) and shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating such compliance; and
     (o) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5,000,000 during the term of this Agreement.
          7.03 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
          (a) in the case of the Specified U.S. Borrower:
     (i) the 2011 Senior Subordinated Notes and any Permitted Refinancings thereof;
     (ii) the Senior Secured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $750,000,000 and any Permitted Refinancings thereof;
     (iii) Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness;
          (b) in the case of Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries:
     (i) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents;
     (ii) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under the Senior Secured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $750,000,000 and any Permitted Refinancings thereof;
     (iii) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03(b) and any modifications, refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (A) the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing or as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Section 7.03, and (B) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral and subordination) of any such modified, extending, refunding or refinancing Indebtedness are not materially less favorable to the Loan Parties or the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, extended, refunded or refinanced;
     (iv) Guarantees of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness of the Specified U.S. Borrower or such Subsidiary otherwise permitted under this Section 7.03(b); provided that (i) if such Guarantee is a Guarantee of Indebtedness of a U.S. Loan Party by any Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is a U.S. Loan Party or such Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the U.S. Guaranty, (ii) if such Guarantee is a

119


 

Guarantee of Indebtedness of a Canadian Loan Party by any Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is a Loan Party or such Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Canadian Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Canadian Guarantee, (iii) if such Guarantee is of Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Loan Party, such Guarantee would be permitted as an Investment under Section 7.03 and (iv) if such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be also be subordinated to the Obligations on terms no less favorable to the Lenders;
     (v) Indebtedness of (A) any U.S. Loan Party owing to any other U.S. Loan Party, (B) any Canadian Loan Party owing to any other Loan Party, (C) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party owing to (1) any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party or (2) Holdings or a Loan Party in respect of an Investment permitted under Section 7.02(c) or (n), and (D) any Loan Party owing to any Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party in this clause (v)(D) must be expressly subordinated to the Obligations or the Canadian Obligations on the terms set forth in the Guaranties, as applicable and be represented by the Intercompany Note;
     (vi) Attributable Indebtedness and purchase money obligations (including obligations in respect of mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings) to finance the purchase, repair or improvement of fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 7.01(j) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed $30,000,000;
     (vii) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries (other than Canadian Subsidiaries) in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding for all such Persons taken together not exceeding $30,000,000;
     (viii) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts designed to hedge against foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;
     (ix) unsecured Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Specified U.S. Borrower or Investors LLC permitted by Section 7.06;
     (x) unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Specified U.S. Borrower or its Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition or Disposition under agreements providing for customary adjustments of the purchase price;
     (xi) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of endorsements for collection or deposit, netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days after its incurrence;
     (xii) unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75,000,000 at any time outstanding;
     (xiii) Indebtedness evidenced by the 2014 Senior Subordinated Notes and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

120


 

     (xiv) Indebtedness consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums, (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements and (C) customary indemnification obligations, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with debt for money borrowed;
     (xv) Indebtedness incurred by the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims in the ordinary course of business; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
     (xvi) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and not in connection with debt for money borrowed; and
     (xvii) (A) Indebtedness of the Specified U.S. Borrower or a Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition (and not created in contemplation thereof) not to exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time (of which (x) no more than $30,000,000 (taken in the aggregate with Indebtedness under clause (B) below that matures within such period) may have a maturity date or any mandatory principal payments prior to the date that is 181 days after the Maturity Date and (y) no more than $20,000,000 may be secured (and Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (y) shall not be secured by any ABL Collateral or any other property besides a single asset or group of related assets specifically identified in the documentation for such Indebtedness) (“Permitted Acquired Debt”) and (B) Indebtedness of the U.S. Borrower owed to the seller of any property acquired in a Permitted Acquisition on an unsecured subordinated basis (on terms no less favorable to the Lenders than the terms of the 2014 Senior Subordinated Notes) and of which no more than $30,000,000 (taken in the aggregate with Indebtedness under clause (A) above that matures within such period) shall have any maturity or mandatory principal payments until at least 181 days after the Maturity Date (“Permitted Seller Notes”).
          7.04 Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:
     (a) any Subsidiary may merge with (i) the Specified U.S. Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Specified U.S. Borrower into a new jurisdiction which is a State of the United States of America), provided that the Specified U.S. Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the surviving Person shall expressly assume the obligations of the Specified U.S. Borrower pursuant to documents reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries, provided that when any U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor is merging with another Subsidiary (which is not a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor), the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

121


 

     (b) any Canadian Subsidiary may merge or amalgamate with (i) the Canadian Borrower (including a merger or amalgamation, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Canadian Borrower into a new jurisdiction which is a province or territory of Canada), provided that the Canadian Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the surviving Person shall expressly assume the obligations of the Canadian Borrower pursuant to documents reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries, provided that when any Canadian Subsidiary Guarantor is merging or amalgamating with another Subsidiary, a Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person;
     (c) (i) any Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary dissolution, liquidation or otherwise) to the Specified U.S. Borrower or to another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then the transferee must be a Loan Party and if the transferee is not the Specified U.S. Borrower or a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor, such transfer must be in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and (ii) any Subsidiary that is not a U.S. Subsidiary Guarantor may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Canadian Borrower or another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such transaction is a Canadian Loan Party, then the transferee must be a Loan Party;
     (d) any Subsidiary may merge or amalgamate with or Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that if the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Subsidiary, such Subsidiary and each of its Subsidiaries shall have complied with the applicable requirements of Section 6.12; and
     (e) a merger, amalgamation, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05 (other than clause (e) thereof).
          7.05 Dispositions. Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:
     (a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used in the conduct of the business of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
     (b) Dispositions of Inventory in the ordinary course of business;
     (c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;
     (d) Dispositions of property by any Subsidiary to the Specified U.S. Borrower or to a Subsidiary; provided that (A) if the transferor of such property is a U.S. Loan Party either (i) the transferee is a U.S. Loan Party or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02 and (B) if the transferor of such property is a Canadian Loan Party either (i) the transferee is a Loan Party or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02;
     (e) Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.04 and 7.06 (solely with respect to reissuances of Equity Interests of treasury stock of the Specified U.S. Borrower);

122


 

     (f) Dispositions by the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries of property pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that (i) the fair market value of all property so Disposed of shall not exceed $25,000,000 from and after the Closing Date and (ii) the purchase price for such property shall be paid to the Specified U.S. Borrower or such Subsidiary for not less than 75% cash consideration;
     (g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;
     (h) Dispositions of (i) defaulted Accounts of financially-troubled debtors in connection with the collection or compromise thereof and (ii) with 10 days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent, other Accounts as to which the applicable Loan Party has reasonable concerns as to credit quality;
     (i) licensing or sublicensing of IP Rights in the ordinary course of business on customary terms;
     (j) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of property in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
     (k) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Casualty Event;
     (l) Dispositions by the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Event of Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) the aggregate fair market value of all property Disposed of in reliance on this clause (l) shall not exceed $75,000,000 since the Closing Date (excluding any property Disposed of in a Disposition or series of related Dispositions involving property with an aggregate fair market value of less than $5,000,000), and (iii) the purchase price for such property shall be paid to the Specified U.S. Borrower or such Subsidiary for not less than 75% cash consideration; and
     (m) Dispositions of assets set forth on Schedule 7.05;
provided, however, that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Sections 7.05(d)(A)(i), (d)(B)(i), (e), (h) and (m)), shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 (other than to a Loan Party), such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.
          7.06 Restricted Payments. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:
     (a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Specified U.S. Borrower and to Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Payment by a non-wholly-owned Subsidiary, to the Specified U.S. Borrower and any Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests);

123


 

     (b) the Specified U.S. Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of such Person;
     (c) [Reserved];
     (d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries may enter into transactions expressly permitted by Section 7.04, 7.08, or 7.14;
     (e) the Specified U.S. Borrower and any Subsidiary of the Specified U.S. Borrower may make Restricted Payments to Holdings:
     (i) the proceeds of which will be used to pay the tax liability for the relevant jurisdiction in respect of consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated returns for the relevant jurisdiction of Holdings attributable to the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined as if the U.S. Specified Borrower and its Subsidiaries filed separately;
     (ii) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay its (or to make a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent company of the Specified U.S. Borrower to enable it to pay) operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including, without limitation, administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000 in any fiscal year plus any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of the Specified U.S. Borrower attributable to the ownership or operations of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
     (iii) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent company of the Specified U.S. Borrower to enable it to pay to enable it to pay) its franchise taxes;
     (iv) the proceeds of which will be used to repurchase the Equity Interests of Holdings from, or to make a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent company of the Specified U.S. Borrower to enable it to repurchase its Equity Interests from, directors, employees or members of management of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of the Specified U.S. Borrower, the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Subsidiary (or their estate, family members, spouse and/or former spouse), in an aggregate amount not in excess of $7,500,000 in any calendar year plus the proceeds of any key-man life insurance maintained by Holdings, the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the Specified U.S. Borrower may carry-over and make in any subsequent calendar year or years, in addition to the amount for such calendar year, the amount not utilized in the prior calendar year or years up to a maximum of $15,000,000;
     (v) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) Holdings shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Specified U.S. Borrower or its Subsidiaries or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in

124


 

Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into the Specified U.S. Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition; or
     (vi) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of the Specified U.S. Borrower to pay fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) certified to the Administrative Agent by an Officer of the Specified U.S. Borrower and related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering.
     (f) in addition to the foregoing Restricted Payments, the Specified U.S. Borrower may make additional Restricted Payments to Holdings the proceeds of which may be utilized by Holdings to make additional Restricted Payments so long as before and after giving effect thereto (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) Excess Availability shall be more than 25% of the Total Borrowing Base and (iii) the Specified U.S. Borrower shall be in compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.11 (whether or not such covenant is otherwise applicable under this Agreement at such time) and shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a pro forma Compliance Certificate demonstrating such compliance; provided, that if the proceeds of such Restricted Payment are to be and are promptly applied to make a payment of the type described in Section 7.14, the Restricted Payment to Holdings under this clause (f) to allow it to make those payments shall be subject only to the criteria for the applicable type of payment set forth in Section 7.14;
     (g) repurchases of Equity Interests of the Specified U.S. Borrower deemed to occur upon the non-cash exercise of stock options and warrants; and
     (h) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Specified U.S. Borrower may make Restricted Payments with the Net Cash Proceeds from any Permitted Equity Issuance (to the extent constituting Specified Issuance Proceeds) received since the Closing Date or the net cash proceeds up to $25,000,000 of Permitted Subordinated Debt received since the Closing Date, in each case, to the extent Not Otherwise Applied and to the extent such proceeds were received within 90 days prior to the date of such Restricted Payment and held in segregated account pending application pursuant to this clause (h).
          7.07 Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto.
          7.08 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Specified U.S. Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (a) transactions (i) between or among U.S. Loan Parties, (ii) between or among Canadian Loan Parties, (iii) between or among Canadian Loan Parties and U.S. Loan Parties on terms substantially as favorable to the U.S. Loan Parties as would be obtainable by the U.S. Loan Parties at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (iv) between or among Canadian Loan Parties and Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties on terms substantially as favorable to the Canadian Loan Parties as would be obtainable by the Canadian Loan Parties at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (v) between or among Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties and (vi) between or among the Loan Parties, the Subsidiaries and/or any joint venture in which any of them owns an interest, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, (b) on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the applicable Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the applicable Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (c) the payment of fees, expenses and other payments made in connection

125


 

with the consummation of the Transactions, (d) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under Section 8.01(f), the payment of fees to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, (e) equity issuances by the Specified U.S. Borrower permitted under Section 7.06, (f) loans and other transactions by the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the extent permitted under Section 7.06 or clauses (b), (c), (e) and (m) of Section 7.02, (g) customary fees may be paid to any directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of the directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower, (h) the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries may enter into employment and severance arrangements with officers and employees in the ordinary course of business, (i) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket cost to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Specified U.S. Borrower and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Specified U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower or senior management thereof, (j) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.08 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (k) dividends, redemptions and repurchases permitted under Section 7.06, and (l) payments by the Specified U.S. Borrower and any Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any customary financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (A) pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date and (B) approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Specified U.S. Borrower, in each case in good faith.
          7.09 Burdensome Agreements. Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability (a) of any Subsidiary of the Specified U.S. Borrower to make Restricted Payments to the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in any Borrower or any Guarantor, except for any agreement in effect (i) (x) on the date hereof and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) at the time any Person becomes a Subsidiary, so long as such agreement was not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (iii) representing Indebtedness of a Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 7.03, or (iv) in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05 relating solely to the assets to be disposed of, and (b) of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents except for (i) negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property subject to a Lien permitted by Section 7.01 or (ii) customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions may relate to the assets subject thereto; provided, however, that clauses (a) and (b) shall not prohibit Contractual Obligations that (i) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture entered into in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) apply only to the property or assets securing Indebtedness permitted to be secured by such property or assets by Section 7.01 and Section 7.03, (iii) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest, (iv) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business and (v) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

126


 

          7.10 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
          7.11 Financial Covenants. Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. At any time when a Covenant Trigger Event shall have occurred and be continuing, permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the end of the most recently completed Measurement Period of the Specified U.S. Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered by the Specified U.S. Borrower pursuant to Section 6.01 and for each Measurement Period thereafter until such Covenant Trigger Event shall cease to be continuing, to be less than 1.1:1.0.
          7.12 Amendments of Organization Documents. Amend any of its Organization Documents or the Sponsor Management Agreement in a manner materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders.
          7.13 Accounting Changes. Make any change in the periods covered by the Specified U.S. Borrower’s fiscal year.
          7.14 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness. (a) Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner any of the Senior Secured Notes, the 2014 Senior Subordinated Notes, the 2011 Senior Subordinated Notes, the Existing NTK Indebtedness, Permitted Seller Notes, Permitted Acquired Debt and any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness (collectively, “Junior Financing”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation, or make any cash payment (including without limitation a cash interest payment) in respect of the Existing NTK Indebtedness, except so long as no Default shall have occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom (i) the prepayment, redemption, purchase or defeasance of any such Junior Financing with the Net Cash Proceeds of any Specified Issuance Proceeds Not Otherwise Applied to the extent that such proceeds were received within 180 days prior to the date of such prepayment, redemption, purchase or defeasance and held in a segregated account pending application pursuant to this Section 7.14, (ii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests), (iii) cash interest payments on and scheduled mandatory payments of applicable high yield discount obligation (“AHYDO”) by Holdings or NTK on Junior Financing of Holdings or NTK on the date that is not prior to the first scheduled interest payment date thereunder after the fifth anniversary of the issuance date, so long as immediately before and immediately after giving effect thereto (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (B) Excess Availability shall be at least 20% of the Borrowing Base, (iv) the prepayment, redemption, purchase or defeasance of any such Junior Financing, and the payment of AHYDO prior to the first scheduled interest payment date thereunder after the fifth anniversary of the issuance date, so long as immediately before and immediately after giving effect thereto (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (B) Excess Availability shall be at least 20% of the Total Borrowing Base and (C) the Specified U.S. Borrower would be in pro forma compliance with a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1.0:1.0 (whether or not the covenant in Section 7.11 is applicable at such time), provided that in each case such payment is also permitted under the Senior Secured Notes Indenture or (b) amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation.
          7.15 Amendment, Etc. of Related Documents and Indebtedness. Amend, modify or supplement the Acquisition Agreement (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), or waive or

127


 

otherwise consent to any change or departure from any of the terms or conditions of the Acquisition Agreement, in any manner materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders.
          7.16 Equity Interests of the Specified U.S. Borrower and Subsidiaries. (a) (i) Permit the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to own directly or indirectly less than 100% of the Equity Interests of any of the Domestic Subsidiaries except as a result of or in connection with a dissolution, merger, consolidation or Disposition of a Subsidiary permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05 or an Investment in any Person permitted under Section 7.02; or
     (b) Permit the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to own directly or indirectly less than 80% of the Equity Interests of any of the Foreign Subsidiaries which are Subsidiaries except (A) to qualify directors where required by applicable Law or to satisfy other requirements of applicable Law with respect to the ownership of Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries or (B) as a result of or in connection with a dissolution, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or disposition of a Subsidiary permitted by Section 7.04 and 7.05 or an Investment in any Person permitted under Section 7.02; or
     (c) Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any Equity Interests of any Borrower (other than Liens pursuant to the Loan Documents and non-consensual Liens arising solely by operation of law and customary restrictions in joint venture agreements).
          7.17 [Reserved].
          7.18 Designation of Senior Debt. Designate any other Indebtedness of the Specified U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as “Designated Senior Debt” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture or any other applicable Junior Financing Documentation.
ARTICLE VIII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
          8.01 Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
     (a) Non-Payment. Any Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to (i) pay when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation or deposit any funds as Cash Collateral in respect of L/C Obligations, or (ii) pay within three days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) pay within seven days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
     (b) Specific Covenants. (i) Any Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.03, 6.05, 6.11, 6.18(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), 6.19, 6.20, 6.22 (with respect to local counsel opinions only) or Article VII, (ii) any of the Guarantors fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 7 of the Guaranties or Section 3.7 of the respective Mortgages to which it is a party; or
     (c) Other Defaults. (i) Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.01(f) and 6.10 on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for two days; (ii) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe

128


 

any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Sections 6.01(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e), 6.18 (other than Sections 6.18(a)(iv), (v), (vi) or (b)(ii)) on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for five days; (iii) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 6.07 on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 10 days; or (iv) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b), (c)(i), (c)(ii) or (c)(iii) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Specified U.S. Borrower; or
     (d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
     (e) Cross-Default. (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (A) fails to make any payment (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or
     (f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, interim receiver, monitor, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, interim receiver, monitor, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

129


 

     (g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 45 days after its issue or levy; or
     (h) Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 45 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or
     (i) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or a Canadian Pension Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrowers under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan, Canadian Pension Plan or the PBGC or other applicable Governmental Authority in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, (ii) any Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount or (iii) any Canadian Loan Party fails to make a required contribution in respect of a Canadian Pension Plan and such failure gives rise to a Lien that is not permitted under Section 7.01; or
     (j) Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document; or
     (k) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or
     (l) Collateral Documents. Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.01 or 6.12 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01) on the Collateral purported to be covered thereby; or
     (m) Subordination. (i) The subordination provisions of the Subordinated Notes Documents or the documents evidencing or governing any other subordinated Indebtedness (the “Subordination Provisions”) shall, in whole or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against any holder of the applicable subordinated Indebtedness; or (ii) any Borrower or any other Loan Party shall, directly or indirectly, disavow or contest in any manner (A) the effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any of the Subordination Provisions, (B) that the Subordination Provisions exist for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers or (C) that all payments of principal of or

130


 

premium and interest on the applicable subordinated Indebtedness, or realized from the liquidation of any property of any Loan Party, shall be subject to any of the Subordination Provisions.
          8.02 Remedies upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
     (a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
     (b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower;
     (c) require that the Borrowers Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and
     (d) exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under the Loan Documents;
provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Specified U.S. Borrower under any Debtor Relief Laws, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuers to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrowers to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
          8.03 Application of Funds. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at the election of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or after the Loans have become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:
          (a) With respect to amounts received from or on account of any U.S. Loan Party, or in respect of any U.S. Collateral,
     First, to payment of that portion of the U.S. Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
     Second, to payment of that portion of the U.S. Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and U.S. Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the U.S. Lenders and the U.S. L/C Issuers (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective U.S. Lenders and the U.S. L/C Issuers arising under the Loan Documents and amounts payable under Article III (in each case, other than fees, indemnities and other amounts, and amounts then payable under Article III arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements

131


 

and Secured Hedge Agreements), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
     Third, to payment of that portion of the U.S. Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid U.S. Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the U.S. Loans, U.S. L/C Borrowings and other U.S. Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the U.S. Lenders and the U.S. L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
     Fourth, to payment of that portion of the U.S. Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the U.S. Loans and U.S. L/C Borrowings, ratably among the U.S. Lenders and the U.S. L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
     Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the U.S. L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of U.S. L/C Obligations comprising the aggregate undrawn amount of U.S. Letters of Credit;
     Sixth, to the Canadian Obligations in the order set forth in Section 8.03(b); and
     Seventh, to payment of that portion of the U.S. Obligations then owing under U.S. Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the U.S. Cash Management Banks;
     Eighth, to payment of that portion of the U.S. Obligations then owing under U.S. Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the U.S. Hedge Banks;
     Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Law.
          (b) With respect to amounts received from or on account of any Canadian Loan Party or in respect of any Canadian Collateral, or, after all of the U.S. Obligations set forth in clauses first through fifth above have been indefeasibly paid in full in accordance with Section 8.03(a), from or on account of any U.S. Loan Party, or in respect of any U.S. Collateral,
     First, to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
     Second, to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Canadian Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Canadian Lenders and the Canadian L/C Issuers (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Canadian Lenders and the Canadian L/C Issuers arising under the Loan Documents and amounts payable under Article III (in each case, other than fees, indemnities and other amounts, and amounts then payable under Article III arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
     Third, to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Canadian Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Canadian Loans, Canadian L/C Borrowings and other Canadian Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among the Canadian Lenders and the Canadian L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

132


 

     Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Canadian Loans and Canadian L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Canadian Lenders and the Canadian L/C Issuers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
     Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Canadian L/C Issuers, to Cash Collateralize that portion of Canadian L/C Obligations comprising the aggregate undrawn amount of Canadian Letters of Credit; and
     Sixth, to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations then owing under Canadian Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the Canadian Cash Management Banks;
     Seventh, to payment of that portion of the Canadian Obligations then owing under Canadian Secured Hedge Agreements, ratably among the Canadian Hedge Banks;
     Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by Law.
Subject to Section 2.03(b), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 8.03(a), clause Fifth above, and Section 8.03(b), clause Fifth above, shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article IX hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.
          8.04 Collection Allocation Mechanism. (a) On the CAM Exchange Date, (i) each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender shall immediately be deemed to have acquired (and shall promptly make payment therefor to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.04(A)(c)(ii)) participations in the U.S. Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to such U.S. Revolving Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each U.S. Swing Line Loan outstanding on such date, (ii) each U.S. Revolving Credit Lender shall immediately be deemed to have acquired (and shall promptly make payment therefor to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.03) participations in the Outstanding Amount of U.S. L/C Obligations with respect to each U.S. Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such U.S. Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such U.S. Letter of Credit, (iii) each Canadian Revolving Credit Lender shall immediately be deemed to have acquired (and shall promptly make payment therefor to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.04(B)(c)(ii)) participations in the Canadian Swing Line Loans in an amount equal to such Canadian Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each Canadian Swing Line Loan outstanding on such date, (iv) each Canadian Revolving Credit Lender shall immediately be deemed to have acquired (and shall promptly make payment therefor to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.03) participations in the Outstanding Amount of Canadian L/C Obligations with respect to each Canadian Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such Canadian Revolving Credit Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Canadian Letter of Credit, (v) simultaneously

133


 

with the automatic conversions pursuant to clause (vi) below, the Lenders shall automatically and without further act (and without regard to the provisions of Section 11.04) be deemed to have exchanged interests in the Loans (other than the Swing Line Loans) and participations in the Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit, such that in lieu of the interest of each Lender in each Loan, and L/C Obligations in which it shall participate as of such date (including such Lender’s interest in the Obligations, Guaranties and Collateral of each Loan Party in respect of each such Loan and L/C Obligations), such Lender shall hold an interest in every one of the Loans (other than the Swing Line Loans) and a participation in every one of the Swing Line Loans and all of the L/C Obligations (including the Obligations, Guaranties and Collateral of each Loan Party in respect of each such Loan), whether or not such Lender shall previously have participated therein, equal to such Lender’s CAM Percentage thereof and (vi) simultaneously with the deemed exchange of interests pursuant to clause (v) above, the interest in the Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars to be received in such deemed exchange shall be converted into Obligations denominated in Dollars and on and after such date all amounts accruing and owed to Lenders in respect of such Obligations shall accrue and be payable in Dollars at the rates otherwise applicable hereunder. Each Lender and each Loan Party hereby consents and agrees to the CAM Exchange, and each Lender agrees that the CAM Exchange shall be binding upon its successors and assigns and any person that acquires a participation in its interests in any Loan or any participation in any Swing Line Loan or Letter of Credit. Each Loan Party agrees from time to time to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such promissory notes and other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to evidence and confirm the respective interests of the Lenders after giving effect to the CAM Exchange, and each Lender agrees to surrender any promissory notes originally received by it in connection with its Loans hereunder to the Administrative Agent against delivery of any promissory notes evidencing its interests in the Loans so executed and delivered; provided, however, that the failure of any Loan Party to execute or deliver or of any Lender to accept any such promissory note, instrument or document shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the CAM Exchange:
          (b) As a result of the CAM Exchange, upon and after the CAM Exchange Date, each payment received by Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document in respect of any of the Obligations, and each distribution made by the Administrative Agent in respect of the Obligations, shall be distributed to the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective CAM Percentages. Any direct payment received by a Lender upon or after the CAM Exchange Date, including by way of setoff, in respect of an Obligation shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders in accordance herewith.
ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
          9.01 Appointment and Authority. (a) Each of the Lenders and each L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America (including with respect to the Canadian Revolving Credit Facility, acting through Bank of America-Canada Branch) to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Except for Section 9.06, the provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, and neither the Borrowers nor any other Loan Parties shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
          (b) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Hedge Bank and a potential

134


 

Cash Management Bank) and each of the L/C Issuers hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender and such L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article XI (including Section 11.04(c), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto
          (c) For the purposes of creating a solidarité active in accordance with Article 1541 of the Civil Code of Quebec between each Secured Party, taken individually, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, on the other hand, each Loan Party and each such Secured Party acknowledges and agrees with the Administrative Agent that such Secured Party and the Administrative Agent are hereby conferred the legal status of solidary creditors of each such Loan Party in respect of all Obligations owed by each such Loan Party to the Administrative Agent and such Secured Party hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (collectively, the “Solidary Claim”) and that, accordingly, but subject (for the avoidance of doubt) to Articles 1542 and 1543 of the Civil Code of Québec, each such Loan Party is irrevocably bound towards the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party in respect of the entire Solidary Claim of the Administrative Agent and such Secured Party. As a result of the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge that the Administrative Agent and each Secured Party shall at all times have a valid and effective right of action for the entire Solidary Claim of the Administrative Agent and such Secured Party and the right to give full acquittance for it. Accordingly, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, as solidary creditor with each Secured Party, shall at all times have a valid and effective right of action in respect of the Solidary Claim and the right to give a full acquittance for same. By its execution of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, each such Loan Party and Secured Party not a party hereto shall also be deemed to have accepted the stipulations hereinabove provided. The parties further agree and acknowledge that such Liens (hypothecs) under the Collateral Documents and the other Loan Documents shall be granted to the Administrative Agent, for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as solidary creditor as hereinabove set forth.
          9.02 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with any Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
          9.03 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
     (a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

135


 

     (b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders, Required U.S. Lenders or Required Canadian Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and
     (c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
          The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 11.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed to not have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by a Borrower, a Lender or an L/C Issuer.
          The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
          9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is reasonably satisfactory to such Lender or such L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
          9.05 Delegation of Duties. (a) The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through

136


 

any one or more individual(s) or institution(s) as separate trustee(s), co-trustee(s), collateral agent(s), collateral sub-agent(s) or collateral co-agent(s) (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein as a “Supplemental Collateral Agent”) appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
          (b) In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Collateral Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Collateral Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Collateral Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Collateral Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article and of Section 11.04 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Collateral Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Collateral Agent, as the context may require.
          (c) Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Collateral Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, such Loan Party shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Collateral Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Collateral Agent, to the extent permitted by law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Collateral Agent.
          9.06 Resignation of Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Borrowers. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Specified U.S. Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States and Canada. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuers under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and each L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such

137


 

successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
          9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
          9.08 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Bookrunners, Syndication Agents or Documentation Agent listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an L/C Issuer hereunder.
          9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether theh Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise
     (a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuers and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(h) and (i), 2.09 and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
     (b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04.

138


 

          Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or any L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or any L/C Issuer or in any such proceeding.
          9.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters. Each of the Lenders (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank) and the L/C Issuers irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
     (a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements as to which arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank shall have been made) and the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the applicable L/C Issuer shall have been made), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing in accordance with Section 11.01;
     (b) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranties if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder; and
     (c) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(j).
          Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under a Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.10. In each case as specified in this Section 9.10, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrowers’ expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranties, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.10.
          9.11 Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements. No Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.03, the any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other reasonably satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. Upon the

139


 

request of the Administrative Agent at any time, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks shall provide to the Administrative Agent a summary of outstanding obligations under any Cash Management Agreements or Swap Contracts secured by a Lien on any asset of any Loan Party, as of such date as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, showing the aggregate amount of such obligations determined on a marked-to-market basis and such other information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent. At the request of the Administrative Agent from time to time, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks shall provide to the Administrative Agent copies of any Cash Management Agreements or Swap Contracts pursuant to which obligations secured by a Lien on any asset of any Loan Party have been incurred.
ARTICLE X
[RESERVED]
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
          11.01 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and the applicable Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
     (a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02) without the written consent of such Lender;
     (b) increase the aggregate Commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility to an amount greater than $350,000,000 without the consent of each Lender;
     (c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under such other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such payment;
     (d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iv) of the second proviso to this Section 11.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender entitled to such amount; provided, however, that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest or Letter of Credit Fees at the Default Rate;
     (e) change (i) Section 8.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;
     (f) change (i) any provision of this Section 11.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders”, “Required U.S. Lenders”, “Required Canadian Lenders” or “Supermajority Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend,

140


 

waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder (other than the definitions specified in clause (ii) of this Section 11.01(f)), without the written consent of each Lender;
     (g) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender (unless all Obligations have been paid in full in cash and the Commitments terminated);
     (h) release all or substantially all of the value of any Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender, except to the extent the release of any Subsidiary from a Guaranty is permitted pursuant to Section 9.10 (in which case such release may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone);
     (i) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement, in each case governing the rights of the Lenders under any Facility, without the written consent of Lenders holding a majority in interest of the obligations under such Facility, if such amendment, modification or waiver, or such provision, by its express terms applies only to such Facility (or only to the Lenders thereunder) and if such amendment, modification or waiver adversely affects the Lenders under such Facility;
     (j) increase the advance rates set forth in the definition of the terms “U.S. Borrowing Base” or “Canadian Borrowing Base” without the written consent of each Lender;
     (k) change or otherwise modify the eligibility criteria, eligible asset classes, reserves, sublimits in respect of any Borrowing Base, or add new asset categories to any Borrowing Base, or otherwise cause any Borrowing Base or availability under the Revolving Credit Facility provided for herein to be increased, in each case without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders; provided that this clause (k) shall not limit the discretion of the Administrative Agent to change, establish or eliminate any reserves, to add assets acquired in a Permitted Acquisition to any Borrowing Base or to otherwise exercise its discretion or Credit Judgment in respect of any determination expressly provided hereunder to be made by the Administrative Agent in its discretion or Credit Judgment, all to the extent otherwise set forth herein; or
     (l) amend, modify or change the provisions of Section 8.04 or the definition of “CAM Percentage” without the written consent of each Lender.
and provided, further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the applicable L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of such L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the applicable Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of such Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (iv) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.
     If any Lender does not consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the consent of each Lender and that has been approved by the

141


 

Required Lenders, the Borrowers may replace such non-consenting Lender in accordance with Section 11.13; provided that such amendment, waiver, consent or release can be effected as a result of the assignment contemplated by such Section (together with all other such assignments required by the Borrowers to be made pursuant to this paragraph).
     Each Loan Party acknowledges the agreements set forth in the Fee Letter and agrees that it will execute and deliver such amendments to the Loan Documents as shall be deemed advisable by the Bookrunners to give effect to the provisions of the Fee Letter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 11.01, the Administrative Agent and the Loan Parties shall be permitted to execute and deliver such amendments and such amendments shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.
     Subject to the restrictions set forth in the foregoing subparagraphs 11.01(a) to (l), but notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Section 11.01, (a) with respect to any provision contained in this Agreement relating to any Facility, the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and a majority in interest of the Lenders under such Facility shall be permitted to amend such provision, without the consent of any other Lender, solely to the extent reasonably necessary or advisable to (i) comply with Applicable Law relating to such Facility or (ii) better implement the intentions of this Agreement with respect to such Facility, and, in the case of any amendment made pursuant to this clause (ii), solely to the extent that such amendment does not impair the rights, obligations or interests of any other Lender under this Agreement in any material respect and (b) at any time on or before the date that is sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall be permitted to amend such provision and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.
          11.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications. (a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
     (i) if to the Borrowers, the Borrower Agent, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers or the Swing Line Lenders, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 11.02; and
     (ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

142


 

Each Loan Party located outside of the U.S. hereby irrevocably appoints the Borrower Agent as its agent to receive on behalf of such Loan Party and its property service of copies of the summons and complaint and any other process which may be served in any such action or proceeding. Such service may be made by mailing or delivering a copy of such process to such Loan Party in care of the Borrower Agent at the Borrower Agent’s address specified in this Agreement, and such Loan Party hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Borrower Agent to accept such service on its behalf. As an alternative method of service, each Loan Party also irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such process to such Loan Party at its address specified in this Agreement.
          (b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the L/C Issuers hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or any L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or such L/C Issuer, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may, in their discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
          Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
          (c) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or the Bookrunners or any of their Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Borrowers or any other Loan Parties, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrowers’ or the Administrative Agent’s or any Bookrunner’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Borrower, any other Loan Party, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

143


 

          (d) Change of Address, Etc. Each Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer and each Swing Line Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower Agent, the Administrative Agent, the applicable L/C Issuer and the applicable Swing Line Lender. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers or their securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.
          (e) Reliance by the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuers and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuers and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of a Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. Each Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of a Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.
          11.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Lender, any L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.
          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuers; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any L/C Issuer or any Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 11.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and

144


 

under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
          11.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) Costs and Expenses. The Borrowers shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Joint Bookrunners, Administrative Agent and their respective its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and the Joint Bookrunners), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
          (b) Indemnification by the Borrowers. The Borrowers shall jointly and severally indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), each Lender and each L/C Issuer, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and reasonably related expenses (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party or any such Borrower’s or such Loan Party’s directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by any Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if such Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

145


 

          (c) Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that any Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), any L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such L/C Issuer or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or any L/C Issuer in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or any L/C Issuer in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.12(d).
          (d) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Borrower shall assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
          (e) Payments. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.
          (f) Survival. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer and any Swing Line Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
          11.05 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of a Borrower is made to the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent, any L/C Issuer or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent, such L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and each L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuers under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

146


 

          11.06 Successors and Assigns. (a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Borrowers nor any other Loan Parties may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.06(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.06(d), or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 11.06(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, each L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
          (b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 11.06(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
          (i) Minimum Amounts.
     (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment under any Facility and the Loans at the time owing to it under such Facility or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
     (B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the applicable Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;
     (ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (ii) shall not (A) apply to any Swing Line Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of the applicable Swing Line Loans or (B) prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis;

147


 

     (iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
     (A) the consent of the applicable Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (3) during the primary syndication of the Loans and Commitments;
     (B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender;
     (C) the consent of the applicable L/C Issuer (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding); and
     (D) the consent of the applicable Swing Line Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility.
     (iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
     (v) No Assignment to Borrower. No such assignment shall be made to a Borrower or any Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries.
     (vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05 and 11.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the applicable Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 11.06(d).

148


 

          (c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
          (d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or any Borrower or any Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuesr shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 11.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, each Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.06(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender.
          (e) Limitations upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the applicable Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the applicable Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of such Borrower, to comply with Section 3.01(e) as though it were a Lender.
          (f) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
          (g) Resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender after Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Bank of America assigns all of its Revolving Credit Commitment and Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 11.06(b), Bank of America (and/or Bank of America-Canada Branch, as applicable) may, (i) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrowers and the Lenders, resign as U.S. L/C Issuer and Canadian L/C Issuer and/or (ii) upon 30 days’ notice to the Borrowers, resign as U.S. Swing Line Lender and Canadian Swing Line Lender. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower Agent shall be entitled to

149


 

appoint from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower Agent to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Bank of America (and/or Bank of America-Canada Branch, as applicable) as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. If Bank of America (and/or Bank of America-Canada Branch, as applicable) resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of an L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(b)). If Bank of America (and/or Bank of America-Canada Branch, as applicable) resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of a Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans, Canadian Base Rate Loans or Canadian Prime Rate Loans, as applicable, or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04. Upon the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer and/or Swing Line Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Bank of America to effectively assume the obligations of Bank of America (and/or Bank of America-Canada Branch, as applicable) with respect to such Letters of Credit.
          11.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the applicable Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Borrower. In addition, the Administrative Agent, each Joint Bookrunner and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
          For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof relating to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any L/C Issuer on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party or any such Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this

150


 

Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
          Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrowers or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws.
          11.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, each L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, such L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of such Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or such L/C Issuer, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such L/C Issuer shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of such Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or such L/C Issuer different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, each L/C Issuer and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, such L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and each L/C Issuer agrees to notify the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. No Lender shall set off against any Dominion Account without the prior consent of Administrative Agent.
          11.09 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the applicable Borrowers. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any provision of any of the Loan Documents would obligate Canadian Loan Parties to make any payment of interest with respect to the Canadian Obligations in an amount or calculated at a rate which would be prohibited by applicable Law or would result in the receipt of interest with respect to the Canadian Obligations at a criminal rate (as such terms are construed under the Criminal Code (Canada)), then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rates shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law or so result in a receipt by the applicable recipient of interest with respect to the Canadian Obligations at a criminal rate, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, as follows: (i) first, by reducing the amount or rates of interest required to be paid to the applicable recipient under the Loan Documents; and (ii) thereafter, by reducing any fees, commissions, premiums and other amounts required to be paid to the applicable recipient which would constitute interest with respect to the

151


 

Canadian Obligations for purposes of Section 347 of the Criminal Code (Canada). Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if the applicable recipient shall have received an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by that section of the Criminal Code (Canada), then Canadian Loan Parties shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent, to obtain reimbursement from the applicable recipient in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by the applicable recipient to the applicable Canadian Loan Party. Any amount or rate of interest with respect to the Canadian Obligations referred to in this Section 11.09 shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted actuarial practices and principles as an effective annual rate of interest over the term that any Canadian Revolving Credit Loans to the Canadian Borrower remain outstanding on the assumption that any charges, fees or expenses that fall within the meaning of “interest” (as defined in the Criminal Code (Canada)) shall, if they relate to a specific period of time, be prorated over that period of time and otherwise be prorated over the period from the Closing Date to the date of payment in full of the Canadian Obligations, and, in the event of a dispute, a certificate of a Fellow of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries appointed by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, for the purposes of such determination.
          11.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with the provisions of the Commitment Letter that are stated to survive the execution hereof and the Fee Letter, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or in “pdf” or similar format by electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
          11.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.
          11.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
          11.13 Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or if a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender is a

152


 

Defaulting Lender or if any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives a Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the applicable Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 11.06), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:
     (a) such Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 11.06(b);
     (b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or such Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
     (c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and
     (d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.
          A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling a Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
          11.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc. (a) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          (b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION. EACH BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WILL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT; PROVIDED THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

153


 

          (c) WAIVER OF VENUE. EACH BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
          (d) SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
          11.15 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
          11.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent and the Bookrunners are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrowers, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Bookrunners on the other hand, (B) each Borrower and each other Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Administrative Agent and each Bookrunner is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for any Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Administrative Agent, nor any Bookrunner, has any obligation to any Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Administrative Agent and the Bookrunners and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrowers, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any Bookrunner has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to any Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and the Bookrunners with respect to any breach or

154


 

alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
          11.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act..
          11.18 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Act. Each Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” an anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.
          11.19 Judgment Currency. If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert an amount due hereunder in the currency in which it is due (the “Original Currency”) into another currency (the “Second Currency”), the rate of exchange applied shall be that at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Administrative Agent could purchase in the New York foreign exchange market, the Original Currency with the Second Currency on the date two (2) Business Days preceding that on which judgment is given. Each Loan Party agrees that its obligation in respect of any Original Currency due from it hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment or payment in such other currency, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day following the date the Administrative Agent receives payment of any sum so adjudged to be due hereunder in the Second Currency, the Administrative Agent may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase, in the New York foreign exchange market, the Original Currency with the amount of the Second Currency so paid; and if the amount of the Original Currency so purchased or could have been so purchased is less than the amount originally due in the Original Currency, each Loan Party agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such payment or judgment to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Appropriate Lenders against such loss. The term “rate of exchange” in this Section 11.19 means the spot rate at which the Administrative Agent, in accordance with normal practices, is able on the relevant date to purchase the Original Currency with the Second Currency, and includes any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with such purchase.
          11.20 Language. The parties have requested that this Agreement and the other documents contemplated hereby or relating hereto be drawn up in the English language. Les parties ont requis que cette convention ainsi que tous les documents qui y sont envisagés ou qui s’y rapportent soient rédigés en langue anglaise.
          11.21 Intercreditor Agreement. Reference is made to the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of May 20, 2008, among Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent for the Revolving Facility Secured Parties referred to therein; U.S. Bank National

155


 

Association, as Trustee and as Noteholder Collateral Agent; Nortek, Inc.; and the other subsidiaries of Nortek, Inc. named therein (the “Intercreditor Agreement”). Each Lender hereunder (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) authorizes and instructs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreement as Collateral Agent and on behalf of such Lender. The foregoing provisions are intended as an inducement to the lenders under the Credit Agreement to extend credit and such enders are intended third party beneficiaries of such provisions and the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

156


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
         
  NORTEK, INC., as the Specified U.S. Borrower
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kevin W. Donnelly    
    Name:   Kevin W. Donnelly    
    Title:   Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  VENTROL AIR HANDLING SYSTEMS INC.,
as a Canadian Borrower
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kevin W. Donnelly    
    Name:   Kevin W. Donnelly   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  ADVANCED BRIDGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
AIGIS MECHTRONICS, INC.
ALLSTAR PRO, LLC
AUBREY MANUFACTURING, INC.
BROAN-NUTONE LLC
CES GROUP, INC.
CLEANPAK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
ELAN HOME SYSTEMS, L.L.C.
GEFEN, INC.
GOVERNAIR CORPORATION
GTO, INC.
HC INSTALLATIONS, INC.
HOMELOGIC LLC
HUNTAIR, INC.
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONICS, INC.
J.A.R. INDUSTRIES, INC.
JENSEN INDUSTRIES, INC.
LINEAR H.K. LLC
LINEAR LLC
LITE TOUCH, INC.
MAGENTA RESEARCH LTD.
MAMMOTH, INC.
MAMMOTH CHINA LTD.
NILES AUDIO CORPORATION
NORDYNE CHINA LLC
NORDYNE INC.
NORDYNE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NORTEK INTERNATIONAL, INC.
NUTONE INC.
OMNIMOUNT SYSTEMS, INC.
OPERATOR SPECIALTY COMPANY, INC.
PACIFIC ZEPHYR RANGE HOOD, INC.
PANAMAX INC.
RANGAIRE GP, INC.
RANGAIRE LP
RANGAIRE LP, INC.
SECURE WIRELESS, INC.
SPEAKERCRAFT, INC.
TEMTROL, INC.
WDS LLC
WEBCO, INC.
XANTECH CORPORATION
ZEPHYR CORPORATION

as a Borrower
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kevin W. Donnelly    
    Name:   Kevin W. Donnelly   
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary
(of entity listed or as an officer of the managing member, sole member or general partner) 
 
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Lemiszko    
    Name:   Michael Lemiszko   
    Title: Senior Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A (acting through its Canada
branch), as Administrative Agent
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Lemiszko    
    Name:   Michael Lemiszko   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as a U.S. Revolving Credit Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Lemiszko    
    Name:   Michael Lemiszko    
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARNERS L.P.,
as a U.S. Revolving Credit Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Bruce H. Mendelsohn    
    Name:   BRUCE H. MENDELSOHN   
    Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  CREDIT SUISSE, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,
as a U.S. Revolving Credit Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Ian Nalitt    
    Name:   Ian Nalitt   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Christopher Day    
    Name:   Christopher Day   
    Title:   Associate   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,
as a U.S. Revolving Credit Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ David B. Julie    
    Name:   David B. Julie    
    Title:   Associate Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Mary E. Evans    
    Name:   Mary E. Evans    
    Title:   Associate Director   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (acting through its Canada
branch), as a Canadian Revolving Credit Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Lemiszko    
    Name:   Michael Lemiszko   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARNERS L.P.,
as a Canadian Revolving Credit Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Bruce H. Mendelsohn    
    Name:   BRUCE H. MENDELSOHN   
    Title:   AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,
as a Canadian Revolving Credit Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ David B. Julie    
    Name:   David B. Julie   
    Title:   Associate Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Mary E. Evans    
    Name:   Mary E. Evans   
    Title:   Associate Director   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  CREDIT SUISSE, TORONTO BRANCH,
as a Canadian Revolving Credit Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Alain Daoust    
    Name:   Alain Daoust   
    Title:   Director   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Steve W. Fuh    
    Name:   Steve W. Fuh   
    Title:   Vice-President   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as U.S. L/C Issuer and U.S. Swing Line Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Lemiszko    
    Name:   Michael Lemiszko   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 


 

         
  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian L/C Issuer and Canadian Swing Line Lender
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael Lemiszko    
    Name:   Michael Lemiszko   
    Title:   Senior Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 
Exhibit 12.1
 
NORTEK HOLDINGS, INC.
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
                                                         
    ACTUAL  
    YEAR ENDED     PERIOD FROM
    PERIOD FROM
    PERIOD FROM
    PERIOD FROM
 
    DECEMBER 31,     JAN. 1, 2004 TO
    AUG 28, 2004 TO
    JAN. 1, 2003 TO
    JAN. 10, 2003 TO
 
    2007     2006     2005     AUG 27, 2004     DEC 31, 2004     JAN. 9, 2003     DEC. 31, 2003  
 
    (IN MILLIONS EXCEPT RATIOS)  
EARNINGS:
                                                       
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations
    32.4       89.7       80.5       (111.3 )     (2.2 )     (60.9 )     62.1  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    33.1       63.9       56.1       (41.4 )     4.3       (21.8 )     41.4  
                                                         
“Earnings”
    65.5       153.6       136.6       (152.7 )     2.1       (82.7 )     103.5  
                                                         
FIXED CHARGES:
                                                       
Interest expense including amortization of debt expense and discount
    122.0       115.6       102.4       56.1       40.3       1.0       57.4  
Interest portion of rental expense
    15.5       13.3       10.8       6.4       3.4       0.2       8.2  
                                                         
“Fixed Charges”
    137.5       128.9       113.2       62.5       43.7       1.2       65.6  
                                                         
Earnings Available for Fixed Charges
    203.0       282.5       249.8       (90.2 )(1)     45.8       (81.5 )(1)     169.1  
                                                         
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    1.5       2.2       2.2               1.0               2.6  
                                                         
 
                                 
    ACTUAL           PRO FORMA  
    FIRST QUARTER
    FIRST QUARTER
    PRO FORMA     FIRST QUARTER
 
    ENDED
    ENDED
    YEAR ENDED
    ENDED
 
    MARCH 29, 2008     MARCH 31, 2007     DEC. 31, 2007     MARCH 29, 2008  
 
    (IN MILLIONS EXCEPT RATIOS)    
EARNINGS:
                               
(Loss) earnings from continuing operations
    (4.1 )     9.2       14.3       (10.6 )
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
    (0.3 )     6.9       22.8       (3.5 )
                                 
“Earnings”
    (3.8 )     16.1       37.1       (14.1 )
                                 
FIXED CHARGES:
                               
Interest expense including amortization of debt expense and discount
    27.4       29.2       150.4       37.7  
Interest portion of rental expense
    3.9       3.9       15.5       3.9  
                                 
“Fixed Charges”
    31.3       33.1       165.9       41.6  
                                 
Earnings Available for Fixed Charges
    27.5 (1)     49.2       203.0       27.5 (1)
                                 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
            1.5       1.2          
                                 
 
 
(1) Earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $152.7 million, $82.7 million, $3.8 million and $14.1 million for the period from January 1, 2004 to August 27, 2004, the period from January 1, 2003 to January 9, 2003 and the historical and pro-forma results for the first quarter ended March 29, 2008, respectively.

Exhibit 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
     Set forth below is a list of all subsidiaries of the Company as of June 30, 2008 the assets and operations of which are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of Nortek, Inc., except subsidiaries that, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary:
     
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY   Jurisdiction
Best S.p.A.
  Italy
Best Deutschland GmbH
  Germany
Best France S.A.
  France
Best Poland S.p.zo.o.
  Poland
Combi Parts S.r.l.
  Italy
Stilpol SP.Zo.O.
  Poland
Broan-NuTone Canada, Inc.
  Ontario, Canada
Venmar Ventilation Inc.
  Quebec, Canada
Innergy Tech Inc.
  Quebec, Canada
Venmar CES, Inc.
  Saskatchewan, Canada
Venmar Ventilation (H.D.H.) Inc.
  Quebec, Canada
NuTone Inc.
  Delaware
Broan-NuTone LLC
  Delaware
Aubrey Manufacturing, Inc.
  Delaware
Broan-NuTone (HK) Limited
  Hong Kong
Broan-NuTone Storage Solutions LP
  Delaware
Broan Building Products (Huizhou) Co., Ltd.
  China
Pacific Zephyr Range Hood, Inc.
  California
Zephyr Corporation
  California
Eaton-Williams Holding Limited
  United Kingdom
Elektromec S.p.A.
  Italy
Imerge Limited
  United Kingdom
Jensen Industries, Inc.
  Delaware
Broan Building Products-Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
Linear LLC
  California
Advanced Bridging Technologies, Inc.
  California
Aigis Mechtronics, Inc.
  Delaware
Allstar Pro, LLC
  Delaware
Elan Home Systems, L.L.C.
  Kentucky
Gefen, Inc.
  California
GTO, Inc.
  Florida
HomeLogic LLC
  Delaware
International Electronics, Inc.
  Massachusetts
Lite Touch, Inc.
  Utah
Magenta Research, Ltd.
  Connecticut
Niles Audio Corporation
  Delaware
OmniMount Systems, Inc.
  Arizona
Operator Specialty Company, Inc.
  Michigan
Panamax Inc.
  California
Secure Wireless, Inc.
  California
SpeakerCraft, Inc.
  Delaware

 


 

     
NAME OF SUBSIDIARY   Jurisdiction
Xantech Corporation
  California
Linear H.K. Manufacturing Ltd.
  Hong Kong
Nordyne Inc.
  Delaware
CES Group, Inc.
  Delaware
Cleanpak International, Inc.
  Delaware
Governair Corporation
  Oklahoma
Huntair, Inc.
  Delaware
Mammoth, Inc.
  Delaware
Mammoth (Shanghai) Air Conditioning Co., Ltd.
  China
Mammoth (Zhejiang) EG Air Conditioning Ltd.
  China
Nordyne de Puerto Rico, LLC
  Puerto Rico
NORDYNE International, Inc.
  Delaware
Miller de Mexico S.A. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
Temtrol, Inc.
  Oklahoma
Ventrol Air Handling Systems Inc.
  Quebec, Canada
Webco, Inc.
  Missouri

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated April 14, 2008, in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 and related Prospectus of Nortek, Inc. for the registration of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
August 8, 2008

 

Exhibit 25.1
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER
THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of
a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)
31-0841368
I.R.S. Employer Identification No.
     
800 Nicollet Mall    
Minneapolis, Minnesota   55402
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
Todd R. DiNezza
U.S. Bank National Association
One Federal Street, 3rd Floor
Boston, MA 02110
(617) 603-6573
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
Nortek, Inc.
(Issuer with respect to the Securities)
     
Delaware   05-0314991
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
50 Kennedy Plaza, Providence, RI   02902
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)
10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013
(Title of the Indenture Securities)

 


 

FORM T-1
Item 1.   GENERAL INFORMATION. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.
  a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
Comptroller of the Currency
Washington, D.C.
  b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
Yes
Item 2.   AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.
None
Items 3-15   Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.
Item 16.   LIST OF EXHIBITS: List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.
  1.   A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*
 
  2.   A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business.*
 
  3.   A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers.*
 
  4.   A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee.*
 
  5.   A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4. Not applicable.
 
  6.   The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.
 
  7.   Report of Condition of the Trustee as of March 31, 2006 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.
 
*   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-128217 filed on November 15, 2005.

2


 

SIGNATURE
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 24 th day of June, 2008.
             
 
  By:   /s/ Todd R. DiNezza    
 
     
 
Todd R. DiNezza
   
 
      Assistant Vice President    
         
By:
  /s/ Karen Beard
 
Karen Beard
   
 
  Vice President    

3


 

Exhibit 6
CONSENT
     In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.
Dated: June 24, 2008
             
 
  By:   /s/ Todd R. DiNezza    
 
     
 
Todd R. DiNezza
   
 
      Assistant Vice President    
         
By:
  /s/ Karen Beard
 
Karen Beard
   
 
  Vice President    

4


 

Exhibit 7
U.S. Bank National Association
Statement of Financial Condition
As of 3/31/2008
($000’s)
         
    3/31/2008  
Assets
       
Cash and Balances Due From Depository Institutions
  $ 7,494,457  
Securities
    38,286,822  
Federal Funds
    5,371,110  
Loans & Lease Financing Receivables
    156,885,223  
Fixed Assets
    3,251,220  
Intangible Assets
    11,809,562  
Other Assets
    14,170,921  
 
     
Total Assets
  $ 237,269,315  
 
       
Liabilities
       
Deposits
  $ 143,100,823  
Fed Funds
    13,224,737  
Treasury Demand Notes
    0  
Trading Liabilities
    982,166  
Other Borrowed Money
    41,879,455  
Acceptances
    0  
Subordinated Notes and Debentures
    7,647,466  
Other Liabilities
    7,818,123  
 
     
Total Liabilities
  $ 214,652,770  
 
       
Equity
       
Minority Interest in Subsidiaries
  $ 1,530,190  
Common and Preferred Stock
    18,200  
Surplus
    12,057,586  
Undivided Profits
    9,010,569  
 
     
Total Equity Capital
  $ 22,616,545  
 
       
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital
  $ 237,269,315  
To the best of the undersigned’s determination, as of the date hereof, the above financial information is true and correct.
U.S. Bank National Association
         
By:
  /s/ Todd R. DiNezza
 
Assistant Vice President
   
 
       
Date:
  June 24, 2008    

5

 
Exhibit 99.1
 
NORTEK, INC.
 
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$750,000,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of its 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013, which have been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933, as Amended, for any and all of its Outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON          , 2008 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
The Exchange Agent is:
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
         
By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:

U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
P.O. Box 64452
St. Paul, MN 55164-0111
 
By Facsimile
(for Eligible Institutions only):

N/A
By Registered & Certified Mail:
  In Person by Hand Only:    
U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
P.O. Box 64452
St. Paul, MN 55164-0111
  U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
60 Livingston Avenue
1st Floor — Bond Drop Window
St. Paul, MN 55107
 
For Information or Confirmation by Telephone:

(800) 934-6802
 
Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal to an address other than as set forth above or transmission via a facsimile transmission to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.
 
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated          , 2008 (the “Prospectus”) of Nortek, Inc. (the “Issuer”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), which together describe the Issuer’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange their 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) (the “Exchange Notes”) for their outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “Notes”) from the holders thereof.
 
The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate and maturity) to the terms of the Outstanding Notes for which they may be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except that the Exchange Notes are freely transferable by holders thereof (except as provided herein or in the Prospectus).
 
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning given them in the Prospectus.
 
YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS FORM. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.
 
The undersigned has checked the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.


 

PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS
CAREFULLY BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.
 
List below the Outstanding Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and aggregate principal amounts should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.
 
                               

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED HEREWITH
            Aggregate Principal
     
            Amount
     
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Holder(s)
    Certificate
    Represented by
    Principal Amount
(Please fill in)     Number(s)*     Outstanding Notes*     Tendered**
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
                               
        Total:                      
                               
* Need not be completed by book-entry holders.
** Unless otherwise indicated, the holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount represented by such Outstanding Notes. See instruction 2.
                               
 
Holders of Outstanding Notes whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or who cannot complete the procedures for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Outstanding Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus.
 
Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “holder” for purposes of this Letter of Transmittal means any person in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder or any person whose Outstanding Notes are held of record by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”).
 
o   CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OUTSTANDING NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:
 
 
  Name of Registered Holder(s): 
 
 
  Name of Eligible Guarantor Institution that Guaranteed Delivery: 
 
 
  Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery: 
 
 
If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer: 
 
 
  Name of Tendering Institution: 
 
 
  Account Number: 
 
 
  Transaction Code Number: 


2


 

 
o   CHECK HERE IF EXCHANGE NOTES ARE TO BE DELIVERED TO PERSON OTHER THAN PERSON SIGNING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL:
 
 
  Name: 
 
 
  Address: 
 
o   CHECK HERE IF EXCHANGE NOTES ARE TO BE DELIVERED TO ADDRESS DIFFERENT FROM THAT LISTED ELSEWHERE IN THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL:
 
 
  Name: 
 
 
  Address: 
 
o   CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER WHO ACQUIRED OUTSTANDING NOTES FOR YOUR OWN ACCOUNT AS A RESULT OF MARKET MAKING OR OTHER TRADING ACTIVITIES AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
 
 
  Name: 
 
 
  Address: 
 
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. A broker-dealer may not participate in the Exchange Offer with respect to Outstanding Notes acquired other than as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Any holder who is an “affiliate” of the Issuer or who has an arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, or any broker-dealer who purchased Outstanding Notes from the Issuer to resell pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any other available exemption under the Securities Act must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act.


3


 

 
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Issuer the principal amount of the Outstanding Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of all or any portion of the Outstanding Notes tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including, if the Exchange Offer is extended or amended, the terms and conditions of any such extension or amendment), the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Issuer all right, title and interest in and to such Outstanding Notes as are being tendered herewith. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the Issuer, in connection with the Exchange Offer) to cause the Outstanding Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged.
 
The undersigned represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Outstanding Notes and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Issuer will acquire good and unencumbered title to the tendered Outstanding Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim. The undersigned also warrants that it will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the tendered Outstanding Notes or transfer ownership of such Outstanding Notes on the account books maintained by the book-entry transfer facility. The undersigned further agrees that acceptance of any and all validly tendered Outstanding Notes by the Issuer and the issuance of Exchange Notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by the Issuer of its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 20, 2008, among Nortek, Inc., the Guarantors Signatory thereto and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), and that the Issuer shall have no further obligations or liabilities thereunder. The undersigned will comply with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement. The undersigned has read and agrees to all terms of the Exchange Offer.
 
The undersigned understands that tenders of Outstanding Notes pursuant to any one of the procedures described in the Prospectus and in the instructions attached hereto will, upon the Issuer’s acceptance for exchange of such tendered Outstanding Notes, constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned and the Issuer upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. The undersigned recognizes that, under circumstances set forth in the Prospectus, the Issuer may not be required to accept for exchange any of the Outstanding Notes.
 
By tendering shares of Outstanding Notes and executing this Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned represents that Exchange Notes acquired in the exchange will be obtained in the ordinary course of business of the undersigned, that the undersigned has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such Exchange Notes, that the undersigned is not an “affiliate” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and that if the undersigned or the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes. If the undersigned or the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Outstanding Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
Any holder of Outstanding Notes using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes (i) cannot rely on the position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission enunciated in its interpretive letter with respect to Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available April 13, 1989) or similar interpretive letters and (ii) must


4


 

comply with the registration and prospectus requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction.
 
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Tendered Outstanding Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date in accordance with the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. Except as stated in the Prospectus, this tender is irrevocable.
 
Certificates for all Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for tendered Outstanding Notes and any Outstanding Notes delivered herewith but not exchanged, and registered in the name of the undersigned, shall be delivered to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned.
 
The undersigned, by completing the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith” above and signing this letter, will be deemed to have tendered the Outstanding Notes as set forth in such box.


5


 

 
TENDERING HOLDER(S) SIGN HERE
(Complete accompanying substitute Form W-9)
 
Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on certificate(s) for Outstanding Notes hereby tendered or in whose name Outstanding Notes are registered on the books of DTC or one of its participants, or by any person(s) authorized to become the registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth the full title of such person. See Instruction 3.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Signature(s) of Holder(s))
 
Date 
 
Name(s) 
(Please Print)
 
Capacity (Full Title) 
 
Address 
(Including Zip Code)
 
Daytime Area Code and Telephone No. 
 
Taxpayer Identification No. 
 
GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURE(S)
(If Required — See Instruction 3)
 
Authorized Signature 
 
Dated 
 
Name 
 
Title 
 
Name of Firm 
 
Address of Firm 
(Include Zip Code)
 
 
 
Area Code and Telephone No. 
 
 




6


 

       
       
       
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3 and 4)
    SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(See Instructions 3 and 4)
       
  To be completed ONLY if Exchange Notes or Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be issued in the name of someone other than the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above.       To be completed ONLY if Exchange Notes or Outstanding Notes not tendered are to be sent to someone other than the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes whose name(s) appear(s) above, or such registered holder(s) at an address other than that shown above.
Issue:  o Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
            o Exchange Notes to:
   
Mail:  o Outstanding Notes not tendered to:
           o Exchange Notes to:
       
Name(s) ­ ­     Name(s) ­ ­
       
Address: ­ ­
   
Address: ­ ­
       
   
       
   
(Include Zip Code)     (Include Zip Code)
       
Daytime Area Code and Telephone No. ­ ­
   
Area Code and Telephone No. ­ ­
       
   
       
Tax Identification No. ­ ­

     
       


7


 

 
INSTRUCTIONS
 
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
1.   Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificates; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.
 
A holder of Outstanding Notes may tender the same by (i) properly completing and signing this Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile hereof (all references in the Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a facsimile thereof) and delivering the same, together with the certificate or certificates, if applicable, representing the Outstanding Notes being tendered and any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth above on or prior to the Expiration Date, or (ii) complying with the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, or (iii) complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.
 
Holders of Outstanding Notes may tender Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer by crediting the Outstanding Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) and by complying with applicable ATOP procedures with respect to the Exchange Offer. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer should transmit their acceptance to DTC, which will edit and verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC. DTC will then send a computer-generated message (an “Agent’s Message”) to the Exchange Agent for its acceptance in which the holder of the Outstanding Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter of Transmittal or the DTC participant confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Outstanding Notes all provisions of this Letter of Transmittal (including any representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent. Delivery of the Agent’s Message by DTC will satisfy the terms of the Exchange Offer as to execution and delivery of a Letter of Transmittal by the participant identified in the Agent’s Message. DTC participants may also accept the Exchange Offer by submitting a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery through ATOP.
 
The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal, the Outstanding Notes and any other required documents is at the election and risk of the holder, and except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. If such delivery is by mail, it is suggested that registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, be used. In all cases sufficient time should be allowed to permit timely delivery. No Outstanding Notes or Letters of Transmittal should be sent to the Issuer.
 
Holders whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date or comply with book-entry transfer procedures on a timely basis must tender their Outstanding Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedure: (i) such tender must be made by or through an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined below); (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must have received from such Eligible Guarantor Institution a letter, telegram or facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone and an original delivered by guaranteed overnight courier) setting forth the name and address of the tendering holder, the names in which such Outstanding Notes are registered, and, if applicable, the certificate numbers of the Outstanding Notes to be tendered; and (iii) all tendered Outstanding Notes (or a confirmation of any book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at a book-entry transfer facility) as well as this Letter of Transmittal and all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent within five business days after the date of execution of such letter, telegram or facsimile transmission, all as provided in the Prospectus.
 
No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the Outstanding Notes for exchange.
 
2.   Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.
 
If less than the entire principal amount of Outstanding Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering holder must fill in the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes tendered in the box entitled “Description of Outstanding Notes Tendered Herewith.” A newly issued certificate for the Outstanding Notes submitted but not


8


 

tendered will be sent to such holder as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date. All Outstanding Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise clearly indicated.
 
If not yet accepted, a tender pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date.
 
To be effective with respect to the tender of Outstanding Notes, a written notice of withdrawal must: (i) be received by the Exchange Agent at the address for the Exchange Agent set forth above before the Issuer notifies the Exchange Agent that they have accepted the tender of Outstanding Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; (ii) specify the name of the person who tendered the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn; (iii) identify the Outstanding Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Outstanding Notes, or, if applicable, the certificate numbers shown on the particular certificates evidencing such Outstanding Notes and the principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented by such certificates); (iv) include a statement that such holder is withdrawing its election to have such Outstanding Notes exchanged; and (v) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal (including any required signature guarantee). The Exchange Agent will return the properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes promptly following receipt of notice of withdrawal. If Outstanding Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn Outstanding Notes or otherwise comply with the book-entry transfer facility’s procedures. All questions as to the validity of notices of withdrawals, including time of receipt, will be determined by the Issuer, and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.
 
Any Outstanding Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Outstanding Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Outstanding Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Outstanding Notes will be credited to an account with such book-entry transfer facility specified by the holder) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Outstanding Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under the caption “The Exchange Offers — Procedures for Tendering” in the Prospectus at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
3.   Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Written Instruments and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.
 
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificates without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If any of the Outstanding Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
 
If a number of Outstanding Notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal as there are different registrations of Outstanding Notes.
 
When this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered holder or holders (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include the book-entry transfer facility whose name appears on a security listing as the owner of the Outstanding Notes) of Outstanding Notes listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are required.
 
If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder or holders of the Outstanding Notes listed, such Outstanding Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by separate written instruments of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Issuer and duly executed by the registered holder, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear(s) on the Outstanding Notes.
 
If this Letter of Transmittal, any certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Issuer, proper evidence satisfactory to the Issuer of their authority so to act must be submitted.
 
Endorsements on certificates or signatures on separate written instruments of transfer or exchange required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution.


9


 

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution, unless Outstanding Notes are tendered: (i) by a holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter of Transmittal; or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined below). In the event that the signatures in this Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by an eligible guarantor institution which is a member of a firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or another “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (an “Eligible Guarantor Institution”). If Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the signer of this Letter of Transmittal, the Outstanding Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the Issuer, in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution.
 
4.   Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.
 
Tendering holders should indicate, as applicable, the name and address to which the Exchange Notes or certificates for Outstanding Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the tax identification number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Outstanding Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Outstanding Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the book-entry transfer facility as such holder may designate.
 
5.   Transfer Taxes.
 
The Issuer shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, certificates representing Exchange Notes or Outstanding Notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any other person other than the registered holder of the Outstanding Notes tendered, or if tendered Outstanding Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer and exchange of Outstanding Notes to the Issuer or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exception therefrom is not submitted herewith the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
 
6.   Waiver of Conditions.
 
The Issuer reserve the absolute right to waive, in whole or in part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus.
 
7.   Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Securities.
 
Any holder whose Outstanding Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated below for further instructions.
 
8.   Substitute Form W-9
 
Each holder of Outstanding Notes whose Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange (or other payee) is generally required to provide a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) (e.g., the holder’s Social Security or federal employer identification number) and certain other information, on Substitute Form W-9, which is provided under “Important Tax Information” below, and to certify under penalties of perjury that the holder (or other payee) is not subject to backup withholding. Failure to provide the information on the Substitute Form W-9 may subject the holder (or other payee) to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue Service and 28% federal income tax backup withholding on payments made in connection with the Outstanding Notes or the Exchange Notes. The box in Part 3 of the Substitute Form W-9 may be checked if the holder (or other payee) has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If the box in Part 3 is checked and a TIN is not provided by the time any payment is made in connection with the Outstanding Notes or the Exchange Notes, 28% of all such payments will be withheld until a TIN is


10


 

provided and, if a TIN is not provided within 60 days, such withheld amounts will be paid over to the Internal Revenue Service.
 
9.   Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.
 
Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth above. In addition, all questions relating to the Exchange Offer, as well as requests for assistance or additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number indicated above.
 
IMPORTANT:  THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A FACSIMILE OR COPY THEREOF (TOGETHER WITH CERTIFICATES OF OUTSTANDING NOTES OR CONFIRMATION OF BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS) OR A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.
 
IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION
 
Under U.S. federal income tax law, a holder of Outstanding Notes whose Outstanding Notes are accepted for exchange may be subject to backup withholding unless the holder provides U.S. Bank National Association as Paying Agent (the “Paying Agent”), with either (i) such holder’s correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) on Substitute Form W-9 attached hereto, certifying (A) that the TIN provided on Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that such holder of Outstanding Notes is awaiting a TIN), (B) that the holder of Outstanding Notes is not subject to backup withholding because (x) such holder of Outstanding Notes is exempt from backup withholding, (y) such holder of Outstanding Notes has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that he or she is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or (z) the Internal Revenue Service has notified the holder of Outstanding Notes that he or she is no longer subject to backup withholding and (C) that the holder of Outstanding Notes is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien); or (ii) an adequate basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such holder of Outstanding Notes is a U.S. individual, the TIN is such holder’s social security number. If the Paying Agent is not provided with the correct TIN, the holder of Outstanding Notes may also be subject to certain penalties imposed by the Internal Revenue Service.
 
Certain holders of Outstanding Notes (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign individuals and entities) are not subject to these backup withholding requirements. However, exempt holders of Outstanding Notes should indicate their exempt status on Substitute Form W-9. For example, a corporation should complete the Substitute Form W-9, provide its TIN and indicate by checking the appropriate boxes in Part 4 of the Substitute Form W-9 that it is a corporation and that it is exempt from backup withholding. In order for a foreign individual to qualify as an exempt recipient, the holder must submit the appropriate Form W-8BEN, rather than a Form W-9, signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that individual’s exempt status. A Form W-8BEN can be obtained from the Paying Agent. See the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for more instructions.
 
If backup withholding applies, the Paying Agent is required to withhold 28% of any payments made to the holder of Outstanding Notes or Exchange Notes or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service, provided the required information is furnished.
 
The box in Part 3 of the Substitute Form W-9 may be checked if the surrendering holder of Outstanding Notes has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a TIN or intends to apply for a TIN in the near future. If the box in Part 3 is checked, the holder of Outstanding Notes or other payee must also complete the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number below in order to avoid backup withholding. Notwithstanding that the box in Part 3 is checked and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number is completed, the Paying Agent will withhold 28% of all payments made prior to the time a properly certified TIN is provided to the Paying Agent and, if the Paying Agent is not provided with a TIN within 60 days, such amounts will be paid over to the Internal Revenue Service.


11


 

The holder of Outstanding Notes is required to give the Paying Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record owner of the Outstanding Notes. If the Outstanding Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed “Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9” for additional guidance on which number to report.
 
TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS IMPOSED BY THE IRS, YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT ANY DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL TAX ISSUES CONTAINED HEREIN (I) IS WRITTEN IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING BY US OF THE TRANSACTIONS OR MATTERS ADDRESSED HEREIN AND (II) IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND CANNOT BE USED, BY ANY TAXPAYER FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES UNDER THE CODE. EACH TAXPAYER SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON THE TAXPAYER’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.


12


 

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
 
GUIDELINES FOR DETERMINING THE PROPER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER TO GIVE THE PAYING AGENT.  Social Security numbers and individual taxpayer identification numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e. 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e. 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.
 
           
For this type of account:   Give name and the SOCIAL SECURITY number (or individual taxpayer identification number) of —
1.
    An individual’s account   The individual
2.
    Two or more individuals (joint account)   The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account
3.
    Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act)   The minor
4.
   
a. The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee)
  The grantor-trustee
     
b. So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law.
  The actual owner
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
 
           
For this type of account:   Give the name and the EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION number of —
 5.
    Sole proprietorship account or single owner LLC   The owner (you may use the owner’s Social Security number or employer identification number) (you must show the name of the owner but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name)
 6.
    A valid trust, estate or pension trust   The legal entity (do not furnish the taxpayer identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title)
 7.
    Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832   The corporation
 8.
    Religious, charitable, or educational organization account or an association, club or other tax-exempt organization   The organization
 9.
    Partnership or multi-member LLC   The partnership
10.
    A broker or registered nominee   The broker or nominee
11.
    Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments   The public entity
           
* Note: If no name is circled when there is more than one name listed, the TIN will be considered to be that of the first name listed.


13


 

 
GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
 
Obtaining a Number
 
If you do not have a taxpayer identification number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card at the local office of the Social Security Administration, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number or Form W-7, Application for Individual Taxpayer Identification Number at the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a number.
 
To complete Substitute Form W-9, if you do not have a taxpayer identification number, write “Applied For” in the space for the taxpayer identification number in Part 1, check the box in Part 3, sign and date the Form, and give it to the requester.
 
Payee Exempt from Backup Withholding
 
Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments include the following:
 
  •  An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual retirement plan, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2).
 
  •  The United States, or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
 
  •  A State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.
 
  •  An international organization or any agency, or instrumentality thereof.
 
  •  A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities.
 
Payees that may be specifically exempted from backup withholding on certain payments include the following:
 
  •  A corporation.
 
  •  A financial institution.
 
  •  A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
 
  •  A dealer in securities or commodities registered in the United States, the District of Columbia or a possession of the United States.
 
  •  A real estate investment trust.
 
  •  A nominee or custodian.
 
  •  A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).
 
  •  A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in section 4947.
 
  •  An entity registered at all times during the taxable year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
  •  A foreign central bank of issue.
 
EXEMPT PAYEES SHOULD FILE FORM W-9 TO AVOID POSSIBLE ERRONEOUS BACKUP WITHHOLDING. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYING AGENT, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, CHECK THE BOX LABELLED “EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING”, SIGN AND DATE THE FORM AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER.
 
Privacy Act Notice. — Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA or Archer MSA or HSA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The IRS may also provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation, and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. possessions to carry out their tax laws. We may also disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty, or to Federal and state agencies to enforce Federal nontax criminal laws and to combat terrorism.
 
You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.
 
Penalties
 
1.  Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer identification Number. — If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.
 
2.  Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding. — If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.
 
3.  Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information. — Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may be subject to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.
 
4.  Misuse of Taxpayer Identification Numbers. — If the requester discloses or uses taxpayer identification numbers in violation of Federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.
 
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX ADVISOR OR THE
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.


14


 

                   
PAYER’S NAME: U.S. Bank National Association, as Exchange Agent
SUBSTITUTE
FORM W-9
    Part 1 — PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND DATING BELOW     Name and Address

            Social Security Number
OR
            Employer Identification Number

                   
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service

Payor’s Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number (TIN)
    Part 2 — Certification — 
Under the penalties of perjury, I certify that:
   
(1) The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me),
     
     
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and
     
(3) I am a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

                   
      Part 3 —
Awaiting TIN o
    Part 4 — Check appropriate boxes:
Individual/Sole proprietor o
Exempt from backup withholding o
Partnership o
Corporation o
Other (specify) o


      Certificate Instructions — You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because of under-reporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you received another notification from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding, do not cross out such item (2).
                   
The Internal Revenue Service does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.
       
Signature:­ ­
   
Date:­ ­, 20 ­ ­
                   
 
NOTE:   FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
 
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.


15


 

 
 
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
 
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (1) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office, or (2) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of payment, 28% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld.
 
     
Signature:­ ­
 
Date:­ ­, 20 ­ ­
 


16

 
Exhibit 99.2
 
 
NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
for
Offer to Exchange
$750,000,000 Principal Amount of its 10% Senior Secured Notes due
December 1, 2013, which have been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933, as Amended, for any and all of its Outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013
 
NORTEK, INC.
 
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON          , 2008 (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”) UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
Registered holders of outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Outstanding Notes”) who wish to tender their Outstanding Notes in exchange for a like principal amount of new 10% Senior Secured Notes due December 1, 2013 (the “Exchange Notes”) and whose Outstanding Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their Outstanding Notes and Letter of Transmittal (and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal) to U.S. Bank National Association (the “Exchange Agent”) prior to the Expiration Date, may use this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or one substantially equivalent hereto. This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery may be delivered by hand or sent by facsimile transmission (receipt confirmed by telephone and an original delivered by guaranteed overnight courier) or mailed to the Exchange Agent. See “The Exchange Offers — Procedures for Tendering” in the Prospectus.
 
The Exchange Agent is:
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
         
By Regular Mail or Overnight Courier:
  By Facsimile
(for Eligible Institutions only):
U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
P.O. Box 64452
St. Paul, MN 55164-0111
 

N/A
By Registered & Certified Mail:
  In Person by Hand Only:    
         
U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
P.O. Box 64452
St. Paul, MN 55164-0111
  U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
60 Livingston Avenue
1st Floor — Bond Drop Window
St. Paul, MN 55107
 
For Information or Confirmation by
Telephone:

(800) 934-6802
 
Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to an address other than as set forth above or transmission via a facsimile transmission to a number other than as set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery.
 
This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures. If a signature on a Letter of Transmittal is required to be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution (as defined in the Prospectus), such signature guarantee must appear in the applicable space provided on the Letter of Transmittal for Guarantee of Signatures.


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
The undersigned hereby tenders the principal amount of Outstanding Notes indicated below, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Prospectus dated          , 2008 of Nortek, Inc. (the “Prospectus”), receipt of which is hereby acknowledged.
 
                   

DESCRIPTION OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TENDERED
            Certificate
     
      Name and Address of
    Number(s) of
     
      Registered Holder
    Outstanding Notes
     
      as it Appears on
    Tendered (or
     
      the Outstanding
    Account Number
    Principal Amount
      Notes (Please
    at Book-Entry
    of Outstanding
Name of Tendering Holder     Print)     Facility)     Notes Tendered
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
 
SIGN HERE
 
 
Name of Registered or Acting Holder: 
 
 
Signature(s): 
 
 
Name(s) (please print)
 
Address: 
 
Telephone Number: 
 
 
Date: 
If Outstanding Notes will be tendered by book-entry transfer, provide the following information:
 
  DTC Account Number: 
 
Date: ­ ­


2


 

THE FOLLOWING GUARANTEE MUST BE COMPLETED
 
GUARANTEE OF DELIVERY

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)
 
The undersigned, a member of a recognized signature guarantee medallion program within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, hereby guarantees to deliver to the Exchange Agent its address set forth on the reverse hereof, the certificates representing the Outstanding Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Outstanding Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility), together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature guarantees, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within five business days after the Expiration Date (as defined in the Letter of Transmittal).
 
 
 
Name of Firm: 
 
 
Address: ­ ­
 
 
(Zip Code)



 
 
Area Code and Telephone No.: 
 
 
(Authorized Signature) 
 
 
Name: 
(Please Type or Print)
 
Title: 
 
 
Date: 
 
 
NOTE:   DO NOT SEND OUTSTANDING NOTES WITH THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. OUTSTANDING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 
Exhibit 99.3
 
FORM OF EXCHANGE AGENT AGREEMENT
 
U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
One Federal Street, 3rd Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
 
Re:  Exchange Agency Agreement dated as of               , 2008.
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Nortek, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”) intends to make an offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange up to $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “New Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus (as defined below) is a part, for a like principal amount of outstanding 10% Senior Secured Notes due 2013 (the “Existing Notes”) issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors in transactions exempt from or not subject to registration under the Securities Act. The terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as currently contemplated are set forth in a prospectus, dated               , 2008 (the “Prospectus”), proposed to be distributed to all holders of the Existing Notes. The Existing Notes and the New Notes are collectively referred to herein as the “Notes.” Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2008, among the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee and Collateral Agent (“USB”).
 
The Company hereby appoints USB to act as exchange agent (the “Exchange Agent”) in connection with the Exchange Offer. References hereinafter to “you” shall refer to USB.
 
The Exchange Offer is expected to be commenced by the Company on or about the date of the Prospectus. The Letter of Transmittal accompanying the Prospectus is to be used by the holders of the Existing Notes to accept the Exchange Offer, and contains instructions with respect to the delivery of certificates representing the Existing Notes tendered.
 
In the event any holder of the Existing Notes is tendering by book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), such holders may tender through the DTC Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”). DTC participants will transmit their acceptance of the Exchange Offer to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a book-entry delivery to your account at DTC. DTC will then send an “Agent’s Message” to you for its acceptance.
 
The Exchange Offer shall expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on               , 2008 or on such later date or time to which the Company may extend the Exchange Offer (the “Expiration Date”), written notice of such extension shall be given to you by the Company. The Company shall give written notice to you of the effective date of the Registration Statement promptly after the Registration Statement becomes effective, and until your receipt of such written notice you shall be entitled to assume in good faith that such effective date has not occurred. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, the Company expressly reserves the right to extend the Exchange Offer from time to time and may extend the Exchange Offer by giving written notice to you of such on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.
 
In carrying out your duties as Exchange Agent, you are to act in accordance with the following instructions:
 
1. You will perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth herein (each of which is ministerial and shall not be construed as fiduciary, and further, no implied duties shall be construed or read into this Agreement against you).
 
2. Subject to applicable ATOP procedures, you are to examine each Letter of Transmittal that you receive and each original Existing Note that you receive (and any other documents that you may receive from holders of the Existing Notes) to ascertain whether: (i) such Letters of Transmittal (and any such other documents) are duly executed and properly


 

completed in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Letter of Transmittal, and (ii) such Existing Notes have otherwise been properly tendered. In each case where any such Letter of Transmittal (or other such document) received by you has been improperly completed or executed, or any such Existing Note received by you is not in proper form for transfer, or some other irregularity in connection with the acceptance of the Exchange Offer is apparent on the face of any such Letter of Transmittal or Existing Note (or any such other document) received by you, you will endeavor to inform the presenters of the need for fulfillment of all requirements and to take any other action as may be necessary or advisable to cause such irregularity to be corrected, and you will promptly notify the Company thereof. With respect to any Letters of Transmittal and Existing Notes tendered through the ATOP (or applicable guaranteed delivery procedure) you shall be entitled to rely conclusively on information or confirmations you receive from DTC (or other applicable institution, as the case may be) with respect thereto.
 
3. With the approval of any of the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President and the Secretary (each, a “Designated Officer”) of the Company, or of counsel to the Company (such approval, if given orally, to be confirmed in writing) or any other party designated by such a Designated Officer, you are authorized to waive any irregularities in connection with any tender of Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and shall have no liability therefor.
 
4. Tenders of Existing Notes may be made only as set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and in the section of the Prospectus captioned “The Exchange Offer and Exchange Procedures — Procedures for Tendering”, and Existing Notes shall be considered properly tendered to you only when tendered in accordance with the procedures set forth therein.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph 4, Existing Notes that a Designated Officer, counsel to the Company, or any other party designated by such Designated Officer shall approve as having been properly tendered shall be considered by you, without incurring any liability, to be properly tendered.
 
5. You shall advise the Company with respect to any Existing Notes received subsequent to the Expiration Date and accept its instructions with respect to disposition of such Existing Notes.
 
6. Subject to applicable ATOP procedures, you shall accept tenders:
 
(a) in cases where the Existing Notes received by you are registered in two or more names, only if signed by all named holders;
 
(b) in cases where the signing person indicated on a Letter of Transmittal received by you is acting in a fiduciary or a representative capacity only when proper evidence of his or her authority so to act is submitted; and
 
(c) in cases where tender of an Existing Note received by you is made by a person other than the registered holder of such Existing Note, if customary transfer requirements have been satisfied.
 
You shall accept partial tenders of Existing Notes where so indicated and as permitted in the Letter of Transmittal and, in your capacity as transfer agent, split-up and return any untendered principal amount of the Existing Notes to the holder (or such other person as may be designated in the Letter of Transmittal), as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
7. The Company will exchange Existing Notes duly tendered for New Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. Delivery of Existing Notes will be made on behalf of the Company at the rate of $1,000.00 of principal amount of New Notes for each $1,000.00 of principal amount of Existing Notes tendered as soon as practicable after notice (such notice if given orally, to be confirmed in writing) of acceptance of said principal amount of Existing Notes by the Company; provided, however, that in all cases, Existing Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be exchanged only after timely tender to you of the related Existing Note representing such principal amount, and a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, in each case in accordance with and subject to the Prospectus and the terms of the Letter of Transmittal.
 
8. Tenders of Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn prior to the Expiration Date are subject to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.
 
9. The Company shall not be required to exchange any Existing Notes tendered if any of the conditions set forth in the Exchange Offer are not met. Notice of any decision by the Company not to exchange any Existing Notes tendered shall be given (and confirmed in writing) by the Company to you.


2


 

10. If, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company does not accept for exchange all or part of the Existing Notes tendered because of an invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer” or otherwise, you shall as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date (and receipt of notification from the Company of such non-acceptance) return any certificates in your possession representing (or, if applicable, effect appropriate book-entry transfer) unaccepted Existing Notes, together with any accompanying Letters of Transmittal (and related documents delivered to you pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal) that are in your possession, to the persons who deposited them.
 
11. All certificates in your possession representing returned Existing Notes, unaccepted Existing Notes or New Notes shall be forwarded by first-class certified mail, return receipt requested, if in the U.S., or by two day courier, if outside the U.S.
 
12. If any holder shall report to you that his/her failure to surrender Existing Notes registered in his/her name is due to the loss, misplacement or destruction of a certificate or certificates, you shall request such holder (i) to furnish to the Exchange Agent an affidavit of loss and, if required by the Company or the Guarantors, a corporate bond of indemnity in an amount and evidenced by such certificate or certificates of a surety, as may be satisfactory to the Company or the Guarantors, and (ii) to execute and deliver an agreement to indemnify the Company, the Guarantors and you in such form as is acceptable to the Company, the Guarantors and you. The obligees to be named in each such indemnity bond shall include the Company, the Guarantors and you. You shall report in writing to the Company the names of all holders who claim that their Existing Notes have been lost, misplaced or destroyed and the principal amount of such Existing Notes.
 
13. As Exchange Agent hereunder:
 
(a) you shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein or as may be subsequently agreed to in writing by you and the Company (provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to discharge your general duty to act in good faith);
 
(b) you will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any of the Existing Notes represented thereby deposited with you pursuant to the Exchange Offer;
 
(c) you shall not be obligated to expend or risk your own funds, or to take any legal or other action hereunder which might in your reasonable judgment involve any expense or liability, unless you shall have been furnished with indemnity satisfactory to you;
 
(d) you may rely on, and shall be protected in acting (or in forbearing from action) in reliance upon, any certificate, statement, request, agreement, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telegram or other document, security or communication received by you and reasonably believed by you to be genuine and (if applicable) to have been signed by the proper party or parties;
 
(e) you may rely on and shall be protected in acting upon written or oral instructions from any Designated Officer or counsel to the Company, or any other party designated by a Designated Officer of the Company;
 
(f) you may consult with your counsel (including in-house counsel) with respect to any questions relating to your duties and responsibilities and the written opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by you hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the written opinion of such counsel;
 
(g) you shall not advise any person tendering Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer as to the wisdom of making such tender or as to the market value or decline or appreciation in market value of any Existing Notes;
 
(h) you shall not be deemed to have notice of any fact, claim or demand with respect hereto unless actually known by an officer in your Corporate Trust Office charged with responsibility for administering this Agreement or unless in writing received by you and making specific reference to this Agreement or the Exchange Offer;
 
(i) you shall not be under any responsibility for the validity, genuineness or due authorization or execution of, or with respect to any signatures appearing on, any Letter of Transmittal (or with respect to the truth or accuracy of any information therein contained), any certificate representing the Notes or any book-entry transfer of the Notes; and


3


 

(j) neither you nor any of your directors, officers or employees shall be liable to anyone for any error of judgment, or for any act done or step taken or omitted to be taken by you or any of your directors, officers or employees, or for any mistake of fact or law, or for anything which you or any of your directors, officers or employees, may do or refrain from doing in connection with or in the administration of this Agreement, unless and except to the extent the same constitutes gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on your part.
 
14. You shall take such action as may from time to time be requested by the Company (and such other action as you may reasonably deem appropriate) to furnish copies of the Prospectus, Letter of Transmittal and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery or such other forms as may be approved from time to time by the Company, to all persons requesting such documents and to accept and comply with telephone requests for information relating to the Exchange Offer, provided that such information shall relate only to the procedures for accepting (or withdrawing from) the Exchange Offer. The Company will furnish you with copies of such documents at your request.
 
15. You shall advise by facsimile transmission, electronic mail or telephone (and, in the case of advice by telephone, promptly thereafter confirm in writing) to the following designated person (or such other person as such person may subsequently designate by written notice to you) at the Company, upon such person’s written request from time to time made not more frequently than once per business day (as defined below), as to the total principal amount of Existing Notes that have been tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and the items received by you pursuant to this Agreement as of the close of business or the immediately preceding business day, separately reporting and giving cumulative totals as to items properly received and items improperly received:
 
c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Attn: Kevin W. Donnelly
Tel: (401) 751-1600
Fax: (401) 751-4610
email: donnelly@nortek-inc.com
 
For purposes of this Agreement, the term “business day” shall mean any day on which the Exchange Agent is open for business at its offices in St. Paul, Minnesota or its office in Boston, Massachusetts. In addition, you will also inform, and cooperate in making available to, such person at the Company (upon oral request reasonably made from time to time prior to the Expiration Date) such other information in your possession regarding the items received by you in connection with the Exchange Offer as he or she reasonably requests. After the Expiration Date, you shall prepare a final list of all persons whose tenders were accepted, the aggregate principal amount of Existing Notes tendered, the aggregate principal amount of Existing Notes accepted and deliver said list to the Company.
 
16. Any Letters of Transmittal and Notices of Guaranteed Delivery actually received by you shall be stamped by you as to the date and the time of your receipt thereof and shall be preserved by you for a period of time at least equal to (without any obligation on your part to preserve longer than) the period of time you preserve other records pertaining to the transfer of securities. You shall dispose of unused Letters of Transmittal and other surplus materials in your possession by returning them to the Company.
 
17. You hereby expressly waive any lien, encumbrance or right of set-off whatsoever that you may have with respect to funds deposited with you for the payment of transfer taxes by reason of amounts, if any, borrowed by the Company, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates pursuant to any loan or credit agreement with your or for compensation owed to you hereunder.
 
18. For services rendered as Exchange Agent hereunder, you shall be entitled to compensation as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto, and shall be entitled to reimbursement for out-of-pocket disbursements and expenses (including the fees of your counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and your performance and observance of, or pursuant to, the terms of this Agreement, each of which the Company agrees to pay (as billed by you).
 
19. The Company hereby represents and warrants that it has provided to you a complete, accurate and final copy of the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal; and you hereby acknowledge receipt of the copies of the foregoing that have been provided to you by the Company (or its counsel) and further acknowledge that you have examined each of them.


4


 

Any inconsistency between this Agreement, on the one hand, and the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (as each has been provided to you), on the other hand, with respect to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer shall be resolved in favor of the latter two documents (except with respect to the duties, immunities, liabilities, protections and indemnification of, or in favor of, you as Exchange Agent, which shall be resolved and controlled exclusively by this Agreement).
 
20. The Company covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold you in your capacity as Exchange Agent hereunder (and your directors, officers and employees) harmless against any loss, liability, cost and expense, including (but not limited to) reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, that may be suffered or incurred by you and arising out of or in connection with your appointment as Exchange Agent hereunder, or your performance or observance of this Agreement, or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation any loss, liability cost or expense arising from any act, omission, delay or refusal made by you in reasonable reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice, instruction or other instrument or document reasonably believed by you to be valid, genuine and sufficient and in accepting any tender or effecting any transfer of Existing Notes reasonably believed by you in good faith to be authorized and in delaying or refusing in good faith to accept any tenders or effect any transfer of Existing Notes; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable for indemnification for any loss, liability, cost or expense to the extent arising out of your gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The foregoing indemnity and agreement to hold harmless shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense of any such claim or other action, and, if the Company so elects, the Company shall assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such claim. In the event that the Company shall assume the defense of any such suit, the Company shall nevertheless remain liable to you for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by you, if in your judgment, which must be reasonable and made in good faith, it is advisable for you to be represented or advised by separate counsel.
 
The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold you harmless from any liability on account of taxes, assessments for late payment or other governmental charges or any other loss, costs or expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) that may be assessed against you as a result of your duties hereunder, including without limitation any liability for the withholding or deduction or the failure to withhold or deduct taxes, and any liability for failure to obtain proper certifications or to properly report to governmental authorities. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
21. The Company hereby agrees to assume any and all obligations imposed now or hereafter by any applicable tax law with respect to your duties hereunder (other than income tax obligations in respect of income earned by you). The Company understands that you are required to deduct 30% on payments made to U.S. persons on account of New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer who have not supplied the correct taxpayer identification number or required certification, and hereby undertakes to instruct you in writing with respect to any other responsibility you may have for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting in connection with your duties under this Agreement.
 
22. The Company shall reimburse you for the amount of any and all transfer taxes payable in respect of the exchange of Existing Notes; provided, however, that you shall reimburse the Company for amounts refunded to you in respect of your payment of any such transfer taxes, at such time as such refund is received by you.
 
23. This Agreement and your appointment as Exchange Agent hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law principles thereof.
 
24. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
25. In case any provisions of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
26. This Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be modified, amended, rescinded, canceled or waived, in whole or in part, except by a written instrument signed by a duly authorized representative of the party to be charged. This Agreement may not be modified orally.


5


 

27. Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given to such party, addressed to it, at its address or telecopy number set forth below:
 
If to the Company:
 
c/o Nortek, Inc.
50 Kennedy Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Attn: Kevin W. Donnelly
Tel: (401) 751-1600
Fax: (401) 751-4610
email: donnelly@nortek-inc.com
 
If to the Exchange Agent:
 
U.S. Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services
One Federal Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Attention: Todd R. DiNezza
Tel.: (617) 603-6573
Fax: (617) 603-6668
 
28. Unless terminated earlier by the parties hereto, this Agreement shall terminate five (5) days following the Expiration Date. Upon any termination of this Agreement, you shall promptly deliver to the Company any certificates, funds or property then held by you as Exchange Agent under this Agreement.
 
29. This Agreement shall be binding and effective as of the date hereof.
 
Please acknowledge receipt of this Agreement and confirm the arrangement herein provided by signing and returning the enclosed copy.
 
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


6


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered on its behalf by a duly authorized officer, intending the same to be effective as of the   day of          , 2008.
 
NORTEK, INC.
 
  By:   
    
Name:     
  Title: 
 
Accepted as of the date first above written.
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Exchange Agent
 
By:     ­ ­
Name:     
Title: 


7


 

Schedule I
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Schedule of Fees

to Provide Exchange Agent Services
For
Nortek, Inc.
 
144A and Reg. S EXCHANGE FEE: $2,500.00
 
LEGAL FEES: At cost.
 
EXTRAORDINARY ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
 
Fees for services not specifically set forth in this schedule will be determined by appraisal. Such services may include, but not be limited to, additional responsibilities and services incurred in connection with solicitation of consents to amend the governing documents, unusual cash and/or investment transactions, calculations, reports or notices, tender/exchange offers for the securities, or in case of early termination, litigation, restructuring or default.
 
OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES
 
Any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by us will be billed at cost. These items will include, but not be limited to, legal costs, travel expenses, document duplication and facsimiles, courier services, etc.


8